Mi^i;j^^^;^^/f'^ftfeni';'*>-^^^
lit
[^
t
^
Given By
(^>x
eJ^
>
•^
tara,
ii.
e>/y(^ ^eha/ylmenl/ xw c/tate^
[VOLUME XIX: Numbers 470-495
July 4-December 26, 1948
INDEX
^CNT o^
U. S. SueERlNIENDENT OF UUUUtaLhUi
JUN . 7 1949
Corrections in Volume XIX
The Editor of the Bulletin wishes to call attention
to the following discrepancies that occurred In print-
ing telegraphic items from the General Assembly in
Paris :
In the issue of December 12, 19^8, page 728, third
paragraph:
In "The United States in the United Nations", it is
stated that the United Nations Temporary Commis-
sion on Korea "will continue to seek means for bring-
ing about the unification of Korea and the integration
of all Korean security forces." The text of the resolu-
tion establishing a new Commission states that this
Commission will "continue the work of the Temporary
Commission" but further that the new Commission
"Shall be regarded as having superseded the Temporary
Commission." (See Bulletin of December 10, 1948,
page 760. )
In the issue of Decemlier 19, 191iS, page 760:
A text of the joint resolution for the new Commission
on Korea is here printed. That text was amended to
include the Canadian amendment (U. N. doc. A/806,
December 12, 1948), a paragraph of which reads as
follows :
"In paragraph 4, delete the words 'consisting of the
same Member States which composed the United Na-
tions Temporary Commission on Korea' and substitute
therefor the words 'consisting of the following States :
Australia, China, El Salvador, France, India, the Phil-
ippines, Syria.' "
The footnote on the same page should read as fol-
lows:
" Introduced by the U. S., China, and Australia in
Committee I on Dec. 6, 1948, and adopted by the Gen-
eral Assembly on Dec. 12, 1948, after amendment. The
text of the documents is contained in U. N. docs. A/788
and A/806.
In the same issue, page 752:
The footnote relating to the Universal Declaration
of Human Rights should read :
' Approved by Committee III on Dec. 7, 1948, and by
the General Assembly on Dec. 10, 1948.
In the same issue, page 763:
It is stated in "The United States In the United
Nations", fifth paragraph, left-hand colunm, that the
Conciliation Commission "will take over the work of
acting Palestine mediator Bunche". The resolution
states precisely that the Conciliation Commission shall
". . . assume insofar as it considers necessary in
existing circumstances, the functions given to the U. N.
Mediator on Palestine by the resolution of tlie General
Assembly of 14 May 1948". (See the issue of De-
cember 12, 1948, page 726, and General Assembly modi-
fications printed in the issue of December 26, 1948, page
793. See also U. N. doc. A/807, December 20, 1948.)
Two other corrections in this volume should be noted
In the issue of November H, 19^8, page 613, footnote 3:
The date of the document (U. N. doc. S/1045) should
read Oct. 19, 1948, rather than Oct. 19, 1945.
In the issue of December 19, 1948, page 767:
The heading "lEO Preparatory Commission : Seventh
Session" should read "IRO Preparatory Commission :
Seventh Part of First Session".
^^ 36-3. I A <^0
index"' "^^
Volume XIX: Numbers 470-495, July 4-December 26, 1948
Publication 3461
Abbink, John, appointment as chairman of U. S. section
of joint Brazil-U. S. Technical Commission, 136.
Abdul Rahim. Mohamed Kamil, credentials as Egyptian
Ambassador to U. S., 449.
Adams, Col. Edward F., impartial in Venezuelan revolt, 777.
Administrative and budgetary implications of program
legislation, development, State Department regula-
tions, 682.
Advisory Defense Committee (of American States), 596.
Afghanistan:
Ambassador to U. S., Nairn, credentials, 746.
U. S. Legation at Kabul, elevation to rank of em-
bassy, 746.
Agriculture :
European, aid from U. S., 616.
Mexican farm labor, illegal entry into Texas charged
by Mexico, exchange of notes, U. S. and Mexico,
562, 585.
Potato crop agreement, with Canada, 744.
Agriculture Organization of U. N., Food and, 4th session.
See Food.
Agua Prieta, Mexico, closing of U. S. consulate recon-
sidered, 451.
Aid to foreign countries {see also individual countries):
Article on the 1947 foreign relief program, 95.
Austria, 243.
China :
Exchange of notes establishing a joint commission on
Rural Reconstruction in accordance with China
Aid Act of 1948, 207, 208.
Interim Aid, 243.
Economic Cooperation Act of 1948. See Economic.
Economic Cooperation Administration. See Economic
European Recovery Program. See European.
Foreign Aid Appropriation Act (1947), agreetnents,
U. S. with Austria, China, Greece, and Italy, 99.
Foreign Aid Appropriation Act (1949), statement by
President Truman on signing, 45.
France, 243.
German Bizone, 243.
Italy, 243.
Palestine refugees, 180, 237, 293, 447, 575, 615, 636, 778.
Palestine refugees, relief recommended by President
Truman to U. S. Congress, 778.
President's budget, excerpts, 342.
Vessels transferred to European countries, 283.
Aid to Near East by American Red Cross, 586.
Air transport agreement, U. S. with —
Bolivia, signature, 470.
Mexico, discussed, 300.
Air lift in Berlin. See Berlin crisis.
Albania :
Conciliators appointed. General Assembly resolution
(Nov. 27), 696.
Greco-Albanian border violatlon.s, text of reply from
Albanian Deputy Foreign Minister, to tripartite
appeal, 461.
Greek guerrillas, aid to, 238.
Greek guerrillas aided, UNSCOB charges, draft resolu-
tion, 635.
V. N. membership, qualifications, 695, 729.
UNSCOB, attitude toward Committee and report, 608.
I 611, 635. •
Uexander, Robert C, Senate subcommittee on immigra-
tion and naturalization, testimony, 335.
Uesandria, Eg.\T3t, U. S. Consulate, elevation to rank of
, consulate general, 123.
ndex, July to December J 948
Aliens, admission to U. S. :
Displaced Persons Act of 1948, procedure, 411.
Germany, western, and Austria, registration under Im-
migration Act of 1924, 412.
Illegal entry of Mexican farm workers charged to U. S.,
562 ; exchange of notes, U. S. and Mexico, 585.
Personnel of international organizations, report of Sec-
retary of State's committee, 335.
Allen, George V. :
Addresses, statements, etc. :
Science, victim to Communism's strait jacket, 409.
UNESCO, 661.
United Nations Day, 549.
U. S. information program, 88.
Voice of America :
DLscussed, 567.
Hungarian campaign against, 91, 145.
Allison, John M., designation in State Department, 682.
American Association for the Advancement of Science: /!_
Incident involving Ethiopian Minister, 413, 448.
Speech on Communism's restraint of science by Mr.
Allen, 409.
American Middle East ReUef Incorporated, aid to Near
East, 299.
American Mission for Aid to Greece :
Griswold resignation, 501.
Supplies released to Near East refugees, 447.
American republics :
Cultural relations, Buenos Aires convention (1936), fel-
lowships for U. S. students in certain American
countries, 742.
Inter-American declaration of solidarity (1940), 592.
Inter- American treaty of reciprocal assistance (1947),
592.
Organization of American States, 594 ; chart, 595.
Publications listed, 597.
Treaties, agreements, organizations, history of, article
by Mr. Monsma, 591.
American Republics, International Union of (1889), 594.
American states, 9th international conference, Bogota, 594.
Anderson, Andrew W., article on Indo-Pacific Fisheries
Council, 12.
Antarctica, internationalization, U. S. attitude, 301.
Anthropological and ethnological sciences, international
congress, 3d session, U. S. delegation, agenda, 135.
Antigua, British West Indies, closing of U. S. Consulate,
477.
Arab States. See Palestine situation.
Arabian-American Oil Company, aid to Near East, 293.
Arctic expeditions, notes of Peary and Nares found by
U. S.-Canada supply mission, texts, 471.
Argentina :
Ambassador to U. S. (Remorino) credentials, 59.
Antarctica, U. S. asks discussion, 301.
IRO, adherence to, 83.
Military mission, advisory, from U. S., agreement signed
494.
Armaments, Conventional, Commission for:
Continuance of, 180.
Publication of armed strength report. General Assembly
draft resolution, 696.
Report to Security Council, 194, 196.
Resolutions :
Defining of conventional armaments, 268.
Principles basic to arms reduction, 196.
Regulation and reduction of armaments and armed
forces, 267.
813
Armaments, Conventional, Commission for— Continued
Statement by Mr. Osborn in General Assembly, 630.
U. S. S. R., participation in, 511, 556.
Armour, Norman, resigned as Assistant Secretary of State,
213.
Arms and armed forces:
Atomic energy control. See atomic energy.
Greek guerrillas receiving war material, 238.
Korea, withdrawal of occupying forces;
Exchange of notes between U. S. and V. S. S. R., 456.
U. S. policy, 440.
Over-all strength of U. N. Members' armed forces, status
of report on, 195, 263.
Palestine, armed guard, discussed by President Truman
and Mediator, 237, 439.
Palestine, arms from U. S., 293.
Palestine immigrants of military age from V. S. zones in
Austria and Germany, 386.
Arms and armed forces, reduction of:
Belgian resolution passed by U. N. subcommittee, 55b.
Commission for Conventional Armaments, resolution on
principles basic to reduction of, 196.
General Assembly, draft resolution, 696.
Polish proposal rejected by U. N. subcommittee, 556.
Publication of military strength, 195, 263, 635, 696.
tJ. S. position:
Mr. Austin, 463, 511.
Mr. Dulles, 609.
Secretary Marshall, in General Assembly, 434.
Mr. Osborn, 194, 630.
U. S. S. R. proposal in General Assembly to reduce arms
by one third, 441 ; rejection by V. N. subcommittee,
556 ; U. S. attitude, 463.
Address by Mr. Butterworth, 492.
Communist strategy in southeast Asia, 410.
Atherton, Ray:
Appointed alternate U. S. representative to General
Assembly, 236, 330.
Resignation as Ambassador to Canada, 236.
Atomic energy, International Control of, Policy at the
Crossroads, released, 123.
Atomic Energy Commission of U. N. :
Addresses, statements, etc.:
Mr. Austin, 441, 463, 511, 535, 539, 602.
Secretary Marshall, 434.
Mr. Osborn, 14, 490.
Armed forces, relation to reduction of, 511, 556, 696.
Canadian amended proposal, text, 521.
General Assembly approval, 490, 576.
General Assembly resolutions, 576, (text) 606, 696.
Reports to U. N. ( 1st, 2d, 3d) , action on in Security Coun-
cil, with statement by Mr. Osborn, 14, 236.
Security Council resolution, text, 27, 236.
U.S. policy, summarized by Secretary Marshall in 3d
session, General Assembly, 434.
U.S. supports Canadian proposal, statement by Mr.
Austin in General Assembly, 535, 539.
U.S.S.R. attitude, 463, 499, 511.
U.S.S.R. sincerity questioned by Mr. Osborn, 490.
Atomic Energy Commission, U.S.:
Eniwetok proving ground, danger area, 811.
Fourth semiannual report, statement of President Tru-
man on release of, 151.
Atrato-Truand6 canal route, Colombia-U. S. study, 212.
Austin, Warren R. :
Addresses, statements, etc. :
Atomic energy control, in General Assembly, 441, 463,
535 539 602.
General' Assembly evaluated, excerpts, 754.
U.N. headquarters construction progress, 237.
United Nations Day, 551.
U.S.S.R. proposal to reduce armed forces, 511.
Ceylon membership in U.N. favored, 238.
Correspondence :
U.N. Secretary-General (Lie), charging U.S.S.R. with
threat to peace in Berlin, 455.
Austin, Warren R. — Continued
Correspondence — Continued
U.N. Secretary-General (Lie), on Jewish and Arab
displaced persons, 265.
U.S. representative to General Assembly, 330.
U.S.S.R. charged in General Assembly with threat to
peace, 441.
Australia :
Antarctica, U.S. asks discussion, 301.
Treaties, agreements, etc.: .,,_„„ ..
Mar6ohal Joffre claims settlement, with U.S. and
France, 561. .
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on, provision-
ally effective, 642. . '
Whaling, international convention for regulation of ;
(1946), ratification, 714.
Aid under 1947 U.S. foreign reUef program, 101.
Displaced persons, admission to U.S. from, 411, 412.
Displaced persons, aid by U.S. Foreign Service person-
nel, 501. , ^ I
Emigration from U.S. zone to Palestine, regulations,
exchange of notes with U.S., 386.
Immigration to U.S. opened, 735.
Murder of Irving Ross in Soviet zone, 646.
Peace settlement, U.S. policy summarized by Secretary
Marshall in 3d session, General Assembly, 433. i
Peace treaty negotiations requested, 777.
Steel production, 553. , ^ ™- '
Trade-mark registration, time extended, 527.
Treaties, agreements, etc.: i
Foreign Assistance Act of 1948, agreement signed with
U.S., 104. ^. ,
Transport, road, with other European countries, ad-
hered to and extended, 702.
U N membership, reconsideration of application, 693,
'729, 754, 801.
Aviation. See International Civil Aviation Organization ;
Treaties.
Balkan Commission of Security Council (Security Coun-
cil Commission of Investigation Concerning Greek
Frontier Incidents), attitude of Bulgaria on, 447.
Balkan situation: ,. , „o,r
Balkan states meet with U.N. mediators, 637.
General Assembly resolution (Nov. 27), appointing
conciliators, 696.
General Assembly resolution (Nov. 27) recommendmg
"establishment of good neighbour relations" and
return of Greek children, text, 722.
Balkans, U.N. Special Committee on (UNSCOB) :
Aid to Greek guerrillas condemned and Speaal Com-
mittee continued, 635, 697.
Albania, Bulgaria, and Yugoslavia charged with threat
to peace, 608.
Attitude of Balkan States on, 447, 461, 608, 611.
Continuation approved, 615, 635, 697.
General Assembly approves 3d interim report, 576.
Greek children, deportation of, reported, 25.
Greek guerrillas aided by Albania, Bulgaria, and Yugo-
slavia, report, 238.
Members, U.S. representatives, 238.
Report completed, 16.
Bank and Fund. See International Bank; International
Monetary Fund.
Bannantine, George, detained by Hungary, 469, 494, p7,
Barber Willard F., designation in State Department, DOrf.
Bechhoefer, Bernhard G., article on voting in the Security
Council of U.N., 3.
Belgian Congo : .
U. S. Consulate at ElisabethviUe, opening, 477.
Ams reduction resolution passed by U. N. subcommit-
tee, 556. ^ . ,
Consultative Council, 3d session, text of communique,
583.
814
Department of State Bulletin
BelKium— Continued
IRO, adherence to, S3.
Palestine, Security Council subcommittee to consider
sanctions, 555.
Public-liealtli attach^ to U. S. Embassy in Brussels, 476.
Steel production, 553.
Surplus war property, payment on account, 148.
Trade-mark registration, renewal, proclamation, 212.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Double taxation with U. S., signature, 5S5, 680.
Educational-exchange program, with U. S., 528, 681.
Foreign Assistance Act of 1948, agreement signed with
U. S., 104.
Tariff's and trade, general agreement on, provisionally
effective, 642.
Transport, road, with other European countries, ad-
hered to and extended, 702.
D. S. Sen. res. 239, exchange of views with U. S., U. K.,
France, Canada, and other Benelux countries, 80.
Visa requirements changed, 520.
Belgrade conference. See Danube, conference to consider
i free navigation of the.
Benelux countries, exchange of views on U. S. Sen. res.
239, with U. S., U. K., France, and Canada, 80.
Benninghoff, H. Merrell, address on Indonesian situa-
' tion, 9.
Benton, William, on proposed gift of Encyclopaedia Britan-
nica to newspapers in U. S. zone of Germany, 144.
Berendsen, Sir Carl, K.C.M.G., credentials as New Zea-
land Ambassador to U. S., 744.
Bergen, Norway, opening of U. S. Consulate, 477.
Berlin Crisis: A Report on the Moscow Discussions, 1948,
published, 431.
Berlin crisis :
Addresses, statements, etc. :
Mr. Jessup. 4S4, 541, 574.
Secretary Marshall, 54, 141.
Mr. Saltzman, 495.
Ambassador Smith, 544.
. Air lift, statements by :
I Mr. Jessup in Security Council, 484, 541, 574.
Secretary Marshall, 54.
Mr. Saltzman, 497.
Air traffic, restrictions proposed by U.S.S.R., 423, 426,
I 427, 429, 430, 485, 487. 498, 545.
; Bank of emission, German, 423, 426, 427.
Blockade, denied by U.S.S.R. in Security Council, 463.
Blockade, di.scussed in statements, communiques and
notes, 85, 423, 426. 427, 431, 484, 487, 541, 572.
Blockade, history of, 497.
Blockade, removal requested in resolution proposed by
six neutral nations of Security Council, 521, 555.
Committee of Neutral Experts:
Proposal by President of Security Council, text, 719.
Tripartite communique, text, 720.
U. S., U. K., and France, joint reply to President of
Security Council on proposal, text, 719.
Communique (Sept. 26) by U. S., IJ. K., and France,
text, 423.
Currencv and trade, regulation of, 423, 426, 427, 486,
497. 521, 556, 543, .572, 616, 636, 666, 697, 719.
Currency and trade, regulation of, third currency re-
form law, summary, 141.
Documents submitted to U.N. Secretary-General, listed,
456.
Elections, exchange of letters between General Clay
and Marshal Sokolovsky, 734.
Four-Power Financial Commission, 423, 426, 427, 521,
666.
Identic notes from U. S., U. K, and France to Soviet
Embassies in Washington, London, and Paris
(Sept. 22), text, 430.
Neutral nations, resolution in Security Council, (text)
520, 552, 556, 572.
Bights of occupying powers, 85, 423, 427, 485, 496, 541,
572.
Index, July to December J 948
Berlin crisis — Continued
Security Council :
Competency in, debated, 463.
Currency control, study of questionnaire replies sum-
marized, 666, 697.
Proceedings, 484, 490.
Referral to, 423, 426, 455, 484, 498.
Resolution by six neutral nations, (text) 520, 552,
556, 572.
U. S. delegation aided by financial experts from Wash-
ington, 636.
Votes to hear U. S., U. K., and French complaint,
463.
Soviet note (Sept. 25), text, 426.
Tri-partite aide-memoire to Soviet Government (Sept.
14), text, 427.
U. S. note to Soviet Ambassador (Sept. 26), text 423.
U. S. reply to joint note from Secretary-General of U. N.
and President of General Assembly, 656.
U. S., U. K., and France, joint statement (Oct. 27), 555.
U. S., U. K., France, and U.S.S.R. urged to resolve
Berlin question, joint note from President of Gen-
eral Assembly and Secretary-General of U. N., 655.
U.S.S.R. aide-mimoire (Sept. 18), text, 429.
U.S.S.R. charged with threat to peace:
Mr. Austin, statement, 511.
Mr. Jessup, statement, 484, 573.
U. S. note to Secretary-General of U. N., 455.
U. S., U. K., and France, identic statements by, 441.
Berlin elections, significance, 776.
Bern, Switzerland, conversion of U. S. Legation and Con-
sulate to combined office, 187.
Bernadotte, Count Folke (U. N. mediator in Palestine) :
Assassination :
Message from Representative (Bunche) of Secretary-
General to Israeli Foreign Minister, 399.
Report from American Consul General (Macdonald)
at Jerusalem, 399.
Statement by Secretary Marshall, 399.
Correspondence with Secretary Marshall regarding
U. S. aid for Jewish and Arab refugees, 266.
Palestine negotiations :
Cease-fire for ten days, proposal (July 9), 112.
Messages to Secretary-General, 105, 108, 111,
Progress report on, excerpts, 436.
Security Council, conclusions from report to, 112.
Suggestions to Israel and Arab States, texts of three
documents (June 27), 105.
Truce supervision, organization of and instructions
to U. S. observers, 175.
Berthold, Arthur B., designation in State Department, 451.
Bevin, Ernest. P. C, M. P., Berlin crisis, joint com-
munique issued at Paris (Sept. 26), 423.
Bishop, Max W., designation in State Department, 682.
Blackwekler, Eliot, article on 18th International Geolog-
ical Congress, 668.
Boheman, Erik C, credentials as Swedish Ambassador
to U. S., 561.
Bolivia :
Air transport agreement with U. S., signature, 470.
Cultural leader, visit to U. S., 302.
Defaulted bonds, proposal on, 52.
U. S. Consulate at Cochabamba, closing, 476, 746.
U. S. to participate in international fair, 559.
Boonstra, Clarence A., article on the Institute of the
Hylean Amazon, 183.
Boundary waters, International Joint Commission, U. S.-
Canada, hearings on pollution of, 558, 732.
Boykin, Samuel D., designation in State Department, 154.
Bradley, Lt. Lawrence D., Jr., article on international
maritime safety measures, 119.
Bratislava, Czechoslovakia, opening of U. S. Consulate,
477.
Brazil :
Combat materiel, transfer by U. S. to, table showing, 28,
529.
Cultural-cooperation fellowships available, 742.
815
Brazil — Continued
Cultural leader, visit to U. S., 212, 474.
Technical Commission, Joint Brazil-U. S., functions and
U. S. delegates, 136, 277.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Lend-lease settlement, payment, 52.
Mineralogical-geological survey program with U. S.,
extended, 743.
Tariffs and trade (1947), general agreement on:
Concessions, 149.
Protocol of provisional application, signature, 55, 149.
Provisionally effective, 642.
Renegotiation, 445, 527.
Trade agreement (1935) inoperative, 211.
U. S. advisory military mission, 211.
U. S. Consular Agency at Curitiba, opening, 477.
Visiting professor from U. S., 212.
Bristol, England, closing of U. S. Consulate, 563, 811.
British Parliamentary Association, British delegates and
U. S. delegation, 638.
British West Indies :
U. S. Consulate at Antigua, closing, 476.
U. S. Consulate at Grenada, closing, 91, 477.
Brown, Winthrop G. :
Designation in State Department, 154.
Economic factors in U. S. foreign policy, address, 203.
Brownell, George A., represents U. S. in air-transport dis-
cussions with Mexico, 3(X).
Brucellosis, 2d inter-American congress, 641.
Brussels, public-health attach^ to U. S. Embassy, 476.
Budgetary and administrative implications of program
legislation, development, State Department regula-
tions, 682.
Bulgaria :
Conciliators appointed. General Assembly resolution
(Nov. 27), 696.
Greco-Bulgarian border violations, exchange of notes
between U. S. Legation and Bulgarian Foreign Min-
ister, text, 461.
Greek guerrillas aided, UNSCOB charges:
Conclusions of report, 238.
Draft resolution, 635.
Lulchev, Kosta, imprisonment, 796.
Non-fulfilment of peace treaty obligations, aide-memoire
from U. S. Minister (Heath) to Foreign Minister
(Kolarov), text, 447.
Petkov, Nicola, execution, 796.
U. N. membership, 447, 695, 729.
UNSCOB, attitude toward, 608, 611.
U. S. charges violation of peace treaty in Kosta Lulchev
trial, U. S. Minister's note to Bulgarian Foreign
Minister, 710.
U. S. vice consul (Ewing) accused as spy, 451.
Bunche, Ralph J., reports on Palestine situation :
General Assembly, review of events at the time of the
death of Count Bernadotte, 517.
Refugee aid in Near East, report to U. N., 634.
Security Council asked to require peace negotiations,
555, 615.
Burma :
Scholarships under Fulbright Act, 302.
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (1947) :
Concessions, 150.
Protocol of provisional application, signature, 55, 149.
Provisionally effective, 642.
Burns, Norman, U. N. economic cooperation, article on,
508.
Butler, George H., designation in State Department, 154.
Butler, Robert, appointed representative of President Tru-
man at Prfo Socarnis inaugural, 470.
Butterworth, W. Walton, address on Asia, 492.
Byelorussia, attitude on UNSCOB report, 611.
Canada (see also International Joint Commission, U. S.-
Canada) :
Atomic energy control, amended proposed text, 527.
Canada — Continued
Combat materiel, transfer by U. S. to, table showing,
26.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Potato export agreement, 744.
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (1947),
provisionally effective, 642.
U. S. Ambassador (Atherton), resignation, 236.
U. S. Consulate at Fort William-Port Arthur, closing,
476.
U. S. Consulate at Fredericton, N. B., closing, 477.
U. S. Consulate at St. Stephen, closing, 477.
U. S. Consulate at Sarnia, Ontario, closing, 477.
U. S. Sen. res. 239, exchange of views with U. K., France,
and Benelux countries, 80.
Canaday, Ward M., appointed Caribbean Commissioner,
617.
Canadian Arctic weather stations, supply mission to, finds
records of Peary and Nares, texts, 471.
Canal route, Interoceanic, through Colombia, proposed,
212.
Cannon, Cavendish W., addresses and statements on free
navigation of Danube, 197, 200, 219, 283, 284, 290,
291.
Caribbean Commission : ^
Agreement enters into force, 245.
Mr. Canaday appointed U. S. Commissioner, 617.
Legislation on, 308, (text) 375.
Publications, 745.
Sixth meeting, report on, 19.
Taussig, Mr., resolution of appreciation, 20.
West Indian Conference, 3d ses.sion, 299, 617.
Cartagena, Colombia, closing of U. S. Consulate, 476.
Cartography, 4th Pan American consultation on, U. S.
delegation, 443.
Castaneda Castro, Salvador, government of, overthrown
in El Salvador, 810.
Cebu, Philippines, opening of U. S. Consulate, 477.
Ceylon :
Ambassador to U. S. (Corea), 449, 714.
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (1947) :
Concessions, 150.
Protocol of provisional application, signature, 55, 149.
Provisionally effective, 642.
Renegotiation, 445, 527.
U. N. membership denied, 238, 434, 729, 763.
U. S. Ambassador (Cole), 449, 714.
U. S. Consulate at Colombo raised to rank of embassy,
213.
Changchun, China, closing of U. S. Consulate General,
476.
Chiang Kai-shek, Madame, arrives in U. S., 745.
Children, Greek, deportation of:
General Assemblv resolution on return, test, 722.
U. S. attitude, 25.
Children, U. N. Appeal for (UNAC), extended by General
Assembly and relation to UNICEP, 730.
Children's Emei'gency Fund, U. N. International
(UNICEF) :
Commended by Secretary Marshall in 3d session. Gen-
eral Assembly, 432.
Foreign Aid Appropriation Act of 1949, statement by
President Truman on signing, 45.
Palestine refugee aid, 237, 575, 615.
Plans, 47, 116.
Relationship to WHO, 395.
UNAC to raise funds for, 730.
U. S. appropriation (Public Law 472, 80th Cong.),
text, 374.
Work reviewed by Mrs. Roosevelt, 802.
Chile:
Antarctica, U.S. a.sks discussion, 301.
Combat materiel, transfer by U. S. to, table showing,
26.
Cultural-cooperation fellowships available, 742.
Cultural leader, visit to U. S., 153, 474.
816
Department of State Bulletin
Chile — Continued
Reconstruction loans from International Bank, 599.
Soviet wives of foreigners, proposal regarding, 798.
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (1947), re-
quest of extension of time for signing, 55, 149.
Tuberculosis liospital opened, 681.
Visiting professor from U. S., 681.
China :
Aid under 1947 U. S. foreign relief prosTam, 102.
Chiang Kai-shek, Madame, arrives in U. S., 745.
Combat mat&-lel, transfer by U. S. to, table showing,
26, 529.
ECA discussed by Mr. Butterworth, 492.
Foreign Aid Appropriation Act of 1949, statement of
President Truman on signing, 45.
Scholarships in, under Fulbright Act, 302.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Foreign Assistance Act of 1948, agreement signed
with U.S., 104.
Friendship, commerce, and navigation (1946), rati-
fication, 745.
Lend-lease settlement, payment, 527.
Sino-American Joint Commission on Rural Recon-
struction in accordance with China Aid Act of
1948. exchange of notes establishing, 207, 208.
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on, provisionally
effective, 642.
U. S. aid expenditures estimated, 342.
U. S. Consulate General at Changchun, closing, 476.
C^ina Aid Act of 1948, exchange of notes establishing a
joint commission in accordance with, 207, 208.
Christian Rural Overseas Program, aid to Near East,
209, 448.
Cinematographic art, 9th international exhibition of,
C S. representative and awards, 671.
(ISvil Service status to U. S. Government employees trans-
ferred to international organizations, 366.
' Civilians, treatment of, in war, treaty discussed, 4(54.
Claims (see also Property; Protection of U. S. nationals
and property) :
Convention with Norway, claims of Hannevig and Jones,
ratification, 646.
Settlement with France (1946), supplemented, 561.
Settlement with Yugoslavia for U.S. property national-
ized, 137, 139.
Clay, Lucius D., letter to Marshal Sokolovsky on illegal
elections in Berlin, 734.
Coal and steel industries of Ruhr, reorganization, 703,
704, 708.
Coehabamba, Bolivia, U. S. Consulate closing, 476, 746.
Cochran, H. Merle, appointed U. S. Representative on Se-
curity Council's Committee of Good Oflices in In-
, donesia, 82.
i Cohen, Benjamin V. :
Addresses, statements, etc :
Political cooperation, promotion of international,
796.
U.N., admission of members to, 693, 729, 794.
U. N. Charter, unanimity principle of, 761.
Appointed alternate U. S. Representative to General As-
sembly, 330.
j Coffee Board, Inter-American, entitled by law to certain
■ privileges, 349, 352.
Cole, Felix, U. S. Ambassador to Ceylon, 449, 714.
, Colombia :
Atrato-Truand6 canal route, reconnaissance, 212.
Cultural-cooperation fellowships available, 742.
Cultural leader, visit to U. S., 650.
Economic mission to U. S., 58.
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (1947), nego-
tiations for accession, 807.
V. S. Consulate at Cartagena, closing, 476.
Visiting professor from U. S., 25.
Columbia River Engineering Board, International, studies
of, available to International Joint Commission, U. S.-
Canada, 49, 5.58.
Combat materiel :
Agreement with Iran, 211.
'■ Index, July to December 1948
Combat materiel — Continued
Transfer, tables showing, 26, 529.
Cominform opposes ERP, 240.
Commercial agreement, provisional (1938), U.S. with
Greece, application to occupied territories, exchange
of notes, 45.
Commercial foreign policy of the U. S., article by Mr.
Willoughby, 325.
Commissions, committees, conferences, etc., international :
Anthropological and ethnological sciences, 3d session,
135.
Armaments, Conventional, Commission for. See
Armaments.
Atomic Energy Commission, U. N. See Atomic Energy.
Balkan Commission of Security Council (Security Coun-
cil Commission of Investigation Concerning Greek
Frontier Incidents), 447.
Balkans, U. N. Special Commission (Committee) on, 461.
Balkans, U. N. Special Committee on, 16, 25, 238, 447,
461, 576, 608, 611, 615, 635, 697.
Caribbean Commission, 19, 245, 308, 375, 617.
Cartography, 4th Pan American consultation on, 44J
Children's Emergency Fund, U. N. International, 45
47, 116, 237, 374, 395, 432, 575, 615, 730, 802.
Committee of Neutral Experts. See Berlin crisis.
Conservation of renewable natural resources, inter-
American conference on, 334.
Crippled and disabled, 1st inter-American conference
on rehabilitation of. 122, 804.
Danubian conference, 23, 134, 197, 200, 219, 223, 283,
284, 288, 290, 291, 333, 384, 616.
Economic and Social Council of U. N. See Economic
and Social Council.
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East (of
ECOSOC), 238, 701.
Economic Commission for Europe (of ECOSOC), 118,
133, 180.
ERP Trade Union Advisory Committee, 240.
Far Eastern Commission, 5SG, 645, 768, 770, 771, 806.
Fishery resources conservation conference, 669.
Fisheries, U. S. and Mexico, 524.
Food and Agriculture Organization, 12, 268, 349, 352,
370, 432, 639, 700.
Freedom of information, U.N. conference on, 127, 378,
433, 698.
Geological Congress, 18th International, 136, 668.
Human Rights Commission (see also Human Rights,
Universal Declaration of), 1.59, 432, 457.
Icelandic air conference (of ICAO), 16.
Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council, conference on estairtish-
ing, 12.
International Civil Aviation Organization, 16, 20, 84,
271, 274, 353, 523, 639.
International Joint Commission, U. S.-Canada, 26, 49,
202, 349, 354, 527, 558, 648, 732, 810.
International Labor Organization, 47, 82, 238, 313, 352,
373, 472, 617, 638, 764.
International union of geodesy and geophysics, 8th gen-
eral assembly, 135.
Joint Brazil-U. S. Technical Commission, 136, 277.
Korea, U. N. Temporary Commission on, 16, 191, 242,
576, 728, 758, 760.
Labor attaches conference with European Recovery
Program ofBcials, 213.
Limnology, international society of, 201.
Linguists, 6th international congress, 134.
Maritime Consultative Organization, Intergovernmental,
671.
Mental health. International Congress on, 201.
Meteorological Organization, International, Regional
Commission for Asia, 558.
Military StafC Committee of U. N. See Military Staff
Committee.
Nature, conference for the establishment of the inter-
national union for the protection of, 443.
North Pacific regional air navigation meeting, 20, 84.
Palestine, Conciliation Commission, 667, 687, 689, 726,
763, 793.
817
Commissions, committees, conferences, etc. — Continued
Pharmacy, 1st Pan American Congress of, 701.
Photogrammetry congress and exhibition, 6th interna-
tional, 244.
Physical education, recreation and rehabilitation, in-
ternational congress of, 134.
Poliomyelitis conference, 1st international, 121.
Poultry Congress, 8th World's, 731.
Psychology, 12th International congress of, 122.
Bed Cross conference, 17th international, 201, 464.
Refugee Organization, International, 45, 83, 237, 333,
353, 372, 432, 763, 765, 767.
Refugees, Intergovernmental Committee on, 353.
Safety of life at sea conference, 119.
Sino-American joint commission on rural reconstruc-
tion, 207.
South Pacific Commission, 307, 375, 446.
Telecommunication Union, International, 47, 315, 849.
353, 557.
Theatre congress, 1st International, 48, 4S8.
Tin Study Group, 3d meeting, 524, 617.
Trade Organization, International (ITO), 204, 298.
325, 433, 444, 578, 581, 600.
Tropical medicine and malaria, 4th International con-
gresses on, article by Dr. Sawyer, 294.
U. N. Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organiza-
tion, 48, 183, 184, 278, 353, 370, 488, 661, 640, 702.
United Kingdom and Dominions official medical his-
tories liaison committee, 135.
UnlTersities, preparatory conference of representa-
tives of, 184.
Weights and measures, 9th general conference of the
international bureau of, 466.
West Indian Conference, 3d, 299, 617.
Wheat Advisory Committee, International, 353, 744.
Wool study group, international, 443, 491.
World Health Assembly, 1st, 16, 82, 117, 313, 391.
World Health Organization, 16, SO, 82, 810, 373. 893.
433. 4T6, 559. ....
Commissions, committees, etc. : national :
Atomic Energy Commission, U. S., 151, Sll.
Displaced Persons Commission, 246, 411, 412, 501.
Educational Exchange, U. S. Advisory Commission on,
91, 528, 560, 680, SOS.
Information, U. S. Advisory Commission on, 242.
Occupied Area Affairs, Advisory Committee, Sll.
Prisoners of War Committee, Interdepartmental, 464.
Reciprocity Information, Committee for, 502, 527, 642
643, 807. ....
Trade Agreements, Interdepartmental Committee on,
502, 642, 644, 807.
Committee of Neutral Experts. See Berlin crisis.
Communist strategy in southeast Asia and attitude on
nationalism, 410.
Conciliation Commission on Palestine voted by General
Assembly, 607, 687, 689, 726, 763, 793.
Conflicts between American states (Gondra treaty, 1923),
oyo.
Congress, U. S. :
Aid, Foreign, Appropriation Act of 1949, statement by
President Truman on signing, 45.
Aid, Foreign Assistance Act of 1948, 243.
Caribbean Commission, providing for U. S. membership
in (Public Law 431, SOth Cong.), text, 375.
Displaced Persons Act of 1948 :
Amendments proposed by President Truman, 15a
Funds requested for, 246.
Procedure under, 411.
Eightieth Congress, 2d session, and the U. N., article by
Mr. Kaplan on legislation on ILO, ITU, South Pa-
cific Commission, U. N. headquarters' loan, Vanden-
berg resolution, WHO, 307, 308, 310, 313, 315, 317,
347.
Immigration and Naturalization, Senate Subcommittee
To Investigate:
Request for visa flies refused, 235.
BIS
Congress, U. S. — Continued
Immigration and Naturalization — Continued
Secretary of State's committee reports on employees'
testimony before, 335.
U. N. personnel, application of U. S. Immigration laws,
116.
Information and Educational Exchange Act (1948), 242.
International organizations :
Entitled to certain privileges (Public Law 291, 79th
Cong.), text, 349.
Furnishing of supplies to (Public Law 354, SOth
Cong.), text, 334.
Legislation on U. S. participation in, texts, 367, 370,
372. 373, 374, 375, 376, 403, 431, 472, 643, 843.
Legislation listed (SOth Cong.), 415.
Message from President Truman transmitting rejwrt of
the National Advisory Council on monetary and
financial problems, with summary of report, 243.
Pacific Islands, joint congressional committee to inves-
tigate (H. Con. Res. 129, SOth Cong.), text, 376.
Pacific Islands, Trust Territory of the, authorizing the
President to approve the trusteeship agreement for
(Public Law 204, SOth Cong.), text, 376.
South Pacific Commission, providing for U. S. member-
ship In (Public Law 403, SOth Cong.), text, 375.
Special session (SOth Cong.), excerpts from message of
President Truman to, 185.
Trust territories and non-self-governing territories, re-
sponsibilities over, 375.
United Nations, appointment of U. S. representatives,
(Public Law 264, 79th Cong.), text, 364.
United Nations, passage of S. Res. 239 (SOth Cong.),
seeking more effective use of the U. N., 79 (text),
SO, 347, 366.
U. N. headquarters :
Establishing U. N. headquarters in U. S. (Public Law
357, SOth Cong. ) , text of agreement and exchange
of notes, 355, 361.
Granting tax deductions for contributions to U. N.
site (Public Law 7, SOth Cong.), text, 354.
Inviting U. N. to locate in U. S. (H. Con. Res. 75, 79th
Cong.), text, 349.
Loan for (Public Law 903, SOth Cong.), text, 362.
Conservation, tuna resources Investigation recommended
by U. S. and Mexico, 647.
Conservation of fishery resources, conference, 669.
Conservation of renewable natural resources, inter-Amer-
ican conference on, 334.
Constitution Hall incident involving Ethiopian Minista-,
413, 448.
Consular convention, U. S., PhilUpplnes (1947), proclama-
tion, 779.
Consular offices, U. S. See Foreign Service.
Consultative Council of signatory powers of the treaty of
Brussels for economic, social and cultural collabora-
tion and collective self-defense, 3d session, text of
communique, 583.
Cooperation to conclude peace treaties, General Assembly
resolution, 522, 552, 614.
Copyright agreement with Philippines, 562.
C6rdova, Lieutenant Colonel Manuel, revolt In El Salva-
dor, 810.
Corea, George C. S., first Ceylon Ambassador to U. S.,
449, 714.
Costa Rica:
Cultural-cooperation fellowships available, 742.
U. S. consular agency at Port Lim6n, establishment, 129 ;
U. S. Consulate, closing, 476.
Visiting professor from U. S.. 25.
Cotton Advisory Committee, International, entitled by law
to certain privileges, 349, 353.
Council of Foreign Ministers. See Foreign Ministers.
Council of the Organization of American States:
Appointment of U. S. representative, 154.
Functions, 594.
Credentials. See Diplomatic representatives in U. S.
Crippled and disabled, 1st inter-American conference on
rehabilitation of, 122, 804.
Department of State Bulletin
Cuba :
Combat materiel, transfer by D. S. to, table showing,
28.
Cultural leader, visit to U. S., 153.
President Carlo* Prio Socarrfts visits U. S., 245, 743,
778.
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (1947) :
Provisionally effective, 642.
Renegotiation, 445, 446, 527.
U. S. Ambassador to represent President Truman at
presidential Inauguration, 470.
Visiting professors from U. S., 58.
Cultural cooperation {see also Educational exchange pro-
gram) :
Fellowships (1936), countries participating, 742.
Visitors from U. 8. to : American republics, 245 ; Bo-
livia, 153; Brazil, 212; Colombia, 25; Costa Rica,
25: Cuba, 58; El Salvador, 153; Haiti, 474; Para-
guay, 153 ; Peru, 153 ; Uruguay, 153 ; Venezuela, 153.
Visitors to U. S. from: Bolivia, 302; Brazil, 212, 474;
Chile, 153, 474; Colombia, 650; Cuba, 153; Ecuador,
212 ; Haiti, 58, 212 ; Mexico, 153, 619, 744 ; Panama,
680; Peru, 212; Uruguay, 58, 153.
Curitlba, Brazil, opening of U. S. consular agency, 477.
Currency and credit assets, foreign. State Department
regulations on, 530.
Customs (see also Tariffs), gasoline, annulment of duties
In Europe, 715.
Cyprus, U. S. Consulate at Nicosia, opening, 477.
Chechoslovakia :
Ambassador to U. S. (Outrata), credentials, 87.
Surplus war property payment on account, 148.
Trade-marks, extension of time for renewal, proclama-
Uon, 302.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Lend-lease settlement with U. S., 413.
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on, provision-
ally effective, 642.
Transport, road, with other European countries,
adhered to and extended, 702.
UNSCOB report, attitude, 611.
U. S. Consulate at Bratislava, opening, 477.
Daniels, Paul, appointed U. S. representative on the Coun-
cil of the Organization of American States, 154.
Danube, conference to consider free navigation of the :
Austria, full participation denied, 200.
Cannon, Cavendish W., chairman of V. S. delegation,
addresses and statements on free navigation of the
Danube, 219, 283, 284, 290, 291.
Danube convention (1921), 289.
European Commission, 283, 289.
Hungary requests free navigation, 283.
International Commission of the Danube, 283.
Official languages, 200.
Selection of site of negotiations and U.S. note to U.S.S.B.
re, 23.
Soviet-controlled joint companies, 292.
Soviet draft convention, amendments to, 284, 288.
Soviet draft convention rejected by U.S., U.S. objectives
stated, 291, 333, 384.
U.S. and Soviet draft conventions, 219, 223.
U.S. declines to serve on drafting committee, 290.
U.S. delegation, 134.
U.S. policy, 197, 219, 223, 283, 284, 288, 291, 333, 384.
Dar-es-Salaam, Tanganyika, opening of U.S. Consulate.
129, 477.
DeCourcy, William E., appointment as U.S. Ambassador
to Haiti, 25.
Denmark :
Combat materiel, transfer by U.S. to, table showing,
529.
Reconstruction loans from International Bank, 599.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Double taxation with U.S., signature, and ratification,
680, 738.
Foreign Assistance Act of 1948, agreement signed
with U.S., 104.
Denmark — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Transport, road, with other European countries, ad-
hered to and extended, 702.
Dependent areas, resolutions by General Assembly, 637.
Diplomatic immunity, violation of in detention of U.S.
Legation personnel by Rumanian police, exchange of
notes between U.S. Minister (Schoenfeld) and Ru-
manian Foreign Office, 403, 404.
Diplomatic officers:
Bulgaria, U.S. con.sular officer, recall demanded, 451.
Rumania, U.S. diplomatic personnel, detained, 403.
Rumania, U.S. diplomatic personnel, recall demanded,
809.
U.S.S.R., foreign diplomatic personnel, travel circum-
scribed, 525.
Diplomatic relations with—
Israel, 22.
Korea, 242, 300.
Diplomatic representatives in U.S., credentials, 59, 87,
193, 301, 449. 561, 714, 744, 746, 810.
Displaced persons and refugees. See Refugees in Pales-
tine.
Displaced Persons Act of 1948 :
President Truman, attitude, 21, 152.
Steps of admission under, 411.
Displaced Persons Commission :
Chairman (Carusi) to Germany to supervise program,
412.
Foreign Service personnel in Europe to aid, 501.
Funds for, 246.
Status, 411.
Distribution, Twentieth Boston Conference on, address by
Mr. Nitze, 578.
Domlnguez-Cimpora, Dr. Alberto, credentials as Uru-
guayan Ambassador to U.S., 810.
Dominican Republic, cultural-cooperation fellowships
available, 742.
Double-taxation conventions, U.S. and —
Belgium, signature, 585, 680.
Denmark, signature and ratification, 680, 738.
France, approved by U.S. Senate, 680.
Greece, discussions, 527.
Ireland, discussions, 714.
Netherlands, signature and ratification, 679, 738.
New Zealand, ratification pending, 680.
Union of South Africa, ratification pending, 680.
Drew, Gerald A., deputy U.S. representative on U.N.
Special Committee on the Balkans, 238.
Dudley, Edward R., appointment as U.S. Minister to
Liberia, 303.
Dulles, John Foster:
Addresses, statements, etc. :
General Assembly, adjournment, 801.
Greek situation, 607, 609.
Korea, U.S. attitude, 728, 758.
Palestine, conciliation commission, 793.
Peace treaties, statement in General Assembly, 522.
U.S.S.R., use of violence, 607, 609.
Appointed U.S. representative to (Jeneral Assembly, 330.
Economic and Social Council of U.N. (ECOSOC) :
Agenda for 7th session, 117.
Commends establishment of ITO, 196.
Commissions:
Asia and the Far East, Economic Commission for,
238, 701.
Economic Commission for Europe, 118, 133, 180.
Described by Mr. Burns, 599.
Freedom of information. See Information, freedom of.
Genocide. See Genocide.
Human Rights, Universal Declaration of. iSfee Hu-
man Rights.
Seventh session, 82, 122, 133.
Soviet attack in 7th session on ERP and U. S. reply, 133.
U. S. delegation to 7th session, 122.
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East
(ECAFE), 238, 701.
Index, July to December J 948
819
Economic Commission for Europe (ECE) :
Appointment of U. S. representative to and statement
of relation to BRP, 118.
Report, 133, 180.
Economic Cooperation Act of 1948:
Adherence to purposes of, by :
Ireland, 37.
Italy, 37, 38.
Korea, 778.
Portugal, 470.
U. S.-U. K. zone of Trieste, 559.
Agreements with U. S. :
Address by Mr. Gross, 35.
Effective for certain countries, 104.
Statement concerning, by Secretary Marshall, 43.
Text of agreement with Italy, 38.
Draft agreements with U. S. as basis of discussion
with European governments, 25.
Italian thanks, 450.
President's budget, excerpts, 342.
Economic Cooperation Administration (EGA) :
China program discussed, 492.
Korean aid, 301.
Murder of ECA administrator's assistant in Austria, 646.
Transfer to of Division of Procurement Control, 154.
Western zones of Germany, removal of plants under
reparation program to be reviewed, 584.
Economic factors in U. S. foreign policy, address by Mr.
Brown, 20.3.
Economic mission from Colombia to U. S., 58.
Economic recovery in Western Europe, address by Mr.
Thorp to Rotary Club in Brussels, 711.
Ecuador, cultural leader, visit to U. S., 212.
Education (see also Commissions; United Nations Educa-
tional, etc.) :
Cooperative programs of Institute of Inter-American
Affairs, 31.
Expanded program for trust territories urged by Mr.
Sayre in Trusteeship Council, 81.
Regional Conference on Higher Education, New York
City, address by Mr. Johnstone on educational-
exchange program, 7.39.
Scholarships awarded (Fulbright Act), China, Burma,
Philippines, and U. S., 302.
Education Association, National, Regional Conference on
Higher Education, New Tork City, address by Mr.
Johnstone on educational-exchange program, 739.
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization of U. N.
See United Nations Educational, etc.
Educational exchange, U.S. Advisory Commission on, 91,
528, 560, 808.
Educational-exchange program :
Address by Mr. Sargeant, 672.
Agreements with :
Belgium, 528, 681.
France, 52, 650.
Italy, 809.
Luxembourg, 528, 681.
New Zealand, 473.
U. K., 473.
Fellowships available in American Republics, 742.
Grants for :
Greece, 649.
Philippines, 649.
Program for 1950 reviewed by U. S. Advisory Com-
mission, CommIs.slon personnel, 680.
U. S. Advisory Commission, 2d meeting and report
on Eastern European countries, 91, 528, 560.
U. S. Advisory Commission report on Eastern European
countries. State Department reply to, 808.
Egypt:
Ambassador to U. S. (Adbul Rahim), credentials, 449.
Haas, Stephen:
Attackers apprehended, 449.
Investigation of death, note from Charge Patterson
to Egyptian Foreign Office, 211.
Negeb fighting. See Palestine situation.
Egypt — Continued
Palestine situation. See Palestine situation.
U. S. Consulate at Alexandria, elevation to rank of
Consulate General, 123.
Election, presidential, functions of Secretary of State,
587, 618, 677.
Electric power, distribution to South Korea, correspond-
ence between U. S. and U. S. S. R., 50, 147.
Elisabethville, Belgian Congo, opening of U. S. Consulate,
477.
Elliot, John, article on German Parliamentary Council
at Bonn, 507.
El Salvador:
Revolt overthrows President Castaneda Castro, 810.
Visiting professor from U. S., 153.
Embassies, U. S. See Foreign Service.
Emigration, regulation of, from U. S. zones in Austria and
Germany to Palestine, 386.
Enemy assets in U. S., removal of controls and transfer
of program to Department of Justice, 472, 616.
Bniwetok Atoll, danger area, 811.
Epstein, Eliahu, appointment as Israeli representative to
U. S., 22.
Eritrea, disposition, U. S. position in Council of Foreign
Ministers, 402.
Erkin, Feridun Cemal, credentials as Turkish Ambassador
to U.S., 301.
Ethiopia, incident of seating of Minister (Imru) at science
meeting, exchange of memoranda, 413, 448.
Europe, Economic Commission for, 118, 133, 180.
European Economic Cooperation, Organization for,
Trieste, U. S.-U. K. zone, admitted to membership,
559.
European-Mediterranean regional air-navigation meeting,
2d, 271.
European Recovery Program (ERP) :
Addresses and statements by —
Mr. Gross, 35.
Mr. Thorp, 711.
Aid extended to participants, 243.
Cominform opposes, 239. %
Exports of participating countries, 598.
Foreign Aid Appropriation Act of 1949, statement by
President Truman on signing, 45.
Labor's role in, address by Mr. Nitze, 239.
Netherlands and Norway defend, in U. N., 490.
Resolution attacking, as trade discrimination, defeated
in General Assembly, 666.
Steel production quotas exceeded, 553.
U.S.S.R. attacks, in U. N., 133, 490, 666.
European Recovery Program Trade Union Advisory Com-
mittee, 240.
European Union, defense policy approved by Consultative
Council, text of communique, 583.
Evatt, Herbert V., president of General Assembly, 441 ;
signs joint note to Four Powers, 655.
Ewing, Donald F., persona non grata, to Bulgaria, facts
concerning, 451.
Executive Orders :
International Joint Commission, U. S.-Canada, entitled
to certain privileges (Ex. Or. 9972), 26, 354.
International organizations, privileges and immunities, i
352, 353, 354.
International organizations, transfer of U. S. person-
nel to (Ex. Or. 9721), 366.
Precedence among Foreign Service and other govern-
ment officers (Ex. Or. 9998), text, 475.
Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1948, adminis-
tration of (Ex. Or. 10004), 502.
U. N., U. S. mission to (Ex. Or. 9844), administration of,
text, 365.
Exemption from territorial jurisdiction (see also Diplo-
matic officers) :
U. N. and certain other international organizations,
including their personnel, exemptions and immuni-
ties, 349.
U. N. personnel, question of U. S. security, 116.
i
820
Department of State Bulletin
Export-Import Bank of Washinston, 243.
Export of natural resources, discussed by Mr. Nitze, 623.
Exports from ERP countries, 598.
i raise or distorted reports, U. S. attitude toward General
1 Assembly resolution, 116, 127.
Far East and India Trade Conference of Far East-
America Council of Commerce and Industry, Inc., New
York, N. Y., address by Mr. Butterwortli, 492.
Far Eastern Commission :
Japan, policy decisions on :
Trade, conduct of, text, 770.
Travel abroad of Japanese commercial representa-
tives, text, 771.
Japanese finances and industry, proposal to deconcen-
trate (FEC 230), 768.
Japanese industries, U. S. attitude on U. S. S. B. pro-
posals, 645.
Japanese industry, majority attitude on Soviet proposal,
statement by General McCoy, 806.
Policy in Japan, Soviet charges answered by U. S.,
586.
|j Press policy of U.S.S.R. v. other members, 806.
" Farm-labor migration agreement :
Mexico charges U. S. violation, 562.
U. S. and Mexico, exchange of notes, 585.
Federal Bar Association, meeting in Washington, D. C,
address to, by Secretary Marshall, on U.N. Charter,
400.
Federal Council of Churches, aid to Near East, 293.
Fees for notarial services in Germany, 477.
Ferrous scrap, agreement with U. K. proposing committee
to allocate from ERP countries, text, 467.
Fiji Islands, U.S. Consulate at Suva closing, 715.
Files of State Department relating to representatives of
international organizations, refusal to disclose, 235.
Finance :
Bolivia, proposal on defaulted bonds, 52.
Control of foreign assets in U. S., Treasury program
transferred to Justice Department, 472, 616.
Currency regulation in Berlin. See Berlin crisis.
Foreign-aid program, expenditures estimated, 342.
Foreign currency and credit assets. State Department
regulations on, 530.
Gold and dollar exchange, loss of, to Sweden, 53.
Gold transactions, publication of, resumed, 243.
International Bank and Fund, 243, 349, 352, 367, .599.
Lend-lease settlements, 51, 52, 137, 139, 143, 413, 527, 561.
National Advisory Council on International Monetary
and Financial Problems, report, 243.
Yugoslav dollar bonds acknowledged by Yugoslavia, 301.
Finance and industry in Japan, deconcentration of, 768.
Finland :
Claims for property transferred to U.S.S.R., procedure
for filing and time extended, 647.
Combat materiel, transfer by U. S. to, table showing,
529.
Property of U. S. nationals in, procedure for filing
claims, 148.
U. N. membership, qualifications, 693, 729.
Fisher, Wayne, detained by Security Police in Rumania,
403.
Fisheries Council, Indo-Pacific, 12.
Fishery conservation, conference on, U. S. and Mexico
recommend investigation of tuna resources, 524, 647.
Fishery resources in northwest Atlantic, conservation
conference, 669.
Fishing in Territory of the Pacific Islands, U. S. policy,
text, 468.
Flood control, discussed by International Joint Commis-
sion, U. S.-Canada, 49, 202, 558.
Flood control to be discussed at conference for conser-
vation of renewable natural resources, 334.
Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) :
Commended by Secretary Marshall in General Assembly,
432.
Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) — Continued
Entitled by law to certain privileges, 349, 352.
Fourth session, agenda and U. S. delegation, 639.
Headquarters, permanent, site of, correspondence be-
tween Secretary Marshall and Acting Director Gen-
eral (Clark), 268.
Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council, conference on establish-
ing, 12.
President Truman addresses 4th meeting, 700.
U. S. membership in (Public Law 174, 79th Cong )
text, 370.
Foreign assets in U. S., removal of controls and transfer
of program to Department of Justice, 472, 616.
Foreign currency and credit assets, use of. State De-
partment regulations (270.1), 530.
Foreign Liquidation Commissioner (see also Surplus war
property), Iran, agreement for credit to, 211.
Foreign Ministers, Council of (CFM) :
Austria requests peace treaty negotiations, 777.
Italian Colonies, disposition :
Exchange of notes between U. S. and Soviet Union,
382.
U. S. position, 402.
Foreign Relations of the United States, 1932, vols. I, III,
IV, and V, released, 418, 477, 503.
Foreign Service, U. S. (see also Diplomatic representa-
tives) :
Ambassadors, appointment :
Ceylon (Cole), 449, 714; Guatemala (Patterson), 501 ;
Haiti (DeCourcy), 25.
Ambassador, resignation :
Canada (Atherton), 236.
Bern, Switzerland, conversion of Legation and Consulate
to combined office, 187.
Consular offices : Agua Prieta, Mexico, not to close, 451 ;
Alexandria, Egypt, elevation to rank of Consulate
General, 123 ; Antigua, British West Indies, closing,
477 ; Bergen, Norway, opening, 477 ; Bratislava,
Czechoslovakia, opening, 477 ; Bristol, England, clos-
ing, 563, 811; Cartagena, Colombia, closing, 476;
Cebu, Philippines, opening, 477 ; Changchun, China,
closing, 476 ; Cochabamba, Bolivia, closing, 476, 746 ;
Colombo, Ceylon, elevated to rank of embassy, 213 ;
Curitiba, Brazil, opening, 477 ; Dar-es-Salaam, Tan-
ganyika, opening, 129, 477; Elisabethville, Belgian
Congo, opening, 477; Fort William-Port Arthur,
Canada, closing, 476; Fredericton, N. B., Canada,
closing, 477 ; Grenada, British West Indies, closing,
91, 477; Haifi, Palestine, opening, 477; Hull, Eng-
land, closing, 58, 477 ; Kobe, Japan, opening, 477 ;
Kuala Lumpur, Malayan Union, opening, 477; La
Ceiba, Honduras, closing, 477 ; La Guaira, Vene-
zuela, closing, 476, 746; Lahore, Pakistan, opening,
477 ; Limerick, Ireland, closing, 563 ; Mar-
seille, France, elevation to rank of consulate gen-
eral, 244 ; Martinique, French West Indies, closing,
476, reopening, .563 ; Matamoros, Mexico, not to
close, 451 ; Nicosia, Cyprus, opening, 477 ; Plymouth,
England, closing, 477, 501 ; Port Lim6n, Costa Rica,
consular agency, 129, 477 ; Puerto Cortes, Hon-
duras, opening, 477 ; St. Stephen, N. B., Canada,
closing, 477 ; Sarnia, Ontario, Canada, closing, 477 ;
Seoul, Korea, opening, 477 ; Suva, Fiji Islands, clos-
ing, 715 ; Tahiti, Society Islands, closing, 476 ; Tel
Aviv, Israel, limited consular services performed,
123, opening, 477; Tripoli, Libya, opening, 477;
Venice, Italy, opening, 303, 477 ; Vladivostok,
U.S.S.R., closing, 476.
Consulate general, elevation to rank of:
Alexandria, Egypt, 123.
Marseille, France, 244.
Diplomatic relations with Peru continued, 743.
Embassy, elevation to rank of :
Colombo, Ceylon, 213.
Kabul, Afghanistan, 746.
Examination, 475.
Index, July to December 7948
828923 — 49 2
821
Foreign Service, U. S. — Continued
Fees for notarial and other services, 477.
Foreign Service Institute, Advisory Committee, mem-
bers of, 779.
Jerusalem, Palestine, consular ofBce to be guarded by
marines, 115.
Labor attaches meet in Paris, 213.
Legation, Kabul, Afghanistan, elevation to rank of
embassy, 746.
Leningrad consulate general not to open, 409.
Minister, appointment, Liberia (Dudley), 303.
Precedence among Foreign Service and other govern-
ment officers (Ex. Or. 9998), text, 475.
Processing of displaced persons, by consular officers,
411, 412, 501.
Public-health attach^, assignment, objectives, 476.
Representatives, appointment :
Israel (McDonald), 22.
Korea (Muccio), 242.
Rumania demands recall of U. S. officers, 809.
Rumania detains U. S. diplomatic and consular per-
sonnel, 403.
Social-welfare attaches, assignment, objectives, 619.
U. S. Vice Consul (Ewing) withdrawn from Sofia,
facts concerning, 451.
U.S.S.R. restricts travel of diplomatic personnel, 525.
Visa officers and clerks sent to Europe for dlsplaced-
persons program, 501.
Visa requirements eased with Belgium, 526 ; Italy, 526 :
U. K., 648.
Fort William-Port Arthur, Canada, closing of U. S. Con-
sulate, 476.
France :
Antarctica, U.S. asks discussion, 301.
Berlin crisis. See Berlin crisis.
Consultative Council, 3d session, text of communion^,
583.
German reparations, plant removal from Western zones,
joint statement, 584.
International Refugee Organization, adherence to, 83.
Lend-lease and surplus property payment, 52.
Public-health attach^ to V. S. Embassy In Paris, 476.
Reconstruction loans from International Bank, 599.
Social-welfare attach^ to U. S. Embassy In Paris, 619.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Caribbean Commission agreement, 245.
Double taxation (1939), revi.sed and supplemented,
approved by U. S. Senate, 680.
Educational-exchange agreement, with U. S., 52, 650.
Foreign Assistance Act of 1948, agreement signed
with U. S., 104.
Lend-lease and claims, settlement, 52, 561.
Marichal Joffre claims settlement, with U. S. and
Australia, 561.
Motion pictures, joint declaration with U. S. signed,
text, 500.
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on, provi-
sionally elt'ective, 642.
Transport, road, with other European countries, ad-
hered to and extended, 702.
D. S. Consulate at Marseille elevated to rank of con-
sulate general, 244.
U. S. Sen. res. 239, exchange of views with U. S., U. K.,
Canada, and Benelux countries, 80.
U.S.S.R. charged in General Assembly with threat to
peace, 441.
Fredericton, N. B., Canada, closing of U. S. Consulate, 477.
Freedom of information. See Information.
Freedom of the press, Netosiceek article, U. S. attitude, 51.
French West Indies, U. S. Consulate at Martinique, clos-
ing, 476, reopening, 563.
Friendship, commerce and navigation treaty, U. S. with:
China (1946), 745.
Ireland, discussed, 526.
Italy, extended to occupied territories, exchange of
notes, 44.
822
Fulbright act (see also Educational exchange program),
scholarship awards, 302.
Garr, Ruth Virginia, detained by Security Police in
Rumania, 403.
General Assembly of U. N. (3d session) :
Adjournment, statement by Mr. Dulles, 801.
Agenda, 173, 329.
Atomic energy control. See Atomic energy.
Balkans, U.N. Special Committee on. See Balkans,
U.N. Special Committee on the.
Berlin crisis. See Berlin crisis.
Children's Emergency Fund, International. See Chil-
dren's Emergency Fund.
Evaluation, excerpts from statement by Mr. Austin, 754.
Evatt, Dr. Herbert V. (Australia), elected president of
Assembly, 441.
False or distorted reports, U.S. report to U.N. on, 116,
127.
Genocide. See Genocide.
Human Rights Declaration. See Human Rights.
Interim Committee. See Interim Committee.
Italian colonies, disposition, 698, 730.
Korea. See Korea.
Membership in U.N. See United Nations.
Palestine. See Palestine.
Reduction of arms. See Arms ; Armaments.
Resolutions :
Atomic energy control, 606.
Balkans, 635, 697.
Balkans, conciliators appointed, 696.
Balkans, "establishment of good neighbour relations"
and return of Greek children (Nov. 27), 722.
Disarmament, 635, 696.
False or distorted reports, to combat (Nov. 15, 1947),
127.
Genocide, convention on the prevention and punish-
ment of the crime of, 756.
Human Rights, Universal Declaration of, 752.
Interim Committee extended, 697.
Membership In U.N., 729, 754.
Palestine (May 14), 11.
Palestine, Conciliation Commission (Dec. 11), 667,
687, 689, 726, 763, 793.
Palestine, refugee aid (Nov. 19), 636.
Palestine, working group (Nov. 16), 667.
Peace treaties, cooperation to conclude, 614.
Spanish adopted as a working language, 730.
Trusteeship, 637.
Underdeveloped nations (Dec. 4), assistance to, 730.
Spaak, Paul-Henri (Belgium), elected chairman of Po-
litical and Security Committee, 441.
Status of work (Dec. 12, 1948), tables, 783.
Trade discrimination resolution attacking KRP pro-
posed by Poland, 666.
U. S. alternate delegate (Atherton), appointed, 236.
U. S. delegation to, 330.
U. S. policy, address by Secretary Marshall at opening
session (text), 432, 411.
U.S.S.R. charged with threat to peace by U.S., U.K., and
France, 441.
Geneva conventions, revision of, article by Mr. McCahon,
464.
Genocide :
General Assembly resolution outlawing, 729, (text) 756.
Legal Committee votes to include in convention protec-
tion for political groups, 490.
U.S. attitude, statement in General Assembly by Mr.
Gross, 755.
Geodesy and geophysics, International union of, 8th
general assembly, U.S. delegation and agenda, 135.
Geological Congress, 18th International:
Article by Eliot Blackwelder, 668.
U.S. delegation, agenda, 136.
Geologlcal-mineralogical survey program, U.S. with Bra-
zil, extended, 743.
Gerig, Benjamin, designation in U.N. committee, 180.
Department of State Bulletin
i
German Affairs, Interim Office for, established In State
Department, 279, 477.
Germany :
Berlin crisis. Bee Berlin crisis.
Berlin elections, exchange of letters, General Clay and
Marshal Sokolovsky, 734.
Berlin elections, significance, 776.
Bonn Parliamentary Council, 507.
Chiemsee conference, 509.
Currency reform. See Berlin crisis.
Displaced persons, admission to U. S. from western
zones, 411, 412.
Displaced persons, aid by U. S. Foreign Service person-
nel, 501.
Emigration from U. S. zone to Palestine, regulations,
exchange of notes, 386.
Enemy assets, agreement on resolution of conflicting
claims to, signature by Luxembourg, 25.
Immigration to U. S. opened, 735.
Industrial production, 598.
Industries, coal, iron, and steel, reorganization, 703,
704, 708.
Peace settlement, U. S. policy summarized by Secretary
Marshall In General Assembly, 433.
Reparations, plant removal, joint statement, 584.
Ruhr. See Ruhr.
Six Power talks on, U. S. reply to Poland's protest re,
80.
Soviet blockade. See Berlin crisis.
Soviet Union, Turkey, and Germany during World War
II, article by Mr. Howard, 63.
Steel production In bizonal area, 553.
Trade, most-favored-nation treatment provisions of cer-
tain treaties, application to western Germany, 43,
44, 45, 104, 445.
U. S. zone :
Licensed newspapers, list of and gift to, 144.
War claims, procedure for filing, 646.
Western zones, transport agreements, road, with other
European countries, 702.
Gilder, Miss Rosamond, article on International Theatre
Institute, 488.
Gold and dollar exchange, loss of, to Sweden, exchange of
memoranda with V. S., 53.
Gold transactions, publication of, resumed, 243.
Grady, Henry F. :
Ambassador to Greece, 129.
Greece, struggle for freedom, statement, 584.
Greece:
Aid under 1947 U. S. foreign relief program, 101.
American Mission for aid to Greece, supplies released
to Near East refugees, 447, 501.
Balkan states meet with U. N. mediators, 637.
Bulgarian border violations, charged, 461.
Children, return of, General Assembly resolution (Nov.
27), 722.
Children, U. S. attitude on deportation of, 25.
Conciliators appointed. General Assembly resolution
(Nov. 27), 696.
Educational-exchange program with U. S. under Ful-
bright act, grants under, 649.
Foreign Aid Appropriation Act of 1949, statement by
President Truman on signing, 45.
Freedom, struggle for, statement by Mr. Grady, 584.
Greek-Turkish aid, expenditures estimated, 342.
Guerrillas aided by Albania, Bulgaria and Yugoslavia,
238, 447, 461.
Guerrillas aided by Albania, Bulgaria, and Yugoslavia,
UNSCOB conclusions noted in draft resolution,
635.
Secretary Marshall visits, 561.
Territorial integrity threatened by Albania, Bulgaria,
and Yugoslavia, 238, 608.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Double-taxation, with U. S., discussions, 527.
Foreign Assistance Act of 1948, agreement signed
with D. S., 104.
Index, July to December 1948
Greece — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Provisional commercial agreement (1938) and gen-
eral agreement on tariffs and trade (1947), appli-
cation to occupied territories, exchange of notes
with D .S., 45.
U. N. Special Committee on Balkans, 3d interim report
approved by General Assembly, 576.
tJ. S. Ambassador (Grady), departure for, 129.
U. S. policy summarized by Secretary Marshall in 3d
session. General Asembly, 434.
Green, Paul, detained by Security Police in Rumania,
403.
Grenada, British West Indies, U. S. Consulate, closing,
91, 477.
GriflSs, Stanton, appointed Director of U. N. ReUef for
Palestine, 730.
Griswold, Dwight, resignation as Chief of American Mis-
sion for Aid to Greece, 501.
Gross, Ernest A. :
Addresses, statements, etc. :
Agreements under Economic Cooi)eration Act, 35.
Genocide convention, statement in General Assembly,
755.
Soviet wives of foreigners, Chilean proposal, 798.
Correspondence with New York Supreme Court Justice
(Dickstein) regarding Kasenkina case, 261.
Guatemala :
Combat materiel, transfer by U. S. to, table showing, 26.
U. S. Ambassador (Patterson), appointment, 501.
Haas, Stephen :
Attackers apprehended, 449.
Investigation of his murder in Egypt, 21L
Hagannah, U.S. code clerk held at headquarters, 301.
Hague, The, public-health attach^ to U. S. Embassy, 476.
Hague convention (1907) on maritime warfare, 464.
Haifa, Palestine:
Opening of U. S. Consulate, 477.
Refugees aided by UNICEF, 615.
Haiti :
Cultural-cooperation fellowships available, 742.
Cultural leader, visit to U. S., 58, 212.
U. S. Ambassador (DeCourcy), appointment, 25.
Visiting professor from U. S., 474.
Halle, Louis J., Jr., article on education programs under
Institute of Inter-American Affairs, 31.
Hare, Raymond A., designation in State Department, 154.
Harrlman. W. Averell, appointment as U. S. representative
to the Economic Commission for Europe, 118.
Health :
Brucellosis, 2d Inter-American congress, 641.
Information, exchange program, 476.
Mental, U. S. delegates to London meeting on, 201.
Tropical medicine and malaria, congresses, 294.
Health Assembly, World, of WHO, progi-ams, 82, 117.
Health Organization, World. See World.
Heath, Donald K., aide-memoire to Bulgarian Foreign
Minister (Kolarov) on non-fulfilment of peace treaty
obligations, 447.
Hendrick, James Pomeroy, article on progress report of
U. S. Commission on Human Rights, 159.
Herald-Tribune Forum, New York, N. Y., address by
Mr. Kennan, 520.
Hoffman, Michael L., New York Times article on dis-
placed persons program, 411.
Honduras :
Cultural-cooperation fellowships available, 742.
U. S. Consulate at La Ceiba, closing, 477.
U. S. consular agency at Puerto Cortes, opening, 477.
Howard, Harry N., article on Germany, the Soviet Union,
and Turkey during World War II, 63.
Hull, England, closing of U. S. Consulate, 58, 477.
HuUey, Benjamin M., designation in State Department,
503.
Human Rights, Covenant of, proceedings of drafting
committee, 161.
Human Rights, U. N. Commission on, proceedings, 159,238.
823
Human Rights, Universal Declaration of:
Approval urged before General Assembly by Secretary
Marshall, 432.
Discussed by Mrs. Roosevelt, 457, 751.
Drafting of, 159.
General Assembly approves, 729.
Texts as approved at second and third sessions com-
pared, 167.
UNESCO to publicize, 763.
^Bank^shares, presentation by foreign owners required.
Broadcasts; freedom to listen to, exchange of notes with
U S 145.
Danube, free navigation on the, attitude, 283.
Minister to U. S. (Sili), credentials, 193.
Standard Oil's MAORT company seized 469.
U. N. membership, qualifications, 695, 7^9.
U. S. citizens detained, 469, 494, 737.
U. S. oil property seizure, proteste^, (36.
Voice of America, campaign against, 91.
^ Appototid" U.^^S. representative to WHO executive
board, 559.
Article on World Health Assembly, 391.
Hyderabad? U.S. nationals in, evacuation to Madras,
Hydroelectric power project, Passamaquoddy to Inter-
national Joint Commission, U. S.-Canada, for review,
terms of reference, 648. ... x- „
Hylean Amazon, International Institute of, objectives
described by Mr. Boonstra, 183.
^''Foreign Assistance Act of 1948, agreement signed with
WhaUng," mternational convention for regulation of
(1946), adherence, 714.
Icelandic air conference plans facilities for North At-
lantic routes, 16.
^TiSlaceT Persons Act of 1948. procedure under, 411
412.
Farm-labor migration agreement: _
Exchange of notes, U. S. and Mexico, 585.
Mexico charges U.S. with violation, 562.
German and Austrian to U. S., opened, article by Mr.
Sutterim, 735.
German (Western) and Austrian, registration under
Immigration Act of 1924, 412.
Visa requirements eased, U. S. with :
Belgium, 526.
Italy, 526.
U. K., 648.
Immigration and Naturalization, Senate Subcommittee
To Investigate:
Request for visa files refused, 235.
Secretary of State's committee reports on employees tes-
timony before, 335.
U. N. personnel, application of U. S. immigration laws
to, 116.
Immunities. .See Diplomatic officers; Exemption from
territorial jurisdiction.
Income tax. See Double taxation.
Ambassador to U. S. (Rama Rau), credentials, 193.
Kashmir, dispute with Pakistan over, 16.
Kashmir, U. S. policy summarized by Secretary Mar-
shall In 3d session, General Assembly, 434.
Social-welfare attach^ to U. S. Embassy in New Delhi,
619.
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (1947) :
Protocol of provisional application, signature, U. S.
proclamation, 55.
Provisionally effective, 642.
U. S. nationals, evacuation from Hyderabad to Madras,
'414.
824
♦ i
India and Pakistan, U. N. Commission on, arrival in
Karachi, 16, 82.
Indonesia : „ ^ j- n'^u
Name changed from Netherlands East Indies, 745.
Indonesian situation :
Committee of Good Offices:
Reports, 133, 698, 764.
U S. Representative Cochran, appointment, 82.
Renville agreement, negotiations under, by Oonmut-
tee of Good Offices, address by Mr. Bennmghott, 9.
Renville agreement. Security Council resolution on ob-
servance of, 133.
Trade restrictions investigation asked by Security
Council, 47.
United States of Indonesia, U. N. attitude, 133.
U. S. policy summarized by Secretary Marshall in 3d
session. General Assembly, 434.
Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council, article by Mr. Anderson,
12.
Industrial Advisory Committee of ECA, German repara-
tions, plant removal from Western zones to be re-
viewed, 584.
Industrial Development of Puerto Rico and the Virgvn
IslandSi of the United States, released by Caribbean
Commission, 745.
Industrial production, European, including Western Ger-
many, 598.
Industrial property :
Trade-mark registration, extension of time for renewal
of, proclamations with respect to —
Austria, 527.
Belgium, 212.
Czechoslovakia, 302.
Industry:
Coal and steel in Ruhr, reorganization, 703, 704, 708.
Fishing, in Northwest Atlantic, depletion threatened,
699.
Steel production in ERP countries, 553.
Tuua resources investigation recommended by U. S.
and Mexico, 647.
Industry and finance in Japan, deconcentration of, 768.
Information (see also Radio) :
False or distorted reports, U. S. report to U. N. on meas-
ures to combat, 127.
Free press in Germany, need of reference materials for,
144.
U S. Advisory Commission on Information, members,
242.
U. S. program, addresses:
Mr. Allen, 88.
Mr. Schneider, 772.
Voice of America :
Article by Mr. Allen, 567.
Broadcasts to originate in State Department, 4(0.
Information, freedom of:
Addresses, statements, etc.: ^
Secretary Marshall, 51, 433, 473. ^
General Assembly resolution on false or distorted re-
ports, U. S. attitude, 116. „ . ^ ^ <- ri
Newsweek article, U. S. reply to Soviet protest, 51.
Information, Freedom of, U. N. Conference on:
Commended by Secretary Marshall, 433.
Obstructionist attitude of certain governments, 378.
Resolutions supported by U. S. delegation, 127, 128, 129.
Inter-American Affairs, Institute of: ^ ^. „4.
Chilean tuberculosis hospital, joint construction of,
6S1
Education programs, cooperative, article by Mr. Halle,
31
Inter-American Coffee Board, entitled by law to certain
privileges, 349, 352. ^ ^,, r^ „„„
Inter-American Conference, supreme organ of the Organ-
ization of American States, 594. _
Inter-American conference for the rehabiUtation of crip-
ples, 1st, 122.
Department of Stale Bulletin
Intor-American conference on conservation of renewable
natural resources, 33-J.
Inter-American Council of Jurists, 596.
Inter-American Cultural Council, 596.
Intcr-American Economic and Social Council, appointment
of U. S. representative, 1.54, 593.
Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences, entitled
by law to certain privileges, 349, 352.
Inter-American Statistical Institute, entitled by law to
certain privileges, 349, 352.
Inter- American treat.v of reciprocal assistance (1947), 592.
Intergovernmental Committee on Refugees, entitled by law
to certain privileges, 349, 353.
Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Organization,
preparatory committee, D. S. delegates and agenda,
671.
Interim Committee of General Assembly:
Charter review by General Assembly, 82.
(^mtinuation of, discussion, 16, 637.
Extended (through 1949), 697.
Jlembership in U. N., proposal (see also United Na-
tions), 69.5.
Progress reviewed by Mr. Johnson, 191.
Report on methods of promoting international political
cooperation, 796.
U. S. policy on, summarized by Secretary Marshall in
3d session, General Assembly, 434.
Veto under Chapter VI, U. S. proposals (see also Veto),
6.
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development :
Described by Mr. Burns, 599.
Entitled by law to certain privileges, 349, 352.
President's report to Congress, summary, 243.
U. S. participation in (Public Law 171, 79th Cong.), text,
367.
International Beehtel, Incorporated, aid to Near East, 293.
International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) :
Entitled by law to certain privileges, 349, 353.
European-Mediterranean air-navigation meetings, 2d,
271.
Icelandic air conference plans facilities for North At-
lantic routes, 16.
North Pacific regional air-navigation meeting, 20, 84,
274, 523.
Southeast Asia Region, U. S. delegation, 6.39.
International congress on mental health, U. S. delegates to
London meeting, 201.
International congresses on tropical medicine and malaria,
4th international, 294.
International Control of Atomic Energy: Policy at the
Crossroads, released, 123.
International Cotton Advisory Committee, 349, 353.
International Court of Justice of U. N. :
Membership in U. N., opinion, 729. 754.
Syrian proposal for opinion on Palestine situation, re-
jection by Security Council, 132.
International Joint Commission, U.S.-Canada :
Appointment of Mr. Weber, 527.
Entitled by law to certain privileges, 26, 349, 354.
Flood control, 49, 202, 558.
Kootenay River flood control, 49, 202.
Passamaquoddy tidal power project to be reviewed,
terms of reference, 648.
Pollution of boundary waters, hearings and represent-
atives, 558, 732.
St. Lawrence seaway project, 810.
International Labor Organization (ILO) :
Conference, 31st, 47, 82.
Entitled by law to certain privileges, 349, 352.
Final articles revision convention (1946), proclaimed,
472.
Governing Body, 107tli session, 764.
Legislation on, 313.
Petroleum Committee, 2d session, agenda and ir.S. dele-
gation, 638.
Soviet delegate attacks record of, 238.
Textiles Committee, 2d session, agenda and U.S. dele-
gation, 617.
International Labor Organization (ILO) — Continued
U.S. accepts constitution (Public Law 843, 80th Cong.),
text, 373.
International Monetary Fund, 243.
Described by Mr. Burns, 599.
Entitled by law to certain privileges, 349, 352.
U.S. participation in (Public Law 171, 79th Cong.), text,
367.
International organizations, U. S. laws re :
Immunities act (1945), text, 349.
Personnel of U.S. Government, transfer to (Ex. Or.
9721), text, 366.
Procurement act (1947), 354.
International Refugee Organization. See Refugee Or-
ganization, International.
International Society for the Welfare of Cripples, spon-
sors 1st inter-American conference on rehabilitation
of crippled and disabled, 804.
International Trade Organization. See Trade Organi-
zation, International.
International wheat agreement. See Wheat agreement,
international.
International Wheat Advisory Committee, entitled by law
to certain privileges, 349, 353.
Iran, credit for purchase of surplus military equipment,
211.
Iraq, communication on cease-fire order in Palestine, 130.
Ireland :
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Double taxation, discussions, 714.
Economic Cooperation Act of 1948, adherence to pur-
poses of, signature, 37.
Foreign Assistance Act of 1948, agreement signed
with U.S., 104.
Friendship, commerce, and navigation with U.S.
discussed, 526.
Most-favored-nation treatment, application to occu-
pied territories, exchange of notes with U.S., 44.
U.N. membership, qualifications, 693, 729.
U.S. Consulate at Limerick, closing, 563.
Israel (.see also Palestine situation) :
Consular section of U.S. mission at Tel Aviv open for
limited consular business, 123.
Democratic Party platform, attitude, 582.
Membership in U.N., 698, 723, 763.
Membership in U.N., statement in Security Council by
Mr. Jessup, 723.
Representative to U.S. (Epstein), appointment, 22.
U.S. Con.sulate at Haifa, opening, 477.
U.S. Consulate at Tel Aviv, opening, 477.
U.S. policy, statement by President Truman, 582.
U.S. Representative (McDonald), appointment, 22.
Italy :
Aid under 1947 U.S. foreign relief program, 101.
Chief of Staff, General Efisio Marras, visit to U.S., 680.
Claims, no time limit on filing, 450.
Colonies, disposition of:
Council of Foreign Ministers to discuss, exchange of
notes between U. S. and U.S.S.R., 382.
General Assembly to consider at next session, 698,
730.
U. S. attitude in CFM, 402.
Combat materiel, transfer by U. S. to, table showing,
529.
Displaced persons, admission to U. S. from, 411, 412.
Displaced persons, aid by U. S. Foreign Service person-
nel, 501.
Double taxation, discussions, scheduled, 679.
EGA, gratitude for, 450.
Steel production, 553.
Taxes, procedure for postponement of payment by U. N.
nationals, 24.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Economic Cooperation Act of 1948, adherence to pur-
poses of, signature, 37.
Educational-exchange program, with U. S., signature,
809.
Index, July to December 7948
825
Italy — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Foreign Assistance Act of 1948, agreement signed
with U. S., 104.
Most-favored-nation provisions in treaty of friend-
ship, commerce, and navigation and in general
agreement on tariffs and trade (1947), applica-
tion to occupied territories, exchange of notes
with U. S., 44.
Peace treaty (1047), renunciation in art. 23 of posses-
sions In Africa, 402.
Peace treaty (1947), Yugoslavia charges violations in
Trieste, 179.
Transport, road, with other European countries, ad-
hered to and extended, 702.
Trieste situation. See Trieste.
U. N. membership, qualifications, 693, 729.
U. S. Consulate at Venice, opening, 303, 477.
Visa requirements changed, 526.
Japan :
Finances and Industry, deconcentration of, 768.
Industrial revival, U. S. attitude stated by General
McCoy in Far Eastern Commission, 645.
Industry, majority attitude on Soviet proposal in Far
Eastern Commission, 806.
Peace settlement, U. S. policy summarized by Secretary
Marshall in 3d session, General Assembly, 433.
Trade, conduct of, FEC policy decision, text, 770.
Trade, most-favored-nation treatment provisions of
certain treaties, application to, 44, 45, 104.
Travel abroad of Japanese commercial representatives,
FEC policy decision, text, 771.
TJ. S. Consulate at Kobe, opening, 477.
TJ.S.S.R. suspends repatriation of Japanese in Siberia,
810.
Yokosulsa naval base, Soviet charges answered by U. S.,
586.
Japanese mandated Islands. See Pacific Islands, Territory
of the.
Japanese-occupied areas, property of U. S. nationals In,
procedure for filing claims, 245.
Jerusalem {see also Palestine situation) :
Statute for, Soviet charges against U. S., 179.
U. S. code clerk kidnaped, 301.
U. S. Consulate General, D. S. marine guard for, 115.
Jessup, Philip C. :
Addresses, statements, etc. :
Armaments, Commission for Conventional, comment
on Soviet attitude, 180.
Berlin crisis, 463, 484, 541, 572.
Israeli membership in U. N., 723.
Palestine situation, 114, 611, 657, 660.
Palestine situation. Conciliation Commission, 687.
Syrian proposal for International Court of Justice
opinion on status of Palestine, 132.
U. S. loan to U. N. for permanent building, 179.
Yugoslav charges against U. S.-U. K. administration
of Trieste, 106, 225.
Appointed deputy U. S. representative to General As-
sembly, 330.
Letter to Secretary-General Lie on U. S. implementa-
tion of Palestine resolution, 11.
Johnson, Joseph E., review of six months in Interim Com-
mittee, 191.
Johnstone, William C, Jr. :
Address on educational exchange program, 739.
Designation in State Department, 59, 563.
Justice, Department of, control of enemy assets transferred
from Treasury Department, 472, 616.
Kabul, Afghanistan, elevation of U. S. Legation to rank
of embassy, 746.
Kaplan, Sheldon Z., article on 80th Congress, 2d session,
and the U. N., 307, 347.
Kasenkina, Mrs. Oksana S., refusal to return to U.S.S.R. :
Not liable to restraint or compulsion, note from Secre-
tary Marshall to Soviet Ambassador, 408.
826
Kasenkina, Mrs. Oksana S., refusal to return to U.S.S.B.—
Continued
Status of, letter from Legal Adviser of the State De-
partment (Gross) to N. Y. Supreme Court Justice
(Dlckstein), 261.
Kashmir, U. S. policy summarized by Secretary Marshall
in 3d session. General Assembly, 434.
Kashmir Commission of Security Council of U. N. See
India and Pakistan Commission.
Kennan, George F., address on United Nations, 520.
Kennedy, Donald D., appointed chairman, U.S. delegation,
international wool-study group, 443.
Kirk, Admiral Alan G., U. S. representative on U. N.
Special Committee on the Balkans, 238.
Kobe, Japan, opening of U. S. Consulate, 477.
Kootenay River flood control, U. S.-Canada, joint com-
mission, 49, 202.
Korea :
Economic Cooperation Act of 1948, adherence to pur-
poses of, signature, 778.
Economic Cooperation Administration to administer
aid, 301.
Elections :
Declared valid by Temporary Commission on Korea,
16.
Supervised by UNTCOK, 191.
U. S. attitude, 242.
Electric power :
Resumption of distribution to South Korea, corre-
spondence between U. S. and U. S. S. R., 50.
Supply to South Korea, exchange of notes between
U. S. Army Commander and Soviet Army Com-
mander, 147.
Government (South Korean) recognized by General
Assembly, 728.
Statement by Mr. Dulles, 758.
Text of resolution, 760.
Nortli Korea People's Government rejected by U. N.,
637.
Occupying forces, withdrawal of:
Commission to observe withdrawal, 728, 760.
Exchange of notes between U.S. and U.S.S.R., 456.
U. S. policy, 440.
Recognition of new government, 242, 800.
Trade, most-favored-natlon treatment provisions of cer-
tain treaties, application to southern Korea, 44, 45,
104.
Uprising in Yosu reported, 562.
U. S. Consulate at Seoul, opening, 477.
U. S. policy :
Mr. Dulles, statements, 728, 758.
Secretary Marshall, statement in General Assembly,
434.
Recognition, 242, 300.
Special Representative (Muccio) appointed, 242.
Korea, 19^5 to 1948, released, 529.
Korea, U. N. Temporary Commission on (UNTCOK) :
Continuation urged by Mr. Dulles, 758.
Elections (May 10) held valid, 16.
Observation of elections, 242.
Report to General Assembly, excerpte, 576.
Work of, continued by General Assembly, 728, 760.
Work with Interim Committee, 191.
Kuala Lumpur, Malayan Union, opening of U. S. Consu-
late, 477.
Labor :
European Recovery Program, role In, address by Mr.
Nitze, 239.
Farm-labor migration agreement, Mexico charges U. S.
violation, exchange of notes, U. S. and Mexico,
562, 585.
Labor attaches confer with Economic Cooperation Ad-
ministration advisers in Paris, 213.
Labor Organization, International. See International
Labor Organization.
La Ceiba, Honduras, closing of U. S. Consulate, 477.
Department of State Bulletin
i-n Guaira, Venezuela, U. S. Vice Consulate closing, 476,
746.
Lahore, Pakistan, opening of V. S. Consulate, 477.
Lebanon :
General agreement on tariffs and trade (1947) :
Concessions, 151.
Provisionally effective, 642.
Signature of protocol of provisional application, 55,
149.
I Palestine, cease-fire orders, confirmation of issuance, 131.
n Refugee aid, 575.
I Legislation, development of program. State Department
regulations {see also Congress), 682.
Lend-lease, agreement with Liberia (1943), construction
of free port of Monrovia, 58, 210.
Lend-lease, settlement, U. S. and :
Brazil, 52.
China. 527.
Czechoslovakia, 413.
France, 52, 561.
Netherlands, 52.
United Kingdom, 143.
U.S.S.R., statement by Secretary Marshall on U. S.
proposals to, 51.
Yugoslavia, 137, 139.
Lend-lease and claims settlement veith France (1946),
supplemented by new agreement, 561.
Leningrad, U.S.S.R., proposed U. S. Consulate General,
not to open, 409.
Leverich, Henry P., Rumania demands recall of, ex-
change of notes between Rumanian Minister of For-
eign Affairs and D. S. Minister (Schoenfeld), 809.
Liberia :
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Lend-lease agreement (1943), construction of free
port of Monrovia with funds from, 58, 210.
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (1947), nego-
tiations for accession, 807.
U. S. Minister (Dudley), appointment, 303.
Libya :
U. S. Consulate at Tripoli, opening, 477.
U. S. position in Council of Foreign Ministers on dis-
position of, 402.
Lie, Trygve ( Secretary-General of U. N. ) , 293, 655.
Limerick, Ireland, closing of U. S. Consulate, 563.
Limnology, International society of, program of 10th con-
gress meeting In ZUrlch, 201.
Linguists, 6th International congress of, 134.
Lltvinov, Maxim, exchange of correspondence with Frank-
lin D. Roosevelt (1933), reprinted, 257.
Lomakln, Y. M., Soviet Consul General at New York,
exequatur revoked, 253.
L(5pez, Garcia, represents Mexico In air transport dis-
cussions, 300.
Lovell, Colonel John R., Rumania demands recall of,
exchange of notes between Rumanian Minister of
Foreign Affairs and U. S. Minister (Schoenfeld), 809.
Lovett, Robert A. :
Addresses, statements, etc. :
Near East refugees, aid to, 447.
President Prlo's return to Cuba, 778.
Correspondence :
Governors, on transmittal of electors' certificates, 618.
Polish Ambassador, replying to protest re Six Power
talks on Germany, 86.
Soviet Embassy, on Kasenklna and Samarin cases,
251.
U.S.S.R. Ambassador (Panyushkin), on Berlin crisis,
423.
Lulchev, Kosta, trial and Imprisonment in Bulgaria, note
from U. S. Minister to Bulgarian Foreign Minister,
710, 796.
Lutheran World Relief, Inc., aid to Near East, 299.
Luxembourg :
Consultative Council, 3d session, text of communique,
583.
Reconstruction loans from International Bank, 599.
Luxembourg — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Educational-exchange program with U. 8., signed.
528, 681.
Foreign Assistance Act of 1948, agreement signed
with U. S., 104.
German enemy assets, agreement on resolution of
conflicting claims to, signature, 25.
TarilTs and trade, general agreement on, provision-
ally effective, 642.
Transport, road, with other European countries, ad-
hered to and extended, 702.
U. S. Sen. res. 239, exchange of views with U. S., U. K.,
France, Canada, and other Benelux countries, So!
Maggard, Peggy, detained by Security Police in Rumania
403.
Malaria, congresses on tropical medicine and, 294.
Malayan Union, U. S. Consulate at Kuala Lumpur, open-
ing, 477. ^
MAORT of Standard Oil seized by Hungary, 469, 736.
Marechal Joffre claims agreement, U. S. with France aiid
Australia, 561.
Maritime Consultative Organization, Intergovernmental
(IMCO), preparatory committee, U. S. delegates and
agenda, 671.
Maritime safety measures, international, article by Lt
Bradley, Jr., 119.
Maritime warfare (1907), Hague convention, revision dis-
cussed, 464.
Marseille, France, elevation of U. S. Consulate to rank
of consulate general, 244.
Marshall, George C. :
Addresses, statements, etc. :
Assassination of Count Bernadotte, 899.
Berlin crisis, air transport, 54.
Berlin crisis, joint communiquS issued in Paris
(Sept. 26), 423.
Berlin situation, 141.
Bolivia, proposal on defaulted bonds, 52.
Freedom of information, 473.
German Industry In the Ruhr, trustee plan, 703
Lend-lease settlement with U.S.S.R., U. S. proposals,
61.
Palestine, U. S. policy on Bernadotte report. 436
U. N. Charter, 40O.
U. N. Day, 329, 548.
U. N. personnel, effect on U. S. security, 116.
U. S. policy on problems before the U. N., 3d session
of General Assembly, text, 432, summarized, 441.
Vinson, Chief Justice, projected mission to Moscow!
483.
Committee appointed to study provisions of U.N. head-
quarters agreement affecting national security, 132.
Correspondence :
American Minister at Jidda (Childs), on opening of
radiotelegraph to Saudi Arabia, 449.
Chairman of Senate Subcommittee To Investigate Im-
migration and Naturalization (Revercomb), on
disclosing visa files, 235.
PAO Acting Director General (Clark), on establish-
ment of permanent FAO headquarters, 268.
Hungarian Charge, on freedom of Hungarian citizens
to listen to U. S. broadcasts, 145.
Palestine Mediator (Bernadotte) on aid from U. S.
organizations, 267, 203.
Secretary-General of U. N. and President of General
Assembly on Berlin situation, 656.
Soviet Ambassador (Panyushkin), on blockade of
Berlin, 85.
Soviet Ambassador, on Danubian conference, 23.
Soviet Ambassador, on proposed discussion of Italian
Colonies by CFM, 382.
Soviet Ambassador, replying to protest over Newsweek
article, 51.
Greece visited, 561.
U. S. senior representative to General Assembly, 330.
Index, July to December 1948
827
Martin, Edwin M., designation in State Department, 154.
Martinique, French West Indies, closing and opening of
U. S. Consulate, 476, 563.
Matamoros, Mexico, closing of U. S. Consulate recon-
sidered, 451
Mathews, Elbert G., designation in State Department, 6o(J.
McCahon, William H., article on International Committee
of the Red Cross, 464.
McCluney, Forrest F., designation in State Department,
213.
McCoy, Major General Frank R. :
Far Eastern Commission, Soviet proposal on Japanese
industry, majority attitude, 806.
Japanese industry, statements in Far Eastern Commis-
sion on U. S. attitude, 645, 768.
McDermott, Jack C, designation in State Department,
503.
McDonald, James Grover, appointment as U. S. Represent-
ative to Israel, 22.
Medicine, tropi'cal, congresses on, 294.
Membership in U. N. See United Nations.
Meteorological facilities, discussion of, in regional air-
navigation meetings, 273, 275.
Meteorological Organization, International (IMO), Re-
gional Commission for Asia, meeting, U. S. delegate
and agenda, 558.
Metrology, ninth general conference of international bu-
reau of weights and measures, 466.
Mexico :
Combat materiel, transfer by U. S. to, table showing,
529
Cultural-cooperation fellowships available, 742.
Cultural leaders, visit to U. S., 153, 619, 744.
Foreign Minister Torres Bodet elected Director General
of UNESCO, 702.
General Assembly resolution urging cooperation to con-
clude peace treaties, 522, 552, 614.
L6pez, Garcra, discusses air transport agreement with
U. S., 300.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air transport, discussions with U. S., 300.
Farm-labor migration agreement, charge of U. S. vio-
lation and exchange of notes, 562, 585.
Tuna resources investigation, joint recommendation, 647.
U. S. Consulates at Agua Prieta and Matamoros not to
close, 451.
Migratory Bird Treaty Act, closed areas proclaimed, 744.
Military mission. See Missions.
Militar.v Staff Committee:
Chairman Vasiliev's statement on report on armed
strength, 195.
Letter to Security Council president from Soviet Dele-
gation, 264.
Letter to Security Council president from U. S., U. K.,
Chinese, and French delegations, submitting state-
ment of stalemate, 263.
Miller, Dr. Hunter, editor of treaty volume, 214.
Mineralogical-geologieal survey program, U. S. with Bra-
zil, extended, 743.
Minerals, strategic. See Natural resources.
Ministers (American) of Foreign Affairs, Meeting of Con-
sultation of, 596.
Ministers of Foreign Affairs of the American Republics,
Habana declaration of inter-American solidarity
(1940), 592.
Missions, Colombian economic mission to U. S., 58.
Missions, U. S. :
Argentina, military advisory, agreement signed, 494.
Brazil, military, 211.
Greece, relief, supplies released to Near Bast refugees,
447.
Monetary and Financial Problems, National Advisory
Council on International, summary of report, 243.
Mongolian People's Republic, U. N. membership, qualifica-
tions, 695, 729.
Monrovia, free port of, 58, 210.
Monsma, George N., article on the Organization of Ameri-
can States, 591.
828
Morocco, war claims, procedure for filing, 211.
Moscow discussions. See Berlin crisis.
Most-favored-nation treatment, application to occupied
territories, exchange of notes, U.S. with Greece, Ire-
land, Italy, Turkey, and U.K., 43, 104.
Motion pictures, joint declaration by U.S. and France,
text, 500.
Mount Holyoke College Institute of U.N., address by Mr.
Allen on U. S. information program, 88.
Muccio, John J., appointed special representative to Ko-
rean Government, 242.
Nairn, Sardar Mohamed, Khan, credentials as Afghan
Ambassador to U. S., 746.
Nares, Sir George, Arctic expedition, record found by
U.S.-Canada supply mission, text, 471.
National Advisory Council on International Monetary
and Financial Problems, 243.
National Association for Mental Health of England, 201.
National Catholic Welfare Conference, aid to Near East,
299.
National Foreign Trade Convention, New York, N. Y.,
address by Mr. Sargeant on Government-sponsored
information and educational-exchange programs, 672.
Nationalism, Communist attitude re, 410.
Natural resources, renewable, inter-American conference
on the conservation of, 334.
Natural resources in a world of conflict, article by Mr.
Nitze, 623.
Nature, conference for the establishment of the inter-
national union for the protection of, U. S. delegation
to, 443.
Navigation, freedom of. See Danube conference.
Navigation, St. Lawrence seaway project, 810.
Nazareth, refugees aided by UNICEF, 615.
Naei Conspiracy and Aggression, supplement B, released,
650.
Near East:
Aid from American Red Cross, 586.
Aid from U.S., 203.
Refugees in. See Refugees in Palestine.
Near East Foundation, aid to Near East refugees, 293, 448.
Negeb desert. See Palestine situation.
Netherlands :
Combat materiel, transfer by U.S. to, table showing, 529.
Consultative Council, 3d session, text of communique,
.583.
ERP defended in U.N., 490.
Indonesian conflict, report by Security Council Good
Offices Committee, 133, 698, 764.
Indonesian situation, U.S. policy, 9, 434.
Indonesian trade restrictions, 47, 133.
Public-health attach^ to U.S. Embassy in The Hague,
476.
Reconstruction loans from International Bank, 599.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Caribbean Commission agreement, 245.
Double taxation with U.S., signature and ratiflcation,
679, 738.
Foreign Assistance Act of 1948, agreement signed
with U.S., 104.
Lend-lease settlement, payment, 52.
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on, provisionally
effective, 642.
Transport, road, with other European countries, ad-
hered to and extended, 702.
Whaling, international convention for regulation of
(1946), ratification, 714.
Universities, Preparatory Conference of Representa-
tives of, to be convened in cooperation with
UNESCO, 184.
US Sen res. 239, exchange of views with U.^., V.t^.,
'France, Canada, and other Benelux countries, 80.
Netherlands East Indies. See Indonesia.
New Delhi, social-welfare attach^ to U.S. Embassy, 619.
New England fishing industry threatened by depletion.
669.
Department of State Bulletin
Niw Guinea, trust territory of. See Trusteeship Council.
New Haiupsliire, University of, Durham, N.H., address by
Mr. Saltzman, 495.
Ncwswce): article, note from Secretary Marshall to Soviet
Ambassador, 51.
New York, N. Y., Soviet Consulate General to close over
Kaseukina-Samarin incident, 409.
New York State Bar Association, Lake Placid, N. Y., ad-
dress on ERP by Mr. Gross, 35.
New York Times, article on displaced-persous program
by Mr. Hoffman, 411.
New Zealand:
Ambassador to U. S. (Berendsen), credentials, 744.
Antarctica, U.S. asks di-scussion, 301.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Double taxation with U. S., ratification pending, 680.
Educational-exchange program with U. S., signed, 473.
General agreement on tariffs and trade (1947) :
Concessions, 150.
Provisionally effective, 642.
Signature of protocol of provisional application, 55,
149.
Nicosia, Cyprus, opening of U. S. Consulate, 477.
Nitze, Paul H. :
Addresses :
Labor's role in ERP, 239.
Trade program, international, 578.
Natural resources in a world of conflict, article, 623.
Non-self-governing territories. See Trusteeship.
North Atlantic air routes, Icelandic conference plans
facilities for, 16.
North Atlantic regional air-navigation meeting of ICAO,
2d, 274.
North Atlantic security proposals:
Consultative Council, 3d session, text of communique,
583.
Conversations, 778.
Statement by Mr. Lovett, 583.
North Pacific regional air navigation meeting, 20, 84.
Northwest Atlantic fishing banks depleted, 669.
Norway :
Antarctica, U.S. asks discussion, 301.
Combat materiel, transfer by U. S. to, table show-
ing. 529.
ERP defended in U. N., 490.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Claims convention, claims of Hannevig and Jones,
ratification, 646.
Double taxation, talks with U. S. scheduled, 679.
Foreign Assistance Act of 1948, agreement signed
with U. S., 104.
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (1947) :
Protocol of provisional application, signature, U. S.
proclamation, 55.
Provisionally effective, 642.
Transport, road, with other European countries, ad-
hered to and extended, 702.
Whaling, international convention for regulation of
(1946), ratification, 714.
U. S. Consulate at Bergen, opened, 477.
Occupied Area Affairs, Advisory Committee abolished,
811.
Occupied areas (see also Ruhr), application to, most-
favored-nation treatment provisions of certain
treaties, exchange of notes, U. S. with : Greece, Ire-
land, Italy, Turkey, and U. K., 43, 104.
Oil companies, MAORT of Standard Oil seized by Hun-
gary, 469, 736.
Oil companies. U. S., denial of interference in Venezue-
lan affairs, 777.
Organization of American States:
Appointment of U. S. representative on Council, 154.
Establishment of, 594.
Organizations, international, texts of U. S. laws re, 349,
3r)4, 366.
Index, July to December 1948
Osborn, Frederick H. :
Addresses, statements, etc. :
Armaments, regulation of, 194, 6.30.
Atomic Energy Commission, reports, 14.
Commission for Conventional Armaments, 180.
Outrata, Vladimir, credentials as Czechoslovak Ambassa-
dor to U. S., 87.
Pacific Islands, Territory of:
Commercial fishing, U. S. policy, 468.
Trade preferences with U. S., 446.
U. S. President authorized to approve trusteeship
agreement (Public Law 204, 80th Cong.), text, 376.
Pakistan :
General agreement on tariffs and trade (1947) :
Concessions, 150.
Provisionally effective, 642.
Renegotiations, 445, 527.
Signature of protocol of provisional application, 55,
149.
Kashmir, dispute with India over, 16, 82.
Kashmir, U. S. policy summarized by Secretary Mar-
shall in 3d session. General Assembly, 434.
U. S. Consulate at Lahore, opening, 477.
Palestine situation :
Acting Mediator Bunche, reports and recommenda-
tions to United Nations, 517, 555, 615, 634.
Arab States, attitude as expressed in telegram of Sec-
retary-fjeneral of Arab League, 131 n.
Armed guards needed, excerpts from Mediator's re-
port, 439.
Cease-fire for ten days, proposal by Mediator (Jjily 9)
and Israeli reply, 112.
Cease-fire resolution by Security Council (July 15), text,
114 ; confirmation of effective date, 130.
Conciliation Commission, General Assembly resolution
(Dec. 11), 667, 687, 689, 726, 763, 793.
Egypt charges Israeli violations of truce (Oct. 19), 555.
Egyptian and Israeli forces, withdrawal in Negeb, 521,
552, 555, 575, 667.
Emigration regulations for men of military age from
U. S. zones in Austria and Germany, exchange of
notes, 386.
Expiration of truce, Israeli letter (July 11) to Security
Council, 113.
General Assembly resolutions, creating working group
(Nov. 16), 667; aid to refugees (Nov. 19), 636;
creating Conciliation Commission (Dec. 11), 667,
687, 689, 726, 763, 793.
Israel accused of truce violation by Lebanon and Syria,
555.
Israeli membership in U. N., statement in Security Coun-
cil by Mr. Jessup, 723.
Jerusalem, U. S. Consulate General to be guarded by
marines, 115.
Kidnaping of U.S. code clerk at Jerusalem (Paro), pro-
tested, 301.
Mediator in Palestine (Bernadotte), assassination, 399.
Mediator's messages to U. N. Secretary-General, 105,
108, 111.
Mediator's reports, 112, 436, 440.
Mediator's suggestions to Israeli and Arab States, texts
of three documents (June 27), 105; Israeli reply,
107.
Observers, additional U. S., 180.
Prolongation of truce, Security Council resolution (July
7), 108.
Israeli and Arab replies to Mediator, 109, 110.
Mediator's messages to Secretary-General of U. N.,
108, 111.
Refugees, Arab and Jewish :
Aid to, 180, 237, 293, 447, 575, 615, 636, 778.
Exchange of letters between Count Bernadotte and
Secretary Marshall, 266.
Letter from Mr. Austin to U. N. Secretary-General,
2f;5.
Report by U. N. Mediator, Count Bernadotte, sum-
mary, 440.
829
Palestine situation — Continued
Refugees, Arab and Jewisli — Continued
Beport to U. N. by Acting Mediator, 634.
D.N. action, 180, 636, 778.
U. N. director of relief, Mr. Grlffls, 730.
U. S. Congress, appropriation of funds requested by
President Truman, 778.
U. S. organizations' contributions, telegram from
Secretary Marshall to U. N. Mediator, 293.
Sanctions against Israel, and/or Egypt proposed, 555.
Secretary Marshall's statement on Mediator's report,
436.
Security Council :
Emergency meeting on Palestine, 46.
Resolutions: truce (May 29), Implementation, 11, 293,
386; truce, prolongation (July 7), 108; truce
(July 15), 81, 114, 237, 293, 386, 517; control of
dissidents among Jews and Arabs (Aug. 19), 267;
truce violators (Aug. 20), 237; truce, Negeb (Oct.
19), 521, 552, 555; truce supervision (Oct. 19),
613; appointing seven-nation committee (Nov. 4),
555, 611, 615 ; armistice (Nov. 16), 637, 660, 692.
Statements by Mr. Jessup, 114, 657, 723.
Supervision of truce, U. N. Mediator's organization of
and instructions to observers, 175, 438.
V. S. cooperation praised by U. N. Secretary-General
(Lie), 293.
U. S. implementation of Security Council resolution
(May 29), letter from Mr. Jessup to Secretary-Gen-
eral (Lie), 11.
U. S. policy on supplying troops, statement by President
Truman, 237.
U. S. policy summarized by Secretary Marsliall in 3d
session, General Assembly, 434.
U. S. to supply additional observers, 287, 293.
Water pumps destroyed, 237, 439.
Panama :
Ambassador to U. S. (Vallarino), credentials, 87.
Cultural leader, visit to U. S., 680.
Whaling, International convention for regulation of
(1946), provisional application, 714.
Pan American Congress of Pharmacy, 1st, objectives and
U.S. delegation, 701.
Pan American consultation on cartography, 4th, V.S.
delegation, 443.
Pan American Sanitary Bureau :
Brucellosis, 2d inter-American congress on, 641.
Entitled by law to certain privileges, 349, 352.
U. S. cooperation, 593.
Pan American Union :
Conservation conference, sponsored by, 334.
Entitled by law to certain privileges, 349, 352.
Functions, 593.
Paraguay :
Cultural-cooperation fellowships available, 742.
Gonzalez, Natalicio J., Inauguration, U. S. representa-
tives and aides announced, 245.
U. S. Ambassador to represent President Truman at
presidential inauguration, 245.
Paris, U. S. Embassy, public-health and social-welfare
attaches, 476, 619.
Paro, George, kidnaping in Jerusalem protested by U.S.,
301.
Passamaquoddy Tidal Power Project to International
Joint Commission, U.S.-Canada, for review, 648.
Passports. See Visas.
Patterson, Jefferson, note to Egyptian Foreign Office on
killing of Stephen Haas, 211.
Patterson, Rlcliard C, Jr., appointed as U. S. Ambassador
to Guatemala, 501.
Peace treaties, General Assembly resolution urging cooper-
ation to conclude, 522, 552, 614.
Peary, Admiral Robert B., Arctic expedition, record found
by U.S.-Canada supply mission, text, 471.
Personnel, transfer of U. S. Government employees to in-
ternational organizations (Ex. Or. 9721), text, 366.
Peru :
Cultural-cooperation fellowships available, 742.
Cultural leader, visit to U. S., 212.
U. S. continues diplomatic relations, 743.
Petkov, Nicola, execution by Bulgaria, 796.
Petroleum Committee of ILO, 2d session, agenda and
U. S. delegation, 638.
Petroleum companies, U. S., deny interference in "Vene-
zuela, 777.
Pharmacy, 1st Pan American Congress of, objectives and
U.S. delegation, 701.
Philadelphia Labor Education Association, Pendle Hill,
Pa., address by Mr. Nltze, 239.
Philippines, Republic of the:
Consular convenUon (1947), proclamation, 779.
Copyright agreement proclaimed, 562.
Educational-exchange progi'am with U.S., grants under/
Fulbright Act, 649.
Rehabilitation program, William D. Wright, Jr., ap-
iwlnted coordinator, 213.
Scholarships to, under Fulbright Act, 302.
U.S. Consulate at Cebu, opening, 477.
Photogrammetry congress and exhibition, 6th internation-
al, agenda and U.S. delegates, 244.
Physical education, recreation and rehabilitation, interna-
tional congress of, 134.
Plymouth, England, closing of U. S. Consulate, 477, 501.
Poland :
Arms reduction proposal rejected by U.N. subcommittee,
556.
Balkans, U.N. Special Committee, refuses seat on, 238.
Balkans, U.N. Special Committee report, attitude, 611.
Germany, Six Power talks on, U.S. reply to protest, 86.
Securities, registration, requirements, 679.
Trade discrimination resolution attacking ERP in Gen-
eral Assembly, 666.
Poliomyelitis conference, 1st international, 121.
Political cooperation, promotion of international, state-
ment by Mr. Cohen, 796.
Port Llm6n, Costa Rica, U. S. consular agency, opening,
129 ; consulate, closing, 477.
Portugal :
Economic Cooperation Act of 1948, adherence to pur-
poses of, 470.
U. N. membership, qualifications, 693, 729.
Potato export agreement with Canada, 744.
Poultry Congress, 8th World, article by Mr. Termohlen,
731.
Precedence among Foreign Service and other government
officers (Ex. Or. 9998), text, 475.
Prio Socarras, Dr. Carlos (President of Cuba), visit to
U.S., 245, 743. 778.
Prisoners of war, treatment (1929), treaty discussed, 464.
Prisoners of war committee, interdepartmental (U.S.),
464.
Proclamations :
Brazilian trade agreement (1935), Inoperative, 211.
Copyright agreement with Philippines, 562.
ILO final articles revision convention (1946), entered
into force, 472.
Reconvening 80th Congress, text, 377.
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (1947) :
Effective for certain countries, 55, 149.
Supplementary proclamations, 414.
Trade-mark registrations, extension of time for renewal
of:
Austria, 527.
Belgium, 212.
Czechoslovakia, 302.
Whaling, international convention for regulation of
(1946), 714.
Procurement Act (1947), International Organizations,
354.
Procurement Control Division, abolishment and transfer
of functions, 154.
Program legislation, development. State Department regu-
lations, 682.
830
Department of State Bulletin
Property :
Finland, property transferred to TJ.S.S.R., claims, pro-
cedure for tiling and time extended, G47.
Germany, U.S. zone, war claims, procedure for filing,
646.
Yugoslav assets In U.S. unfrozen, 137.
Protection of U.S. nationals and property:
Bulgarian allegations against Americans answered by
note from U.S. Minister to Bulgarian Foreign Minis-
ter, 710.
, Claims agreement for U.S. property nationalized In
Yugoslavia, 137, 139 ; Yugoslav payment, 413.
Claims of Hannevig and Jones, 646.
Copyright agreement with Philippines, 562.
Finland, procedure for filing claims, 148, 647.
Germany, U.S. zone, procedure for filing war claims,
646.
Hungary:
Bank shares, presentation of, 186.
Detention of Mr. Ruedeman and Mr. Bannantine,
469, 494.
Seizure of Standard Oil Interests protested by U.S.
Legation note, 469, 736.
Hyderabad, evacuation of U.S. nationals in, to Madras,
India, 414.
Italy, no time limit on filing war claims, 450.
Japanese-occupied areas, procedure for filing claims,
245 .
Jerusalem, U.S. Consulate General to be guarded by
marines, 115.
Jerusalem kidnaping of U.S. code clerk, 301.
Morocco, procedure for filing war claims, 211.
Murder of Irving Ross in Soviet zone of Austria, 646.
Murder of Stephen Haas in Cairo:
Attackers apprehended, 449.
Charge Patterson, note to Egs^tian Foreign Office,
211.
Polish securities, registration regulations, 679.
Rumania, detention of U.S. diplomatic personnel in, 403.
Rumanian nationalization legislation protested by U.S.
note, 408.
Protocol. See Precedence.
Provisional commercial agreement (1938), U.S. with
Greece, application to occupied territories, exchange
of notes, 45.
Psychology, 12th international congress of, 122.
Publications :
Berlin Crisis : A Report on the Moscow Discussions, 431.
Caribbean Commission studies :
Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands, industrial de-
velopment, 745.
Sugar trade of the Caribbean, 745.
Foreign Relations of the United States, 1932, vols. I,
III, IV, and V, 418, 477, 503.
International Control of Atomic Energy : Policy at the
Crossroads, 123.
Korea, 1945 to 1948 : 529.
Lists :
American republics, 597.
Congress, U.S., 27, 479, 491, 494, 524, 563.
State Department, 27, 59, 155, 187, 215, 246, 279, 343,
419, 478, 503, 529, 563, 587, 597, 651, 682, 747,
779, 811.
United Nations, 59, 78, 178, 195, 236, 270, 332, 401,
547, 574, 606, 665, 747.
Nazi Conspiracy and Aggression, supplement B, 650.
Territorial Papers of the United States, vol. XIII (La.-
Mo.), released, 1.54.
Treaties and Other International Acts, vol. VIII, re-
leased, 214.
Treaty Developments, 155.
Puerto Cortes, Honduras, opening of U.S. consular agency,
477.
Badio :
Greek guerrillas aided by Yugoslav broadcasts, 238.
U.N. telecommunications system, 578.
Radio — Continued
Voice of America :
Article by Mr. Allen, 667.
Broadcasts to originate in State Department, 470.
BBC relays, increase, 147.
Congressional investigation of, 89.
Hungary, campaign against listening to:
Mr. Allen, statement, 91.
Exchange of notes, U. S. and Hungary, 145.
Programing by networks, interim agreements with
broadcasting companies, 57.
Radio regulations, annexed to telecommunciation con-
vention (1947), signed by President Truman, 47.
Radiotelegraph service with Saudi Ai-abla, 449.
Radius, Walter A., addresses and statements on Danube,
free navigation of, 223, 288, 384.
Rama Rau, Sir Benegal, C.I.B., credentials as (Indian)
Ambassador to U. S., 193.
Reciprocal aid. See Lend-lease.
Reciprocity Information, Committee for:
Trade-agreements negotiations, notice of, 643.
Trade-agreements organization, functions (under the
act of 1948). 502, 527, 642, 807.
Red Cross :
American aid to Near East, 293, 448, 586.
Conference, 17th International, 201, 464.
Red Cross conventions (1929), revision discussed, 464.
Refugee Organization, International (IRO) :
Commended by Secretary Marshall in 3d session, Gen-
eral Assembly, 432.
Entitled by law to certain privileges, 349, 353.
Foreign Aid Appropriation Act of 1949, statement by
President Truman on signing, 45.
Preparatory Commission, meetings, 83, 767.
Progress summarized, 763.
lieports by Mr. Warren, 83, 765.
U. S. contribution and delegates to, 237, 333.
U. S. membership in (Public Law 146, 80th Cong.), text,
372.
Refugees, Intergovernmental Committee on, entitled by-
law to certain privileges, 349, 353.
Refugees in Palestine :
Aid to, 180, 237, 293. 447, 575, 615, 636, 778.
Appeal for U. S. aid, correspondence between Count
Bernadotte and Secretary Marshall, 266.
Mr. Austin, letter to U. N. Secretary-General, 265.
General Assembly resolution on aid, 636, 778.
Mr. Grlflis to direct relief, 730.
President Truman recommends that Congress appropri-
ate funds, 778.
'Report to U. N. by Acting Mediator, Mr. Bunche, 634.
Report to U. N. by Count Bernadotte, summary, 440.
Security Council proceedings, 180.
Rehabilitation of cripples, 1st inter-American conference
for, U. S. delegation, 122.
Relnhardt, Frederick G., designation In State Department,
503.
Remorino, Jer6nimo, credentials as Argentine Ambassa-
dor to U. S., 59.
Renville agreements. See Indonesian situation.
Reparation, removal of German plants to be reviewed
by Industrial Advisory Committee of EGA, joint
statement by U. S., U. K., and France, 584.
Resources, renewable natural, inter-American conference
on conservation of, 334.
Riley, RusseU L., designation In Department of State,
563.
River pollution, U. S.-Canada Joint Commission, 558,
732.
Rivers, fiood control. International Joint Commission,
U. S.-Canada, meetings on, 49, 202, 558.
Rivers, freedom of navigation on. See Danube conference.
Road transport agreements, adhered to and extended by
certain European countries, 702.
Roosevelt, Franklin D., exchange of correspondence with
Soviet Commissar Lltvinov (1933) reprinted, 257.
Roosevelt, Franklin D., Hospital opens in Chile, 681.
Index, July to December 7948
831
Roosevelt, Mrs. Franklin D. :
Addresses, statements, etc. :
Children's Emergency Fund, U. N. International, 802.
Human rights, 457.
Pluman Rights Declaration, U. S. attitude, 751.
Palestine refugee aid, 575.
Appointed U. S. representative to General Assembly,
330.
Human Rights Commission chairmanship, 161.
Ross, Irving, murdered in Soviet Zone of Austria, 646.
Rotary Club, Brussels, Belgium, address by Mr. Thorp,
Ruanda-Urundi, trust territory of. See Trusteeship
Council. _
Ruedemann, Paul, detained by Hungary, 469, 494, 737.
Ruhr industries, reorganization of coal, iron, and steel :
OMGUS summary of decisions, 708.
Secretary Marshall, statement, 703.
U. S. Zone Law (75), text, 704.
Rumania :
Peace treaty (1947), violation by nationalization leg-
islation, U. S. note protesting, 408.
Recall of U. S. officers demanded, 809.
U. N. membership, qualifications, 695, 729.
U. S. diplomatic personnel detained, 403.
Rural reconstruction, Sino-American commission on, 207.
Safety of Life at Sea Conference, report on, 119.
St. Lawrence seaway project, funds to be requested from
Congress, 810. „ „ „ ^
St. Stephen, N. B., Canada, closing of tJ. S. Consulate,
477.
Saltzman, Charles E. :
Address on U. S. S. R. in the international scene, 495.
Correspondence with Special Representative of Provi-
sional Government of Israel, 386.
Samarin, Mikhail I. :
■ Refusal to return to U.S.S.R., 251, 408.
Restraint or compulsion, not liable to, note from Sec-
retary of State to Soviet Ambassador, 408.
Statement to New York Titnes, 2.51 n.
Sanctions, in Palestine situation, proposed, 555.
San Francisco, Calif., Soviet Consulate General to close
over Kaseukina-Samarin incident, 409.
Sargeant, Howland H. :
Address on helping the world to know the U. S., 672.
Correspondence with Dr. Branscomb of U. S. Advisory
Commission on Educational Exchange re Eastern
European countries, 808.
Sarnia, Ontario, Canada, closing of U. S. Consulate, 477.
Satterthwaite, Joseph D., designation in State Depart-
ment, 154.
Saudi Arabia :
Palestine situation, cease-fire orders, communication
on, 131.
Radiotelegraph service to V. S. established, text of
telegram from Secretary Jlarshall, 449.
Sawyer, Dr. Wilbur A., article on tropical medicine and
malaria congresses, 294.
Sayre, Francis B. :
Addresses, statements, etc. :
Non-self-governing territories, 522.
Trusteeship Council, 15, 179.
Scammon, Richard M., designation in State Department,
503.
Scheele, Dr. Leonard A., chairman of congresses on trop-
ical medicine and malaria, 294.
Schneider, Douglas, address on America's answer to Com-
munist propaganda program abroad. 772.
Schoenfeld, Rudolf E., Minister to Rumania, notes to Ru-
manian Foreign Office on detention of U. S. diplo-
matic personnel, 403, 404.
Schuman, Robert, Berlin crisis, joint communique issued
at Paris (Sept. 26), 423.
Science, restrained by Communism, speech by Mr. Allen,
409.
Search and rescne facilities, discussed in air-navigation
conferences, 273, 276.
832
Securities, Polish, registration requirements, 679.
Security, national:
Alien admittance under U. N., report of Secretary of
State's Committee, 132, 335.
Visa files, refusal of Secretary Marshall to disclose,
235.
Security Council of TJ. N. :
Armaments, Conventional, Commission for. See Arm-
aments.
Atomic energy. See Atomic energy.
Berlin crisis. See Berlin crisis.
Committee of Neutral Experts to solve Berlin currency
problems, 719, 720.
Indonesian situation. See Indonesian situation.
Membership in the U. N. See United Nations, Mem-
bership.
Military Staff Committee. See Military Staff Com-
mittee.
Palestine situation. See Palestine.
Resolutions :
Atomic energy control (June 22), 27.
Control of dissidents among Jews and Arabs (Aug.
19), 267.
Palestine, armistice (Nov. 16), 637, 660, 692.
Palestine, cease-fire (July 15), 81, 114, 237, 293, 386,
517.
Palestine, prolongation of truce (July 7), 108.
Palestine, seven-nation committee (Nov. 4), 555, 611,
615.
Palestine, truce (Oct. 19), .521, 552, 555.
Palestine, truce implementation ( May 29 ), 11, 293, 386.
Palestine, truce supervision (Oct. 19), 613.
Palestine, truce violators (Aug. 20), 237.
Soviet position on strategic trusteeships and ERP, 132,
133, 490, 666.
Strategic trust areas, proposal on relationship of Trus-
teeship Council to, 15, 132.
Trieste. See Trieste, Free Territory of.
Veto. See Veto.
Security proposals for North Atlantic nations, 583, 778.
Seoul, Korea, opening of U. S. Consulate, 477.
Shipping:
Dauuliian conference, 23, 197, 219, 223, 283, 284, 2S8, 290,
291, 333, 384, 616.
Monrovia port opened, 58, 210.
Turkish Straits, tables, 73.
Shipping Division, State Department, abolishment and
transfer of functions, 154.
Shortley, Michael J., article on crippled and disabled, 1st
inter-American conference on rehabilitation of, 804.
Siberia, Japanese in, suspension of repatriation by
U.S.S.R., 810.
Sibley, Harper, chairman, National Citizens' Committee
for U. N. Day, 193.
Sik, Andrew, credentials as (Hungarian) Minister to U. S.,
193.
Sino-American Joint Commission on Rural Reconstruc-
tion, established, 207, 208.
Smith-Mundt Act (.see also Educational exchange pro-
gram and Cultural cooperation) :
Address by Mr. Johnstone, 739.
Information commission appointed, 242.
Smith, Walter Bedell (Ambassador to U.S.S.R.), state-
ment on Berlin crisis, 544.
Social-welfare information, exchange program, 619.
Society Islands, U. S. Consulate at Tahiti, closing, 476.
Sofia, U. S. vice consul (Ewing) accused as spy, facts
concerning, 451.
Somaliland, Italian, disposition, U. S. position in Council
of Foreign Ministers, 402.
Sorbonne, Paris, address by Mrs. Roosevelt, 457.
South Pacific Commission:
Legislation on, 307.
U. S. Commissioners, 446.
U. S. membership in. Public Law 403 (80th Cong.), text,
375.
Department of State Bulletin
Southeast Asia regional air-navigation meeting of ICAO,
1st. U. S. delesation, 639.
Southern Rhodesia :
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (1947) :
Protocol of provisional application, signature, U. S.
proclamation, 55.
Provisionally effective, 642.
South-West Africa, former mandated territory of. See
Trusteesliip Council.
Spain :
Elisibility for international convention on economic
statistics, 576.
U. N. resolution debarring Franco Government from
memlierstiip in U. N. international agencies, 324 n.
Spani.sh adopted by General Assembly as a working lan-
guage, 730.
Sprouse, Philip D., designation in State Department, 154.
Standard Oil employees and company:
Seizure by Hungary, 469, 494.
U. S. Legation note in protest, 736.
State Department:
Election, presidential, duties, 587, 618.
Foreign .Service, U. S. See Foreign Service.
German Affairs, Interim Ofl5ce for, establishment, 279,
477.
International organizations apply for privileges to, text
of lavr, 349, 352.
Occupied Area Affairs, Advisory Committee, abolished,
811.
Procurement Control Division, abolishment and transfer
of functions, 154.
Regulations:
Foreign currency and credit (270.1), 530.
Program legislation development (205.1 and 205.2),
6S2.
Resignations :
Armour, Norman, as Assistant Secretary, 213.
Griswold as Chief of American Mission for Aid to
Greece, 501.
Shipping Division, abolishment and transfer of func-
tions, 154.
Voice of America broadcasts to originate in Department,
470.
Steel and coal industries of Ruhr, reorganization, 703,
704, 70S.
Stinebower, Leroy D., appointment to, Interim Commis-
sion, ITO, 444.
Strategic minerals. See Natural resources.
Strategic trust areas, agreement on procedures between
Security Council and Trusteeship Council, 15, 132.
Stuart, J. Leighton, exchange of notes with Chinese For-
eign Minister on establishment of rural reconstruc-
tion commission for China, 207, 208.
Sugar Trade of the Caiihbean, released by Caribbean
Commission, 745.
Surplus war property, disposal :
Agreements, U. S. and —
France, 52, 650.
Iran, 211.
Italy, 809.
New Zealand, 473.
U. K., 473.
Combat materiel, nondemilitarlzed, transfer of, tables
showing, 26, 529.
Payment on accounts, Belgium, Czechoslovakia, 148.
Scholarships awarded in China, Burma, and U. S.
(E^ilbright Act), 302.
Sutterlin, James S., article on opening of German and
Austrian immigration to U. S., 735.
Suva, Fiji Islands, closing of U. S. Consulate, 715.
Sweden :
Ambassador to U. S. (Boheman), credentials, 561.
Gold and dollar exchange, loss of, 53.
Steel production, 5.53.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Foreign Assistance Act of 1948, agreement signed
with U. S., 104.
Index, July fo December 7948
Sweden — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Trade (1935), with U. S., modifications by exchange
of notes, 53.
Transport, road, with other European countries, ad-
hered to and extended, 702.
Switzerland :
Transport agreement, road, with other European coun-
tries, adhered to and extended, 702.
tJ. S. Consulate and Legation at Bern combined, 187.
Syria:
International Court of Justice, proposal for opinion on
status of Palestine, 132.
Palestine situation, cease-fire order, confirmation of
issuance, 130.
Palestine truce resolution (Oct. 19) by Security Council,
521, 552, 555.
Refugee aid, 575.
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on :
Concessions, 151.
Protocol of provisional application, signature, 55,
149.
Provisionally effective, 642.
Tahiti, Society Islands, closing of U. S. Consulate, 476.
Tanganyika, trust territory of (see also Trusteeship
Council), U. S. Consulate at Dar-es-Salaam, opening,
129, 477.
Tariff Commission, U. S., Trade Agreements Act, relation
to, 502, 642, 807.
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (1947) :
Application to occupied territories, exchanges of notes,
U. S. with: Greece, Ireland, Italy, Turkey, and
U. K., 43, 44, 45, 104.
Contracting parties to, 2d session, 278, 445.
Discussed by —
Mr. Burns, 600.
Mr. Willoughby, 327.
Blodifications, 445, 527, 807.
Most-favored-nation treatment, application to occupied
territories, exchanges of notes, U. S. with : Greece,
Ireland, Italy, Turkey, and U. K., 43, 44, 45, 104.
New countries to negotiate, 445, 642.
Pacific I.slands, Territory of the, trade preference with
U. S., 446.
Proclamations putting into effect for —
Brazil, 149, 211.
Ceylon, 149.
India, 55.
Lebanon, 149.
New Zealand, 149.
Norway, 55.
Southern Rhodesia, 55.
Protocol of provisional application :
Chile, request for extension of time for signing, 55,
149.
Signature by Brazil, Burma, Ceylon, India, Lebanon,
New Zealand, Norway, Pakistan, Southern Rho-
desia, Syria, and prior signatories, 55, 149.
Supplementary proclamations, 55, 149, 211, 414.
Taussig, Charles W., resolution in appreciation, 20.
Taxation. See Double taxation.
Taxation of U. N. nationals in Italy, postponement, pro-
cedure, 24.
Technical Commission, Joint Brazil-U.S., organization
of, and list of U.S. personnel, 136, 277.
Tel Aviv, Israel :
Opening of U.S. Consulate, 123, 477.
Refugees aided by UNICEF, 615.
Telecommunication convention (1947) signed by Presi-
dent Truman, 47.
Telecommunication Union, International (ITU) :
Entitled by law to certain privileges, 349, 353.
International High Frequency Broadcasting Conference,
U.S. delegation, 557.
Legislation on, 315.
833
Telecommunications :
Discussions of, In regional air-navigation conferences,
272, 276.
U.N. system, plans, 576.
Termoblen, W. D., article on 8th World's Poultry Con-
gress, 731.
Territorial Papers of the United States, vol. XIII (La.-
Mo.), released, 154.
Territory of the Pacific Islands. See Pacific Islands.
Textiles Committee of ILO, 2d session, 617.
Theatre Institute, International, 1st congress :
Article by Miss Gilder, 488.
U.S. observer delegates, 48.
Thorp, Willard L. :
Addresses, statements, etc. : n<Tfa
Economic Commission for Europe, relation to BRP
and EGA, 118.
Economic Cooperation Act, tentative drafts of bi-
lateral agreements under, 25.
Economic Recovery Program to Rotary Club in Brus-
sels, 711.
ERP defended in General Assembly against charge
of trade discrimination, 666.
Freedom of information at ECOSOC Plenary Session,
378.
Appointment as U.S. representative on Inter-American
Economic and Social Council, 154.
Marxist theories on labor attacked in ECOSOC, 238.
Tin Study Group, International :
Agreement proposed at 3d meeting, 617.
U.S. delegation to 3d meeting, 524.
Tolstoy Foundation, discussed in Kasenkina incident, 252,
253, 254, 255, 256, 408.
Torres Bodet, Jaime, elected Director General of
UNESCO, 702.
Trade:
ERP attaclied as discriminatory in General Assembly
resolution, 666.
Far East and India Trade Conference, 492.
Japan, PEC policy decision on, text, 770.
Regulation of, in Berlin. See Berlin crisis.
Turkish Straits, shipping in, tables, 73.
U.S. policies defended in U.N. by Mr. Thorp, 616.
U.S. policy, article by Mr. Willoughby, 325.
U.S. program, address by Mr. Nitze, 578.
Trade Agreements, Interdepartmental Committee on, 502,
642, 644, 807.
Trade agreements, proclamation rendering certain in-
operative for contracting parties to general agree-
ment on tariffs and trade, 211.
Trade agreements, U.S. and —
Sweden (1935), modified by exchange of memoranda, 53.
Turkey (1939), application to occupied territories, ex-
change of notes, 104.
Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1948 :
Executive order prescribing procedures, 502.
Statement of President Truman on signing, 54.
Trade-marks. See Industrial property.
Trade Organization, International (ITO) :
Discussed by:
Mr. Brown, 204.
Mr. Burns, 600.
Secretary Marshall, 433.
Mr. Nitze, 578.
Mr. Willoughby, 325.
Interim Commission, 298, 444.
U.S.S.R. attitude, 581, 600.
Trade Union Advisory Committee of the European Re-
covery Program, 240.
Trans-Arabian Pipeline Company, aid to Near East, 293.
Transjordan :
Accepts cease-fire order in Palestine situation, 130.
Refugee aid, 575.
U.N. membership, qualifications, 693, 729.
Transport, road, agreements adhered to and extended by
certain European countries, 702.
Transport and Communications, Oflice of, transfer of cer-
tain functions of Shipping Division to, 154.
Travel-grant program. See Cultural cooperation.
Treasury Department, control of enemy assets transferred
to Department of Justice, 472, 616.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Aid, supplies from U. S. (1947), agreements on distri-
bution and use, with Austria, China, Greece, Italy,
99.
Air transport agreement, U. S. with :
Bolivia, signature, 470.
Mexico, discussed, 300.
American States, conflicts between (1923), 593.
American States, Organization of, established by charter
signed at 9th international conference at Bogotfi,
594.
Caribbean Commission agreement, entry into force, 245.
China Aid Act of 1948, exchange of notes establishing
Sino-American Joint Commission on Rural Recon-
struction in accordance with, 207, 208.
Claims, settlement, for American property nationalized
and other pecuniary claims, with Yugoslavia, 137,
139.
Claims, settlement, with France (1946), supplemented,
561.
Claims convention with Norway, claims of Hannevlg
and Jones, ratification, 646.
Consular convention, with Philippines (1947), proc-
lamation, 779.
Copyright, with Philippines, 562.
Cultural relations, inter-American convention for pro-
motion of (1936), fellowships under, 742.
Double taxation, U. S. and —
Belgium, signature, 585, 680.
Denmark, signature and ratification, 680, 738.
France (1939), revised, approved by U. S. Senate,
680.
Greece, discussions, 527.
Ireland, discussions, 714.
Netherlands, signature and ratification, 679, 738.
New Zealand, ratification pending, 680.
Union of South Africa, ratification pending, 680.
Economic, social and cultural collaboration and col-
lective self-defence, between five Western European
Powers, Consultative Council, communique of 3d
session, 583.
Economic Cooperation Act of 1948, agreements with
U. S., signature —
Ireland, 37.
Italy, 37.
Korea, 778.
Portugal, 470.
Signatory countries listed, 104.
U. S.-U. K. zone of Trieste, 559.
Educational-exchange program, signature with —
Belgium, 528, 681.
France, 52, 650.
Italy, 809.
Luxembourg, 528, 681.
New Zealand, 473.
U. K., 473.
Farm-labor migration agreement with Mexico, U. S.
violation charged, exchange of notes, U. S. with
Mexico, 562, 585.
Ferrous scrap, with U. K., proposing committee to al-
locate from ERP countries, text, 467.
Friendship, commerce and navigation :
Occupied territories, application to, exchange of notes
between U. S. and Italy, 44.
Friendship, commerce, and navigation, U. S. and —
China (1946), ratification, 745.
Ireland, discussed, 526.
Geneva conventions (1929), discussed, 464.
Genocide convention, approved by General Assembly,
490, 756 (text), 729.
German enemy assets, agreement on resolution of con-
flicting claims to, signature by Luxembourg, 25.
Hague convention (1907) on maritime warfare, revi-
sion discussed, 464.
834
Department of State Bulletin
Troatics, agreements, etc. — Continued
ILO final articles revision convention (1946), pro-
claimed, 472.
Inter-American declaration of solidarity (1940), 592.
Inter-American treaty of reciprocal assistance (1947),
092.
Lend-lease, agreement with Liberia (1943), construc-
tion of port at Monrovia, 58, 210.
Lend-lease, settlement of, U. S. with —
Brazil, 52.
China, 527.
Ciechoslovakla, 413.
France, 52, 561.
Netherlands, 52.
United Kingdom, 143.
U.S.S.R., statement by Secretary Marshall on U. S.
proposals to, 51.
Yugoslavia, 137, 139.
Mardchal Jojfre claims, U. S., France, and Australia,
561.
Maritime warfare (1907), revision discussed, 464.
Military mission, D. S. and:
Argentina, signature, 494.
Brazil, signature, 211.
Mineralogical-geological survey program, with BrazU,
extended, 743.
Most-favored-natlon treatment, application to occupied
territories, exchange of notes, U. S. with:
Greece, 45.
Ireland, 44.
Italy, 44.
Turkey, 104.
U. K., 43.
Motion pictures, joint declaration, U. S. and France,
text, 500.
North Atlantic pact, discussions, 583, 778.
Peace treaties (1947) :
Bulgaria, violations, communications from D. S. Min-
ister (Heath) to Bulgarian Foreign Minister,
447, 710.
Italy :
Renunciation in art. 23 of African possessions, 402.
U.S.-U.K. violations charged by Yugo-slavia, 179.
Rumania, violation, U.S. note protesting 408.
Peace treaty, Austria requests negotiations, 777.
Potato program agreement, with Canada, 744.
Prisoners of war (1929), revision discussed, 464.
Provisional commercial agreement (1938) application
of most-favored-natlon provisions to occupied terri-
tories, exchange of notes, U. S. with Greece, 45.
Red Cross conventions (1929), revision discussed, 464.
Safety of life at sea (1929), proposed revision, 119.
Surplus war property agreements, U. S. and —
France (1946), interest payment, 52, 650.
Iran (1947), superseded, 211.
Italy, 809.
New Zealand, 473.
U. K., 47.3.
Tarlff.s and trade, general agreement on. See Tariffs
and trade.
Trade, reciprocal, agreement (1935), with Sweden,
modifications extended, exchange of memoranda,
53.
Trade agreement, U. S. with Turkey (1939), applica-
tion to occupied territories, exchange of notes, 104.
Trade agreements, proclamation rendering certain In-
operative for contracting parties to general agree-
ment on tariffs and trade, 211.
Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1948 :
Executive order prescribing procedures, 502.
Statement by President Truman on signing, 54.
Transport, road, adhered to and extended by certain
European countries, 702.
Visa requirements, U. S. with —
Belgium, 526.
Italy, 526.
U. K., 648.
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Whaling, International convention for regulation of
(1946), proclamation, 714.
Wheat agreement, international, conference to nego-
tiate, 744.
Wounded, amelioration of condition of, in war (1929),
revision discussed, 464.
Treaties and Other International Acts of the V. S. (Miller,
eil.), vol. VIII, released, 214.
Treaty Developments, a loose-leaf service begun by State
Department, 155.
Trieste, Free Territory of :
Aid under 1947 U. S. foreign-relief program, 101.
Trade, most-favored-natlon treatment provision of cer-
tain treaties, application to, 43, 44, 45, 104.
Violation of Italian peace treaty charged against U. K.-
U. S. administration by Yugoslavia, 179.
Yugoslav charges against U. S.-U. K. :
Answered by Mr. Jessup, 196.
Security Council, attitude, 196, 225, 237.
Text, 233.
Zone of occupation, U. S.-U. K., adherence to pur-
poses of ECA, 559.
Tripoli, Libya, opening of U. S. Consulate, 477.
Tropical medicine and malaria, 4th international con-
gresses on, article by Dr. Sawyer on accomplishments
of sessions, 294.
Truman, Harry S. :
Addresses, statements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Commission report, statement on re-
lease of, 151.
FAO, 4th meeting, 700.
Foreign Aid Appropriation Act (1949), 45.
Israel, establishment of missions and exchange of
special representatives, 22.
Israel, position on, 582.
Palestine, police force for, 237.
Trade Agreements Extension Act, on signing, 54,
United Nations, loan for headquarters building, 185,
196, 235.
Chief Justice Vinson's projected mission to Mos-
cow, 483.
Wheat agreement, 185.
WHO, U. S. membership in, 80.
Budget, aid to foreign countries, excerpts, 342.
Correspondence :
Heads of U. S. departments and agencies requesting
legislative programs, 678.
Italian President of Council of Ministers (De Gas-
parl), replying to thanks for ECA, 450.
Llberian President (Tubman), on opening of Mon-
rovia port, 210.
Cuban President entertained, 743, 778.
Displaced persons act of 1948, proposed amendments
to, 21, 152, 185.
Executive orders. See Executive orders.
Messages to Congress :
Calling special session, 18.5.
Transmitting National Advisory Council report, sum-
mary, 243.
Trusteeship :
General Assembly resolutions, 637.
Non-Self-Governing Territories, General Assembly's Spe-
cial Committee on Information on, appointment of
U. S. representative, 180.
U. S. policy summarized by Secretary Marshall in 3d
session. General Assembly, 434.
Trusteeship Council of U. N. :
Education, increase of in trust territories, urged by Mr.
Sayre, 81.
Jerusalem, statute of, draft discussed, 132, 133.
Reports on trust territories of New Guinea, Ruanda-
Urundl, South West Africa, and Tanganyika, 81,
131, 179.
Resolution (Oct. 18) on notification of change in status,
adopted, .522.
Resolution (July 13) on visiting mission to Ruanda-
Urundi and Tanganyika, 131.
Index, July to December 1948
835
Trusteeship Council of U. N. — Continued
Strategic trust areas, relationship between Trusteeship
Council and Security Council, 15, 132.
U. S. position on federations affecting trust territories,
15.
Tuberculosis eradication campaign, UNICEF sponsoring,
802.
Tuna resources, investigation recommended by U. S. and
Mexico, 647.
Turkey :
Ambassador to U.S. (Erkin), credentials, 301.
Combat materiel, transfer by U. S. to, table showing,
26.
Foreign Aid Appropriation Act of 1949, statement by
President Truman on signing, 45.
Germany, the Soviet Union, and Turkey during World
War II, article by Mr. Howard, 63.
Greek-Turkish aid expenditures estimated, 342.
Shipping in the Turkish Straits, tables, 73.
Trade agreement (19.39) and general agreement on trade
(1947), application to occupied territories, exchange
of notes with U. S., 104.
Ukrainian Soviet Socialist Republic :
Berlin blockade, six neutral nations' proposal to Secur-
ity Council, vetoed, 55.5, 616.
Palestine, Security Council subcommittee to consider
sanctions, 555.
Trieste, Yugoslav charges against U.S.-U.K. supported
by Ukraine, 237.
UNSCOB report, attitude, 611.
Underdeveloped nations. General Assembly resolutions to
assist, 730.
Undulant fever, 2d Inter-American congress on brucellosis,
461.
Union of South Africa :
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Double taxation with U. S., ratification pending, 680.
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on, provisionally
effective, 642.
Whaling, international convention for regulation of
(1946), ratification, 714.
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (U.S.S.R.) :
Armament reduction, attitude, 630, 636.
Armament reduction and prohibition of atomic weapons,
introduces resolution in General Assembly, 441;
rejection by U. N. subcommittee, 556.
Armaments, Commission for Conventional, attitude, 180.
Armed forces, U. N. Members' report on overall strength
of, attitude, 264, 636.
Atomic energy control, attitude, 14, 463, 499, 511.
Atomic energy control, sincerity regarding, questioned
In U. N. by Mr. Osborn, 490.
Balkans, U. N. Special Committee, refuses seat on, 238.
Balkans, U. N. Special Committee report, attitude, 611,
615.
Berlin, government of, attitude, 720.
Berlin blockade, 85, 423, 426, 427, 429, 430, 431, 463, 484,
487, 495, 521, 541, 555, 572.
Neutral nations' proposal to Security Council, vetoed,
555, 616.
Reference to Security Council, by U. S., U. K., and
France, 423 (text), 441, 463, 484, 490.
Reference to Security Council, text of U.S. note to
Secretary-General of U.N., 455.
Security Council President's questionnaire on cur-
rency control, reply, 666.
Berlin crisis :
Aide-mimoire (Sept. 18), text, 429.
Great Powers urged to resolve, joint note from Presi-
dent of General Assembly and Secretary-General
of U.N., 655.
Note delivered Sept. 25 to Acting Secretary of State
(Lovett), text, 426.
Berlin elections (Dec. 5), attitude, 734.
Ceylon membership in U.N. vetoed, 238.
Cominform opposes ERP, 240.
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics — Continued
Consulates General at New York and San Francisco to
close over Kasenklna-Samarin incident, 409.
Danube navigation, attitude, 23, 198, 219, 223, 283, 284,
289, 290, 291, 333, 384, 616.
Danube navigation, Soviet draft convention, discussed,
219, 223, 284, 288, 291, 333, 384.
Diplomatic relations with U.S., establishment of, corre-
spondence between Roosevelt and Litvinov (1933)
reprinted, 257.
European Recovery Program, attitude, 133, 240, 490, 666.
Far Eastern Commission, proposal on Japanese industry,
806.
Finland, property transferred from, procedure for filing
claims, time extended, 647.
Germany, the Soviet Union, and Turkey during World
War II, article, by Mr. Howard, 63.
ILO report attacked in ECOSOC, 238.
Italian colonies to be discussed by CFM, exchange of
notes between U.S. and U.S.S.R., 382.
Japan, U.S. policy criticized, 586, 645.
Japanese in Siberia, repatriation suspended, 810.
Jerusalem, statute for, Soviet charges against U.S., 179.
Korea :
Electric power, delivery to South Korea, exchange of
notes with U.S., 50, 147.
Independence and U.N. (Commission, attitude, 242, 637,
758.
Troop withdrawal, attitude, 440 ; exchange of notes
with U.S., 456.
Lend-lease settlement, statement by Secretary Marshall,
51.
Lomakin, Consul General, exequatur revoked, 253.
Membership in U.N., attitude, 693, 729.
Murder of Irving Ross in Soviet zone of Austria, 646.
Nationalism, attitude on, and strategy in southeast Asia,
410.
Newsweek article, U.S. reply to, protest re, 51.
Reduction of armed forces, proposal, U.S. attitude, 511.
Scientists, dictation to, speech by Mr. Allen, 409.
Teachers, Kasenkina and Samarin, refusal to return to,
251, 254, 255, 256, 408.
Threat to peace, charges by U.S., U.K., and France, 441,
484, 511 ; texts of U.S. notes to Soviet Government
and to U.N. Secretary-General, 423, 455.
Trade Organization, International, attitude, 581, 600.
Travel restrictions for diplomatic personnel, text of
Soviet notes, 525.
Trieste, support of Yugoslav charges against U.S.-U.K.,
237.
Trusteeship Council, 16 ; first participation in, 179.
U.S. Consulate General at Leningrad, not to open, 409.
U.S. Consulate General at Vladivostok, closed, 409, 476.
Vasiliev, chairman of Military Staff Committee reports
to Security Council on arms report, 195.
Veto, use of in Security Council. See Veto.
Violence as means to political ambitions, charged by Mr.
Dulles, 607, 609.
Vyshinsky resolution in General Assembly on armament
reduction, 441.
War, attitude on, 511.
Whaling, international convention for regulation of
(1946), ratification, 714.
Wives of foreigners, attitude on departure from U.S.S.R.,
798.
World domination, aim, discussed by Mr. Saltzman, 499.
United Kingdom :
Antarctica, U.S. asks discussion, 301.
BBC relays of Voice of America, 147.
Berlin crisis. See Berlin crisis.
Combat materiel, transfer by U.S. to, table showing, 529.
Consultative Council, 3d session, text of communique,
583.
German reparations, plant removal from western zones
to be reviewed, joint statement, 584.
836
Department of State Bulletin
Uniteil Kinsdoin — Continued
Military Staff Committee of U.N., overall strength of
U.N. Members' armed forces, chairman reports
stalemate, 203.
Palestine, Conciliation Commission proposed in draft
resolution (Nov. 18), 667, 689.
Steel production, 553.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Caribbean Commission agreement, 245.
Educational-eschange program with U.S., signature,
473.
Ferrous scrap, witli U.S., proposing committee to allo-
cate from EltP countries, text, 407.
Foreisn Assistance Act of 1948, agreement signed with
U.S., 104.
Lend-lease and reciprocal-aid accounts, settlement,
with V.S., 143.
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on :
Application to occupied territories, exchange of notes
with U.S., 43.
Provisionally effective, 642.
Transport, road, with certain European countries,
adhered to and extended, 702.
Visa requirements with U.S., 648.
Whalins, international convention for regulation of
(1046), ratification, 714.
U.S. Consulate at Bristol, closing, 563, 811.
U.S. Consulate at Hull, closing, 58, 477.
U.S. Consulate at Plymouth, closing, 477, 501.
U.S. Sen. res. 2.39, exchange of views with U.S., France,
Canada, and Benelux countries, 80.
U.S.S.R. charged in General Assembly with threat to
peace, 441.
Visa requirements with U.S., eased, 648.
United Kingdom and Dominions ofiicial medical histories
liaison committee, U.S. observer delegation, 135.
United Nations (U. N.) :
Admission of aliens attached to, report of Secretary of
State's committee, 335.
Armaments, Conventional, Commission for. See Arma-
ments.
Arms and armed forces. See Arms.
Atomic energy. See Atomic energy.
Balkans, U.N. Special Committee on. See Balkans.
Berlin crisis. See Berlin crisis.
Budget for 1948, U.S. contribution to, 115.
Charter, address by Secretary Marshall, 400.
Charter review by General Assembly asked in Interim
Committee resolution, 82.
Children's Emergencv Fund, International (UNICEF),
45, 47, 116, 237, 374, 395, 432, 575, 615, 730, 802.
Court. See International Court of Justice.
Cooperation, methods for promotion of international
political, report by Interim Committee, 796.
Documents, listed, 59. 78, 178, 195, 236, 270, 332, 401, 547,
574, 606, 665; 747.
Economic and Social Council of U.N. See Economic and
Social Council.
Economic cooperation discussed by Mr. Burns, 598.
Eightieth Congress, 2d sess., and the U.N., article by Mr.
Kaplan on legislation re: ILO, ITU, South Pacific
Commission, U.N. headquarters loan, WHO. Van-
denberg resolution, 307, SOS, 310, 313, 315, 317, 347.
Entitled by law to certain privileges in U.S., 349, 3.52.
Franco Government of Spain debarred from membership
in U.N. agencies, resolution, 324 n.
General Assembly. See General Assembly.
Guard, U.S. policy on, summarized by Secretary Marshall
in 3d session. General Assembly, 434.
Headquarters :
Agreement, U.S. committee to study provisions affect-
ing national security, 132.
Established, test of Public Law 357 (80th Cong.), 355.
Invitation to locate in U.S., text of H. Con. Res. 75
(79th Cong.), 349.
Legislation on loan for, 179, 196, 317, 355, 362.
Index, July to December 7948
United Nations (U. N.)— Continued
Headquarters — Continued
Loan for, statement by President Truman, 235.
Report approved by General Assembly, 637.
Site cleared, 237.
Tax deductions for contributions to site, text of Public
Law 7 (80th Cong.), 354.
U.N. Headquarters Advisory Committee, 237.
Human Rights, Commission on. See Human Rights.
India and Pakistan, U.N. Commission on, 16, 82.
Indonesian situation. See Indonesian situation.
Interim Committee. See Interim Committee.
International Law Commission, candidates for, 133.
Korea, Temporary Commission on and Korean situation.
See Korea.
Membership applications: Austria, 693, 729, 754, 801;
Bulgaria, 447, 695, 729; Ceylon, 238, 434, 729, 763;
Finland, 693, 729 ; Hungary, 695, 729 ; Ireland, 693,
729 ; Israel, 698, 723, 763 ; Italy, 693, 729 ; Mongolian
People's Republic, 695, 729; Portugal, 693, 729;
Rumania, 695, 729 ; Transjordan, 693, 729.
Membership problem :
General Assembly asks Security Council to reconsider
applications, 729, 754.
Interim Committee proposal, 695.
Statements by Mr. Cohen, 693, 729, 794.
U.S. policy summarized by Secretary Marshall in 3d
session, General Assembly, 434.
Military Staff Committee. See Military Staff Committee.
Observers supervising Palestine truce. Count Berna-
dotte's instructions to and organization of system,
175, 438.
Palestine situation. See Palestine situation.
Personnel, application of U.S. immigration laws to, 116.
Publications. See Documents supra.
Report, 3d annual, on work of U.N., issuance, 269.
S. Res. 239 (U.S., SOth Cong.), seeking more effective use
of the U.N., discussed, 79, 80, 347 ; text, with report,
79, 366.
Security Council. See Security Council.
Specialized agencies. See name of agency.
Taxes in Italy, postponement of payment by U.N. na-
tionals, 24.
Telecomunications system, 576.
Trieste. See Trieste, Free Territory of.
Unanimity principle of the Charter, statement by Mr.
Cohen, 761.
United Nations Day, 193, 262.
Addresses and statements by :
Mr. Allen, 549.
Mr. Austin, 551.
Secretary Marshall, 329, 548.
U.S. mission to, administration (Ex. Or. 9844), text, 365.
U.S. representatives' appointment provided. Public Law
264 (79th Cong.), text, 364.
U.S. task in international collaboration, address by Mr.
Kennan, excerpts, 520.
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Or-
ganization (UNESCO) :
Mr. Allen, statement by, 661.
Director General, Jaime Torres Bodet of Mexico, elected,
702.
Entitled by law to certain privileges, 349, 353.
General Conference, 3d session, 48, 278, 640.
Hylean Amazon, International Institute, objectives, 183.
Preparatory Conference of Representatives of Univer-
sities to be convened by, 184.
Theatre congress, 1st international, 48, 488.
U.S. membership in. Public Law 565 (79th Cong.), text,
370.
United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Administration
(UNRRA) :
Entitled by law to certain privileges, 349, 352.
Grants, 243.
Reports submitted to Congress, 245.
Summary of activities, 95.
United Nations Special Committee on the Balkans. See
Balkans.
837
Universities, Preparatory Conference of Kepresentatlves
of, to be convened in cooperation with the Netherlands
and UNESCO, 184.
University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyo., address by Mr.
Brown, 203.
Uruguay :
Ambassador to U.S. (Domlnguez-C&mpora), credentials,
810.
Cultural leader, visit to U.S., 153.
U.S. Advisory Commission on Educational Exchange, 91,
528, 560, 808.
Vallarino, Octavio A., credentials as Panamanian ambas-
sador to U.S., 87.
Vandenberg resolution seeking more effective use of the
U.N., 79 (text), 80, 347, 368.
Venezuela :
Combat materiel, transfer by U. S. to, table showing, 529.
Cultural-cooperation fellowships available, 742.
U.S. Consulate at La Guaira, closing, 476, 746.
U.S. military attach^ impartial in military revolt, 777.
U.S. petroleum companies deny interference charges, 777.
Visiting professor, from U.S., 153.
Venice, Italy, U.S. Consulate opened, 303, 477.
Veto in Security Council:
Articles and statements:
Mr. Austin, 512.
Mr. Bechhoefer, 3.
Mr. Cohen, 693, 729, 761.
Berlin crisis, settlement proposal vetoed by U.S.S.R.,
and Ukraine, 555, 616.
Ceylon membership in U.N,., vetoed by Soviet Union, 238.
Interim Committee, report by, 46, 192.
Limitation of voting proposed by General Assembly Com-
mittee, 729.
Membership in U.N. {see also United Nations), General
Assembly resolutions, 729, 754.
Vinson, Frederick Moore, projected trip to Moscow, state-
ments by President Truman and Secretary Marshall,
483.
Visa Division of State Department, employees' testimony
on application of U.S. immigration laws to U.N. per-
sonnel, 116, 335.
Visas :
Files, disclosure refused by Secretary Marshall, 235.
Immigrants from Austria, Italy, and western Germany,
411, 412.
Requirements changed, U.S. with —
Belgium, 526.
Italy, 526.
United Kingdom, 648.
Requirements for personnel attached to international
organizations, 340.
Vladivostok, Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, closing of
U.S. Consulate, 409, 476.
Voice of America :
Article by Mr. Allen, 567.
BBC relays of, 147.
Congressional investigation of, 89.
Hungary, campaign against listening to:
Mr. Allen, statement, 91.
Exchange of notes, U.S. and Hungary, 145.
Programming by networks. Interim agreements with
broadcasting companies, 57.
Programs to originate in State Department, 470.
Voting in Security Council. See Veto.
War-damage claims. See Property; Protection of U. S.
nationals.
Warren, Fletcher, appointed representative of President
Truman at Gonzalez inaugural, 245.
Warren, George L., reports on IRQ, 83, 765.
Water, physics of. See Limnology.
Weather stations in Canadian Arctic, records of Peary and
Nares expeditions found by U.S. supply mission, 471.
Weber, Eugene W., appointed to U.S. Section of Interna-
tional Joint Commission, U.S.-Canada, 527.
Weights and measures, 9th general conference of the inter-
national bureau of, U.S. delegates, 466.
West Indian Conference, 3d session, 299, 617.
Western Union. See European Union.
Whaling, international convention for regulation of (1946) ,
proclamation, 714.
Wheat agreement, international:
Conference to negotiate, 744.
President Truman advocates, 185, 700.
Wheat, Advisory Committee, International, and Wheat
Council, International, entitled by law to certain priv-
ileges, 349, 353.
Wilds, Walter, designation in State Department, 503.
Willoughby, Woodbury :
Article on U.S. commercial foreign policy, 325.
Designation in State Department, 213.
Wool study group, international, 2d meeting of, 443, 491.
World Affairs, Institute on. Riverside, Calif., address on
U.S. information program by Mr. Schneider, 772.
World Health Assembly:
Article by Mr. Hyde, 391.
Recommendations of 1st meeting, 16, 82, 117, 313.
World Health Organization (WHO) :
Commended by Secretary Marshall, 433.
Dr. Hyde appointed U.S. representative, 559.
Members, listed, 393.
U.S. Foreign Service public-health attach^, relationship
to work of, 476.
U.S. membership :
Accepted by WHO, 16.
Legislation by U.S., 310, (text) 373.
President Truman, statement, 80.
U.S. membership on executive board, 82.
Wounded, amelioration of condition of, in war (1929),
treaty discussed, 464.
Wright, William D., Jr., designation as coordinator of
Philippine rehabilitation, 213.
Yugoslavia :
Assets in U.S. unfrozen, 137.
Conciliators appointed. General Assembly resolution
(Nov. 27), 696.
Danube navigation conference, Belgrade as site, 23.
Dollar bonds recognized as international obligation, 301.
Greek guerrillas, aid to, 238, 635.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Claims settlement, with U.S., text, 137.
Lend-lease settlement, with U.S., text, 139.
Trieste, charges against U.S.-U.K. :
Security Council rejects charges, 237.
Text of note to Security Council, 233.
U.S. reply, 179, 196, 225.
UNSCOB charges aid to Greek guerrillas :
Attitude of Yugoslavia, 608, 611.
General assembly resolutions, texts, 635, 696, 697.
U.S. property nationalized, payment for, 413.
Violation of Italian peace treaty cliarged in Security
Council against U.K.-U.S. administration in Trieste,
179.
838
Department of State Bulletin
a. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTIBG OFFICE; 194*
jAe/ ^eha/}^twien{/ jC^ t/tate/
SIGNING OF THE DISPLACED PERSONS ACT
OF 1948 • Statement by the President 21
U.S. STEPS TAKEN TO IMPLEMENT PALESTINE
TRUCE RESOLUTION • Letter From Philip C. Jessup
to Secretary-General Trygve Lie •• 11
VOTING IN THE SECURITY COUNCIL • Article by
Bernhard G. Bechhoefer ......•••.. 3
For complete contents see back cover
July 4, 1948
-»ABNT o«>
^, c ^.tuilNTENOENT Of UOQUMtNTS
■■'iS^SjuS^
.^•»» o.
cy%e ^e/io/^/men^ ^j
o/sTtate buliGtin
Vol. XIX, No. 470 • Publication;3207
July 4, 1948
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 26, D.C.
Subscription:
52 Issues, $S; single copy, 16 cents
Published with the approval of the
Director of the Bureau of the Budget
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
or State Buiietin as the source will he
appreciated.
The Department oj State BULLETIIS,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government tcith information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
ruitional interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
Ci^>^^
VOTING IN THE SECURITY COUNCIL
by Bernhard G. Bechhoefer
I. Meaning of the term "Veto"
The term ''veto" is not found in the Charter. It
n.'fers to the requirement of unanimity among the
permanent members of the Security Council in
decisions on questions not pi'ocedural in character.
Voting provisions permitting a veto appear in
one, and only one, of the organs of the United Na-
, tions — tlie Securitj^ Council.
The veto, in other words, does not apply to de-
cisions of any other organ of the United Nations :
the General Assembly, tlie Economic and Social
Council, the Trusteeship Council, or the Interna-
tional Court of Justice. It does not apply to de-
cisions of the numerous subsidiary organs of the
United Nations.
Article 27 of the Charter reads as follows:
"1. Each member of the Security Council shall
have one vote.
"2. Decisions of the Security Council on pro-
cedural matters shall be made by an affirmative
vote of seven members.
"3. Decisions of the Security Council on aU
other matters shall be made by an affirmative vote
of seven members including the concurring votes
of the permanent members; provided that, in de-
cisions under Chapter VI, and under paragraph 3
of Article 52, a party to a dispute shall abstain
from voting."
That is, under paragraph 3 of article 27 of the
Charter, the concurrence of the United States, the
I: United Kingdom, the U.S.S.K., France, and
Cliina is retiuired for nonprocedural decisions.
Thus, any of these states may veto a decision of
this nature by voting against it.
In the Security Council itself, the veto does not
apply to every decision. Procedural decisions are
taken by a vote of any seven members. Further-
more, in a Security Council decision in connection
July 4, 1948
with the pacific settlement of a dispute, a member
of the Security Council which is a party to a dis-
pute is required to abstain from voting. Finally
a Security Council practice has developed under
which, if a permanent member of the Security
Council abstains from voting on a nonprocedural
decision of the Council, such abstention is not con-
sidered to be a veto.
At the same time, it should be noted that non-
procedural decisions require seven votes, two of
which, obviously, must be cast by nonpermanent
members. There are six such members. Accord-
ingly, if as many as five of these vote no on a non-
procedural decision, they can exercise a veto in fact
as effective as a veto cast by a permanent member.
II. Origin of the Veto
At the Dumbarton Oaks conference in 1944,
whicli originated the proposals which became the
basis of the Charter of the United Nations, there
was considerable discussion on the problem of
voting in the Security Council. No agreement
was reached. The Dumbarton Oaks proposals
contained the following note on this subject:
"The question of voting procedure in the Se-
curity Council ... is still under consid-
eration." '
In December 1944, and January 1945, in order
to resolve the voting question undecided at Dum-
barton Oaks, the United States made certain pro-
posals which were agreed to at the Yalta confer-
ence in February 1945 by Prime Minister Churchill
and Marshal Stalin. They were then incorporated
into the Charter of the United Nations as article
27. Although it is true that the United States
offered the Yalta formula, this proposal was sub-
mitted as a compromise and the veto, as provided
' Bulletin of Oct. 8, 1944, p. 370.
therein, was less stringent than originally desired
by the U.S.S.R. which would have extended even
to voting by a permanent member in a dispute to
which it was a party.
At the San Francisco conference in May and
June 1945, which adopted the Charter of the
United Nations, the proposed voting formula was
sharply criticized by many of the smaller states.
Such criticisms were of two types. In the first
place, the smaller states contended that the for-
mula was ambiguous. They therefore submitted
to the Great Powers a questionnaire intended to
clarify the ambiguities. In response to this ques-
tionaire the United States, the U.S.S.R., the
United Kingdom, and China prepared the so-called
Four Power Statement of June 7, 1945,^ which was
a "statement" by these countries "of their general
attitude towards the whole question of unanimity
of the permanent members in the decisions of the
Security Council". The United States believed
that the Four Power Statement, in fact, would
clarify the voting formula and that as a result of
the attitudes expressed in that statement, the veto
would not, in fact, present a serious problem once
the Security Council commenced its operations.
However, as will be pointed out subsequently, the
U.S.S.R. has interpreted the Four Power State-
ment in a manner which has resulted in seriously
diminishing the effectiveness of the Security
Council.
The second objection raised by the smaller states
to the Yalta proposals concerned the existence of
a veto in connection with Security Council deci-
sions under chapter VI of the Charter (pacific
settlement of disputes) . At San Francisco, it was
conceded by substantially all states, large and
small, that a veto was essential under chapter VII
of the Charter. The following statement of the
Secretary of State, in his report to the President
on the San Francisco conference as to the basis of
the veto was, in fact, the view of practically all
states in the conference as well as the United
States :
"This war was won not by any one country but
by the combined efforts of the United Nations, and
particularly by the brilliantly coordinated strat-
egy of the Great Powers. So striking has been the
' For the statement by the delegations of the four spon-
soring goveruiueuts, subsequently adhered to by France,
see Bulletin of June 10, 1945, p. 1047.
'Department of State publication 2349. p. 66. Italics
are the present author's.
lesson taught by this unity that the people and
Government of the United States have altered
their conception of national security. We under-
stand that in the world of today a unilateral na-
tional policy of security is as outmoded as the
Spads of 1918 in comparison with the B-29 of 1945
or the rocket planes of 1970. We know that for
the United States — and for other great powers —
there can be no humanly devised method of defin-
ing precisely the geographic areas in which their
security interests begin or cease to exist. We
realize, in short, that peace is a world-wide prob-
lem and the maintenance of peace, and not merely
its restoration, depends primarily upon the unity
of the great powers." ^
However, a substantial number of states felt
that the veto should not be extended to chapter VI
where the Security Council was not using enforce-
ment measures but was acting rather in a mediat-
ing capacity. Australia proposed an amendment
to the voting formula which would have elimi-
nated the veto under chapter VI. Despite the op-
position of all the gi'eat powers, the Australian
amendment received 10 affirmative votes — Aus-
tralia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Cuba, Iran, Mexico,
the Netherlands, New Zeland, and Panama, mak-
ing it apparent that even at San Francisco there
was strong opposition to the veto under chapter VI.
However, it must be emphasized that there was no
support at San Francisco for the elimination or
restriction of the veto under chapter VII of the
Charter.
In the Four Power Statement of June 7, 1945,
the United States, the U.S.S.R., the United King-
dom, and China stated (part 1, jjaragraph 8) :
"In other words, it would be possible for five
non-permanent members as a group to exercise a
'veto'. It is not to be assumed, however, that the
permanent members, any more than the non-per-
manent members, would use their 'veto' power wil-
fully to obstruct the operation of the Council."
It thus was understood that the veto would be
used sparingly and only in connection with the
most important of issues. Unfortunately, this ex-
pectation has not come to pass.
III. Experience of the Veto in tlie Security Council
The veto has been used in the Security Council
on at least 24 occasions (as of June 25, 1948), at
least 23 times by the U.S.S.R., with France join-
ing with the U.S.S.R. in connection with one of *
Department of State Bulletin
tlie vetoes, and once by France alone. In comput-
ing the number of votes, a negative vote of a per-
manent member is deemed a veto only -when the
resolution receives at least seven aflirmative votes
and fails solely because of such negative vote.
Furthermore each of the so-called "double vetoes"
is counted as one rather than as two vetoes. Eleven
of these vetoes have been in connection with ap-
plications of states for membership in the United
Nations. At least nine have been in connection
with decisions relating to pacific settlements of
disputes (chapter VI) and four, including the
French veto, have been taken under chapter VII.
The significance of the vetoes lies less in their
number than in their nature.
In connection with most of the U.S.S.R. vetoes
on membership applications, the U.S.S.R. did not
even claim that the states lacked the qualifications
of membership as set forth in article 4 of the Char-
ter, but based its opposition on purely political
grounds.
In connection with three of the vetoes dealing
with pacific settlement of disputes (two in the
Spanish case and one in the Syria-Lebanon case) ,
the U.S.S.R. actually agreed with the proposed
Security Council action as far as it went but vetoed
the proposals because the U.S.S.R. felt that they
should go farther.
Three of the vetoes were exercised in decisions
as to whether a question required only a procedural
vote,* thus broadening the scope of the veto in the
Security Council to include decisions which the
majority of the Security Council considered pro-
cedural and not subject to the veto. In this con-
nection, the U.S.S.R. has attempted, by its inter-
pretation of certain language in the Four Power
Statement, to make virtually any decisions of the
Security Council subject to the veto despite the
express language of article 27, paragraph 2.
It should be noted that none of these abuses of
the veto relate to chapter VII of the Charter.
They concern (a) applications for membership
under chapter II, article 4, (b) chapter VI of the
Charter, and (c) the method of determining
whether the voting procedure permitting a
veto is applicable to a given decision. The ex-
istence of a veto under chapter VII has not to date
materially interfered with the functioning of the
Security Council. However, the abuse of the veto
in membership matters and under chapter VI has
been serious.
July 4, 1948
IV. Basic Differences Between Veto Under
Chapter VI and Chapter VII
It may be asked why the United States is pre-
pared to give up the veto under chapter VI and
not under chapter VII. There are a number of
answers : First, as set forth above, the veto under
chapter VI has proved to be harmful to the Secu-
rity Council, but such has not so far been the case
in connection with chapter Vil. Second, there is
great support in the United Nations for the elimi-
nation or the restriction of the veto under chapter
VI, and also in membership matters, but very little
support for changes in voting under chapter VII.
Likewise, there was substantial sentiment at
the San Francisco conference for elimination of
the veto under chapter VI. Since San Fran-
cisco, there have been three extensive discussions
in the United Nations on the problem of the veto.
The first two of these took place in the second
part of the first session and the second session
of the General Assembly. The third discussion is
now in progress before the Interim Committee of
the General Assembly.^ It is a noteworthy fact
that no proposals have been made in any of these
discussions which would have the effect of elimi-
nating the veto in connection with enforcement
measures — that is, sanctions, military or nonmili-
tary, under chapter VII of the Charter. A few
proposals have been made which affect compara-
tively minor phases of the veto in connection with
certain chapter VII decisions, but these proposals
have developed no substantial support. During
the thorough discussions of all phases of the veto
*Part II of the Four Power Statement at San Fran-
cisco reads :
"In the light of the coni3ideratIons set forth in part 1
of this statement it is clear what the answers to the ques-
tions submitted by the subcommittee should be, with the
exception of question 19. The answer to that question is
as follows :
1. In the opinion of the delegations of the sponsoring
governments, the draft Charter itself contains an indica-
tion of the application of the voting procedures to the
various functions of the Council.
2. In this case, it will be unlikely that there will arise
in the future any matters of great importance on which a
decision will have to be made as to whether a procedural
vote would apply. Should, however, such a matter arise,
the decision regarding the preliminary question as to
whether or not such a matter is procedural must be taken
by a vote of seven members of the Security Council, in-
cluding the concurring votes of the permanent members."
° For a discussion of this Committee see Documents and
State Papers of June 1948, p. 159.
problem that have recently taken place in a work-
ing group of a subcommittee of the Interim Com-
mittee, consisting of representatives of 10 states,
including the most violent critics of the veto, it was
almost unanimously agreed that there should be
no change in the voting procedure in comiection
with chapter VII.
The third and most important reason for dif-
ferentiating between the veto under chapter VI
and under chapter VII is based upon principle. It
is because of this distinction in principle that, as
outlined above, great support has developed in the
United Nations for elimination of the veto under
chapter VI, and no substantial support has de-
veloped for its elimination or modification under
chapter VII. The distinction in principle was
clearly expressed to the First Conmiittee of the
General Assembly on November 18, 1947, by John
Foster Dulles as representative of the United
States :
"Let us now look at the Charter, to see the area
within which Security Council decisions, as a mat-
ter of principle, ought not to be taken except witli
a large degi-ee of unanimity. Broadly speaking, it
would seem that Security Council action under
chapter VII, action with respect to threats to the
peace, breaches of the peace and acts of aggres-
sion, should, as a matter of principle, be subject to
stringent voting requirements. The power of ac-
tion is so vast, so unrelated to any defined law, so
subject to considerations of national policy and
expediency, as to create a danger of despotism
unless there is such unanimity that the action can
fairly be said to reflect the judgment of the over-
whelming majority of the world community. The
present voting procedure is calculated to assure
that, and is thus a protection of a minority against
possible arbitrary majorities.
"The situation is different as regards chapter
VI, dealing with the pacific settlement of disputes.
There, in the main. Security Council action is not
so much substantive as procedural, using the word
'procedural' in a liberal sense. Within this chap-
ter there lurks little risk of despotism. The Secu-
rity Council may call upon the parties to a dispute
to settle it by pacific means of their own choice,
under article 33. The Security Council may in-
vestigate the facts of any dispute, under article 34.
It may recommend measures of adjustment, taking
into account the fact that legal disputes should, as
' Bulletin of Mar. 28, 19-18, p. 412.
a general rule, be referred by the parties to the In-
ternational Court of Justice, as provided under
article 36. The Security Council may, if all the
pai'ties so request, make I'ecommendations with a
view to the pacific settlement of a dispute, under
article 38.
"It would not seem that, as a matter of prin-
ciple, stringent voting procedure should be re-
quired as a condition to the Security Council's act-
ing on such matters. There is perhaps one provi-
sion of chapter VI as to which special voting pro-
cedure could reasonably be urged. That is the
provision of article 37, paragraph 2, which au-
thorizes the Security Council, irrespective of the
consent of the parties, to recommend such terms of
settlement as it may consider appropriate. This
provision is much like the provision in article 39
of chapter VII, requiring the Security Council to
make recommendations with a view to maintain-
ing international peace and security.
"Should these two powers of recommendation
be subjected to identical voting procedure, and if
so, what voting procedure? Should a distinction
be made between chapter VI and chapter VII i'ec-
ommendations? This point and others which
could be mentioned illustrate the complexity of
the problem. In the main, however, it seems that
reasons of principle do not require special voting
procedures in the case of chapter VI action, or as
i-egards organizational matters, including the elec-
tion of new members."
V. The United States Proposals
The United States on March 19, 1948, submitted
to the Interim Committee certain proposals con-
cerning the veto.* During the technical discus-
sions in the Interim Committee and its subcom-
mittees, the United States has modified and some-
what expanded certain details of its proposals, but
the most important features remain unchanged.
These proposals would result in the elimination
of the veto in connection with applications for
membership in the United Nations, and in connec-
tion with decisions under chapter VI of the Char-
ter. They would further result in complete clari-
fication of just where the veto was applicable and
where it was not applicable in connection with
many miscellaneous decisions of the Security
Coimcil, and would make it impossible for any
state to enlarge the scope of the veto by claiming
that a procedural matter is in fact substantive and
Department of State Bulletin
using the veto to enforce that claim. The United
States proposals, however, would not in any way
affect the veto under chapter VII or under deci-
sions in certain other sections of the Charter which
are analogous to chapter VII decisions.
The United States has proposed two steps to
implement these changes: first, that tlie General
Assembly adopt a resolution recommending the
change; and, second, requesting that the perma-
nent members of the Security Council agree on the
changes. If the General Assembly makes these
recommendations, what are the prospects that such
agreement will be obtained?
Before attenqjting to answer that question it
should be noted that very little progress can be
made without such agreement. It is not possible
to amend the Charter without the consent of all
of the permanent members of the Security Council
(articles 108 and 109).
Most of the changes which the United States is
advocating are in reality interpretations or clari-
fications rather than alterations of Charter pro-
visions, and therefore can be achieved without
formally amending the Charter. It should be
noted however that certain of the most important
of the United States proposals, including those re-
lating to applications for membership and at least
one proposal relating to the veto under cha])ter VI.
may in fact require a Charter amendment.
Whether with or without Charter amendment,
only limited progress can be made without agree-
ment among the permanent members.
Eegardless of whether a Charter amendment is
required, the first and most important task is to
attempt to secure agreement among the permanent
members and one of the primary purposes of the
United States has been to build the firmest possible
foundation for such an agreement. We believe
that the best possibility of securing agreement of
the U.S.S.R. to a liberalization of voting procedure
is through first securing overwhelming support
among the remaining membei's of the United Na-
tions for any suggested changes. Past discussions
in the United Nations of the veto problem have dis-
closed no such agreement.
In the first place a considerable number of states
objected to the veto because it was the privilege of
only five states. They preferred the League of
Nations situation where the Council must act
unanimously — in other words, where all states
possessed a veto.
Second, a substantial number of small states
considered the veto as a protection to them even
though they did not possess it. These states felt
that their relations to one or more of the permanent
members were so close that their interests were sure
to be protected.
Third, a number of states, particularly those in
close geographic proximity to the U.S.S.R., feel
strongly that no important action should be taken
in the United Nations without agreement among
all the permanent members and, therefore, support
the veto in its entirety.
Finally, even among the strongest critics of the
veto, there has been a great difference of opinion
as to a substitute voting formula in case of its
elimination.
With this complete absence of agreement among
critics of the veto, it is small wonder that the
U. S. S. R. has up to this time refused to consider
seriously proposals for its modification.
The great purpose that is being served by the
current discussions in the Interim Committee is to
clarify the problems. As a result today the differ-
ences of viewpoint concerning the veto are much
less than formerly.
There is almost unanimous agreement that the
veto should be eliminated in connection with ap-
plications for membership and, likewise, that the
various ambiguities in the voting formula should
be clarified. There is strong support for relaxing
the veto under chapter VI to the extent that this
can be accomplished without amending the Char-
ter. It seems probable that the veto can in fact be
eliminated in connection with the vast majority of
decisions under chapter VI through interpretation
agreed to by the permanent members and without
Charter amendment. Such a development would
correspond to the approach which led to the
growth, through interpretation, and use, of the
United States Constitution.
On the other hand, the United States is the only
permanent member of the Security Council that
has expressed its willingness at this time to advo-
cate an amendment to the Charter to eliminate the
veto under chapter VI. Although the United
States may be supported in such a move by the
majority of the smaller states, there is no substan-
tial support by any states— large or small— for
changes under chapter VII.
It is believed, therefore, that the General As-
sembly will be in a position to make recommenda-
tions along the general lines of United States pro-
July 4, 1948
posals that will have overwhelming support. Such
recommendations, it is hoped, will result in agree-
ment among all the permanent members to carry
them into effect through establishment of rules,
procedures, and practices, and where necessary
through amendment of the Charter. The General
Assembly is entitled to recommend Charter amend-
ments which can come into effect through ratifica-
tion pursuant to ai'ticle 108 of the Charter without
any general conference to review the Charter.
A general conference under article 109 would,
from the practical standpoint of international ne-
gotiation, be premature until the overwhelming
majority of the members of the United Nations
have agreed upon Charter changes and until ef-
forts have been exhausted to secure the agreement
of all of the permanent members of the Security
Council to such changes. Such general conference
is inherently a consummating or last step, not the
first step. For the present, therefore, we believe
that the United States proposals in the Interim
Committee and General Assembly furnish the best
opportunity for improving the functioning of the
Security Council. It should be borne in mind, in
this regard, that in the Security Council itself at-
tention is being given to such improvements,
though the most thoroughgoing effort is being
made by the Assembly and its Interim Committee.
This article has mainly stressed the practical
question of just what changes in the veto furnish
a real promise of improvement. There is another
and even more important side of the problem : the
security of the United States. It is recognized
that we cannot base our national policy solely on
our own independent action. However, at the same
' Bulletin of May 16, 1948, p. 625. See also Strengthen-
ing the United Nations, Department of State publication
3159.
time, we cannot place our vast resources of man-
power, skill, and materials at the disposal of any
numerical majority of the nations of the world
without our consent. The veto under chapter VII
was our protection and is certainly no less neces-
sary in the conditions of today than in those pre-
vailing two years ago.
VI. Conclusion
It is not enough to consider this problem solely
from a standjjoint of procedures of United Nations
and voting teclmiques. The uses made of the veto
are merely a symptom of the underlying disagree-
ments among the great powers of the world. This
was expressed by the Secretary of State in his
situation statement before the House Foreign Af-
fairs Committee on May 5.
"The problems today presented to those who
desire peace are not questions of structure. Nor
are they problems solvable merely by new forms
of organization. They require performance of
obligations already imdertaken, fidelity to pledges
already given. Basic human frailties cannot be
overcome by Charter provisions alone, for they
exist in the behavior of men and governments.
"It is not changes in the fo?'77i of international
intercourse which we now require. It is to changes
of substance that we must look for an improvement
of the world situation. And it is to those changes
of substance that our policy has been directed.
Wlien the substance of the world situation im-
proves, the United Nations will be able to function
with full effectiveness. Meanwhile we will con-
tinue our efforts in cooperation with other govern-
ments to improve the working of the United
Nations under the Charter." '
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Progress in Indonesia
BY H. MERRELL BENNINGHOFF >
Deputy Director for Far Eastern AKairs
As Americans you should be particularly inter-
ested in the Indonesian problem because you have
a special representative contributing to its solu-
tion on the spot at this moment. His name is Coert
duBois and lie is the United States Representative
on a three-power United Nations Good Offices
Committee which is assisting the Dutch and the
Indonesians in their eflforts to negotiate a peace-
ful, mutually satisfactory settlement of their
differences.
Wliat differences separate the Dutch and the
Indonesians? I suppose the easiest way to tell
j"ou is to recount briefly the events which have led
to the present negotiations in Java. For 300 years
Indonesia has been a Dutch colony. Both the
Dutch and Indonesian people derived great ben-
efit from this relationship. Nonetheless the Indo-
nesian people, liite people elsewhere in the world,
have expressed during the last generation their
desire for independence. The Dutch, who have
demonstrated throughout the centuries their re-
spect for freedom and independence, have an-
nounced on several occasions, notably in 1942, and
again this year, their desire to give the Indonesian
people the democratic self-government they
wished. The development of plans to work out
Indonesian self-government was tragically inter-
rupted by the Japanese invasion of the Indonesian
arcliipelago early in 1942. When the Japanese
surrendered, an Indonesian Republic was pro-
claimed wliich declared complete independence
and sovereignty. The Dutch, emerging from Nazi
occupation, regarded their sovereignty over Indo-
nesia as unimpaired. So did the United States and
other nations. The Dutch naturally regarded the
Indonesian Republic as an experiment in reliellion.
We must remember that many thousand Dutch-
men regarded Indonesia as their home and had
over some 300 years built for themselves a large
stake in the area. Dutch attempts to restore their
control over the archipelago were resisted by force
in the Ishmds of Java, Sumatra, and Madura.
July 4, 1948
The other parts of the Indonesian archipelago ac-
cepted Dutch administration and are not subject
to the disi^ute. During 1946 and early 1947 the
Dutch and the Indonesians made many attempts
to resolve the essential conflict between their posi-
tions by direct negotiations — part of the time, with
the assistance of a neutral third party. These at-
tempts which continued against a background of
sporadic warfare culminated in an agreement
signed at a Javanese town called Linggajati. In
spite of the acceptance of the Linggajati agree-
ment, relations between the Dutch and Indone-
sians deteriorated steadily, each charging the other
with violations. In July of 1947, the Netherlands
embarked on what it called police action designed
to restore peace and order in Java, Sumatra, and
Madura. Tlie Indonesian Republic regarded this
as an attempt to destroy it by force and offered
armed resistance. Large-scale fighting broke out
which resulted in the deaths of many Dutch and
Indonesian nationals and much destruction of
property.
At this moment this situation was brought be-
fore the United Nations Security Council.^ In
August the Council ordered both parties to cease
fire. This order was not observed. At length,
as a final effort, the Security Council sent a Com-
mittee of Good Offices directly to the scene of the
struggle to bring about a truce and if possible to
assist the Netherlands and the Indonesian Repub-
lic in finding a basis for a final settlement of the
differences which separated them. The Commit-
tee of Good Offices was made up of three members.
The Netherlands chose Belgium as its Representa-
tive, the Indonesian Republic chose Austra.lia, and
Australia and Belgium chose the United States as
the third member.
' Address delivered over the Columbia Broadcasting Sys-
tem on June 26, 1948, and released to the press on the
same date.
' For an article on the work of the committee and docu-
ments relating to the dispute see Bulletin of Mar. 14,
194S, p. 323, which is also published as Department of
State publication 3108.
THE UN/TED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
At the request of the Committee of Good Offices,
the United States pit)vided the naval transport
U.S.S. Renville as a neutral place where the
negotiations between the Dutch and the Indonesian
Eepresentatives might proceed.
After weeks of difficult negotiation aboard the
Renville, anchored off the coast of Java, a plan
was worked out which both the Netherlands and
Indonesian Eepublic voluntarily accepted.
Speaking generally, this plan had two pai'ts : first,
a truce — the first successful truce in tlie struggle
and one which is still observed by both sides. The
first objective of the United Nations — and of the
United States Government — was thus met. Sec-
ondly, a brief, simple statement of principles,
known as the Renville agreements, which are to
form an agreed basis for negotiating a final politi-
cal settlement of the differences which have
separated the Netherlands and the Indonesian
Republic. Since the acceptance of these prin-
ciples in January of this year on board the U.S.S.
Renville, the Netherlands and the Indonesian
Republicans have been negotiating before the
Security Coixncil's Good Offices Committee to
achieve the final political agi-eement outlined in
those principles.
I have just referred to the differences which
separated the Netherlands and the Indonesian
Republic. Fortunately, the diffei'ences are those
of means and not of ends. The Government of the
Netherlands has announced to the world its desire
to give the Indonesian people the privileges and
responsibilities of self-government. The Indo-
nesian people have, during the past three years,
demonstrated their determination to secure self-
government. Both the Netherlands and the Indo-
nesian Republic, in accepting the Renville
agreements, have agreed to the grand design which
shall embody the purposes of these two great
peoples. All that remains is to negotiate the de-
tails of that design. As all of you know, it is easier
to draw a picture of a house than to make a detailed
blueprint which the builders can use. The Good
Offices Committee has found it tough going in late
months to assist the Netherlands and the Indo-
nesians in continuing wholeheartedly to complete
their blueprint and begin the building of their new
house without disagreeing at the beginning of each
day's work on where each window will go when
construction begins.
Just what do the Renville agreements provide?
These agreements affirm Netherlands sovereignty
in Indonesia for a brief interim period during
which preparations for an independent govern-
ment in Indonesia can be undertaken through
the cooperation of the Dutch and Indonesian
people. After this interim period, the Govern-
ment of the Netherlands undertakes to transfer
full sovereignty to a new nation which shall be
called the United States of Indonesia. It is to be
10
composed of a number of states, comprising the
entire archipelago, of which one is to be the Re-
public of Indonesia. The boundaries of the states
which are to make up this United States of Indo-
nesia are to be determined through democratic
procedures. After the United States of Indo-
nesia has a constitution, to be written by the demo-
cratically elected representatives of the states
making up the U.S.I., that new nation, the United
States of Indonesia, and the old nation, the King-
dom of the Netherlands, shall join together volun-
tarily as equal partners in the Netherlands Indo-
nesian Union. Thus, the old empire will be trans-
formed into a union of friends, mutually de-
pendent on each other and mutually helpful to
each other and to the world. This should be a
satisfaction to all Americans, since your repre-
sentative is helping to work out the first solution
of its kind to one of the most difficult problems
with which the world is faced.
I have remarked that the Indonesian people and
the Netherlands people are earnestly seeking to
resolve their difficvdties and that they have been
assisted in this difficult task by three powers —
Australia, Belgium, and the United States — acting
on behalf of the United Nations. There are, of
course, normal difficulties in negotiations and
and honest doubts on both sides. These are yet to
be overcome. I am sorry to tell you that in addi-
tion to these difficulties there are those who are
conniving to subvert the ends sought in the Ren-
ville agreements. They are those same people
whose policies require the pi'eservation and the
intensification of chaos and hatred everywhere in
the world. Those people viewed the acceptance
of the Renville agreements in January with gen-
uine alarm and they have tried ever since to de-
stroy the faith of the Netherlands people and the
Indonesian people in the just and practical
character of the proposed settlement. Their ways
are devious and ruthless. You know of whom I
speak — the Communists, who even at this hour
are at work in the Netherlands, in Indonesia,
throughout Asia, and even in the United States
to call the good faith of the Good Offices Com-
mittee and its work into question. I must put you
on your guard against these efforts, which take
the form of trying to identify Communism, a doc-
trine of enslavement, with the natural aspirations
of peoples throughout the world for independence.
If you could ask me questions now, you would
ask what United States policy toward Indonesia
is. I will tell you. First and foremost, your Gov-
ernment is determined to do everything it can to
bring peace, prosperity, and the freedoms of a
democratic system to the peoples of Indonesia as
to peoples everywhere in the world. Secondly,
your Government, in this particular instance, seeks
to assist the Indonesians and Dutch people to re-
discover their dependence on each other and learn
anew the great cojitribution that each can make to
Department of State Bulletin
tlie welfare and securitj' of the other. Thirdly,
your Ciovernment realizes, as do the peoples of
the Netherlands and Indonesia, that the rest of
the world desperately needs what the two of them,
working together, can provide. Finally, your
Government is determined that the efforts of total-
itarianism to defeat these purposes shall not
succeed.
Pronfress has been made toward tlie solution of
the Indonesian problem which should be hearten-
ing to jou and to everyone, anywhere in the world,
who genuinely hopes for a peaceful settlement of
the world's problems. The Indonesian Republi-
cans and the Netherlands have agreed to a truce
which halted a bloody war. This truce has been
successful for over five months. The two parties
have voluntarily accepted the Renville agreements,
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPBCIAUZED AGBNCIES
which provide an agreed basis for negotiating a
final settlement of their differences. In other
w-ords, and in the most important sense, a revolu-
tionary situation has been transformed into one
in which the legitimate desires of both Dutch and
Indonesian peoples can be achieved through evo-
lutionary processes.
We recognize that there are still difficulties of
give and take to be overcome, but given the good
will of both parties and the will to work with pa-
tience and restraint, they can and must be resolved.
I assure you that the Government of the United
States will continue with resolution and patience
to contribute in every way it can to the solution
of the Indonesian problem to the end that Dutch
and Indonesian peoples will march together in
dignity in a world of peace and freedom.
U.S. steps Taken To Implement Palestine Truce Resolution
LETTER FROM PHILIP C. JESSUP, ACTING U.S. REPRESENTATIVE AT THE SEAT OF THE
UNITED NATIONS, TO SECRETARY-GENERAL TRYGVE LIE
(Released to the press by the U.S. Mission to the U.N. June 22]
Excellency :
Reference is made to your telegram dated June
16, 1948 stating that the Security Council on June
15, at the request of the United Nations Mediator
for Palestine, had decided to ask all States Mem-
bers to report on steps taken to implement the
Security Council Palestine Resolution of May 29,
and also to request all State Membei-s to extend
their cooperation and assistance to the United
Nations Mediator in implementation of his truce
proposals.
I am instructed to communicate to you for the
information of the Security Council the following
information concerning the steps which have been
taken by my Government to implement the Reso-
lution of May 29.
1. Instructions have been issued to the appropri-
ate authorities of the Government of the United
States to take the necessary steps to prevent the
departure of ''fighting personnel" from the United
States to the countries named in Paragraph 3 of
the Resolution.
2. Instructions have been issued to the appro-
priate authorities of the Government of the United
States, including the Chairman of the United
States Maritime Commission, drawing attention to
statements concerning "men of military age" set
forth in Paragraph 6, Subparagraphs
(4) of the Mediator's truce proposals.
age" E
, fs) a:
3. With respect to Paragraph 5 of the Resolu-
tion of May 29, the Government of the United
States since November 14, 1947 has applied a
rigorous arms embargo covering the shipment of
all war material from the United States and its
possessions to Palestine and the countries of the
Near East.
4. The Government of the United States, as a
Member of the Security Council Truce Commis-
sion in Palestine, is actively cooperating with the
United Nations Mediator and has supplied him, at
his request, with military observers, aircraft and
communications equipment, and three naval patrol
vessels.
It is the profound hope of my Government that
the measures thus far adopted by the United Na-
tions Mediator will prove fruitful in leading to
the successful accomplishment of his broader task
under the terms of the General Assembly Resolu-
tion of May 14, 1948 ; namely to "promote a peace-
ful adjustment of the future situation of Pales-
tine".
Accept [etc.] Philii' C. Jessup
Acting United States Representative
to the United Nations
July 4, 1948
II
The Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council
by Andrew W. Anderson
The need for cooperation and coordination in
research concerned with fisheries and otiier re-
sources of the sea has been recognized for years.
A number of European nations have long par-
ticipated in an association, active particularly in
the North Atlantic, which is known as the Inter-
national Council for the Exploration of the Sea.
Canada and the United States have cooperated
somewhat similarly on a bilateral basis with re-
gard to fisheries of mutual interest.
Proposals to establish fisheries councils pat-
terned in a general way after the Council for the
Exploration of the Sea were discussed at the first
session of tlie Conference of the Food and Agri-
culture Organization (Fao) at Quebec in 1945.
In 1946 at the second session at Copenhagen a re-
port of the Standing Advisory Committee on
Fisheries recommending the establishment of such
councils was approved. Early in 1947 the South
East Asia Fisheries Conference, which was held
at Singapore under the auspices of the United
Kingdom Special Commissioner in South East
Asia, resolved that Fao be requested to establish
a fisheries council in that area. Later in 1947 the
Director General of Fao notified member nations
of his intention to place the matter of initiating
fisheries councils on the agenda for the third ses-
sion of the Conference of Fao at Geneva. A sug-
gested draft of a constitution for a regional council
was circulated, and in September 1947 the Confer-
ence resolved —
"that Fao should take action to initiate the for-
mation of Regional Councils for the scientific
exploration of the sea in the parts of the world
not now actively served by similar bodies, giving
primary consideration to the following areas :
North Western Atlantic
South Western Pacific and Indian Ocean
Mediterranean Sea and contiguous waters
North Eastern Pacific
South Eastern Pacific
Western South Atlantic
Eastern South Atlantic and Indian Ocean
"This Commission is of the opinion that the
boundaries of these areas, and the constitutions of
12
the councils, should be left open for discussion and
determination by the nations concerned."
In November 1947 Fao notified its members of
a proposal to establish a regional council for the
study of the sea in the general area of the south-
west Pacific and Indian Oceans and the following
January invited the Governments of Australia,
Burma, China, France, India, the Netherlands,
Pakistan, the Republic of the Philippines, Siam,
the United Kingdom, and the United States to
send representatives to a conference to consider
this proposal. In addition, the Supreme Com-
mander for the Allied Powers in Japan and cer-
tain international organizations were invited to
send observers.
From February 23 to 28, 1948, official delegates
from the following countries met at Baguio, Re-
public of the Philippines : Burma, China, France,
India, the Netherlands, the Republic of the Philip-
l^ines, the United Kingdom, and the United States.
Observers from Italy, Scap, and Unesco were
present. Fao was represented by the Regional
Special Adviser, the Director, and the Chief Biolo-
gist of the Fisheries Division, and the Regional
Representative (Fisheries) from Fag's office at
Singapore. Nearly all the delegates, advisers, and
observers were technical fisheries' representatives
of their governments.
The conference was organized under the chair-
manship of D. V. Villadolid of the Bureau of
Fisheries of the Republic of the Philippines.
Technical working committees were established on
biology, hydrology, taxonomy, and technology.
The formal agenda was limited, after consider-
able discussion, to the establishment of a fisheries
council for the Indo-Pacific area and the develop-
ment of the scientific progi'am to be carried on by
that council. Consequently, the conference was
able to concentrate upon these objectives and,
within the relatively brief time allotted for its
deliberations, to formulate an agreement for the
establishment of the Indo-Pacific Fisheries Coun-
cil and to evolve a comprehensive program of in-
vestigations to be imdertaken by the Council
during the next several years.
The agreement is based upon the draft con-
stitution proposed by Fao as revised in the light of
comments and suggestions made by various dele-
Deparfment of Stafe Bulletin
gations in their opening statements to the con-
ference iuul in the light of the modified draft
constitution presented to the conference by the
United States. The agreement recognizes that the
countries represented at tlie conference possess a
"mutual interest in the development and i^roper
utilization of the living aquatic resources of the
Indo-Pacilic areas" and provides for the establish-
ment of a council with certain functions and
duties in the Indo-Pacific areas. These functions
and duties are —
1. To formulate the oceanographical, biological,
and other technical aspects of the problems of
development and proper utilization of living
aquatic resources;
2. To encourage and coordinate research and
the application of improved methods in everyday
practice;
3. To assemble, publish, or otherwise dis-
seminate oceanographical, biological, and other
technical information relating to living aquatic
resources ;
■i. To recommend to member governments such
national or cooperative research and development
projects as may appear necessary or desirable to
fill gaps in such knowledge;
5. To undertake, where appropriate, coopera-
tive research and development projects directed to
this end ;
6. To propose, and where necessary to adopt,
measures to bring about the standardization
of scientific equipment, techniques, and no-
menclature ;
7. To extend its good oiEces in assisting member
governments to secure essential materials and
equijiment ;
8. To rei>ort upon such questions relating to
oceanographical, biological, and other technical
problems as may be recommended to it by member
governments or by the Food and Agriculture Or-
ganization of the United Nations and other
international, national, or private organizations
with related interests;
[). To report annually to the Conference of the
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations upon its activities, for the information of
the Conference; and to make such other reports
to the Food and Agriculture Organization of the
United Nations on matters falling within the com-
petence of the Coimcil as may seem to it necessary
and desirable.
The agreement is open to acceptance by the gov-
ernments represented at the Baguio conference,
by other governments which are members of Fao,
and by those governments not members of Fao
which meet certain conditions including approval
by the Fao Conference and by two thirds of the
members of the Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council.
The agreement is to enter into force upon accept-
ance by five member governments.
July 4, 1948
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECUIIZEO AGENCIES
In order that the scientific cooperation begim at
Baguio might be continued without interruption,
the conference directed by a resolution adopted at
the final plenary session that the technical work-
ing committees on biology, hydrology, taxonomy,
and technology continue to function informally,
with the assistance of the Fisheries Division of Fao,
pending the entry into force of the agi'eement.
The Committee on Biology recommended that
the mode of approach to a program must be to
determine the present status of knowledge and
the programs under way in the area. It proposed
as a first step the circulation of a questionnaire on
these matters and an analysis of the replies.
The Committee on Hydrology envisaged a five-
year program, involving, in the first year, the com-
pilation of oceanographic data, drafting of a map
of the principal producing regions, and agreement
on methods and procedures.
The Committee on Taxonomy suggested an ex-
ploratory program during the first year. It rec-
ommended definition of the limits of the region;
examination of existing facilities; expansion of
an existing institution to house standard inter-
national collections of regional aquatic organisms ;
development of ways and means of completing
national collections in each taxonomic subregion;
preparation of a bibliography of the most im-
portant taxonomic works published about the
region during the last 25 years; development of
coordination between existing taxonomic labora-
tories and research laboratories; and establish-
ment of coordination in taxonomic studies between
the proposed Council and international bodies
such as the International Commission for Zoologi-
cal Nomenclature and Unesco.
The Committee on Technology reported that a
final jn-ogram could be developed only after a spe-
cific program had been submitted to government
representatives for their comments and for inclu-
sion of their special technological requirements.
The value of an Indo-Pacific Fisheries Teclinologi-
cal Institute was acknowledged, but it was not
assigned a definite position in the program because
it was not apparent that one central institute was
]:)referable to a number of smaller centers, nor was
it certain that its importance was greater than
that of several other suggested projects.
At the second session of the Council of Fao, held
at Washington from April 5 to 17, 1948, the report
of the Baguio fisheries conference was approved,
and the Director General by a circular letter di-
rected the attention of the member governments
to the results of that conference and urged ac-
ceptance of the agreement in order that it might
enter into force at an early date and in order that
Fao might thereupon proceed with the organiza-
tion of the Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council and the
convening of its first meeting.
13
Soviet Opposition to Atomic Energy Issues
STATEMENT BY FREDERICK OSBORN
Deputy U.S. Representative on the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission
[Released to the press by the U.S. Mission to the U.N. June 28]
On Tuesday, June 22, 1948, nine members of the
Security Council voted to approve the general find-
ings and recommendations of the First Report of
the Atomic Energy Commission of the United Na-
tions, the specific proposals of the Second Report,
and the recommendations of the Third Report.^
The Ukrainian Delegate voted against and the
U.S.S.R., exercising its power to veto, prevented
the passage of the resolution. The same nine mem-
bers then voted for a simple resolution transmit-
ting the three reports to the General Assembly, as
a matter of special concern, together with the rec-
ord of the discussion in the Security Council. The
Soviet Union and the Ukraine abstained on this
motion and the majority proposals for interna-
tional control of atomic energy now go to the Gen-
eral Assembly for consideration.
The debate in the Security Council was brief and
reflected the feeling on the part of the delegates
that almost everything possible had been said dur-
ing the two years of discussion and over 200 meet-
ings of the Atomic Energy Commission. In the
words of the United States Representative, Philip
Jessup, in his opening statement :
"Sincere efforts, prolonged study and many de-
bates have not enabled the majority to secure Soviet
agreement to 'even those elements of effective con-
trol considered essential from the technical point
of view, let alone their acceptance of the nature
and extent of participation in the world commu-
nity required of all nations in this field by the
First and Second Reports of the Atomic Energy
Commission.' "
Only the Soviet and the Ukrainian Delegates
spoke at any length and in each case they merely
repeated the position which the Soviet Union has
held from the start in this matter. Their view-
point was :
First, that there must be a treaty prohibiting
atomic weapons and the means of making them,
and that this treaty must be signed and put into
effect before a treaty for control can be discussed.
This proposal is tantamount to unilateral disarma-
ment and is wholly unacceptable to any of the na-
tions outside the Soviet sphere.
• Bulletin of .June 20, 1948, p. 798.
14
Second, that the proposal of (ho majority would
extend the United States monopoly throughout the
whole world. It is hard to understand how any- |
one can make this statement unless he has failed
to read the First Report and, particularly, the
Second Report of the Commission.
Third, that the international agency would con-
trol the economic life of each nation. This posi-
tion is absolutely groundless, especially since agree-
ment was reached on the inclusion in the treaty
itself of a quota system which would provide in
advance the proportion of atomic power that would
be available to each nation.
Fourth, and finally, that the plan of the majority
would interfere with national sovereignty. This
argument is correct, but as is clearly stated in the
Third Report, the question is not whether "the
functions and powers of the international control
agency as elaborated by the majority, are politi-
cally acceptable or not . . . but whether govern-
ments now want effective international control."
The summary made by Gen. A. G. L. ISIcNaugh-
ton, the Canadian Representative, on May 17, 1948,
at the final meeting of the Atomic Energy Com-
mission, clearly expresses the feeling of the ma-
jority of the delegates. General McNaughton said
in part :
"I am sure I reflect the views of the majority
. . . when I express disappointment in the fact
tliat the aflFairs of the Atomic Energy Commission
have reached an impasse which is lieyond the ca-
pacity of the Commission itself to resolve at this
time. It has become evident . . . that the
issues which have been raised now require debate
in a wider forum, and it is for this reason that the
conclusion has been reached that the situation
should be frankly and fully reported, first to the
Security Council and then to the General Assembly
. . . so that the grave questions at issue may
be taken up at the forthcoming session of the Gen-
eral Assembly ... in Paris . . . Sep-
tember next.
'•I should like to make it quite clear that this pro-
posal on the part, of the majority of the Atomic
Energy Commission does not represent any accept-
ance of defeat or confession of failure in its efforts
to achieve a proper system for the international
("ontrol of atomic energy.
"Quite the contrary. The majority of the mem-
(Continiicd on pinje ^1)
Department of State Bulletin
The United States in the United Nations
Trusteeship Administration
The view that notice to the Trusteeship Coimcil
should precede the initiation of an administrative
union or federation affecting trust territories was
urged by the United States at the Council's June
29 meeting. tt c -o
Ambassador Francis B. Sayre, the U.b. Kepre-
sentative, asserted in a formal statement ^ that the
United States for its part will give the United
Nations advance notice of any measure "which
might affect the separate administration of the
Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands" and ex-
pressed the hope that other powers admmistermg
U.N. trust territories would do likewise.
Mr. Sayre's statement, which he said was "with-
out reference to any specific territory and certainly
without implying criticism of any administering
authority", was made as the Council began its
consideration of the United Kingdom's annual re-
port on its administration of the Trust Territory
of Tanganyika in East Africa. The report in-
cludes references to administrative measures look-
ing toward joint operation of a number of com-
mon services for Tanganyika and the adjoining
territories of Kenya and Uganda, which the United
Kingdom administers in its own right.
Noting that "under most of the existing trustee-
ship agreements the administering authority is
authorized to constitute the trust territory into an
administrative union or federation with adjacent
territories under the sovereignty or control of the
administering authority," Mr. Sayi'e added that
the United States nevertheless believed "that it
would not only be a courtesy but would also facili-
tate the practical work of the Council if an admin-
istering authority should inform the Trusteeship
Council before implementing any plan it has
formed for establishing such a union or federa-
tion."
"\Mien the General Assembly in 1946 reviewed
the first trusteeship agreements, Mr. Sayre re-
called, the administering powers gave assurances
that the right to establish administrative unions
would not be construed to sanction "any form of
political association between the trust territory
and adjacent territories which would involve an-
nexation of the trust territory in any sense, or
would have the effect of extinguishing its status
as a trust territory."
Among criteria by which the Council might ap-
l-raise afininistrative miions, Mr. Sayre suggested
J\j\y 4, 1948
that such arrangements should not subordinate the
rights and interests of the trust territories to the
interests of other territories and that they should
not make it impossible to supply the Trusteeship
Council with statistics and other information bear-
ing specifically on the trust territories.
Indonesia
Regret that illness compels Coert duBois, U.S.
member of the Security Council's Committee of
Good Offices in Indonesia, to return to the United
States was expressed at a July 1 meeting which the
Council devoted to the status of negotiations be-
tween the Netherlands and the Republic of In-
donesia. Philip C. Jessup, U.S. Deputy Repre-
sentative, told the Council that "this is no question
of a diplomatic illness" and made it clear that Mr.
duBois' return had no connection with the con-
troversy over proposals recently put forward by
Mr. duBois and his Australian colleague, T. K.
Critchley.
Press disclosures of the tenor of the U.S.-Aus-
tralian compromise suggestions had been given by
the Dutch as their reason for breaking off nego-
tiations for a short time in mid-June. The Com-
mittee advised the Security Council on June 23
that negotiations under its auspices had been re-
newed but had at once been stalemated by the Neth-
erlands' refusal to discuss the U.S.-Australian
proposals, with which the Committee's third mem-
ber. R. Herremans of Belgium, did not associate
himself.
Security Council discussion centered around a
Chinese motion that the Council ask the Commit-
tee for the text of the proposals in question. The
motion was lost when votes for it fell one short of
the required seven. Canada, China, Colombia,
Syria, the Ukraine, and the U.S.S.R. voted for it;
Argentina, Belgium, France, the United Kingdom
and the United States abstained.
Before the vote Dr. Jessup said that the Com-
mittee of Good Offices was in the best position to
judwe whether sending the document to the Se-
curfty Council would serve to advance the negoti-
ations, a purpose which should be the sole test ot
the Council's action in this respect.
Strategic Trusteeships
Debates in the Trusteeship Council on June 25
and 28 regarding the relationship of the Trustee-
■ U S. Mission
to the United Nations press release 480.
15
TH£ UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
ship Council and the Security Council with respect
to strategic trusteeships followed the same general
lines as earlier debate in the Security Council.^
S. K. Tsarapkin, Soviet Representative, echoed
what Mr. Gromyko had said in the Security Coun-
cil, i.e. that all U.N. functions for strategic trustee-
ships were vested in the Security Council and were
in no way the concern of the Trusteeship Council
unless and until the Security Council asked its
help or advice on particular problems.
The representatives of Australia, China, Mexico,
New Zealand, and the Philippines said that in their
view the language of article 83 of tlie Charter
obliged the Security Council to entrust to the Trus-
teeship Council U.N. functions having to do with
political, economic, social, and educational matters
in the strategic trust areas.
The only strategic trusteeship now in effect is
that under which the United States administers
the Pacific islands formerly mandated to Japan,
and the discussion, in which Ambassador Sayre
of the United States took no part, often adverted
to this particular arrangement. After "William
D. Forsyth of Australia had said that the Trustee-
ship Council could not act before the Security
Council asked its help, as it was obliged to do, Luis
Padilla Nervo of Mexico argued that in effect the
Security Council had already done so with respect
to the Pacific islands by ratifying the trust agree-
ment, which applies articles 87 and 88 of the Char-
ter, subject to the right of the United States to
close any area for security reasons. These articles
authorize the Trusteeship Council to inspect trust
territories, to receive petitions from their inhabit-
ants, and to obtain public-welfare data from ad-
ministering authorities.
Future of "Little Assembly"
A recommendation that the Interim Committee
of the General Assembly should be continued for
another experimental year was agreed to on June
25 by Subcommittee 4, to which was assigned pre-
liminary consideration of a report to the General
Assembly on this point.
Extension of the Interim Committee had been
advocated in the Subcommittee by Joseph E. Jolm-
son. Deputy U.S. Representative.^ The Subcom-
mittee's members include representatives of 14
nations. On July 9 the Subcommittee will meet
to take the final action on its report.
Air Agreement
The United States is one of the 10 nations which
signed the final act of the Icelandic air conference
held in Geneva from June 21 to 26 under the aus-
pices of the International Civil Aviation Organi-
zation. By the act, nine nations whose aircraft
' Bulletin of June 27, 1948, p. 830.
" Bulletin of June 30, 1948, p. 801.
16
fly North Atlantic routes agree to joint support i
in Iceland of the air navigation, communication, i
and meteorological facilities without which such j
flights would be unsafe. The agreement is the i
largest financial project connected with aviation ]
ever concluded by a permanent international body. ■
Korean Commission |
The Temporary Commission on Korea an- i
nounced on the occasion of its visit to the Korean \
National Assembly on June 30 that by a resolution I
of June 25 it resolved unanimously that the elec-
tions held on May 10 were "a valid expression of
the free will of the electorate in those parts of
Korea wliich were accessible to the Conunission.'^
To carry out further the recommendations of the
General Assembly resolution under which it was
established, the Commission announced that it was
available for consultations with representatives of
the Korean National Assembly "regarding the
freedom and independence of the Korean people."
India-Pakistan Dispute
The Commission on India and Pakistan estab-
lished to work toward the settlement of differences
between these two nations over Kashmir and other
matters announced that it plans to arrive in
Karachi on July 7.
Health Assembly
In one of the opening addresses at the first World
Health Assembly, the continuing interest of the
United States in the work of the World Health
Organization was expressed by Dr. Martha Eliot,
acting chairman of the U.S. Delegation, pending
the arrival of Dr. Thomas Parran, Chairman of the
Delegation and Medical Director of the U.S. Pub-
lic Health Service. The Assembly opened its first
session on June 24 in Geneva, thus marking the
beginning of full-scale activity of the World
Health Organization. The U.S. was unanimously
accepted as a member of Who on July 2, the Assem-
bly deciding that the U.S. reservation concerning
the right of withdrawal upon one year's notifica-
tion did not affect the validity of the U.S. ratifi-
cation.
Balkan Committee
The Special Committee on the Balkans signed
its report for submission to the General Assembly
in Geneva on June 30. The only finding made
public states that "although the Albanian, Bul-
garian and Yugoslav Governments have not so far
cooperated" with the Committee, it is possible to
liel^j these governments and Greece "i-ealize their
common interest in a peaceful settlement of their
differences", if they would act in the spirit of the
Charter and the Assembly resolution.
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Calendar of Meetings
Adjourned during June
International Conference on Safety of Life at Sea
IcAO (International Civil Aviation Organization) :
Legal Committee: Annual Meeting
General Assembly : Second Session
I Conference of North Atlantic States Concerned in Joint Support
i of Iceland Air Navigation Services.
United Nations:
Ecosoc (Economic and Social Council):
Human Rights Commission: Third Session
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East
Economic Commission for Latin America
Subcommission on Economic Development
Permanent Central Opium Board: 50th Session
Diplomatic Conference on Revision of Convention for Protection of
Literary and Artistic Works.
Association for Hydraulic Structures Research
International Conference on Textiles
Third International Conference on Large Dams
Specialist Conference on Tropical and Subtropical SoUs
Who (World Health Organization): Interim Commission: Sixth
Session.
XIX Congress of the International Federation for Housing and
Town Planning.
Second International Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering
Conference.
In session as of July 1, 1948
Far Eastern Commission
United Nations:
Security Council . . . .
Militarv Staff Committee
Commission on Conventional Armaments
Security Council: Committee of Good Offices on the Indonesian
Question.
General Assembly: Special Committee on the Greek Question . .
Temporary Commission on Korea
Interim Committee of the General Assembly
Security Council's Kashmir Commission . .
Trusteeship Council: Third Session ....
German External Property Negotiations (Safehaven) :
With Portugal
With Spain
Inter-.Allied Trade Board for Japan
Council of Foreign Ministers:
Deputies for Italian Colonial Problems
Commission of Investigation to Former Italian Colonies
London
Geneva .
Geneva .
Geneva.
Lake Success . . .
Oootacamund, India
Santiago
Lake Success . . .
Geneva
Brussels
Stockholm
Buxton, England . . .
Stockholm
Hertfordshire, England .
Geneva
Ziirich . . .
Rotterdam ,
Washington .
Lake Success
Lake Success
Lake Success
Lake Success
Salonika and Geneva
Seoul
Lake Success . . . .
Geneva and Kashmir
Lake Success . . . .
Lisbon .
Madrid
Washington .
London
Former Italian Colonies
1948
Apr. 23- June 10
May 28-
June 1-
June 21-
May 20-June 16
June 1-
June 7-
June 14-25
June 14-
June 5-19
June 6-9
June 7-12
June 10-17
June 14-28
June 18-23
June 20-26
June 21-30
Feb.
Mar,
Mar,
Mar,
Oct.
1946
26-
25-
25-
1947
24-
20-
Nov. 21-
1948
12-
23-
15-
16-
Jan.
Feb.
June
June
Sept.
Nov.
1946
3-
12-
Oct. 24-
1947
Oct. :
Nov.
' Prepared in the Division of International Conferences, Department of State.
July 4, 1948
17
Caloidar of Meetings — Continued
Itu (International Telecommunication Union) :
Provisional Frequency Board
International Administrative Aeronautical Radio Conference . .
European Regional Broadcasting Conference
U.S.-Swedish Inter-Custodial Discussions
Ilo (International Labor Organization) : 105th and 106th Sessions of
Governing Body Conference: 31st General Session.
Royal Society Information Conference
Who (World Health Organization) : First Session of World Health
Assembly.
International Conference on Large High Tension Electric Systems:
Twelfth Biennial Session.
Eleventh International Conference on Public Education
International Council of Museums: First General Biennial Con-
ference.
Scheduled for July 1-31, 1948
Meeting of International Union of Family Organizations
IcEF (International Children's Emergencj' Fund) :
Program Committee
Executive Board
UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Or-
ganization): Executive Board: Eighth Session.
First International Poliomyelitis Conference
Seventh International Congress of Agricultural Industries
Itu (International Telecommunication Union) ; Fifth Plenary Meet-
ing of Radio Consultative Committee.
IcAO (International Civil Aviation Organization) : North Pacific
Regional Air Navigation Meeting
First Inter- American Conference for the Rehabilitation of Cripples.
Fao (Food and Agriculture Organization) : Technical Conference of
Latin American Nutrition Experts
Sixth International Congress of Linguists
United Nations: Economic and Social Council: Seventh Session . .
International Office of Wine: 27th Session of Committee
Thirteenth International Congress of Zoology
21st International Congress of Orientalists
Third Inter-American Travel Congress
International Union of Scientific Radio: General Assembly . . . .
2 Tentative.
Geneva . .
Geneva . .
Copenhagen
Washington .
San Francisco
London . .
Geneva . .
Paris ....
Geneva . .
Paris ....
Geneva . .
Paris ....
Geneva . .
Paris ....
New York. .
Paris ....
Stockholm .
Seattle . . .
Mexico City.
Montevideo .
Paris ....
Geneva . . .
Paris ....
Paris ....
Paris ....
Buenos Aires
Stockholm
1948
Jan. 1.5-
May 15-
June 24-
June 15-
June 9-
June 21-
June 24-
June:24^
June 28-
June'28-
July 1-3
July 3-
July 16-
July 12-17
July 12-17
July 12-18
July 12-
July 13-August 2
July 18-24
July 18-28
July 19-24
July 19-
July 20-
July 21-27
July 23-31
Late July *
July-Auguat
IB
Department of Stale Bulletin
Scientific and Economic Development in the Caribbean
The Sixth Meetino; of the Caribbean Commis-
sion was held at San Juan, Puerto Rico, May 24 to
29, 1948. This was the first time that a regular
semiannual meeting of the four-nation Caribbean
Connnission had convened in Puerto Rico.
The Commission took action on many items of
importance designed to strengthen its functions in
the social and economic fields. Foremost among
the recommendations were those dealing with in-
dustrial development, transportation and com-
munications, the movement of population, and the
establishment of a research-information unit to
service the Caribbean area.
The emphasis of this meeting was on the Com-
mission's primary task as an advisory body in
promoting scientific, technological, and economic
development in the Caribbean. It was recognized
that the Commission's program for regional action
in achieving such development depended upon a
thorough knowledge of what research and research
facilities exist in the individual territories. With
this in view, the Commission decitled to proceed
with the completion of a survey of all existing
research institutions, projects, and personnel in
the area. The results of this survey will form
the nucleus of a permanent and active research-
information service to be maintained within
the organization of the central secretariat,
vvliose headquarters are located at Port-of-Spain.
Trinidad, B.W.I. The research staff of the sec-
retariat will concentrate on a limited number
of particular fields of activity which have
everj'day application in tlie lives of the peoples
of the Caribbean, such as soil-erosion control
methods, plant and animal quarantine, govern-
mental action in respect to nutrition, health
education, and the livestock industry. The work
will not be confined merely to the collection and
dissemination of information on research activities
already being carried on by other agencies but
will include specialized studies by the research staflf
in its own particular fields of expert knowledge.
Such information will be widely distributed in
order to make known what resources, research, and
research facilities exist, what research is in prog-
ress, how work can be coordinated to avoid dupli-
cation of effort, and how I'esearch can best be
developed on a cooperative basis.
In addition, the Commission authorized the
establishment of a statistical unit to collect, col-
late, analyze, and distribute data on such matters
as trade, population trends, and other topics of
general utility to the area as a whole. It recon-
Ju/y 4, 1948
stituted the technical research committees, and
inaugurated the device of convening from time to
time meetings of experts to advise the Commission
on specific proposals for research-information
services in their various fields of specialization.
Altliough it has been recognized for some time
that the pressure of rapidly growing population
on limited agricultui'al resources is one of the
basic economic problems of the Caribbean area,
little intensive study has been given to this subject
except in Puerto Rico. With this in mind, the
Commission authorized a study of population
movements in the Caribbean to serve as a basis
for coordinated governmental action through the
agency of the Commission. The study will deal
with population growth and pressure, major
migratory movements affecting the Caribbean,
and the present outlook for migration. The Com-
mission is expected to complete the study within
a period of six months.
Progress was reported on the survey of existing
and potential industries which was recommended
by the second session of the West Indian Con-
ference. A panel of four experts, one representing
each of the national sections of the Commission, is
rapidly completing the four sectional reports.
This material will be collated into an over-all re-
port which will not only be a factual study of the
state of industrial development, existing and pro-
jected, but will indicate the possibilities of a gen-
eral plan for the coordinated development of in-
dustries in the area, and the machinei-y that mi^ht
be set up to carry forward such regional industrial
development. This survey will be completed by
September 1, 1948, and will be circulated to dele-
gates in advance of the third session of the West
Indian Conference.
It was decided that the third biennial session of
the West Indian Conference will be held in Guade-
loupe beginning December 1, 1948. In addition to
inviting two delegates representing each of the 15
Caribbean territories, the Commission will invite
observers from Cuba, Haiti, the Dominican Re-
public, and Canada, and from the United Nations
and its specialized agencies. The central theme
of the conference will be industrial development
and related matters, such as transportation and
communication.
The Sixth Meeting was held under the chair-
manship of Pierre Pelieu, of France, who pre-
sided in accordance with the principle of rota-
tion of chairmanship provided for in the agree-
ment for the establishment of the Caribbean Com-
19
ACTIVITIES AND DEVELOPMENTS
mission. Tribute was paid to the contribution
made by the late chairman of the United States
Section of the Commission, Charles W. Taussig,
and the following resolution was adopted :
"Be it Resolved: That the Caribbean Commis-
sion at its Sixth Meeting is conscious of a deep
sense of loss due to the untimely death of Charles
Taussig, United States Co-Chairman, and desires
to place on record its profound appreciation of his
sincere interest and confidence in the peoples of
the Caribbean, his untiring efforts on their behalf,
and his abounding faith in the potentialities of
the Commission, all of which made his contribu-
tion to the work of the Commission of inestimable
value."
Attending the meeting were the following Com-
missioners:
France: M. Pierre Pelieu (Co-Chair-!
man) ;
M. Henri Claudel (Alternate)
Netherlands: Dr. J. C. Kielstra (Co-Chair-
man) ;
Dr. W. C. de la Try Ellis !
Mr. C. H. H. Jongbaw
Mr. L. A. H. Peters
United Kingdom: Mr. S. A. Hammond (Actingi
Co-Chairman)
Mr. Garnet Gordon
Mr. N. W. Hanley
Mr. E. E. Sabben-Clare
United States: Gov. Jesiis T. Pinero (Acting
Co-Chairman)
Gov. W. H. Hastie
Dr. Eafael Pico
Plans for North Pacific Regional Air Navigation Meeting of ICAO
[Released to the press June 22]
The Department of State announced on June 22
preliminary plans for the North Pacific Regional
Air Navigation Meeting of the International Civil
Aviation Organization (Icao), sclieduled to con-
vene at Seattle on July 13, 19i8.
This will be the eighth in a series of ten regional
meetings originally scheduled by the Provisional
International Civil Aviation Organization to
cover the ten air regions into which the world has
been divided by the Organization. The purpose
of the meeting is to examine the problems of air
navigation in the North Pacific region. The dele-
gates will prepare a regional plan of the aids to
navigation and the usages needed in the region to
permit the observance of or to supplement the
standards and recommended practices currently
approved by the Icao Council. The meeting will
last from two to three weeks.
The United States, as host Government, will pro-
vide the international secretariat. This secre-
tariat will be assisted by technical experts from
the secretariat of Icao at Montreal. Richard S.
Wlieeler, Assistant Chief, Division of Interna-
tional Conferences, Department of State, has been
designated secretary general of the meeting. All
technical aspects will be under the supervision of
Robert W. Craig, Adviser on Meteorology to the
Administrator of the Civil Aeronautics Adminis-
tration, and Chief, International Aviation Sec-
tion, U.S. Weather Bureau.
It is expected that the meeting will follow the
usual pattern of regional meetings of Icao and
20
that the principal committees formed will include
aerodromes and gi'ound aids, air traffic control,
comnnmications, meteorology, and search and
rescue. The practices and procedures i-ecom- \\
mended by the meeting in these fields will be '
forwarded to the Council of Icao at Montreal for
consideration and approval.
In accordance with the recommendations of the
Icao Council, invitations to participate in the con-
ference have been sent to the Governments of Aus-
tralia, Canada, China, France, India, the Nether-
lands, New Zealand, the Philippines, Siam, and
the United Kingdom. Invitations to send ob-
servers have likewise been extended to 36 member
states of Icao and to the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics and Burma, which are not
member states of Icao. International organi-
zations which liave been invited to attend include
the United Nations, the International Air Trans-
port Association, the International Meteorological
Organization, the International Telecommunica-
tion Union, and the Federation Aeronautique
Internationale.
Dr. Raymond Allen, i)resi(lent of the University
of Washington, has made available to this Govern-
ment facilities on the University's campus where
the meeting may be held. William F. Devin,
mayor of Seattle, has appointed a civic committee I
for the purpose of providing appropriate hos-
pitalit}- for the visiting delegations.
The United States Delegation to this meeting
is now being formed and the names of the repre-
sentatives will be announced later.
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Signing of the Displaced Persons Act of 1948
STATEMENT BY THE PRESIDENT
[Released to the press June 25]
It is with very great reluctance that I have
signed S. 2242. the Displaced Persons Act of 1948.'
If the Congress were still in session, I would re-
turn this bill without my approval and urge that
a fairer, more humane bill be passed. In its pres-
ent form this bill is flagrantly discriminatory. It
mocks the American tradition of fair play. Un-
fortunately, it was not passed until the last day of
the session. If I refused to sign this bill now,
there would be no legislation on behalf of dis-
placed persons until the next session of the
Congress.
It is a close question whether this bill is better
or worse than no bill at all. After careful con-
sideration I have decided, however, that it would
not be right to penalize the beneficiaries of this
bill on account of the injustices perpetrated
against others who should have been included
within its provisions. I have therefore signed the
bill in the hope that its injustices will be rectified
by the Congress at the first opportunity.
Americans of all religious faiths and political
beliefs will find it hard to understand, as I do, why
the 80th Congress delayed action on this subject
until the end of this session, with the result
that most attempts to imjarove the bill were
frustrated. . . .
The 80tli Congress certainly had ample time to
produce a satisfactory bill. Eighteen months ago,
in my state-of-the-Union message,^ I stated that
I did not feel that tiie United States had done its
part in the admission of displaced persons. I
pointed out that Congressional assistance in the
form of new legislation was needed.
Si.x months later, on July 7, 1947, because the
Congress had not yet acted, I sent a special message
on the subject. I reminded the Congress : "We are
dealing with a human problem, a world tragedy.
. . . I urge tlie Congress to press forward with
its consideration of this subject and to pass suitable
legislation as speedily as possible." To my regret,
the Congress adjourned last summer without pass-
ing any displaced-persons legislation.
Again, on January 7, 1948, 1 urged the Congress
"to pass suitable legislation at once so that this
Nation may do its share in caring for homeless and
July 4, 1948
siiffering refugees of all faiths. I believe that the
admission of tnese persons will add to the strength
and energy of the Nation."'
The Congress did not act "at once". The Senate
committee charged with the responsibility of
rendering a report on January 10, 1948, asked for,
and received, an extension to report on February
10. Instead of reporting on February 10 it re-
ported on March 2. The bill which it finally re-
ported, without a single public hearing, was
roundly and deservedly criticized liy all who were
interested in achieving a fair solution of this prob-
lem. Through one device or another, debate on
the bill by the Senate was postponed from the be-
ginning of March until tlie end of Maj'. The
Senate bill was not passed until June 2. The
House of Kepresentatives in the meantime had de-
layed action and did not pass its bill until June 11.
It was not until the last days of the session that
the Senate and the House conferees met to put
together a compromise.
The compromise resulting from this hasty, last-
minute action consisted largely of combining the
worst features of both the Senate and House bills.
I have analyzed closely the bill which was sent to
me for signature. Its good points can be stated all
too briefly: At long last, the principle is recog-
nized that displaced persons should be admitted to
the United States. Two bundled thousand dis-
placed persons may be admitted in the next two
years, as well as 2,000 recent Czech refugees and
3,000 orphans.
The bad points of the bill are numerous. To-
gether they form a pattern of discrimination and
intolerance wholly inconsistent with the iVmericsin
sense of justice.
The bill discriminates in callous fashion against
displaced persons of the Jewish faith. This brutal
fact cannot be obscured by the maze of technical-
ities in the bill or by the protestations of some of
its sponsors.
The primary device used to discriminate against
Jewish displaced persons is the provision restrict-
ing eligibility to those displaced persons who en-
tered Germany, Austria, or Italy on or before
December 22, 1945. Most of the Jewish displaced
' I'ublic Ljiw 774. 80th Cong., 2d sess.
' Bulletin of Jan. 19, 1947, p. 124.
'I
THE RECORD Of THE WBEK
persons who had entered Germany, Austria, or
Italy by that time have already left ; and most of
the Jewish displaced persons now in those areas
arrived there after December 22, 1045, and hence
are denied a chance to come to the United States
under this bill. By this device more than 90 per-
cent of the remaining Jewish displaced persons
are definitely excluded. Even the eligible 10 per-
cent are beset by numerous additional i-estrictions
written into the bill.
For all practical purposes, it must bo frankly
recognized, therefore, that this bill excludes Jew-
ish displaced persons, rather than accepting a fair
proportion of them along with other faiths.
The bill also excludes many displaced persons
of the Catholic faith who deserve admission.
Many anti-Communist refugees of Catholic faith
fled into the American zones after December 22,
1945, in order to escape persecution in countries
dominated by a Communist form of government.
These too are barred by the December 22, 1945,
date line.
It is inexplicable, except upon the abhorrent
ground of intolerance, that this date should have
been chosen instead of April 21, 1947, the date on
which General Clay closed the displaced-persons
camps to further admissions.
The Jewish and Catholic displaced persons who
found asylum in our zones between December 22,
1945, and April 21, 1047, who are wrongly ex-
cluded by this bill, fled their native countries for
the same basic reasons as Baits who came before
December 22, 1945, and Czechs who came after
January 1948, who are rightly included. I sin-
cerely hope that the Congress will remedy this
gross discrimination at its earliest opportunity.
There are many other seriously objectionable
features in the bill. Some of these are as follows.
Except for orphans, the bill charges the dis-
placed persons admitted under its provisions to
future immigration quotas of their countries of
birth, up to 50 percent of the quota per year. Un-
der this system, 50 percent of some quotas will be
"mortgaged" for generations. This is a most be-
grudging method of accepting useful and worthy
people and will necessarily deprive many other
worthy people of an opportunity to come to the
United States in future years. Considering how
few pei'manent immigrants were able to enter this
country during the war, it would have been more
equitable to admit the displaced persons as non-
quota immigrants.
The bill requires that at least 40 percent of the
displaced persons allowed to enter this country
must come from areas which have been "c?e facto
annexed b^ a foreign power". This guarantees a
disproportionately high percentage of persons
from particular areas. It would have been fairer
to provide instead for the admission of persons
in proportion to the numbers of each gi'oup in
the displaced-persons camps.
22
The bill reflects a singular lack of confidence
by the Congress in the capacity and willingness of
the people of the United States to extend a wel-
coming hand to the prospective immigrants. It
contains many i-estrictive requirements, such as
prior assurances of suitable employment and "safe
and sanitary housing", unnecessarily complicated
investigation of each applicant, and burdensome
reports from individual immigrants. I regret
that the Congress saw fit to impose such niggardly
conditions.
The bill submitted to me also emasculates the
salutary provision of the House bill which pro-
vided for the granting of permanent residence
status to a maximum of 15,000 displaced persons
who are already lawfully in this country. The
bill now requires a concurrent resolution of the
Congress in favor of each individual after his
application has been approved by the Attorney
General. This requirement has the efl'ect of per-
petuating the cumbersome practice of special
action by the Congress to adjust the status of
individual aliens.
I know what a bitter disappointment this bill
is — to the many displaced victims of persecution
who looked to the United States for hope ; to the
millions of our citizens who wanted to help them
in the finest American spirit ; to the many members
of the Congress who fought hard but unsuccess-
fully for a decent displaced-persons bill. I hope
that this bitter disappointment will not turn to
despair.
I have signed this bill, in spite of its many de-
fects, in order not to delay further the beginning-
of a resettlement program and in the expectation
that the necessary remedial action will follow
when the Congress reconvenes.
Establishment of fVSissions by the U. S.
and the Provisional Government of IsraeS
Statement by the President
[Released to the press by tUe White House June 22)
Agreement has been reached between the
Government of the United States and the Provi-
sional Government of Israel on the establishment
of a Mission of the United States in Israel and a
Mission of the Provisional Government of Israel
in the United States. Agreement has also been
reached on the exchange of special representatives.
Mr. Eliahu Epstein has been designated by the
Provisional Government of Israel as its Special
Representative in the United States heading the
Mission of the Provisional Government of Israel
in this country.
I have today appointed the Honorable James
Grover McDonald, of New York, to serve as the
Special Eepresentative of the United States to
head the Mission of the United States in Israel.
Department of State Bulletin
Convocation of Conference Concerning Navigation on Danube River
SUMMARY OF NEGOTIATIONS
(Rcleaseil to the press June 211
A note dated June 12 from the Embassy of the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics - concerning
tlie proposed convocation of a conference to work
out a new convention for the I'egime of navigation
on tiie Danube expressed Soviet concurrence that
the conference be held on July 30; that Austria
participate in a consultative capacity; and that
an appropriate communication be sent by the
Governments of the U.S.S.R., the U.K., France,
and the U.S. to the host government requesting the
latter to invite participants to the conference. At
the same time tlie Soviet Embassy stated that it
had been informed by the Yugoslav Government
that it would be difficult to provide the necessary
facilities for holding the conference in Belgrade
on July 30 and suggested in the circumstances that
the conference be held in the capital of one of the
other Danubian states participating in the con-
ference on a voting basis.
On June IG the Minister for Foreign Affairs of
Yugoslavia informed the U.S. Charge d'Affaires
in Belgrade that the information given by the
Soviet Government concerning technical difficul-
1 ies for organizing the conference in Belgrade on
July 30 was based on his personal statement and
was not shared by the Yugoslav Government,
which had in fact taken all steps in preparation
for the conference to be held on July 30 in Bel-
grade without any obstacles.
The Department replied to the Soviet note of
June 12 in a note delivered June 18, the text of
which is released herewith. On June 19 the De-
partment received a further note dated June 18
from the Soviet Embassy supplementing its
earlier note of June 12 and, after confirming the
statement by the Yugoslav Foreign Minister re-
ferred to above, whicli was also communicated to
the Soviet Embassy in Yugoslavia, stating that the
Soviet Government now considers the agreement
reached earlier for the convocation of the con-
ference in Belgrade on July 30 as re-established.
TEXT OF THE AMERICAN NOTE TO THE U. S. S. R.
[ Released to the press June 21 ]
The Secretary of State presents his compliments
to His E.xcellency the Ambassador of the Union
of Soviet Socialist Republics and has the honor to
acknowledge the receipt of the Ambassador's note
of June 12, 19-48, concerning the convocation of a
conference to work out a new convention regard-
ing the regime of navigation on the Danube.
It is noted that the Ambassador states that the
Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics has been informed by the Yugoslav Gov-
ernment that it would be difficult to make satis-
factory arrangements for such a conference in
Belgrade by July 30, 1948 as proposed and sug-
gests instead that the conference be held in the
capital of one of the other Danubian States par-
ticipating in the conference on a voting basis.
' Spe Bui.LKTiN of June 6, 1048, p. 73.5. See also Bul-
letin of June 20, 1948, p. 787, for an article on freedom of
navigation on the Danube and the July issue of Dotuments
and State Papers.
^ Not printe<l.
Howevei', since the receipt of the Ambassador's
note under acknowledgment the Yugoslav Govern-
ment has informed the United States Government
that all necessary measures have been taken to in-
sure that the conference is held in Belgrade on
July 30.
Wliile the United States Government has no
objection to holding the conference in Bucharest,
Budapest, Prague or Sofia, it was, and still is,
equally pleased to accede to the original proposal
of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics that the
conference take place in Belgrade and, in the cir-
cumstances, will appreciate the further comments
of the Government of the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics in the light of this apparent
misunderstanding.
The Secretary of State is transmitting copies of
this communication to the Governments of the
United Kingdom and France.
Washington, June 18, 1948
July 4, 1948
23
U. N. Nationals Granted Postponement of Payment of Property Tax to
Italian Government
[Released to the press June 25]
The Department of State has been informed by
the American Embassy at Rome that the Italian
Ministry of Finance has instructed local tax offi-
cials in Italy to grant United Nations nationals
postponement of payment to the Italian Govern-
ment of the extraordinary progi-essive tax on
property in Italy belonging to physical persons
and of the extraordinary proportional tax on
property in Italy belonging to juridical persons.
Such postponement is being granted pending deci-
sion by a conciliation commission, pursuant to
the terms of the treaty of peace with Italy, as to
the liability of United Nations nationals for such
taxes. No postponement is being granted regard-
ing the payment of that extraordinary propor-
tional tax on property in Italy which has replaced
the ordinary property tax.
Postponement of payment of the above-
mentioned taxes is not automatic, but must be
specifically requested by the United Nations na-
tionals concerned or b,y their representatives in
Italy. There are quoted below the instructions of
the Italian Ministry of Finance regarding the pro-
cedure which shall apply with respect to postpone-
ment of (A) the extraordinary progressive tax and
(B) the extraordinary proportional tax.
A. EXTRAORDINAKY PROGRESSIVE TAX
"(1) ^Vhenever the tax has already been entered
on the register, as in most cases, collections of it
shall be suspended by the Intendants of Finance
upon written application of the tax payer con-
ceiiied or his representative in Italy. Such appli-
cation should be presented to the 'Intendenze di
Finanza' or to the District Offices for Direct Taxes.
Postponement shall be gi-anted as an ex gratia con-
cession for an undetermined period affecting the
taxes entered on the register for the year 194S.
"In order to ascertain the status of United
Nations nationals in relation to the question of
taxation, it will be sufficient for each such national
to attach to the application for postponement any
document which will constitute evidence of such
status. Such document will be returned as soon
as the status of the applicant shall have been
recorded at the Intendants of Finance or at the
District Offices.
"(2) If the tax has not been entered on the tax
register, such entry shall be suspended whenever
the 'applicant's' tax returns contain reservations
24
as to the liability to the extraordinary tax speci-
fically based on paragraph 6 of Article 78 oi the
Peace Treaty.
"If such reservations have not been made, it will
be necessary for the tax payer to present a written
application set out as above to the District Officer,
who will thereupon postpone the entry in the tax
register unless the status of United Nations
national of the applicant cannot be accurately
determined at the District Office.
"(3) The postponement of payment or of entry
in the register shall remain in force until new in-
structions shall have been issued by this ilinistry."
B. Extraordinary proportional tax
"(1) Postponement can only be granted at the
specific application of the company concerned or
of its representative in Italy.
"Such application shall be presented at the In-
tendenze di Finanza or at the District Offices with
the necessary documentation showing that the
company has been constituted under the laws of
one of the United Nations concei-ned. This docu-
mentation will be required every time a company
shall be liable to taxation under the last para-
graph of Article 70 of the Legislative Decree of
ilth October 1947, on the capital invested or exist-
ing in Italy.
"On the other hand, whenever a company con-
stituted in Italy is concerned, the postponement
may be granted whenever such company, during
the period of the war, shall have been subjected to
sequestration under the provisions of Article 5 of
the War Law approved by Royal Decree No. 1415
of the 8th July 1938.
"(2) Considering that the collection of the ex-
traordinary tax payable by companies and juridi-
cal persons shall commence by an instalment fall-
ing due in August 1948, all offices shall postpone
sine die the entry into the tax register as soon as
they shall have received the written application
for suspension, together with the evidence of the
origin of the company on the one hand or of its
sequestration during the war on the other.
"Such evidence may be returned to the appli-
cants as soon as recorded in the books of the offices
concerned. Furthermore whenever the postpone-
ment shall have been requested after the entry in
the tax register, the Intendenze di Finanza shall
likewise suspend sine die the collection of the tax
as an ex gratia concession."
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
U.S. C-0'n<c«fTi O'ver D*i'p«rta-iio>n o^
Gmk ChiiWireri
Li'nder EGA
7,;:f
»T
-1, IMa.
ssaii;
■ -Hr-
rami.
cbon/
TBe_
. IlE ffiTg- HfigHdSB.-
i wieIl lesgeGt :
%2&
U,5, C-u:Itxi:r3.l LeadieTS AwarTJiad Crain-ts-iin-AJd
J ' ^-.-^ _^__ _^^_ _■_.;- 7- _^ i. jniiTrtr-
:i: qf Sfcate to emiSIelim
TrT'Sr as SEL oigraeiiltrDiial rHseaareUfc
_• ^ ■ . . ■ ■ i.nrnaiilL
lie rlEDS-
Luxernbo'urs S^igns GeTman E.nerri'y
A«->et3 A ire^'tTTent
-01-
^Cica;.
CoinfirmatJon
:jis aife vainiatEs
THE FOREIGN SIRMCE
^r-M-i •. n Tr-r^ei tie mnnrnailMn:
■■-.— .- .T— ^ ;if re-', li. 12^, gi. 1192 fflni
Jwrjr 4. (9-i«
as
Sales off Surplus Combat Materiel During May 1948
[Released to the press June 22]
The following is a list of the sales of surplus combat materiel effected by the Department of State
in its capacity as foreign surplus disposal agent, during the month of May 1948, and not previously
reported to the Munitions Division :
Country
Description of materiel
Procurement cost
Sales price
Date of
transfer
Brazil..
Battery of four each field artillery trainers, M3
Miscellaneous spare parts of radio equipment ^
$1, 699. 02
3, 879. 54
271, 559. 60
3, 600, 250. 82
129, 184. 64
854. 80
1, 661, 934. 79
$84. 96
894. 66
22, 409. 06
83, 096. 74
15, 000. 51
42.76
83, 096. 74
5/20/48
5/27/48
Canada.. .
Chile.
5/20/48
5/11/48
China.
Miscellaneous spare parts for aircraft (C-46s and C-47s)
Miscellaneous spare parts for revolvers, rifles, automatic
rifles, bayonets, machine guns, sub-machine guns.
Recoil mechanism for 37 mm. gun, sub-caliber M1916, for
105 mm. howitzer M2A1.
300 periscopes, M3, with telescope; 65 periscopes, M4, with tele-
scope; 33 periscopes, M5; 2 telescopes, M54; 115 tank engines,
Continental radial model W670-9A; 600 bundles of track
assemblies; miscellaneous spare parts for tank, light M3A3.
Cuba..
5/3/48
5/20/48
5/26/48
Guatemala
TrRKET
Designating tlie International Joint Commission — United States and Canada as a Public Inter-
nationaLOrga nization Entitled To Enjoy Certain Privileges, Exemptions, and Immunities'
[Released to the press by the White House June 2C]
By virtue of the authority vested in me by section
1 of the International Organizations Immunities
Act, approved December 29, 1945 (59 Stat. 669),
and having found that the United States par-
ticipates in the International Joint Commission —
United States and Canada, established under the
authority of the Treaty between the United States
and Great Britain relating to the boundary waters
between the United States and Canada, signed at
Washington, January 11, 1909 (36 Stat. 2448),
I hereby designate such organization as a public
international organization entitled to enjoy the
privileges, exemptions, and immunities conferred
by the said Act.
The designation of the above-named organiza-
tion as a public international organization within
the meaning of the said International Organiza-
tions Immunities Act is not intended to abridge in
any respect privileges, exemptions, and immuni-
ties which such organization may have acquired
or may acquire by treaty or Congressional action.
This order supplements Executive Orders No.
9698 of February 19, 1946, No. 9751 of July 11,
1946, No. 9823 of January 24, 1947, No. 9863 of
May 31, 1947, No. 9887 of August 22, 1947, and
No. 9911 of December 19, 1947.
' B.X. Or. 9972 (13 Fed. Reg. 3573).
The White House,
Jtine 25, 1948.
26
Department of State Bulletin
Atomic Energy Issues — Continued from page 14-
bers of this Commission are certain that they have
evolved and set forth in their reports the technical
framework of a system of control which will be
satisfactory and which, in the end, will be accepted
and implemented by all nations. . . .
"I sliould like tlie Commission to think of this
action by the majority members for what it is — a
bold challenge to the forces of reaction, of ignor-
ance and of timidity to face up to the new concep-
tions of international organization which recog-
nize the inescapable facts consequent upon our
entrv into the atomic age. . . ."
Resolution Concerning the International Con-
trol of Atomic Energy >
The Security Council,
Having received and examined the First, the Sec-
ond, and the Third Reports of the United Nations
Atomic Energy Commission,
Directs the Secretary-General to transmit to the
General Assembly and to the Member nations of the
United Nations, the First, Second, and Third Reports
of the Atomic Energy Commission, together with
the record of the deliberations of the Security Coun-
cil on this subject, as a matter of special concern.
' U.N. doe. 8/852, June 22, 1948.
PUBLICATIONS
Department of State
For sale by the ^Superintendent of Documents, Oovern-
ment Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C. Address re-
quests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, except
in the case of free publications, which may he obtained
from the Department of State.
Germany: Economic Fusion of American and British
Zones of Occupation. Treaties and Other International
Acts Series 1689. I>ub. 3059. 11 pp. 5«S.
Asreement Between the United States of America and the
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Irelaml
.\mending the Agreement of December 2, 1940 — Signed
at Washington December 17, 1947 ; entered into force
December 17, 1947.
The Foreign Service of the United States: General Infor-
mation and Pertinent Laws and Regulations, June 1, 1918.
Pub. 3138. GO pp. 20^.
Diplomatic List, Jnne 1948. Pub. 3170. 187 pp. 30^ a
copy ; $3.25 a year domestic, $4.50 a year foreign.
Monthly list of foreign diplomatic representatives in
Washington, with their addresses.
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
THE CONGRESS
United States Foreign Policy for a Post-War Recovery
Program: Hearings Before the Committee on Foreign
Affairs, House of Representatives, 80th Cong., 1st and 2d
sess., on United States foreign policy for a post-war
recovery program, the first step being consideration of
proposals for a European Recovery Program. Including
H.R. 4840, H.R. 4579, and similar measures : Part I, Decem-
ber 17, 1947, .January 12, 18, 14, 15, 20, 21, 22, 27, 28 29
February 3, 4, 5, 10, 11, 12, 1948 ; Part 2, February 17*
18, 19, 20, 24, 25, 26, 27, March 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 1948. ii, 2296
rip. [Department of State, pp. 48, 84, 86, 197, 230 412
476, 508, .509, 582, 584, 067, 070, 820, 832, 857, 8.58' 86l'
1202, 1267, 1771, 1772, 1793, 1907, 1913.]
Question of Ownership of Captured Horses: Hearings
Before a Subcommittee of the Committee on Armed
Services, United States Senate, 80th Cong., 1st sess., on
determining the basis of the contemplated return to
Hungary of certain horses said to have been brought to
the United States as captured war materiel ; December 3
5, 8, 9, 12, 15, 18, 19, 22, and 23. 1947. iii, 328 pp. [De-
partment of State, 22, 59, 89, 202, 314.]
Proposed Treaty of Friendship, Commerce, and Naviga-
tion Between the United States and the Italian Republic:
Hearing Before a Subcommittee of the Committee on
Foreign Relations, United States Senate, 80th Cong., 2d
sess., on a proposed treaty of friendship, commerce, and
navigation between the United States and the Italian
Republic; April 30, 1948. iii, 37 pp. [Department of
State, p. 1.]
Great Lakes Fisheries: Executive Hearings Before the
Committee on the Merchant Marine and Fisheries, House
of Representatives, 79th Cong., 2d sess., pursuant to the
authority of H. Res. 38, a resolution authorizing investi-
gation of the National Defense Program as it relates to
the Committee on the Merchant Marine and Fisheries;
June 12 and 13, 1946. iv, 689 pp. [Department of State,
p. 10.]
European Interim Aid and Government and Relief In
Occupied Areas: Hearings Before the Committee on
Appropriations, United States Senate, 80th Cong., 1st sess.,
on European interim aid and government and relief In
occupied areas, il, 914 pp. [Department of State, pp. 108,
lo7, 172, 370, 459, 5."p5, 798. J
Hearings on Proposed Legislation To Curb or Control
the Communist Party of the United States: Hearings
Before the Subcommittee on Legislation of the Committee
on Un-American Activities, House of Representatives, 80th
Cong., 2d sess., on H.R. 4422 and H.R. 4581; Public Law
601 (Section 121, Subsection Q (2)); February 5, 6, 9.
10, 11, 19, and 20, 1948. iv, 500 pp.
Amending Section 32 of the Trading With the Enemy
Act: Hearings Before the Committee on Interstate and
Foreign Commerce, House of Representatives, 80th Cong.,
2d sess., on H.R. 4903, H.R. 5188, and H.R. 5200, bills to
amend section 32 of the trading with the enemv act ; March
8,1948. ill, 70 pp.
July 4, 1948
27
The U.N. and Specialized Agencies
Voting in the Security Council. By Bern-
hard G. Bechhoefer .........
Progress in Indonesia. By H. Merrell Ben-
ninghoff , ■ ■
U.S. Steps Talien To Implement Palestine
Truce Resolution. Letter From Philip
C. Jessup to Trygve Lie
The Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council. By
Andrew W. Anderson
Soviet Opposition to Atomic Energy Issues.
Statement by Frederick Osborn ....
The United States in the United Nations . .
North Pacific Air Navigation Meeting . . .
U.S. Concern Over Greek Children ....
Resolution Concerning Atomic Energy . . .
Foreign Aid and Reconstruction
Progress of Bilateral Negotiations Under Eca .
Economic Affairs
Scientific and Economic Development in
the Caribbean
Sales of Surplus Combat Materiel: May . .
Page
11
12
14
15
20
25
27
25
19
26
General Policy Pas*
Signing of the Displaced Persons Act of 1948.
Statement by the President 21
Establishment of Missions Between U.S. and
Israel. Statement by President. ... 22
Treaty Information
Convocation of Danube Conference .... 23
U.N. Nationals: Italian Tax Postponed . . 24
Luxembourg Signs German Enemy Assets
Agreement 25
Designating the International Joint Commis-
sion— U.S. and Canada as a Public
International Organization 26
Calendar of international Meetings ... 17
International information and
Cultural Affairs
U.S. Grants-in-Aid 25
The Department and the Foreign Service
Confirmation 25
Publications 27
The Congress 27
Contents of Documents and State Papers for July 1948
* The Soviet AUiance System, 1942-1948
* Principal Treaties and Conventions Relating to Freedom of Navi-
gation on the Danube, 1815-1947
* Resolutions Relating to Narcotic Drugs
* Sixth Session of the Economic and Social Council
* Dependent Peoples and World Order
* Calendar of International Meetings
Bemliard O. Bechhoefer, author of the article on voting in the Se-
curity Council, is an expert on United Nations affairs, Division of
United Nations Political Affairs, Office of United Nations Affairs,
Department of State.
Andrew W. Anderson, author of the article on the Indo-Pacifle Fish-
eries Council, is an officer in the Fish and Wildlife Service, Depart-
ment of the Interior. Mr. Anderson sei"ved as delegate to the
conference.
U. 5. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE; 1948
«>w^ ^eh€i^t7)tenf/ ^^ trtate/
ECONOIVIIC COOPERATION AGREEMENT WITH
ITALY SIGNED:
Summary of Agreement 37
Text of Agreement 38
THE EUROPEAN RECOVERY PROGRAM AGREE-
MENTS—A NEW INTERNATIONAL ERA • Address
by Ernest A. Gross, Legal Adviser 35
COOPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAMS OF THE
II AA • Article by Louis J. Halle, Jr 31
For complete contents see back cover
Vol. XIX, No. 471
July 11, 1948
x/Ae z!l)eh€(/yi^efit jc£ C/taCe
bulletin
Vol. XIX, No. 471 • Publication 3211
July 11, 1948
For sale by the Superintendent of Documentg
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Subscription:
62 Issues, $5; single copy, 15 cents
rublished with the approval of the
Director of the Bureau of the Budget
Note: Contents oi this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will bo
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a vceekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government uith information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
{/^^^'^^
THE INSTITUTE OF INTER-AMERICAN AFFAIRS
Cooperative Education Programs
by Louis J. Halle, Jr.
I Democracy is a system of government that places
' the uhimate responsibility for civilization and
survival on the shoulders of the people. Its effec-
tiveness depends on the preponderance of morally
and intellectually responsible individuals in the
p'lpulations that enjoy it. Education, in turn, is
vr^at produces responsible individuals. Educa-
tion cannot solve today's problems, but today's
education will determine the great issues of civil-
ization or barbarism, plenty or hunger, war or
peace for the generations of tomorrow. Those
who are preoccupied with the problems of the
moment will attach no importance to it, but those
who take a view that embraces the future must
invest it with supreme importance.
The character of the education that any country
which has passed the stage of cultural tutelage
affords to its new generations necessarily involves
national traditions and objectives in so intimate a
fashion that it is not a proper subject for active
determination by governments, groups, or indi-
viduals outside that country. The technical means
for attaining the objectives of education may be,
however, a fit and fruitful subject for international
exchange; and if we extend the word education
to embrace training in technical skills, we have
another large area in which such cooperation may
be carried on for the mutual benefit of the nations
I in a community.
The components of the present Institute of Inter-
American Affairs, established as a federal corpora-
Ju/y 7T, 1943
tion in 1947, are the two former government
corporations that respectively bore the names, In-
stitute of Inter-American Affairs and Inter-
American Educational Foundation. Although
separately incorporated, they had virtually identi-
cal boards of directors, the same president, over-
lapping staffs, and use of the same administrative
facilities. The transformation of the Educational
Foundation into the Education Division of the
Institute was not, therefore, a major change except
in appearance. For convenience, it will be re-
ferred to throughout this article by its married
name.
The Education Division was established in Sep-
tember 1943 to carry out programs of cooperation
with other American republics in the field of pre-
university education. Within that field, it was
to be especially concerned with rural and agricul-
tural education, education in matters of health, and
vocational education. This emphasis is to be
viewed in the light of a relationship among the re-
spective undertakings of the Institute's three divi-
sions: the Divisions of Food Production and of
Health and Sanitation, in addition to that of Edu-
cation. Nutrition is a factor in health ; the health
of farmers is a factor in food production ; educa-
tion and specialized training contributes to health
and to the applied science of agriculture. To-
gether, the respective programs of the three divi-
sions supplement one another in giving essential
support to the broad economic and social develop-
ment of peoples. The education programs in
31
which the Institute participates are, therefore, part
of a larger complex.
The Education Division has cooperated in pro-
grams with the Ministries of Education in 13 of
the other American republics. Seven of these pro-
grams are continuing today : in Bolivia, Brazil,
Ecuador, Guatemala, Panama, Paraguay, and
Peru, respectively. They vary in their scope as
well as in their scale. Thus the Paraguayan pro-
gram is confined to the establishment of a small
vocational school in Asuncion for the training of
badly needed mechanics, plumbers, carpenters, re-
frigeration and radio engineers, electricians, black-
smiths, weavers, and leather workers. Those in
Bolivia, Peru, and Ecuador have the objective of
applying specialized educational techniques to the
Indian populations over a large part of the Andean
highlands. Wliat is being done in Bolivia will
serve here as an example of a major program.
II
The entire approach to the education problems
of the Bolivian Indians has been based on the prin-
ciple that the established systems and techniques
of education among urban white populations are
not necessarily suited to the simple culture and
environment of rural Indians. The terms of the
Bolivian Indian's environment do not require him
to have a good background of European history or
an ability to recite passages from Cicero, but they
do make it advisable for him to know the arith-
metic of the market place, the significance of
household sanitary precautions, and vegetable
gardening.
The mass of Bolivian Indians live in a spectacu-
lar but not a fruitful environment. Most of them
inhabit a great intermontane plain (the alti-
plano) bounded by the snow-capped peaks of the
eastern Andes, on one side, and of the coastal
range on the other. The inhabitants of Tibet
might feel at home here, although a general alti-
tude of 13,000 feet would be more than they were
used to. This plateau is hard and stony in large
parts, so that the casual visitor sometimes wonders
how it is possible to grow anything on it besides
the coarse native gi-asses on which herds of llamas
and sheep subsist. Potatoes, however, were
grown here before Columbus and are staple today.
The Indians along the shore of that vast and
lofty lake, Titicaca, also cast their nets for fish
from the balsa craft that they have used since pre-
Columbian and even pre-Incan times.
These Indians were conquered by the Inca of
Peru about the time Columbus was a boy, and
their liighlands were incorporated into the Inca
empire. A couple of generations later, the white
men arrived from Europe and began to take over.
There has been more cultural continuity among
them, however, than one might expect after four
centuries of white rule. They still speak Aymara
(or Qupchua) as their native tongue and have pre-
served much of their specific cultural identity.
Today they constitute, perhaps, some 80 percent
of the population of Bolivia and are the almost
universal element of the population outside the
few cities.
You have to picture these Indians living in
little compounds of adobe huts and stone corrals
or in occasional villages scattered up and down the
long altiplano or tucked away in folds of the sur-
rounding mountains. Not the least conspicuous
among the buildings in any community is the
schoolhouse. When the cooperative program in
Bolivia was undertaken in 1945, a potentially ef-
fective system for the administration of these rural
schools had already been developed by the Boliv-
ians. They had, in some areas, been grouped in
nucleos consisting of several satellite schools de-
pending on a central or "nuclear" school. The
satellite schools were supervised and, in fact, ad-
ministered by the nuclear school. This system
provided a good foundation for the cooperative
program and was developed forthwith. There
were thirty-odd nucleos in 1945 of from 15 to 20
schools apiece, 41 at the end of 1946, 51 by the
early months of 1948. The reforms introduced
under the program were disseminated through the
directors and teachers in the nuclear schools, who
took responsibility for communicating them to
the other schools of the system.
At the same time, a small number of strategi-
cally placed rural normal schools were chosen as
training centers for teachers, directors of nuclear
schools, and supervisors. These were given im-
proved physical plants, strong administrations,
and practice-demonstration schools for the use of
their students. A series of summer schools, special
courses, seminars, and "workshops" was carried on
for the training of teachers and school supervisors
and for the stimulation, exchange, and develop-
ment of ideas among them. Finally, nine Bolivian
32
Department of State Bulletin
educators were brought to the United States for
varj-ing periods of intensive training, observation,
or consultation. So much for the organization on
whicli tlic piogiani is based.
The actual contents of the education for school
children (hat has been developed under the pro-
gram bear on the jDractical conduct of life within
the possibilities open to the Indian farmers of
Bolivia. Emphasis is given to nutrition, health,
use of clothing, personal and connnunity hygiene;
111 the conservation of soils, the improvement of
livestock, the development of home industries, the
diversiiication of crops, and the institution of
1 itter agriculture methods.
It has been customary, in the past, for the school
children of the ajtlplano to arrive at school hungry
after walking long distances, to sit through the
school day without food, and to make the long
walk home again on stomachs still empty. Un-
der the program, the Bolivian Ministry of Educa-
tion and the Institute have been providing for the
preparation, in the schools, of breakfasts and, in
some cases, of lunches. Alleviation of hunger
pangs is only one purpose. The educational pur-
pose lies in the occasion this gives to educate the
children in the preparation of well-balanced meals,
in the principles of nutrition, and in methods of
storage and preservation. They learn by doing.
They also learn hygiene by doing. Through the
cooperative efforts of the children and the adults
of their families, latrines are built, not only on the
school grounds but on individual farms as well.
Other projects of this sort include whitewashing
the interiors of dwellings and painting them with a
solution containing DDT, exclusion of farm ani-
mals from the interiors of homes, drainage, the
protection of water supplies, and so on.
The three K's are also taught but with specific
reference to the environment in which they find
their use. The primers and readers by which the
child learns to read contain accounts of the scenery
of the altiplano, of his own home life, of farms
and markets and schools that he recognizes. His
arithmetic is based on the measurements of his
parental farm, on the census of its animals, and
on the weights and prices that govern transactions
in the local markets. The slyness of his mentors
is manifested by insinuating into these texts little
lessons about the principles of agriculture and
good health.
Now all this is not something that has been im-
posed on the rural teachers of Bolivia by the
Bolivian and United States experts responsible for
the conduct of the pi-ogram. In great degree, the
teachers have themselves worked out the new cur-
riculum and put it into practice. The experts have
provided much of the organization and the stimu-
lus and have served as catalytic agents in bringing
about the combination of ideas. They have also,
of course, made suggestions of their own. One of
the products of the "workshops" in which the
teachers and directors have participated is a Guia
Diddctica, or teacher's manual, embodying the
ideas developed in common. This Guia has been
printed and placed in use officially, but it is by no
means final. The intention is that it shall undergo
frequent revision in the light of experience gained
from its use.
For the most part the teachers must work with
few and simple materials of instruction, locally
devised and locally produced. This is not to say
that some sophisticated modern methods of in-
struction are not also in use under the program —
slides, motion pictures, recordings. Although
their use is generally confined to the instruction of
teachers in normal schools and "workshoj^s" they
are often brought to individual schools by means
of sound-trucks.
Ostensibly, the sole objective of the education
program in Bolivia is the education of children in
the rural Indian communities. Actually, its ob-
jective embraces each community as a whole. It
reaches out to the adults through the children.
The rural school, for this purpose, is conceived to
be the center of the community, and is developed
as such. The mechanics of dissemination take the
form of rural school clubs {clubs escolares cam-
pesinos), similar to our 4-H Clubs, and parent-
teacher associations. By these means, and others,
the adults are drawn into the beneficent processes
of learning and are given some chance to keep
abreast of their children in matters of hygiene,
agriculture, and other aspects of a healthy com-
munity life.
Ill
Neither the Andes nor the Indians stop at the
borders of Bolivia. They continue into Peru and
into Ecuador, in both of which countries the Edu-
cation Division of the Institute is cooperating with
July 11, 1948
33
the respective Ministries of Education in programs
similar to tiiat in Bolivia. Common problems
argue common solutions and a common search for
solutions. The result is that inter- American co-
operation has developed some ramifications here
beyond the bilateral. Some years ago the present
President of Peru, then Minister to Bolivia, sug-
gested that the two countries develop a common
plan for the education of their cdtiplano popula-
tions. The suggestion was not translated into im-
mediate action. Most of us have learned that the
scope and stress of daily governmental affairs is
such that suggestions and proposals, like the seeds
of plants, must often lie dormant for some time
before they begin to put forth. After the coopera-
tive education programs were inaugurated in Peru
and Bolivia, and in connection with them, the
President's suggestion demonstrated its viability
in the form of a meeting between the Ministers of
Education of the two republics. These two Min-
isters proceeded to call the Ministers of Health
and of Agriculture, Peruvian and Bolivian, into
consultation with theni, and the upshot was Boli-
vian-Peruvian cooperation in the respective pro-
grams of education. Later, Ecuador joined in.
Educators and administrators of these three
South American republics have since participated
together in "workshops" and similar enterprises.
They have established the practice of exchanging
information on school laws, curricula, teaching
materials, and teacher's manuals. The result has
been to enhance the effectiveness of the measures
taken in each country by the contributions of the
others. This is a worthwhile and admirable ex-
ample of how nations can live together construc-
tively. It is, albeit on a very small scale, the kind
of thing on which peace, understanding, and pros-
perity depend.
The Education Division has also cooperated in
programs of rural education, varying in scale and
emphasis from country to country, in Brazil,
Costa Kica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Haiti, and
Honduras. In some of these, activities have been
confined to the training of teachers in normal
schools ; in others the programs have been special-
ized and vocational. Both the Panamanian and
Paraguayan programs have been exclusively voca-
tional. The program in Brazil has been two fold :
^ Bulletin of May 23, 1948, p. 659 ; June 13, p. 758 ; June
27, p. 819.
vocational agriculture carried on in cooperation
with the Ministry of Agriculture and trade and
industrial education in cooperation with the Minis-
try of Education. The Chilean program has oper-
ated within the broad field of secondary education.
The program in the Dominican Republic was
directed at vocational education, physical educa-
tion, and the teaching of English.
IV
This concludes the last in a series of four articles
on the Institute of Inter-American Affairs and its
activities as expressions of United States foreign
policy.^ The first established the general setting
and significance ; the others have given a summary
view of what is actually being done by the special
cooperative devices in the development of agri-
culture, in the promotion of health and sanitation,
and in education.
Returning now, for a final moment, to the mood
and matter of the first article, I draw attention to
one essential feature of all this work that has not
yet proved and justified itself. These programs
are essentially long-range. Inaugurating them is
like planting so many fruit trees. It implies op-
timism with respect to one's ability to continue
their cultivation over the years until they come to
full fruition. The simile is, of course, exaggerated
with respect to certain aspects of these programs.
Tlie mere fact of constructive cooperation among
nations yields immediate results in closer inter-
national understanding and friendship. It repre-
sents in itself a reduction of international barriers.
But the solid aim of an agriculture program, after
all, is permanently to develop and strengthen the
agriculture of a nation. Actual fruit trees may be
involved. There are processes of growth that must
have their time. Sanitation is more quickly ac-
complished, in most cases, but it camiot be perma-
nent unless, concurrently, there is an implantation
of certain ideas and attitudes among the popula-
tions to be protected, who must at least know how
to protect themselves. Education, especially, puts
the future under tribute to the present.
This raises the question whether modern gov-
eriunents, with the changing stresses and vicissi-
tudes to which they are subject, can maintain their
course in such matters over a sufficient period of
years. The success of what has already been done
can best be judged by the generation that follows
our own.
34
Deporfmenf of Sfofe BMeiin
FOREIGN AID AND RECONSTRUCTION
The European Recovery Program Agreements — A New International Era
BY ERNEST A. GROSS'
Legal Adviser
It is fitting that an association of lawyers which
sponsored the European Recovery Pi-ogram prior
to its adoption by the Congress slioidd be the first
to hold public discussion of a vital phase of the
program now about to get under way. Certainly,
the expenditure of billions and the provision of
a vast tonnage of supplies moving across the seas
is thought of. by many of our citizens, as the
whole of the "Marshall Plan". A giant market,
with some goods marked "free" and others "loan",
although frightening by its size, makes a ready
mental image. But the Erp is a recovery pro-
gram, not a grocery business. And the spend-
ing of billions, and the moving of supplies through
unending pipe lines of warehouses and ships is
not unprecedented; it has happened on an un-
imaginable scale twice in our own lifetime, but the
objective each time was victory in war, not re-
covery in peace.
The vital phase of the program now about to
get under way, to which I have referred, is the
system of bilateral agreements wMch next week
will introduce a new era in our relations with
Europe. These agreements, unique in the history
of dealings between modern states, can be the
machine for genuine economic cooperation and
recovery, or they can be the instruments of deep
international rancor and friction. It is for this
reason that the problems these agreements will cre-
ate should be discussed candidly now, and that
they should be discussed by lawyers, trained to
the legal tradition of interpreting agreements in
the light of their objectives and applying the
rule of reason and the common-sense test of good
faith.
The agreement between the United States and
each participating European country crystallizes
the basic purpose of the program: we shall help
European nations to help themselves to recovery
in such a way as to become independent of out-
side assistance. Lest there be any misunder-
standing of the sincerity' of our professed objective
in this regard, each agreement explicitly sets this
forth at the very outset. In solemn covenant
between ourselves and each sovereign European
participant, we thus refute the charge frequently
made by opponents of the program, and keynoted
by the declaration adopted at the first meeting
Ju/y 11, 1948
of the Cominform that the Marshall Plan is but
the European subsection of a general United
States plan for global expansion.
The agreements crystallize the conditions of
our assistance as well as the purposes of the pro-
gram. The legislation itself provides that the
continuity of assistance provided by the United
States should, at all times, be dependent upon con-
tinuity of cooperation among the participating
countries. But "cooperation" is a rubbery yard-
stick, as the usages of police states make clear.
Hence, the democratic governments, genuinely de-
sirous of finding effective measures of self-help and
mutual aid in order to achieve recovery, met to-
gether and exchanged pledges among each other,
which were embodied in the historic report of the
Committee of European Economic Co-operation,
September 1947.^
However, the United States was neither a mem-
ber of the European Committee nor a party to
its recijirocal pledges. That Committee, and its
successor, the Organisation for European Econom-
ic Co-operation, has been and will remain an
organization of European countries dedicated to
^^close and la-sfinff cooperation'''' as well as to the
immediate task of developing and carrying out a
joint recovery program. I underscore, as well as
quote, the phrase "close and lasting cooperation",
from the charter of the organization.
It will be apparent that although the Organisa-
tion for EurojDean Economic Co-operation could
be born and even, perhaps, survive as an organ
of lasting European cooperation without tempo-
rary United States economic assistance, it could
not possibly serve its essential immediate purpose
of accomplishing a recovery progi-am without the
ingredients for European recovery. The dollar
transfusion is no mere act of charity : it is a gift
of life itself. More than that, as the Senate Com-
mittee on Foreign Relations said in its Report,
"free institutions and genuine independence can-
not perish in Europe and be secure in the rest of
the world".
'Address delivered before tlie New York State Bar
Association, Lake Placid, N.Y., July 2, 1948, and released
to the press on the same date.
2 Department of State publications 2930 and 2952.
35
FOREIGN AID AND RECONSTRUCTION
But the American people — all of us — are tired
of generalities, skeptical of slogans, and above all,
fed up with rat-hole relief. The Executive branch
of the Government in submitting the program and
the Legislative branch in approving it, insisted,
in the words of the House Committee on Foreign
Affairs that "primary emphasis" must be placed
"on encouraging the participating nations to help
themselves and each other", and that "the success
of the program rests upon the willingness and
good faith of these countries in cai'rying out their
pledges" to that end.
I am sure that the people of this country are
convinced, as this association must have been con-
vinced in endorsing the program, that "the pro-
gram is necessary to prevent the United States
from being confronted with a world so unbalanced
and hostile as to present almost insuperable bur-
dens to the people of the United States in the
future, if Europe is not once more rendered free
and adequately strong, both in its political and
economic life". (I have again quoted the lan-
guage of the House Foreign Affairs Committee.)
This is the purpose and the setting against which
v^e are discussing the bilateral agreements which I
have said introduce a new era in our relations with
participating countries of Europe. These agree-
ments respect the dignity of the participating
countries as well as of the United States and give
assurance that our assistance will be used to the
best possible advantage. However, like all com-
pacts or basic charters they must be appraised, in-
terpreted, and applied in the light of the vast pur-
poses which they are intended to achieve. The
undertakings of the participating nations burrow
deep into the internal economy of each country, in-
timately affecting the daily lives of the 250 million
inhabitants of western Europe.
Never before in history, so far as I am aware, has
any nation undertaken by solemn international
agreement to use its best endeavors "to adopt or
maintain the measures necessary to ensure efficient
and practical use of all the resources available to
it"; "to promote the development of industrial and
agricultural production on a sound economic
basis"; and "to stabilize its currency, establish or
maintain a valid rate of exchange, balance its gov-
ernmental budget as soon as practicable, create or
maintain internal financial stability".
Undertakings of this magnitude surely require
a mature and reasoned appraisal, comparable in
many respects to the judicial approach toward the
application of constitutional doctrines of due proc-
ess, interstate commerce, or freedom of contract.
Our responsibility for realistic and wise interpre-
tation is as solemn as is the duty of each signatory
to discharge its undertakings with unchallengeable
good faith. And that responsibility on our part,
which is an inevitable corollary of our position of
leadership, is in some measure in the custody of the
bar of this country.
I have said that these agreements can be instru-
ments of genuine cooperation on a scale never be-
fore attempted or that they can bring about serious
international misunderstandings and friction.
The latter will be a danger only to the extent we
Americans fail to understand that, as is true of all
basic charters, these agreements are essentially be-
tween peoples, not governments. And we bear a
responsibility for wise interpretation and applica-
tion of the agreements not merely because they em-
body the general, basic undertakings to which I
have already referred.
In addition, the participating countries make
connnitmonts of a more specific nature which I
shall illustrate briefly, for the purpose of under-
lining the necessity of appreciating fully that these
agreements do in fact represent a new pattern in
our international relations.
Each country undertakes, with respect to assist-
ance provided on a grant basis, to deposit in a spe-
cial account the local currency equivalent of the
value of our assistance. Thereafter, that country
may make expenditures from the account only in
agreement with th.e United States.
In general, such expenditures are to take into
account the need for promoting internal mone-
tary and financial stabilization in the participat-
ing country, the stimulation of productive activity
and international trade, and the development of
new resources required not only by the participat-
ing country but also by ourselves. The agree-
ments also provide that the fund may be used for
the effective retirement of the national debt of each
participating country. Inasmuch as the Congress
has authorized the expenditure of five billion dol-
lars during the first twelve months, of which over
half probably will be made available on a grant
basis, the impact upon the internal economy of
miuiy of the participating countries through the
administration of these funds becomes clear. The
United States will have a voice in the expenditure
by participating countries of amounts of local cur-
rency which in certain instances may well exceed
the total value of the currency in circidation in the
country concerned.
I have referred to the fact that the local cur-
rency deposits may be expended for the explora-
tion and development of materials required by this
coinitry. There are additional provisions in the
agreements which require participating countries
to facilitate the sale, exchange, or other method of
transfer to the United States for stockpiling or
other purposes of materials available in such coun-
try and required by the United States. The
quantities to be available for transfer are to be
agreed to between the two governments with due
regard for the reasonable requirements of the par-
ticipating country for its domestic use and com-
36
Departmenf of Sfafe Builefin
-* mercial export of such materials. The agreements
also contemplate future subsidiary agreements
according suitable protection to the right of access
of any citizen of the United States, including any
corporation or other association created under the
laws of the United States, to the development of
raw materials witliin participating countries on
terms of treatment equivalent to those afforded to
the nationals of the participating country con-
cerned. This provision extends an "open door"
policy in a strictly modern sense, and will be ap-
plied in a manner which will neither injure the
economy of the participating country concerned,
FOREIGN AID AND RECONSTRUCTION
nor hamper the accomplishment of the broad ob-
jectives of the European Recovery Program.
These illustrative examples, drawn from the
agreements, will suffice to show to the members of
the association the gravity of the general obliga-
tions which have been freely undertaken by sov-
ereign states. You are, I believe, the first "group
to discuss this matter publicly. I am certain that
as operations under the agreements get under way,
as problems of their application and interpreta-
tion arise, and as the objectives of the undertakings
come closer to fruition, this association will lead
the way to clearer and fuller public understanding.
Economic Cooperation Agreement With Italy Signed ^
SUMMARY OF AGREEMENT
The preamble recites the general purposes of
the recovery program and the objectives which the
United States Congress had in mind in enacting
the Economic Cooperation Act of 1948.
In article I, the Government of the United
States states its intention to furnish assistance to
Italy within the terms set by the Congress. The
imdertaking of the United States is, of course, sub-
ject to the necessity of United States approval of
all assistance and to the right of the United States
to terminate aid at any time in accordance with
the act. The Government of Italy undertakes gen-
erally to exert sustained efforts to accomplish the
recovery program. The third paragraph contains
an undertaking by Italy that in cases where sup-
plies are procured outside the United States with
EcA ^ funds, Italy will cooperate with any arrange-
ments which the United States may make to insure
the use of a reasonable proportion of the dollar
proceeds for private trade and financial trans-
actions with the United States.
Article II contains the general undertakings
which are closely parallel to the mutual pledges
contained in the report of the Committee of
European Economic Co-operation issued Septem-
ber 1947 and in the Paris convention of April 16,
1948. These undertakings include agreement by
Italy to make efficient and practical use of all its
resources including aid made available under the
recovery program, to mobilize assets in the United
States belonging to Italians, to promote produc-
tion, to take the necessary measures to establish
financial stability, and to further the increase of
trade. There are additional undertakings to co-
operate in arrangements to make full use of the
manpower available in Europe and to take action
with respect to restrictive business practices, such
as cartels, which would have the effect of interfer-
ing with the achievement of the recovery program.
Article III provides for the consultation be-
tween the two Governments which is necessary in
order that the United States may, under section
111(b) (3) of the act, guarantee the convertibility
into dollars of new private American investment
in projects in Italy approved by the Italian
Government.
Article IV relates to the deposits of the local
currency counterpart of assistance made available
to Italy as a grant. The Italian Government will
establish a special account to which there will be
credited the lira equivalent of the dollar cost of
Signing of the First of the Agreements
The first of the economic cooperation
agi'eements under the Economic Coopera-
tion Act of 1948 were signed June 28 in
Dublin and Rome. It is expected that the
agreements with most of the other partici-
pating countries will be signed this week
and will be closely similar. Announce-
ments concerning signing of the other
agreements will be made in the respective
capitals and in Washington.
The agreements parallel the convention
for European economic recovery which
was signed in Paris by the participating
countries on April 16," 1948, and in addi-
tion establish the framework of relation-
ships with the United States within which
assistance under the program will be car-
ried out. The general nature of the agree-
ments follows the provisions of section
11.5 (b) of the Economic Cooperation Act.
' Released to the press June 28, 1948.
' Economic Cooperation Administration.
July 11, 1948
37
FOREIGN AID AND RBCONST RUCTION
United States grants. These lire will be used for
administrative expenses of the United States in
Italy arising under the program, for the internal
cost of the transportation of relief packages and
for other purposes agreed between the two Govern-
ments, including the development of productive
capacity within Italy, exploration for and the de-
velopment of production of materials of which the
United States is or may be deficient, the retirement
of the national debt, and other noninflationary
purposes.
Under article V Italy agrees to work out with
the United States arrangements by which the
United States can obtain increased quantities of
materials needed because of deficiencies or poten-
tial deficiencies in United States resources. De-
tailed arrangements with regard to specific
materials are to be made later under this article.
Under article VI Italy agi-ees to cooperate in
facilitating American travel to Italy and also
agrees to negotiate subsequent agreements regard-
ing free entry of relief supplies, including private
relief packages, to Italy.
Under article VII Italy agrees to furnish to the
Government of the United States the full informa-
tion necessary for planning and carrying out the
recovery program. In addition the two Govern-
ments agree to consult at the request of either one
regarding any matters arising out of the agreement.
Article VIII recognizes the necessity of full
publicity — particularly in Europe — for the pro-
gram and the assistance furnished by the United
btates.
Article IX makes provision for a special mission
to carry out United States responsibilities in Italy
under the agreement, including the observation
and review of the carrying out of the program and
further makes provision for appropriate status
for the joint congressional Committee on Foreign
Economic Cooperation and its staff.
Article X provides for arbitration of claims
arising as a consequence of govermuental meas-
ures. Such claims may be presented either before
the International Court of Justice or a mutually
agreed arbitral tribunal. Although Italy is not a
member of the International Court it agrees to
submit to its jurisdiction in such cases upon the
request of the United States. It has been addi-
tionally agreed that when Italy becomes a member
of the Court, the undertaking will be reciprocal
as it is in the cases of countries which have already
submitted to the jurisdiction of the Court. It is
made clear that the submission of claims under
this paragraph will depend upon there having been
an exhaustion of the remedies available in the es-
tablished courts within the respective countries.
Under article XII the agreement remains in
force until June 30, 1953, a year after the termina-
tion of the projected four-year program. This will
allow a period after assistance ceases for the com-
pletion of the many operating matters which re-
sult fi'om assistance. There is a further provision
that if either Government considers that there has
been a fundamental change in the basic assumption
underlying the agi-eement, as for example, a ter-
mination of assistance at a date earlier than an-
ticipated, the Governments shall consult as to
whether the agreement should be modified or ter-
minated. If there is not agreement on this point,
a six months' notice of termination of the agree-
ment may be given. Such termination, however,
would be subject to the following limitations:
(a) The agreement with regard to scarce ma-
terials continues for two years from the notice of
termination ;
(b) The provision relating to the local currency
deposits remains in effect until agreement has been
reached as to the disposition of such deposits ; and
(c) Any subsidiary agreements or arrange-
ments such as those relating to scarce materials
will be governed by their own terms.
It is provided that the agreement will be regis-
tered with the United Nations.
TEXT OF AGREEMENT
PREAMBLE
The Governments of the United States of America and
Italy :
Recognizing that the restoration or maintenance in
European countries of principles of individual liberty, free
institutions, and genuine independence rests largely upon
the establishment of sound economic conditions, stable
international economic relationships, and the achievement
by the countries of Europe of a healthy economy in-
dependent of extraordinary outside assistance;
Recognizing that a strong and prosperous European
38
economy is essential for the attainment of the purposes
of the United Nations ;
Considering that the achievement of such conditions
calls for a European recovery plan of selfhelp and mutual
cooperation, open to all nations which cooperate in such
a plan, based upon a strong production effort, the expan-
sion of foreign trade, the creation or maintenance of in-
ternal financial stability and the development of economic
cooperation, including all possible steps to establish and
maintain valid rates of exchange and to reduce trade
barriers ;
Considering that in furtherance of these principles the
Department of State Bulletin
FOREIGN AID AND KECONSTRUCTION
Government of Italy lias joined with other like minded
nations in a Convention for Euroijeau Economic Coopera-
tion signed at Paris on April Hi, 1948 under which the
signatories of that Convention agree*! to undertake as
their Immediate task the elaboration and execution of a
joint recovery program, and that the Government of Italy
is a member of the Organization of European Economic
Cooperation created pursuant to tlie provisions of tiat
Convention ;
Considering also that, in furtherance of these principles,
the Government of the United States of America has
enacted the Economic Cooperation Act of 1948, providing
for the furnishing of assistance by the United States of
America to nations participating in a joint program for
European recovery, in order to enable such nations through
their own individual and concerted efforts to become in-
deiiendent of extraordinary outside economic assistance ;
Taking note that the Government of Italy has already
expressed its adherence to the purposes and policies of the
Economic Cooperation Act of 1948 ;
Desiring to set forth the understandings which govern
the furnishing of assistance by the Government of the
United States of America under the Economic Coopera-
tion Act of 1948, the receipt of such assistance by Italy,
and the measures which the two Governments will take
individually and together in furthering the recovery of
Italy as an integral part of the joint program for European
Recovery ;
Have agreed as follows :
Article I. Assistance and Cooperation
1. The Government of the United States of America
undertakes to assist Italy by making available to the
Government of Italy or to any person, agency or organi-
zation designated by the latter Government, such assist-
ance as may be requested by it and approved by the Govern-
ment of the United States of America. The Government
of the United States of America will furnish this assistance
tinder the provisions, and subject to all of the terms, condi-
tions, and termination provisions of the Economic Coopera-
tion Act of 1948, Acts amendatory and supplementary
thereto and Appropriation Acts thereunder, and will make
available to the Government of Italy only such commodi-
ties, services and other assistance as are authorized to be
made available by such Acts.
2. The Government of Italy, acting individually and
through the Organization of European Economic Coopera-
tion, consistently with the Convention for European Eco-
nomic Cooperation signed at Paris on April 16, 1948 will
exert sustained efforts in common with other participating
countries speedily to achieve through a Joint Recovery
Program economic conditions in Europe essential to lasting
peace and prosperity and to enable the countries of Europe
participating in such a .Joint Recovery Program to become
independent of extraordinary outside economic assistance
within tJie period of this agreement. The Government of
Italy reaffirms its intention to take action to carry out the
provisions of the general obligations of the Convention cf
European Economic Cooperation, to continue to participate
actively in the work of the Organization of European
Economic Cooperation, and to continue to adhere to the
purposes and policies of the Economic Cooperation Act of
1948.
3. With respect to a.ssistance furnished by the Govern-
ment of the United States of America to Italy and procured
from areas outside the United States of America, its
territories and possessions, the Government of Italy will
cooperate with the Government of the United States of
America in ensuring that procurement will be effected at
reasonable prices and on reasonable terms, and so as to
arrange that the dollars thereby made available to the
country from which the assistance is procured are used in
a manner consistent with any arrangements made by the
Government of the United States of America with such
country.
July n, 1948
Article II. General Undertaking
1. In order to achieve the maximum recovery through
the employment of assistance received from the Govern-
ment of the United States of America, the Government of
Italy will use its best endeavors;
(A) To adopt or maintain the measures necessary to
ensure efficient and practical use of all the resources avail-
able to it, including
1) Such measures as may be necessary to ensure that
the commodities and services obtained with assistance
furnished under this Agreement are used for purposes
consistent with this Agreement and, as far as practicable,
with the general purjwses outlined in the schedules fur-
nished by the Government of Italy in support of the re-
quirements of assistance to be furnished by the Govern-
ment of the United States of America ;
2) The observation and review of the use of such
resources through an effective foUowup system approved
by the Organization of European Economic Cooperation
and
3) To the extent practicable, measures to locate,
identify and put into appropriate use in furtherance of
the joint program for European Recovery assets, and earn-
ings therefrom, which belong to nationals of Italy and
which are situated within the United States of America,
its territories or possessions. Nothing in this clause im-
poses any obligation on the Government of the United
States of America to assist in carrying out such measures
or on the Government of Italy to dispose of such assets.
(B) To promote the development of industrial and agri-
cultural production on a sound economic basis ; to achieve
such production targets as may be established through the
Organization for European Economic Cooperation ; and
When desired by the Government of the United States of
America to communicate to that Government detailed pro-
posals for specific projects contemplated by the Govern-
ment of Italy and to be undertaken in substantial part with
assistance made available pursuant to this agreement in-
cluding whenever practicable projects for increased pro-
duction of food, steel and transportation facilities ; and
(C) To stabilize its currency, establish or maintain a
valid rate of exchange, balance its governmental budget
as soon as practicable, create or maintain internal finan-
cial stability, and generally restore or maintain confidence
in its monetary system ; and
(D) To cooperate with other participating countries in
facilitating and stimulating an interchange of goods and
services among the participating countries and with other
countries and in reducing public and private barriers to
trade among themselves and with other countries.
2. Taking into account Article 8 of the Convention for
European Economic Cooperation looking toward the full
and effective use of manpower available in the various
participating countries, the Government of Italy, with due
regard for the urgency and importance of its own problem
of surplus manpower, will accord sympathetic considera-
tion to proposals made in conjunction with the Interna-
tional Refugee Organization, directed to the largest prac-
ticable utilization of manixiwer available in any of the
participating countries in furtherance of the accomplish-
ment of the purposes of this agreement.
3. The Government of Italy will take the measures
which it deems appropriate, and will cooperate with other
participating countries, to prevent, on the part of private
or public commercial enterprises, business practices or
business arrangements affecting international trade which
restrain competition, limit access to markets or foster
monopolistic control whenever such practices or arrange-
ments have the effect of interfering with the achievement
of the Joint Program of European recovery ;
Article III. Guaranties
1. The Governments of the United States of America
and Italy will, upon the request of either Government,
39
FOREIGN AID AND RECONSTRUCT/ON
consult respecting projects in Italy proposed l)y nationals
of the United States of America and with regard to which
the Government of the United States of America may
appropriately make guaranties of currency transfer under
Section 111 (b) (3) of the Economic Cooperation Act of
1948.
2. The Government of Italy agrees that if the Govern-
ment of the United States of America malces payment in
United States dollars to any person under such a guaranty,
any lire or credits in lire, assigned or transferred to the
Government of the United States of America pursuant to
that Section shall be recognized as property of the Gov-
ernment of the United States of America.
Article IV. Local Currency
1. The provisions of this Article .shall apply only with
respect to assistance which may be furnished by the Gov-
ernment of the United States of America on a grant basis.
2. The Government of Italy will establish a special
account in the Bank of Italy in the name of the Govern-
ment of Italy (hereinafter called the Special Account)
and will make deijosits in lire to this account as follows:
(a) The unencumbered balance at the close of business
on the day of the signature of this Agreement in the
special accounts in the Bank of Italy in name of the Gov-
ernment of Italy established pursuant to the Agreements
between the Government of the United States of America
and the Government of Italy made on July 4, 1947 and
on January 3, 1948 and any further sums which may, from
time to time, be required by such agreements to be de-
posited in the special accounts. It is understood that
Subsection (e) of Section 114 of the Economic Coopera-
tion Act of 1948 constitutes the approval and determina-
tion of the Government of the United States of America
with respect to the disposition of such balances, referred
to in those Agreements.
(6) The unencumbered balances of the deposits made
by the Government of Italy pursuant to the exchange of
notes between the two Governments dated April 20, 1948.
(c) Amounts commensurate with the indicated dollar
cost to the Government of the United States of America
of commodities, services and technical information (in-
cluding any costs of processing, storing, transporting, re-
pairing or other services incident thereto) made available
to Italy on a grant basis by any means authorized under
the Economic Cooperation Act of 1948, less, however, the
amount of the deposits made pursuant to the exchange
of notes referred to in Subparagraph (6). The Govern-
ment of the United States of America shall from time to
time notify the Government of Italy of the iiulicated dollar
cost of any such commodities, services and technical in-
formation, and the Government of Italy will thereupon
deposit in the Special Account a commensurate amount of
lire computed nt a rate of exchange which shall be the par
value agreed nt such time with the International Monetary
Fund ; provided that this agreed value is the single rate
applicable to the purchase of dollars for imports into Italy.
If at the time of notification a par value for the lira is
agreed with the Fund and there are one or more other
rates applicable to the purchase of dollars for imports into
Italy, or, if at the time of notitication no par value for the
lira is agreed with the Fund, the rate or rates for this
particular purpose shall be mutually agreed upon between
the Government of Italy and the Government of the United
States of America. The Government of Italy may at any
time make advance deposits in the Special Account which
shall be credited against subsequent notifications pursuant
to this paragraph.
3. The Government of the United States of America will
from time to time notify the Government of Italy of its
requirements for administrative expenditures in lire
within Italy incident to operations under the Economic
Cooperation Act of 1948, and the Government of Italy will
thereupon make such sums available out of any balances
in the Special Account in the manner requested by the
Government of the United States of America in the
notification.
4. Five percent of each deposit made pursuant to this
Article in respect of assistance furnished under authority
of the Foreign Aid Appropriation Act, 1948, shall be al-
located to the use of the Government of the United States
of America for its expenditures in Italy, and sums made
available pursuant to paragraph three of this Article shall
first be charged to the amounts allocated under this
paragraph.
5. The Government of Italy will further malce .such .sums
of lire available out of any balances in the Special Account
as may lie required to cover costs (including port, storage,
handling and similar charges) of transportation from any
point of entry in Italy to the consignee's designated point
of delivery in Italy of such relief supplies and packages
as are referred to in Article VI.
6. The Government of Italy may draw upon any remain-
ing balance in the Special Account for such purpose as
may be agreed from time to time with the Government of
the United States of America. In considering proposals
put forward by the Government of Italy for drawings from
the Special Account the Government of the United States
of America will take into account the need for promoting
or maintaining internal monetary and financial stabiliza-
tion in Italy and for stimulating productive activity and
international trade and the exploration for and develop-
ment of new sources of wealth within Italy, including in
particular :
(a) Expenditures upon projects or programs, including
those which are part of a comprehensive program for the
development of the productive capacity of Italy and the
other participating countries, and projects or programs the
external costs of which are being covered by assistance
rendered by the Government of the United States of
America under the Economic Cooperation Act of 1948 or
otherwise, or by loans from the International Bank for
reconstruction and development;
(6) Expenditures upon the exploration for and develoi)-
ment of additional production of materials which may be
required in the United States of America because of defi-
ciencies or potential deficiencies in the resources of the
United States of America ; and,
(c) Effective retirement of the national debt, especially
debt held by the Bank of Italy or other banking institu-
tions.
7. Any unencumbered balance other than unexpended
amounts allocated under paragraph 4 of this Article re-
maining in the Special Account on June 30, 19.52, shall be
disposed of within Italy for .such purposes as may here-
after be agreed between the Governments of the United
States of America and Italy, it being understood that the
agreement of the United States of America shall be sub-
ject to approval by act or joint resolution of the Congress
of the United States of America.
Article V. Access to materials
1. The Government of Italy will facilitate the transfer
to the United States of America, for stockpiling or other
purposes, of materials originating in Italy whicli are re-
quired by the United States of America as a result of
deficiencies or potential deficiencies in its own resources,
upon such reasonable terms of sale, exchange, barter or
otherwise, and in such quantities, and for such period of
time, as may be agreed to between the Governments of the
United States of America and Italy, after due regard for
the reasonable requirements of Italy for domestic use and
commercial export of such materials. The Government
of Italy will take such specific measures as may be neces-
40
Deparfmeni of State Bulletin
sary to carry out tlie provisions of tliis paragrapli, includ-
ing tlie promorion of the increased production of such
materials within Italy, and the removal of any hiiiilranoes
to the transfer of such materials to the United States of
America. The Government of Italy will, when so re-
quested by the Government of the United States of Amer-
ica, enter into negotiations for detailed arrangements
necessary to carry out the provisions of tliis paragrajih.
2. Kecognizing the principle of equity in respect to the
drain upon the natural resources of the United States of
America, and of the participating countries, the Govern-
ment of Italy will, when so requested by the Government
of the United States of America, negotiate where appli-
cable ((I) a future schedule of minimum availabilities to
the United States of America for future purchase and
delivery of a fair share of materials originating in Italy
wliich are required by the United States of America as a
result of deficiencies or potential deficiencies in its own
resources at world market prices so as to protect the access
of the United States industry to an equitable share of such
materials either in percentages of production or in absolute
quantities from Italy, (6) arrangements providing suit-
able protection for the right of access for any citizen of the
United States of America or any corporation, partnership,
or other association created under the laws ot the United
States of America or of any state or territory thereof and
substantially beneficially owned by citizens of the United
States of Ameriia, in the development of such materials on
terms of treatment equivalent to those afforded to the
nationals of Italy, and, (c) an agreed schedule of increased
production of such materials where practicable in Italy
and for delivery of an agreed percentage of such increased
production to be transferred to the United States of
America on a long-term basis in consideration of assistance
furnished by the United States of America under this
Agreement.
3. The Government of Italy when so requested by the
Government of the United States of America, will cooper-
ate whenever appropriate to further the objectives of para-
graphs 1 and 2 of this Article in respect of materials
originating outside of Italy.
Article VI. Travel Arrangements and Relief Supplies
1. The Government of Italy will cooperate with the Gov-
ernment of the United States of America in facilitating and
encouraging the promotion and development of travel by
citizens of the United States of America to and within
participating countries.
2. The Government of Italy will, when so desired by the
Government of the United States of America, cuter into
negotiations for agreements (including the provisions of
duty-free treatment under appropriate s.ifeguards) to
facilitate the entry into Italy of supplies of relief goods
donated to m- purchased by United States voluntary non-
profit relief agencies and of relief packages originating in
the United States of America and consigned to individuals
residing in Italy.
Article VII. Consultation and Transmittal of Information
1. The two Governments will, upon the request of either
of them, consult regarding any matter relating to tlie
application of this Agreement or to operations or arrange-
ments carried out pursuant to this Agreement.
2. The Government of Italy will communicate to the
Government of the United States of America in a form and
at intervals to be indicated by the latter after consultation
with the Government of Italy :
(A) Detailed information of projects, programs and
measures proposed or adopted by the Government of Italy
to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the
general obligations of the Convention for Euroiwan Eco-
nomic Cooperation.
FOREIGN AID AND RECONSTRUCTION
(B) V\\\\ statements of operations under this Agree-
ment including a statement of the use of fun<lK, connnodi-
tics and services received thereunder, such statements to
be made in each calendar quarter;
(C) Information regarding its economy and any other
relevant information, necessary to supplement that ol)-
tained by the Government of the United States of America
from the Organization for European Economic Cooperation
which the Government of the United States of America
may need to determine the nature and scopt? of operations
under the Economic Cooperation Act of 1948, and to evalu-
ate the effectiveness of assistance furnished or contem-
plated under this Agreement and generally the progress of
the Joint Recovery Program.
3. The Government of Italy will assist the Government
of the United States of America to obtain information re-
lating to the materials originating in Italy referred to in
Article V which is necessary to the formulation and execu-
tion of the arrangements provided for in that Article.
Article VIII. Publicity
1. The Governments of the Uniled States of America
and Italy recognize that it is in tlieir mutual interest that
full publicity be given to the objectives and progress of the
joint program for European Recovery and of the actions
taken in furtherance of that program. It is recognized
that wide dissemination of information on the progress
of the program is desirable in order to develop the sense
of common effort and mutual aid which are essential to
the accomplishment of the objectives of the program.
2. The Government of the United States of America will
encourage the dissemination of such information and will
make it available to the media of public information.
3. The Government of Italy will encourage the dissemi-
nation of such information both directly and in coopera-
tion with the Organization for European Economic Coop-
eration. It will make such information available to the
media of public information and take all practicable steps
to ensure that appropriate facilities are provided for such
dissemination. It will further provide other participating
countries and the Organization for European Economic
Cooperation with full information on the progress of the
program for Economic Recovery.
4. The Government of Italy will make public in Italy in
each calendar quarter, full statements of operations under
this Agreement, including information as to the use of
funds, commodities and services received.
Article IX. Missions
1. The Government of Italy agrees to receive a Special
Mission for Economic Cooperation which will discharge the
responsibilities of the Government of the United States
of America in Italy under this Agreement.
2. The Government of Italy will, upon appropriate no-
tification from the Ambassador of the United States of
America in Italy, consider the Special Mission and its
personnel, and the United States Special Representative
in Europe, as part of the Embassy of the United States
of America in Italy for the purpo.se of enjoying the priv-
ileges and immunities accorded to that Embassy and its
personnel of comparable rank. The Government of Italy
will further accord appropriate courtesies to the members
and staff of the Joint Committee on Foreign Economic
Cooperation of the Congress of the United States of Amer-
ica and grant them the facilities an<l assistance necessary
to the effective performance of their responsibilities.
3. The Government of Italy, directly and through its
representatives on the Organizati(m of European Eco-
nomic Cooperation will extend full cooperation to the
Special Mission, to the United States Special Representa-
tive in Europe and his staff, and to the members and staff
of the Joint Committee. Such cooperation shall include
July 11, 1948
41
FOREIGN AID AND RECONSTRUCTION
the provision of all information and facilities necessary
to the observation and review of the carrying out of this
Agreement, including the use of assistance furnished under
it.
Article X. Settlement of Claims of Nationals
1. The Governments of the United States of America
and Italy agree to submit to the decisions of the Inter-
national Court of Justice any claim espoused by either
Government on behalf of one of its nationals against the
other Government for comi)ensation for damage arising as
a consequence of governmental measures (other than
measures concerning enemy property or interests) taken
after April 3, 1948, by the other Government and affecting
property or interests of such national, including contracts
with or concessions granted by duly authorized authori-
ties of such other Government.
It is understood that the undertaking of the Govern-
ment of the United States of America in respect of claims
esiwused by the Government of Italy pursuant to this
Article is made under the authority of and is limited by
the terms and conditions of the recognition by the United
States of America of the compulsory jurisdiction of the
International Court of Justice under Article 36 of the
statute of the Court, as set forth in the declaration of the
President of the United States of America dated August
14, 1946. The provisions of this paragraph shall be in all
respects without prejudice to other rights of access, if
any, of either Government to the International Court of
Justice or to the espousal and presentation of claims based
upon alleged violations by either Government of rights and
duties arising under treaties, agreements or principles of
international law.
2. The Governments of the United States of America
and of Italy further agree that such claims may be re-
ferred, in lieu of the Court, to any arbitral tribunal mu-
tually agreed upon. It is understood that the undertak-
ing of each Government pursuant to this paragraph is
subject to and limited by the terms and conditions of
existing arbitration treaties, conventions or other agree-
ments, particularly any provisions respecting the functions
of the Senate of the United States of America and the
Italian Parliament.
3. It is further understood that neither Government will
espouse a claim pursuant to this Article until its national
has exhausted the remedies available to him in the Admin-
istrative and Judicial Tribunals of the country in which
the claim arose.
Article XI. Definitions
As used in the Agreement, the term "participating coun-
try" means:
(1) Any country which signed the report of the Com-
mittee of European Economic Cooperation at Paris on Sep-
tember 22, 1947, and territories for which it has inter-
national responsibility and to which the Economic Coop-
eration Agreement concluded between that country and
the Government of the United States of America has been
applied, and
(2) Any other country (including any of the zones of
occupation of Germany, any areas under international ad-
ministration or control, and the Free Territory of Trieste
or either of its zones) wholly or partly in Europe, together
with dependent areas under its administration ; for so long
as such country is a party to the Convention for European
Economic Cooperation and adheres to a joint program for
European recovery designed to accomplish the purpose of
this Agreement.
Article XII. Entry into Force, Amendments, Duration
1. This Agreement shall become effective on this day's
date. Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 2 and 3 of
42
this Article, it shall remain in force until June 30, 1953,
and, unless at least six months before June 30, 1953, either
Government shall have given notice in writing to the other
of intention to terminate the Agreement on that date, it
shall remain in force thereafter until the expiration of
six months from the date on which such notice shall have
been given.
2. If during the life of this Agreement, either Govern-
ment should consider there has been a fundamental change
in the basic assumption underlying this Agreement, it shall
so notify the other Government in writing and the two
Governments will thereupon consult with a view to agree-
ing upon the amendment, modification or termination of
this Agreement. If, after three months from such notifica-
tion the two Governments have not agreed upon the action
to be taken in the circumstances, either Government may
give notice in writing to the other of intention to terminate
this Agreement. Then, subject to the provisions of para-
graph 3 of this Article, this Agreement shall terminate
either:
(o) Sis months after the date of such notice of inten-
tion to terminate, or
(b) After such shorter period as may be agreed to be
sufficient to ensure that the obligations of the Government
of Italy are performed in respect of any assistance which
may continue to be furnished by the Government of the
United States of America after the date of such notice;
provided, however, that Article V and paragraph 3 of
Article VII shall remain in effect until two years after the
date of such notice of intention to terminate, but not later
than June 30, 1953.
3. Subsidiary agreements and arrangements negotiated
pursuant to this Agreement may remain in force beyond
the date of termination of this Agreement and the period
of effectiveness of such subsidiary Agreements and ar-
rangements shall be governed by their own terms. Article
IV shall remain in effect until all the sums in the cur-
rency of Italy required to be deposited in accordance with
its own terms have been disposed of as provided in that
Article.
4. Paragraph 2 of Article III shall remain in effect for
so long as the guaranty payments referred to in that
Article may be made by the Government of the United
States of America.
5. The Annex to this agreement forms an integral part
thereof.
6. This Agreement may be amended at any time by
agreement between the two Governments.
7. This Agreement shall be registered with the Secre-
tary General of the United Nations.
In witness whereof the respective representatives, duly
authorized for the purpose, have signed the present
Agreement.
Done at Rome, in duplicate, in the English and Italian
languages, both texts authentic, this 28th day of June
1948.
James Clement Dunn
Sforza
ANNEX. Interpretive notes
1. It is understood that the requirements of paragraph
1 (A) of Article II, relating to the adoption of measures
for the efficient use of resources, will include, with resiject
to commodities furnished under the Agreement, effective
measures for safeguarding such commodities and for pre-
venting their diversion to illegal or irregular markets or
channels of trade.
2. It is understood that the obligations under paragraph
1 (C) of Article II to balance the budget as soon as prac-
(Continned on page 57)
Department of State Bulletin
statement by Secretary Marshall Concerning Signing
of Economic Cooperation Agreements
[Released to the press June 28]
"With the signing of the bilateral agreements be-
tween the participating countries and the United
States we take one more step in the development of
the program for European recovery. The pros-
pect for success of this great project lies in the de-
termination of the people of Europe to work to-
gether to achieve recovery. The peojjle of the
United States have demonstrated their confidence
in the success of this undertaking through the
action of Congress in making available for the
initial period of the program the sum of five billion
dollars.
This unprecedented undertaking required ex-
pression in formal agreements stating its basic
objectives and establishing the relationships nec-
essary for the orderly achievement of those ob-
jectives. The Paris convention of April 16 ex-
presses the aims and mutual pledges of the par-
ticipating countries and establishes the Organiza-
tion for European Economic Co-operation as the
mechanism through which the joint program will
be achieved. The bilateral agreements state the
mutual aims of the participating countries and
the United States and establish the relationships
through which American assistance will supple-
ment the efforts of Europe. The two agreements
are closely related. The basic undertakings in the
bilateral agreements are essentially the same as
those which the European countries had themselves
already stated, both in last summer's report and in
the convention, as necessary to achieve I'ecovery.
Important progress has been made since the
historic meetings in Paris of last summer. A
framework has been established for a joint recov-
ery program based on European initiative and
mutual aid; an organization is functioning and
the United States has assured large-scale assist-
ance. A continuation of the cooperation and effort
of the people of the countries concerned, under
these conditions, should achieve the success of the
program.
Most-Favored-Nation Treatment for Areas Under Military Occupation
With Respect to U.K., Italy, Ireland, and Greece
Text of Note Exchanged Between the United
States and United Kingdom
June m, 19Ii8.
Sir:
I have the honor to refer to the conversations
•which have recently taken place between repre-
sentatives of our two Governments relating to the
territorial application of commercial arrangements
between the United States of America and the
United Kingdom and to confirm the under-stand-
ing reached as a result of these conversations as
follows :
1. For such time as either the Government of the
United States of America or the Government of
the United Kingdom of Great Britain and North-
ern Ireland participates in the occupation or con-
trol of any areas in western Germany or the Free
Territory of Trieste, the other Government will
apply to the merchandise trade of such area the
Ju/y IT, 1948
provisions of the General Agreement on Tariffs
and Trade, dated October 30, 1947, as now or here-
after amended, relating to most-favored-nation
treatment.
2. The undertaking in paragraph 1, above, will
apply on the part of tne Government of the United
States of America or the Government of the United
Eangdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland
to the merchandise trade of any area referred to
therein only for such time and to such extent as
such area accords reciprocal most-favored-nation
treatment to the merchandise trade of the United
States of America or the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Northern Ireland, respectively.
3. The undertakings in paragraphs 1 and 2,
above, are entered into in the light of the absence
at the present time of effective or significant tariff
barriers to imports into the areas herein concerned.
In the event that such tariff barriers are imposed,
it is understood that such undertakings shall be
without prejudice to the application of the prin-
ciples set forth in the Havana Charter for an
43
FORE/GN AID AND RECONSTRUCTION
International Trade Organization relating to the
reduction of tariffs on a mutually advantageous
basis.
4. It is recognized that the absence of a uniform
rate of exchange for the currency of the areas in
western Germany referred to in paragraph 1 above
may have the effect of indirectly subsidizing the
exports of such areas to an extent which it would
be difficult to calculate exactly. So long as such
a condition exists, and if consultation with the
Government of the United States of America fails
to reach an agreed solution to the problem, it is
understood that it would not be inconsistent with
the undertaking in paragraph 1 for tlie Govern-
ment of the United Kingdom to levy a counter-
vailing duty on imports of such goods equivalent to
the estimated amount of such subsidization, where
the Government of the United Kingdom deter-
mines that the subsidization is such as to cause or
threaten material injui-y to an established domestic
industry or is such as to prevent or materially
retard the establishment of a domestic industry.
5. The undertakings in this note shall remain in
force until January 1, 1951, and unless at least six
months before January 1, 1951, either Government
shall have given notice in writing to the other of
intention to terminate these undertakings on that
date, they shall remain in force thereafter until the
expiration of six months from the date on which
such notice shall have been given.
Please accept [etc.]
In the exchange of notes between the United
States and Italy variations from the U.S.-V.K.
exchange of nx)tes appear in the following para-
graphs :
1. For such time as the Government of the
United States of America participates in the occu-
pation or control of any areas in western Germany,
Japan or southern Korea, the Government of Italy
will apply to the merchandise trade of such area
the provisions relating to the most-favored-nation
treatment of the merchandise trade of the United
States of America set forth in the Treaty of
Friendship, Commerce and Navigation, signed
February 2, 1948 (and, pending the entry into
force of such Treaty, in the exchange of notes on
commercial policy of August 14, 1947) , or for such
time as the Government of the United States of
America and Italy may both be contracting par-
ties to the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade, dated October 30, 1947, the provisions of
that Agreement, as now or hereafter amended, re-
lating to the most-favored-nation treatment of
such trade. It is understood that the undertaking
in this paragraph relating to the application of
the most-favored-nation i)rovisions of the Treaty
of Friendship, Commerce and Navigation shall be
subject to the exceptions recognized in the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade permitting de-
partures from the application of most-favored-
nation treatment and that the undertaking relating
to the exchange of notes on commercial policy
shall be subject to such exceptions and to the ex-
ceptions recognized in the Treaty of Friendship,
Commei'ce and Navigation; provided that nothing
in this sentence shall be construed to require com-
pliance with the procedures specified in the Gen-
eral Agreement with regard to the application of
the exceptions in the General Agreement.
2. The undertaking in point 1, above, will apply
to the merchandise trade of any area referred to
therein only for such time and to such extent as
such area accords reciprocal most-favored-nation
treatment to the merchandise trade of Italy.
4. It is recognized that the absence of a uni-
form rate of exchange for the currency of the
areas in western Germany, Japan or southern
Korea referred to in point 1 above may have the
effect of indirectly subsidizing the exports of such
areas to an extent which it would be difficult to
calculate exactly. . . .
In the exchange of notes between the United
States and Ireland variations from the U.S. -U.K.
exchange of notes appear in the following para-
graphs:
1. For such time as the Government of the
United States of America participates in the oc-
cupation or control of any areas in western Ger-
many, the Free Territory of Trieste, Japan or
southern Korea, the Government of Ireland will
extend to the merchandise trade of such area the
most-favored-nation treatment for the time being
accorded to the merchandise trade of the United
States of America. It is understood that the
undertaking in this paragi-aph relating to the
extension of most-favored-nation treatment shall
be subject to the exceptions recognized in the Gen-
eral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade permitting
departures from the application of most-favored-
nation treatment; provided that nothing in this
sentence shall be construed to require compliance
with the procedures specified in the General Agree-
ment with regard to the application of such
exceptions.
2. The undertaking in point 1, above, will apply
to the merchandise trade of any area referred to
therein only for such time and to such extent as
such area accoi'ds reciprocal most-favored-nation
treatment to the merchandise trade of Ireland.
4. It is recognized that the absence of a uniform
rate of exchange for the currency of the areas in
western Germany, Japan or southern Korea re-
ferred to in point 1 above may have the effect of
indirectly subsidizing the exports of such areas to
an extent which it would be difficult to calculate
exactly. . . .
44
Department of State Bulletin
In the exchange of notes hetioeen the United
States and Greece variations from the U.S.-V.K.
exchange of notes appear in the following para-
graphs:
1. For such time as the Government of the
United States of America participates in the occu-
pation or control of any areas in western Germany
or the Free Territory of Trieste, Japan or soutliern
Korea, tlie Government of Greece will apply to
the merchandise trade of such area the provisions
relating to the most-favored-nation treatment of
the merchandise trade of the United States of
America set forth in the Provisional Commercial
Agreement, signed November 15, 1938, or for such
time as the Governments of the United States of
America and Greece may both be contracting par-
ties to the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade, dated October 30, 1947, the provisions of
that Agreement, as now or hereafter amended, re-
lating to the most-favored-nation treatment of
such trade. It is understood that the undertaking
FOREIGN AID AND RECONSTRUCT/ON
in this paragraph relating to the application of the
most-favored-nation provisions of tlie Provisional
Commercial Agreement shall be subject to the ex-
ceptions recognized in the General Agreement on
Tariff's and Trade permitting departures from the
application of most-favored-nation treatment;
provided that nothing in this sentence shall be
construed to require compliance with the pro-
cedures specified in the General Agreement with
regard to the application of such exceptions.
2. Tlie undertaking in point 1, above, will apply
to the merchandise trade of any area referred to
therein only for such time and to such extent as
such area accords reciprocal most-favored-nation
treatment to the merchandise trade of Greece.
4. It is recognized that the absence of a uniform
rate of exchange for the currency of the areas in
western Germany, Japan or southern Korea re-
ferred to in point 1 above may have the efi^ect of
indirectly subsidizing the exports of such areas
to an extent which it would be difficult to calculate
exactl}'. . . .
Signing of the Foreign Aid Appropriation Act
STATEMENT BY THE PRESIDENT
[Released to the press by the White House June 28]
I have signed today H.R. 6801, the Foreign
Aid Appropriation Act, 1949,^ providing funds
for the first year of the European Recovery Pro-
gram, for aid to Greece, Turkey, and China, for
meeting our occupation responsibilities in Europe
and the Far East, and for our participation in
the International Children's Fund and the Inter-
national Refugee Organization. The total ap-
propriation for these purposes included in the
act is $0,030,710,228.
By far the largest item in this act is the $4 bil-
lion appropriation for economic cooperation with
Europe. I know that the American people share
the deep sense of satisfaction which I feel in tak-
ing this final step to make the European Recovery
Program effective. It furnishes concrete evidence
and assurance to the free peoples of the world
that we stand ready to work side by side with them
to preserve free institutions in stability and peace.
In June of last year, the United States indicated
its readiness to work with the countries of Europe
in developing a program of joint action to achieve
economic recovery. Representatives of 16 Euro-
pean countries drew up a progi-am in response
to this suggestion and submitted it to this Govern-
ment in September. After careful study, I sub-
mitted to the Congress on December 19 recommen-
dations for legislation to make the European Re-
covery Program a reality. Following full con-
sideration by the Congress, this legislation was
enacted on April 3.
Then began the last step in the legislative proc-
ess— the enactment of the necessary appropria-
tions to make the law effective. Again the pro-
gram was carefully scrutinized and its various
elements weighed and tested. As finally enacted,
this appropriation is substantially in accord with
the program presented to the Congress six months
ago. It represents the combined judgment and
will of the Executive and the Congress. It was
evolved in the spirit of cooperation and not of
partisan conflict. It demonstrates tlie united de-
termination of our people to make good our pledge
of cooperation to those who, like ourselves, are
striving to achieve enduring peace and prosperity
among all nations.
' Public Law 793, 80th Cong., 2(1 sess.
July 11, 1948
45
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
The United States in the United Nations
The Veto
Consideration of proposals for mitigating abuse
of the veto power in the Security Council was be-
gun by the Interim Committee of the General As-
sembly on July 7. Under discussion were recom-
mendations of a subcommittee to which was
assigned preliminary work on this problem. The
General Assembly last fall asked the Interim Com-
mittee to "consider the problem of voting in the
Security Council" and to report its conclusions to
the Secretary-General not later than July 15 for
transmission to member states and to the General
Assembly.
The subcommittee reviewed 96 categories of
Security Council decisions. Of these it listed a
first group of 36 categories as clearly procedural
and hence not subject to the veto, and a second
group of 21 categories as decisions which ought to
be taken by an affirmative vote of any seven mem-
bers of the Council, whether or not they were con-
sidered procedural.
On July 7 and 8 the Committee ratified the sub-
committee's findings regarding the groups of 36
and 21 decisions, although reservations were
noted by a number of members. The Representa-
tives of France and the United Kingdom refused
to endorse inclusion in the second group of the de-
cision whether a matter is procedural. This is
the type of decision which often leads to the so-
called "double veto." The United Kingdom Rep-
resentative, James Fawcett, doubted the wisdom of
including in the second group all decisions taken
under the Charter's chapter VI (pacific settlement
of disputes). United States policy on this point,
as originally announced by Secretary of State
Marshall in his opening address at the General
Assembly last September, favors abandonment by
all the permanent members of the veto power on
chapter VI decisions.
There was no dissent to inclusion in the second
group of Security Council decisions on admissions
to U.N. membership.
No less than 24 of the 26 vetoes cast by the Soviet
Union to date fall in these three fields of decisions
under chapter VI, membership applications, and
the "double veto".
Representatives of China, France, the United
Kingdom, and the United States all took exception
to a proposal of Selim Sarper of Turkey, which
was later withdrawn, that the Committee should
add to the second group Security Council findings
under article 39 that there was a "threat to the
46
peace, breach of the peace, or act of aggression".
Article 39 is the first article in chapter VII, which
covers peace-enforcement action by the Security
Council. Joseph E. Johnson of the United States
argued that a decision under article 39 should be
suibject to the unanimity rule, because if it were to
be meaningful it would have to envisage recom-
mendations or sanctions whose effectiveness would
require big-power unanimity. He recalled that at
the San Francisco conference article 39 had pur-
posely been put in chapter VII rather than in
chapter VI because it was felt that a determination
that a threat to i^eace existed could lead to the
whole range of action under chapter VII. Fran-
Qois de Rose of France said the Turkish proposal
might permit sanctions to be ordered without the
assent of those who would have to enforce them.
The view that the recommendations were inade-
quate and that only elimination of the veto power
would make the United Nations a real guardian of
peace was urged by Jose Arce of Argentina, Carlos
P. Romulo of the Philippines, and Sir Carl Be-
rendsen of New Zealand. Dr. Arce and General
Romulo declared they still favored calling a gen-
eral conference under article 109 to revise the
Charter.
Palestine
The Security Council was called to an unsched-
uled meeting at a late hour on July 8 to discuss
indications that full-scale warfare in Palestine
was about to be resumed.
The Council's July President, Dmitri Z. Manuil-
sky of the Ukraine, called the emergency meeting
upon receipt of a telegram from Moshe Shertok,
Foreign Minister of Israel, which charged that
Egyptian forces had opened an offensive in South
Palestine 24 hours before the four- week truce was
due to expire. As the Council met, a telegram
came in from Count Bernadotte, U.N. mediator in
Palestine, rej^orting that Israel had accepted his
proposal of a 30-day truce extension but that the
Arab states had rejected it. The telegram ex-
pressed the mediator's disappointment "that hos-
tilities are to be resumed" and added that he would
concentrate on obtaining "a cease-fii-e in Jerusalem
and its ultimate demilitarization". Bernadotte
said he did not yet have a text of the Arab reply
and promised the Council a full report "at a very
early date".
Philip C. Jessup of the United States, referring
to the Shertok telegram, said that the Council
clearly could not act solely on the basis of an al-
legation from one of the parties and must await
the mediator's report on resumption of fighting.
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
Tlie information at luxnd, Mr. Jessup said, con-
fronted tlie Council with some "uncertainty and
ambiguity". It could be hoped that further news
would show that anticipation of a truce rupture
was based on a misunderstanding or that an Arab
refusal to prolong it had been reconsidered. He
noted it was not clear whether the Arab Govern-
ments" reply to the proposal for a truce extension
had been sent before they had received the text of
the CounciTs resolution of July 7, which appealed
to both sides to prolong the truce.
"jMy Government welcomes the fact that the
Government of Israel has accepted the proposals
of the mediator", JNIr. Jessup said. "It is very
hard to believe that the Arab States, members of
the United A'ations, have actually rejected any
prolongation of the truce and that they would con-
template actually resorting to war in violation of
the Charter"'. If this were the case, the Council
would have no choice, Mr. Jessup said, but to turn
to chapter VII of the Charter (action with respect
to threats to the peace, breaches of the peace, and
acts of aggression). He recalled that the resolu-
tion of May 29 bound the Council to consider
chapter VII action if the tince were repudiated
or violated.
"There can be no question, in my opinion," Mr.
Jessup declared, "that in a situation in which one
of the contesting parties has clearly indicated its
willingness to prolong the truce the other party
could allege that a resort to force was an act based
upon a necessity of self-defense".
ilr. Jessup pointed out that no case had hitherto
required the full application of chapter VII
(which authorizes diplomatic, economic, and mili-
tary sanctions), "but it must be recognized that
chapter VII is as much a part of the Charter as
any other chapter." The U.S. Government, he
said, "will be prepared to carry out its obligations
as a member of the Security Council and of the
United Nations."
A proposal by the United States for a finding
under article 39 would parallel one made in the
Council by Ambassador Warren K. Austin on
May 17. It obtained only five votes, two short of
the required seven.
Indonesia
The Security Council decided on July 6 to ask
its Good Offices Committee in Indonesia for a full
report on restrictions applied to trade with the
Indonesian Republic. The action followed a com-
plaint by the Indonesian Republic Representative,
Lambertus Palar, that "the Dutch are trying to
strangle the Republic."
The Good Ollices Committee reported on June
21 ' that, although the truce agreement signed
aboard the U.S.S. Renville on January 17, 1948,
stipulated that normal trade channels, both domes-
tic and foreign, were to be reopened, no significant
Jufy n, 1948
mt UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIAUZBD AGENCIES
increase in trade in and out of Republican terri-
tory had occurred and there were severe shortages
of vital commodities.
Nine members of the Council voted for a Chinese
proposal to ask the Committee for full informa-
tion. The U.S.S.R. and the Ukraine abstained
because they thought the language of the request
too mild.
Children's Fund
The Program Committee of the International
Children's Emergency Fund met in Paris on July
3 to review its program in the 12 European coun-
tries and China where the Fund is now operating
and to consider extending its aid to the U.S., U.K.,
and French zones in Germany, as well as to coun-
tries in the Far East other than China. The Pro-
gram Committee, on which the United States is
represented at this session by Louis K. Hyde, began
a field trip to Poland, Czechoslovakia, and Italy
on July 8 to inspect Icef operations in these
countries. Established by a General Assembly
resolution of December 11, 1946, the Fund today
is providing supjilementary food for more than
4,000,000 children in European countries and
China.
Labor Conference
The International Labor Organization began
its Thirty-first Conference in San Francisco on
June 17, with 51 of the Ilo's 59 member countries
represented at the Conference. David A. Morse,
recently elected Director General of the organi-
zation, heads the U.S. Delegation. Among the
more important decisions made by the Confer-
ence are preliminary approval of the principle of
equal pay for equal work, agreement to consider
establishment of regulations for labor clauses in
public contracts at next year's conference, and
extension of an invitation to General MacArthur,
Supreme Commander for the Allied Powers in
Japan, to send an observer delegation. Awaiting
Conference adoption is a proposed convention on
freedom of association by which both workers and
employers will have the right to join workers' or
employers' organizations of their own choosing.
The Conference is expected to end on July 10.
Telecommunication Pact
President Truman has sigiied the international
telecommunication convention with its final pro-
tocol, and the Radio Regulations annexed thereto,
which were recommended for ratification by the
U.S. Senate on June 2. The convention includes
reorganization of the International Telecommuni-
cation Union to strengthen its relationship with
the United Nations. The convention and regula-
tions go into eilect on January 1, 1949, with regard
to countries and territories which have ratified or
adhered to the convention by that date.
' U.N. doc. S/S48, June 21, 1948.
47
INTERNATSONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
U.S. DELEGATIONS TO BNTERNATEONAL COr^FERENCES |
Theatre Institute
[Released to the press June 29]
The Department of State announced on June 29
the composition of the United States Observer
Delegation to the First Congress of the Inter-
national Theatre Institute being held at Praha
from June 28 to July 3, 1948. Warren Caro, execu-
tive secretary of the Theatre Guild, New York,
is serving as chairman of the Observer Delegation
and Miss Rosamond Gilder, secretary, American
National Theatre and Academy, New York, as
adviser.
The meeting is being held under the sponsorship
of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and
Cultural Organization (Unescx)) with the co-
operation of the Government of Czechoslovakia.
The purpose of the Congress is to create an In-
ternational Tlieatre Institute to provide for the
establishment of international theatre centers in
the member states of Unesco.
A proposal for the creation of an International
Theatre Institute was approved by the First Ses-
sion of the General Conference of Unesco at Paris
in 1946. A meeting of experts was held at Paris
in July 1947, at whicli a charter for the Institute
was drafted. The Second Session of the General
Conference of Unesco, held in Mexico City in No-
vember 1947, authorized the convening of an in-
ternational conference to establish the Inter-
national Theatre Institute.
The provisional agenda for the meeting in-
cludes: (1) adoption of a final draft charter for
the Institute; (2) the election of an Executive
Committee wliich will be responsible for making
recommendations concerning the site of the per-
manent headquarters of the Institute, the site of
the Second Congress, and the appointment of the
Secretary General and staff; (3) the organization
and operation of a playscript-exchange service;
(4) the development of an operational scheme for
services to performing companies abroad ; and (5)
the development of the structure and nature of
information services.
UNESCO
[Released to the press June 28]
The Department of State announced on June
28 the list of advisers to the United States Dele-
gation to the Third Session of the General Con-
ference of the United Nations Educational, Scien-
tific and Cultural Organization (Unesco), which
is scheduled to be held at Beirut, Lebanon, Oc-
tober IS to November 10, 1948, as follows :
Special Adviser to the United States Delegation and Mem-
ber of the Executive Board of Unesco
George D. Stoddard, President, University of Illinois. Ur-
bana. 111.
Advisers
Ben M. Clierrlngton, Social Science Foundation, Denver,
Colo.
Kermit Eby, Director of Education and Researcli, Con-
gress of Industrial Organizations
E. Pendleton Herring, President-elect, Social Science Be-
search Council
Richard P. McKeon, Professor of Philosophy, University
of Chicago
Kendric Marshall, United States Office of Education
Stephen B. L. Penrose, President-designate of Beirut Uni-
versity
Louise Wright, Director, Chicago Council on Foreign Re-
lations
Charles M. Hulten, Deputy Assistant Secretary for Ad-
ministration, Department of State
Walter M. Kotschnig, Chief, Division of International
Organization Affairs, Office of United Nations Affairs,
Department of State
Kenneth Holland, Counselor on Unesco Affairs, American
Embassy, Paris
James S. Moose, Jr., Foreign Service Inspector
Samuel de Palma, Division of International Organization
Affairs, Department of State
Esther C. Brunauer, Assistant Director, Unesco Rela-
tions Staff, Department of State
Special Assistant to the Chairman
Saxton Bradford, Deputy Director, Unesco Relations
Staff, Department of State
Executive Secretary
Henry J. Sabatini, Division of International Conferences,
Department of State
Technical Secretary
Herbert J. Abraham, Unesco Relations Staff, Department
of State
On June 24, 1948, the President approved the
designation of the following in the capacity
named :
Representatives of the United States to the Third Session
of the Ocncral Conference of Unesco
George V. Allen, of North Carolina
Milton S. Eisenhower, of Kansas
Luther H. Evans, of Texas
Waldo G. Leland, of Massachusetts
Mrs. Anne O'Hare McCormick, of New York
48
Deparfment of Sfate Bulletin
Altrnidtc Representatives
Frniik Onpra, of (California
William II. Hastio, of tlio District of CoUiiubia
Mrs. Katliloen N. Lardie, of Jrichigan
W. Albert Noyes, Jr.. of New York
George F. Zook, of Virsinia
Cmigrexsional Adviser
J, William Fiilbright, of Arkan.sas
In accordance with the Unesco constitution,
the Executive Board of Unesco, at its meeting
at Paris in February 1948, prepared the dralH;
agenda for the Tliird Session of the General Con-
ference. Among the items on tliis provisional
agenda are : ( 1 ) report of the Director General on
the activities of the Organization in 1948; (2)
consideration of reports submitted by member
states in 1918; (3) discussion of certain items in
the program for 1948 and of new activities pro-
posed for 1949 ; (4) the Organization's budget; (5)
matters which have been raised by member states,
the United Nations, or other specialized agencies ;
(6) organizational (luestions, including the Na-
tional Commissions of Unesco; (7) election of
seven members to the Executive Board; (8) ap-
pointment of the Director General ; (9) considera-
tion of recommendations of the Executive Board
concerning the admission of new members to the
Organization: and (10) consideration of recom-
mendations of the Executive Board concerning the
admission of observers of international nongovern-
mental organizations to the Third Session of the
General Conference.
Unesco, a specialized agency of the United
Nations, designed to foster international under-
standing through educational, scientific, and cul-
tural activities, was launched at a meeting of 41
members of the United Nations at London in No-
vember 1945. The main objective of the organiza-
tion is to contribute to peace and security by
promoting collaboration among nations in every
field of Imowledge. The First Session of the
General Conference of Unesco was held at Paris
in November and December 1946. The Second
Session was held at Mexico City in November and
December 1947.
It is expected that representatives of the 39
governments which have adhered to the Unesco
con.stitution will attend the forthcoming meeting.
ACriV/r/ES AND DEVBLOPMENTS
U.S.-CANADA INTERNATIONAL JOINT
COfVlKIISSION DISCUSSES KOOTENAY
RIVER FLOODS
[Released to the press Juue 291
At the request of Governor C. A. Robins of
Idaho, members of the International Joint Com-
mission, United States and Canada, will meet at
Bonners Ferry, Idaho, on July 27, 1948, to confer
with officers and persons affected by the recent
serious floods of the Kootenay River, which have
caused serious damage in both Canada and the
United States.
The Connnission has pending before it a refer-
ence from the Governments of the United States
and Canada requiring a study and recommenda-
tions with respect to the entire Columbia River
Basin, which includes the Kootenay River. As
rivers in the States of Washington, Oregon, Mon-
tana, and Wyoming are involved in this project
in addition to rivers in the State of Idaho, the
Governors of all five States have been invited to
participate, either personally or by representa-
tives, in the meeting. Officials of the Canadian
Government and of the Province of British Co-
lumbia, as well as other interested Canadians, have
also been invited to be present and present their
views.
The International Columbia River Engineering
Board has been conducting studies in Canada and
the United States for the past four years, and the
results of their work up to the present time will be
available for consideration. The chairman of the
Canadian group of engineers is Victor Meek, con-
troller. Dominion Water and Power Bureau, and
Major General R. C. Crawford, deputy chief of
engineers, Corps of Engineers, United States
Army, is chairman of the group of engineers that
has conducted investigations in the United States.
It is hoped that an important program for de-
velopment of water storage and hydroelectric
development may be planned to prevent the de-
struction and gi-eat loss of property that has
occurred as a result of devastating floods in this
area this spring.
July I?, 1948
49
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
U.S. Urges Soviet Command To Resume Electric Power to Soutli Korea
U.S. NOTE TO THE SOVIET MINISTRY FOR FOREIGN AFFAIRS
[Released to the press June 29]
Delivered June 26^ 19Jt8.
I have the honor to bring to the attention of
your Excellency the matter of the distribution of
electric power in Korea.
As you are doubtless aware, the principal elec-
tric power production facilities for the whole of
that country are located in the area north of the
38° parallel presently occupied by Soviet forces.
As you are probably also aware, those facilities
wei'e designed to meet a substantial propoi'tion of
the electric power requirements of that part of the
country lying south of the 38° parallel and pres-
ently occupied by U.S. forces.
With a view to ensuring that the people of south
Korea would not be deprived of the continued
normal flow of electric power from such north
Korean sources, the U.S. Command entered on
June 17, 1947 into an agreement with the Soviet
Command designed to effect a settlement for power
already supplied and to provide the basis for a
subsequent settlement for power to be furnished
in the future. The provisions of that agreement
were substantially as follows :
(a) the cost of power delivered for the period
August 16, 1945, through May 31, 1947, was fixed
at 16,334,735 yen, based upon 1941 prices at 0.0195
yen per K.W.H. ;
(b) payment should be in equipment and speci-
fied materials to be delivered by the U.S. Com-
mand within six months from the date of delivery
of final revised specifications ;
(c) the cost of the equipment and materials
would be determined on the basis of 1941 Japanese
price lists, or when unavailable or lacking the
necessary data, corresponding U.S. price lists
would be used. The rate of exchange for this
purpose was fixed at 100 yen equalling $23.44;
(d) should the delivery of particular materials
be impossible at a specified time, new terms of de-
livery or the substitution of other materials would
be determined by mutual agreement ;
(e) electric power supplied after June 1, 1947,
would be the subject of a separate agreement, to
be signed within one month.
When it became apparent, as early as December
1947, that delays in the delivery of the specified
materials would be unavoidable because of their
50
extreme shortage in the world markets, the Com-
manding General of the U.S. Army Forces in
Korea, in accordance with stipulation (d) of the
agreement as outlined above, initiated a series of
efforts to open discussions with the Soviet Com-
mand regarding the substitution of other mate-
rials, or to settle the account in American dollars.
By his letter of May 8, 1948, General Hodge noti-
fied General Korotkov that the 8th shipment of
materials, in partial payment of electric power
received prior to June 1, 1947, would be ready for
inspection and delivery on May 25, 1948. The
estimated value of this delivery was given as 40%
of the total debt, and it was pointed out that this
amovmt, in addition to the 35% already delivered,
left an unpaid balance of 25% which General
Hodge suggested should be negotiated, under the
terms of the Agreement, at a conference between
the two commands. On May 14, 1948, six days
after the delivery of this letter, the electric power
supply to south Korea was cut off, and has never
been resumed. On May 17, 1948, in a letter to
General Korotkov, General Hodge protested this
unwarranted action.
On June 12, 1948, General Hodge referring to
his letter of May 8, 1948, notified the Soviet Com-
mand in north Korea that materials in payment
of the outstanding obligations were either in Seoul
awaiting delivery to north Korea, or en route to
Seoul. The alternative of settling the accoiuit in
United States dollars was also i-eiterated. In this
letter. General Hodge again proposed that upon
the resumption of the flow of electric power to
south Korea and the transfer of the materials now
awaiting delivery to north Korea, a conference
of accredited representatives of the two Com-
mands, including representative Koreans from
both north and south Korea, be convened in either
Seoul or Pyongyang. General Hodge expressed
the hope that through such a conference a defini-
tive settlement of outstanding accounts, which
would include payments for power delivered after
June 1, 1947, could be made.
In reply to his letter of May 17, 1948, General
Hodge has received a letter from General Merku-
lov dated June 15, 1948, which reiterated previous
communications from the Soviet Command in
north Korea to the effect that "the Soviet Com-
mand cannot fulfill the functions as an intermedi-
ary between the American Command and the
Department of State Bulletin
Peoples Committee of north Korea in the case of
delivery of electric energy to south Korea." Ac-
knowledgment has not been made of General
Hodge's letter of June 12, 1948.
It is the view of this Government that so long
as Soviet forces remain in occupation of north
Korea, tlie Soviet Command cannot divest itself
unilaterally of its responsibilities, including the
responsibilitv incurred under the agreement of
June 17, Idi^. Should the Soviet Command per-
THE RECORD OF THE W£BK
sist in refusing to maintain an adequate flow of
electric power to south Korea, the people of that
ai"ea will thereby be subjected to unwarranted
hardships.
It is urged, therefore, that instructions be trans-
mitted to the Soviet Command in Korea to resume
deliveries of electric power to south Korea im-
mediately, and to participate with representatives
of the United States Command in the negotiations
proposed by General Hodge.
Consideration of Soviet Reply to American Lend-Lease Settlement Proposals
STATEMENT BY SECRETARY MARSHALL
[Released to the press July 2]
After receiving a communication from the De-
partment of State on the subject of a lend-lease
settlement, the Soviet Ambassador called in late
May and stated his intention to return to Moscow
to obtain new instructions. Since his return to
the United States the Ambassador has submitted
a reply which is now being studied.
After many delays the negotiations began on
April 30, 1947, since which time they have con-
tinued sporadically. The United States has made
proposals as to the main points of settlement which
follow the basic principles of settlements already
concluded with other major lend-lease recipients.
Our proposals are in accord with the provisions
of the Soviet master lend-lease agreement of June
11, 1942.
In general the United States asks no payment
for any lend-lease aid represented by articles or
services expended in the common war effort prior
to V-,T Day, September 2, 1945. The Soviet Gov-
ernment is being asked to pay the reasonable value
as of V-J Day of civilian-type lend-lease articles
which remained in existence on that day, such
articles being of a kind which would have a peace-
time utility to the Soviet economy. Eight lend-
lease merchant vessels have been returned by the
Soviet Government under the provisions of article
V of the master agreement. Settlement for the 87
merchant vessels remaining in Soviet possession is
one of the subjects under discussion in the nego-
tiations, and their ultimate disposition depends
upon the outcome of these negotiations. In addi-
tion to the 8 merchant vessels already re-
turned, this Government has requested the im-
mediate return of 3 icebreakers and 28 frigates
of the United States Navy. The disposition of
certain other small naval craft still in Soviet
possession is also a subject under discussion in the
negotiations. The United States asks the Soviet
Government to provide compensation to United
States firms for the use of their patented processes
supplied to the Soviet Government under lend-
lease during the war.
Reply to Soviet Protest of Newsweek Article
[Released to the press June 29]
Text of note froin the Secretary of State to the
Soviet Amhassador, dated June 28, 1948
The Secretary of State presents his compliments
to His Excellency the Ambassador of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics and has the honor to
acknowledge the receipt of the Embassy's note
No. 107 of June 9, 1948, bringing to the attention
of this Government an article which appeared in
the May 17, 1948, issue of News-week magazine,
which the Embassy's note characterizes as a viola-
tion of the Resolution on Measures to be taken
against Propaganda and the Inciters of a New
War adopted at the Second Session of the General
Assembly of the United Nations. The article dis-
cusses an alleged plan of defense by American air
forces in the event of an attack upon the United
States.
Jo/y n, J 948
The American attitude concerning the function
of the press has been made clear to the Soviet Gov-
ernment at numerous meetings of various agencies
of the United Nations at which the question of the
freedom of the press has been discussed. It is a
tradition in this country that the public press shall
serve as a forum for the discussion of all questions
of public concern.
The Government of the United States agrees
that this Government, whose representatives ap-
proved the General Assembly Resolution, should
"promote, by all means of publicity and propa-
ganda available to them, friendly relations among
nations based on the Purposes and Principles of
the Charter". The Government of the United
States is actively pursuing this policy. This Gov-
ermnent, however, cannot accept the view ex-
pressed in the Embassy's note to the effect that
governments which accepted the resolution should
51
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
bear responsibility for acts committed on their ter-
ritories which by their nature viohite the resolu-
tion. The position of the United States Govern-
ment on this point was made clear in the debate on
the resolution at the General Assembly last year in
the following statement by Mr. Austin :
"The United States Delegation opposes any at-
tempts, direct or indirect, to limit freedom of ex-
pression. We are against even setting foot upon
the path leading to suppression and tyranny."
Any attempt on the part of the Government of
the United States to control or suppress articles of
this type appeai'ing in the public press would be a
violation of the right of freedom of the press which
is guaranteed by the Constitution of the United
States.
An examination of the Neivsiveefc article will re-
veal that its whole tenor was postulated on an as-
sumed act of aggression against the United States.
The greater part of the article was devoted to
speculation concerning measures to which the
United States might resort for its national defense
if confronted with such an attack. There is no
suggestion that the United States should take the
initiative in attacking the Soviet Union or any
other country.
It is a cause for surprise to this Government
that the Soviet Government should feel called
upon to protest against articles appearing in the
United States where the press and other organs of
information are free of governmental control in
accordance with the principles of freedom of in-
formation, when in the Soviet Union where, as
Premier Stalin made clear in his interview with
Mr. Stassen on April 9, 1947, the government in
fact controls and censors the press and other
organs of information and theieby makes itself
responsible for the material they publish, articles
are constantly appearing which in the opinion of
this Government can scarcely be construed as pro-
moting friendly relations among nations, based
on the purposes and principles of the Charter.
The Government of the United States is happy
to observe the statement in the Embassy's note
characterizing the charge that the Soviet Union
is preparing an attack upon the United States as
a libelous invention.
Surplus-Property Payments From France,
Netherlands, and Brazil
[Released to the press July 2]
The Department of State announced on July 2
that the Government of the United States has re-
ceived the following payments:
A sum in francs equivalent to 13 million dollars
from the Government of France for interest due
on July 1, 1948, under a credit extended to France
for settlement of its U.S. lend-lease account and
the purchase of U.S. surplus property. No pay-
ments of principal are due until 1951.
The sum of 960 thousand dollars from the Neth-
erlands Government for interest due on July 1,
1948, on the Netherlands lend-lease account. No
payments of princii^al are due until 1951.
The sum of 5 million dollars from the Govern-
ment of Brazil as the July 1, 1948, installment on
its remaining lend-lease obligations to the United
States.
The francs making the second installment paid
by France to the United States will be used for
educational purposes under the Fulbright Act if
an agi'eement, now under negotiation between
France and the United States, is concluded prior
to August 15, 1948. If such an agreement is not
concluded by that time, the disposition of the
francs will be subject to further negotiation, or
the francs will be returned and the obligation of
the French to pay the interest in dollars will be
reinstated.
The lend-lease and surplus-property agreement
with France was signed on May 28, 1946. France
agreed to pay the United States 720 million dollars
on deferred i^ayment, for which it received
approximately 1,398 million dollars at procure-
ment cost in United States war surplus located in
France and also settled its lend-lease account of
3,233 million dollars for France and its posses-
sions. This settlement also took into account the
760 million dollars in reverse lend-lease furnished
by France to the United States during the war.
The Netherlands payment was the first intei'est
installment on the 67,500 thousand dollars due the
United States under its lend-lease settlement agree-
ment signed on May 28, 1947. Under lend-lease,
the Netherlands received 249 million dollars in
lend-lease materials and furnished the United
States 2,400 thousand dollars in reverse lend-lease.
Brazil's 5-million-dollar installment leaves
approximately 30 million dollars due to the United
States under its lend-lease settlement agreement,
signed on April 15, 1948.
Bolivian Proposal on Defaulted Bonds
Statement hy Secretary Marshall
[Released to the press July 1]
The Bolivian Government has made a public an-
nouncement of a proposed plan for the resumption,
on an adjusted basis, of its dollar bonds which have
been in default for many years. The announce-
ment describes an offer which will be made to the
bondholders when it has been approved by the
Bolivian Congress.
The decision of the Bolivian Government to re-
sume service on its external obligations is a con-
structive action which is most gi-atifying.
52
Department of State Bulletin
Discussions Witli Sweden on Loss of Gold and Foreign-Exchange Holdings
SUMMARY OF NEGOTIATIONS
[Released to the press June 28]
The Department of State announced on June
28 that discussions have recently been held be-
tween representatives of the United States and
Swedish Governments regarding Sweden's need
to prevent further serious losses of gold and for-
eign-exchange holdings caused by the svibstantial
deficit in Sweden's trade with the hard-currency
areas of the world.
The drastic reduction of Sweden's holdings of
hard currencies since the close of the war neces-
sitated temporary modifications of the quantita-
tive :ind nondiscriminatory commitments of the
trade airrcement of 1935 between the two countries.
Understandings regarding such modifications for
the period ending June 30, 1948, were reached
on June 24, 1947, and February 11, 1948.^
Due to Sweden's continued shortage of hard
currency it was agreed on June 12 to extend the
arrangements embodied in the aforementioned
understandings until June 30, 1949, or until
Sweden becomes a contracting party to the Gen-
eral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, whichever
is the earlier date. The understanding of June 12
may be terminated by either Government on 60
days' written notice, after consultation as to the
justification for its continuance.
EXCKAr^GE OF MEIVIORANDA BETWEEN THE U.S. AND SWEDEN
[Released to the press June 281
The Government of Sweden wishes to refer to
discussions which have recently been held between
its Embassy in Washington and representatives of
the Government of the United States of America
concerning the problems faced by the Government
of Sweden as the result of the serious loss of its
gold and dollar exchange. These discussions have
resulted in a mutual understanding between the
two Governments as follows :
1. Because of the large deficit in the Swedish
balance of payments with the hard-currency areas
of the world it is recognized that the Government
of Sweden continues to be faced with the necessity
of taking measures to correct its present imbalance
of trade and to conserve its foreign exchange. Tlie
import restrictions imposed by the Government of
Sweden on March 15, 1947, as presently applied
are understood to serve these purposes.
2. It is therefore agreed that the provisions con-
tained in the exchange of aide-memoire between
the two Governments dated June 24, 1947, as modi-
fied by the exchange of memoranda dated Febru-
ary 11. 1948 shall continue to be applied after
June 30, 1948. until the Government of Sweden
becomes a contracting party to the General Agree-
ment on Tariffs and Trade concluded at Geneva
Switzerland on October 30, 1947, or until June 30,
1949, whichever is the earlier. If by May 1, 1949,
Sweden has not adhered to the General Agreement
on Tariffs and Trade, the two Governments agree
to review the situation for the purpose of con-
sidering such actions as the circumstances may de-
mand.
It is further agreed that either Government
after consultation as to the continued justification
for this understanding may terminate it on sixty
days written notice.
Washington, D. C, Jime 12, 194.8.
The Government of the United States of
America wishes to refer to discussions which have
recently been held between its representatives and
representatives of the Embassy of Sweden con-
cerning the pi'oblems faced by the Government of
Sweden as the result of its serious loss of gold and
dollar exciiange, and to the memorandum of to-
day's date from the Embassy of Sweden setting
forth the understanding reached in these discus-
sions. The Government of the United States of
America confirms the understanding reached in
these discussions as set forth in the memorandum
from the Embassy of Sweden.
Washington, June 12, l!)!j8.
' See Bulletin of Feb. 22, 1948, p. 231 .
July 11, 1948
53
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Air Transport To Supply Civilian
Needs in Berlin
Statement by Secr^etary Marshall
[Released to the press June 30]
We are in Berlin as a result of agreements be-
tween the Governments on the areas of occupation
in Germany, and we intend to stay. The Soviet
attempt to blockade the German civilian popula-
tion of Berlin raises basic questions of serious
import with which we expect to deal promptly.
Meanwliile, maximum use of air transport will
be made to supply the civilian population. It has
been found, after study, that the tonnage of food-
stuffs and supplies which can be lifted by air is
greater than had at first been assumed.
Hungary Requires Presentation of Foreign-
Owned Shares of Hungarian Banks
[Released to the press June 29]
The Department of State announced on June
29 the receipt of information that a decree of the
Hungarian Government, published on May 6, 1948,
requires that shares of the National Bank or
Hungary and of banks in the first category of the
Central Corporation of Banking Companies (the
banks nationalized on December 4, 1947) which
are owned by foreign nationals and corporations
registered abroad must be presented by the owners
or custodians, for the purpose of listing, before
July 30, 1948. For individuals residing abroad
and corporations domiciled abroad the time limit
is 45 days after the pertinent Hungarian diplo-
matic mission makes an announcement on the
matter through the newspapers. (The Hungarian
Legation at Washington has informed the De-
partment that no announcement has yet been made
in the United States.) If the shares involved
were annulled by Hungarian courts or are in
process of nullification, a copy of the nullification
decree or information concerning the nullification
procedure must be presented. The presentation
must be made whether or not the shares have been
declared pursuant to previous legislation.^
Shares held in Hungary must be presented at
the Central Corporation of Banking Companies,
wliile those held abroad must be presented at a
Hungarian diplomatic mission.
The owner or custodian of the shares must de-
clare at the time of presentation the date and man-
ner of acquisition of the shares, and if the owner is
an individual there must be stated also the date of
his acquisition of foreign citizenship and, if he
previously lived in Hungary, the date of his de-
parture from that country. The Central Coi'-
jjoration of Banking Companies may require proof
of the date submitted.
Shares not presented within the time limit will
be declared null and void and will be replaced
by new shares which will be delivered to the
Hungarian Treasury without compensation. This
will also be done in the case of shares of which
the foreign ownership is not proved prior to a
date to be fixed by the Hungarian Government.
The decree became effective on the date of pub-
lication.
Signing of the Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1948
STATEMENT BY THE PRESIDENT
[Released to the press by the White House June 26]
I have today signed H.K. 6556, the Trade Agree-
ments Extension Act of 1948. Unfortunately,
tliis act extends for only one year tlie authority
to enter into reciprocal trade agreements. It also
makes unwise changes in the procedure for nego-
tiating such agreements.
I regret very much that the Congress has not
seen fit to renew this authority for the customary
three-year period. There is no valid reason for
a one-year limitation, which appears to cast some
doubt upon our intentions for the future.
Moreover, tlie act prescribes a new, complicated,
time-consuming and unnecessary procedure for
the negotiation of reciprocal trade agreements.
This change in procedure will necessarily hamper
and obstruct the negotiation of new agreements,
■ Buu-ETiN of July 13, 1947, p. 060.
54
a defect which is particularly undesirable in view
of the act's limitation to a single year.
The reciprocal trade-agreements program has
long occupied a key position in our foreign policy
and in our endeavors to assist world recovery. As
I pointed out in a special message to the Congress
last March, the program is a tested and practical
means for achieving the benefits of expanding
world commerce for tlie United States and other
countries and a continuing evidence of the deter-
mination of the United States to contribute its
full share to the reconstruction of a sound and
growing world economy as a basis for enduring
world peace.
As part of the European Recovery Program, the
participating countries have agreed to work to-
gether to lower barriers to trade. The United
States can surely do no less than show its deter-
mination to support the same principle, which is
Department of State Bulletin ;
THE RECORD OF THE WEEIC
SO important to an expansion of world markets
and world trade.
It is so essential that the reciprocal trade-a<^ree-
ments proj^rain should not lapse, that I have signed
this act iTi sjiite of its serious defects.
I will do my best to make the new procedures
work. As a lirst step, I intend to pi'oceed in the
near future with plans for bringing other coun-
tries into the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade signed with 22 countries at Geneva in Oc-
tober 1947.
The reciprocal trade-agreements program is one
of high national policy. When the act is again
extended next year, I trust that the defects con-
tained in this year's extension will be corrected,
in order that the act will be restored as a fully
effective instrument of permanent United States
policy.
Geneva Trade Protocol Signed by Twenty-two Countries
[Released to the press July 1]
Twenty-two of the twenty-three countries sign-
ing the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
at Geneva on October 30, 1947, have signed the
protocol of provisional ajjplication, meeting the
June 30 date for such signature as provided in
the protocol. Burma, Ceylon, and Lebanon
signed on June 29, Brazil, New Zealand, Pakistan,
and Syria on June 30. Pursuant to the provisions
of the protocol, the seven countries will become
contracting parties to the agreement on the expira-
tion of 30 days from date of signature. A presi-
dential proclamation will be necessary to give
effect to the tariff concessions which were granted
by the United States in schedule XX of the
general agreement and are of primai'y interest to
these countries.
Chile, which participated in the Geneva nego-
tiations, has requested from the contracting parties
to the general agreement an extension for six
months beyond June 30, 1948, of the period during
which it might sign the protocol of provisional
application. This request is under consideration
by the contracting parties.
The 15 countries which had previously signed
the protocol are the United Kingdom, France,
Belgium, the Netherlands, Luxembourg, Canada,
Australia, Cuba, Czechoslovakia, China, the
Union of South Africa, India, Norway, Southern
Ehodesia, and the United States.
The signature of the protocol by 22 of the 23
countries marks an important milestone in the
program for the relaxation of tariffs and other
barriei's to international trade initiated by the
United States in 1934 and carried forward in
the multilateral negotiations concluded at Geneva
last October. As stated by the President in con-
nection with his signature on June 26 of the Trade
Agreements Extension Act of 1948, plans are now
being laid to bring other countries into the Gen-
eral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. The sched-
uling of future tariff negotiations is on the agenda
for the second session of the contracting parties
to the general agreement to be convened at Geneva
on August 15. In accordance with the usual prac-
tice, participation by the United States in any
negotiations which may be scheduled at Geneva
will be preceded by public notice and hearings.
Proclamation on General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade With India,
Norway, and Southern Rhodesia
The President, on June 25, 1948, issued a procla-
mation putting into effect as of July 9 and 11 the
tariff concessions in schedule XX of the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade of primary in-
terest to India and Norway, respectively. The
proclamation also states that Southern Ehodesia
will be a contracting party to the general agree-
ment on July 12, 1948. The general agreement
was entered into by the United States last October
30 at Geneva with 22 other countries.
The proclamation also announces that the
amendments to article XXIV of the general agree-
ment, contained in a protocol concluded at the
first session of the contracting parties to the Gen-
eva agreement at Habana last March, entered into
force on June 7.'
The President's action followed receipt of infor-
mation that India signed the protocol of provi-
sional application of the general agreement on
July J J, 1948
June 8, 1948 ; Norway on June 10 ; and Southern
Rhodesia on June 11. Pursuant to the provisions
of the protocol, these countries will become con-
tracting parties to the agreement on the expiration
of 30 days from date of signature.
Adherence to the general agreement by these
three countries is particularly significant, since it
is the first trade agreement to be in force between
the United States and each of them.
India, Norway, and Southern Ehodesia are, re-
spectively, the thirteenth, fourteenth, and fifteenth
of the Geneva countries to give effect to this agree-
ment. The other countries which have done so,
in addition to the United States, are the United
Kingdom, France, Belgium, the Netherlands,
Luxembourg, Canada, Australia, Cuba, Czecho-
slovakia, China, and the Union of South Africa.
1 For text of protocol, see Department of State press
release 261 of Mar. 31, 194S.
55
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Under the general agreement India, Norway,
and Southern Rhodesia grant a wide range of tariff
concessions benefiting the trade of the United
States. Moreover they and the other contracting
parties to tlie agreement are committed to certain
limitations with respect to the apiDlication of quo-
tas, import I'estrictions, exchange control, valua-
tion for customs purposes, and the conduct of state
trading. These provisions are important since
they commit these countries as well as the other
contracting parties giving effect to the agreement
under the protocol of provisional application to
accord fair treatment to the trade of the United
States. Under the agreement the United States
on its part has made tariff concessions on products
of primary interest to Norway and India and of
secondary interest to Southern Rhodesia. The
reciprocal tariff concessions in the case of each of
these countries are summarized hereafter:
India
In schedule XII of the general agreement, India
has granted concessions on products of primary
interest to the United States representing about
$9,552,000 in terms of 1938-39 Indian imports from
the United States. The United States will also
benefit from additional Indian concessions nego-
tiated with other countries at Geneva on products
the imports of which into India from the United
States amounted to $487,000 in 1938-39. These
concessions were given in the form of reductions in
rates of duty, bindings against increase of existing
duties, bindings of the duty-free status, and reduc-
tions in the margins of preference. Imports in
1938-39 from the United States which will be sub-
ject to these four types of concessions were valued
at $2,349,000, $1,931,000, $599,000, and $5,160,000,
respectively. Among the principal Indian conces-
sions of interest to the United States are those on
dried and condensed milk, canned fish and meat,
unmanufactured tobacco, certain canned fruits,
certain chemicals and drugs, unwrought copper,
rosin, mineral grease, coal-tar dyes, certain ma-
chine items, ofSce machines, radios, tubes, tractors,
and automobiles.
India will give effect to the items appearing in
schedule XII, with certain exceptions, on the ex-
piration of 30 days from the date of signature. It
will be necessary for India to withhold tempoi-arily
certain concessions on tariffs which are levied for
revenue purposes, until legislative action may be
taken on them in September.
United States concessions in the general agree-
ment on products of interest to India apply to im-
ports from India which represented approximately
$55,145,000 in terms of 1939 trade. The most im-
portant of these products are not produced in the
United States; e.g., jute and jute products, dutiable
and free imports of which amounted to roughly
$25,608,000 and $3,600,000, respectively, in 1939.
In terms of 1939 trade, United States tariff reduc-
tions apply to a total of $33,627,000; bindings
against increase of certain duties, to $978,000 ; and
bindings on the free list, to $20,540,000. Among
these products of principal interest to India on
which the United States has granted duty reduc-
tions are mica, cashew nuts, burlap and bags,
cocoa-fiber mats, wool rugs, badminton rackets and
nets, and tennis rackets. Continued duty-free
entry is assured on such j^roducts as carpet wools,
raw jute, and shellac. The present duty on
bagging is bound against increase.
Norway
Under the general agreement Norway gi-anted
tariff' concessions on products of interest to the
United States representing more than $15,300,000
in terms of 1939 trade. Of this total, $6,500,000
represents duty reductions, $3,800,000 duty bind-
ings, and $5,000,000 bindings on the free list.
Existing Norwegian import duties were reduced
on such products as automobiles, trucks, oiSce ma-
chines, refrigerators, a variety of fruits and fruit
juices, and of vegetables and vegetable juices.
Moderate existing duties were bound on rubber
tires and tubes, machine and transmission belting,
certain varnishes and polishes, cosmetics and den-
tifrices, and unexposed photographic and motion-
picture film. The duty-free status was bound for
such items as cotton, wheat flour, tractors, sulphur
and othei" chemicals, rubber and certain rubber
semi-manufactures, tin plate, and certain types of
lumber.
The concessions on products of interest to Nor-
way, made by the United States in the general
agi-eement, apply to commodities which repre-
sented approximately $21,000,000 in terms of 1939
trade. On products accounting for approximately
$11,000,000 of this total the United States conces-
sions consist of bindings on the United States free
list. Among the items of principal interest to Nor-
way on which United States tariff reductions are
granted are : whale oil, sardines packed in oil, cer-
tain other fish and fish products, fish hooks, certain
types of pig iron and ferromanganese. The exist-
ing duties on sardines and certain other types of
fish not packed in oil, and that on artificial abra-
sives, were bound. Continued duty-free entry is
assured for such commodities as cod-liver oil, cod
oil, fox furs (other than silver, black, or platinum),
and nitrogenous fertilizer materials.
Southern Rhodesia
In schedule XVI of the agreement Southern
Rhodesia bound the existing low rates of duty on
12 items, among which are certain types of agri-
cultural machinery and implements, mining ma-
chinery, pumps and accessories, tractors and parts,
machine tools and lubricating oils; reduced ita
duties on motorcycles and motorcycle parts; and
bound the duty-free status on radios. In terms of
1939 trade, Rhodesian imports from the United
56
Department of State Bulletin
States of these items on which concessions were
piven iunonnted to approximately $1,'22(),()00.
Soutliorn Rliodi'sia is an important source for
United Slates imports of mica, chromium and its
alloys, asbestos, chrome ore, and tanning extracts;
consequently, it will benefit from the tariff conces-
sions granted by the United States on these prod-
ucts in schedule XX of the agreement.
Voice of America Program Contracts
Signed With Networks
[Released to the press July 1]
The signature of interim agreements with the
National Broadcasting Company and the Colum-
bia Broadcasting System covering the broadcasts
to be performed by those companies for the Voice
of America during the period of July 1 to Septem-
ber 30 was announced on July 1 by George V.
Allen, Assistant Secretary for public affairs.
The National Broadcasting Company and the
Columbia Broadcasting System have decided to
withdraw from programing activities in the field
of international broadcasting previously per-
formed for the Voice of America under contract,
and the three months' interim contracts cover the
period during which the State Department's Inter-
national Broadcasting Division will prepare to
take over the Voice of America broadcasting now
done by the National Broadcasting Company and
the Columbia Broadcasting System.
The interim agreements, effective July 1, provide
for maintenance by the State Department of full
and complete review, prior to broadcast, of all
materia] prepared under contract by the private
agencies.
The International Broadcasting Division of the
State Department broadcasts Voice of America
progi-ams in the following languages: Bulgarian,
Chinese, Czechoslovak, German, Greek, Hungar-
ian, Korean, Polish, Rumanian, Russian, and
Yugoslav.
The National Broadcasting Company and the
Columbia Broadcasting System have broadcast for
the State Department in the following languages:
Annamese, English, French, German, Indonesian,
Italian, Portuguese, Siamese, and Spanish.
During the next three months the International
Broadcasting Division of the State Department
will organize its staff to handle that portion of its
broadcasts which was programed by the two com-
panies during the past year.
After October 1, the International Broadcasting
Division will program and broadcast all news and
commentaries but will continue to contract with
private radio and recording companies for record-
ing of feature programs for overseas broadcasts
and will continue to lease, under contract, the
shortwave transmitting facilities of private com-
panies.
Jufy n, 7948
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Italian Agreement^Continued from page J,2
ticable will not preclude deficits for over a short i)eriod
hut will mean a budgetary policy involving the balancing
of the budget in the long run.
3. It is understood that the business practices and busi-
ness arrangements referred to in paragraph 3 of Article II
mean :
(a) Fixing prices, terms or conditions to be observed in
dealing with others in the purchase, sale or lease of any
products ;
(6) Excluding enterprises from, or allocating or divid-
ing, any territorial market or field of business activity or
allocating customers, or fixing sales quotas or purchase
quotas ;
(c) Discriminating against particular enterprises;
(d) Limiting production or fixing production quotas;
(e) Preventing by agreement the develoijment or appli-
cation of technology or invention whether patented or
unpatented ;
(f) Extending the use of rights under patents, trade
marks or copyrights granted by either country to matters
which according to its laws and regulations are not within
the scope of such grants, or to products or conditions of
production, use or sale which are likewise not the subjects
of such grants ;
ig) Such other practices as the two Governments may
agree to include.
The foregoing reproduces the definition of restrictive
business practices contained in Article 46, paragraph three,
Havana International Trade Organization Charter.
4. It is understood that the Government of Italy is
obligated to take action in particular instances in accord-
ance with paragraph 3 of Article II only after appropriate
investigation or examination.
5. It is understood that the phrase in Article V, "After
due regard for the reasonable requirements of Italy for
domestic use" will include the maintenance of reasonable
stocks of the materials concerned and that the phrase
"commercial export" might include barter transactions.
It is also understood that arrangements negotiated under
Article V might appropriately include provision for con-
sultation, in accordance with the principles of Article
Thirty-two of the Havana Charter for an International
Trade Organization, in the event that stockpiles are
liquidated.
6. It is understood that the Government of the United
States of America in making the notifications referred to
in paragraph 3 of Article IX will bear in mind the desirabil-
ity of restricting, so far as practicable, the number of
officials for whom full diplomatic privileges will be re-
quested. It is also understood that the detailed applica-
tion of Article IX will, when necessary, be the subject of
inter-governmental discussion.
7. It is understood that the Government of Italy will not
be requested, under paragraph 2 (a) of Article VII, to
furnish detailed information about minor projects or
confidential commercial or technical information, the dis-
closure of which would injure legitimate commercial inter-
ests.
S. It is understood that if the Government of Italy
should accept the compulsory jurisdiction of the InternJi-
tional Court of Justice under Article 36 of the statute of
the Court, on suitable terms and conditions, the two Gov-
ernments will consult with a view to replacing the second
sentence of paragraph 1 of Article X with provisions along
the following lines : "It is understood that the undertaking
of each Government in respect of claims espoused by the
other Government pursuant to this paragraph is made in
the case of each Government under the authority of and is
limited by the terms and conditions of such effective recog-
nition as it has heretofore given to the compulsory juris-
diction of the International Court of Justice under Article
36 of the statute of the Court".
57
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Current Discussions With Colombian
Economic Mission
[Released to the press July 1]
The Department of State announced July 1 that
a Colombian economic mission is conferring with
Department officials and other interested agencies
of the Government regarding financial and com-
mercial matters.
One of the items under discussion is the imple-
mentation of the lO-million-doUar Export-Import
Bank loan granted Colombia for rehabilitation
purposes following the recent disturbance in that
country. The Colombians are discussing with the
Export-Import Bank the types of materials and
equipment which might be purchased under the
credit.
The Colombian mission is also holding prelimi-
nary talks with officials of the International Bank
for Reconstruction and Development regarding
long-term loans, and is conferring with officials of
the International Monetary Fund.
Members of the mission are as follows: Alfonso
Araujo, former Minister of Public Works; Jose
Gutierrez Gomez, President of the National Asso-
ciation of Industrialists; Arturo Bonnet, Office of
Exchange Controls; Alfredo MacCausland, Direc-
tor General of the Colombian Customs Board ; Al-
fonso Mesa Salazar ; Ezequiel Castaneda, Director
of the Stabilization Fund and Assistant Manager,
Banco de La Republica; Alberto Alban Lievano,
Director of National Railways; Roberto Botero
Londono ; and Augustin Velez Restrepo, Economic
Adviser, Banco de La Republica.
Free Port of Monrovia To Be Opened
Thomas E. Lyons, Special Assistant to the Sec-
retary of Commerce and Executive Secretary of
the Foreign Trade Zones Board in the Department
of Commerce, departs this week for Monrovia,
Liberia, where he is to undertake a survey of the
American-constructed port which is soon to be
opened and which will be the first free port on the
west coast of Africa.
In 1943 lend-lease funds were made available
for the construction of a modern port and port
works at Monrovia. Under the terms of the agi-ee-
ment providing for the construction of the port, the
Government of Liberia agreed that upon its com-
pletion it should be operated as a free port. It is
expected that this port will attract an increasingly
large amount of traffic to Liberia en route to the
now scarcely accessible hinterlands of the British
and French colonies bordering Liberia. It is also
anticipated that this port will greatly facilitate the
movement of goods between Liberia and other
West African ports. Mr. Lyons will assist in
organizing the free port along established tech-
nical lines.
58
Cultural Leaders Awarded Grants-in-Aid
United States
[Released to the press June 30]
Grants-in-aid have been extended by the De-
partment of State to a group of five educators from
various institutions in the United States to enable
them to serve on the summer-session faculty of the
University of Habana beginning July 5 and con-
tinuing through August 14. They will give
courses in the English language. United States
literature and history, and civic recreation.
Those receiving grants for participation in this
program are C. M. Hutchings, associate pro-
fessor of romance languages at the University
of Cincinnati; Thomas E. Downey, assistant
grofessor of history. University of Notre Dame;
!alph B. Long and Malcolm Forsman, both of
the department of English, University of Texas;
and Nash Higgins, superintendent, board of public
recreation, Tampa, Florida. Dr. Hutchings will
give courses in the English language and pho-
netics; Dr. Downey will give courses in United
States history; Dr. Long and Mr. Forsman will
§ive courses in the English language and United
tates literature; and Mr. Higgins will give a
course in civic recreation.
Uruguay
Ergasto H. Cordero, director of the Museum
of Natural History, Montevideo, has arrived in
the United States to confer with officials of the
Fish and Wildlife Service and to visit universities,
laboratories, museums, and fish hatcheries in va-
rious parts of the United States.
His visit has been arranged under the travel-
grant program of the Department of State admin-
istered by the Division of International Exchange
of Persons in cooperation with the Fish and Wild-
life Service of the Department of the Interior and
the National Museum.
Haiti
Arsene Magloire and Ulrick Telson, engineers
with the Department of Public Works of Haiti,
have been awarded grants by the Department of
State to enable them to study highway construc-
tion in this country with the cooperation of the
Public Roads Administration.
They will spend two months in the United
States, returning to Haiti by way of Puerto Rico,
where they will spend an additional month in i
study and observation. They will attend the ex- '
hibit of highway machinery to be held in Chicago
from July 17 to July 26.
THE FOREIGN SERVICE
ConsuSar Office
The American Consulate at Hull, England, was closed
to the public on May 31, 1948. The consular district for i J
Hull has been temporarily assigned to Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
Letters of Credence
Argentina
The newly appointed Ambassador of the Argen-
tine Republic, Jeronimo Remorino, presented his
credentials to the President on July 2. For the
text of the Ambassador's remarks and for the
President's reply, see Department of State press
release 536 of July 2, 1948.
THE DEPARTMENT
William C. Johnstone, Jr., Named
Head of OEX
William C. Johnstone, Jr., dean of the School of Govern-
ment and professor of political science at George Wash-
ington University, has been appointed Director of the
Office of Educational Exchange, effective July 1, 194S.
Dr. Johnstone succeeds Kenneth Holland, director of the
Office for the past three months, who will return to Paris
immediately to resume his duties as the United States
adviser on Unesco affairs.
As director of Oex, Dr. Johnstone will have charge of
the Department's educational-exchange programs and poli-
cies in the fields of educational, scientific, and cultural
affairs. This responsibility will include programs of in-
ternational educational exchange conducted by the Depart-
ment of State and other Federal agencies, the operation
of American libraries and schools abroad, assistance to
American-sponsored institutions abroad, and stimulating
and facilitating the educational-exchange activities of
private agencies.
THE RECORD Of THE WEBK
PUBLICATIONS
Department of State
For sale hy the Superintendent o/ Documents. Government
Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. Address requests
direct to the Superintendent of Documents, except in the
case of free publications, which may be obtained from the
Department of State.
Participation of the United States Government in Inter-
national Conferences, July 1, 1946-June 30, 1947. Interna-
tional Organization and Conference Series I, 1. Pub.
3031. XX, 373 pp. Q5(l^.
Contains brief accounts of international conferences
and meetings in which the U.S. Government partici-
pated officially during the period, including the com-
position of United States delegations.
Canol Project : Arrangement for Evaluation of all Facili-
ties. Treaties and Other International Acts Series 1695.
Pub. 3060. 3 pp. bi.
Agreement Between the United States of America and
Canada — Effected by exchange of notes signed at
Ottawa Feb. 26, 1945 ; entered into force Feb. 26, 1945.
Second Report to Congress on The United States Foreign
Aid Program, For the Period Ended March 31, 1948.
Economic Cooperation Series 8. Pub. 3148. 138 pp. 35^.
Report on the accomplishment of the purposes of
the Foreign Aid Act of 1947 — "to alleviate conditions
of hunger and cold and prevent serious economic retro-
gression." Includes details on the distribution, use,
and sale of commodities.
National Commission News, July 1, 1948. Pub. 3175. 10 pp.
100 a copy; $1 a year domestic, $1.35 a year foreign.
Prepared monthly for the United Nations Educa-
tional, Scientific and Cultural Organization.
Current United Nations Documents: A Selected Bibliography'
General Assembly
Official Records of the Second Part of the First Session of
the General Assembly. Second Committee. Economic
and Financial Questions. Summary Record of Meet-
ings, 1 November-9 December 1946. xii, 189 pp.
printed. $2.00.
Trusteeship Council
Reply of the Government of the Union of South Africa to
the Trusteeship Council Questionnaire on the Report
to the United Nations on the Administration of South
^^■est Africa for the Year 1946. T/175, June 3, 1948.
viii, 230 pp. mimeo.
Disposition of Agenda Items [Second Session]. T/IXF/6,
June 11, 1948. 29 pp. mimeo.
Security Council
Official Records :
Second Year :
Supplement No. 6. [Annex to meeting of February 18,
1947; reproductions of eleven exhibits submitted by
the U.K. in connection with complaint against Al-
bania.] 40('.
July 11, 1948
Third Year :
No. 03. 2SSth meeting, 29 April 1948. 29 pp. printed.
300.
No. 65. 291st meeting, 12 May 1948. 21 pp. printed.
200.
No. 66. 292d meeting, 15 May 1948. 27 pp. printed.
300.
No. 67. 293d meeting, 17 May 1948. 21 pp. printed.
200.
No. 69. 296th meeting, 18 May 194S. 23 pp. printed.
250.
Supplement for April 1948. 12 pp. printed. 100.
Letter Dated 26 May 1948 from the Chairman of the Atomic
Energy Commission to the President of the Security
Council Transmitting the Third Report of the Com-
mission. S/812, June 2, 1948. 80 pp. mimeo.
Committee of Good Offices on the Indonesian Question.
Report to the Security Council on the Federal Con-
ference Opened in Bandung on 27 May 1948. S/842,
June 16, 1948. 37 pp. mimeo.
' Printed materials may be secured in the United States
from the International Documents Service, Columbia
University Press, 2060 Broadway, New York City. Other
materials (mimeographed or processed documents) may
be consulted at certain designated libraries in the United
States.
59
iCeri'l^^'
Foreign Aid and Reconstruction Page
The European Recovery Program Agreements —
A New International Era. Address by
Ernest A. Gross 35
Economic Cooperation Agreement With Italy
Signed:
Signing of the First of the Agreements ... 37
Summary of Agreement 37
Text of Agreement 38
Statement by Secretary Marshall Concerning
Signing of Economic Cooperation Agree-
ments 43
Most-Favored-Nation Treatment for Areas Un-
der Military Occupation With Respect to
U.K., Italy, Ireland, and Greece .... 43
Signing of the Foreign Aid Appropriation Act.
Statement by the President 45
Treaty information
U.S. Urges Soviet Command To Resume Elec-
tric Power to South Korea. U.S. Note
to the Soviet Ministry for Foreign Affairs . 50
Consideration of Soviet Reply to American
Lend-Lease Settlement Proposals. State-
ment by Secretary Marshall 51
Surplus-Property Payments From France, Neth-
erlands, and Brazil 52
Discussions With Sweden on Loss of Gold and
Foreign-Exchange Holdings:
Summary of Negotiations 53
Exchange of Memoranda Between U.S. and
Sweden 53
Signing of the Trade Agreements Extension Act
of" 1948. Statement by the President . . 54
Geneva Trade Protocol Signed by Twenty-two
Countries 55
Proclamation on General Agreement on Tariffs
and Trade With India, Norway, and South-
ern Rhodesia 55
Tlie United Nations and Specialized
Agencies
United States in the United Nations 46
U.S. Delegations to International [Conferences:
Theatre Institute 48
UNESCO 48
U.N. Documents: A Selected Bibliography . . 59
International Information and
Cultural Affairs
^Page
The Institute of Inter- American Affairs: Co-
operative Education Programs. Article by
Louis J. Halle, Jr 31
Reply to Soviet Protest of A^eiosiaeefc Article . . 51
Voice of America Program Contracts Signed
With Networks 57
Cultural Leaders Awarded Grants-in-Aid ... 58
Economic Affairs
U.S.-Canada International Joint Commission
Discusses Kootenay River Floods .... 49
Bolivian Proposal on Defaulted Bonds. State-
ment by Secretary Marshall 52
Current Discussions With Colombian Economic
Mission 58
Free Port of Monrovia To Be Opened .... 58
Occupation Matters
Air
Transport To Supply Civilian Needs in
Berlin. Statement by Secretary Marshall .
Hungary Requires Presentation of Foreign-
Owned Shares of Hungarian Banks ... 54
54
General Policy
Letters of Credence: Argentina
59
The Department
William C. Johnstone, Jr., Named Head of
Oex 59
The Foreign Service
Consular Offices 58
Publications
Department of State 59
ff
'^mvt)mwt(yyA
Louis J. Halle, Jr., author of the article on cooperative education
programs of the Institute of Inter-American Affairs, Is Special Assist-
ant to the Director of the Office of American Republic Affairs, Depart-
ment of State, and is also a member of the Board of Directors of the
Institute.
U. S, GOVERNMENT PRINTINS OFFICE: 1948
jAe/ ^e/ia^t7)tervl/ m t/taie/
UNITED STATES PROTESTS SOVIET BLOCICADE
OF BERLIN • jVote From Secretary Marshall to Am-
bassador Panyushkin 85
GERMANS, THE SOVIET UNION, AND TURKEY
DURING WORLD WAR II • Article by Harry N.
Howard 63
For complete contents see back cover
Vol. XIX, No. 472
July 18, 1948
^enx o*.
"^T^ES ^^
*.^..wy*. bulletin
Vol. XIX, No. 472 • Publication 3218
July 18, 1948
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 26, D.C,
Subsceiption:
52 issues, $5; single copy. 15 cents
Published with the approval of the
Director of the Bureau of the Budget
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
GERMANY, THE SOVIET UNION, AND TURKEY
DURING WORLD WAR 11
by Harry N. Howard
The Position of Turkey on the Eve of the War
During World War II the Turkish Republic, as
was natural in view of its strategic position at the
crossroads of three continents, was of great in-
terest to both the Axis powers and the nations
united during that struggle. Documentary evi-
dence has thrown some light on Axis policy with
respect to the Near East generally during the war
period. This area was of considerable economic,
political, and strategic significance.^
It will be recalled that following World War
I, which led to the partition of the Ottoman Em-
pire and the establishment of the Turkish Re-
public, Turkey pursued a policy of friendship in
good faith with the Soviet Union, based on the
treaties of March 16, 1921. and December 17, 1925.
It entered the League of Nations on July 18, 1932,
and took a leading part, along with Greece, in the
Balkan conferences (1930-1934) and the Balkan
Entente (February 9, 1934). With Soviet sup-
port, Turkey succeeded in revising the Lausanne
Straits convention (1923) at the Montreux con-
ference of 1936, although its relations with the
Soviet Union were somewhat complicated by
Turkey's orientation toward Great Britain and
France in the years between 1936 and 1939.
Diplomatic relations with Germany and Italy re-
mained in force, officially "correct" but not cordial,
in the years immediately prior to the outbreak of
the war in September 1939.
The Turkish press and Turks who were influen-
tial in public life did not look with favor upon
tiie events which led to the Munich agreement of
September 29-30, 1938, and the steady German
diplomatic and economic advance into the Balkan
region was viewed with cautious eye. The Italian
invasion of Albania on April 7, 1939, caused con-
siderable apprehension in Turkish official circles,
despite the reassuring statements of Premier
Mussolini. That the German Foreign Office was
July J8, 1948
not unaware of the possible influence of the Ital-
ian venture in Albania on Turkey was evident
from the sending of Baron Franz von Papen to
the post of Ambassador to Turkey, following his
retirement after the Anschluss with Austria in
April 1938, with the responsibility of keeping
Turkey in line with German policy and also of
keeping Turkey neutral, at least, in the event of
another great war.
Events moved very rapidly in southeastern Eu-
rope in the spring of 1939, following the German
march into Praha and the destruction of the Re-
public of Czechoslovakia, where the diplomatic
missions of Germany, Great Britain, France, and
the Soviet Union were all very active. As early
as February 1939 the Soviet Union had proposed
a Black Sea pact to protect its southern ap-
proaches. MoreoA^er, on April 13, 1939, Prime
Minister Chamberlain, following the offer of a
guaranty to Poland, announced in the House of
Commons that Great Britain attached the great-
est importance "to the avoidance of disturbance
by force or threat of force of the status quo in the
Mediterranean and the Balkan Peninsula"," of-
fered support to Greece and Rumania, in case
their independence were threatened, and commu-
nicated this declaration to Turkey. The French
Government made a similar declaration.^
Although Rumania had refused to participate
in the "encirclement" of Germany, it was still an
open question whether Turkey would become in-
volved in this policy. Von Ribbentrop told Von
Papen in mid-April 1939 that if the "encircle-
ment" ring were closed, this time with the par-
ticipation of Turkey in contrast to 1914, there
would be no alternative to war. Von Papen ar-
rived in Turkey on April 29, 1939, the very day
that M. Potemkin, the Soviet Vice-Commissar for
Note : See footnotes on p. 76.
63
Foreign Affairs, had arrived in Ankara for impor-
tant conversations, and both were received by
President Inonii on this date. While Potemkin
impressed on Turkey the desirability of resistance
to possible German aggression and the impor-
tance of strengthening relations among the Balkan
States, especially with Great Britain and France,
"Von Papen recalled the old Turco-German friend-
ship and insisted that there were no reasons for
strained relations between Germany and Turkey
and no reason for Turkish fears.
Turkey, apparently, was not unreceptive to the
British announcement of April 13, although the
British appeared to desire an agreement to pro-
tect the entire Mediterranean while Turkey de-
sired to bind itself only in the eastern Mediter-
ranean. On May 12, 1939, pending conclusion of
a definitive instrument. Great Britain and Tur-
key signed a provisional agreement, declaring
their joint concern for the security of the Balkan
region and pledging their cooperation in the
event of aggression leading to war in the Mediter-
ranean.^ At the same time France and Turkey
were reaching agreement concei'ning the Hatay
(Alexandretta) region — an agreement ultimately
signed on June 23, 1939.
Meanwhile, Von Papen came to Berlin for the
signature of the German-Italian alliance of May
22, 1939, using the occasion to advise Count Ciano
of Turkish fears concerning Italian policy as to
Albania, and proposing that Italy return the
Dodecanese Islands to Turkey and pointing out
the important strategic position of Turkey in
Germany's calculations.^ On his return to An-
kara the German Ambassador continued to warn
Berlin concerning the possibilities of encircle-
ment, indicating that Great Britain had asked
Turkey to agree to make it possible for the Bi-it-
ish to render active assistance to any state guar-
anteed by it, in case it should come to a showdown.
The Germans interpreted this to mean that Tur-
key, even if not directly attacked, would permit
passage of British warships through the Straits
to assist the Soviet Union.^
The German-Soviet Pact of Nonaggression
and the Problem of Turkey
The position of Turkey was discussed consider-
ably in the weeks immediately preceding the sign-
ing of the Soviet-German pact of nonaggression
on August 23, 1939. At the conference between
Hitler and Ciano at Obersalzburg on August 12,
1939, for example, when the Balkan problem was
surveyed, it was recognized that the Axis could
count on Bulgaria only as reliable and that the
Dodecanese Islands might be placed in a difficult
position because of the Turkish attitude." More-
over, in a conversion between Admiral Canaris of
German Naval Intelligence and General Keitel on
August 17,' Canaris called attention to the actions
of the British in the Balkans and tried to explain
that "the English would certainly have everything
prepared in the Balkans" for eventualities. Bul-
garia would not prove useful "as an ally as it
would be attacked at once by Kumania and
Turkey". But such a development did not alarm
the Fiihrer, who, in a secret talk to the Supreme
Commander and Commanding Generals on August
22, 1939, at Obersalzburg, stated that he had "de-
cided to go with Stalin", remarking that there
were only three "great statesmen in the world:
Stalin, myself, and Mussolini". Turkey, in the
Fiihrer's mind, was "ruled by morons and half-
idiots" following Atatiirk's death and need cause
no worry.^
On August 23, 1939, the Soviet-German non-
aggression agreement was signed in Moscow.'
As a prelude to formal negotiation of the agree-
ment, Stalin was informed that Germany would
be prepared to recognize the primary Soviet in-
terests in the region from the Baltic to the Black
Sea, and the Germans continually repeated that,
despite certain ideological differences, there was
no reason for basic conflict of interest. In the
delimitation of spheres in southeastern Europe,
Bessarabia was assigned to the Soviet Union, and
Germany indicated a political distinterestedness,
despite economic interests in southeastern Europe,
"even, if necessary, as far as Constantinople and
the Straits." ^^ Although Von Ribbentrop indi-
cated that the problem of Turkey had not been
discussed, in fact, it was discussed with Stalin
and Molotov on the night of August 23-24," Stalin
himself asking Ribbentrop what Germany thought
about Tui'key. The German Foreign Minister
indicated that he had done everything to promote
more friendly relations with Turkey but that
Turkey had become "one of the first countries to
join the encirclement pact against Germany and
had not even considered it necessary to notify the
Reich Government of the Pact". Both Stalin
and Molotov observed that the Soviet Union had
64
Department of State Bulletin
had "a similar experience with the vacillating
policy of the Turks".
Von Papen deemed it his primary duty to keep
Turkey from going into the war on the side of
Great Britain and to preserve the economic ties
between Turkey and Germany, especially in view
of the importance of Turkish chrome for Germany.
Official Turkey was lukewarm in its attitude and
policy toward Germany, and there is no doubt
that the Turkish Government was somewhat
shocked at the seeming shift in the position of
the Soviet Union in the signing of the pact of
August 23, 1939.
The Turkish Negotiations With the Soviet Union,
September-October 1939: The Anglo-Franeo-
Turkish Treaty
As a result of the signature of the Soviet-German
treaty of August 23 both Mussolini and Hitler
envisaged that Turkey would be forced to alter
its position. TIius, on August 25, 1939," Hitler
wrote Mussolini that Turkey would have to revise
its "previous position", and Mussolini replied on
the same day that the treaty blockaded both Ru-
mania and Turkey and that "a new attitude on the
part of Turkey would upset all the strategic plans
of the French and English in the Eastern Medi-
terranean".
The Turkish Foreign Minister, Siikrii Saracoglu,
was in ]\Ioscow from September 25 to October 17,
1939, for the purpose of signing a pact with the
Soviet Government with provisions concerning
the Straits, the essence of which had been discussed
between Ambassador Terentiev and Saracoglu in
Ankara." But Saracoglu ran into difficulties in
Moscow, for the Soviet position appeared to have
altered considerably. Ribbentrop was again in
Moscow on September 28 to sign a new agreement
on the delimitation of German-Soviet spheres in
eastern Europe, and the Turkish Foreign Min-
ister was kept waiting for three weeks."
As a matter of fact, the German Foreign Office
was much interested in the Soviet-Turkish
negotiations, and as early as September 2, Count
von der Schulenburg, the German Ambassador to
the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, reported
that Molotov had confirmed rumoi'S from Istanbul
that Turkey was already negotiating with the So-
viet Union." After consulting with Stalin, Molo-
tov told Schulenburg that there was only a non-
Ju/y J 8, 1948
aggression pact with Turkey and relations were
"good in general." Moscow was prepai'ed to work
for permanent neutrality of Turkey, as desired by
Germany, and the German conception of the Turk-
ish position in the conflict which had broken out
on September 1 was shared in Moscow. No use of
Molotov's remarks, however, was to be made in
dealing with the Turks. On September 5 ^^ Schul-
enburg asked Molotov to continue working on
Turkey "with a view to permanent neutrality",
mentioning rumors that Great Britain was putting
pressure on Rumania to take an active part and
was holding out a prospect of aid from British and
French troops. Since such assistance might come
by sea, "it was in the interests of the Soviet Gov-
ernment to prevail upon Turkey to close the Dar-
danelles completely". Molotov thought the Soviet
Union had "considerable influence" with Turkey
and was exerting it in this sense, adding that the
conversations on a mutual-assistance pact had
borne no fruit. Moreover, Stalin told Schulenburg
on September 17 " that Turkey had proposed an
assistance pact which was to apply to the Straits
and the Balkans but would obligate Turkey to
assist the Soviet Union only in "such actions as are
not directed against England and France". The
Soviet Govermnent was not "greatly edified" by
this suggestion and was considering a clause
whereby the Soviet Government would not be ob-
ligated to any action against Germany. Voro-
shilov, who was present, thought such a pact would
be a " 'hook' by which Turkey could be pulled
away from France". On October 2 ^^ Schulen-
burg was instructed to inform Molotov of the Ger-
man belief that Turkey would hesitate as to the
Anglo-Franco-Turkish pact if the Soviet Union
"emphatically" opposed it, and it was important
in the Soviet interest, because of the question of
the Straits, "to forestall a tie-up of Turkey with
England and France". Ribbentrop was therefore
especially anxious that the Soviet Government dis-
suade Turkey "from the final conclusion of mutual
assistance pacts with the Western powers and to
settle this at once with Moscow". Probably the
best solution would be the return of Turkey to a
policy of absolute neutrality, while confirming ex-
isting Soviet-Turkish agreements. Prompt and
final diversion of Turkey from the Anglo-French
treaty. Von Ribbentrop felt, would also be "in
keeping with the peace offensive agreed upon in
Moscow" on September 28, since another country
65
"would withdraw from the Anglo-French camp."
Von Papen had similar instructions on October 2 ^^
and was to advise the Turks of the strong Soviet
aversion toward a pact with Great Britain and
France. Molotov appeared to share the German
view of the situation, although it appeared to him
that Turkey had already become closely involved
with France and Great Britain. Wlien Schulen-
burg told him on October 3 of rumors that Great
Britain and France intended to assault Greece and
overrun Bulgaria in order to establish a Balkan
front, Molotov "asserted spontaneously that the
Soviet Government would never tolerate pressure
on Bulgaria".^" Schulenburg kept plying Molotov
with advice, and on October 7 was instructed to
find out in detail concerning the Soviet-Turkish
negotiations, jaarticularly with regard to the
Straits.^^ Meanwhile, Molotov had not seen Sara-
coglu since October 1 and by October 9 thought a
mutual-assistance pact would not be concluded, al-
though German interests and the special nature of
Soviet-German relations would be upheld, since
the Soviet Government was trying to induce Tur-
key "to adopt full neutrality and to close the Dar-
danelles as well as to aid in maintaining peace in
the Balkans".
There is no doubt that the Turkish Government
was somewhat alarmed at the expansionist attitude
shown by the Soviet Union in the direction of the
Baltic States during the fall of 1939. Moreover,
the treatment accorded Saracoglu was not appre-
ciated. In addition, the Turkish Government was
not willing to accept the conditions on which the
Soviet Govermnent had insisted.
The negotiations between Turkey and the Soviet
Union were broken off, therefore, on October 17,
and two days later, the Anglo-Franco-Turkish
treaty of mutual assistance, October 19, 1939, was
signed.-- The treaty pledged mutual assistance
on the part of the three signatories, "in the event
of an act of aggression by a European Power
leading to war in the Mediterranean". Despite
the implications as to the Straits, protocol no. 2
declared specifically that Turkey's obligations
could not "compel that country to take action
having as its effect, or involving as its consequence,
entry into armed conflict with the Soviet Union".
Mr. Molotov gave his own interpretation of the
Soviet-Turkish negotiations in a report to the
Fifth Extraordinary Session of the Supreme So-
viet of the Soviet Union on October 31, 1939,=^ in
66
which Great Britain and France were accused of
prolonging the war, acknowledgment was made
that Soviet relations with Germany had "radically
improved" and were based "on a firm foundation
of mutual interests", and the Soviet actions with
respect to the Baltic States were explained. There
had been all sorts of rumors as to the Turkish
negotiations, but Mr. Molotov denied that the
Soviet Union had demanded the cession of Kars
and Ardahan from Turkey. He also denied that
the Soviet Union had "demanded changes in the
international convention concluded at Montreux
and a privileged position as regards the Darda-
nelles". This was "also a fabrication and a lie",
for all the Soviet Union had desired, he said, was
the conclusion of a "bilateral pact of mutual
assistance limited to the regions of the Black Sea
and the Dardanelles". Such a pact could not in-
volve armed conflict with Germany, and the Soviet
Union "should have a guarantee that, in view of
the war danger, Turkey would not allow warships
of non-Black Sea powers to pass through the
Bosphorus into the Black Sea. Turkey rejected
both these stipulations of the U.S.S.R. and thereby
made the conclusion of the pact impossible." Al-
though no pact had resulted, a number of political
questions had been cleared up, including Turkey's
foreign policy. The Turkish Government, ac-
cording to Molotov, had preferred to tie its fate
up with Great Britain and France, who were
waging war on Germany, and, while this might
be pleasing to France and Great Britain, Molotov
wondered "whether Turkey will not come to regi-et
this — we shall not try to guess". In any case, this
was not Soviet foreign policy, thanks to which
the Soviet Union had secured "not a few successes
in the sphere of foreign affairs". He was con-
vinced that the policy of peace held out the best
prospect for the future and indicated that it would
be pursued "in the region of the Black Sea, too,
confident that we shall fully ensure its proper
application as demanded by the interests of the
Soviet Union and of the states friendly to the
Soviet Union".
Soviet-German Relations and tlie Turkish
Problem, June-November 1940
Relations between Turkey and the Soviet Union
cooled perceptibly after October 1939, while rela-
tions between Germany and the Soviet Union ap-
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
peared more close, althoiitrli the partners in "non-
aggression'' by no means fully trusted each other,
especially because of Germany's diplomatic and
military moves in the Balkans, notably in the case
of Hungary and Rumania. The Soviet Govern-
ment forced Rumania to cede Bessarabia and
Northern Bukovina on June 28, 1940, and on Au-
gust 30, 1940, through the Vienna award, Rumania
lost one half of Ti-ansylvania. At the same time
Germany gave a guaranty to Rumania, and German
troops soon poured into that country for the al-
leged purposes of military instruction and protec-
tion of the oil fields. Moreover, the Soviet Gov
ernment was also somewhat concerned when Ger-
many, Italy, and Japan signed the Tripartite Pact
of September 27, 1940.=^* Finally, the two powers
were completely at odds over the control of the
Danube River.
It was not diiBcult, in the view of events, for
Von Papen to keep Turkey from entering the war
(luring the early part of the struggle, nor did
tlie Anglo-Franco-Turkish treaty call for action.
On the occasion of Italy's entry into the war, June
11, 1940, Turkey continued to maintain her neu-
trality. On July 18 Turkey signed a commercial
agreement with Germany, which did not, however,
provide for the shipment of chrome to Germany.
Throughout the period the question of Tur-
key continued to be discussed between Germany
and the Soviet Union, the later regarding Turkey
"with deep suspicion", as a result of Turkey's at-
titude toward the Soviet Union, Italy, and Ger-
many, and this attitude was intensified by the
Turkish policy "in regard to the Black Sea, where
Turkey desired to play the dominant role, and the
Straits, where Turkey wanted to exercise exclusive
jurisdiction", as Molotov told the Italian Ambas-
sador on June 25, 1940. The Soviet Union was
apparently willing to recognize Italy's "hegem-
ony" in the Mediterranean provided the latter
recognized the Soviet position in Black Sea. By
July Soviet interest was focused on events in the
Baltic and on developments in relation to Turkey
and Iran, but the Soviet Union was not too fearful
of German military victories on the Continent.
In mid-July Stalin was quoted as having remarked
to Sir StaiTord Cripps that, although interested
in the Balkan region, "no power had the right
to an exclusive role in the consolidation and lead-
ership of the Balkan countries", and the Soviet
Union (lid not assert such a mission. As to Tur-
key, he repeated that the Soviet Union was "in
fact opposed to the exclusive jurisdiction of Tur-
key over the Straits and to Turkey's dictation of
conditions in the Black Sea. The Turkish Gov-
ernment was aware of that." ^^
By the fall of 1940, Berlin was ready to explore
German-Soviet relations further, and on October
13 ^^ Ribbentrop wrote to Stalin suggesting that
Molotov visit Berlin for talks. Stalin replied on
October 21,^^ agreeing that a further improvement
in Soviet-German relations was "entirely possible
on the permanent basis of a long-range delimita-
tion of mutual interests". Meanwhile, on Novem-
ber 1, President Inonii reaffirmed Turkey's non-
belligerency and friendship with both Great Brit-
ain and the Soviet Union. Together with Great
Britain, Turkey was studying and trying to en-
visage the results of the situation, and he hoped
that these principles would help to maintain Turk-
ish security in the future and declared that Soviet-
Turkish friendship was of intrinsic value.
Molotov arrived in Berlin on November 12 and
during the next 48 hours he had conversations with
Ribbentrop and Hitler covering the entire gamut
of Soviet-German relations, including such prob-
lems as the Skaggerak and Kategat, the Baltic
Sea, Finland, the Baltic States, Poland, south-
eastern Europe, Turkey, the Straits, Iran, and
Sakhalin. Ribbentrop told Molotov on Novem-
ber 12 ^^ of the Fiihrer's conviction that it would
be advantageous to establish spheres of influence
among Germany, the Soviet Union, Italy, and
Japan, since the expansion of all was toward the
south and there should be no real conflict, and re-
minded him of "the good business" which had been
done since August 1939. Ribbentrop thought that
the easiest access to the sea for the Soviet Union
lay through the Persian Gulf and the Arabian Sea.
Turning to Turkey, Ribbentrop, who believed the
end of the war near, inquired of Soviet interest
there. He thought Turkey should be induced to
free itself from British ties and believed adoption
of "a common platform" by Germany, the Soviet
Union, Italy, and Japan would help in this di-
rection. The Turks knew of the German position,
and Ribbentrop expressed his understanding of
the Soviet dissatisfaction with the Montreux Con-
vention of the Straits, Germany being "even more
dissatisfied". The Soviet Union, in Ribbentrop's
view, should have certain privileges in the Black
Sea, and Soviet warships and merchant vessels
Ju/y 78, 1948
67
should have freer access to the Mediterranean.
Mussolini was also sympathetic to this view, and
it seemed advisable that Germany, Italy, and
the Soviet Union adopt a common policy toward
Turkey, bringing that country into line with the
Axis, writing a new Straits convention, and con-
sidering the problem of whether it might not be
possible to "recognize the territorial integrity of
Turkey".
In a talk with Hitler on November 12 -^ Molotov
was reminded that the historic moment had come,
that the British Emjjire would be liquidated after
the war, already won, and that the Soviet Union
and Germany should reach a basic agreement — a
l^oint of view with which Molotov was in accord.
The problem of Soviet access to the sea was
stressed, and Hitler repeated that Germany was
prejiared at any time to effect "an imi^rovement for
Kussia in the regime of the Straits". Molotov,
however, wanted some specific answers to ques-
tions, particularly about Soviet interests in the
Balkans and the Black Sea, and about the Tripar-
tite Pact of September 27, 1940. The next day
there were more detailed discussions with the
Fiihrer,^" Molotov asserting Finland's position in
the Soviet sphere, protesting against the German
guaranty to Rumania, and raising the question
of a Soviet guaranty of Bulgaria, which was in
the zone of the Straits, remarking that the Straits
were "England's historic gateway for attack on
the Soviet Union". Hilter was evasive on these
points but thought the decisive point was whether
the Soviet Union saw an opportunity "to gain suf-
ficient security for her Black Sea interests through
a revision of the Montreux Convention". Al-
though an innnediate reply was not expected,
Molotov stated that the Soviet Union only wanted
to be secure from attack via the Straits and would
like to settle the matter with Turkey, and that a
guarantee to Bulgaria would alleviate the situa-
tion. Hitler agreed as to the freer passage of So-
viet Avarsliips through the Straits, to the exclusion
of nonriverain warships, but Molotov wanted
something more than a "paper" guarantee. Ee-
turning to the Bulgarian problem, Molotov indi-
cated that the Soviet Union was "prepared to guar-
antee Bulgaria an outlet on the Aegean Sea". In
the end, Hitler felt that the question of the Straits
would have to be studied further.
After dinner at the Soviet Embassy on the eve-
ning of November 13 ^^ Molotov and Ribbentrop
68
continued their talks in the latter's air-raid shelter.
Ribbentrop believed that the real problem was
general collaboration between the Soviet Union
and the Axis, indicating that then an understand-
ing with Turkey could be reached, since Germany,
Italy, and the Soviet Union were particularly in-
terested in the Straits question. Even though it
was clear that the discussions would take some
time, in order to facilitate matters, Ribbentrop
had had a draft agreement ^- prepared which he
submitted to Molotov for his consideration, as the
discussions were continued through the diplomatic
chamiel. In the draft the four states were to col-
laborate against extension of the war, for an
early conclusion of the peace, and mutually to re-
spect their spheres of influence. In the delimita-
tion of spheres of interest, German territorial as-
pirations were defined in Central Africa ; Italian,
in N'orthern and Northeastern Africa; Japanese,
in Eastern Asia ; and Soviet aspirations in the di-
rection of the Indian Ocean. But in a secret pro-
tocol no. 2 Germany, Italy, and the Soviet Union
were to detach Turkey from its commitments to
Great Britain and gradually to win Turkey over
to political collaboration with the Axis, signing,
at the same time, an agreement recognizing the ex-
tent of Turkey's possessions. Finally there was
to be a new Straits convention granting the So-
viet Union unrestricted I'ight of naval passage
through the Straits, while all other jDowers, with
the exception of other Black Sea powers, would re-
nounce the right of passage for naval vessels.
Commercial passage, of course, would remain
free.^''
Thus ended the discussions in Berlin, and it is
worthy of passing notice that on November 12 the
Fiihrer, as a precautionary move, ordered that
"all preparations" for possible difficulties in the
East were to continue. ^^ Curiously enough, too,
the files of the High Command of the German
Navy ^^ contain some interesting notes with re-
si^ect to the Hitler-Molotov conversations; an en-
try of November 16, 1940, indicates that Molotor
not only requested bases in the Turkish Straits but'
also demanded the Kars-Ardahan region of
Turkey.
By November 25, 1940, Molotov was ready to
comment definitively on the draft agreement
which Ribbentrop had presented to him on No-
vember 13.^^ He asked Schulenburg to call on him
and, in the presence of Dekanosov, the Soviet Am-
Departmenf of State Bulhtin
bassador to Berlin, told Scluilenburg that, sub-
ject to some conditions, the Soviet Government
was ready to accept the draft of the Four Power
Pact outlined in Berlin. As a price, German
troops woukl have to be withdrawn immediately
from Finland, although German economic inter-
ests would be protected. Secondly, within the next
few months, the security of the Soviet Union in
the Straits would have to be protected "by the
conclusion of a mutual-assistance pact between
the Soviet Union and Bulgaria" which geograph-
ically was situated within "the security zone of
the Black Sea boundaries of the Soviet Union,
and by the establishment of a base for land and
naval forces of the U.S.S.R. within range of the
Bosporus and the Dardanelles by means of a long-
term lease".^'' It was also stipulated that the "area
south of Batum and Baku in the general direction
of the Persian Gulf" be recognized "as the center
of the aspirations of the Soviet Union" and that
Japan renounce its rights to concessions for coal
and oil in northern Sakhalin. Therefore, in
Molotov's view, the draft of the protocol on
spheres of influence would have to be amended in
order to stipulate "the focal point of the aspira-
tions of the Soviet Union south of Batum and
Baku in the general direction of the Persian
Gulf ■'.^" But it is also of special interest to note
that Molotov proposed amending the draft pro-
tocol between Germany, Italy, and the Soviet
Union —
"so as to guarantee a base for light naval and land
forces of the U.S.S.R. on the Bosporus and the
Dardanelles by means of a long-term lease, includ-
ing— in case Turkey declares herself willing to
join the Four Power Pact — a guarantee of the in-
dependence and of the territory of Turkey by
the three countries named.
"This protocol should provide that in case Tur-
key refuses to join the Four Powers, Germany,
Italy, and the Soviet Union agree to work out and
to carry through the required military and diplo-
matic measures, and a separate agreement to this
effect should be concluded."
In addition to protocols concerning Finland and
Saklialin, Molotov also proposed a protocol which
should recognize that Bulgaria was within "the
security zone of the Black Sea boundaries of the
Soviet Union" and therefore it was a political
necessity that a Soviet-Bulgarian mutual-assist-
Jo/y 78, 1948
ance treaty should be signed. Molotov now de-
sired a statement of the German view as to the
Soviet counter-proposal for Soviet cooperation
with the Axis.
The Turco-German Nonaggression Pact and the
German Attack on the Soviet Union
The aftermath of the November 1940 conver-
sations, especially in southeastern Europe, Tur-
key, and the Near East was interesting. On No-
vember 25, the very day on which Molotov had
stated the Soviet terms to Schulenburg, Moscow
made 12 projjosals to Bulgaria, recalling that it
was "vitally interested in the Straits for the sake
of the security of the Black Sea frontier" and
could not "permit a repetition of the danger"
which was "constantly directed through the
Straits toward southern Russia". A mutual-as-
sistance pact was therefore proposed which would
assist Bulgaria in realizing its national aspira-
tions both in Western (Greek) and in Eastern
(Turkish) Thrace and under which Bulgaria
would assist the Soviet Union in case of a threat
to Soviet interests in the Black Sea or in the
Straits. If Turkey threatened or attacked Bul-
garia, the latter would have Soviet assistance and
support in the achievement of Bulgarian claims
to "the European part of Turkey". Moreover the
Soviet Union would withdraw objections to Bul-
garia's signature of the Tripartite Pact, and it
was "entirely possible that the Soviet Union"
would "in this case adhere to the Three Power
Pact". The Bulgarians informed the Germans
of this move, felt that signature of a mutual-as-
sistance treaty would be i-egarded as unfriendly
in Turkey, and indicated no direct interest in the
Straits.
On December 18, 1940,^* the Fiihrer ordered
that the German armed forces be prepared "to
crush Russia in a quick campaign even before the
conclusion of the war with England", and early
in 1941 there wei-e increasing preparations for
action in southeastern Europe, although Berlin
was advised that Moscow would take "the strong-
est interest" in such movements and would want
to know, especially, how Bulgaria and the Straits
might be affected. There was considerable Soviet
fear that Great Britain, as a countermove, might
occupy both Bulgaria and the region of the
Straits.
While Germany was getting ready to move into
69
the Balkans with force and to explain the move
on the ground that it was necessary to block the
British in Greece, Turkey signed a nonaggression
pact with Bulgaria on February 17. Upon the
German occupation of Bulgaria, on March 1, Mo-
lotov drafted a note in Schulenburg's presence
expressing "regret" that Germany, by moving
into Bulgaria, had done injury "to the security in-
terests of the U.S.S.R.", maintaining its basic po-
sition as stated in the memorandum of November
25.^" At the same time Hitler advised President
Inonii that the move into Bulgaria would not af-
fect Turkish interests. Meanwhile, the British
Foreign Minister, Anthony Eden, was in the Near
East toward the end of February 1941 attempting
to reconstitute a Balkan pact, composed of Greece,
Yugoslavia, and Turkey, but failed because of
Yugoslav and Turkish reluctance, although the
Anglo-Turkish pact was reaffirmed on February
28. The German view of the general situation
and of relations between the Soviet Union and
Germany was well revealed in the Matsuoka con-
versations in Berlin on March 27, 28, and 29 and
April 4, when the Japanese Foreign Minister was
told that the Soviet conditions for cooperation
were not acceptable, involving, as they did, sac-
rifice of German interests in Finland, the grant-
ing of bases on the Straits, and a strong influence
in the Balkans, especially in Bulgaria.*"
Meanwhile, as a possible counterweight to the
German moves, a Soviet-Turkish agreement, re-
affirming the pact of December 19, 1925, with
an additional declaration covering aggression
against either on the part of a third power, was
signed on March 24, 1941. The next day the Svet-
kovich Government in Yugoslavia signed the Tri-
partite Pact with Germany and Italy, but was
overthrown by a coup cVetat on March 27, and the
Germans concluded that Yugoslavia must be
crushed immediately." A few hours before the
attack on Yugoslavia and Greece on April 6, 1941,
the Soviet Union signed a nonaggression pact
with Yugoslavia, a move which the Germans con-
sidered "unfortunate". « But there was no indica-
tion that the Soviet Government did not want to
remain friendly with Germany.
By this time Hitler was considering an attack
on the Soviet Union. June 22, 1941, was set as
the date as early as April 30, 1941." But he was
also moving in the direction of a nonaggression
pact with Turkey and toward a larger develop-
70
ment in the Near East as a whole, since Yugo-
slavia was crushed by April 17 and the Greek
High Command had surrendered on April 23."
Revolt had broken out in Iraq on May 2, 1941,
and Mussolini and Ribbentrop discussed this de-
velopment in relation to Turkey in a confer-
ence in Rome on May 13.*^ It was agreed that
help should be extended to Iraq and Von Papen
was instructed "to obtain from the Turks permis-
sion for the secret passage of arms for Iraq
through Tui'kish territory", in which case it might
also be possible to send large airborne forces into
Iraq for operations against the British, and even
Egypt might be attacked. U Duce thought Tur-
key was the Axis "trump card" and wondered
whether it would march with Germany and Italy.
Ribbentrop indicated that Germany was using its
influence in this direction, with some prospect of
success, since Turkey would not like to see large
British forces in Iraq.
Germany, therefore, pushed the matter of an
agreement with Turkey in ]\Iay and June 1941,
meeting, however, with a number of difficulties,
especially in view of the Anglo-Turkish treaty
of 1939 and of the Turkish desire not to be drawn
into the conflict.'"' Von Papen, at one point, how-
ever, took it for granted that transit of war ma-
terials to Iraq could be considered as guaranteed.
But that position had to be dropped, and on June
9 *' Ribbentrop summed up the Turkish position
by remarking :
"Turkey desires to conclude a treaty with Ger-
many to assure itself against a German attack;
however, simultaneously, it is desirous of main-
taining the alliance with England, and visibly, to
assTire herself, on the side, of the possibility of
collaborating with her politically and militarily.
The Turkish Government must absolutely under-
stand that if it collaborates, even on the side, with
England, against Avhom Gei'many is involved in a
death struggle, by this fact, it ranges Turkey on
the side of Germany's enemies. Turkey would
thereby abandon anew the neutrality, the reestab-
lishment of which must be considered as the least
of the results of its treaty with Germany. We are
evidently in agi-eement as to the fact that Turkey
desires that the treaty with Germany be drafted
in such a manner that it does not appear as an
open rupture of her treaty with England ; our pro-
posals have been drafted in this sense. If, how-
Depatin\en\ of State Bulletin
ever, Turkey demands of us the positive recoo^ii-
tion of licr treaty with England and if she wishes
to reserve especially the possibility of collaborat-
ing with the latter, this would evidently be in-
acceptable for us."
In the end Germany obtained no more than the
nonaggression treaty of June 18, 1941, without
secret commitments or wider implications, which
clearly reafKrmed Turke_y's prior obligations un-
der the Anglo-Franco-Turkish treaty of October
19, 1939. Four days later, on June 22, the German
armies were hurled against the Soviet Union as
Hitler had already decided on April 30. It is
noteworthy that Molotov indicated his inability to
understand German dissatisfaction with Soviet
policy, while the Germans recited their own
charges against Soviet policy with respect to the
Balkans and Turkey as among the reasons for
open hostilities.^^ In Hitler's proclamation of
June 22, 1941, he repeated the German version of
the Molotov conversations of November 1940 for
propaganda purposes, and the charges were soon
denied in Moscow.
German Pressure on Turkey
With the German attack on the Soviet Union
the position of Turkey took on new significance.
Although Von Papen asserted that Turkey should
not be used as a route to the Suez Canal and
thought there were no actual military plans in-
volving Turkey, this situation might change if
Marshal Rommel finally reached the Suez Canal
and the German armies in the east attained the
Persian Gulf via the Caucasus, in which case Tur-
key would be surrounded and would lose much of
its strategic value to Germany.^^ The Germans,
of course, soon told the Turks about the Soviet-
German conversations, but on August 10, 1941,
Great Britain and the Soviet Union confirmed
their fidelity to the Montreux convention and as-
sured the Turkish Government that they had no
aggressive intentions or claims with regard to
the Straits. Both Governments were prepared
scrupulously to respect the territorial integrity of
the Turkish Republic, and, in the event of an at-
tack by a European power, they were ready to
give Turkey every help and assistance. The Ger-
mans also sought to stimulate Turkish official in-
terest in the Pan-Turanian movement with a view
to territorial aggrandizement, but without success
in view of the nationalistic legacy of Atatiirk.^
July 18, 1948
On October 9, 1941, as foreshadowed in the June
18 treaty, a German-Turkish economic agreement
was signed after desperate German efforts to se-
cure Turkish chrome, but it was not to be valid
before March 31, 1943, for an exchange of goods
to the value of about £T100,000,000. Germany
was to provide steel and war materials in exchange
for Turkish raw materials. Turkey was to supply
Germany with 90,000 tons of chrome in each of the
years 1943 and 1944, but only after Germany had
delivered to Turkey war materials to the value
of £T18,000,000, and after the expiry of the Anglo-
Turkish agreement concerning chrome. The
United States — four days prior to the Japanese
attack on Pearl Harboi- — declared the defense of
Turkey essential to the defense of the United
States and extended lend-lease assistance to
Turkey on December 3, 1941.
During the period immediately prior to and just
after the entry of the United States into the war,
there was considerable German discussion as to the
position of Turkey. The Germans knew that
Turkey desired to avoid open hostilities but
pointed out that while Great Britain could offer
nothing to Turkey, Germany held in her hands
"the Gi-eek islands at the entrance of the Darda-
nelles", which were of vital importance to Turkey.
In the event of success against the Soviet Union,
Turkey must become "more and more friendly",
although since the period of Atatiirk, Turkey had
been pursuing a policy of national consolidation
and domestic reconstruction and had expressed
"no desire at all to obtain any territorial gain".
Nevertheless, it might be induced to "enlarge its
benevolent neutrality and to facilitate access to the
Arab territories and the Suez Canal for the Ger-
man High Connnand".''^ Von Papen, however, re-
ported on January 5, 1942,^*^ that the American
entry into the war had produced a "sentiment of
profound deception" in Turkey, which would
reiterate its desire to avoid hostilities, and he did
not believe that Turkey should be pushed too far,
lest Turkey enter the war on the other side, al-
though there were fears regarding the Soviet
Union, particularly on the part of Numan Mene-
mencioglu.
Turkish policy continued to develop in this man-
ner during the spring and summer of 1942, and
Near Eastern questions, particularly that of Tur-
key, figured largely in the Hitler-Mussolini con-
versation at Salzburg on April 29, 1942,^^ when
71
Hitler assured II Duce that "Turkey was moving
slowly but surely over to the Axis" in view of the
suspicion of the Russians. There was also the
problem of an Axis declaration concerning the
independence of India and the Arab countries.
Hitler and Molotov agreed that this matter could
wait, however, and Hitler took the position that
such a declaration would only be a practical matter
"when the Axis troops stood south of the Cau-
casus". German pressure on the Turks continued
in the summer, the Germans insisting on the "un-
realistic" character of Turkish policy, conjuring
the Soviet demands on the Straits before the
Turks, and holding out the Pan-Turanian dream,
only to meet the view that the preservation of the
"absolute neutrality" of Turkey was indispensable.
However, a new trade agreement was signed on
June 2, 1942, and it was announced on Sei)tember
29 that Turkey had contracted to send 45,000 tons
of chrome, about one half the annual production,
to the Krupp works in exchange for arms.'"*
Turkey, the United States, and Great Britain
Following the Casablanca meeting of Presi-
dent Roosevelt and Prime Minister Churchill on
January 14, 1943, and clearing of North Africa,
there were possibilities that Turkey might be in-
volved, with resulting German pressure or inva-
sion of the country. Mr. Churchill, therefore, tele-
graphed President Inonii on January 26, and the
two met at Adana on January 30, after which
Churchill declared the British wish to see Turkish
territories, rights, and interests effectively pre-
served, and the British desire to have "warm and
friendly relations" between Turkey and the Soviet
Union.'*'*
Following the Quebec (August 11-24), Moscow
(October 19-30), and Tehran (November 28-De-
cember 1) conferences. President Roosevelt and
Prime Minister Churchill conferred with Presi-
dent Inonii and Foreign Minister Menemencioglu
at Cairo on December 4-6, 1943. Indeed, it had
been agreed at the Tehran conference on December
1, 1943, that, from the military point of view, "it
was most desirable that Turkey should come into
the war on the side of the Allies before the end of
the year".'*^ Moreover, note was taken of Marshal
Stalin's statement that "if Turkey found herself at
war with Germany, and as a result Bulgaria de-
clared war on Turkey or attacked her", the Soviet
Union "would immediately be at war with Bul-
72
garia".'*^ The conference further took note that
this fact could be explicitly stated in the forthcom-
ing negotiations to bring Turkey into the war. A
communique was issued after the Cairo conference
which declared that Inrmii, Roosevelt, and
Churchill had examined the general situation,
taken into account the "joint and several interests
of the three countries", and indicated that "the
closest unity existed between the United States of
America, Turkey and Great Britain in their atti-
tude to the world situation". It was also stated
that the identity of interests and views of the
United States and Great Britain with those of the
Soviet Union and the traditional friendship be-
tween the three powers and Tui'key had been re-
affirmed throughout the proceedings at the Cairo
conference.
The subject of the Cairo conversations had been
Turkey's possible entry into the war, and Numan
Menemencioglu later indicated that the talks had
been carried on with "almost brutal" frankness
but that the Anglo-Turkish ties had been strength-
ened. As a result, Anglo-Turkish military discus-
sions were carried on in January and February
but were broken off on February 3, 1944. Never-
theless, events now moved ineluctably toward a
break with Germany, first economically and then
diplomatically. By April 20, 1944, Turkey was
induced to stop the shipments of chrome to Ger-
many, effective the next day, although on May 24,
1944, Mr. Churchill, in a statement to the House
of Commons ^^ spoke "bluntly", indicating that no
pressure had been brought to bear on Turkey and
stating that Turkey would not have the strong
position at the peace conference which would at-
tend entry into the struggle. He noted the sus-
pension of chrome shij^ments, however, looked to-
ward entire suspension of economic relations with
Germany, and expressed confidence that a still
better day would dawn for Anglo-Turkish rela-
tions, and indeed, "with all the gi'eat Allies". In
June there were difficulties with respect to the pas-
sage of certain German ships through the Straits,
and Mr. Eden expressed his disturbance in the
House of Commons concerning the matter on June
14. On June 15, 1944, Numan Menemencioglu re-
signed as Foreign Minister.'*^
On August 2, 1944, Turkey broke off diplomatic
and economic relations with Germany. Although
the Soviet Government was reserved in its atti-
tude toward the Turkish action. Prime Minister
Department of State Bulletin
Cliui-chill announced in the House of Commons
that he could not forget that "Turkey dechared her
alliance with us before the present war, when our
aiinaments were weak and our policy pacific".
The Turkish action liad infused "new life into the
alliance" between Turkey and Great Britain. If
Turkey were attacked by Germany or Bulgaria,
Great Britain would, of course, make common
cause. The Britis^h Prime Minister also hoped
that the break with Germany would "contribute
to the continuity of friendship of Turkey and
Russia". Two days later Von Papen and his staff
of the German Embassy in Ankara departed for
Germany.
In the months which followed, the United States
and Great Britain opened conversations with the
Turkish Government concerning the right of
merchant vessels to pass through the Straits into
the Black Sea; the United States, however, as-
sumed that there was no need for special agi'ee-
ment in view of the provisions of the Montreux
convention. By the middle of January 1945 sup-
plies to the Soviet Union were passing tlu'ough the
Turkish Straits. On February 23, 1945, Turkey
declared war on Germany and Japan and the next
day announced its intention to adhere to the Decla-
ration by United Nations, and the adherence of
Turkey was, in fact, signed on February 28, 1945.®°
The policy and position of Turkey, at the cross-
roads of three continents, situated at the Straits
and occupying a strategic key to the entire Near
and Middle East, were naturally of concern both
to the Axis and to the Allies during the entire
period of World War II. It was also natural
that the Turkish Government should have adopted
a cautious policy throughout this period. The
evidence indicates that Turkey was faithful as a
nonbelligerent to its obligations under the Anglo-
Turkish treaty of 19:39 and that its position as a
neutral served the interests of the Allies. Had
it acted prematurely the entire Near East might
well have been thrown open to the Axis armed
forces in the critical period of 1940-1942. In the
end, it did not become involved in actual armed
conflict largely because there was no concerted or
integrated plant for Turkish operations, no Bal-
kan campaign was carried out on a scale to involve
Turkish forces, and no supplies were diverted by
the western powers for this purpose.
Statistics Concerning Sliipping in the Turltisli Straits
TABLE I
Registered Net Tonnage (1913-1923) >
Flag
1913 «
1920'
1921
1922
1923
Arnprican
266, 679
300, 277
589, 778
222, 481
1 615, 293
Belgian
British
295, 038
5, 370, 781
199, 034
572, 730
733, 600
1, 958, 201
370, 302
288, 203
350, 302
1, 428, 435
906, 416
557, 353
46,419
231,318
331,203
329, 491
204, 065
121,488
500, 062
38, 508
559, 338
385, 684
1,488, 171
210, 754
644, 073
38,311
614, 804
759, 002
1, 994, 689
Dutch
French
German
Greek
Italian
Norwegian
Rumanian
380, 817
632, 087
167, 651
276, 283
1,513, 180
138, 537
250, 375
77, 331
238, 109
172, 885
64, 371
18, 453
360, 277
284, 925
31,042
29, 668
473, 162
457, 564
68, 498
Turkish
Other
296, 322
490, 606
Total
13, 412, 065
2,472,815
2, 725, 408
5, 164, 650
6, 500, 178
' These statistical data have been gathered from the foUowing sources: (1) Rapport de la Commission des DHroils a la Sociitl des Nations (1924-1935); (2) R{-
publique turque. Ministere des Aflaires etrangcres. Rapport Annual sur le Mouvcment des Navires a Trarers les Dctroils et des Alronefs Civils enlre la Mcditer-
ranie et la Met Noire (1936-1941); (3) T. C. Istanbul Ticaret ne Sanayi Odasi Mecmunsi (Bulletin de la Chambre de Commerce et d'Industrie d'Jstanbul (1941); (4)
Basvekalet Istatistik. Umum Mudurlugu (Rcpublique turque. Presidence du Conseil. Office central destatistique). Istatistik Yilligi {Annuaire Statistique),
vol. 12. no. 194. 1940-1941 Ankara, 1941).
• From PhUlipson and Buxton, The Question nflhe Dardanelles and Bosphorus. pp, 232-233. In 191 1 the number of ves.'sels passing the Bosphorus was 34,.502. with
a total tonnage of 19,968,409; in 1912 there were 34,577, with a tot:iI tonnage of 16,298,.937; and in 1913 there were 34,826 vessels, with a total tonnage of 13,412.005.
> From O. B. Ravndal, Turkey: A Commercial and Industrial Handbook, Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce, Trade Promotion Series 28, p. 60.
July J 8, J 948 ^^
TABLE li
Registered Net Tonnage (1924-1938)
Flag
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
l'J39
1930
1931
General
American
British
Dutch
French
German
Italian
Norwegian ....
Polish
Regional
Bulgarian
Egyptian
Greek
169, 938
1, 984, 783
396, 799
570, 412
260, 863
1, 518, 052
112, 773
5, 191
87. 183
48, 876
827, 000
154, 000
2, 242, 000
323, 000
627, 000
469, 000
1, 802, 000
169, 000
9,000
92, 000
151, 000
1, 270, 000
126, 941
2, 499, 471
166, 809
2, 080, 330
203, 110
1, 915, 053
397, 654
866, 010
576, 943
2, 214, 586
689, 853
6,335
103, 509
106, 509
779, 950
287, 187
2, 778, 946
422, 436
897, 847
643, 566
3, 538, 205
905, 048
7, 197
117,673
112,402
1, 243, 082
468, 850
3, 669,816
551,458
889, 318
806, 860
4, 551, 027
1, 108, 512
6,916
90, 016
113,968
3, 400, 512
370, 802
3, 684, 132
669, 618
825, 039
464, 337
2, 463, 861
362, 186
83, 701
831, 429
540, 817
2, 624, 822
87, 041
1, 109, 469
813, 099
5,016,973
1, 451, 169
2, 122, 861
1, 592, 795
3, 351, 389
Rumanian
Russian
Turkish ' ^
364, 134
172, 402
715, 103
36, 173
479, 000
196, 000
774, 000
31, 000
550. 873
188, 022
432, 331
295, 004
468, 183
468, 891
489, 164
572, 095
547, 620
612, 713
605, 816
324, 472
Yugoslav
143, 154
91,422
22, 780
64, 948
167, 770
Total. . . .
7, 646, 550
9, 178, 000
10, 643, 812
9, 897, 579
9, 218, 371
12, 767, 012
17, 864, 753
19, 198, 346
' The figures for Turkey, which are not included after 1925, do not include sailing vessels and coasting vessels from the Sea of Marmara, amounting to
about 500,000 tons.
' The figures for Turkey, 193&-1941, are taken from T. C. Istanbul Ticaret ve Sanayi Odasi Mecmuasi (Bulletin de la Chambre de Commerce et d' Industrie d' Istan-
bul). They are not Included in the total figures for the years indicated.
TABLE il
Registered Net Tonnage (1924-1938)-
-Conlinued
Flag
1933
1934
1935
1936 » Aug. 15-
Dec. 31,1936
1937
1938
General
American
British . .
Dutch . .
French . .
German
Italian . .
Norwegian
Polish . .
196, 717
2, 847. 770
503, 676
1,011,056
619. 064
4, 230, 477
2, 104, 843
175, 850
2, 616, 755
562, 884
524, 625
655, 566
4, 160, 918
2, 232, 632
147, 048
2, 586, 817
423, 356
518, 136
573, 083
3, 414, 456
2, 165, 998
189, 252
1, 986, 232
353, 357
394, 250
452, 073
2, 527, 164
968, 032
Regional
Bulgarian.
Egyptian .
Greek . .
Palestinian
Rumanian
Russian .
Turkish ' \
Yugoslav .
2, 469, 396
91, 143
103, 406
2, 974, 505
130, 873
73, 454
2, 294, 990
135, 792
45, 619
1, 861, 400
643, 038
752. 340
770, 399
985, 961
749, 895
912, 792
654, 788
1, 614. 564
108, 512
923, 796
152, 852
291, 201
373, 323
799, 156
229, 480
235, 264
133, 022
24, SSI
341, 929
58, 964
474, 059
338, 410
,315,981
124, 841
101, 906
6,080
207, 013
2, 601 497
569, 165
1, 261, 999
754, 434
2, 167, 770
959, 658
187, 289
180, 379
30, 304
1, 648,211
75, 584
709, 536
1, 111,351
57, 438
275, 545
, 890, 184
372, 842
408, 073
627, 384
604, 666
743, 700
196. 998
154, 413
22, 881
1, 576, 094
647, 391
740, 098
2, 875, 777
67, 040
Total.
17, 514, 641
17, 445, 427
15, 504, 374
12, 322, 012
4, 781, 232
12, 957, 364
10, 762, 266
' There was no report, apparently, for the months of January to August 1936, since the Commission of the Straits ceased to function in the fall of 1936. The
monthly figures in Bulletin de la Chambre de Commerce et d^ Industrie d' Istanbul make a total of 18,219,990 tons for the entire year 1936, Turkish shipping included.
74
Department of State Bulletin
TABLE III
Commercial Shipping in the Marmara Region (1939-1945)'
N — Number of ships
T— Net Tonnage
Country
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
Turkey
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
N
T
34 397
4 273 136
41
121 075
360
775 952
506
715 941
684
227 811
188
330 638
2
2 664
91
471 119
74
157 318
201
528 452
90
103 184
45
77 126
14
20 486
95
126 919
32
13 824
15
22 822
8
8 928
6
6 386
5
19 443
86
96 864
28
49 914
54
29 529
33 567
4 369 125
59
102 553
245
542 818
377
268 263
664
247 481
32
29 637
29 407
4 645 182
30 460
4 671 998
25 363
4 095 023
25 646
4 766 453
2
26
32 793
5 616 509
Great Birain
52
69 887
11
23 598
294
25 038
21
20 994
9S
565 208
Italy
8
438
11
4 423
6
11 652
1
54
14
15 373
Greece
Germany
Belgium
11
136
15
6 458
125
13 464
United States
52
168 143
60
128 025
162
498 465
26
29 035
3
10 270
2
2 282
54
47 865
32
12 871
7
13 249
191
841 766
Soviet Union
Rumania
Netherlands
24
53 813
58
120 476
3
8 061
4
13. 288
1
45
2
7 836
5
19 093
3
10 839
Norway
14
73 393
Denmark
Bulgaria
Hungary
24
14 673
11
4 413
9
402
14
9 106
4
1 232
34
1 206
34
1 206
Egypt
Poland
Spain
6
7 194
23
38 107
2 200
Finland
Japan
3
9 678
10
13 743
18
24 480
53
29 126
Sweden
3
2 513
14
21 613
Yugoslavia
2
4 528
31
9 947
1
1 558
Others
1
91
2
7 494
Total f oreign
shipping.
2 625
3 906 395
1 865
2 185 178
528
347 367
54
51 431
44
50 796
68
18 220
487
1 557 834
General total . . .
37 022
8 179 531
35 432
6 554 303
29 935
4 992 549
30 514
4 723 429
25 407
4 145 819
25 714
4 784 673
33 280
7 174 343
> Rei)Ut)lique turque. PrSsidence de Conseil. OflSce central de statistique, Annuahe Statistique (1942-1945), vol. 15, p. 518.
July ?8, 1948
75
TABLE IV
Commercial Shipping in the Straits, 1946*
TABLE V
Commercial Shipping in the Straits, 1947'
Country
United States . . .
Soviet Union . . .
Great Britain . . .
Greece
Rumania
Yugoslavia ....
Norway
Sweden
Netherlands . . .
France
Italy
Denmark
Canada
Lebanon
Union of South Africa
Belgium
Panama
Bulgaria
Honduras
Poland
Palestine
Spain
Egypt
Hungary ....
Total . . .
Operating
at
Istanbul
109
57
42
67
17
14
28
45
12
1
25
4
1
7
4
8
4
12
1
1
1
1
5
1
467
Ships
72
120
11
12
7
22
1
1
7
8
10
3
3
279
Total
181
177
53
79
24
36
29
46
19
9
35
7
4
7
4
8
6
12
1
1
1
1
5
1
746
Tonnage
(Reg. net)
797.126
495.843
151.307
142.950
94.293
81.360
72.399
57.072
21.789
20.613
19.538
15.563
12.219
11.273
10.832
9.235
9.196
8.821
4.381
4.278
3.425
1.037
570
518
2.045.638
Country
United States .
Soviet Union .
Great Britain .
Greece ....
Italy ....
Norway . . .
Panama . . .
Sweden ....
Rumania . . .
Yugoslavia . .
Netherlands . .
Denmark . . .
Lebanon . . .
Canada ....
Bulgaria . . .
Spain ....
Hungary . . .
Belgium . . .
Argentina . . .
Honduras . . .
Java
Egypt ....
Poland ....
Syria
Saudi Arabia .
Total. .
Operating
at
Istanbul
118
111
75
52
128
39
31
74
15
22
17
13
9
4
44
6
12
11
1
3
1
8
2
1
1
798
Ships
in
transit
62
106
17
30
8
16
15
12
14
15
11
3
8
1
33
7
1
1
364
Total
180
217
92
82
136
55
46
86
29
37
28
16
17
5
77
6
19
12
2
3
1
11
3
1
1
1, 162
Tonnage
(Reg. net)
787.
739.
228.
142.
127.
125.
109.
102.
94,
77,
46,
28,
27,
18,
17
13
12
11
10
6
4
4
3
495
706
173
546
755
256
995
464
073
700
735
,887
.443
920
431
088
430
900
.112
.927
.236
302
818
365
240
2.741.997
' RSpublique turque. Ministere des Affaires Etrangeres. Rapport Annuel
VT te Mouvement des Navires a travers tes Detroits. Dixieme Ann(5e — Janvier
1947. Ankara. Disisleri Balianligi Basimevi. 1947. p. 9.
' Rfpublique turque. Ministere des Affaires Etrangeres. Rapport
Annuel sur le Mouvement des Navires a trovers Us Detroits. Onzieme
AnnSe— Janvier 1948. p. 9.
Footn otes
' Nazi-Soviet Relations, 1939-1941. Documents From
the Archives of the German Foreign Office (Department
of State publication 3023), here cited as Nazi-Soviet Rela-
tions, 1939-1941. The Soviet publication, consisting of 36
documents from the German archives and published in
1940, is : Arkhivnoe Upravlenie Ministerstva Inostran-
nikh Diel Soiiiza SSR. Dokumenti Ministerstva Inostran-
nikh Diel Germanii. Vipusk II. Germanskaia Politika
V. Turtsii (1941-1943). OGIZ-Gospolitizdat, 1946. A
French translation is : La Politique AUemandc, 1941-1943
V. Turquie. Documents Secrets Au Ministere des Affaires
Etrangircs d'Allcmagne. Traduit du russe loar Madeleine
et Michel Eristov (Paris, Dupont, 1946). Here cited as
Germanskaia Politika v. Turtsii. The Niirnberg documents
are: Office of the U.S. Chief of Counsel for Prosecution of
Axis Criminality, Nazi Conspiracy and Aggression, 8 vols.
'Parliamentary Dehates, House of Commons, vol. 346,
col. 13 ; Ministere des Affaires Etrangeres, Documents
Dii)loma.tiques, 1938-1939 (Paris, Imprimerie Nationale,
1939), p. 109; Royal Greek Ministry for Foreign Affairs,
The Greek WJiite Book: Diplomatic Documents Relating
to Italy's Aggression Against Greece (London, Hutch-
inson, 1942), pp. 30-32; German Library of Information,
Documents on the Events Preceding the Outltreak of the
War (New York, 1940; Berlin, 1939), pp. 309-340.
^ Affaires DanuUennes, no. 4, 1939, pp. 209-210 ; Parlia-
mentary Delates, House of Commons, vol. 347, col. 955;
German Library of Information, op. cit., p. 321.
* In a comment of May 30, 1939, on the German-Italian
alliance, Mussolini indicated the necessity of taking over
the entire Balkan and Danubian area immediately after
the first hours of war, noting : "By this lightning-like
operation which is to be carried out decisively, not only
the 'guaranteed states', like Greece, Rumania, and Tur-
key, would be out of the fight, but one would also protect
one's back . . . ." Nazi Conspiracy and Aggression, vol.
V, pp. 453-455.
76
Deparfment of State Bulletin
Footnotes— Continued
'German Library of Information, op. cit., p. 343. On
Apr. 21, 1939, Turkey gave a contract to a British com-
pany for Iniiliiing a naval base at Gelcnii.
".Voci Conspiracj/ and Aggression, vol. IV, pp. 508-517;
vol. VIII, pp. 519-520.
'/6i(f., vol. Ill, pp. 5S0-581.
'Ibid. vol. VII, pp. 752-754.
• For background, see especially Nazi-Sovi'Bt Relations,
J930~n>.',l. pp. 1-50, text, pp. 76-78.
j "/&iVJ., pp. 157-158.
! " Ibid., pp. 73-74.
" Ibid., pp. 80-83.
" Sarac6glu had been in touch with Gafenco, the Ru-
manian Foreign Minister, as a member of the Balkan
Entente, and was asked to find out the Soviet attitude
toward Balkan solidarity. Molotov was quite "cold" on
this subject. Although there had been a preliminary
Turkish-Soviet agreement concerning the Straits and a
political agreement, Molotov turned down all Turkish
suggestions which would have permitted Ankara to play
any role on the side of the western powers or, in union
with its Balkan neighbors, a preiKinderant role in the
maintenance of peace and order In the region. See Gre-
goire Gafenco, Pr&iminaires de la Ouerre a I'Est, 1939-
19',1, pp. 303-310.
"Naxi-SotHet Relatione, 1939-1941, pp. 105-106.
'^ Ibid., pp. 85-86.
"Ibid., pp. 87-88.
"Ibid., p. 97.
''Ibid., p. 110.
"Ibid., p. 111.
""Ibid., p. 113.
"Ibid., pp. 117-118.
~ Great Britain. Treaty of Mutual Assistance between
His Majesty in respect of the United Kingdom, the Presi-
dent of the French Republic, and the President of the
Turkish Republic. Angora, Oct. 19, 1939. Cmd. 6135,
Turkey No. 4 (1940).
" V. M. Molotov, Foreign Poliey of the Soviet Union.
Report by the Cliairnian of the Council of People's Com-
missars of the U.S.S.R. and People's Commissar of Foreign
Affairs at the Extraordinary Fifth Session of the Supreme
• Soviet of the U.S.S.R., Oct. 31, 1939. See especially pp.
14-15.
"Nasi-Soviet Relations, 1939-19 J,l, pp. 144-194.
"" Ibid., pp. 160-161.
'°/6(f/., pp. 207-213.
"" Ibid., pp. 216-217.
"^ Ibid., pp. 217-225.
"Ibid., pp. 226-234.
'" Ibid., pp. 234-247.
" Ibid., pp. 247-2.34.
" Ibid., pp. 257-258.
"Nazi Conspiracy and Aggression, vol. Ill, pp. 403-407.
^Ibid., vol. VI, pp. 977-1002. There is no verification
of this item in the German accounts of the Molotov con-
versations in Berlin.
'"■yaziSnviet Relations, 1939-19',!. pp. 258-259. In
studying tliis proposal, which Molotov considered defini-
tive and referred to a number of times later, it is well to
bear in mind Imperial Russia's historic position as to
the Straits as registered in the treaties of 1798, 1805, and
1833 and the Charykov proposal of 1911-12, as well as
the Soviet-Turkish treaties of 1921 and 1922 and the
Soviet support of claims to tlie Kars-Ardahan region in
1946. This claim was supported by the Soviet Representa-
tive, Mr. Vysbinsky, in tlie Political and Security Com-
mittee of the General As.sembly of the United Nations
on Oct. 24, 1947. For convenient reference to the treaties
cited above see Harry N. Howard, The Problem of the
Turkish Straits (Department of State publication 2752,
Near Eastern Series 5), pp. 14-29.
'" Tliis proposal should be compared with the Soviet
notes concerning the Straits on Aug. 7 and Sept. 24, 1046,
and the American, British, and Turkish replies during
this period. It will be noted that the proposals are sub-
stantially identical. For convenience see The Problem of
the Turkish Straits, pp. 47-68.
" It is probable that the Soviet position with respect to
Iran, 1045, and later, should be considered in the light of
the Novemlier 1940 position of the Soviet Union as well as
in the light of the long historic past.
^Nazi-Soviet Relation.^ 1939-19J,1, pp. 264-269.
™/6i(i., pp. 278-279.
"/6/rf., pp. 281-316.
" :Sazi Conspiracy and Aggression, vol. IV, pp. 278-279,
475-477; vol. VI, pp. 938-939: vol. VIII, pp. 70-72.
"= Nazi-Soviet Relations, 1939-19.1,1, pp. 316-320, 323-324,
326-327.
■" Ibid., pp. 333-334 ; Nazi Conspiracy and Aggression,
vol. Ill, pp. 633-634.
"The Yugoslav and Greek problems were discussed
at Vienna on Apr. 22, 1941. Bulgaria claimed not only
Yugoslav Macedonia and Western Thrace but also
Salonika. Von Papen claims to have prevented Bulgarian
occupation of Salonika, because, among other things, it
would have made relations with Turkey ditfieult.
" Nazi Conspiracy and Aggression, vol. IV, pp. 499-508,
for minutes of conference.
" This account is based on the Soviet publication of
German documents, Qermanskaia Politika v. Turtsii,
1941-1943, published in August 1946 while the Soviet
Union was making demands on the Straits.
" Ibid., no. 7. See also ibid., nos. 1-G, for background.
At one point Germany was willing to promise Turkey
territorial rectifications in the region of EdirncS, along
the Greek-Turkish Thracian frontier, and in the Aegean
Islands.
"Nazi-Sotyiet Relations. 1939-19/,1, pp. 347-349, 355-357,
and Nazi Conspiracy and Aggression, vol. VI, pp. 977-1002.
"Doc. no. 456-PS, Office of U.S. Chief of Counsel for
tlie Prosecution of Axis Criminality.
'^ Germanskttia Politika v. Turtsii, nos. 10-15, and
Anthony Eden's statement in the House of Commons on
July 18, J 948
77
Footnotes — Continued
Jan. 8, 1942, following his return from Moscow {Parlia-
mentary Debates, House of Commons, vol. 377, col. 373).
■" Oermanskaia Politika v. TurtsH, nos. 12 and 17.
'' Ibid. no. 16.
"'For text of conversation, see Bullethn of July 14,
1946, pp. 57-63.
" Germanskaia Politika v. Turtsii, nos. 22-36.
'^ See Mr. Churchill's address to the House of Commons
on Feb. 11, 1943, Parliamentary Debates, Official Report,
House of Commons, vol. 386, cols. 1467-1488.
" Department of State press release 240, Mar. 24, 1947.
" Bulletin of Dec. 11, 1943, p. 412.
^Parliamentary Debates, House of Convmons, vol. 400,
cols. 762-786. See also Mr. Eden's address to the House
of Commons, Dec. 14, 1943.
During this period the German military estimates of
the Turkish position indicated that while Turkey had re-
mained neutral, the closer Soviet armies came to the
Balkans, the more difficult Turkey's position would be.
Turkey's position was dominated by the Straits question ;
she had expansionist claims. Nevertheless, if Turkey
changed its position, enemy operations against the Bul-
garian-Rumanian Black Sea coast would have to be taken
into account (Kazi Conspiracy and Aggression, vol. VII,
pp. 949-952, 954-955).
" Parliamentary Debates, Official Report, House of Com-
mons, vol. 400, cols. 1986-1988. The vessels in question
included K.T. ships of about 800 tons, carrying two 3.7
inch guns and machine gims, an E.M.S. craft of about 40
or 50 tons, with a normal armament of one three pounder,
machine guns, and depth charges. See also the Soviet
note of Aug. 7, 1946, and the Turkish reply of Aug. 22,
1946, in The Problem of the Turkish Straits, pp. 47-55,
and the discussion, pp. 36-45.
"" BuTLLETiN Of Mar. 4, 1945, p. 373.
Current United Nations Documents: A Selected Bibliography '
Economic and Social Council
Report of the Secretary-General on the Activities of the
Specialised Agencies, Inter-Governmental Organisa-
tions, Non-Governmental Organisations and United
Nations Organs in the Fields of Housing and Town
and Country Planning. E/S02, June 4, 1948. 23 pp.
mimeo.
Report of the International Telecommunication Union.
E/812, June 10, 1948. 12 pp. mimeo.
Second Report of the International Labour Organisation
of the United Nations. E/810, June 9, 1948. [Cover-
ing document states Secretary-General has received
report ; attached is Iix) printed report. 138 pp.]
Report on the Progress and Prospect of Repatriation, Re-
settlement and Immigration of Refugees and Dis-
placed Persons. E/816, June 10, 1948. 67 pp. mimeo.
Translation of the Classics. Report of the United Nations
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization.
E/823, June 16, 1948. 16 pp. mimeo.
Communication Dated 3 June 1948 from the Preparatory
Commission for the International Refugee Organiza-
tion to the Secretary-General Proposing Action for the
Co-ordination of Procedures for Declarations of Death
and Enclosing a Survey of the Problem. E/824, June
15, 1948. 17 pp. mimeo.
" Printed materials may be secured in the United States
from the International Documents Service, Columbia
University Press, 2960 Broadway, New York City. Other
materials (mimeographed or processed documents) may
be consulted at certain designated libraries in the United
States.
78
Official Records— Third Year:
Sixth Session. Supplement No. 3. Report of the Sta-
tistical Commission. E/577. 20 pp. Printed. 20^.
Supplement No. 3A, Report of the Sub-Commission
on Statistical Sampling. E/CN.3/37. 18 pp.
printed. 20^.
Seventh Session. Supplement No. 3. Report of the
Transport and Communications Commission. E/7S9.
30 pp. printed. 30^.
United Nations International Children's Emergency Fund.
Report of the Executive Board on the Nineteenth
through Twenty-fifth Meetings Held at Lake Success,
9-12 March 1948. E/ICEF/56, Mar. 25, 1948. 43 pp.
mimeo.
Programme Committee. Note by the Executive Di-
rector on Utilization of New Resources. E/ICEF/57,
Apr. 15, 1948. 8 pp. mimeo.
Report of the International Health Conference Held in
New York from 19 June to 22 July 1946. E/772, Mar.
11, 1947. iv, 71 pp. Printed. 750.
Commission on Narcotic Drugs. Summary of Annual
Reports of Governments for 1945. E/NR 1945/Suin-
mary. iv, 54 pp. Printed. 500.
Official Records, Second Year : Fourth Session. Supple-
ment No. 7. Report of the Social Commission. 41
pp. Printed. 400.
Supplement No. 9. First Report of the Secretary-
General on activities under the Resolution on Relief
Needs after the termination of Unkea. E/269, Feb.
21, 1947. 29 pp. Printed. 300.
Supplement No. 10. Report of the Working Group for
Asia and the Par East. E/307/Rev. 1, Mar. 4,
1947. 81 pp. Printed. 800.
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Reaffirming the Policy of the United States in the United Nations
TEXT OF SENATE RESOLUTION 239 OF JUNE 11'
Wliereas peace with justice and the defense of
luuuan rights and fundamental freedoms require
international cooperation through more effective
u?;e of the United Nations : Therefore be it
Resolved, That the Senate reatlirm the policy
of the United States to achieve international peace
and security tlirough the United Xations so that
armed force shall not be used except in the common
interest, and that the President be advised of the
sense of the Senate that this Government, by con-
stitutional process, should particularly pursue the
following objectives within the United Nations
Charter:
(1) Voluntary agi-eement to remove the veto
from all questions involving pacific settlements of
international disputes and situations, and from
the admission of new members.
(2) Progressive development of regional and
other collective arrangements for individual and
collective self-defense in accordance with the pur-
poses, principles, and provisions of the Charter.
(3) Association of the United States, by consti-
tutional process, with such regional and other col-
lective arrangements as are based on continuous
and effective self-help and mutual aid, and as affect
its national security.
(4) Contributing to the maintenance of peace
by making clear its determination to exercise the
right of individual or collective self-defense under
article 51 should any armed attack occur affecting
its national security.
(5) Maximum efforts to obtain agi-eements to
provide the United Nations with armed forces as
l^rovided by the Charter, and to obtain agreement
among member nations upon universal regulation
and reduction of armaments under adequate and
dependable guaranty against violation.
(6) If necessary, after adequate effort toward
strengthening the United Nations, review of the
Charter at an appropriate time by a General Con-
ference called imder article 109 or by the General
Assembly.
CONCLUSIONS
The committee on May 19, 1948, by a vote of 13
to 0, approved the resolution. It recommends its
prompt adoption. The major reasons for the ac-
tion of the committee are summarized below :
1. A constructive program for the strengthening
of the United Nations is essential for world peace.
To this end, a clear expression of the Senate's views
on the objectives which the United States should
pursue will support the efforts of the executive
branch in the United Nations and will make clear
to world opinion the unity of this Govenunent in
regard to this program.
2. The United States cannot ignore the security
aspect of world recovery. European recovery in-
volves not only the economic elements covered by
recentl)- enacted legislation, but also international
security considerations. These considerations
have fundamental bearing alike upon successful
economic recovery and upon world peace.
3. World peace — the paramount objective of the
United States — can and should be bulwarked by
the development of regional and other collective
iu\y 18, J 948
arrangements among free nations for their self-
defense consistent with the Charter. Association
of the United States, by constitutional process,
with such arrangements as affect our national se-
curity and as are founded ujion the practical prin-
ciple of continuous and effective self-help and
mutual aid will promote the security of all mem-
bers of such arrangements, including our own.
4. The time is opportune for the United States
to contribute to the maintenance of peace by mak-
ing clear now its determination to defend itself
against any armed attack affecting its national se-
curity, by exercise of the right of individual and
collective self-defense recognized in the Charter.
Certainty in advance concerning this intention on
the part of the United States should constitute a
vital factor in deterring aggression.
.5. Maximum efforts to complete the enforce-
ment machinery of the United Nations and to
' Reported in the Seriate on May 19, 1948, by Arthur H.
Vaiidenhtrg, Chairman of the Committee on Foreign
Relations (S. Rept. 1301, 80th Cong., 2d sess.).
79
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
achieve universal regulation and reduction of
armaments, with effective safeguards, is obligatory
upon every faithful member of the United Na-
tions. The United States should continue to make
vigorous efforts to this end.
The United Nations is the forum of negotiation
of 58 nations. It is available daily to assist its
members to resolve difficult issues between them.
It will grow stronger only as members strive to
improve it, to use its resources, to conduct their
policies in accord with their obligations luider its
Charter. It is the considered judgment of the
committee that world peace with justice and the
defense of human rights and fundamental free-
doms will be advanced through the United Nations
strengthened by the practical steps set forth in
this resolution.
U.S., U.K., FRANCE, CANADA, AND BENELUX
COUNTRIES DISCUSS S. RES. 239
[Released to the press July 6]
Tlie Under Secretary of State on July 6 received
the Ambassadors of the United Kingdom, France,
Canada, and the Benelux countries for an informal
and exploratory exchange of views concerning
jjroblems of common interest in relation to the
Senate resolution of June 11, 1948. These conver-
sations are expected to continue for some time.
Since they are purely exploratory, no information
concerning the substance of the conversations will
be made public until such time as decisions may
be reached.
Signing of Resolution Providing for U.S. Membersliip in WHO
STATEMENT BY THE PRESIDENT
President Truman issued the following state-
ment on June 14, 1948, upon the occasion of his
signing the joint resolution providing for United
States membership in the World Health Organiza-
tion and the instrument of acceptance of the con-
stitution of the World Health Organization, the
latter necessary for deposit with the United
Nations.
"I have today signed a Joint Resolution provid-
ing for the U.S. membership and participation in
the World Health Organization. I have at the
same time signed the Instrument of Acceptance
of the Constitution of the World Health Organiza-
tion, which will immediately be sent to the United
Nations for deposit.
"In viev/ of the long liistory of effective inter-
national cooperation in the field of health which
spares us the haunting fear of devastating epi-
demics of cholera and plague, we can look to the
World Healtli Organization with hope and ex-
pectation. While performing its humane service,
it will at the same time contribute to general
economic improvement through the progressive
development of healthy, alert, productive man-
power. Tlie world economy is seriously burdened,
and unnecessarily so, by malaria, tuberculosis and
other controllable diseases.
"The World Health Organization can help con-
80
tribute substantially to the attainment of the
healthy, vigorous citizenry which tlie world needs
so badly today and tomorrow.
"I am proud to have signed this Joint Resolution
which makes it possible for the United States to
continue its leadership in this important work. In
the teclmical field of health we hold today a pre-
eminent position. We must and will give freely
of our great knowledge to help liberate men every-
where from the overhanging dread of prevent-
able disease. In doing so through the Woi-ld
Health Organization we once again testify to our
faith in the United Nations as the gi-eat instru-
ment for reaching those goals of common under-
standing and mutual helpfulness among nations
which alone can lead to peace and security for all
peoples."
In view of some of the provisions included by
the U.S. Congress in the joint resolution, the
United Nations deferred acceptance of the deposit
of the U.S. instrument of acceptance pending
definitive action on the part of the World Health
Assembly, which is currently in session in Geneva.
On July 2, 1948, the Assembly unanimously ap-
proved United States membership in the World
Health Organization. With this action, member-
ship in the AVno has reached 50.
Deparimeni of State Bulletin
The United States in the United Nations
Reports on Trust Territories
Examination of Australia's annual report on its
administration of the Trust Territory of New
Guinea began in the Trusteeship Council at Lake
Success on July 14. J. R. Halligan, Secretary of
the Australian Department of External Terri-
tories, came from Canberra to answer the CounciPs
questions about the written report and to provide
any additional information required.
The Council had previously examined the Bel-
gian report on Euanda-Urundi, a trust territory'
located east of the Belgian Congo, in central
Africa, and the British report on Tanganyika, an
east-African territory which is the largest and
most populous of the 10 former League mandates
placed under U. N. trusteeship. Drafting com-
mittees are now foi'mulating the observations of
the Council on these two reports.
Territories on which reports will be considered
at later sessions are Togoland and the Cameroons,
under British and French administration, Nauru,
under Australian administration, and Western
Samoa, under New Zealand. The question whether
the Trusteeship Council or the Security Council
will examine any report submitted by the United
States on the Pacific Islands formerly mandated
to Japan depends largely on the still unsettled
issue of the two councils' relations regarding
strategic trusteeships.^
Reports of administering authorities are written
on the basis of a questionnaire formulated by the
Trusteeship Council. They cover almost every
phase of political, economic, social, and educa-
tional advancement in the territories and indicate
the extent to which the administering authority is
carrying out the objectives of the trusteeship sys-
tem laid down in article 76 of the Charter.
The Council has closely questioned the repre-
sentatives of the administering authorities. Am-
bassador Francis B. Sayre of the United States
has in the case of all three territories expressed
a special interest in educational programs for the
indigenous peoples. In the cases of both Ruanda-
Urundi and Tanganyika he urged acceleration of
efforts to establish universal elementary educa-
tion for indigenous children and pointed out the
necessity for increased teacher training. Regard-
ing Ruanda-Urundi, Mr. Sayre said he thought it
desirable for the Belgian administration to estab-
lish public schools to complement the present
mission schools and to insure adequate instruc-
tional standards for all schools in the territory.
July 18, 7948
Discussion of the New Guinea report began with
consideration of a plan now pending in the Aus-
tralian Parliament for consolidating the admin-
istration of the trust territory with tliat of the
adjoining Australian territory of Papua. Mx*.
Sayre, conceding that the trusteeship agreement
authorized such an arrangement, expressed once
more the concern of the United States that admin-
istrative unions should not have the practical
effect of impeding the operation of the interna-
tional trusteeship system, should not alter the
status or separate identity of a trust territory, and
should not prevent submission to the Council of
information, statistical or otherwise, bearing ex-
pressly on the trust territory. -
The 1948 visiting mission of the Trusteeship
Council, composed of E. W. P. Cliinnery. of Aus-
tralia, Lin Mou-sheng, of China, Robert E. Wood-
bridge, of Costa Rica, and Henri Laurentia, of
France, left Lake Success July 15 for East Africa.
The mission will travel in Ruanda-Urundi and
Tanganyika until mid-September and will report
to the Council by October 31.
Palestine
Count Folke Bernadotte, the U.N. mediator in
Palestine, appeared before the Security Council
July 13 to make a personal report on the four-
week truce which expired July 9 and on the failure
of his efforts to have it extended.
The same day Philip C. Jessup of the United
States introduced a draft resolution which was
ado23ted by the Council late on July 15 with some
amendments and with a few changes proposed by
the United States to meet some of the criticisms
made during three days of debate.
In final form the resolution called for a cease-
fire in Palestine under article 40, to be effective
within three days; declared that noncompliance
would lead to consideration of further action un-
der chapter VII ; ordered an immediate cease-fire
in Jerusalem ; instructed the mediator to work for
the demilitarization of Jerusalem and to continue
his supervision of truce observance; and ruled
that, "subject to further decision by the Security
Council or the General Assembly", the truce shall
remain in force until the Palestine situation is
I^eacefully adjusted.
In introducing the U.S. draft resolution, Mr.
Jessup said the mediator's report made it clear
' BULMTIN of July 4, 1948, p. 15, and June 27, 1948, p. 830.
' Bulletin of July 4, 1048, p. 15.
81
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
that the Security Council must face its responsi-
bility and order the fighting to stop. By deciding
that the truce should stay in force until a peaceful
settlement was effected, Mr. Jessup said, the Coun-
cil would make it clear "that it insists that the
Palestine problem is not to be solved by force."
The Council voted separately on each of the
resolution's 12 paragraphs. The paragraph order-
ing an immediate cease-fire in Jerusalem was
adojjted unanimously. Composition of the major-
ities which passed other paragraphs varied con-
siderably. The fact that the U.S.S.R. and the
Ukraine voted for several paragraplis on which
China and Argentina abstained, and vice versa,
assured jmssage of a number of paragraphs whose
fate had been in doubt. On final passage of the
resolution as a whole, the vote was seven in favor
(Ca^nada, China, Colombia, Belgium, France,
U.K., U.S.), Syria against, and three abstentions
(Argentina, Ukraine, and the U.S.S.R.).
Charter Revision
The Interim Committee adopted on July 9 a
proi^osal by Jose Arce of Argentina that it ask
the General Assembly to consider calling a general
conference of U.N. members to review the Charter.
The vote was 19-7 with 10 abstentions, including
that of China. The United States, United King-
dom, and France voted no, Joseph E. Johnson, of
the United States, arguing that a general confer-
ence at this time would be ineffective.
Economic and Social Council
The Economic and Social Council will open its
seventh session at Geneva on July 19 with a record
agenda of .50 items. In the social field, the Council
will consider the completed draft of the Declara-
tion of Human Rights, a draft convention on the
crime of genocide, and a survey of forced labor and
measures for its abolition. Among the economic
items for the Council's consideration are reports
from the various regional economic connnissions,
including the report of the ad hoc committee on the
factors bearing upon the establishment of an
Economic Commission for the Middle East and the
principle of equal pay for equal work. The U. S.
Delegation will be headed by Willard L. Thorp,
Assistant Secretary of State "for economic affairs,
with Leroy D. Stinebower, Special Assistant to the
Assistant Secretary, and Walter M. Kotschnig,
Chief of the Division of United Nations EconomTc
and Social Affairs, serving as Deputy U. S. Rei>
resentatives.
Health Assembly
The first World Health Assembly, which opened
in Geneva on June 2J:, approved tiie recommenda-
tions of its Program Committee to set up interna-
tional programs for malaria, maternal and child
health, tuberculosis, and venereal disease. The
82
Program Committee has also recommended con-
tinuation and expansion of the network of epi-
demic-control services. The Assembly also ap-
proved a committee recommendation providing
for the establishment of five World Health Or-
ganization regional offices in the eastern Mediter-
ranean, western Pacific, southeast Asia, Europe,
and Africa, when the consent of members in the
area is obtained. A Latin American regional office
was not included because of current negotiations
designed to integrate the Pan American Sanitary
Bureau with Who. The United States was elected
a member of the Who Executive Board by the As-
sembly on July 13.
Labor Conference
The International Labor Organization con-
cluded its Thirty-first Conference in San Fran-
cisco on July 10, approving two new conventions
and revising two earlier ones. Of the two new
conventions, one would guarantee freedom of as-
sociation to workers and employers and the other
requires governments to maintain free public em-
ployment services. These conventions will be sub-
mitted to member states of the ILO for ratifi-
cation.
Revisions were made of two earlier interna-
tional conventions concerning night work for
women and for young persons, providing for more
liberal interpretations of these treaties. The Con-
ference also agreed to discuss labor clauses in
public contracts, protection of worker's earnings,
and the general question of wages, at its 1949 con-
ference, as well as other labor items. The Con-
ference gave final approval to a resolution re-
questing the ILO's Governing Body to consult
with the competent U.N. organs to examine the
measures necessary to insure the safeguarding of
freedom of association. The Conference voted to
hold its 1949 session in Geneva.
India-Pakistan Dispute
The U.N. Commission on India and Pakistan
arrived in Karachi on July 7 and paid an informal
visit on the following day to the Pakistani Prime
Minister and Foreign Minister. The Commission
held its first formal meeting in New Delhi on
July 13, after having called on the Indian Prime
Minister and Governor-General.
U. S. Representation
President Truman, by recess appointment,
named H. Merle Cochran, U.S. Foreign Service
officer with the rank of career minister, to succeed
Coert duBois as the U.S. Representative on the
Security Council's Committee of Good Offices in
Indonesia. Mr. duBois asked to be relieved of his
duties because of illness. Mr. Cochran has been a
Foreign Service officer since 1914, except for one
brief interruption.
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Report on Sixth Meeting of Preparatory Commission for IRO
by George L. Warren
The PrepiH-alory Commission for tlie Interna-
tional l\cfu<iee Organization met for the sixth time
at Geneva on May 4, IMS} The purpose of the
meetinji was to consider tlie status of adlierences
to the Iro constitution, to examine financial re-
ports, to receive the report of the Executive Secre-
tarj-, and to take such action thereon as might be
indicated. The Conmiission had assumed operat-
ing responsibilities on behalf of Iro on July 1,
1947, for the care, repatriation, and resettlement
of refugees.
The Commission was advised that since the last
meeting the Governments of Argentina, Belgium
and France had deposited certificates of ratifica-
tion to the Iro constitution with the Secretary-
Geneial of the United Nations, thus bringing the
number of adherences to Iro to 14. The adherence
of one additional government is required in order
to bring tlie Iko into being. The total percentage
of governments' contributions is now 76.74 percent.
The Brazilian Delegate announced that a working
agreement had been satisfactorily concluded be-
tween his government and the Preparatory Com-
mission and that ratification legislation had been
presented to tlie Brazilian Congress. He ex-
pressed the hope that Brazil might complete its
adherence before the next meeting of the Commis-
sion. The Commission was also advised that the
Governments of Denmark, Sweden, and Venezuela
are giving serious consideration to adherence.
At the opening of the meeting the Executive
Secretary appealed to the governments to act more
generously in receiving displaced persons, stating
that he regarded the current rate of movement in
resettlement as inadequate to resolve the problem
of displaced persons within the anticipated time
of three years.
During the meeting the Commission was ad-
dressed by Hector McNeil, ]M.P., :Minister of State
of the United Kingdom, and by Pierre Schneiter,
French Secretary of State for German and
Austrian Affairs. Mr. McNeil promised the con-
tinuing support of his government in the efforts of
the Commission, and Mr. Schneiter proposed the
bodily transfer to other countries of assembly
centers in which displaced persons are housed in
accordance with a plan of fair distribution. He
suggested that the Preparatory Connnission could
continue its efforts at resettlement in the countries
to which the centers might be transferred and
argued that tlie pi-oposed transfer of the centers
would contribute substantially to the peace and
order of central Europe.
Jvly 18, 7948
The Commission noted the fact that the im-
possibility of conclusively establishing the decease
of large numbers of war victims was proving an
obstacle to the accomplishment of many legal ac-
tions which relatives of these persons require to
execute. Hence the Commission i-eferred to the
Economic and Social Council the question of the
wisdom of drafting an international convention
as a measure of relief for the persons concerned.
The Commission also approved a draft agree-
ment of relationship between the United Nations
and the Iro based on the standarcl text for such
agreements, and appointed a negotiating commit-
tee consisting of the delegates from Brazil, Canada,
China, and Norway to conduct negotiations with a
similar committee of the Economic and Social
Council during its seventh session in Geneva in the
summer of 1948.
The Commission also considered the financial
report and statements for the six months' period
ending December 31, 1947, which showed total
income as of that date to be $43,913,680 ; expendi-
tures, $33,441,922 ; and cash on hand, $10,471,758.
The balance sheet showed assets of $21,607,210,
liabilities of $20,869,630, and an excess of funds
received over funds applied of $737,580. The
Commission took note of the financial report and
statements and was advised by the Executive Sec-
retary that every effort would be made to present
to the next meeting of the Commission an audited
financial report for the period ending June 30,
1948. The Commission, recognizing that it would
not reconvene before June 30, 1948, and that it was
not feasible for the Executive Secretary to present
at the current meeting a plan of expenditures
based on anticipated income for the fiscal year
1948-49, authorized the Executive Secretary to
make administrative and operational expenditures
in the period from July 1 to September 30, 1948,
at a rate equal to one fourth of the respective ex-
penditures in the administrative and operational
budgets for the present fiscal year. The Com-
mission also authorized the Executive Secretary to
include for expenditure during the above period
amounts he deemed prudent from any fmids that
might be carried forward from the fiscal year
1947-48 in accordance with paragraph 1 of annex
II to the constitution.
' For the report of the fifth meeting of the Preparatory
Commission for Ibo, see Bulletin of Apr. 4, 1948, p. 4-)l.
83
ACTIVITieS AND DBVELOPMENTS
The Commission considered the recommenda-
tions made by the Executive Secretary in his report
on the repatriation and resettlement policy of the
Organization to the effect that the realization of a
"fair share" plan should continue to be pursued.
The Commission urged upon receiving countries
the most generous methods of selection, the maxi-
mum feasible relaxation of immigration require-
ments, recognition of the family unit in selection,
and the adoption of measures of selection minimiz-
ing the return of refugees and displaced persons
from receiving countries. The Commission noted
that the two main factors retarding the rate of re-
settlement were inadequacy of ocean shipping and
lack of housing facilities, pai'ticularly in western
European receiving countries.
The Connnission considered the Executive Sec-
retary's report on progress made during the period
January to April 1948 with respect to financial
administration, agreements with governments,
eligibility, health, care and maintenance, supply
and transport, repatriation, resettlement, legal and
other protection, and administration. Particu-
lar attention was given to the needs of the Organi-
zation with respect to shipping and all government
members were requested to re-examine the possi-
bilities of making more ships available to the
Commission.
The Commission recessed on May 12, 1948, to
reconvene on or about August 20, 1948, for the
purpose of convening the General Council of the
Iro on or about August 23, 1948. It was as-
sumed that the constitution of the Organization
would come into force before that date. On invi-
tation of the Executive Secretary the United States
Delegate addressed the headquarters staff of the
Preparatory Commission May 15, 1948, after the
Commission had adjourned.
U.S. DELEGATION TO NORTH PACIFIC REGION-
AL AIR NAVIGATION MEETING OF ICAO
[ Released to the pi-ess July 7]
The Department of State announced on July 7
the composition of the United States Delegation
to the North Pacific Eegional Air Navigation
Meeting of the International Civil Aviation Or-
ganization (IcAo), scheduled to convene at Seattle
on July 13, 1948. The United States Delegation is
as follows :
Chairman
Clifford P. Burton, Chief of Technical Mission, Civil Aero-
nautics Administration, Department of Commerce
Me7n'bcrs
Luther R. Hayes, Adviser, International Telecommunica-
tions Standards, Civil Aeronautics Administration,
Department of Commerce
Donald C. House, Assistant Chief, International Aviation
Section, United States Weather Bureau, Department
of Commerce
84
Lt. Comdr. .J. D. McCuhbin, U. S. C. G., Search and Rescue
Agency, Department of the Treasury
Raymond P. Nicholson, Representative, Flight Operations,
Civil Aeronautics Administration, Department of
Commerce
Francis J. Rhody, Special Adviser to the Assistant Ad-
ministrator for Airports, Civil Aeronautics Adminis-
tration, Department of Commerce
Walter B. Swanson, Adviser, International Air TraflSc
Control Standards, Civil Aeronautics Administration, |
Department of Commerce
Advisers
James S. Anderson, Vice President-International, Aero-
nautical Radio, Inc., Washington, D.C.
Oscar Bakke, Technical Assistant, International Stand-
ards Division, Civil Aeronautics Board
Capt. F. A. Berry, Jr., U.S.N., Officer in Charge, U.S.
Navy Weather Central, Department of the Navy
James D. Durkee, Chief, International Branch, Aviation
Division, Federal Communications Commission
Lt. Comdr. Benjamin F. Engel, U.S.C.G., Communications
Division, Department of the Treasury
Mnj. Grove C. Johnson, U.S.A.P., Acting Assistant Chief,
ICAO Liaison Section, Department of the Air Force
Victor J. Kayne, IcAO-Air Traffic Control Regional Repre-
sentative, Civil Aeronautics Administration, Depart-
ment of Commerce
Comdr. Donald E. Macintosh, Ic.\o Coordinator, Depart-
ment of the Navy
Lt. Col. Norman J. McGowan, Chief, Air Surveillance
Branch, Directorate of Communications, Hq. U.S.A.F.,
Department of the Air Force
John R. Mercer, Chief, Landing Areas Section, Airways
Engineering Division, Civil Aeronautics Administra-
tion, Department of Commerce
Donald W. Nyrop, Operations Division, Air Transport
Association of America, Washington, D.C.
George L. Rand, Representative, International Telecom-
munications Standards, Civil Aeronautics Adminis-
tration, Department of Commerce
R. D. Shall, Regional Foreign Staff Officer, Sixth Region,
Civil Aeronautics Administration, Department of
Commerce
Stenoffraphers
E. Vernice Anderson, Personal Assistant to the Assistant
Secretary, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Trans-
portation and Communications, Department of State
Mary E. Bean, Administrative Assi.stant, Icao Division,
Civil Aeronautics Administration, Department of
Commerce
i
The purpose of the meeting is to examine the
problems of air navigation in the North Pacific
region. The delegates will prepare a plan of navi-
gational services and facilities needed in the region
to assure compliance with the standards estab-
lished and the practices reconnnended by the Icao
Council. The meeting is expected to last from two
to three weeks.
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
U.S. Protests Soviet Blockade of Berlin
NOTE FROM SECRETARY MARSHALL TO AMBASSADOR PANYUSHKiN
[Released to the press July 9] States woulcl not have SO withdrawn its troops
July 6, 1048
Excellency: The United States Government
wishes to call to the attention of the Soviet Gov-
ernment the extremely serious international situa-
tion which has been brought about by the actions
of the Soviet Government in imposing restrictive
measures on transport which amount now to a
blockade against the sectors in Berlin occupied by
the United States, United Kingdom and France.
The United States Government regards these
measures of blockade as a clear violation of exist-
ing agreements concerning the administration of
Berlin by the four occupying powers.
The rights of the United States as a joint oc-
cupying power in Berlin derive from the total de-
feat and unconditional surrender of Germany.
The international agreements undertaken in con-
nection therewith by the Governments of the
United States, United Kingdom, France and the
Soviet Union defined the zones in Germany and
the sectors in Berlin which are occupied by these
powers. They established the quadripartite con-
trol of Berlin on a basis of friendly cooperation
wliich the Government of the United States ear-
nestly desires to continue to pursue.
I These agreements implied the right of free ac-
cess to Berlin. This right has long been confirmed
by usage. It was directly specified in a message
sent by President Truman to Premier Stalin on
June 14, 1945, which agreed to the withdrawal of
United States forces to the zonal boundaries, pro-
vided satisfactory arrangements could be entered
into between the military commanders, which
would give access by rail, i-oad and air to United
States forces in Berlin. Premier Stalin replied
on June 16 suggesting a change in date but no
other alteration in the plan proposed by the Presi-
dent. Premier Stalin then gave assurances that
all necessary measures would be taken in accord-
ance with the plan. Correspondence in a similar
sense took place between Premier Stalin and Mr.
Churchill. In accordance with this understand-
ing, the United States, whose armies had pene-
trated deep into Saxony and Thuringia, parts of
the Soviet zone, withdrew its forces to its own
area of occupation in Germany and took up its
position in its own sector in Berlin. Thereupon
the agreements in regard to the occupation of Ger-
many and Berlin went into effect. The United
July 18, 7948
from a large area now occupied by the Soviet
Union had there been any doubt whatsoever about
the observance of its agreed right of free access to
its sector of Berlin. The right of the United
States to its position in Berlin thus stems from
precisely the same source as the right of the Soviet
Union. It is impossible to assert the latter and
deny the former.
It clearly results from these undertakings that
Berlin is not a part of the Soviet zone, but is an
international zone of occupation. Commitments
entered into in good faith by the zone commanders,
and subsequently confirmed by the Allied Control
Authority, as well as practices sanctioned by
usage, guarantee the United States together with
other powers, free access to Berlin for the purpose
of fulfilling its responsibilities as an occupying
power. The facts are plain. Their meaning is
clear. Any other interpretation would offend all
the rules of comity and reason.
■"In order that there should be no misunder-
standing whatsoever on this point, the United
States Government categorically asserts that it is
in occupation of its sector in Berlin with free
access thereto as a matter of established right de-
riving from the defeat and surrender of Germany
and confirmed by formal agreements among the
principal Allies. It further declares that it will
not be induced by threats, pressures or other
actions to abandon these rights. It is hoped that
the Soviet Government entertains no doubts
whatsoever on this point.
This Government now shares with the Govern-
ments of France and the United Kingdom the re-
sponsibility initially undertaken at Soviet request
on July 7, 1945, for the physical well-bemg ol
2,400,000 persons in the western sectors of Berlin.
Restrictions recently imposed by the Soviet au-
thorities in Berlin have operated to prevent this
Government and the Governments of the United
Kingdom and of France from fulfilling that
responsibility in an adequate manner.
The responsibility which this Government
bears for the physical well-being and the safety o±
the German population in its sector of Berlin is
outstandingly humanitarian in character. Ihis
population includes hundreds of thousands ot
women and children, whose health and safety are
dependent on the continued use of adequate facili-
ties for moving food, medical supplies and other
85
THB RECORD OF THE WEEK
items indispensable to the maintenance of human
life in the western sectors of Berlin. The most
elemental of these human rights which both our
Governments are solemnly pledged to protect are
thus placed in jeopardy by these restrictions. It
is intolerable that any one of the occupying au-
thorities should attemjjt to impose a blockade upon
the people of Berlin.
The United States Government is therefore
obliged to insist that in accordance with existing
agreements the arrangements for the movement of
freight and passenger traffic between the western
zones and Berlin be fully restored. There can be
no question of delay in the restoration of these
essential services, since the needs of the civilian
population in the Berlin area are imperative.
Holding these urgent views regarding its rights
and obligations in the United States sector of Ber-
lin, yet eager always to resolve controversies in the
spirit of fair consideration for the viewpoints of
all concerned, the Government of the United
States declares that duress should not be invoked
as a method of attempting to dispose of any dis-
agreements which may exist between the Soviet
Government and the Government of the United
States in respect of any aspect of the Berlin
situation.
Such disagreements if any should be settled by
negotiation or by any of the other peaceful
methods provided for in Article 33 of the Charter
in keejDing with our mutual pledges as coi:)artners
in the United Nations. For these reasons the
Government of the United States is ready as a first
step to particii^ate in negotiations in Berlin among
the four Allied Occupying Authorities for the
settlement of any question in dispute arising out
of the administration of the city of Berlin. It is,
however, a prerequisite that the lines of communi-
cation and the movement of persons and goods be-
tween the United Kingdom, the United States and
the French sectors in Berlin and the Western
Zones shall have been fully restored.
Accept [etc.]
His Excellency
Alexander S. Pantushkin,
Arnbassador of the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics.
Reply to Polish Protest Concerning Six-Power Talks on Germany
NOTE FROM UNDER SECRETARY LOVETT TO AMBASSADOR WINIEWICZ
[Released to the press July 7]
July 6, 1948
Excellency : I have the honor to acknowledge
the receipt of your note No. 51/41/48 of June 18,
1948, protesting on behalf of your Government
the recommendations resulting from the Six-
Power talks on Germany, recently held in London,
on the grounds that the participants were "not
competent and not empowered to deal with these
problems". You stressed your Government's op-
position to many of the recommendations as being
contrary to existing international agreements and
your Government's belief that all matters involv-
ing the future of Germany should be the exclusive
concern of the Council of Foreign Ministers. I
noted with particular interest your observation
that "any possible difficulties in reconciling the
positions within the Council cannot be insuper-
able, if all the Powers will abide by the Potsdam
agreements."
I need hardly remind you of my Government's
86
persistent efforts to achieve four-power agreement
on Germany on the basis of the Potsdam Agree-
ment. I discussed this point in my note to you of
September 30, 1947, in connection with the deci-
sion to revise the level of industi-y in the Anglo-
American zone. The record clearly shows that
the continuing efforts of my Government to
achieve an equitable solution of the German prob-
lem in the Council of Foreign Ministers and in
the Allied Control Council in Berlin have been
fruitless largely as a result of the intransigent
attitude of one of the occupying powers. The rec-
oi-ds of the Control Council as of March 1948
show that the Soviet representative has vetoed
the agreed decisions of the other three powers in
69 instances — nearly three times the combined
number of vetoes exercised by the other powers.
As explained in my note under reference, it is
because of the repeated failure over a period of
three years to achieve four-power agreement that
my Government "feels justified in pursuing ob-
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
jectives wliich have been commonly afrrcml and
makinu: anaii^oments for that purixisi- with any
other occupying power willing to work toward the
common end."
My Government agrees with your Government
that "German resources ought to be used for the
benefit of the general reconstruction of Europe
rather than for the reconstruction of only a part
of Europe. The United States has consistently
endeavored to implement the clear understanding
in the Potsdam Agreement that Germany, includ-
ing tlie Soviet Zone, should be treated as an eco-
nomic whole and it has consistently striven to
create those conditions which would lead to the
establishment of a democratic German state capa-
ble of assisting the reconstruction of all the
devastated countries of Europe and yet not con-
stituting a threat to the security of those nations.
The assertion that the United States has sought
to divide Germany or to di\-ide Europe is without
any foundation. The fact that its offer to assist
the general European recovery has not been ac-
cepted by certain countries, including Poland, has
of necessity limited the application of that recov-
ery program to those countries which have ac-
cepted it. The apparent division of Germany to-
day after three years of vmsuccessful attempts to
hold it together is greatly deplored by my Gov-
ernment. Here again the necessity to confine our
joint program in German to Western Germany is
not of our making and certainly not in accordance
with our wishes. The fact that the efforts of the
United States toward the rehabilitation of Europe
now have to be concentrated on the program for
Western Europe, including Western Germany, is
a direct result of the failure of the other countries
of Europe at the instigation of the Soviet Union
to join in a common program looking toward the
rehabilitation of all Europe.
With regard to the substance of the London
recommendations I must point out that there was
no attempt in these talks to cover all aspects of
the German problem. Therefore, there is no basis
for your protesting the fact that the problem of
reparations was omitted in the recommendations
of the conference, a conference which you have
insisted had no right to discuss any matters relat-
ing to (lermany.
I must take exception to your comments on the
recommendations concerning security and your
statement that the fundamental aim of removing
Germany's economic basis of aggression has been
ignored. It should not be necessary for me to
remind you that the United States has twice been
engaged in major wars with Germany and that it is
vitally interested in preventing a recurrence of
German aggression. Security considerations, far
from having been relegated to a secondary posi-
Ju/y 18, 7948
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
tion. were constantly in mind throughout the
London discussions as should be evident from the
comnnniiqne reporting the final recommendations.
This problem has of course become more compli-
cated as a result of the unwillingness of the Soviet
Union to join the other occupying powers in a long
term treaty guaranteeing the disarmament and
demilitarization of Germany. The London
reconunendations on the Ruhr and on general
security make specific provision against the
rebuilding of German economic power as a means
to future aggression.
Your conmients on the plan for the control of
the Ruhr have, I believe, been answered in the
general discussion above with respect to the divi-
sion of Germany and of Europe. It should be
observed that the program for the rehabilitation
of AVesteni Germany does not exclude that area
from trade relations with Eastern Eurojie but,
on the contrary, seeks to foster such trade in the
conunon interest. If certain countries "who
suffered most in consequence of German aggres-
sion" claim that their interests are not sufficiently
taken into account by the program planned for
Western Germany, their complaint should not l)e
addressed to the United States Government but
to the Government primarily responsible for pre-
venting these countries from cooperating in the
genei'al recovery j^rogram for Europe. In the
same way it seems to me that your protest against
the failure to utilize quadripartite consultative
machinery, should more appropriately be ad-
dressed to the occupying power responsible for the
present deplorable division of Europe and Ger-
many.
Accept [etc.]
For the Secretary of State:
Robert A. Lovett
His Excellency
Josef Winiewicz;
Ambassador of Poland.
Letters of Credence
Czechoslovakia
The newly appointed Ambassador of Czecho-
slovakia, Dr. Vladimir Outrata, presented his
credentials to the President on June 21. For the
text of the Ambassador's remarks and for the
President's reply, see Department of State press
release 501 of June 21, 1948.
Panama
The newly appointed Ambassador of Panama,
Senor Don "Octavio A. Vallarino, presented his
credentials to the President on June 24. For the
text of the translation of the Ambassador's re-
marks and for the President's reply, see Depart-
ment of State press release 506 of June 24, 1948.
87
U.S. Information Program
BY GEORGE V. ALLEN'
Assistant Secretary of State for Public Affairs
We fire frequently asked in the Department to
state the ahns of our foreign information program.
The answer, I believe, is not difficult to formulate.
Our information program is nothing more, nor
less, than an instrument— one of the instruments—
in achieving the foreign policy of the United
States. That policy has today one paramount aun,
the preservation of democracy as we understand
and have always used the term. We seek the pres-
ervation of democracy in the United States and
assist the free peoples of the world in preserving
their liberties. We hope that in due course other
peoples who have lost their liberties will be able
to regain them.
The information program is but one of the im-
plements we employ in our efforts to achieve our
great foreign-policy objective. I would by no
means claim that it is our most important imple-
ment. Our financial and economic efforts to assist
in the economic recovery of Europe are perhaps
our outstanding implementation of foreign policy
today. Wliat we are remains more important than
what we say we are. Doing is more important than
saying, or promising, or boasting. Indeed, so true
is this doctrine that we waste our energy, our man-
power, and our resources if we say anything at all
in our information program except what we are, or
what we do, or what we genuinely expect or hope
to do.
I have frequently tried to assess why it was that
Nazi Germany, the coimtry which devoted more
time and effort and money than any other nation
to the work of information, or propaganda if you
wish, had so little propaganda success. Herr
Goebbels, the outstanding protagonist of the prop-
aganda technique, succeeded, during the recertt
war, in achieving perhaps the greatest single suc-
cess, as far as gaining a large listener aiidievce is
conceived, when he put "Lord Haw Haw" on Kadio
Berlin. Many of you will recall the eagerness with
which Americans tuned their shortwave dials dur-
ing the war, trying to hear what "Haw Haw" had
to say. During the worst days of the bombing of
Britain, residents of London still tuned their dials
to listen to him. There is no doubt that Goebbels
' Excerpts from an address made at the Mount Holyoke
College Institute of the United Nations, South Hadley,
Mass., on June 29, 1W8, and released to the press on the
same date.
88
succeeded in getting a great and eager listening
audience. The Japanese achieved the same sort of |
success in the Pacific, with a girl called "Tokyo i
Kose". Our soldiers sat in foxholes in Guadalcanal i
and Guam, scanning their watches to be certain to ;
hear her daily transmissions. If the task of a '•
propagandist ' is to get listeners, the Nazis and j
Japanese scored tremendous successes. ;
But no one has produced any evidence that "Haw :
Haw" made the British military or civilian popu- .
lation fight one whit less hard through six years of ;
war. Nor did the blandishments of "Tokyo Rose" i
have any harmful effect on the fighting spirit of ;
our Marines at Tinian. Quite the contrary. The ;
German and Japanese propagandists only sue- |
ceeded in increasing our determination. Their i
money and effort were worse than thrown away.
Why did they not succeed? I have asked myself ,
this question often during the past three months,
since I began considering this subject. The an-
swer, I believe, is relatively simple. The Japanese
and Nazis failed because they did not tell the
truth. They told a few truths, yes, regarding
bombing targets and raid objectives— enough to
give a similarity of truth and to attract listeners,
but the ba^ic underlying theme of their broadcasts
was not truth, and our listeners marked it down as
easily recognizable propaganda.
Americans have always felt, rather instinctively,
that the best way to conduct an information pro-
gram is to tell tlie truth, and only the truth; but I
had not realized, until going into the question, just
why this is so. I am fully convinced that if our
information program is not based on truth we
had better close down all our broadcasts and call
home all our press attaches from our Embassies
abroad.
The primary advantage we have over the propa-
ganda efforts of totalitarian states today is the fact
that we Americans are not obliged to present our-
selves to the world as models of perfection. The
U.S. has so many virtues to overcome its short-
comings that we need not fear the effect of our
being truly known abroad.
Totalitarian propagandists must picture their
country as a paradise on earth, where everything
is perfect, and must proclaim that everything in
democratic countries is wicked and debased.
In our information activity, we must present our
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
civilization in its true color if we are to be effective.
That color is fjraj — not lily-white. We have the
enormous aJvantac:e in our information pi'ogram
that we are willing to ailmit our imperfections and
to tell the truth as nearly as we can ascertain it.
If. however, those in tiie State Department and
elsewhere who are in charge of our information
work should ever become subject to the daily fear
that they might say something objectionable to
some official, or suppress unpleasant facts for fear
of losing their jobs, the result would eventually
be that we would water down our scripts until
American broadcasts would become merely the
counterparts of that of the totalitarian propa-
ganda : America would be presented to the world
as the home only of sweetness and light. And the
world would be no more convinced by our broad-
casts than they are by totalitarian efforts.
I do not pretend that the truth is any easier to
ascei'tain todaj' than it was in the days of jesting
Pilate. But we must be motivated always by the
effort to find it out, and to state it clearly and
boldly as nearly as we can.
As many of you may know, the formalized effort
of governments to influence people outside their
borders through organized information or propa-
ganda programs is a relatively recent develop-
ment. The first scheduled shortwave broadcasts
in a foreign language by any govcrmnent, for ex-
ample, were inaugurated by the Nazis in 1936, I
believe, when Herr Goebbels put on a Russian-
language program beamed to the U.S.S.R. (Pri-
vate American broadcasters began broadcasting in
Spanish to Latin America as early as 1929, but
entirely as a commercial venture without Govern-
ment sponsorship.)
The British Broadcasting System inaugurated
its foreign-language broadcasts in 1938. as I recall,
using at first German, Russian, and French.
Radio Moscow began to speak in German, French,
English, and other languages about the same time.
The American Government's entry into the
foreign information field came in 1942, as a result
of the war. Two independent agencies of the
Government in Washington were given the respon-
sibility for this program. These were the Office
of Inter-American Affairs under Mr. Nelson
Rockefeller, for Latin America, and the Office of
War Information, under Mr. Elmer Davis, for the
remainder of the world.
At the close of the war, in the fall of 1945,
these two agencies were transferred to the Depart-
ment of State, and that Department found itself
charged, for the first time, with responsibility for
our foreign information program. The primary
job at the start was a liquidating operation. My
predecessor. Mr. William Benton, had the task, for
example, of reducing the 13,000 employees in Owi
by 90 percent.
There was considerable doubt in the minds of
Congress, private information-media officials, and
Ju/y 18, ?948
JHB RECORD OF THE WBEK
others concerning the propriety of the U.S.
Government's continuing in the information field
during peacetime. Most people hoped that since
Nazi Germany, the Government which had per-
verted information to propaganda purposes, had
been defeated, the victorious Allies would continue
to associate harmoniously in peace as they had in
war, through the newly formed United Nations.
It was hoped that misunderstandings and misrep-
resentations of motives among nations would be
reduced to a point where no official information
program by the U.S. would be required. Pub-
lishers of American newspapers, magazines, and
books, and officials of American radio networks
and motion picture studios felt they could do a
better job than the Government in telling the
American story abroad.
Debate on the subject w^as at its height in the
summer of 1947, when many members of the
U.S. Congress visited Europe and the Near East.
They were amazed at the extent of misunderstand-
ing and wilful misrepresentation of the U.S.
which they found abroad. They returned to
enact legislation, known as the Mundt-Smith act,
signed January 27, 1948, providing for an official
foreign information program as an integral part
of the conduct of our foreign relations.
It is under this act that we now operate. Our
information work is conducted primarily through
three divisions, handling radio, press, and mo-
tion pictures. We also disseminate information
abroad through 50 U.S. Government libraries.
These libraries are considered primarily as edu-
cational institutions and are administered under
our separate educational program, but the
American newspapers and periodicals displayed
on our library tables abroad are predominantly
informational in character. There is considerable
question whether educational and informational
work can be sharply delineated. Someone has
characterized our entire information program as
"adult education''.
The most conspicuous of our official information
activities, as far as the American public is con-
cerned, has always been the shortwave radio pro-
grams beamed abroad, known as the "Voice of
America".
Much has been heard recently of the congi'es-
sional investigations of the Voice of America.
I do not propose to dwell on this subject tonight,
except to say that I regard the investigations as
having served a highly salutary purpose. They
have clarified the atmosphere and have brought
to light misunderstandings regarding responsi-
bility and laxness in supervision which ought not
to have been allowed to continue. I may add that
I have often thought, during these recent congres-
sional hearings, of the opinion expressed, I believe,
by Lord Bryce in his monumental study of the
American commonwealth, that the single most im-
portant contribution made by the American Gov-
89
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
ernment to political science has been the congres-
sional investigation. This thought has sustained
me through many clays of such investigations dur-
ing the past three weeks.
I wish to refer at this time, however, to another
voice, which I would like to call the Voice of
Democracy. I do not have in mind any radio
program, either domestic or foreign. I refer to
the Voice, or the synthesis of the voices, of all
mankind throughout the world, who believe in the
principles of individual freedom and human
liberty.
This Voice should find its principal outlet in the
various organs and independent agencies of the
United Nations. The American people regard the
United Nations as having been founded on the
principles of democracy as we understand the
term. Woven through the warp and woof of
U. N. and all of its constituent parts, notably in
the Charter of Unesco, is the concept that the
human mind and spirit should be free from the
chains of repressive government.
Perhaps the most frequently discussed of the
many human rights and aspirations is the free-
dom of speech. (And now we have added to that,
in the United States, not only the right to speak,
but also the right to speak loudly, since the Su-
preme Court upheld the right, in principle, of a
religious group to use mechanical loud speakers
in the propagation of its faith.)
A companion piece to the right of man to speak
freely is the equal right of an individual to listen,
in this modern age of radio communication. To
this we must also list, as David Sarnoflf has pointed
out, the freedom to look, in these growing days of
television.
Membership in the United Nations carries with
it an obligation on the part of every member
government to permit its citizens the full right to
speak and the right to read and to listen and to
look at news and ideas depicted in the press,
radio, and all other information media without
regard to national boundaries. Only in this way
can the voice of the world's people, the Voice of
Democracy, be created.
The Secretariat of the United Nations has con-
ceived an excellent plan for a greatly increased
information program, to disseminate knowledge
of the activities of U. N. through press, radio, and
pictures. This is an excellent project, and the
facilities of the American Government, especially
in the field of shortwave radio broadcasting, will
be made available to U. N. to the maximum feasi-
ble extent, to assist in this most desirable project.
But the official Voice of the United Nations is
not what I have in mind. The Voice of Democ-
racy today is the combined expression of every
newspaper and every radio program, every pub-
lic speaker and private discussion group, in the
United States and in every other nation in the
world where man is free to make his opinions
90
heard. Anyone at Lake Success who speaks on
behalf of genuine democracy is a part of that
voice.
The struggle in the world today, as President
Truman has recently indicated, is not a struggle
between two powerful nations. It is a struggle
between two concepts or ideas. I do not hesitate
to place it on the level of a struggle between good
and evil, the good represented by human liberty
and the evil by the totalitarian police state.
My experience in Iran during the past two years
has caused me to visualize this conflict more clearly
than I had before. Some of my Iranian friends
who did not underetand the nature of the conflict
were quite frank in saying to me : "Why must Iran,
a relatively small and weak country, continue to be
involved, against its will, in great-power struggles?
Why can't we be left alone, to live our own lives
without disturbing or being disturbed by anyone?
As for the quarrel between the U.S. and U.S.S.R.,
a plague on both your houses !"
If the contest in the world today were merely
another contest between two opposing imperial-
isms, one could sympathize fully with this atti-
tude. But it is not such a struggle. I make that
declaration flatly and bluntly, despite certain
groups, even in the United States, who regard
the present world difficulties in very much the
same light as did my Iranian friends to whom I
have referred.
In the struggle between the Voice of Democracy
and the Voice of Totalitarianism, every human
being in the world has an equal stake. There are
those who promote Fascism and Communism on
both sides of the Iron Curtain, and those on both
sides who are devoted to freedom and liberty.
Every individual in the world has a choice to make.
Liberty is challenged today on a scale never ap-
proached in modern times. This struggle of ideas
will not go away and leave Iran alone, nor will it
bypass any other nook and cranny of the globe
where there are human beings, motivated by hu-
man desires and aspirations. There can be no
neutrals in such a struggle, whether the contest is
within a single village, a nation, or the world.
The Voice of America is and must remain a part
of the Voice of Democracy. We must strive, in
every possible way, to sustain what our experience,
and world experience, has shown to be the best
system of government and of society yet devised
— the system which protects the individual against
the repression of his human liberties by the state.
It is wicked for individuals or groups inside the
United States or any other democratic country to
utilize the freedoms of democracy in order to
agitate for a system of government which offers
spurious panaceas of equality, but which would
immediately eliminate all such freedoms as soon
as it came to power. How shallow it is for cer-
tain American citizens to visit the Soviet Union
and return to this country puffed up with the fact
Department of State Bulletin
that they were received on a basis of racial or social
equality in the U.S.S.R. I saw the same thing
happen to tribesmen in the Middle East.
It is true that Uzbeks and Tajiks and Tartars
have tiie same rights in Moscow as the Russians
and Ukrainians and Georgians — the equal privi-
lege of voting and speaking exactly as they are
told and of going to Siberia if they breathe a word
of criticism of the regime. It is true that democ-
racies have not yet achieved all the equalities to
which they aspire, but tlieir vision is not clouded
by any false belief that the security of the prison
or the equality of the animal is the answer.
The U.S. information program must make these
and otlier facts clear. At the same time, we must
iruard constantly, in our fight against the Com-
numist brand of totalitarianism, which is most
dangerously active at the moment, against the
tenclency to get in bed with the Fascist type. We
must "play it straight down the middle"', devoting
every ounce of our energies to the preservation of
the human personality and the steady advancement
towards the achievement of our goals through
democratic processes.
Hungarian Campaign Against Voice of America
Statement hy Assistant Secretary Allen
[Released to the press July 9]
Tlie Department has been advised that the
present authorities in Hungai-y are carrying for-
ward what appears to be a systematic campaign
to frighten the people of Hungary from listening
to the news broadcasts and commentaries on the
Voice of America.
These measures are not yet in the form of legal
Dr police restrictions against listening to Amer-
ican broadcasts but take the form of arrests of per-
sons on charges of "inciting against Hungarian
democracy". The police cite, as one of the evi-
iences of guilt, the fact that the persons arrested
have listened to Voice of America broadcasts.
The news broadcasts which we beam to Hungary
are factual, objective reports such as the American
public reads and listens to daily in American news-
papei-s and radio news broadcasts. The fact that
5uch drastic steps are being taken in Hungary to
prevent the people from obtaining news of the out-
Bide world is a good indication that our Voice of
A.merica broadcasts are proving effef^tive in that
country.
More importantly, however, these repressive tac-
:icsbj' tlie present Hungarian Government to pro-
tect its dictatorship by keeping the people in ig-
norance and insulating them from the outside
tvorld is another indication that totalitarian rule
s being applied there against the popular will.
Its leaders have thus plainlj- shown that they fear
iu\y 18, 1948
IHB RECORD Of THE W£BK
they can hold their power only by denying to their
people, in increasing degree, freedom of informa-
tion. This device has long been a necessary tool of
dictators — Communist and Fascist.
U.S. Advisory Commission on Educational
Exchange Appointed
[Released to the press by the White House July 9]
The President on July 9 appointed the United
States Advisory Commission on Educational Ex-
change as provided in the Information and Edu-
cational Exchange Act of 1948.^
The five Commission members were selected to
represent the public interest from a cross section of
educational, cultural, scientific, technical, and
public-service backgrounds as provided in the act.
The newly appointed members are:
Harold Willis Dodds, president of Princeton University,
Princeton, N.J.
Karl Taylor Compton, president of Massachusetts Institute
of Technology, Cambridge, Ma.ss.
Bennett Harvie Branscomb, chancellor of Vanderbilt Uni-
versity, Nashville, Tenn.
Mark Starr, educational director. International Ladies'
Garment Workers' Union, New York, N.Y.
Martin P. McGuire, professor of Greek and Latin, Catholic
University of America, Washington, D.C.
The Advisory Commission is charged under the
Mundt-Smith act with formulating and recom-
mending to the Secretary of State policies and
programs for carrying out educational-exchange
activities under the new law, with tlie exception
of matters provided for in the Fulbright act and
those within the jurisdiction of the United States
National Commission for Unesco.
In making the appointments, the President
designated Chancellor Branscomb as chairman of
the Commission, to serve a three-year term, and
specified two-year terms for President Dodds and
President Compton and one-year terms for Mr.
Starr and Dr. McGuire.
The Commission will meet at least once a month
during the first six months of its existence and
thereafter at intervals as it finds advisable. It
will make quarterly reports to the Secretary of
State and semiannual reports to the Congress.
THE FOREIGN SERVICE
Consular Offices
The American Consulate at Grenada, British West In-
dies, was officially closed to the public on June 30, 1948.
The former Grenada consular district has been assigned
to the American Consulate General at Port-of-Spain,
Trinidad, B.W.I.
' Public Law 402, 80th Cong., 2d sess.
91
^<yyiCe/rvC!^
The United Nations and I'^ge
Specialized Agencies
U.N. Documents: A Selected Bibliography . . 78
Reaffirming the Policy of the United States in
the United Nations:
Text of Senate Resolution 239 of June 11.. 79
Conclusions 79
U.S., U.K., France, Canada, and Benelux
Countries Discuss Senate Resolution
239 80
Signing of Resolution Providing for U.S. Mem-
bership in Who. Statement by the
President 80
The United States in the United Nations ... 81
Report on Sixth Meeting of Preparatory Com-
mission for Iro. Article by George L.
Warren 83
U.S. Delegation to North Pacific Regional Air
Navigation Meeting of Icao 84
Treaty Information
Germany, the Soviet Union, and Turkey Dur-
ing World War II. Article by Harry N.
Howard 63
Occupation Matters Page
U.S. Protests Soviet Blockade of Berlin. Note
From Secretary Marshall to Ambassador
Panyushkin 85
Reply to Polish Protest Concerning Six-Power
Talks on Germany. Note From Under
Secretary Lovett to Ambassador Winie-
wicz 86
International
and Cultural
Information
Affairs
U.S. Information Program. Address by George
V. Allen 88
Hungarian Campaign Against Voice of America.
Statement by Assistant Secretary' Allen . 91
U.S. Advisory Commission on Educational Ex-
change Appointed 91
General Policy
Letters of Credence: Czechoslovakia, Panama . 87
The Foreign Service
Consular Offices 91
I
)
Harry N. Hoioard, author of the article on the problem of Turkey
and the Straits during World War II, is Special Assistant in the Divi-
sion of Greek, Turkish, and Iranian Affairs, Office of Near Eastern and
African Affairs, Department of State.
U. S. GOVERNMEM PRINTING OFFICE; 19*8
j/ie/ ^eha/)^i7}%ent/ m tnate/
APPEALS BY U.N. MEDIATOR FOR PEACEFUL
SETTLEMENT OF PALESTINE SITUATION •
Documents Relating to Palestine Situation 105
U.S. URGES SECURITY COUNCIL ACTION FOR
PROLONGATION OF TRUCE:
Remarks by Philip C. Jessup 114
Security Council Resolution 114
THE 1947 FOREIGN RELIEF PROGRAM • An article . 95
For complete contents see back cover
Vol. XIX, No. 473
July 25, 1948
,jAe ^e^ia/y^^mit
y^^ bulletin
Vol. XIX, No. 473 • Publication 3220
July 25, 1948
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing OfBce
Washington 25, D.C.
Sdbscription;
52 Issuer, $5; single copy, 15 cents
Published with the approval of the
Director of the Bureau of the Budget
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the iiork of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
FOREIGN AID AND RECONSTRUCTION
The 1947 Foreign Relief Program
An
On February 21, 1947, President Truman sent
a message to the Congress recommending the ap-
propriation of $350,000,000 "to assist in complet-
ing the great task of bringing relief from the rav-
ages of the war to the people of the liberated
countries."
This action marked the beginning of the United
States foreign-relief program of 1947, the first
exclusively American large-scale relief effort fol-
lowing World War II. Tlie program represented
a new departure in the American approach to the
relief needs of the postwar world. As the Presi-
dent indicated in his message, the 1947 program
differed in many important respects from the re-
lief efforts that had preceded it.
Previously, the United States had sought to al-
leviate liuman suffering resulting from the war by
joining with other countries in the collective pro-
gram entrusted to the United Nations Relief and
Rehabilitation Administration. In those cases in
wliich the United States acted independently to as-
sist nations struggling toward recovery, it had
provided aid in the form of credits and loans, as
in the loan to Great Britain and smaller loans to
other nations,
Tiie 1947 relief program, in contrast, called for
limited direct aid to certain liberated countries
by the United States, administered exclusively by
this Government. Relief was to be free and was
to consist only of the basic necessities of life —
food, medical supplies, and similar items. It was
designed to keep people alive, rather than rebuild
devastated areas and rehabilitate shattered econ-
omies. It was limited in scope; only a few na-
tions, which were still facing critical essential
needs, were to receive assistance. Most important
of all, the relief granted was to be strictly Ameri-
can. This country reserved the right to select the
recipients, to determine the amounts, and to apply
its own administrative standards and procedures.
Although, as the President stated in his message
of February 21, it was hoped that other countries
Jo/y 25, 1948
Article
capable of extending assistance would coordinate
such assistance with American action, the aid to
be rendered by the United States was in no way
connected with or contingent upon the actions of
any other countries.
Earlier United States Relief Activities
By the end of 1946, the United States had al-
ready made available almost 20 billion dollars for
relief and rehabilitation assistance throughout the
world. Among these American contributions to
world recovery had been the British loan, foreign-
credit authorizations by the Export-Import Bank,
civilian supplies sent to occupied and liberated
areas, credits advanced to finance sales of United
States surpluses abroad, United States quotas in
the World Bank and the International Monetary
Fund, and United States contributions to Unrra.
In addition, the American Red Cross and 93 other
private relief organizations in the same period had
raised and donated over $600,000,000.
Of all the relief activities in which the United
States took part during and immediately after
World War II, Unrra was the most ambitious.
Long before the end of the war, it was generally
recognized both here and abroad that world re-
construction would be a gigantic task, calling for
the best and united efforts of all the nations of the
world capable of helping. In order to study and
consider the challenging problems of relief and
reconstruction and to make preparations to meet
those problems, the United States took the lead in
calling together in Atlantic City, in November
1943, representatives of the Allied and associated
nations. Unrra was created at that meeting.
Through Unrra, war-ravaged areas of the globe,
princifjally in Europe and Asia, received critically
needed relief supplies, such as food, medicines, and
clothing; industrial commodities and tools needed
for economic reconstruction, such as railroad
equipment, basic raw materials, and industrial
machinery; and other goods and services without
which rescue from starvation and chaos would
95
FOREIGN AID AND RECONSTRUCTION
not have been possible. In all, Unrra was respon-
sible for the shipment of some 23,000,000 tons of
supplies, nearly three fourths of which were pro-
duced and shipped by the Uuited States. Of the
approximately 3.9 billion dollars in contributions
made available to Unrra by its 48 member govern-
ments, the United States contributed 2.7 billion
dollars, or 70 percent.
United States contributions to Unrra were
unavailable for obligation beyond June 30, 1947;
the substitution of other relief agencies, therefore,
was needed to meet the still critical situation in
many parts of the world. It was into that threat-
ened breach that the United States stepped with
its 1947 program and with its support for other
international agencies which inherited important
Unrra functions. A plan was adopted, in con-
nection with the liquidation of Unrra, by which
the remaining functions, properties, and in some
cases personnel were transferred to individual
governments or to successor international agen-
cies. In February 1947, for instance, a portion
of Unrra's agricultural-rehabilitation functions
were transferred to the Food and Agriculture
Organization. On January 1, 1947, the activities
of Unrra's Health Division became the respon-
sibility of the Interim Commission of the World
Health Oi-ganization. An International Chil-
dren's Emergency Fund was established in De-
cember 194G. With Unrra's responsibilities for
the care and maintenance of displaced persons
scheduled to end, the Preparatory Connnission for
the International Refugee Organization was set
up and held its first session in February 1947. In
March 1947, negotiations were begun with the
Economic and Social Council of the United Na-
tions on the transfer of Unrra's functions in
connection with the proceeds of the sale of
Unrra supplies. By the end of 194e, the Inter-
national Bank for Reconstruction and Develop-
ment and the International Monetary Fund were
organized for operation.
Development of the Foreign Relief Program of 1947
Although the United Nations and its specialized
agencies were in a position to carry on the efforts
toward economic rehabilitation, they were not de-
signed to cope with certain relief problems. The
need for food, medicine, fuel, fertilizer, pesticides,
and seed was urgent in many war-torn countries
which did not have the means to obtain these sup-
96
plies in the commercial market. These needs could
be met only through outright relief grants. These
were the vital needs that the 1947 foreign-relief
program of the United States was designed to
meet.
In a radio address on December 8, 1946, Acting
Secretary Acheson expressed the desire of the
United States Government for completion of the
job which had been undertaken by Unrra and laid
down the principles which would guide this covm-
try in the prosecution of the relief task. Mr.
Acheson pointed out that Unrra was a large and
somewhat unwieldy organization. For political
and other reasons, its relief contributions were not
always equitable. The United States, which fur-
nished the bulk of the aid, had no effective control
of its disposition or use. Moreover, the job which
remained after the liquidation of Unrra as an offi-
cial operating organization, though essential to
continued recoveiy progress, was viewed then as
comparatively small; the major relief job, it was
felt, had already been accomplished. Only a few
countries in Europe were considered in real need
of free relief to avoid suffering and hardship.
With these considerations in mind, Mr. Acheson
proposed that each nation capable of helping
should contribute M'hat it could toward meeting
relief needs in 1947. He suggested that the relief
activities of the several countries involved be co-
ordinated as far as possible and that the United
Nations be used as a clearinghouse. Each nation,
however, was to retain control over its own relief
appropriations. "Nations receiving free relief",
said Mr. Acheson, "must jarove their need for it,
and they can be held to a much closer and fairer
accountability of the use of food and other free
supplies." The people of the United States and
the Congress, he said, had made up their minds
that the relief problems of the near future were
not of a character to warrant grants of enormous
sums of money from the United States Treasury
"under conditions which would leave little or no
effective control by the grantor of these funds."
The Nature of the Proposed Program
The proposed United States program, as pre-
sented to the Congress following the Presidential
message of February 21, 1947, called for a total ,
outlay by this country of $350,000,000. This fig- j
ure was 57 percent of $610,000,000, the approxi- j
mate amount exclusive of remaining Unrra i
Department of State Bulletin ;
shipinenls estimated by the State Department to
be the minimum relief requirements of the neediest
countries for the calendar year 1947. This pro-
portion was held to be a fair United States share
of the total requirement, bearing in mind the ca-
pacity of this country in relation to that of other
supplying countries. Five European countries,
Austria. Greece. Hungary, Italy, and Poland, and
one Asiatic country, China, were thought to be
in need of outside relief assistance if their popu-
lations were to avoid disastrous suffering and
starvation. Relief needs were calculated as that
part of a country's minimum imports required to
provide the basic essentials of life which could
not be financed out of its own resources.
A fundamental principle of the proposed plan
was that the total amount of assistance to be al-
located to any country was not to be determined
finally until the progi-am was put in operation.
There were three reasons for this principle. First,
it was deemed advisable to avoid a situation in
which a recipient nation might feel that it had a
vested interest in or a right to a specific amount
of money. In the case of Unrra, for instance, it
had proved difficult to make necessary adjustments
in allocations in accordance with changing needs
once the original allocations had been set and an-
nounced. Second, in estimating relief needs
under the program, it had been necessary to make
certain assumptions regarding future weather and
crop conditions, export probabilities, loan and
credit possibilities from private sources, and other
variable factors. If unforeseen emergencies were
to arise, these assumptions would be subject to
serious change. Third, the amounts and types of
assistance to be rendered by other contributors had
to be considered and coordinated with American
aid. ^Miat these contributions would be, and who
would make them, were still largely unknown.
At the time, only one relief commitment outside of
the Unrr.\ progi-ams had been made by another
government: the British Government had an-
nomiced a 40-million-dolIar assistance program
for Austria.
The 1947 program was to remain firmly in
American hands. Control was to be exercised to
the end that relief supplies would be distributed
and used by lecipient countries in a manner con-
sistent witli the purposes of the program. As
far as possible, American relief supplies distri-
buted in foreign countries were to be sold, rather
July 25, 1948
FOREIGN AID AND RECONSTRUCTION
than given away. It was expected that people
who were able would pay in local currencies for
the supplies they received, and the funds accumu-
lated by recipient governments in that manner
would be set aside for use in relief activities with-
in the countries involved. It was also proposed
that the peoples receiving American aid should
be kept fully informed as to the source, the nature,
and the extent of the assistance given them.
It was jjlanncd that, following approval of the
program by Congress, the United States Govern-
ment would reach an agi-eement with each recipi-
ent government regarding all necessary aspects of
the relief operation including the policies, prin-
ciples, and methods to be followed in the distribu-
tion of the supplies. To be covered in the agree-
ments were such subjects as the proper utilization
of relief supplies, those produced locally and re-
ceived from outside sources as well as those shipped
by the United States ; internal measures designed
to achieve more efficient operation of the economies
of the recipient countries such as rationing and
price contiol; nuichinery for effective crop collec-
tions ; freedom of United States officials and news-
men to travel, inspect, and report conditions; ade-
quate publicity for American relief contributions;
the right of the United States to halt or change the
program at any time for any reason ; efforts of
the reciijient governments to achieve economic
recovery; and other provisions deemed necessary
in carrying out the purposes of the relief program.
After the conclusion of an agreement, it was ex-
pected that target programs would be approved
for the recipient country covering the goods to be
procured over a two- or three-month period. Items
to be obtained under the program would be pro-
cured either through commercial channels or
through appropriate U.S. Government agencies.
The Department of State was to make the neces-
sary arrangements with each foreign government
and was to keep fully informed regarding ship-
ments and use of supplies, current relief needs, and
compliance with the agreements concluded. It
was not expected that the State Deijartment would
itself procure supplies in this country or abroad
for shipment under the relief program. Procure-
ment of supplies by the United States Govern-
ment, wherever necessary, was to remain in the
hands of the appropriate agencies, such as the De-
partment of Agriculture for agricultural products,
the Treasury Department for other products, and
97
FORCICN AID AND RECONSTRUCTION
the Department of the Army for supplies for oc-
cupied areas. A small staff of trained United
States officials was to be stationed abroad to ob-
serve the proffress made under the program and
to insure that the obligations assumed under the
agreements were being carried out ai^propriately
by each of the recipient covnitries.
Congressional Action
On February 25, 1947, within a week of receipt
of the President's message, the Committee on
Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives
began public hearings on House Joint Kesolution
134, providing for relief assistance to countries
devastated by war. After termination of the hear-
ings, the original bill was redrafted and reintro-
duced as House Joint Resolution 153. On March
20, 1947, the Committee voted to report favorably
on the Resolution. The Committee report, issued
on April 9, 1947, generally endorsed the proposed
relief program and stressed the urgency of prompt
action. "Delay", stated the report, "would under-
mine much of the humanitarian work heretofore
done . . . cause much suffering and economic de-
terioration, with consequences to the entire world
not pleasant to contemplate."
On May 31, 1947, the President signed Public
Law 84, authorizing the appropriation of $350,-
000,000 for "relief assistance to the people of coun-
tries devastated by war." Public Law 84, which
followed closely the text of the Joint Resolution,
included additional provisions and language con-
cerned primarily with administration of the pro-
gram. It provided that up to $40,000,000 of the
$350,000,000 authorized could be used as a contri-
bution to the International Children's Emergency
Fund of the United Nations; that not more than
15 million could be used for relief "in any coun-
tries or territories other than Austria, Greece,
Hungary, Italy, Poland, Trieste, and China"' ; that
not more than 6 percent of the authorized $350,-
000,000 could be used for the procurement of sup-
plies outside of the United States and its terri-
tories and possessions ; that not more than $5,000,-
000 could be used to pay necessary shipping ex-
penses for supplies donated by American volun-
tary and nonprofit relief agencies ; and that relief
supplies were to be procured and furnished by
the appropriate United States procurement
agencies, unless the President determined other-
wise. The effect of this last provision was to leave
the procurement and shipment of relief supplies
in the liands of those agencies normally respon-
sible— the Department of Agriculture, the Treas-
ury Department, and in regard to areas in which
the United States maintained militai-y occupation
forces (Austria and Trieste), the Department of
the Army.
The law also contained a section directing the
President "to seek arrangements that reparations
payable from current production" by any country
receiving relief "to any other country by treaty
be postponed during the period of such relief."
This section was a reference to the fact that Hun-
gary and Italy were obligated to pay substantial
amounts in reparations to the Soviet Union, a
fact which had been discussed at length in the
hearing held on the proposed relief program by
the House Committee on Foreign Affairs.
In regard to the control of the relief program,
the law attached two additional conditions to the
obligations to be undertaken by recipient coun-
tries. One directed that provision "be made for
a control system so that all classes of people within
such country will receive their fair share of es-
sential supplies". The other directed that, to the
extent practicable, relief supplies be marked as
having been furnished by the United States for
relief assistance.
On May 31, 1947, in accordance with the pro-
visions of Public Law 84, President Truman issued
Executive Order 9864, delegating to the Depart-
ment of State responsibility for operation of the
relief program. On the same day, he transmitted
to the Speaker of the House of Representatives a
supplemental appropriation estimate of $350,000,-
000 for the fiscal year 1947 "for relief assistance to
war-devastated countries". In his message to the
Speaker of the House, the President stated that
"our promi^t rendering of this assistance will do
much to enable recipient countries to progress to-
ward economic and political stability and will be
a real contribution toward an enduring peace."
On July 30, 1947, Public Law 271 was approved.
This law, known as "The Supplemental Appro-
priation Act, 1948", appropriated $332,000,000
"for relief assistance to countries devastated by
war". Of this total, an amount not to exceed
$600,000 was made available for the administrative
expenses of the Department of State. In Public
Law 393, which was approved on December 23,
1947, five months later, an additional $18,000,000
98
Department of State Bulletin
v\-as appropriated for aid to China "to enable the
President to carry out the provisions of Public
Law 84". This legislation brought to $;3r)0,000,000
the total appropriation for tlie Foreign Relief
Program of 1947, authorized under Public Law 84.
Administrative Phases
Following the passage of Public Law 84 and
tlio promulgation of Executive Order DS64, the
Dei:)artment of State proceeded to set up the
necessary administrative arrangements for opera-
tion of the relief program. Under these arrange-
ments, the princijial functions of the Department
included developing of supply programs for the
recipient countries; expediting and coordinating
the procurement and shipment of supplies; con-
ducting negotiations with representatives of
foreign governments regarding all phases of the
program, including the conclusion of agreements
setting forth the conditions under which relief sup-
plies would be distributed; recruiting and train-
ing of personnel for United States relief missions
abroad : determining the principles and practices
to be followed by these missions ; controlling and
directing the allocation of relief funds to the
participating agencies of the United States Gov-
ernment and to the United States relief missions
abroad ; and serving as headquarters for the over-
all administration of the relief program.
In accordance with tlie provisions of Public
Law 84, the President appointed a field adminis-
trator, Richard F. Allen, to supervise American
relief assistance. Mr. Allen, who was confirmed
by the Senate on June 16, 1947, established his
headquarters in Rome, where he supervised the
work of the United States missions in Italy,
Greece, Austria, and the Free Territory of Trieste,
the only European areas which received assistance
under the program. The decision to drop Poland
and Hungary from the list of countries to receive
aid, and to add Trieste, was based principally on
the capacity of the program to meet only the most
urgent relief needs. In the case of Poland, the
decision was based largely upon the report of a
United States mission sent to that country at the
request of the Secretary of State. The mission,
headed by Colonel R. H. Harrison, Special Assist-
ant to the Secretary of Agriculture, found that
Poland's minimum food needs during 1947 gen-
erally could be met without assistance from the
July 25, J 948
FOREIGN AID AND RECONSTRUCTION
United States. Poland's need for certain items,
such as medical supplies and supplementary food-
stuffs i.jv special groups — children, orphans, sick,
and aged — could be met, it was felt, through pri-
vate relief organizations and other sources, includ-
ing the International Children's Fund, which the
United States was supporting.
The Relief Agreements
One of the first tasks that the Department of
State undertook in connection with the program
was the negotiation of agreements with the re-
cipient countries regarding the distribution and
use of relief supplies. The first agreement con-
cluded was with Austria; it was signed on June
25, 1947. Agreements with Italy and Greece were
signed on July 4, 1947, and July 8, 1947, respec-
tively. No formal agreement was signed with the
Free Territory of Trieste, created by the Italian
peace treaty in September 1947, since that area
had no official Government organization. The
distribution of United States relief supplies in
Trieste was handled through the facilities of the
Allied Military Government. The relief pro-
gram, however, covered only persons in the British
and American zones. Since the agreement with
China was not signed until October 27, 1947, the
initiation of the assistance program for that
country was delayed for several months.
The relief agreements with the recipient coun-
tries all followed the same pattern and generally
covered the same points. Each was divided into
ten articles: furnishing of supplies; distribution
of supplies; utilization of funds accruing from
sales of United States supi^lies; effective produc-
tion, food collections and use of resources to reduce
relief needs; United States representatives (this
section was headed "United States Mission" in the
agreements with Austria and Italy) ; freedom of
the United States press and radio rei^resentatives
to observe and report; reports, statistics and in-
formation; publicity regarding United States
assistance; termination of relief assistance; and
date of agreement. Each agreement was to take
effect on the date it was signed and was to "con-
tinue in force until a date to be agreed upon by
the two Governments."
The Over-Ail Program
After Congress had approved the appropria-
tion of funds, the program moved ahead rapidly.
99
FOREIGN AID AND RECONSTRUCT/ON
As of September 30, 1947, $248,663,000 had been
approved for country programs, of which $204,-
660,273 was the total commodity cost, and $44,002,-
739 was the transportation cost. Considering the
$15,000,000 set aside for the International Chil-
dren's Emergency Fund, the $5,000,000 for the
voluntary agency transportation fund, and the
$600,000 for administrative expenses, only
$62,737,000 remained unprogramed. Of the ap-
proved country programs, procurement had been
initiated in the amount of $136,127,325, and the
value of shipments made had totaled $72,088,161.
In regard to the procurement of supplies outside
the United States, which had been limited by con-
gressional statute to not more than 6 percent of
the total relief outlay, procurement had been initi-
ated in the amount of $10,995,000, covering coal
from the Ruhr, Poland, and Czechoslovakia des-
tined for sliipment to Austria, and fertilizer from
Belgium, Czechoslovakia, Switzerland, and Ice-
land destined for shipment to Austria, Greece, and
Italy.
The bulk of the approved programs that re-
flected the principal needs abroad consisted of
foodstuffs, mostly cereals. Of the total approved
commodity cost of approximately $205,000,000,
more than half, about $130,000,000, was for cereals,
and an additional $16,000,000 for fats and oils.
Fuel accounted for $30,000,000 of assistance, and
fertilizer and medical supplies for about $2,000,-
000 and $3,000,000 respectively. In terms of ton-
nages, over one million tons of relief supplies, made
up chiefly of 553,000 tons of cereals and 424,000
tons of fuel, had been shipped abroad by the end
of September 1947.
The country programs were subject to constant
change to meet varying needs abroad. During
October, for instance, it was necessary to increase
the Italian relief program to include essential coal
shipments from the United States, and to increase
the Greek program to meet additional essential
food requirements. During that month also, a
$27,700,000 program was set up for China, and
$500,000 was set aside for the conservation pro-
gram of the Citizen's Food Committee in the
United States. By the end of October, less than
$25,000,000 of the $332,000,000 appropriated re-
mained unprogramed.
The relief program, by the last quarter of 1947,
was in high gear. By December 31, 1947, ship-
100
ments under the progi-am totaled 4,743,314 tons.
The value of these shipments totaled $229,520,292,
or approximately 80 percent of the entire amount
reserved for country progi-ams, $285,900,000. The
$18,000,000 of additional aid appropriated for
China on December 23, 1947, had not been pro-
gramed. The scheduled value of offshore pur-
chases, which now included fish from Iceland des-
tined for Greece and Italy and rice from Siam
destined for China, had risen to $19,495,000, of
which deliveries in the amount of $13,129,738 had
already been made. Of the $285,900,000 reserved
for country programs, less than $6,000,000, ex-
cluding the additional $18,000,000 reserved for
China, had not yet been programed. Most of that
$6,000,000 was being held for assistance to Trieste
after January 1, 1948. It was hoped that, with the
exceiJtion of the programs for China and Trieste,
all shipments made against programs approved as
of December 31, 1947, would be completed during
the first quarter of 1948.
By April 30, 1948, the program was virtually
completed, with only $622,000 remaining to be
programed. Approximately $303,000,000 had been
set aside for country programs, including $256,-
000,000 for commodities and $47,000,000 for ship-
Y>n\g charges. Of the total, Austria was scheduled
to receive assi-stance valued at about $90,000,000,
China at $46,000,000, Greece at $37,000,000, Italy
at $117,000,000, and Trieste at $12,000,000. Pro-
curement had been initiated for all but $2,000,000
of suiDplies. Deliveries had been made of com-
modities valued at $284,000,000, of which $239,-
000,000 was the supply cost and $45,000,000 the
shipping cost. Foodstuffs made up 80 percent, or
$205,000,000, of all the aid programed, with cereals,
principally wheat, accounting for $170,000,000,
almost 50 percent of all relief supplies. Included
in the programed aid was approximately $39,-
000,000 for fuel, $1,000,000 for pesticides, $7,000,-
000 for medical supplies, and $2,000,000 for seeds.
The over-all United States foreign relief program
breakdown, as of April 30, 1948, included $303,-
000,000 for country programs ; $40,000,000 for the
International Children's Emergency Fund; $4,-
500,000 for the Voluntary Belief Agency Trans-
portation Fund ; $600,000 for Department of State
administrative expenses ; $250,000 for the Citizen's
Food Committee ; $1,000,000 for the Food Con-
servation Program; and $622,000 not yet
programed.
Departmenf of Stafe Bulletin
The Individual Country Programs
The breiiktluwii of the individual country pro-
grams was as follows :
Att-ifria: As of April 30, 1948, approximately
$76,000,000 of aid, excluding $14,000,000 for the
cost of shipping supplies, had been programed for
Austria. Of this total, procurement had been ini-
tiated for $75,000,000 of supjilies, and deliveries
valued at $71,000,000 had been made. Food sup-
plies, predominantly cereals, made up 75 percent
of the aid f(n- Austria.
The United States relief supplies were bai'ely
enougli to maintain Austria's minimum economic
level. Food products shipped under the program
furnished 60 percent of the food rationed to the
Austrian population. Without this American aid,
Austria would have faced an acute situation.
Lack of adequate agricultural equipment, short-
ages of fertilizer and seed, and a bad drought dur-
ing the summer months affected the country's
agricultural production during 1947. Indigenous
production of bread grains was only 60 percent
of prewar. The Austrian ration provided the
normal consumer during 1947 with only 1550 to
1700 calories a day. The normal level in the
United States is approximately 3400 calories a
day.
Fuel, or coal, supplies valued at $14,000,000,
about 18 percent of the total Austrian program,
were programed for shipment to Austria. The
severe 1947 drought seriously affected power fa-
cilities and aggravated Austria's desperate need
for coal to meet industrial fuel requirements and
to maintain essential services, such as hospitals
imd rail transportation.
Greece: The relief program for Greece had al-
most been completed by April 30, 1948, with only
$300,000 in supplies still to be shipped. In all,
Greece was scheduled to receive aid in the value
of $37,000,000, including more than $4,000,000
chargeable to shipping cost.
The need for food in Greece, which never has
[been able to feed itself, was critical. More than
132,000,000 of the $33,000,000 in aid programed
for Greece went for food supplies— $24,000,000
for cereals and $8,000,000 for fats and oils, meats
ind fish, pulses, and dairy products.
The guerrilla warfare in Greece has seriously
"omplicated economic problems in that country.
By the end of 1947, 430,000 refugees had fled
from areas threatened by the guerrillas. More
luly 25, 7 948
FOREIGN AID AND RECONSTRUCTION
than 1,000,000 peoi)le in addition were destitute
and almost entirely dependent upon relief sup-
plies. As a result of guerrilla activities, it was
impossible to deliver needed relief supplies to
areas with which the Greek Government was not
able to maintain adequate communication facili-
ties. The Greek Government faced tremendous
problems in the care and maintenance of the
refugees from the war-ravaged areas in the
northern and central parts of the country, and it
was not always able to provide them with the
minimum food rations required for subsistence.
Medical supplies furnished under the relief pro-
gram, mostly penicillin, streptomycin, and cholera
vaccine, have proved invaluable in protecting the
population against outbreaks of serious epidemics.
In view of the critical internal situation in
Greece, the relief program in that country played
a particularly important role. The United States
relief mission worked closely with the officials of
the United States Mission for Aid to Greece. The
availability of United States relief supplies con-
tributed significantly to the maintenance of stabil-
ity in Greece and helped avert the development of
a completely chaotic situation in that country.
Italy: The relief program for Italy was virtually
complete by the end of April 1948. Dollars num-
bering 117 million had been progi-amed for Italy —
$96,000,000 for supplies and $21,000,000 for ship-
ping cliarges. Only $400,000 in supplies remained
to be delivered as of April 30, 1948. Cereals, pri-
marily wheat, constituted 65 percent of the Italian
program, and fuel, primarily coal, 25 percent.
Italy was heavily dependent upon United States
wheat and coal. The wheat harvest during 1947
was only 68 percent of prewar, and without ade-
quate outside help Italy would have faced a des-
perate situation. Even with the foodstuffs fur-
nished under the United States relief program,
the Italian Government was barely able to main-
tain mininnun food-ration levels. The need for
American coal to maintain Italy's reduced rate of
industrial production was urgent. The coal
shipped under the program was subject to allo-
cation in Italy and was used only for essential
purposes to prevent economic retrogression. The
success of the relief progi'am in Italy may have
been reflected, to a considerable degree, in the out-
come of the Italian elections in April 1948.
Trieste: The area supplied under the relief
program previously had included the provinces of
101
FOREIGN AID AND RECONSTRUCTION
Udine and Venezia Giulia, an area with a popu-
lation of 1,300,000 and with a rehxtively substan-
tial agricultural output. Trieste had been in-
cluded in this area. After the signing of the
Italian treaty, the program supplied only the
British and American zones of the Free Territory
of Trieste, an area with a population of 290,000
and with practically no agricultural production.
These zones were almost entirely dependent upon
the United States foreign-relief program for im-
ports to meet essential requirements of food, coal,
and other critical items.
A $12,000,000 program was set up for Trieste,
consisting of approximately $10,000,000 in sup-
plies and $2,000,000 for shipping costs. More than
$9,000,000 in supplies had been shipped to Trieste
by the end of April 1948. Almost $7,000,000, or
75 percent of the program, consisted of wheat.
Nonfood items, coal and medical supplies, made up
only 12 percent of the Trieste program.
The Allied Military Government's control over
the distribution of these supplies facilitated an
equitable distribution of relief in Trieste. The
shijament of relief supplies for Austria through the
ports of the Free Territory provided a means of
improving conditions in Trieste, where opportuni-
ties for industrial and agricultural employment
were limited.
China: After the relief agreement with China
was signed on October 27, 1947, a program of $27,-
700,000 was set aside for that country, chiefly for
procurement of wheat and rice. The program in-
cluded $5,000,000 for the procurement of rice in
Siam and also $4,000,000 for the procurement of
medical supplies in the United States.
When Public Law 393 was passed on December
23, 1947, an additional $18,000,000, that was pro-
gramed early in 1948, was made available for
China relief. The total Chinese program totaled
$46,000,000, $41,000,000 for commodities and
$5,000,000 for shipping. Cereals made up about 85
l^ercent of China's commodity program, and medi-
cal supplies another 12 percent. Eelatively small
amounts of pesticides and seeds also were sched-
uled for shipment. By April 30, 1948. deliveries
had been made in the value of $33,000,000, includ-
ing $3,000,000 for shipping expenses. The bulk of
the deliveries, almost 99 percent of the total com-
modity value, had been made up of cereals. Little
more than $300,000 in medical supplies and seeds,
and no pesticides, had been delivered.
102
China's critical months, as far as food needs
were concerned, were from March to June. It is
tradiiional in China to distribute indigenous food
stocks during the period of the Chinese New Year,
which this year came in February. The American
relief mission, therefore, took all possible steps
to insure that the distribution of United States
relief supplies should begin in March. To help
distribute the United States supplies, the Ameri-
can mission worked with the Chinese Government
in developing a controlled ration plan for use in
China's important distribution centei'S — Canton,
Nanking, Peiping, Shanghai, and Tientsin.
Evaluation of the Program
Tlie 1947 foreign-relief program had the im-
mediate and direct effect of saving lives and pre-
venting economic retrogression in critical areas
of Europe and Asia. At the same time, by pro-
viding those supplemental amounts of food, fuel,
medical supplies, fertilize!', pesticides, and seed
needed to sustain life and maintain agricultural
activity, it averted the complete deterioration of
social, political, and economic conditions. It was
a stabilizing influence in areas threatened with
chaos and confusion.
That the program, despite its contribution to
the well-being and stability of important parts of
the world, did not accomplish the purpose set out
for it — the completion of the world relief task —
can be attributed to a number of important fac-
tors, over which the Government of the United
States largely had no control. Abnormally ad- \
verse weather conditions during 1947 — droughts, '
freezes, and floods — set Europe back to a degree i
which could not have been foreseen. Resultant
crop failures and transportation tie-ups rendered ,
most of Europe incapable of continuing the pace
of reconstruction and rehabilitation and increased !
the dependence of the Europeans upon outside as- i
sistance, principally American, for the very neces-
sities of life. Thus the 1947 relief program, i
instead of furnishing the final push toward reason-
able economic recovery, barely enabled the popu-
lations of those countries it assisted, those in most
dire need, to maintain the progress they had
already made.
Other factors also lessened the effectiveness of
the relief program. Rising prices, for instance,
cut materially into the volume of goods which
could be purchased both here and abroad for over-
seas use. It was not possible to procure those
Department of State Bulletin
FOREIGN AID AND RECONSTRUCTION
quiuitities of sujiplios witli the $^50,000,000 appro-
priatod which it hud been anticipated would be
obtained -ndien the program was proposed and
autliorized. As a result, relief targets could not
be met fully, and consequently the entire program
suffered. Political conflicts and disturbances
played a part in reducing the effectiveness of the
program. Internal dissension over national policy
and turmoil created by dissident political groups
woiked against the necessary self-help and re-
habilitation efforts of the countries receiving
American assistance. In Greece and China con-
ditions of actual warfare existed. In Austria, the
presence of the uncooperative occupation force of
the Soviet Union hampered the distribution of re-
lief supplies to the needy population. In all of the
countries receiving aid, these disruptive elements
made strong attempts to minimize the importance
of the United States relief program and to keep
the facts concerning it from the people.
The Place of the 1947 Program in
United States Foreign Policy
It was realized even before the program was
authorized by Congress that the 1947 foreign-
relief program could not succeed in bringing an
end to Europe's need for outside assistance. By
June .5, 1947, when Secretary Marshall made his
famous speech at Harvard University which set
in motion the European Recovery Program, it had
become clear to the authors of American policy
that no amount of relief alone could place Europe
firmly on the road to reconstruction and recovery.
The extent of the physical destruction and of the
economic and political dislocation which the war
had visited upon Europe demanded a new and
more fundamental approach to the problem of
recovery. The European Recovery Program, the
most extensive economic undertaking in history,
was the answer. As a stopgap until Erp could
be placed in operation, it was necessary to supple-
ment the $350,000,000 relief program of 1947 with
the $522,000,000 interim-aid program for Austria,
France, and Italy made possible by Public Law
393, ap[)roved December 23, 1947.
In the adoption of the interim aid and the
European Recovery Programs lies the proof of
the value of the 1947 foreign-relief program. It
was an integral link in the chain of United States
foreign policy. By preventing chaos and con-
fusion, it held the fort during a critical period un-
til the forces of stability and democracy could be
mobilized for the great effort toward world re-
covery and peace. In the absence of this foreign-
relief program, the year 1947 might well have seen
the triumph in strategic areas of the world of those
forces of despair and tyranny which oppose Erp
and which have sought on so many occasions to
thwart American attempts to promote inter-
national stability and understanding. Under
such circumstances, the concept of a European Re-
covery Program, with its significance for world
peace and progress, might have disappeared into
the limbo of lost opportunities.
Taken in this larger sense, the 1947 relief pro-
gram, the link between the war-born Unrra and
the great cooperative European Recovery Pro-
gram, emerges as more than a $350,000,000 foreign-
aid program. It is seen in its true light as an in-
dispensable step in the direction of that world of
peace, jDrogress, and prosperity which is the hope
of the United States and of men of good will
everywhere.
July 25, 7 948
103
ERP Agreements Concluded With Fourteen Countries
[Released to the press jointly with ECA July 4]
The following 14 countries have signed or ini-
tialed bilateral agreements with the United States
under the Foreign Assistance Act of 1948 : Austria,
Belgium, China, Denmark, France, Greece, Ice-
land, Ireland, Italy,' Luxembourg, the Nether-
lands, Norway, Sweden, and the United Kingdom.
These agreements are finally eflfective for 10 of
these countries : Austria, China, Denmark, Greece,
Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Nether-
lands, and Norway. In the case of the other
countries participating in the foreign-assistance
program, it is expected that appropriate parlia-
mentary proceedings to make the agreements
finally effective will be completed in the near
future.
Formal action with respect to bilateral agree-
ments has not yet been taken by Switzerland, Por-
tugal, and Turkey. With respect to the occupied
zones of western Germany, after the draft text of
the master agreement was worked out, it had to
be adapted to the special circumstances of the occu-
pied zones. However, in view of recent develop-
ments in Berlin, the senior occupation authorities
of the British-American bizone of occupation have
not had an opportunity to conclude work on the
agreement for their zone. In the case of the
French zone, early signing of the agreement is
anticipated with the understanding that amend-
ments might be made later in order to bring it
into conformity with the bizonal agi-eement.
Under the provisions of the law, further assist-
ance must be suspended for countries with whom
agreements had not been concluded as of July 3.
It is expected that there will be only brief delays
in completing final action; serious interruptions
in the flow of Eca - supplies are not anticipated.
Most-Favored-Natton Treatment for Areas Under Military
Occupation With Respect to Turkey
In the text of the notes exchanged 'between the
United States and Turkey, which are identical in
form,, variation from the U. S.-U. K. note ^ appear
in paragraphs 1 and 3. Paragraph 4 of the V. S.~
U. K. note is not contained in the U. S -Turkey
exchange of notes.
1. For such time as the Government of the
United States of America participates in the oc-
cupation or control of any areas in western Ger-
many, the Free Territory of Trieste, Japan or
southern Korea, the Government of the Republic
of Turkey will apply to the merchandise trade of
such area the provisions relating to the most-fa-
vored-nation treatment of the merchandise trade
of the United States of America set forth in the
Trade Agreement between the United States of
America and the Republic of Turkey, signed April
1, 1939, or, for such time as the United States of
America and the Republic of Turkey may both be
contracting jDarties to the General Agreement on
' See BuLMTiN of July 11, 1018, p. 37, for Italian
agreement.
' Economic Cooperation Administration, directing the
European Recovery Program under the Foreign Assistance
Act of 1948.
" Bulletin of July 11, 1918, p. 43.
Tariffs and Trade, dated October 30, 1947, the pro-
visions of that Agreement as now or hereafter
amended, relating to the most-favored-nation
treatment of such trade. It is understood that the
undertaking in this paragraph relating to the ap-
plication of the most-favored-nation provisions
of the Trade Agreement shall be subject to the ex-
ceptions recognized in the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade permitting departures from the
application of most-favored-nation treatment;
provided that nothing in this sentence shall be con-
strued to require compliance with the procedures
specified in the General Agreement with regard to
the application of such exceptions.
2. The undertaking in point 1, above, will apply
to the merchandise trade of any area referred to
therein only for such time and to such extent as
.such area accords reciprocal most-favored-nation
treatment to the merchandise trade of the Repub-
lic of Turkey. In this connection, the Govern-
ment of the United States of America will seek
arrangements whereby such areas will accord
most-favored-nation treatment ( including most-
favored-nation treatment in the application of
quantitative restrictions in accordance with the
principles of the Genei'al Agreement on Tariffs
and Trade) to the merchandise trade of Turkey.
104
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Appeals by U.N. IVIediator for Peaceful Settlement of Palestine Situation
CABLEGRAM FROM MEDIATOR TO SECRETARY-GENERAL >
June 30, 191,8
On 28 and 29 June I presented to Arab and
Jewish autliorities in Caii'o and Tel Aviv respec-
tively three brief papers setting forth in outline
my views and suggestions for a possible approach
to the peaceful adjustment of the future situation
of Palestine. These documents were presented to
the apjiropriate Arab and Jewish officials by rep-
resentatives of the Secretariat who. as my envoys,
were authorized to explain orally the suggestions
presented and to give such elaboration of them
as might be required.
Tlie suggestions have been presented quite tenta-
tively and with a primary view to discovering if
there may be found at this stage of the mediation
a conunon ground on which further discussion and
mediation can proceed.
I have invited both Arab and Jewish repre-
sentatives to come to Rhodes to discuss with me
the suggestions which I have advanced or any
counter-suggestions which either or both of them
may wish to put forth. If for any reason this
should not prove feasible, I have expressed my
willingness to meet with the representatives of
each side at such places as they may suggest.
I have not, however, asked either side to come
to Rhodes for a joint meeting of Arabs and Jews
or a joint roundtable conference of the two parties.
I have also appealed to both Arab and Jewish
authorities not to release to the press or to other-
wise publish the suggestions I have offered or
their comments on them until I have officially re-
ceived these comments or counter-suggestions.
For this reason I am not communicating these
papers to the Security Council at this time.
As of 30 June no such comments or counter-
suggestions had been received by me. I have set
no deadline date for the communication to me of
the views of the two parties.
Count Bernadotte
TEXT OF SUGGESTIONS PRESENTED BY MEDiATOR
The foUoiring text v^as sent iy the Mediator to
he held hy the SecretaTy-General for transinission
to the President of the Security Council at a time
to be notified later. The Secretavy-Geveral siibse-
quently was requested to release the text at 2:00
p.m., E.D.T., 4 July 191,8
I have the honour to present for the information
of the Security Council the following three papers
presented to the Arab and Jewish authorities on
28 June 1948, for their consideration in pursuance
of my effort to find a common basis for discussion
witli the two parties looking towards a peaceful
adjustment of the future situation of Palestine.
Part 1. Introductory Statement
1. The resolution of the General Assembly of
14 May 1948, provides inter alia that the United
Nations Mediator is to use his good offices to "pro-
mote a peaceful adjustment of the future situation
of Palestine".
Jo/y 25, 7948
2. It follows that my prime objective as Medi-
ator is to determine on the basis of the fullest ex-
ploration, whether there is any possibility of rec-
onciling, by peaceful means, the divei'gent and
conflicting views and positions of the two sides.
3. The co-operative attitude manifested thus
far by both sides has made possible the truce which
began on 11 June. This truce has brought a calmer
atmosphere, more favourable to the task of media-
tion entrusted to me by the General Assembly. In
this improved atmosphere I have talked with the
representatives of both sides and have obtained a
very clear impression of their positions on the
question of the future of Palestine. I have also
jirofited from the information afforded by the
technical consultants whom each side has desig-
nated in response to my request.
' II.N. doc. S/860, June 30, 1948.
" U.N. doe. S/S63, July 3, 1948.
105
THE UN/TED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZBD AGENCIES
4. The basic issues arising from the opposing
parties relate to partition, the establishment of a
Jewish State, and Jewish immigration.
5. I have thoroughly studied, weighed and ap-
praised the positions taken by the two parties. I
interpret my role as Mediator not as one involving
the handing down of decisions on the future of
Palestine, but as one of offering suggestions on
the basis of which further discussions might take
place and possibly counter-suggestions be put forth
looking toward a peaceful settlement of this diffi-
cult problem. My suggestions at this stage, then,
must clearly be of such nature as to provide a
reasonable framework of reference within which
the two parties may find it possible to continue
their consultations with me towards the end of a
peaceful adjustment.
6. My analysis has taken into account the equi-
ties involved, and the aspirations, fears, motiva-
tions of the parties. It has also taken account of
the realities of the existing situation. It has con-
vinced me that on grounds of equity as well as on
practical grounds it is impossible for me as Media-
tor to call upon either party to surrender com-
pletely its position. In the light of this analysis
I see a possibility of an adjustment which would
give adequate reassurance to both parties as re-
gards the vital factors in their respective positions.
But the realization of this possibility depends
upon the willingness of the parties to explore all
avenues for a peaceful adjustment and their readi-
ness not to resume armed conflict as a means of
settling their differences.
7. Despite the present conflict, there is a com-
mon denominator in Palestine which, happily, is
acceptable to and affirmed by both sides. This is
the recognition of the necessity for peaceful rela-
tions between Arabs and Jews in Palestine and of
the principle of economic unity.
8. It is with this common denominator es-
pecially in mind that I put forth the accompany-
ing suggestions in outline as a basis for discussion.
These suggestions, I must emj^hasise, are sub-
mitted with no intimation of preciseness or final-
ity. They are designed solely to explore the
possible bases for further discussions and media-
tion, and to elicit from the parties their reactions
and further views. Moreover, any plans which
might result from these suggestions could be work-
able only if voluntarily accepted and applied.
There can be no question of their imposition.
9. I should make perfectly clear my intentions
as regards future procedure. If it develops that
the suggestions herewith presented, or suggestions
subsequently presented, which may arise from the
reactions to tliose now put forth, provide a basis
for discussion, I will carry on with the discussions
as long as may prove necessary and fruitful. If,
however, these or subsequent suggestions, if any
should emerge, are rejected as a basis for discus-
sion, which I earnestly hope will not occur, I shall
106
promptly report the circumstances fully to the Se-
curity Council and shall feel free to submit such
conclusions to the Security Council as I may con-
sider appropriate.
Count Folke Bernadotte
United Nations Mediator on Palestine,
Ehodes, Greece, 27 June 1948.
Part II. Suggestions Presented by the
Mediator on Palestine
The Mediator advanced the following suggestions
as a possible basis for discussion;
1. That, subject to the willingness of the directly
interested parties to consider such an arrangement,
Palestine, as defined in the original Mandate en-
trusted to the United Kingdom in 1922, that is in-
cluding Transjordan, might form a Union com-
prising two members, one Arab and one Jewish.
2. That the boundaries of the two members be
determined in the first instance by negotiation with
the assistance of the Mediator and on the basis of
suggestions to be made by him. When agreement
is reached on the main outlines of the boundaries
they will be definitively fixed by a Boundaries
Commission.
3. That the purposes and function of the Union
should be to promote common economic interests,
to operate and maintain common services, includ-
ing customs and excise, to undertake development
projects and to co-ordinate foreign policy and
measures for common defence.
4. That the functions and authority of the
Union might be exercised through a central coun-
cil and such other organs as the members of the
Union may determine.
5. That, subject to the provision of the Instru-
ment of Union, each member of the Union may
exercise full control over its own affairs including
its foreign relations.
6. Immigration within its own bordere should
be within the competence of each member, pro-
vided that following a period of two years from
the establishment of the Union, either member
would be entitled to request the Council of the
Union to review the immigration policy of the
other member and to render a ruling thereon in
terjns of the common interests of the Union. In
the event of the inability of the Council to reach a
decision on the matter, the issue could be referred
by either member to the Economic and Social
Council of the United Nations whose decision, tak-
ing into account the principle of economic absorp-
tive capacity, would be binding on the member
whose policy is at issue.
7. That religious and minority rights be fully
protected by each member of the Union and guar-
anteed by the United Nations.
8. That Holy Places, religious buildings and
sites be preserved and that existing rights in re-
spect of the same be fully guaranteed by each
member of the Union.
Department of State Bulletin
9. That recogniLion be accorded to the rif^ht of
residents of Palestine who, because of conditions
created by the conflict tliere have left their normal
places of abode, to retnrn to their homes without
restriction and to repain possession of their
property.
COTJNT FOLKE BeRNADOTTE
United Nations Mediator on Palestine,
Rhodes, Greece, -11 June 19^8.
Part III. Annex to the Suggestions:
Territorial Matters
I With regard to paragraph 2 of the suggestions
it is considered that certain territorial arrange-
ments might be worthy of consideration. These
might be along the following lines :
rHE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
1. Inclusion of the wliole or part of the Negev in
Arab territory.
2. Inclusion of the whole or part of Western
Galilee in Jewish territory.
;i. Inclusion of the City of Jerusah'ni in Arab
territory, with municipal autonomy for the Jewish
community and special arrangements for the pro-
tection of the Holy Places.
4. Consideration of the status of Jaffa.
5. Establishment of a free port at Haifa, the
area of the free port to include the relineries and
terminals.
6. Establishment of a free airport at Lydda.
Count Folke Bernadotte
United Nations Mediator on Palestine,
Rhodes, Greece, 27 June 1948.
REPLY FROM PROVISIONAL GOVERNMENT OF ISRAEL »
7 July 1H8
On behalf of the Provisional Government of
Israel, I have tiie honour to convey, for the in-
formation of the Security Council, the text of the
reply given by the Foreign Minister of Israel to
the suggestions presented by Count Bernadotte to
the Governments of Israel and of the Arab States.
Aubrey S. Eban
Representative of the
Provisional Government of Israel
On behalf of the Provisional Government of
Israel. I have the honor to offer the following ob-
servations on the suggestions presented by you un-
der cover of your letter of June 27 as a possible
basis for discussion in discharge of your task to
"promote a peaceful adjustment of the future
situation of Palestine".
1. The Provisional Government of Israel noted
with surprise that your suggestions appear to ig-
nore the resolution of the General Assembly of 29
November 1947. which remains the only interna-
tionally valid adjudication on the question of the
future government of Palestine.
The Provisional Government also regrets to find
that, in formulating your suggestions, you do not
appear to have taken into account fully the out-
standing facts of the situation in Palestine, namely,
the effective establishment of the sovereignty of
the State of Israel within the area assigned to it in
the Assembly's resolution, and other territorial
changes which resulted from the repulse of the
attack launched against Israel by Palestinian
Arabs and by the neighboring Arab States.
2. The Provisional Government of Israel begs
to recall that the Jewish people accepted the settle-
ment laid down in the General Assembly's resolu-
Ju/y 25. J 948
tion as a compromise entailing heavy sacrifices on
its part, and the territory assigned to the Jewish
State as an irreducible minimum. It is indeed the
conviction of the Provisional Government of
Israel that the territorial provisions affecting the
Jewish State now stand in need of improvement, in
view both of the perils revealed by Arab aggres-
sion to the safety and integrity of Israel and of the
results achieved by Israel in repelling this aggres-
sion. In this connection, the Provisional Govern-
ment of Israel desires to point out that the terri-
torial settlement laid down in the resolution was
based on partition of Western Palestine between
the Jewish people and the Arab population of
Palestine. Inclusion of the Arab portion of Pales-
tine in the territory of one of the neighboring Arab
States would fundamentally change the context of
the boundary problem.
3. The Provisional Government of Israel can-
not agree to any encroachment upon or limitation
of the free sovereignty of the people of Israel in
its independent State. While it is the basic aim
and policy of Israel to establish relations of peace
and amity with her neighbors on the basis of clos-
est possible collaboration in all fields, interna-
tional arrangements which may be necessary to
give effect to this policy cannot l)e imposed upon
Israel, but can only be entered into as a result
of an agreement negotiated between the interested
parties as free and sovereign States.
4. The Provisional Government of Israel would
be ready to accept the provisions concerning Eco-
nomic Union as formulated in the Assembly's reso-
lution if all their basic premises were to ma-
terialize. This is not, however, the eventuality
' U.N. doc. S/870, July 8, 1948.
107
THE UN/TED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
envisaged in your suggestions. The partner State
whom the Israelis are invited to join in a Union
is both in its political identity and in its geograph-
ical dimensions wholly different from the Arab
State provided for in the resolution. Jewish
consent to Economic Union in the context of the
resolution cannot therefore be binding in the new
situation. It must now be left to the free and
unfettered discretion of the Government of Israel
in the exercise of its sovereign rights to determine
what arrangements should govern Israel's rela-
tions with her neighbor or neighbors in the field
of economic co-operation.
5. The Provisional Government of Israel must
be particularly emphatic in its opposition to any
infringement of Israel's independence and sover-
eignty as I'egards her immigration policy. Com-
plete and unqualified freedom to determine the
size and composition of Jewish immigration was
the very essence of the Jewish claim to statehood.
Eecognition of the moral validity and the prac-
tical urgency of that claim in connection with
the issue of immigration lay at the roots of its
acceptance by the international world. There can
be no question of any Israeli Government accept-
ing the slightest derogation in favor of any joint
or international body from Israel's sovereignty
as regards control of her immigration policy.
6. The Provisional Government of Israel was
deeply wounded by your suggestion concerning
the future of the City of Jerusalem, which it re-
gards as disastrous. The idea that the relegation
of Jerusalem to xlrab rule might form part of a
peaceful settlement could be conceived only in
utter disregard of history and of the fundamental
facts of the problem which are :
a) The association of Judaism with the Holy
City;
b) The unique place occupied by Jerusalem in
Jewish history and present-day Jewish life ;
c) Jewish inhabitants constituted a two-thirds
majority in the City before the commencement of
Arab aggression, and this proportion has greatly
increased since then as a result of Arab evacua-
tion ;
d) The whole of Jerusalem with only a few
minor exceptions is now in Jewish hands;
e) And not least, the fact that after an exhaus-
tive study of the problem and as a result of the
overwhelming consensus of Christian opinion in
its midst, the General Assembly resolved that
Jerusalem be placed under an international
regime.
The Provisional Government of Israel must
make it clear that the Jewish people in the State
of Israel and the Jews of Jerusalem will never
acquiesce in the imposition of Arab domination
over Jerusalem, no matter what formal municipal
autonomy and what right of access to Holy Places
the Jews of Jerusalem might be allowed to enjoy.
They will resist any such imposition with all the
force at their command. The Provisional Govern-
ment of Israel regrets having to say that your
startling suggestion regarding Jerusalem, by en-
couraging false Arab hopes and wounding Jewish
feelings, is likely to achieve the reverse of the
pacifying effect which you undoubtedly had in
mind.
7. The Provisional Government of Israel does
not find it necessary at this stage to comment upon
the other points raised in your suggestions as it
hopes that examination of its present observations
on the major aspects of the scheme for a settle-
ment tentatively outlined by you may cause you
to reconsider 3'our whole approach to the problem.
CABLEGRAM FROM MEDSATOR TO SECRETARY-GENERAL ON PROLONGATION OF TRUCE*
July S, 19Ji8
The following proposals have been submitted to
the parties on 3 and 5 July 1948 :
During that very short period, a first effort has
been made to explore the possibilities for effective
mediation of the Palestine dispute. It could have
been expected that i)i these four weeks a peaceful
adjustment of the future situation of Palestine
could have been achieved on the basis of agreement
between the parties.
On the whole, the truce has worked well. There
have been complaints from both sides as to the
alleged violations of the terms of truce agreement.
There have been instances of violation, but all
fighting on a major scale has been stopped, and it
can be said quite confidently that the truce has
' U.N. doc. S/86.5, July 6, 1948.
" U.N. doe. S/875, July 9, 1948.
108
worked well, and by 9 July 1948, neither State will
have gained any significant military advantage
from its application. In the meantime, through
the operation of the truce, much bloodshed and
destruction have been avoided and many lives
spared.
Security Council Resolution of July 7'
The Security Council,
Taking into consideration the telegram
from the United Nations Mediator dated 5
July 1948,
Addresses an urgent appeal to the inter-
ested parties to accept in i)rinciple the pro-
longation of the truce for such period as may
be decided ujaon in consultation with the
Mediator.
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
The expiration of tlie date of the truce on 9
July is now innninent. Tlie parties to the truce
must answer the question whether, in the absence
of a<rreeuient on tlu> ]iri)cechu'e and substance of
mediation, they will ajrain resort to armed conflict.
There can be little doubt that a decision to re-
sume tiizhtini: in Palestine will be universally con-
dennu'il and that the part}' or parties taking such
a decision will be assuming a responsibility which
will be viewed by the world with the utmost
gravity.
The truce, in effect, is based on the resolution of
the Security Council of 29 Way 19-18. It was the
fighting in Palestine which induced to adopt that
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
1-esolution. Unless the i)arties themselves agree to
extend the truce beyond 9 July, it may be assumed
that the Security Council will again consider the
matter and take such action as circumstances may
demand.
In order that the efforts toward mediation of
the dispute may continue, and in the interest of a
peaceful settlement of the problem by means of
patient and tolerant effort and reciprocal good
will, I ask the United Nations, as the United Na-
tions Mediator on Palestine, to urgently appeal to
the interested parties to accept in principle the
{jrolongation of the truce for such period as may
be decided upon in consultation with the Mediator.
REPLY OF PROVISIONAL GOVERNMENT OF ISRAEL ACCEPTING 30-DAY TRUCE"
FoTIowinff is text of Jewish reply to proposals
of Mediator handed to Mediator by Shertok
Thursday afternoon, 7 July '
1. The Provisional Government of Israel agrees
to a prolongation of the Truce for a period of
thirty days from G a. m. GMT on Friday, July 9th
194S, on the understanding that the conditions to
be observed by all parties concerned shall be sub-
stantially the same as those which govern the
Truce at the present time.
2. The Provisional Government of Israel is
ready to discuss the Mediator's proposal for the
demilitarisation of Jerusalem. This proposal
provides for the supply to Jerusalem of food, fuel,
water and other essential non-military supplies
without limitation of quantity. It also provides
for an international force to assume full respon-
I sibility for security but not for administration in
: the demilitarized zone, in regard to which status
quo will be maintained. It stipulates that this
arrangement shall in no way prejudice the future
political status of Jerusalem and also that at the
' U.N. doc. S/8-2, July 8, 194S. Telegram from the U.N.
mp<liator to the Secretary-General dated .July 8, li)48.
'U.X. doc. S/871, July 8, 1948 (cable to the Secretary-
General dated July 8, 11)48, from Provisional Government
of Israel) :
"Have honour acknowledge receipt your telegram 11320
July 7th. Have already communicated yesterday to
Mediator decision Provisional Government Israel accept
prolongation truce for thirty days and extension truce
for three days if other side rejects prolongation. Also
expre.ssed readiness discuss demiltarization whole city
Jeriisaleui.
Jo/y 25, 7 948
end of the period of demilitarisation the Jewish
forces would be entitled to return to the military
status quo ante. The Israeli Government fully
reserves its rights and claims with regard to the
future status of Jerusalem.
3. If the present country-wide Truce should not
be prolonged, the Provisional Government of
Israel is willing to accept an immediate cease fire
in Jerusalem to permit a final decision to be
reached on the question of demilitarisation.
4. The Provisional Government of Israel does
not favour the demilitarisation of the Haifa docks
and port area, but is willing to consider an ar-
rangement by which the off-loading of supplies
required for the demilitarised area of Jerusalem
could take place in safety.
5. The Provisional Government of Israel does
not favour the demilitarisation of the Haifa re-
fineries.
6. The Provisional Government of Israel ac-
cepts the proposal of the Mediator for a three
days' extension of the Truce to permit evacuation
of observers and stores even if the Truce as a
whole is not prolonged.
"Informed by Mediator this morning .\rab Governments
rejected both proposals maximum and minimum for ex-
tension truce and as regards Jerusalem accepted demili-
tarization principle only for old city.
"This morning l.tK) a.m. (G..M.T. ), Egyptian force con-
siderin.g [consisting] two armoured columns and infantry
launched oft'ensive against our positions in soutli Palestine.
Battle now in progress. While its armed forces are ready
for most determined action on all fronts. Provisional Gov-
ernment of Israel is most interested learn what Security
Council will decide in present emergency.
Sheetok"
109
REPLY FROM ARAB GOVERNMENTS REJECTING 30-DAY TRUCE'
Political Committee of League of Arab States
has very carefully studied proposal put forth by
United Nations Mediator for prolongation of
truce and has taken note of reasons which, in his
view, justify such prolongation. In this connec-
tion the committee would like to recall that Arab
Governments were forced to intervene militarily
in Palestine on 15 May last in response to appeal
of Arab inhabitants who are crushing majority of
population to put an end to slaughters committed
by Zionist terrorists against Ai'abs and humanity,
to restore law and order in country and enable its
inhabitants to exercise attributes of independence
and right of self determination.
Indeed, it was due to this armed intervention
that it was possible to save many Arab lives, avoid
much destruction and further bloodshed and re-
store peace, law and order to areas occupied by
Arab armies.
Despite the fact that Arab armies were at time
masters of situation, Arab states accepted Secu-
rity Council resolution of 29 May last inviting
tliem to agree four-week truce to enable United
Nations Mediator carry out his functions. It was
only to demonstrate their good-will, and give fur-
tlier evidence their earnest desire cooperate with
United Nations in efforts to arrive peaceful and
just solution of Palestine problem, they did so.
However, Arab apprehension that Zionists were
sure violate truce conditions proved well founded.
In fact, despite these conditions Zionists continued
aggression against Arabs in areas under their oc-
cupation and steadily persisted throughout truce
in pursuing their policy of smuggling immigi'ants,
arms and amnumition into country, as witnessed
by United Nations observers. They have also oc-
cupied number of villages and positions not in
their possession at time of cease-fire. They have
furthermore intensified their aggi'essive activities
against peace-abiding inhabitants, burning their
villages and crops in various parts of country.
They have committed atrocities against civilian
population, plundering homes and pillaging prop-
erty and forcing them work in erecting of fortifi-
cations, digging trenches and other hard labor.
All these activities, which constitute flagrant
violation spirit and letter Security Council's reso-
lution 29 May as well as of truce conditions agreed
to and accepted by both sides, were duly brought
attention of United Nations Mediator.
As matter of fact, these flagrant violations of
truce constituted in themselves sufficient justifica-
tion for immediate resumption of fighting by Arab
states. However, much as they could ill atford it,
'U.N. doc. S/876, July 9, 1948. The capitalization,
spelling, and punctuation used here do not conform to
the U.N. doc.
110
they have patiently kept peace in desire to afford
United Nations Mediator ample scope carry out
his endeavors to find peaceful solution. Unfortu-
nately, solution proposed by Mediator based as
it is on continuation of status quo aiming at parti-
tion and creating of Jewish state has been most
disappointing to Arabs. It is evident that status
quo which inspired suggestions put forth by Medi-
ator is result of Zionist terrorist activities in which
they have been encouraged by policy of hesitation
ancl indecision adopted by former mandatory
power in maintenance of law and order in comitry,
a policy which has not only enabled Zionist gangs
to amass huge forces, build strong fortifications in
many parts of country and launch surprise attacks
on peaceful population, but also to occupy many
towns and villages and large areas without fight-
ing.
The Mediator fully realizes that partition and
establishment of a Jewish state in country lies at
root of present dispute. Therefore, the suggestion
to adopt status quo as basis for discussions to ar-
rive at peaceful and permanent solution of prob-
lem undoubtedly proves to be inconsistent with
principles of justice ancl democracy and detrimen-
tal permanent interests of country's inhabitants.
Moreover, prolongation of truce under present con-
ditions would mean perpetration of status quo
which Mediator adopted as basis for his sugges-
tion. All these factors carry us away from pur-
pose of his Excellency's mission, which is to find
peaceful and just solution to problem.
Further, the Zionists are steadily carrying on
with establishment and consolidation of their state
and there is no hope of their cooperation in ar-
riving at desired peaceful settlement which was
aim of truce. This is confirmed by Mediator's
memorandum 5 July setting forth his comments
on Arab counter proposals.
His Excellency therein declares he is fully con-
vinced there is no possibility of persuading Jews
to give up i^resent sejDarate cultural, political exist-
ence and accept merging in unitary state. It is
noC reasonable, therefore, particularly after ex-
pression of such conviction, to expect that pro-
longation of truce would lead to desired peaceful
settlement. On contrary such prolongation would
help Zionist terrorists intensify aggressive activi-
ties, a state which would aggravate already grave
situation and not serve cause of peace.
Indeed, prolongation truce in this manner is de-
trimental to Palestine Arabs who are majority.
In fact, more than quarter million civilians among
Arab inhabitants of country forced under terrorist
pressure, anarchy and state of insecurity wrought
by Zionist gangs to abandon homes and property to
become i-erugees in Arab countries without re-
sources after Zionists plundered their homes and
Department of State Bulletin
liiid hands on all their property. On the contrary,
as result of truce Palestine's gates have been Hung
wide open to unlimited Jewish inunigration which,
in four weeks of truce, has reached record unprec-
etlented in annals of country. It is only natural
for Zionists Iherefore to welcome truce prolonga-
tion because, in addition to assisting them continue
acts of violence and depredations against Arab
jieighbors and intensify policy of unlimited Jew-
ish immi2:ration, it hinders restoration of peace
and security.
Nothing is more welcome to Arabs who are
staunch supporters of peace than avoidance of
bloodshed and solution of problems by peaceful
means but impossibility of persuading Jewish mi-
nority to abandon political ambitions always al-
THE UNITBD NATIONS ANO SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
luded to by Mediator and its determination to im-
pose its will by force and terrorism on the over-
whelming majority of iniiabitaiits of country who
form part of Arab luition coupled with its viola-
tions of conditions of truce and utilization of in-
terval as means for intensification of aggression
against Arabs and for overflooding country with
continuous flow of immigrants, all these factors
make it imperative for Arab states not to agree
to prolongation of truce under present conditions
and to take all measures necessary to bring these
conditions to end. This, however, should not shut
door in face of further efforts by Mediator, nor
should it preclude whatever proposals his Ex-
cellency may put forth in that capacity.
STATEMENT OF MEDIATOR TO SECRETARY-GENERAL"
Statement of the Mediator on the Arab and Jewish
replies:
The replies from the Arab and Jewish represent-
atives have been received. The Jewish replies
were handed to me by Mr. Shertok in Tel Aviv
yesterday afternoon 7 July; the Arab replies, the
full text of which have not been received, were
cabled to me at Haifa in paraphrase by my repre-
sentative in Cairo who received them early this
morning from Azzam Pasha.
These replies related to the following questions :
1. The prolongation of the Truce.
2. A temporai-y cease fire in Jerusalem as a
means of concluding arrangements for the demili-
tarization of that city.
3. The demilitarization of the Haifa refineries,
terminals and port area.
The Jewish reply agreed to a prolongation of
the Truce for a period of thirty days from G a. m.
GMT on Friday, 9 July on the under.standing that
the conditions of the prolonged Truce would be
substantially the same as those governing the ex-
isting one.
The Arab reply, the translated text of which
has not been received, states that the Arabs are
not prepared to accept a prolongation of the Truce
under jiresent conditions in view of their experi-
ence of the past four weeks.
A request had also been presented to the parties
that, in the event there was no agreement on the
prolongation of the Truce, a three-day extension
would be granted in order to facilitate the evacua-
tion of the U.N. observers and their equipment.
The Jewish reply accepted this proposal, the Arab
reply makes no specific reference to it and it is
apparently rejected. Despite this apparent re-
jection of the three-day extension, however all
necessary steps are being immediately taken for
Ju/y 25, 1948
the safe evacuation of all U.N. observers and per-
sonnel and their equipment.
As regards the demilitarization of Jerusalem
the Jewish reply has indicated a willingness to
discuss this proposal and to accept an immediate
cease fire in Jerusalem in order that a final decision
might be reached on demilitarization since the pre-
cise meaning of the Arab reply to the proposal is
not clear, a request has been made for clarification.
I have also informed the Arab representatives of
my willingness to meet with them in Cairo on
Saturday to discuss a temporary cease fire in the
whole city of Jerusalem looking toward further
discussions concerning its demilitarization. I have
also informed Mr. Shertok by telephone of my de-
sire to carry on similar discussions in Tel Aviv.
As regards the Haifa proposal the replies of the
two parties are so divergent as to indicate that
there is no prospect of an agreement of this pro-
posal.
I am disapjDointed that hostilities are to be re-
sumed in Palestine since it appears quite impos-
sible for me to obtain agreement of the two parties
not to resume hostilities. I will now concentrate
my efforts during the next few days on obtaining a
cease fire in Jerusalem and its ultimate demilitari-
zation. I will do my utmost to save Jerusalem and
the Holy Places from further destruction.
It is my intention to make a full report to the
Security Council at a very early dale. I do not
consider my mission as Mediator to be at an end
as a result of this temporary set back. I will con-
tinue to work on the task assigned to me by the
May 14th resolution of the General Assembly with
a view to attaining at the earliest possible day
a peaceful adjustment of the future situation of
Palestine.
' U.N. doc. S/873, July 8, 1948 (telegram from U.N.
mediator dated July S, 1948).
Ill
MEDIATOR CALLS FOR 10-DAY CEASE-FIRE TRUCE
The folJowing appeal has been eommwnicated to
all parties concerned hy the Mediator on 9 July
19J(8
I find it imperative to proceed to Lake Success
immediately for the purpose of presenting to tlie
Security Council of the United Nations a full re-
port of my negotiations and the Arab and Jewish
replies to my several proposals. I am particularly
and most keenly disappointed that my proposal
for a prolongation of the truce was not favourably
acted upon by the Arab Eepresentatives. In this
regard I may also call attention to the resolution
of the Security Council of 7 July addressing an
urgent appeal to the interested parties to accept in
principle the prolongation of the truce for such
period as may be decided upon in consultation with
the Mediator. The Security Council is now ac-
tively and urgently engaged in the consideration
of appropriate steps looking toward an assurance
of peace in Palestine and it is my intention to place
myself fully at the disposal of the Security Council
towards this end. I plan to return to Near East
from Lake Success within a matter of days for
the purpose of resuming my efforts at mediation.
YoY the above reasons in the interest of peace and
the peoples of Palestine, Arabs and Jews alike, and
with grave concern for the preservation of Jeru-
salem I make this appeal to both parties with
utmost urgency to accept an unconditional cease
fire in Palestine for a period of ten days extending
from twelve o'clock noon G.M.T., Saturday, ten
July 1948. I earnestly hope that both parties will
demonstrate their sincere desire for peace in
Palestine by accepting this urgent appeal and that
their acceptance will be notified to me at my head-
quarters at Rhodes at the earliest possible moment.
Count BERNADt)TTE
PROVISIONAL GOVERNMENT OF ISRAEL ACCEPTS 10-DAY TRUCE"
Sir : I have the honour to inform you that the
Foreign Minister of the Provisional Government
of Israel communicated the following message to
the Mediator on the night of July 9 :
"The Provisional Government of Israel accepts
in principle the new cease-fire proi^osal for the
period of ten days and is ready to issue the nec-
essary orders as soon as it is notified by the Media-
tor that the proposal has been accepted by the Arab
governments and authorities concernecl and that
orders to cease all hostilities have actually been
issued to all commanders of Arab forces operating
in the field against the forces of Israel. The Pro-
visional Government would prefer the time for the
commencement of the cease-fire to be fixed in the
forenoon Israel time."
I have [etc.]
Atjbeet S. Eban
Representative of the Provisional
Government of Israel to the United Nations
CONCLUSION FROM MEDIATOR'S REPORT TO SECURITY COUNCIL '^
32. There are certain stark facts in the Pales-
tine situation which are both fundamental and
inescapable. The Arabs are bitterly opposed to
the partition of Palestine, the establishment of a
Jewish State, and Jewish immigration. While
willing to permit many of the Jews now in Pales-
tine to remain there as a minority group in an
Arab-dominated luiitaiy state, they regard the
Jews of Palestine as interlopers antl a menace to
the Arab world. The xVrab States have demon-
strated their willingness to employ armed force
to the limit of their capacities against what they
regard as the injustice inherent in a Jewish in-
vasion supported by the outside world. The Arab
States regard it as their solemn obligation to take
up the cudgels on behalf of the Arabs of Palestine.
33. On the other hand, the Jews of Palestine are
" U.N. doc. S/878, July 9, 1948 ( telegram from the United
Nations mediator dated July 9, 1948, to the Secretary-
General ) .
" U.N doc. S/S84, July 10, 1948.
" Excerpts from U.N. doc. S/888, July 12, 1948.
112
equally as determined to have partition in Pales-
tine, to defend and preserve the state they have
establislied, and to keep open the gates for Jewish
immigration into that state. They too have amply
demonstrated their willingness and ability to fight
tenaciously to defend their state against attack.
34. The de facto situation in Palestine today is
that a Jewish Provisional Government, recognized
by an increasing numl)er of states, exists in an
area of Palestine, and is exercising, without re-
strictions of any kind on its authority or power,
all the attributes of full sovereignty, including the
waging of war. This provisional government and
the state it represents, were established under the
cloak of authority given by the 29 November reso-
lution of the General Assembly. Since that reso-
lution, much has happened in Palestine, and it is
not easy to undo what history has recorded. It is
this de facto situation which the Arab states are
fighting to eliminate, but the plain fact remains
that it is there. It is a small state, precariously
perched on a coastal shelf with its back to the
sea and defiantly facing on three sides a hostile
Department of State Bulletin
Arab world. Its future may be assessed as vincer-
tain, and if it survives this war its security will be
likely to present a serious problem for a gootl time
to e()me. Its peoples, other than the Arabs in its
midst whose large numbers have been at least
temporarily reduced by more than half by their
Hijrht from Jewish occupied areas, are intensely
nationalistic and apparently fearless in the face of
the Arab threat.
.''),"i. A tirst essential in Palestine today is an im-
mediate cessation of hostilities. But that is only
a first step. For the question must be answered,
at some stage, whether the international com-
munity is willing to tolerate resort to armed force
as the means for settlement of the Palestine issue.
Willingness to do this could well involve many
risks for the peace of the entire Near East, if not
for the larger world. In this regard a distinction
may ])roperly be drawn between forbidding the
use of force in Palestine and making it unprofit-
able to use force, on the one hand, and enforcing a
political settlement, on the other. Ending the use
of force in Palestine will in fact, make possible an
eventual peaceful settlement.
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
36. For many and compelling reasons the inter-
national community has a vested interest in a
])eaceful settlement of the Palestine problem.
Viewed realistically, the situation is as follows.
If armed force is forbidden in the settlement of
the problem, and it is made jn-ohibitively unprofit-
able for the Arab states to employ it, there will
be in Palestine a Jewish community with a sepa-
rate cultural and political existence, a Jewish
state, whose strength and prosperity and capacity
for economic and social development, by the ad-
mission of its own leaders, must largely depend
on its ability to cultivate friendh' relations with
its Arab neighbours. If the employment of armed
force is not forbidden, the issue of the Jewish state
in Palestine will be settled on the field of battle.
The decision which may be taken with regard to
the resort to armed force in Palestine wijl deter-
mine the innnediate prospects for further effective
mediation over the settlement. In this vital re-
gard the decisions of the Security Council on the
matter will be controlling.
PROVISIONAL GOVERNMENT OF ISRAEL NOTES EXPIRATION OF TRUCE AGREEMENT >3
IJ July 1948
1. On 3 and 5 July 1948, the United Nations
Mediator addressed a connnunication (S/865) to
the Provisional Government of Israel and the
Governments of the Arab States. In the course
of that commmiication, the Mediator wrote :
"The expiration of the date of the truce on 9
July is now imminent. The parties to the truce
must answer the question whether . . . they will
again resort to armed conflict."
The Provisional Government of Israel ex-
pressed its readiness to agree to a further prolon-
gation of the truce agreement (S/872, 8 July).
The Arab States informed the Mediator on 9 Jul}-
that they find it:
"imperative not to agree to a prolongation of the
truce under present conditions and fa take all meas-
ures necessary to bring these conditions to an end."
(S/876)
2. In his cablegram of 5 July addressed to both
parties (S/8G5), the Mediator wrote:
"There can be little doubt that a decision to re-
sume fighting in Palestine will be universally con-
denuied and that the party or parties to take such
a decision will be assuming a responsibility which
will be viewed by the world with the utmost grav-
ity."
Despite this appeal, and the i-esolution of the
Security Council proposed bv the United Kingdom
on 6 July 1948 (S/8()7). the Arab States have
rejected the prolongation of the truce, resumed
iuly 25, J 948
fighting, and thereby assumed the responsibility to
which the Mediator referred.
3. It is therefore clear to the Provisional Gov-
ernment of Israel that the truce initiated by the
Security Council's resolution of 29 May 1948 has
expired, and has not been prolonged. The Pro-
visional Government of Israel therefore regards
itself as entirely free from all its conditions and
terms.
4. In this connection, may I refer to the pro-
ceedings of the Security Council at its 320th meet-
ing on 15 June 1948, when it was decided to :
"call to the attention of Member States as well as
to that of non-members, if possible, paragraph 6
of the Truce Proposals and to request them to ex-
tend co-operation and assistance to the United
Nations ^Mediator in the implementation of the
provisions of the truce proposals,"
The Provisional Government of Israel submits
that it is now necessary for the Secretary-General
to inform all Governments addressed by the Coun-
cil on 15 June that the period of the Truce agree-
ment has expired and has not been renewed, with
the result that the Security Council's request to
them to assist in implementing the provisions ot
the truce proposals is no longer in force.
Aubrey S. Eban
Representative of the Provisional
Government of Israel to the United Nations
"^U.N. (ioc. S/SS9, July 12, 1048 (letter from Pro-
visional Governinont of Israel dated July 11, 1948, to the
President of the Security Council).
113
U.S. Urges Security Council Action for Prolongation of Truce
REMARKS BY PHILIP C. JESSUP >
Acting U.S. Representative at the Seat of the United Nations
We listened this morning to the report of a man
who has been carrying out courageously a most
difficult assignment.
The United Nations mediator's report speaks
for itself.
This is not the time for me to attempt to make
a flowery speech. It is the time for action by the
Security Council.
Fighting is now going on in Palestine.
It is going on because one party has not agreed
to any suggestion or appeal to avoid fighting, al-
though the other party — the Provisional Govern-
ment of Israel — declared its readiness to accept
each and every suggestion and appeal.
The Security Council must face its respon-
sibility.
The general, the practically universal opinion,
is that there is a threat to the peace in Palestine
within the meaning of article 39 of the Charter.
I mention article 39, the first article of chapter
VII.
The Security Council should recognize this fact.
I repeat : Fighting is going on in Palestine. It
must stop. The Security Council, in discharge of
its duty under article 40, should order it to stop.
The Security Council should call attention to
the consetiuences of a failure to stop fighting.
Such a warning would clearly have particular
meaning for that party which has so far rejected
all appeals.
United Nations machinery must be available to
supervise the truce. It is obvious that this ma-
chinery should be under the direction of the United
Nations mediator appointed by the General As-
sembly, with the assistance of the Truce Commis-
sion appointed by the Security Council.
The City of Jerusalem is of special concern to
mankind. The United Nations has recognized
this fact. No mechanical difficulty applicable to
communication with military forces scattered over
a wide front exists in Jerusalem. The Security
Council should order an unconditional cease-fire in
Jerusalem to take effect 24 hoiu-s from the time of
the resolution which I hope the Security Council
will adopt this afternoon so that the destruction
of Jerusalem will come to an end.
The Security Council, in ordering, under chap-
ter VII of the Charter, the observance of a truce,
should make it clear that it insists that the Pales-
tine problem is not to be solved by force.
The Security Council should therefore decide
that the truce shall remain in effect until the future
situation in Palestine is adjusted by peaceful
means.
The United States has embodied these views in a
draft resolution which we have handed to the Sec-
retariat and which I hope has now been distrib-
uted to the members of the Council. With your
permission I shall now read the text of that reso-
lution.-
TEXT OF SECURITY COUNCIL RESOLUTION
The Security Council
Taking into consideration that the Provisional
Government of Israel has indicated its accei^tance
in principle of a prolongation of the truce in
Palestine; that the States members of the Arab
League have rejected successive appeals of the
United Nations Mediator, and of the Security
' Made in the Security Council on July 13, 1948, and re-
leased to the press by the U.S. Mission to the United
Nations on tlie same date.
■ U.N. doc. S/.S!)0, July 13, 194S. Not here printed.
"U.N. doc. S/002. adopted on July 15, 104S. The last
thri'e pnrngraphs arc an addition to tlie resolution pre-
sented by the U.S. Variations appear in paragraphs five
and eight of the Security Council resolution as compared
with the U.S. draft.
.114
Council in its resolution of 7 July 1948, for the
prolongation of the truce in Palestine; and that
there has consequently developed a renewal of hos-
tilities in Palestine;
Detenmnes that the situation in Palestine con-
stitutes a threat to the peace within the meaning of
Article 39 of the Charter :
Orders the Governments and authorities con-
cerned, pursuant to Article 40 of the Charter of
the United Nations, to desist from further military
action and to this end to issue cease-fire orders to
their military and para-military forces, to take
effect at a time to be determined by the Mediator,
but in any event not later than three days from
the date of the adoption of this resolution ;
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
Declares that f:ulure by any of the Governments
or autliorities concerned to comply with tlie pre-
cedinji parajrvaph of tliis rcsohition would demon-
strate the existence of a breach of the peace within
the meaning of Article 39 of the Charter requiring
immediate consideration by the Security Council
with a view to such further action under Chapter
VII of the Charter as may be decided upon by the
Council;
Calls upon all Governments and authorities con-
cerned lo coiitimie to co-operate with the Mediator
with a view to the maintenance of peace in Pales-
tine in conformitv with the resolution adopted by
. the Seciwity Council on 29 May 1948 ;
t Orders as a matter of special and urgent neces-
sity an immediate and unconditional cease-fire in
the City of Jerusalem to take effect 24 hours from
the time of the adoption of this resolution, and
instructs the Truce Commission to taken any neces-
sary steps to make this cease-fire effective.
Instructs the Mediator to continue his efforts to
bring about the demilitarization of the City of
Jerusalem, without prejudice to the future politi-
cal status of Jerusalem, and to assure the protec-
tion of and access to the Holy Places, religious
buildincs and sites in Palestine;
Instructs the ^Mediator to supervise the observ-
ance of the truce and to establish procedures for
examining alleged breaches of the truce since 11
June 1948, authorizes him to deal with breaches
so far as it is within his capacity to do so by appro-
Sriate local action, and requests him to keep the
ecurity Council currently informed concerning
the operation of the truce and when necessary to
take appropriate action;
Decides that, subject to further decision by the
Security Council or the General Assembly, the
truce shall remain in force, in accordance with
the present resolution and with that of 29 May
1948, until a peaceful adjustment of the future
situation of Palestine is reached;
Reiterates the appeal to the parties contained in
the last paragraph of its resolution of 22 May and
urges upon the parties that they continue conversa-
tions with the Mediator in a spirit of conciliation
and mutual concession in order that all points un-
der dispute may be settled peacefully;
Requests the Secretary-General to provide the
Mediator with the necessary staff and facilities to
assist in carrying out the functions assigned to him
under the resolution of the General Assembly of
14 May. and under this resolution ; and
Requests that the Secretary-General make ap-
propriate arrangements to provide necessary funds
to meet the obligations arising from this resolu-
tion.
In Bulletin of .Tuly IS, 1948, footnote 58 on page 78,
second column, line 4, should read : "she had no expan-
sionist claims."
July 25, ?948
THE UNITBD NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Consulate General at Jerusalem To Be
Guarded by Marine Detachment
[Released to the press July 17]
At the request of the Department of State, with
the approval of the President, the Department of
the Navy has ordered a squad of 12 marines, under
the command of a noncommissioned officer, de-
tached from the U.S. Naval Forces in the Mediter-
ranean to guard the U.S. Consulate General at
Jerusalem.
These men are being assigned as consular guards
in accordance with authority contained in the
Foreign Service Act of 1946. Marines are already
serving as guards at the American Embassies at
London, Paris, and Rome.
Admiral Richard L. Conolly, U.S.N., Com-
mander-in-Chief of U.S. Naval Forces, Eastern
Atlantic and Mediterranean, has been ordered by
Admiral Louis E. Denfeld, Chief of Naval Opera-
tions, to expedite the arrival of the marines at
Jerusalem.
The marines are being ordered into Jerusalem to
provide protection and security for representa-
tives of the U.S. Government and for U.S. Govern-
ment property.
U.S. Contribution to U.N. for 1948
A United States Treasury check for $13,841,032,
representing the full amount of the United States
contribution to United Nations operating ex-
penses for the 1948 financial year, was handed
July 8 to Byron Price, Assistant Secretary-Gen-
eral of the United Nations, by Philip C. Jessup,
Acting U.S. Representative at the seat of the
United Nations. The transfer of funds took place
at the Manhattan offices of the United Nations,
405 East 42d Street, New York City, at 11 :30 a.m.
The United States share of the United Nations
operating expenses this year is 39.89 percent. The
1948 U.N. budget, as approved by the General
Assembly at its last regular session, totals $34,825,-
195, a small part of which was to be met by casual
income, and the balance of about $34,000,000 to be
defrayed by contributions from member nations
based on an ability-to-pay ratio determined by
prewar national income, per-capita income, and
the effects of the war on national productivity.
The contribution made by the United States last
year was also at the rate of 39.89 percent. In
accepting this rate for one more year, the U.S.
Delegation to the General Assembly reiterated the
United States conviction that in an organization
of sovereign equals no single member should in
normal times pay more than one third of the ad-
ministrative expenses.
115
The United States in the United Nations
Children's Fund
The Executive Committee of the U.N. Interna-
tional Children's Emergency Fund, which began
its session in Geneva on July 16, has reported a
plan to spend about $83,000,000 during 1949 in 12
European countries and Asia. The plan also calls
for an extension of limited Unicef aid to children
in Germany, as well as an anti-tuberculosis
campaign.
Nutrition Conference
The United States is one of the 14 countries rep-
resented at the Latin American Nutrition Confer-
ence convened on July 18 at Montevideo by the
U.N. Food and Agriculture Organization. This
conference is the result of a recommendation made
by the Fao conference which met in Geneva last
summer. The conference is currently engaged in
studying and making recommendations on the spe-
cific problems involved in raising the nutritional
stanclards of the Latin American countries.
Privileges and Immunities
Secretary of State Marshall told a July 21 press
conference that he did not think the security of
the United States was endangered by the presence
of aliens connected with the United Nations whose
ideologies and beliefs differ from those of the
United States.
Mr. Marshall's statement was made in response
to repoi'ters' questions about testimony given a
Senate Subcommittee by an officer of the State
Department's Visa Division regarding applica-
tion of U.S. immigTation laws to U.N. personnel.
Mr. Marshall recalled that U.N. Headquarters
had been established in the United States at the
invitation of the U.S. Government with the full
support of C(3ngress and the American people. It
is obvious, he said, that the U.N. could not operate
if its personnel were excluded from the United
States.
The Secretary said that existing laws and pro-
cedures provide adequate remedies in the event
that any individual connected with the U.N. were
found to be acting against the security of the
United States. No such case has been raised, he
added.
Charles M. Hidten, Deputy Assistant Secretary
of State for Administration, told the Senate Sub-
committee July 21 that the United Nations has
cooperated completely with the U.S. Government
in working out agreements and procedures de-
signed to reconcile U.N. privileges with U.S.
security.
116
Trusteeship
The Trusteeship Council completed on July 22
an extended discussion of the Australian report
on administration of the Trust Territory of New
Guinea and referred to a Drafting Committee the
formulation of the Council's critique of the report.
Other Drafting Committees are completing formu-
lations of the Council's reactions to the United
Kingdom report on Tanganyika and the Belgian
report on Ruanda-Urundi.
The Council was next to review information sup-
plied by the Union of South Africa on its admin-
istration of Southwest xVf rica, a League of Nations
Mandate which the Union has refused to place
under United Nations Trusteeship.
Freedom of Information
"For governments to arrogate unto themselves
the power to determine wliat is true and what false,
what is friendly and what unfriendly, would mark
the end of the i' ree press", says the concluding sen-
tence of a United States report to the U.N. on im-
plementation of the General Assembly's resolution
of November 15, 1947, regarding "false and dis-
torted reports".
Such reports were asked of all U.N. members by
Secretary-General Lie in accordance with the Gen-
eral Assembly's resolution of October 31, 1947,
which directed the Secretary-General to obtain
reports from members on implementation of the
Assembly's resolutions in the economic and social
field.
Asserting that the use of govei-nmental power
to combat, by censorship or suppression, reports
likely to injure friendly relations between states
would endanger freedom of information, the U.S.
report reasserts the position taken by the United
States at the Conference of Freedom of Informa-
tion held in Geneva in March and April 1948, i.e.,
that "the most effective means of combating the
diffusion of false or distorted reports is to assure
the availability of a multiplicity of unfettered
sources of news and infoi-mation."
The report suggests that ancilliary means of
combating distorted news should include : encour-
aging nonofficial organizations of news personnel
to develop higher standards, facilitating the train-
ing and exchange of journalists, developing the
intergovernmental right of official correction, and
establishing continuing United Nations machinery
to deal with information problems.
The report noted that the Department of State
had sent copies of the report of the U.S. Delega-
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
tion to the Geneva conference to some 1,800 per-
sons enjrajred in collection and dissemination of
information.
Economic and Social Council
At the conclusion of the first week of its Seventh
Session and its first to be held in Eurojie, the Eco-
nomic and Social Council established its plan of
work for dealinfj: witli the 51 items on its provi-
sional ajienda, determining those items wliich
sliould be dropped, tliose which should be referred
directly to the Plenai-y Session, and tliose wliich
sliould be the subject of prior Committee consider-
ation. Among the items deleted from considera-
tion at this session were those dealing with the
forced-labor question, an item proposed by the
American Federation of Labor, and an item deal-
ing with a series of charges against 11 countries
for infringing trade-union rights, proposed by the
AYorld Federation of Trade Unions. The U.S.
Representative opposed in principle re-deferring
tlie forced-labor item which had already been post-
poned from the Sixth Session of tlie Council, point-
ing out that Ecosoc could not avoid all political
debate.
Tiie Council also proceeded to set up three Com-
mittees of the Whole, an Economic Committee, a
Social Committee and a Human Rights Commit-
tee, and two 12-member committees, a Coordination
Committee and a Procedure and Organization
Committee, to deal with the agenda items not re-
ferred directly to the Plenary Session.
In the Economic Committee, the Council ap-
proved proposals for convoking a conference to
draft a new world convention on highway and
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
auto transport. In the Social Committee, during a
discussion of a draft protocol bringing under con-
trol narcotic drugs outside the scope of the 1931
narcotics convention, the U.S. Representative pre-
sented a formal declaration that the United States
at the time of accession to the i)rotocol will extend
tlie convention to all territories for whose foreign
relations the United States is responsible. The
U.S.S.R. Representative had objected that the pro-
jjosed protocol was only permissive in colonial
territories. On July ^.'J, the Council unanimously
ajiproved the decision of the World Health Assem-
bly that Geneva Ije made the permanent headquar-
ters of the World Health Organization, subject to
General Assembly ajiproval.
Health Assembly
Tlie World Health Assembly ended its first ses-
sion in Geneva on July 2-1 after drawing up a
program for creation of the first single world-wide
health body in history. The Assembly decided that
top priority should be given to programs in six
fields: malaria, tuberculosis, venereal disease, ma-
ternal and child health, nutrition, and environ-
mental hygiene, whicli includes I'ural hygiene,
housing, and sanitation. The Assembly also ap-
proved the establishment of an international in-
fluenza center and the carrying out of a world sur-
vey to discover ways of increasing the production
of penicillin and insulin. Dr. Brock Chisholm,
Executive Secretary of the Wiio Interim Commis-
sion, was elected first Director-General of the per-
manent organization and Geneva was chosen as
the permanent headquarters of the World Health
Organization.
July 25, J 948
117
Relationship of Economic Commission for Europe to
European Recovery Program
STATEMENT BY ASSISTANT SECRETARY THORP
U.S. Representative on Economic and Social Council
[Released to the press by the U.S. Mission to the U.N. July 2] g^ort Supply ; ill tlie examination of i)roblems re-
Mr. W. Averell Harriman, the U.S. Special
Representative with siDccial responsibilities for the
European Recovery Program, has recently been
named by President Truman as the U.S. Repre-
sentative to the Economic Commission for Europe.
Tlie assignment of this additional responsibility
to Mr. Harriman should not only help this Govern-
ment to coordinate its own programs of assistance
to Europe but also contribute to the eifective solu-
tion by the United Nations of the urgent economic
problems confronting the European countries.
The Economic Commission for Europe is a com-
mission of the Economic and Social Council of the
United Nations with headquarters in Geneva. It
was established in the spring of 1947, following a
field survey by the United Nations Temporary
Sub-Commission on the Economic Reconstruction
of Devastated Areas of which the United States
was a member.
The terms of reference of the Commission state,
among other things, that it is to —
"Initiate and participate in measures for facili-
tating concerted action for the economic recon-
struction of Europe, for raising the level of Euro-
pean economic activity, and for maintaining and
strengthening the economic relations of the Euro-
pean countries both among themselves and with
other countries of the world."
All the Eui-opcan members of the United Nations
and the United States are members of the Com-
mission. All other European countries, with the
exception of Spain have been invited to participate
in its work in a consultative capacity, and all the
countries of Europe, except Spain, have attended
one or more meetings of the Commission or its
Committees.
It is generally agreed that the Commission has
thus far made notable progi-ess in a number of
fields, in particular in recommending allocation of
coal in order to insure the equitable distribution
of one of the commodities most basic to European
recovery which until recently has been in critical
118
lating to the increased production of steel; in the
freeing-up and rationalization of the European
transport system ; and in the analysis of the nature
of the underlying problems of European recovery.
It has also done useful but not such outstanding
work in connection with the distribution of tim-
ber— an essential of the rebuilding programs of
the European countries — the development of elec-
tric power resources, the production of fertilizers,
and the examination of factors hindering the pro-
duction of various critical components of a wide
variety of industries.
This substantive work of the Economic Commis-
sion for Euroise is clearly directly related to the
EuroiJean Recovery Program and the objective of
the early re-establishment of a European economy
capable of assuring an adequate standard of living
without recourse to abnormal outside assistance.
This dii'ect relationship has been recognized from
the beginning by the countries participating in the
European Recovery Program. For example, those
countries, in the Paris report of last summer drawn
up in response to Mi". Marshall's Harvard address,
indicated their desire and intent to use the Com-
mission, where possible, as the forum for the con-
sideration of common economic problems and, in
particular, for the consideration of those problems
which were of mutual interest to eastern and
western Europe. This close relationship between
the EcE and the European Recovery Program
was also recognized by the Congress of the United
States. Accordingly, the Economic Cooperation
Act provided that the U.S. Special Representative
in Europe might also be designated as the U.S.
Representative on the Economic Commission for
Europe. In so designating Mr. Harriman, it is
our hope that the objective of economic recovery
in Europe can be more rapidly attained by full
utilization of the resources of the Commission and
that those problems which are of concern to all
European countries, and which all European coun-
tries are prepared to examine together, can be
solved through mutual cooperation within the
framework of the United Nations.
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENECS
Progress on International tVlaritime Safety Measures
by Lt. Lawrence D. Bradley, Jr.
Of singular interest to all those concerned with
the sea and with transportation by water should
be tlie recent Conference on Safety of Life at Sea,
held at London April-June 10, lO-iS. The meeting,
attended by delegations from 'M) nations, was out-
standing in the high degree of cordiality and co-
operative etlort demonstrated in arriving at the
most practicable solution of the various problems
on the agenda. Much was accomplished in a
comparatively short time, and a substantial
contribution was made to increased safety of ocean
transportation.
The Conference drew up a new convention on
safety of life at sea which is proposed to abrogate
and replace that of 1929. The proposed conven-
tion will require ratification or acceptance by the
United States in accordance with its constitutional
procedures and will come into effect on January 1,
1951, if by that time it has been ratified by 15
nations, seven of wliich nuist possess mercJiant
marines of over one million gross tons. The con-
vention is a short document setting forth the con-
tractual obligations of the signatory governments.
Appended thereto and forming an integral part
are the technical regulations having to do with
maritime safety.
Preparations by the United States for the recent
Conference were commenced at an early date. In
general, the 1929 convention served its purpose
well and had been accepted by a total of 43 nations.
Nevertheless, with the advances in nautical science
and improved techniques accelerated during
World War II, it seemed obvious that a conference
should be convoked as soon as possible after the
close of h.ostilities. Such a recommendation was
made to the Secretary of State in 1943 by a special
shipping committee organized by the Department
of State.
In accordance with a request of the Secretary
of State, the Commandant of the United States
Coast (juard undertook to coordinate the work
of drawing up a set of proposals for the revision
of the 1929 convention. To develop the proposals
the Commandant organized early in 1945 a num-
ber of committees upon which served 235 repre-
sentatives of interested Government agencies and
of all branches of the maritime industry.
While the work relating directly to maritime-
safety measures was progressing, steps toward the
eventual establislmient of the Intergovernmental
July 25, J 948
Maritime Consultative Organization were taking
place. The proposals put forward by the United
States Delegation at the London conference were
in accord with and fully took into consideration
the parallel development of the maritime organi-
zation which was agreed upon at the conference
held in Geneva in February and March of this
year under the auspices of the United Nations.
A delegation of 35 persons was appointed to
represent the United States at the London con-
ference. It was headed by Admiral Joseph F.
Farley. Commandant, United States Coast Guard,
while Jesse E. Saugstad, Chief, Shipping Divi-
sion, Department of State, served as Vice Chair-
man. The Delegation was made up of represen-
tatives of the Department of State, Coast Guard,
Navy, Maritime Commission, Federal Communi-
cations Commission, Weather Bureau, National
Federation of American Shipping, Shipbuilder's
Council of America, American Bureau of Ship-
ping, Society of Naval Architects and Marine En-
gineers, American Federation of Labor, and Con-
gress of Industrial Organizations.
Delegations from 30 countries attended the Con-
ference, namely, Argentina, Australia, Belgium,
Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Denmark, Egypt,
Finland, France, Greece, Iceland, India, Ireland,
Italy, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Paki-
stan, Panama, Republic of the Philippines, Po-
land, Portugal, Sweden, Union of South Africa,
United Kingdom, Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics, United States, and Yugoslavia. In ad-
dition, observers were present from Ceylon, Mex-
ico, Rumania, Turkey, and from the following in-
ternational organizations : International Civil
Aviation Organization, International Hydro-
graphic Bureau, International Labor Office, In-
ternational Meteorological Office, International
Telecommunication Union, the United Nations,
and the World Health Organization.
At the first plenary session on April 23, the
Right Honorable Sir John Anderson, United
Kingdom, and Admiral Joseph F. Farley, United
States, were elected Chairman and Vice Chairman
of the Conference, respectively.
In view of the extensive field to be covered in
the deliberations of the Conference, it was agreed
to apportion the work by setting up a number
of committees. Following the precedent of the
1929 conference, committees were established to
119
ACTIVITI£5 AND DBVELOPMENTS
deal with tlie five main divisions into vphich the
subject matter to be considered conveniently segi-e-
gated itself, namely, construction, lifesaving ap-
pliances, radio, safety of navigation, and general
provisions.
The deliberations of the committees extended
over a six-week period, after which each committee
submitted to the Conference its report and recom-
mendations for modifications and additions to the
1929 convention. As approved by the Conference
the changes provide generally for an improved de-
gi'ee of safety for passenger vessels and a consider-
able extension of safety provisions to cargo vessels.
With respect to passenger vessels, provision is
made for improved subdivision requirements by
taking into account the stability of the vessel in
an assumed condition of damage. Alternative
methods are provided for increased protection of
vessels in case of fire. Special provisions are made
to cover the more important electrical installations
on board passenger vessels.
The provisions for lifesaving appliances, which
include lifeboats, life rafts, life buoys, and the like,
have been modernized and improved and have been
extended to cargo vessels as well as to passenger
vessels. An improved line-throwing device is pro-
vided for, and regular boat and fire drills are
required.
In the field of radio the provisions of the 1929
convention that all passenger and cargo vessels
of over 1,600 gross tons shall, with some minor
exceptions, be equipped with radiotelegraphy are
continued. In addition cargo vessels between 500
gross tons and 1,600 gross tons nuist be equipped
either with racliotelegraph or radiotelephone.
The technical requirements for the auto alarm
have been improved. Radio direction finders are
made mandatory within a specified period upon all
passenger vessels and upon cargo vessels of over
1,600 gross tons. Provision has also been made
for a continuing study of radionic navigation
equipment and aids to navigation with the view
to standardization and, when practicable, for in-
ternational adoption.
General principles for the international regu-
lation of especially dangerous cargoes have been
adopted, and means have been provided for future
study of this important subject, the need for which
was brought out sharply by the Texas City dis-
aster. Necessary principles for the safe carriage
of gTain are laid down.
Those provisions contributing to the general
safety of navigation, such as danger messages,
warning ships of storms and of dangers to navi-
gation, supplying meteorological information
to improve weather forecasts, misuse of distress
signals, and procedures to be followed in case of
a vessel in distress, were I'eviewed and bi'ought up
to date or otherwise improved. The obligation
on the master of a vessel to proceed to the assist-
120
ance of a vessel in distress has been extended to
require him to go to the rescue of disabled air-
craft and survival craft as well.
Provision for the maintenance of the inter-
national ice patrol has been continued, but ar-
rangement has been made for the redistribution
among contributing nations of the cost of this
service so that it will bear a reasonable relation
to the benefits derived therefrom by the respective
nations.
The final act accompanying the convention
makes numerous recommendations, among which
is the adoption by nations of modified regulations
for the prevention of collisions at sea or, as they
are generally called, the rules of the road. The
present rules have been in effect, with few modifi-
cations, since 1889, and various attempts have been
made to secure their improvement. The proposals
attached to the final act will substantially meet
this need.
The Conference considered the unprecedented
advancements in the field of electronic navigation
aids, such as radar and position-fixing systems,
which were developed for war purposes and are
now available for use in merchant ships. Wliile
recognizing that the recent advance in this field
is of great service to shipping, it was agreed that
currently it is inopportune to require that ships
be provided with such apparatus. However, the
Conference did make a recommendation adopting
the specifications for certain characteristics of
radar agreed ujion at the International Meeting on
Marine Radio Aids to Navigation at New York
City and New London, Connecticut, in 1947 and
urging governments to encourage the development,
manufacture, and installation of radar aboard
their national vessels.
At the final plenary session on the evening of
June 10, all delegations present at the Conference
signed the convention and final act with the ex-
ception of Panama, the Soviet Union, and Yugo-
slavia. The Soviet and Yugoslav Delegations
announced that they were unable to sign the pro-
posed convention as drafted l>y the Conference
without further advice from their respective Gov-
ernments. In order not to deprive those delega-
tions which had iiarticipated and contributed to
the work of the Conference of an opportunity of
being included among the original signatories, it
was voted that the convention should remain open
for signature for a period of one month.
Wliile it is premature to set forth the effect of
the Conference decisions on United States mari-
time interests in matters of merchant-vessel con-
struction and equipment. United States vessels will
be virtually unaffected by the regulations drawn
up at the Conference. As particularly high stand-
ards are already established for its national vessels
under United States law and practices, the in-
stances in which the proposed regulations will
make for increased safety on United States mer-
Departmenf of State Bulletin
^ chant vessels are oomparatively few. Several
features of lifeboat and lifesaving appliances have
been improved upon, and certain classes of vessels
heretofore not included domestically will be re-
quired to be equipped with radio direction finders
and radio telephones.
On ilie oilier liand, prevailingr standards for the
construction anil eipiipment of foreijin vessels will
be appreciably raisetl by tlie proposed regidations.
: Thus, on the coming into t\)rce of the convention
and regidations. United States citizens traveling
on foreign vessels will be insured of increased
siHurily.
In several directions improvements have been
made in tiie regulations relating to general navi-
giition facilities and procedures which will en-
hance the operation safety of United States vessels.
Provisions are made looking toward improved
ship-to-ship rescue procedure, lifesaving signals,
meteorological services, aids to navigation, search
and rescue facilities, and regulations for the pre-
vention of collisions at sea.
The London conference is probably the last of
tlie so-called ad hoe diplomatic conferences deal-
ing with maritime safety. Conferences such as
those which were held in 1889, 1914, 1929, and
19-18 will no longer be needed with the coming
Acnv/ncs aho developments
into being of the Intergovernmental Maritime
Consultative Or":anization as a specialized agency
of the United Nations, proposed at Geneva in
February and March 19-18. When formed that
Organization will provide the machinery for deal-
ing with jn-oposed amendments to the maritime-
safety convention and regulations. It will enable
the early circulation of proposals and the con-
sideration thereof by the assembly of the Organi-
zation at its regnlar biennial meetings. As all
members of the Organization have representation
on the assembly, consideration equivalent to that
of the ad hoc conferences can be given the pro-
posals with the same authority to recommend to
governments changes in the maritime-safety code.
In addition it is contemplated that the Organiza-
tion shall become the repository or central secre-
tariat of safetj'-at-sea affairs. In providing for
the transfer to the Organization of such functions
and responsibilities, the proposed convention
opens the way to more logical, consistent, and
thorough treatment of international maritime-
safety matters in the future. It should have the
effect not only of narrowing differences between
United States standards and those of foreign-
flag vessels but perhaps of advancing the mini-
mum standards of all shipping.
U.S. DELEGATIONS TO INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCES
Poliomyelitis
The Department of State annonnced on July 12
the composition of the United States Delegation to
the First International Poliomyelitis Conference.
This Conference, which is being held under the
auspices of the National Foundation for Infantile
Paralvsis. is scheduled to convene at New York,
N. Y.,' July 12-17, 1948. The United States Dele-
gation is as follows :
Chairman
Dr. Rolla E. Dyer, Assistant Surgeon General, United
States Public Health Service ; Director, National In-
stitute of Health, Bethesda, Maryland
Delegates
Dr. Thomas M. Anderson, Assistant to the Chief, Ortho-
pedic Surgery, Department of Medicine and Surgery,
Veterans Administration
Dr. Pearce Bailey, Assistant Chief, Neuropsychiatry Di-
vision. Department of Medicine and Surgery, Vet-
erans Administration
Miss Harriett M. Bartlett, Director, Medical Social Work,
School of Social Work, Simmons College, Boston
Dr. Rob(-rt W. Boyle, Chief Medical Officer, Veterans Ad-
ministration Hospital, Fort Thomas, Kentucky
Dr. George K. Callender, Chief, Laboratory Section, De-
1 partment of Medicine and Surgery, Veterans Admin-
istration
Dr. Carl C. Dauer, epidemiologist. District of Columbia
Health Department
July 25, 7948
Rear Adm. Arthur H. Dearing, District Medical Officer,
Third Naval District, United States Navy
JIaj. Louis C. Kossuth. Chief. Preventive Medicine
Branch, Department of the Air Force
Col. Don Longfellow, Chief, Preventive Medicine Division,
Office of the Surgeon General, Deijartmeut of the
Army
Dr. .John R. Paid, professor of preventive medicine, Yale
University, New Haven
Dr. Harold A. Sofield, Chief Surgeon General, Shriners'
Hospital for Crippled Children, Chicago
Dr. Samuel M. Wisliik, Chief, Program Planning Section,
Health Services Division, Children's Bureau, Social
Security Administration
The National Foundation for Infantile Paraly-
sis is sponsoring the Conference in celebration of
its tenth anniversary. The purpose of the Confer-
ence is to coordinate and evaluate the progress that
medical science has made in the last decade in the
study of poliomyelitis. It will be the first time
that information on this disease, its treatment, and
the research being done in the field will be ex-
changed internationally on such an extensive basis.
The program for the Conference will include the
presentation of scientific papers and scientific and
technical exhibits showing the progress in research
and treatment of poliomyelitis.
Invitations to attend the Conference have been
transmitted to more than 60 countries. A delegate
from each of the countries represented will present
a summary of the j^oliomyelitis problem in his
country.
121
ACTIVITIES AND DBVBLOPMBNTS
ECOSOC
The Dqjartment of State announced on July 12
the composition of the United States Delegation to
the seventh session of the United Nations Eco-
nomic and Social Council, convening in Geneva
July 19, 1948, for approximately five weeks. The
United States Delegation is as follows :
U.S. Representative
Willard L. Thorp, Assistant Secretary of State for eco-
nomic affairs
Deputii U.S. Representatives
Leroy D. Stinebower, Special Assistant to the Assistant
Secretary of State for economic affairs
Walter M. Kotschnig, Chief, Division of United Nations
Economic and Social Affairs, Department of State
Advisers
Kathleen Bell, Division of United Nations Economic and
Social Affairs, Department of State
Philip Burnett, Division of United Nations Economic and
Social Affairs, Department of State
William F. Busser, Second Secretary of Legation, Vienna
Joseph D. Coppock, Adviser, Office of International Trade
Policy, Department of State
L. Randolph Hisgs, Counselor of Legation, Bern
Louis K. Hyde, Jr., Adviser on Economic and Social
Council Affairs, U.S. Mission to the United Nations,
New York
Frances K. Kernohan, Division of International Labor,
Social and Health Affairs, Department of State
Lewis L. Lorwin, Economic Adviser, Office of Inter-
national Trade, Department of Commerce
Frieda S. Miller, Director, Women's Bureau, Department
of Labor
Herzel H. E. Plaine, Office of the Assistant Solicitor
General
Paul R. Porter, Alternate U.S. Representative, Economic
Commission for Europe, Geneva
Harry N. Rosenfleld, Assistant to the Administrator,
Federal Security Agency
Psychology
The Department of State announced on July 14
the composition of the United States Delegation
to the Twelfth International Congress of Psychol-
ogy scheduled to be held at Edinburgh July 23-29,
1948. The United States Delegation is as follows :
Chairman
Leonard Carmichael, President, Tufts College, Medford,
Mass.
Delegates
Joseph M. Bobhitt, Chief Psychologist, Office of Program
Planning, Mental Hygiene Division, Federal Security
Agency
A. Hadley Cantril, professor of psychology, Princeton
University, Princeton, N. J.
Herbert S. Langfeld, Stuart professor of psychology,
emeritus, Princeton University, Princeton, N. J.
Louis L. Thurstone, Charles F. Grey distinguished service
professor of psychology, University of Chicago, Chi-
cago, 111.
Morris S. Vlteles, professor of psychology. University of
Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa.
A program of symposia, lectures, discussions,
122
and presentatioii of papers has been arranged.
The papers to be presented will be concerned with
the following subjects: cerebral function, sensa-
tion and perception, learning, child psychology,
thought processes and language, mental testing
and statistics, personality, social psychology, in-
dustrial psychology, and clinical psychology.
Rehabilitation of Cripples
The Department of State announced on July 15
the composition of the United States Delegation
to the First Inter-American Conference for the
Rehabilitation of Cripples scheduled to be held at
Mexico City, July 18-24, 1948. The United States
Delegation is as follows:
Chairman
Mr. Michael J. Shortley, Director, Office of Vocational
Reh.'ibilitation, Federal Security Agency
Vice Chairman
Col. Harold B. Luscombe, M C, U.S.A., Chief, Physical
Medicine Service, William Beaumont General Hos-
pital, El Paso, Tex.
Delegates
Mr. Joseph J. Brown, State Director of Vocational Reha-
bilitation, Austin, Tex.
Comdr. Thomas John Canty, M.C., U.S.N., United States
Naval Hospital, Mare Island, Vallejo, Calif.
Dr. Francis J. Cummings, President, American Associa-
tion of Workers for the Blind, Wilmington, Del.
Dr. Edwin F. Daily, Director, Division of Health Services,
Children's Bureau, Social Security Administration,
Federal Security Agency
Dr. Merle E. Frampton, Vice Chairman of the President's
Committee on National Employ the Physically Handi-
capped Week, Office of the Secretary of Labor
Dr. Henry H. Kessler, President, National Council on Re-
habilitation, New York, N. Y.
Dr. Riimaine Mackie, Specialist, Schools for Physically
Handicapped, Division of Elementary Education,
Federal Security Agency
Lt. Col. Ben.iamin A. Strickland, Jr., M.C., U.S.A., Chief,
Physical Medicine Consultants Division, Office of the
Surgeon General
The conference is being organized by the Inter-
national Society for the Welfare of Cripples and
will be held under the sponsorship of the Depart-
ment of Health and Welfare of the Government
of Mexico.
The purposes of the conference are: (1) to be-
come acquainted with the condition of cripples and
existing means for their rehabilitation in each of
the countries of this continent; and (2) to or-
ganize a commission, on which all countries will
be represented, for the purpose of fornudating a
five-year program to initiate or further the work
of rehabilitation in each country. The subjects
to be discussed at the conference will include such
aspects of the problem of rehabilitation of cripples
as (1) legislation; (2) means of securing the in-
terest and help of the ptiblic; (3) adoption of a
minimum five-year program as a guide for
Department of State Bulletin i\
> tlie countries of tliis continent; (4) special
orfr;>niz;i(i()n of services and scientific discussions
concerning medical care; and (5) education, pre-
vocational training, and employment of cripples.
PUBLICATIONS
"The International Control of Atomic Energy:
Policy at the Crossroads" Released
[Released to the press July 18]
Tlie Department of State released on July 18 a
document summarizing the efforts made during
the past two years by this Government and other
governments to obtain the adoption of an effective
system for the international control of atomic
energy. This publication is entitled Policy at the
Crossroads (publication 31G1) and was prepared
in the Office of Public Affairs. Its purpose and
scope are indicated in a foreword by the Secre-
tary of State :
"The Department of State, in keeping with the
objective that a democratic foreign policy should
reh' on an informed citizenry, presents in this
volume the record of United States participation
in the United Nations Atomic Energy Commis-
sion since October 1946. Together with the
previous volume, entitled Growth of a Policy
[publication 2702], it constitutes a full record of
this Government's efforts in this field since the
advent of atomic energj'."
Policy at the Crossroads opens with a section
entitled "Tlie National Setting" which emphasizes
the peaceful applications of atomic energy
achieved by the United States Atomic Energy
Commission and connects the broad aspects of sci-
entific research, public understanding, and na-
tional security with the international control prob-
lem. A narrative record of the work in the Unaec
follows. The issues and discussions that found ex-
pression in the Commission's first two reports to
the Security Council are documented in detail.
A section analyzing the six major issues which
separate majority and minority members of the
Commission precedes an account of the continuing
controversies that led to the submission of the
Third Report and to the recommendation that the
work of the Commission be suspended.
The title Policy at the Crossroads expresses con-
cisely the world's position at the end of nearly
three years of international negotiation. The
hopeful sequence of action which began with Presi-
dent Truman's message to Congi-ess on atomic
energy in 1945 has come to an impasse. As shown
by the record, this impasse is the result of the
Soviet Union's unwillingness or inability to co-
operate on an effective plan of control. An im-
Jo/y 25, 7 948
THE DIP ARJMBNJ
portant section of the present document is entitled
"The Deadlocked Committees". It gives in detail
some of the Soviet Union's obstructive tactics in
the Un.\ec and notes the specific failures of the
Soviets to recognize the special nature of the threat
which the uncontrolled production of nuclear fuel
would have for modern world society.
This publication highlights the conclusion
reached in the Unaec's Third Report, that agree-
ment on effective measures for the control of atomic
energy is dependent on cooperation in the broader
fields of policy. Both the Soviet case and the con-
crete achievement of the majority members of the
Commission are presented fully, however, and the
account closes with a statement by the United
States Deputy Representative to the Commission,
Frederick H. Osborn, ". . . we have not come to
the end of the road on the control of atomic energy.
Rather we have blazed a trail which leads to a
known destination and our problem now is to get
the Soviet Union to follow that trail along with
the rest of us."
The policy of the United States has been that of
full cooperation with the other members of the
Commission. The will to cooperation expressed in
the original proposals to the Commission made by
this Government in June 1946 is still vigorous and
still its declared policy. Secretary Marshall has
emphasized in his foreword : "The international
control of atomic energy remains a paramount
problem of humanity. The United States will con-
tinue in its efforts to reach a solution of that prob-
lem."
One of the important conclusions advanced in
Policy at the Crossroads concerns public under-
standing of the atomic energy issues. It is sug-
gested :
"That the people of the United States as a
whole — and not merely those with a special or
professional interest in the subject — must concern
themselves with acquiring an adequate under-
standing of the essential facts about atomic energy
and of the proposed international control measures
on which their future security may depend. The
same obligation falls upon the peoples of other
nations."
The pamphlet will be sold by the Superintendent
of Documents, Government Printing Office, Wash-
ington 25, D.C., for 45 cents a copy with a 25-per-
cent discount to purchasers of 100 copies or more.
THE FOREIGN SERVICE
Consular Offices
The consular section of the mission at Tel Aviv, Israel,
was opened for limited consular business including citizen-
ship, welfare, whereabouts, and shipping services, effec-
tive July l.'i, 1946.
The office at Alexandria, Egypt, was raised to the rank
of Consulate General, effective June 1, 1948.
123
The United Nations and Specialized Page
Agencies
Appeals by U.N. Mediator for Peaceful Set-
tlement of Palestine Situation:
Cablegraua From Mediator to Secretary-
General 105
Text of Suggestions Presented by Mediator 105
Reply From Provisional Government of
Israel .' . 107
Cablegram From Mediator to Secretary-
General on Prolongation of Truce . . 108
Security Council Resolution of July 7 . . 108
Reply of Provisional Government of Israel
Accepting 30-Day Truce 109
Reply From Arab Governments Rejecting
30- Day Truce 110
Statement of Mediator to Secretary-
General Ill
Mediator Calls for 10-Day Cease-Fire
Truce 112
Provisional Government of Israel Accepts
10- Day Truce 112
Conclusion From Mediator's Report to
Security Council 112
Provisional Government of Israel Notes
Expiration of Truce Agreement ... 113
U.S. Urges Security Council Action for Pro-
longation of Truce:
Remarks by Philip C. Jessup 114
Text of Security Council Resolution ... 114
U.S. Contribution to U.N. for 1948 .... 115
The United States in the United Nations . . 116
U.S. Delegations to International Confer-
ences. Ecosoc 122
Foreign Aid and Reconstruction Page
The 1947 Foreign Relief Program. An
Article 95
Erp Agreements Concluded With Fourteen
Countries 104
Most-Favored-Nation Treatment for Areas
Under Military Occupation With Re-
spect to Turkey 104
Relationship of Economic Commission for
Europe to European Recovery Program.
Statement by Assistant Secretary Thorp 118
Economic Affairs
Progress on International Maritime Safety
Measures. Article by Lt. Lawrence D.
Bradley, Jr 119
U.S. Delegations to International Conferences:
Poliomyelitis 121
Ecosoc 122
Psychology 122
Rehabilitation of Cripples 122
Tlie Foreign Service
Consulate General at Jerusalem To Be
Guarded by Marine Detachment ... 115
Consular Offices 123
Publications
"The International Control of Atomic En-
ergy: Policy at the Crossroads" Released. 123
Lt. Lawrence D. BnuUeit, Jr., United States Coast Guard, author of
the article on the Safety of Life at Sea Conference, served as technical
secretary of the U.S. Delegation to the Conference.
U, S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1948
I
^/i€/ z/)eh<z'iit'ment .(w tjiate/
U.S.-YUGOSLAV CLAIMS SETTLEMENTS • Texts of
Agreements ••••••••••••••• 137
THIRD CURRENCY REFORM LAW IN GERMANY . 141
For complete contents see back cover
Vol. XIX, No. 474
August 1, 1948
AUG 21 ^9*8
'e/ia/iti^ent jOi
o/9L(e bullGtin
Vol. XIX, No. 474 • Publication 3224
August 1, 1948
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing OfHce
Washington 25, D.O.
Subscription:
62 issues, J5; single copy, 16 cents
Published with the approval of the
Director of the Bureau of the Budget
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
or State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a tceekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
U.S. Report to U.N. on False and Distorted Reports
[Released to the press by the U.S. Mission to the D.N. July 19]
On May 1" the Secretary-General of the United
Nations, acting in accordance with the General
As^icnibly's resolution 119 (II) of October 31. 1947,
regar(lin<^ inipleinentation of reconnnendations on
economic and social matters, asked the Representa-
tive of the United States at the seat of the United
Nations for the observations of the United States
Government on implementation of the General
Assembly's resolution 127 (II) of November 15,
1947, regarding false or distorted reports.
Following is the text of the United States re fly :
Resolution No. 127 (II) , adopted by the General
Assembly on November 1.5, 1947, invites the Gov-
ernments of States Members "to study such meas-
ures as might with advantage be taken on the na-
tional plane to combat, within the limits of consti-
tutional procedures, the diffusion of false or dis-
torted reports likely to injure friendly relations
between States".
The position of the United States with respect to
such measures was outlined in a statement filed at
the United Nations Conference on Freedom of
Information (E/Conf 6/6 Add 6), which reads in
part as follows:
"It is the view of the Government of the United
States that the most effective means of combatting
the diffusion of false or distorted reports is to as-
sure the availabilitj- of a multiplicity of unfettered
sources of news and information to the various
peoples of the world. It is the fundamental belief
of the Government of the United States that, pro-
vided they have access to sufficient information
from diverse sources, the peoples of a democracy
are comjietent to distinguish the true from the
false and the wise from the stupid, and on the basis
of their judgments to form their own opinions and
make their own decisions.
"Conversely, it is the view of the Government of
the United States, that the greatest danger from
false or distorted reports arises from monopolies
of information, and particularly those of a govern-
mental character. The American people have ob-
served that monopolies of information tend to be-
come monopolies of misinformation and that State
control of the flow of information is inevitably
utilized as a propaganda mechanism to further the
political aims, both domestic and international, of
Augosf 7, 1948
the existing government. This may lead — and fre-
quently has led — to the deliberate falsification or
distortion of reports concerning other States with-
out possibility of counteraction."
This Government is vigilantly aware of the
danger of monopoly in the communications field.
No government monopoly of any character over
the flow of news or information exists in the
United States. In addition, this Government has
a long-established policy of combatting private
monopoly, as evidenced by its anti-trust laws and
such special statutes as the Federal Communica-
tions Act.
There are in the United States today more than
1,700 daily newspapers. Of these, about 83 per
cent are locally owned and only about 13 per cent
absentee owned. In other words, approximately
four out of every five dailies are individual, in-
dependent units. Only slightly more than one out
of five is linked with a chain, and the largest chain
in the United States consists of less than twenty
dailies. There are, in addition, almo-st 10,000
weekly newspapers. The overwhelming majority
of these are individual units, locally owned. Each
of these papers — both weeklies and dailies — has its
own editors, free to report world news and to com-
ment on it as they like.
Scores of magazines and periodicals are pub-
lished in the United States, many of which contain
news and information concerning international
affairs.
In the field of radio there are almost 1700 AM
stations broadcasting at the present time, together
with more than 500 FM stations, and some 27 tele-
vision stations. Almost without exception, con-
siderable attention is given by all of these to the
dissemination of news and information concerning
public affairs.
These news media — newspapers, periodicals and
broadcasting stations — are .served by three na-
tional wire services with world-wide coverage. In
addition, many newspapers, periodicals and radio
networks maintain extensive, supplementary for-
eign coverage through correspondents of their
own.
Through this extensive network for the collec-
tion and dissemination of news and information,
the multiplicity of sources of news and informa-
tion available to the people of the United States is
unsurpassed in any other country of the world.
127
TH£ UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
The probability that false or distorted reports will
be corrected by true reports is correspondingly
gi'eat.
As stated to the Conference on Freedom of In-
formation, it is thus the view of this Government
that, "the major means for combatting false or dis-
torted reports is to implement freedom of informa-
tion by reducing barriers and promoting the flow
of information available to the various peoples of
the world from a multiplicity of news sources by
breaking up existing monopolies of information
and striking off existing fetters of State control".
Compared with the efHcacy of diverse sources of
information in offsetting false or distorted reports,
other measures for correcting whatever abuses
may now exist are viewed as secondary and must
be such as not to destroy or restrict freedom of in-
formation itself.
In the view of this Government, such ancillary
means might include the following :
1. The idea of the moral responsibility of infor-
mation agencies should be implemented through
encouraging non-official organizations of news and
information personnel dedicated to the develop-
ment of high standards of ]n-ofessional conduct.
In this connection the United States Delegation
to the Conference on Freedom of Information sup-
ported the inclusion of the following provisions in
a resolution introduced by it (Kesolution No. 1
of the Final Act of the Conference) :
"5. That it is the moral obligation of the press
and other agencies of information to seek the truth
and report the facts, thereby contributing to the
solution of the world's problems through the free
interchange of information bearing on them, pro-
moting respect for human rights and fundamental
freedoms without discrimination, foste'ring under-
standing and cooperation between peoples, and
helping maintain international peace and security ;
"6. That this moral obligation, under the spur
of public opinion, can be advanced through or-
ganizations and associations of journalists and
through individual news personnel;
"7. That encouragement should be given to the
establishment and to the functioning within the
territory of a State of one or more non-oilicial
organizations of persons employed in the collec-
tion and dissemination of information to the pub-
lic, and that such organization or organizations
should encourage the fulfillment infer alia of the
following obligations by all individuals or organi-
zations engaged in the collection and dissemina-
tion of information ;
"(a) To report facts without prejudice and in
their proper context and to make comments with-
out malicious intent;
"(&) To facilitate the solution of the economic,
social and humanitarian problems of the world
as a whole through the free interchange of infor-
mation bearing on such problems ;
128
"(e) To helji promote respect for human rights
and fundamental freedoms without discrimina-
tion ;
"(d) To help maintain international peace and
security ;
"(f) To counteract the spreading of intention-
ally false or distorted reports which promote
hatred or prejudice against States, persons or
groups of different race, language, religion or
philosophical conviction ;"
2. Secondly, the training and exchange of
journalists should be facilitated and in such man-
ner as to inculcate higher standards of competence
and integrity.
The United States has developed extensive
facilities for the training of journalists. More
than seventy schools of journalism are now in
operation, virtually all of them affiliated with col-
leges or universities. In recent years, increasing
attention has been paid to opportunity for ad-
vanced study on the part of practicing journal-
ists. Outstanding in this field are fellowships
granted annually by the Nieman Foundation, con-
nected with Harvard University, and the Ameri-
can Press Institute, connected with Columbia
University.
The United States Delegation supported Eesolu-
tion No. 35 adopted by the Conference on Freedom
of Information, making recommendations regard-
ing the training of journalists.
The United States, both through the Depart-
ment of State, UNESCO and private endeavor, has
also consistently supported the principle of the
exchange of persons between countries, including
journalists and other information personnel. It
is the hope of this Government that this type of
exchange can be substantially increased as time
goes on.
3. The creation of private organizations of citi-
zens dedicated to the purpose of increasing inter-
national understanding through greater know-
ledge of other countries and peoples and of the
purposes and activities of the United Nations
should be encouraged.
In accordance with this policy the United States
Delegation to the Conference on Freedom of In-
formation supported the recommendation con-
tained in Resolution No. 3, "that appropriate
national bodies should supplement the work of
information agencies and associations of journal-
ists and of others engaged in the collection, publi-
cation and dissemination of news, in ensuring the
impartial jiresentation of news and opinion . . .''.
Thousands of private organizations in the
United States concern themselves with interna-
tional affairs. Every effort is made by this Gov-
ernment to facilitate their educational work.
The Department of State maintains regular and
continuous liaison with more than 450 national
organizations alone. These are of all types and in
total represent some 60 million members. The
DepartmBnf of State Bulletin
Department of State during; the past year has re-
ceived ami answered nearly one-half million let-
ters, telegrams, and post cards. During the last
four years more than seven million copies of some
five iuindred different publications covering all
phases of American foreign policy have been pub-
lished and distributed by the Department. Ap-
proximately 150 meetings attended by representa-
tives of national organizations have been held
during this same four-year period to provide back-
ground information and discussion of interna-
tional matters. In these ways the Government of
the United States assists private organizations to
provide a flow of information to the general public
which supplements that disseminated by the press
and other organs of information.
•i. The development on the inter-governmental
plane of the right of oflicial correction jirovides a
fourth means of offsetting false or distorted re-
ports.
The Draft Convention on the Gathering and In-
ternational Transmission of News submitted to
the Conference on Freedom of Information by the
United States Delegation contained a provision for
an international right of official correction. This
applied to cases where a State felt that a report
likely to injure its relations with other States sent
out by a foreign correspondent was false or dis-
torted. The complaining government could in
such cases send its own version of the facts to the
State in which the report had been published.
The latter would then be obliged to make this ver-
sion available to the information agencies which
supply news to its public.
This provision in somewhat expanded form was
adopted by the Conference in a separate Draft
Convention Concerning the Institution of an In-
ternational Right of Correction, originally sub-
mitted by the French Delegation. No power to
compel publication is contemplated. It need
hardly be pointed out, however, that American
newspapers follow the general practice of publish-
ing corrections and denials.
5. A fifth means is the establishment of continu-
ing United Nations machinery which would in-
clude in its terms of reference continuing investi-
gation of obstacles to the free flow of information
and continuing study and reporting on the per-
sistent dissemination of false or intentionally dis-
torted reports contrary to the principles of the
Charter of the United Nations.
The United States Delegation to the Conference
on Freedom of Information sponsored Resolution
No. 30 which requested the Economic and Social
Council to continue the Subcommission on Free-
dom of Information and of the Press with power
to study and report to the Economic and Social
Council on "the persistent dissemination of infor-
mation which is false, distoi'ted or otherwise in-
jurious to the principles of the Charter of tlie
United Nations . . ."
August I, 7948
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
6. In a desire to implement the General As-
sembly resolution concerning false or distorted re-
ports and the corresponding resolutions adopted
by the Conference on Freedom of Information
(Resolutions No. 2 and 3), the Department of
State during the first part of June, 1948, trans-
mitted to some 1800 persons engaged in the col-
lection and dissemination of news and infoi'mation
copies of the attached Report ^ of the United States
Delegates to the United Nations Conference on
Freedom of Information. In an accompanying
letter of transmittal, the Assistant Secretary of
State for Public Affaii-s, specifically called the at-
tention of news and information personnel to these
resolutions, which were reproduced in the report.
This step was taken in the belief that the moral
obligation of the press and other agencies of in-
formation to seek the truth and report the facts
can best be advanced by journalists and other in-
formation personnel themselves.
In this connection the Government of the United
States endorses the action of the Conference on
Freedom of Information (Resolution No. 2) in
appealing "vigorously to the personnel of the
press and other agencies of information of all the
countries of the world, and to those responsible
for their activities, to serve the aims of friendship,
understanding and peace by accomplishing their
task in a spirit of accuracy, fairness and respon-
sibility;"
In the view of this Government, a free people
cannot go beyond such measures as those described
above without destroying the most fundamental
of all their freedoms, freedom of information. The
use of governmental power to combat false or dis-
torted reporting likely to injure friendly relations
between States through censorship or suppression
would constitute a dangerous infringement of
freedom of information. For governments to ar-
rogate unto themselves the power to determine
what is true and what false, what is friendly and
what unfriendly, would mark the end of the free
press.
THE FOREIGN SERVICE
Consular Offices
An American Consular Agenc.v was established at Port
Linion, Costa Rica, on July 19, 19-18.
Tlie American Consulate at Dar-es-Salaam, Tansanyika,
was opened to the public on .July 12, 1948. The consular
district for Dares-Salaam will comprise the trusteeship
territory of Tanganyil<a and the Protectorate of Zanzibar
(including; I'(>niha).
Henry F. Grady To Assume Duties in Greece
After two weeks of consultation in Washington,
Henry F. Grady will depart by air on July 18 to
assume the duties of his new post as Ambassador
to Greece.
' Not here printed.
129
Cease-Fire Orders for July 18 ^
CABLEGRAM TO THE ARAB STATES AND TO THE PROVISIONAL GOVERNMENT OF ISRAEL
CONCERNING THE SECURITY COUNCIL RESOLUTION OF 15 JULY AND THEIR REPLIES
1. Cablegram Dated 16 July From the
United Nations Mediator
Paragraph 3 of the resolution on the cease-fire
and truce in Palestine adopted by the Security
Council on 15 July at its three hundred and thirty-
eighth meeting provides that the cease-fire is "to
take effect at a time to be determined by the Media-
tor, but in any event not later than three days
from the date of the adoption of this resolution".
In pursuance of this provision of the resolution
and following consultations at Lake Success, I
wish to notify you that the date and hour on which
the cease-fire is to be effective is 3.00 p.m., G.M.T.,
Sunday, 18 July 1948. In order that each party
may be informed of the intentions of the other,
will you be so kind as to confirm to me this is-
suance of the cease-fire orders in accordance with
the decision above noted at my Rhodes headquar-
ters at the earliest possible moment.
Paragraph 8 of the resolution "instructs the
Mediator to supervise the observance of the truce".
In order that there shall be no misunderstanding
regarding the discharge of my responsibilities in
the supervision of the truce, I take this oppor-
tunity to inform you that, although I will do my
utmost to establish and put into operation a sys-
tem of observers as quickly as possible, I cannot
ensure that the functioning of this system, in view
of the short time available, will coincide with the
effective date of the truce. It is my earnest hope
that both parties will undertake to observe scru-
pulously both the letter and the spirit of the truce.
I will, of course, give advance notice and at the
earliest jjossible moment, of the institution of the
system of supervision, and of the arrival of the
observers and their equipment at the observation
posts.
2. Replies
(a) Egypt
In reply to your cable of 17 July which was
communicated to me on the same date, the Egyp-
' U.N. doc. S/907, July 19, 1948.
130
tian Government has given the cease-fire order in
Palestine as from Sunday, 18 July at 3.00 p.m.,
G.M.T.
NOKRASHY
President of the Council of
Ministers of Egypt
(b) Trans JORDAN
I have the honour to inform you that the Gov-
ernment of the Hashemite Kingdom of Trans-
jordan, complying with the resolution of the Secu-
rity Council, accepts cease-fire as from three
o'clock Greenwich Time this day, Sunday, 18th
July 1948.
F. MlTLKA
Transjordan Foreign Minister
{c) Iraq
Owing to delay of receipt of your wire, and be-
cause the subject necessitates Arab State delibera-
tions, and in view of Arab League Political Com-
mittee being still kept busy in meetings, I ear-
nestly endeavour to get Iraqi Government's reply
reach you at earliest possible moment.
Ali Mumtaz
Acting Minister for Foreign Affairs^ Iraq
(d) Israel
View shortness time and absent reply regarding
Arab decision, orders have been issued all our
commanders cease fire today 7.00 p. m. Israeli
Time corresponding hours fixed by you and re-
sume firing only if other side continues.
MosHE Shertok
(e) Syria
We have ordered our troops to cease fire at 17
hours Damascus time.
Jamil Mardam Bey
Minister of Foreign Affairs, Syria
Department of State Bulletin
(/) Lkague of Arab States -
I wish to notify Your Excellency that the Arab
States members of the Arab League issued orders
to cease lire in I'alestine as from Sunday, 18 July,
at3G.M.T.
AzzAM Pasha
Secretary-General of League
of Arab States
{g) Lebanon
Hare honour to inform you cease-fire order was
given Lebanese forces 5.00 p. m. Sunday.
Hamii) Frangie,
Minister of Foreign Affairs, Lebanon
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
( h ) Saudi Arabia
Reference your telegram No. 13 dated July 16,
contents of which have fully been noted by the
Saudi Arabian Government, but so far as taking
final decision on the subject, this comes imder the
jurisdiction of the Political Committee of the
Arab League. You will be notified thereof by the
said League in due course.
Ministry of Foreign Affairs
Saudi Arabia
Terms of Reference for the Visiting Mission to
Ruanda-Urundi and Tanganyii<a
RESOLUTION^
The Trusteeship Council :
Having appointed a visiting mission composed
of Mr. H. Laurent ie of France, Chairman, Mr.
E. W. P. Chinnery of Australia, Dr. Lin Mou-
sheng of China, and IMr. E. E. Woodbridge of
Costa Rica, assisted by members of the Secretariat
and by such representatives of the local admin-
istrations as the mission may determine necessary ;
Having decided that the visiting mission should
visit the Trust Territories of Ruanda-Urundi and
Tanganyika during tlie months of July, August,
and September 1948 in accordance with rules 84, 89,
94, 96 and 98 of the rules of procedure of the
Trusteeship Council ;
Directs the visiting mission to observe the devel-
oping political, economic, social and educational
conditions in the Trust Territories of Ruanda-
Urundi and Tanganyika, their progress toward
' U.N. doc. S/90S, July 19, 1948.
Excerpts from a telegram dated 18 July 1948, from
Abdel Rahman Arel, the Secretary-General of the Arab
League to the Secretary-General of the United Nations in
reply to the Security Council resolution (doc. S/902)
adopted 15 July 1948 :
The Governments of the Arab States are surprised at the
attitude the Security Council has adopted in regarding the
situation in Palestine as a threat to the peace subject to
the provisions of Chapter VII of the Charter of the United
Nations and entailing the application of sanctions against
the Arab States if they refused to cease tire in Palestine.
This attitude has never been adopted by the Security
Council with regard to any of the problems it has hitherto
dealt with.
. . . Because the Security Council persists in considering
the continuation of hostilities in Palestine to be a breach
of the peace and because it expressly threatens to apply
sanctions against the Arab States if they refuse to cease
fire, the Arab States, anxious to avoid doing anything
which would aggravate the critical situation through
August 1, J 948
self-government or independence, and the efforts
of the respective Administering Authorities to
achieve this and other basic objectives of the Inter-
national Trusteeship System ;
Directs the visiting mission to give attention,
as may be approj^riate in the light of discussions
in the Trusteeship Council and resolutions adopted
by the Council, to issues raised in and in connexion
with the annual reports on the administration of
Ruanda-Urundi and Tanganyika and in petitions
received by the Trasteeship Council relating to
those Trust Territories ; and
Requests the visiting mission to transmit to the
Trusteeship Council, not later than 31 October
1948, in accordance with rule 99 of the rules of
procedure of the Trusteeship Council, a report on
the findings of the mission with such observations
and conclusions as the mission may wish to make.
which the world is now passing, have no other alternative
than to accept the Security Council's resolution with re-
gard to the cessation of hostilities in Palestine.
. . . They will accordingly follow carefully and with
anxiety the efforts made by the United Nations to consoli-
date the so-called State of Israel. In this connection the
Arab States can only express astonishment that the Se-
curity Council's resolution has recognized the Zionist
bands as a provisional government. Such recognition goes
beyond the limits of neutrality which the Security Council
should observe in regard to the present conflict. Moreover,
it contradicts the resolution adopted by the Council on
29 May which stated that the rights, claims and positions
of both parties should be respected. In such circumstances
the Arab States make the most energetic protests and
enter the most express reservations with regard to such
recognition. The Arab States, anxious to see the wlshed-
for solution of the Palestinian problem realized, will await
that solution with impatience. Then and then only will
peace return to the land of peace.
' U.N. doc. T/195, July 13, 1948. Adopted by the Trustee-
ship Council at the twenty-third meeting of Its third ses-
sion on July 13, 1948.
131
The United States in the United Nations
Privileges and Immunities
Appointment of a committee of three private
citizens to study the question of whether persons
whose pi'esence is inconsistent with national secu-
rity have entered the United States in connection
witli the work of international organizations was
annoiniced on July 28 by Secretary of State
Marshall.'
Members are Benjamin M. McKelway, editor of
the Washington Star; James H. Rowe, Jr., Wash-
ington attorney, former Assistant Attorney-Gen-
eral; and Marcellus C. Sheild, retired, clerk of the
House Appropriations Committee from 1916 to
1944.
Mr. Marshall's letter to the committee members
said that recent "public discussion and concern"
about this question had led him to decide "to have
a careful study made and all the relevant facts
analyzed and published as soon as possible so that
a determination can be reached as to whether the
Government possesses, and has exercised, all neces-
sary powers to protect the public interest."
Mr. Marshall asked the committee specifically to
report whether the United Nations headquarters
agreement, as accepted with certain reservations by
the Seventy-ninth Congress, prevents "the exclu-
sion from this country of persons whose presence
is inconsistent with our national security."
On July 21 Mr. Marshall had told a press con-
ference that in his opinion the admission to the
United States of U.N. personnel whose ideologies
and beliefs differ from those of the United States
had not endangered this country's security.-
On July 30 the United Nations Acting Secretary-
General, Arkady A. Sobolev, made public a letter
from the staff committee representing U.N. em-
ployees which expressed the hope that the commit-
tee appointed by Secretary Marshall would "oper-
ate on a high level of justice and international
amity, ancl not inquisitorially''. The letter dis-
approved in principle "any form of national in-
vestigation" which would "encroach on the inter-
national character of the United Nations.
Strategic Trusteeships
The relationship of the Security Council and
the Trusteeship Council with respect to strategic
' Department of State press release no. 613.
' Bulletin of July 25, 1948, p. 116.
' See Bulletin of June 27, 1048, iJ. 830, ancl Julv 4, 1948,
p. 1.5.
" U.N. doc. S/642, Jan. 12, 1948.
132
trusteeships was again considered by a joint com-
mittee of the two Councils on July 22.'
Speaking for the Trusteeship Council, Liu
Chieli of China said that the procedure proposed
in the report of the Security Council's committee
of experts * was generally acceptable. This pro-
posal is that the Trusteeship Council should per-
form "in accoi-dance with its own procedures, on
behalf of the Security Council, the functions
specified in Articles 87 and 88 of the Charter re-
lating to the political, economic, social and educa-
tional advancement of tlie inhabitants" of strategic
ti'ust areas, but shall be subject to the primacy of
the Security Council in security matters.
The Security Council has yet to ratify this
procedure. Representatives of the U.S.S.R. and
the Ukraine have expressed bitter opposition to
granting the Trusteeship Council participation as
of right in U.N. procedures regarding strategic
trust ecsliips. Only one such trusteeship, that of
the United States over the Pacific Islands formerly
mandated to Japan, is in effect.
Palestine
A Syrian proposal that the International Court
of Justice be asked to give an advisory opinion
of the international status of Palestine after the
termination of the United Kingdom mandate was
rejected by the Security Council on July 27. Votes
for it fell one short of the required majority of
seven. Voting in favor were Argentina, Belgium,
China, Colombia, Syria, and the United Kingdom.
The Ukraine voted against, and Canadn, France,
the U.S.S.R., and the United States abstained.
A. G. L. McNaughton, of Canada, argued that
reference to the International Court would "in-
evitably hinder and postpone the negotiations for
a peaceful settlement" and would "unquestionably
introduce doubts and uncertainties in the work
of the Mediator on whom we have placed our pri-
mary reliance."
Philip C. Jessup, of the United States, endorsed
Genei-al McNaughton's arguments. He added that
a reference to the Court by the recent special ses-
sion of the General Assembly might have been
"very pertinent at tliat time", but pointed out that
the Assembly had decided instead to appoint a
mediator.
On July 29 similnr argmnents prevailed in the
Trusteeship Council, which voted 8-1 (U.S.S.R.
against) to postpone indefinitely further discus-
Deparfment of Sfate Bulletin
sion of the draft Statute of Jerusalem. The
majority ajrreed with Pierre Ryckmans of Bel-
gium that debate on this "inllannuable"' question at
the present time miglit endanger the Palestine
truce and the success of the mediator's efforts.
Tiie Council drafted an organic law for ad-
ministration of Jerusalem by the United Nations
at its last session, in comjiliance with one of the
provisions of the General Assembly's partition
resolution of November 2d, 1947, but has not finally
approved it and received no further instruction
from the Assembly during its April-May special
session on Palestine.
Indonesia
By a 9-0 vote (U.S.S.R. and Ula-aine abstain-
ing), the Security Council on July 29 approved a
Chinese resolution calling for strict observance
by the Netherlands and the Indonesian Republic
of the Renville truce agreement of Januai'y 17,
1948, and for early and full implementation of the
agreed principles for forming a sovereign United
States of Indonesia.
The resolution noted four recent reports^ from
the Council's Committee of Good Offices in Indo-
nesia. One was in reply to the Council's July 6
resolution asking for information on restrictions
applied by the Netherlands to trade with the Re-
public. It said that the restrictions, "whatever
their intent,"' had caused severe economic difficul-
ties for the Republic. Another i-eport said that
political negotiations had again been suspended
and that further progress depended on "substan-
tial concessions" by one side or the other or both.
International Law Commission
Four Americans are among 78 candidates from
whom the General Assembly will elect the 15 mem-
bers of the United Nations' new International Law
Commission. The list was announced at Lake Suc-
cess July 24.
Edwin DeWitt Dickinson, dean of the Univer-
sity of California school of jurisprudence, was
nominated by the Philippine Republic. Mauley
O. Hudson, Bemis professor of international law
at Harvard University and from 1936 to 1946 a
judge of the Permanent Court of International
Justice at The Hague, was nominated by Ethiopia,
Iceland, the Philippine Republic, and the United
States. Philip C. Jessup, Deputy U.S. Represent-
ative in the Security Council and Hamilton Fish
professor of international law and diplomacy at
Columbia University, was nominated by Iceland
and Turkey. Francis B. Sayre, U.S. Representa-
tive in the Trusteeship Council, was nominated
by Siam.
Besides Dr. Hudson, the nominees of the United
August 7, 7948
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
States are Alberto UUoa Sotomayor of Peru and
Jean Spyropoujos of Greece.
The purpose of the Commission is to promote
the progressive development and codification of
international law.
Economic and Social Council
Continuing into its second week, the seventh
session of the Economic and Social Council in
Geneva discussed in plenary session the report of
the Economic Commission for Europe. Endorse-
ment of the Commission's work was expressed on
July 27 by delegates of France, Great Britain,
Poland, the U.S.S.R., and tlie United States.
However, the Soviet representative launched a
lengthy attack against the European Recovery
Pi'Ogram, through which, he charged, the United
States was interfering with the sovereignty of
European nations The Soviet representative pro-
posed that the Ece adopt measures to expand trade
and economic relations among its members and
with others, to insure the carrying out of U.S.
assistance within tlie U.N. framework, to stop
foreign trade discrimination by which the United
States would gain advantage at the expense of the
receiving countries ; to encourage European efforts
to develop basic industries; to raise the vohune of
agricultural production; and to prevent the pau-
jDerization and unemployment produced by Erp.
In reply. Assistant Secretary of State Thorp,
U.S. Representative at the Ecosoc meeting,
pointed out that the 16 nations participating in
the recoveiy program are democratic countries
with free institutions and with parliaments con-
trolling their decisions, and with a free press
which discusses all aspects of the matter. The
European nations themselves, he recalled, pre-
pared the recovery program. Far from trying to
make Europe more dependent on the United
States, the whole puri^ose of the recovery plan is
to restore the European economy so that the Euro-
pean nations will be completely independent of
American aid. Mr. Thorp said. He stated that
under the program European countries are encour-
aged to develop to the limit of their capacity in-
dustry, agriculture, and commerce. ISIr. Thorp
also pointed out that the United States will as far
as possible assist in the expansion of agriculture in
the various European countries and that "to say
that we are trying to hold down the expansion of
industry through this program is likewise
incorrect."
On July 29, deliate was completed on the Soviet
resolution on the Ece report, with the Council re-
jecting it by a vote of 14-3. The Social, Eco-
nomic, and" Human Rights Committees of the
Council continued working on items within their
competence referred to them by the Council.
' U.X. docs. S/842, S/848 and S/848/Add. 1, S/918, S/919.
133
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
U.S. Delegations to International Conferences
Linguistics
The Department of State announced on July
19 the composition of the United States Delegation
to the Sixth International Congress of Linguists
scheduled to be held at Paris July 19-24, 1948.
The United States Delegation is as follows :
Chairman
Charles C. Fries, Professor, University of Michigan
Delegates
William P. Albright, Professor of Semitic Languages, Johns
Hopkins University
Herbert Penzel, Associate Professor of German, University
of Illinois
The International Congresses of Linguists have
been meeting periodically since 1928, bringing
together scholars from all parts of the world.
The Fifth Congress was scheduled to be held at
Brussels August 28-September 2, 1939. How-
ever, upon meeting, the delegates decided that in
view of the critical international situation the
Congress should adjourn immediately.
The principal effort of the Sixth Congress will
be devoted to general morphology. Among the
other items to be considered will be: (1) to at-
tempt to arrive at a general unification of termi-
nology of linguistics throughout the world ; (2) to
institute a general inquiry on the state of research
in the several fields of linguistic study; (3) to
compile a linguistic atlas of the world; (4) to
inquire into the question of statistics in linguistics ;
and (5) to study the present state of development
of international auxiliary language studies.
Physical Education
The Department of State announced on July 15
the United States Delegation to the International
Congress of Physical Education, Recreation and
Eehabilitation which is scheduled to be held at
London July 23-26, 1948. The United States
Delegation is as follows :
Chairman
T. Nelson Metcalf, Professor of Physical Education and
Director of Athletics, University of Chicago
Delegates
Robert J. H. Kiphuth, Professor of Physical Education
and Director of Athletics, Yale University
Sargeant, Jr., Chief, Troop Information- i i
of
Editor's Note : The Calendar of International Meetings,
which usually appears in the Bulletin in the first issue of
each month, will appear in the August 8 issue.
134
Maj. Bliss P. .„...„ , --.. -- ,
Education Branch, Office of Director
Personnel, Department of the Air Force
This Congress, sponsored by six British organi-
zations under the aegis of the Ministry of Educa-
tion, is scheduled to take place immediately before
the Olympic Games. The program of the Con-
gress will include short addresses on such sub-
jects as physical education in schools, the training
of physical-education teachers, post-school physi-
cal recreation, rehabilitation in the services and in
civilian life, the physical education of hospital
patients, and applied physical training in in-
dustry. Demonstrations of various aspects of
physical education by school children, students in
physical-training colleges, members of youth
clubs, and members of the services will also be
presented.
Navigation of tlie Danube
The Department of State announced on July 20
that the President has approved the composition
of the United States Delegation to attend the In-
ternational Danube Conference to be held in Bel-
grade opening on July 30, 1948.
Invitations to the conference were extended by
Yugoslavia as the host government to the United
States, United Kingdom, France, Union of Soviet
Socialist Eepublics, Hungary, Czechoslovakia, Ru-
mania, Bulgaria, the Ukrainian Soviet Socialist
Republic, and Austria.
The United States Delegation is as follows :
Chairman
Cavendish W. Cannon, Ambassador Extraordinary and
Plenipotentiary, American Embassy, Belgrade
Vice Chairman
Walter A. Radius, Director, Office of Transport and Com-
munications, Department of State
Advisers
Francis B. Stevens, Chief, Division of Eastern European
Affairs, Department of State
John W. Tuthill, Inland Transport Adviser, Office of
Transport and Communications, Department of State
Charles I. Bevans. Treaty Affairs, Office of the Legal Ad-
viser, Department of State
John C. Campbell, Council on Foreign Relations, New
York, N.Y. „.
Robert G. MeCreary, Leckie, McCreary, Schlitz and Hins-
lea. Maritime Lawyers, Cleveland, Ohio
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
Rt'prpsentiitivo, Office of Military Uoveniment, United
States (OMGfS), Berlin
Representative, United States Forces, Austria (Usfa),
Vienna
George A. Mann, Public Affairs, Overseas Program Staff,
Office of International Information, Department of
State
Fredericli Strauss, C3iief, European Branch, Office of
International Trade, Department of Commerce
Secretariat
Executive Secretary
Arthur C. Nagle, Division of International Conferences,
Department of State
Trch n ical Secret a rp
Maxwell Harway, Office of Transport and Communica-
tions, Department of State
Press Offlcer
Walter H. Dustmann, .Ir., Office of the Special Assistant
for Press Relations, Department of State
Fiscal Officer
Ann F. Jablonski, Division of Finance, Department of
State
Language Service Officer
Kenneth R. Boyle, Division of Language Services, Depart-
ment of State
Documents Assistant
Virginia E. Sparks, Division of Departmental Personnel,
Department of State
Interpreters
Jeannette Dastous, Division of Language Services, Depart-
ment of State
Ellen Gavrisheff, Division of Language Services, Depart-
ment of State
Alexander Logofet, Division of Language Services, De-
partment of State
Stenographic Services
Lillian E. Atland, Division of Eastern European Affairs,
Department of State
Teresa Beach, Office of Transport and Communications,
Department of State
Audrey C. Kluczny, Office of Assistant Secretary for politi-
cal affairs. Department of State
Helen Perlraan, Office of Transport and Communications,
Department of State
Sammie M. Venable, Office of Assistant Secretary for polit-
ical affairs. Department of State
Medical Histories
The Department of State announced on July 21
the composition of the United States Observer
Delegation to the meeting of the United Kingdom
and Dominions Official JMedical Histories Liaison
Committee scheduled to be held at Corpus Christi
College. Oxford, England, August 3-7, 1948. The
observer delegation is as follows :
Chairman
Capt. John Matthew Baehulus, M.C., U.S.N., Staff Medical
Officer with Commander in Chief of Naval Forces,
Eastern Atlantic and Mediterranean, London
August I, 7948
ACTIVITIES AND DBVEIOPMENTS
Observer Delegates
Col. Joseph H. McNinch, M.C., U.S.A., Editor-in-Chief of
History of Array Medical Department in World War
II, Director of Army Medical Library, Surgeon Gen-
eral's Office, Department of the Army
Dr. Donald O. Wagner, Chief Historian, Historical Divi-
sion, Army Medical Library, Surgeon General's Office,
Department of the Army
The purpose of the meeting is to discuss colla-
boration in the preparation of the official medical
histories of the war. A previous meeting of the
Committee was held at Ottawa in September 1947.
Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences
The Department of State announced the United
States Delegation to the Third Session of the
International Congress of Anthropological and
Ethnological Sciences scheduled to be held at
Brussels and Tervueren, Belgium, August 15-23,
1948. The United States Delegation is as follows :
Chairman
Dr. Melville J. Herskovits, Professor of Anthropology,
Northwestern University
Delegates
Dr. Wilton Marion Krogman, Professor of Physical
Anthropology, University of Pennsylvania
Dr. Ralph Linton, Sterling Professor of Anthropology, Yale
University
The purpose of the Congi"ess is to enable scien-
tists to submit for consideration and discussion the
I'esults of their research relating to the character-
istics and customs of races and peoples. The Sec-
ond Session of the Congress, held at Copenhagen
July 31-August 6, 1938, appointed six special com-
mittees which will present reports to the forth-
coming session on the following subjects: the or-
ganization of systematic research on the peoples
and cultures of the circumpolar regions ; the stand-
ardization of anthropological methods; the
standardization of anthropological and ethno-
logical terminology ; the position of anthropology
and ethnology in public education; the provisions
by various governments for the conservation of
aboriginal peoples whose mode of life is of scien-
tific interest; and the problems of megalithic cul-
tures. The general scientific subjects to be
discussed will include physical anthropology, the
ethnology of Europe, Asia, Africa, the Arctic,
Oceania, and the Americas, the methods, theories,
and history of ethnology, and linguistics.
Geodesy and Geophysics
Tlie Department of State announced on July 19
the composition of the United States Delegation
to the Eighth General Assembly of the Interna-
tional Union of Geodesy and Geophysics sched-
iiled to be held at Oslo August 17-28, 1948. The
United States Delegation is as follows :
135
ACTIVITIES AND DEVELOPMENTS
Chairman
Walter D. Lambert, Chief, Section of Gravity and Astron-
omy, United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, De-
partment of Commerce
Delegates
Leason H. Adams, Director, Geophysical Laboratory,
Carnegie Institution
K. Hilding lieij, Assistant Director, Hydraulics Laliora-
tory. National Bureau of Standards, Department of
Commerce
Francis W. Reichelderfer, Chief, United States Weather
Bureau, Department of Commerce
Waldo E. Smith, Executive Secretary, American Geo-
physical Union
It is expected that approximately 31 countries
will be represented at the Assembly.
The iJurpose of the Eighth Assembly is to ex-
change scientific information; to discuss the
rapidly growing importance and value in human
endeavor of geodesy and geophysics; to promote
international cooperation for the development of
natural resources; and to improve geophysical
methods of scientific investigation and utility.
The agenda for the meeting will include the pres-
entation of papers on such subjects as the physical
aspects of the influence of solar activity on ter-
restrial magnetism, the ionosphere, magnetic sur-
veys and instruments, air-borne magnetism, ter-
restrial magnetism, and aurora. In addition,
reports of the committees appointed at the Seventh
General Assembly will be presented.
The International Union of Geodesy and Geo-
physics is one of the component unions of the In-
ternational Council of Scientific Unions. The
Union of Geodesy and Geophysics is composed of
international associations concerned with the fol-
lowing subjects: seismology, meteorology, ter-
restrial magnetism and electricity, physical ocean-
ography, vulcanology, and scientific hydrology.
Geology
The Department of State announced on July 23
the composition of the United States Delegation
to tlie Eighteenth International Geological Con-
gress scheduled to be held at London, August 25-
September 1, 1948. The United States Delegation
is as follows :
Chairman
Dr. Eliot Blackwelder, Professor Emeritus of Geology,
Stanford University, and Chairman, U.S. Geological
Survey Advisory Committee, Stanford University
Delegates
Dr. Leason Heberling Adams, Director, Geophysical Labor-
atory, Carnegie Institution
Dr. James Boyd, Director, U.S. Bureau of Mines, Depart-
ment of the Interior
Dr. Norman Levi Bowen, Petrologist, Carnegie Institution
Dr. A. F. Buddington, Professor of Geology, Princeton
University
Dr. Carl O. Dunbar, Professor of Geology, Yale University
Dr. Herbert E. Hawlses, Geologist, U.S. Geological Survey,
Department of the Interior
Dr. W. D. Johnston, Jr., Geologist, U.S. Geological Survey,
Department of the Interior
136
Dr. 0'(jhn F. Marble, Chairman, Committee on Geologic
Time, National Research Council
Dr. Louis L. Ray, Geologist, U.S. Geological Survey, De-
partment of the Interior
The main purpose of the forthcoming Congress
will be to exchange scientific information on and to
discuss the following geological subjects : problems
of geochemistry; metasomatic processes in meta-
morphism ; rhythm in sedimentation ; the geologi-
cal results of applied geophysics; the geology of
petroleum; the geology, paragenesis, and reserves
of the ores of lead and zinc; the geology of sea
and ocean floors ; the Pliocene-Pleistocene bound-
ary ; faunal and floral facies and zonal correlation;
the correlation of continental vertebrate-bearing
rocks ; and earth movements and organic evolution.
Other items on the agenda include an examination
of the program conducted in the American re-
publics since 19-1:0 under the auspices of the Inter-
departmental Committee on Scientific and
Cultural Cooperation and a discussion on the de-
sirability of forming an international union of
geology to be affiliated with the International
Council of Scientific Unions.
In addition to the regular program of the Con-
gress a number of excursions to points of interest
in England, Scotland, and Wales have been sched-
uled.
John Abbink Appointed to Joint Brazil-U.S.
Technical Commission
John Abbink has been appointed by the Presi-
dent as Chairman, with the personal rank of
Minister, of the United States Section of the Joint
Brazil-United States Technical Commission in
which the Brazilian and the United States Gov-
ernments are cooperating for the purpose of mak-
ing a study of Brazilian resources and capacity
for economic development.
Mr. Abbink will serve as Co-Chairman with the
Chief of the Brazilian Section of the Commission.
The Brazilian and United States Sections will
each consist of three members who will be assisted
by a technical staff to be furnished by their re-
spective governments. Other members of the
United States Section will be appointed at an
early date, and it is anticipated that this section
will arrive in Rio de Janeiro early in September.
The Commission will direct its attention toward
an analysis of (1) Brazil's natural and capital
resources; (2) the supply of labor, particularly of
skilled labor; (3) problems in fiscal and banking
fields; (4) problems of domestic and international
trade; and (5) the position of Brazil in the world
economy.
The organization of this Technical Commission
is a further instance of the cooperative work en-
couraged by the United States Govermnent to
assist the other American Republics in attaining
the comprehensive development of their resources.
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
U.S.-Yugoslav Claims Settlement
SUMMARY OF AGREEMENTS
Agreements between the Government of the
United States and the Government of the Federal
People's Repnblic of Yugoslavia were signed
on July 19 in Washington, D. C. One agreement
provides for settlement for American property
nationalized in Yugoslavia and other outstanding
pecuniary claims between the two Governments.
The other agreement provides for settlement of
the lend-lease accounts and for pre-UxnRA aid
furnished to Yugoslavia by the United States.
The U.S. Treasury is also unblocking Yugoslav
assets in the United States.
The agreements were signed on behalf of the
United States by George C. Marshall, Secretary of
State, and on behalf of the Government of Yugo-
slavia by Dr. Obren Blagojevic, Deputy Minister
of Finance.
The agreements signed on July 19 are the result
of discussions of outstanding financial questions
between the two Governments which began at the
Department of State in May 1947, between a spe-
cial Mission of the Yugoslav Government and
representatives of the Department of State.
Under the nationalization agreement, the Yugo-
slav Goverimient agrees to pay to the United
States in dollars the sum of 17 million dollars in
full settlement for American property national-
ized or otherwise taken in Yugoslavia and in settle-
ment of all other pecuniary claims of the United
States Government against Yugoslavia, except
those under lend-lease and pre-UNRRA civilian
relief, which are settled in the second agreement.
The second agi-eement, to settle the lend-lease and
pre-UxRRA accounts, provides for the payment by
Yugoslavia to the United States of 45 million
Yugoslav dinars. These dinars will be used by
the United States in Yugoslavia in the acquisition
of Embassy or consular property and for other
local uses. Of the approximately 32 million dol-
lars in lend-lease aid furnished by the United
States to Yugoslavia, the great majority was used
in the war. As is customary in the settlement
of lend-lease accounts, no charge is made by the
United States for materials expended in winning
the war. The few small naval vessels loaned to
Yugoslavia under lend-lease will be returned to the
United States.
The lend-lease settlement also includes the re-
solving of several minor categories of claims,
mostly maritime in nature, arising from the war.
These include such items as the hire of Yugoslav
vessels by the United States and claims arising
from collision of vessels of the respective Govern-
ments.
The Treasury Department is unfreezing Yugo-
slav assets in the United States by including
Yugoslavia in general license 53 issued under
Executive Order 8389, as amended. Included
among the assets unfrozen is gold amounting to
almost 47 million dollars held at the Federal Re-
serve Bank of New York in the name of the Gov-
ernment of Yugoslavia.
The agreement concerning compensation for
nationalization covers claims of individual Ameri-
can nationals arising from nationalization or other
taking of property in Yugoslavia if the property
was owned at the time, either directly or indirectly
through a corporation, by an individual Ameri-
can national or by an American corporation which
was owned in turn by individual American na-
tionals at least to the extent of 20 percent of any
class of its outstanding securities.
The 17 million dollars paid to the United States
is to be distributed among the claimants under
procedures which Congress will be requested to
establish.
The two Governments agree to provide inter-
change of information respecting American claims
in order to promote substantial equity in awards.
AGREEMENT REGARDING PECUNIARY CLAIMS
The Government of the United States of America and
the GoTernment of the Federal People's Republic of
Tugoslavia. being desirous of effecting an expeditious and
equitable settlement of claims of the United States of
America and of its nationals against Tugoslavia, have
agreed upon the following articles:
August 1, 1948
Article 1
(o) The Government of Yugoslavia agrees to pay, and
the Government of the United States agrees to accept,
tlie sum of $17,000,000 United States currency in full set-
tlement and discharge of all pecuniary claims of the
Government of the United States against the Government
137
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
of Yugoslavia, other than those arising from Lend-Lease
and civilian supplies furnished as military relief, arising
between September 1, 1039 and the date hereof, and in
full settlement and discharge of all claims of nationals
of the United States against the Government of Yugo-
slavia on account of the nationalization and other taking
by Yugoslavia of property and of rights and interests in
and vpith respect to property, vphicli occurred between
September 1, 1939 and the date hereof.
(6) Such payment by the Government of Yugoslavia
shall be made to the Secretary of State of the United
States of America within forty-five days after the signing
of this Agreement.
{c) If, upon adjudication made by the agency estab-
lished or otherwise designated by the Government of the
United States to adjudicate claims settled under this
Agreement, it is found that the sum of $17 million pay-
able by the Government of Yugoslavia under the pro-
visions of the Agreement is in excess of the total sum
of the claims determined to be valid, exclusive of any
interest on such claims for the i)eriod beginning on the
date of the payment referred to in paragraph (a) of this
Article, plus the costs of adjudication, if any, not borne by
the claimants, the Government of the United States shall
take the necessary steps to return such excess amount
to the Government of Yugoslavia.
Article 2
The claims of nationals of the United States to which
reference is made in Article 1 of this Agreement include
those respecting property, and rights and interests in
and with respect to property, which at the time of na-
tionalization or other taking were :
(a) Directly owned by an individual who at such time
was a national of the United States.
(6) Directly owned by a juridical person organized un-
der the laws of tlie United States, or a constituent state
or other political entity thereof, twenty percent or more
of any class of the outstanding securities of which were
at such time owned by individual nationals of the United
States, directly, or indirectly through interests in one
or more juridical persons of whatever nationality, or
otherwise ; or
(o) Indirectly owned by an individual within category
(A) above, or by a juridical person with category (B)
above, through interests, direct, or indirect in one or
more juridical persons not within category (B) above, or
otherwise.
Article 3
The claims of nationals of the United States to which
reference is made in Article 1 of this Agreement do not
include claims of individual nationals of the United States
who did not possess such nationality at tlie time of the
nationalization or other taking, which claims shall be sub-
ject to compensation by the Government of Yugoslavia,
either by direct negotiations between that Government and
the respective claimants or under compensation procedures
prescribed by Yugoslav law.
Article 4
(o) Nothing herein contained shall constitute or be
construed to constitute a waiver or release by the Govern-
ment of Yugoslavia of any claims it or any Yugoslav na-
tional may have against any national of the United States.
(6) Claimants against the Government of Yugoslavia
for compensation on account of the nationalization or
other taking of enterprises, whose claims with respect to
such nationalization or otlier taking are claims which are
fully settled and discliarged by this Agreement, receiving
payment out of the funds to be paid by the Government of
Yugoslavia under Article 1 of this Agreement shall be
deemed to have undertaken to hold the Government of
Yugoslavia, and the resisective successor enteriarises estab-
lished by such Government, harmless against, and to have
138
assumed, all debt obligations, including guarantees, of the
enterprises of which such claimants were formerly the
owners, to nationals of countries other than Yugoslavia,
valid and subsisting as of the date hereof, incurred not for
the benefit of such enterprises, but fur the benefit of the
owners thereof ; but such assumption and undertaking
shall be applicable only to such proportion of such ob-
ligations as .such claimants' interests in such enterprises,
at the date of the nationalization or other taking thereof,
bore to the total ownership interests therein. Debt obli-
gations, including guarantees, owing to nationals of coun-
tries other than Yugoslavia, incurred prior to the time
such claimants became nationals of the United States,
shall be deemed subject to such assumption and under-
taking in the absence of proof that such obligations, in-
cluding guarantees, were incurred for the benefit of such
enterprises.
(c) The Government of Yugoslavia recognizes the obli-
gation of the successor enterprises created by it with
respect to debts valid under Yugoslav law which were in-
curred prior to the nationalization or other taking, for
the benefit of the enterprises nationalized or otherwise
taken, provided, however, that there sliall be deemed
fully settled and discharged all debt obligations of enter-
prises, nationalized or otherwise taken, owing to nationals
of the United States whose claims against the Government
of Yugoslavia with respect to the nationalization or other
taking of such enterprises are claims which are fully
settled and discharged by this agreement : and further
that all debt obligations of such enterprises to juridical
persons tlirough which the claims of such claimants are
derived shall be deemed settled and discharged in the
same proportion as such claimants' interests in such enter-
prises, at the date of the nationalization or other taking
thereof, bore to the total ownership interests therein.
Article 5
The Government of Yugoslavia agrees to accord to na-
tionals of the United States lawfully continuing to hold,
or hereafter acquiring assets in Yugoslavia, the rights
and privileges of using and administering such assets
and the income therefrom within the framework of the
controls and regulations of the Government of Yugo-
slavia, on conditions not less favorable than the rights
and privileges accorded to nationals of Yugoslavia, or of
any other country, in accordance with tlie Convention of
Commerce and Navigation between the United States of
America and the Prince of Serbia, signed at Belgrade,
October 2-14, 18S1.
Article 6
The Government of Yugoslavia agrees not to employ
or to permit the employment of trademarks, and company
names and trade names formerly used in Yugoslavia by
enterprises, now nationalized, which were, at the time
of such nationalization substantially owned, directly or
indirectly, by nationals of the United States to the extent
that such trademarks, company names and trade names
are counterparts of trademarks, company names and
trade names used elsewhere than in Yugoslavia by the
former American owners of such enterprises, directly or
through subsidiaries, or by their authority; provided,
however, that nothing herein contained shall prejudice
the right of the Government of Yugoslavia, or any national
thereof, to employ such trademarks, company names and
trade names with the consent of the former owners of
such enterprises, or others authorized to permit the use
thereof. The Government of Yugoslavia will take such
measures as may be necessary and appropriate to prevent
the use of such trademarks, company names and trade
names within Yugoslavia, except with such consent or in
connection with products imported into Yugoslavia with
respect to which the use of such trademarks, company
names and trade names is permitted by or on behalf of
the former owners of such enterprises, or others au-
thorized to permit the use thereof. Tills Agreement does
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THB WEEK
not affect in any way the rights, if any, of nationals of
the United States with respect to trademarks, trade names '
and company names which were used in YuRoslavia by
enterprises which have been taken other than by ua-
tionalizatioD.
Article 7
Claims of nationals of the United States for war dam-
age to property which has not been nationalized or other-
wise taken prior to tlie date hereof shall be treated not
less favorably than those of nationals of Yugoslavia, but
in no event less favorably than those of the nationals
of any other country.
A}- tide 8
The funds payable to the Government of the United
States under Article 1 of this Agreement shall be dis-
tributed to the Government of the United States and
among the several claimants, respectively, in accordance
with such methods of distribution as may be adopted by
the Government of the United States. Any determinations
with respect to the validity or amounts of individual
claims which may be made by the agency established or
otherwise designated by the Government of the United
States to adjudicate such claims shall be final and binding.
Article 9
(a) In the interest of an equitable distribution by the
Government of the United States among the several
claimants for participation in the amount to be paid by
the Government of Yugoslavia in full settlement and
discharge of claims in accordance with this Agreement,
the Government of Yugoslavia will, upon the request of
the Goveriunent of the United States, and to the extent
possible, bearing in mind the wide-spread destruction of
property and books and records in Yugoslavia caused by
the war, furnish such information, including certified
copies of books, records or other documents, as may be
necessary or appropriate to support or refute, in whole
or in part, any claim for participation in such amount,
and to the same end will permit, in a manner consistent
with Yugoslav law, the taking of depositions of such wit-
nesses as may be requested by the Government of the
United States.
(b) In the interest of protecting the Government of
Yugoslavia from the possible assertion through third coun-
tries, or otherwise, of claims falling within the scope of
this Agreement, the Government of the United States will
supply to the Government of Yugoslavia, certified copies
of such formal submissions as may be made by claimants
to such agency as may be established or otherwise desig-
nated by the Government of the United States to adjudi-
cate claims to participation in the funds to be paid by the
Government of Yugoslavia pursuant to this Agreement
and of the corresponding awards of such agency with re-
spect thereto. A certified copy of each such submission
and award will be supplied to the Government of Yugo-
slavia within a reasonable time after its receipt or an-
nouncement. Subject to such rules and regulations as may
be established with respect to proceedings of such agency,
the Government of the United States further agrees to
make available to the Government of Yugoslavia, upon its
request, certified copies of transcripts of any proceedings
before such agency and certified copies of documents sub-
mitted to such agency in support or in refutation, in whole
or in part, of any claim submitted thereto Subject to
such rules and regulations, and with the consent of such
agency, the Government of Yugoslavia may file briefs as
amicus curiae with respect to any specific claims.
Article 10
(a) The Government of Yugoslavia shall authorize per-
sons residing in Yugoslavia who are legally indebted to any
individual, firm, or governmental agency in the United
States, to meet such indebtedness on maturity.
(6) To the extent feasible, considering Yugoslav for-
eign exchange resources and regulations, and when nec-
essary to effectuate the purposes of paragraph (a) of this
Article, the Government of Yugoslavia shall permit the use
of dollars by, or provide dollars to those Y'^ugoslav resi-
dents legally owing dollar obligations arising from com-
mercial transactions involving goods or services.
Article 11
The Government of Yugoslavia agrees to give sym-
pathetic consideration to applications for transfers to the
United States of deposits in banks of Yugoslavia and other
similar forms of capital owned by nationals of the United
States, where the amounts involved are small but which,
in view of the circumstances, are of substantial impor-
tance to the persons requesting the transfers.
Article 12
The present Agreement shall come into force and effect
upon the date of signature.
In witxess whereof the undersigned, being duly au-
thorized thereto by their respective Governments, have
signed the present Agreement.
AGREEMENT REGARDING SETTLEMENT FOR LEND-LEASE, MILITARY RELIEF, AND CLAIMS
The Government of the United States of America and
the Government of the Federal People's Republic of
Yugoslavia have reached an understanding regarding a
settlement for lend-lease, for the obligation of the Govern-
ment of Yugoslavia to the Government of the United States
for civilian sup[ilies furnished as military relief, and for
other claims of each Government against the other aris-
ing out of the conduct of the war. In arriving at this
understanding, both Governments have recognized the
benefits accruing to each from the contributions of both
to the defeat of their common enemies. This settlement
is complete and final and both Governments agree that,
except as provided in this Agreement, no further benefits
will he sought by either Government from the other as
consideration for the foregoing.
1. The term "lend-lease article" as used in this Agree-
ment means any article transferred by the Government of
the United States under the Act of March 11, 1941:
(a) to the Government of Yugoslavia, or
Aogosf J, J 948
(b) to any other government and retransf erred to the
Government of Yugoslavia.
2. The Government of Yugoslavia receives, without
qualification as to disposition or use, full title to all lend-
lease articles, other than those described in nimibered
paragraphs 3 and 4 below.
3. The Government of the United States reserves the
right to recapture any lend-lease articles of types defined
as arms, ammunition and implements of war by Proclama-
tion Number 2776 issued bv the President of the United
States on March 26, 1948, 13 Federal Register 1623,
March 27, 1948, which are held by the Government of
Yugoslavia on the date on which notice requesting return
is communicated to the Government of Yugoslavia. The
Government of the United States has indicated that it does
not intend to exercise generally its right to recapture
such articles. The Government of Yugoslavia will not
retransfer or dispose of such articles to any third country
or for export without the prior consent of the Government
of the United States.
13»
THE RECORD Of THE WBEK
4. To the extent required by United States law, vessels
which were made available to the Government of Yugo-
slavia under lend-lease will be returned to the Govern-
ment of the United States.
5. The Government of Yugoslavia, in consideration of
supplies and services received as lend-lease, in consider-
ation of its obligation to the Government of the United
States for civilian supplies received as military relief,
and in consideration of the other provisions of this
Agreement, will pay to the Government of the United
States the sum of 45,000,000 Yugoslav dinars, by either
of the methods designated in subparagraphs (a) and (6)
below, or any combination thereof, designated by the
Government of the United States :
(o) By delivery of title to the Government of the United
States of such real property and improvements to real
property in Yugoslavia for diplomatic or consular pur-
poses, as may be selected and determined by agreement
between the two Governments, at values or prices to be
agreed between tlie two Governments ;
(6) By providing to the Government of the United
States, at such time or times and in such amounts as may
be desired by the Government of the United States, Yugo-
slav currency to be used for the purchase of such real
property and improvements to real property in Yugoslavia
for diplomatic or consular purposes or for such other ex-
penses of United States diplomatic or consular missions,
excepting the purchase of commodities for export, as the
Government of the United States may desire. The Gov-
ernment of Yugoslavia agrees that with respect to the
Yugoslav dinars to be paid by the Government of Yugo-
slavia as above, the Government of Yugoslavia will grant
the Government of the United States privileges and rates
of conversion, in tlie event of any future currency conver-
sion, no less favorable than those granted generally to
nationals of Yugoslavia and in no event less favorable than
those granted to the Government of any third country.
The Government of Yugoslavia agrees that, should any
future currency conversion nevertheless result in inequity
to the Government of the United States with respect to any
amount of such Yugoslav dinars, the privileges and rates
of conversion to be applied to such amount of Yugoslav
dinars shall be subject to agreement between the two
Governments.
6. In reference to numbered paragraph .5 above, in case
the Government of the United States wishes to acquire
any property located in Yugoslavia, real or personal,
tangible or intangilile. except for export, or to furnish any
property so located, the Government of Yugoslavia will at
any time or times, as requested by the Government of the
United States, enter into negotiations, and use its best
efforts consistent with public policy, to reach an agreement
with the Government of the United States whereby there
will be delivered to the Government of the United States
the properties, improvements, or furnishings which the
Government of the United States desires or its representa-
tives have selected. Representatives of the Government
of the United States may at their discretion conduct dis-
cussions directly with owners of property or with contrac-
tors for improvements or furnishings as to fair terms and
lirices prior to the delivery of such property or improve-
ments or furnisliings to the Government of the United
States.
7. The Government of Yugoslavia will process the claims
described in the following subparagraphs (a), (&), (c),
and ((?) and will discharge the liability with respect there-
to of the Government of the United States and of indi-
viduals, firms, and corporations against whom such claims
are asserted :
(a) Claims against the Government of the United
States, or respecting which the ultimate liability is that
of the Government of the United States, arising from
maritime incidents or transactions occurring on or after
140
April 6, 1941 and prior to July 1, 1946, asserted in courts | 4
of Yugoslavia or asserted anywhere by individuals, firms, '
and corporations, nationals of Yugoslavia at the time of
the event giving rise to the claims.
(b) Claims of individuals, firms and corporations domi-
ciled in Yugoslavia at the time of the use or infringement
giving rise to the claim against the Government of the
United States, Its contractors or subcontractors, for royal-
ties under contracts for the use of inventions, patented or
unpatented, or for infringement of patent rights, in con-
nection with war production carried on or contracted for
on or after April 6, 1941 and prior to July 1, 194(5 by the
Government of the United States, its contractors or sub- .
contractors. '
( c ) Claims of Individuals, firms, and corporations domi-
ciled in Yugoslavia at the time of tlie event giving rise to
the claim against the Government of the United States
arising out of the requisitioning on or after April 0, 1941
and prior to July 1, 194(1 for use in the war program of
property located in the United States in which the
claimant asserts an interest.
(d) Claims, whether contractual or noncontractual, of
individuals, firms, and coiporations domiciled in Yugo-
slavia at the time of the event giving rise to the claim
against the Government of the United States, its agents,
employees, and military personnel, arising out of any act
or omission of its agents, employees, and military per-
sonnel, both line-of-duty and non-llne-of-duty, occurring
on or after April 6, 1941 and prior to July 1, 194C.
8. The Government of the United States and the Gov-
ernment of Yugoslavia, except as otherwise provided in
this Agreement, mutually waive all claims of each against
the other, and against agents, employees, and military
personnel of the other, described in the following sub-
paragraphs (a), (6), (o), (d) and (e) :
(a) Claims arising out of lend-lease.
(6) Claims arising out of military relief.
(c) Claims arising out of the procurement or furnishing
of supplies and services through any other arrangements
on or after April 6, 1941 and prior to July 1, 1946, other
than claims of Yugoslav nationals for services performed
for the United States Forces while in the custody of such
Forces and represented by military payment orders or
certificates of credit balances issued by such Forces.
{d) Claims arising out of the billeting of personnel on
or after April 6, 1941 and prior to July 1. 1946.
(e) Claims arising out of maritime collisions and other
ocean shipping incidents and transactions occurring on or
after April 6 1941 and prior to July 1, 1946.
9. Nothing in this Agreement affects the obligation of
the Government of Yugoslavia under Article IV of the
Preliminary Agreement of July 24, 1942.
10. To the extent that the provisions of this Agreement
are inconsistent with those contained in any previous
agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.
11. This Agreement shall be effective upon the date of
signature.
In witness whereof the undersigned, being duly au-
thorized thereto by their respective Governments, have
signed the present Agreement.
Done in duplicate, in the English language, at Washing-
ton this nineteenth day of July. 1948.
For the Government of the United States of America :
George C. Maksiiall
Secretary of /State
For the Government of the Federal People's Republic of
Yugoslavia :
Obren Blagojevic
Deputy Minister of Finance
Deparfment of Sfafe Bulletin
Third Currency Reform Law in Germany
[Released to the press by the OMGDS June 26]
The niilitiuy governors of the American,
Frencli. and British zones announced at 1300 hours
today (2tl June 1948) the third haw for the reform
of the currency.
As is already known, the first law for the reform
of the currency was announced on 18 June; ^ and
the second law, which did not aft'ect tlie public di-
rectly, but which authorized the Bank Deutscher
Laender to issue currency and limited the maxi-
nunu amount of currency which could be issued,
was announced on 21 June.
The third law, which goes into effect at midnight
on June 26, sets the rate and conditions for the ex-
change of old money for new and also prescribes
what must be done about old debts, contracts, wage
scales, social insurance, other forms of insurance,
et cetera, now that new currency' has been issued.
In the explanation of Law Thi'ee which follows,
the term "old money credit balances'' {Altgdd-
guthaben) will be understood to mean the sum of
cash surrendered and deposits reported during the
past week by individuals and family heads on form
A and by enterprises on form B.
Law Three is long and complicated and is al-
ready supplemented by three "administrative reg-
ulations", but the following summai'y covers the
most important points affecting the vast majority
of the population :
1. CoN\-ERSiON Rate: Tn principle, old money
credit balances (which by definition include sur-
rendered cash) reported on forms A or B will be
converted into deutsche marks at the rate of one
deutsche mark for every 10 old marks. However,
the law provides for investigation of all but a mini-
mum amount (as explained under 4) before any
conversion takes place.
2. Free and Blocked AcrorxTS : One half of
the deutsche marks after conversion will be credits
to a "free deutsche mark account" {Freikonto)
and the other half will go into a "blocked deutsche
mark accoimt" (Fesfko7ifo).
Mone}- in the Freikontos may be withdrawn and
used as soon as the financial institutions involved
have completed the necessary clerical work.
Military Government will issue further regula-
tions concerning the money in the Festkontos
within 90 days. The law makes no promises or
predictions as to what will be done with the Fest-
Augusl 1, 1948
Statement by Secretary Marshall on
Berlin Situation
[Released to the press July 21]
I can merely say at this time that our posi-
tion I think is well understood. We will not
be coerced or intimidated in any way in our
procedures under the rights and responsibili-
ties that we have in Berlin and generally in
Germany. At the same time we will proceed
to invoke every possible resource of negotia-
tion and diplomatic procedure to reach an
acceptable solution to avoid the tragedy of
war for the world. But I repeat again, we
are not going to be coerced.
kontos. They will be released as and when eco-
nomic conditions permit, except for those balances
that the tax authorities have found to be of illegal
origin.
3. Possible Additional Claim : In addition to
the conversion of one deutsche mark for ten old
marks, the law provides that holders of the old
money credit balance may at some future time be
granted a further claim of a maximum of one
deutsche mark for every ten old marks.
Military Government will decide in what
amount and in what manner this claim maj' be
granted but only after considering the views of the
competent German legislative bodies. The law
does not suggest any of the forms this additional
payment might take.
4. Clearance by Tax Office: The currency-
reform laws have been carefully designed to catch
speculators and profiteers. As is already known,
one copy each of form A and form B has been sent
on to the appropriate tax office. However, it is
obvious that examination of these forms in the tax
office will take a considerable time. Therefore,
Law Three provides that in the case of individuals
or families who have reported on a single form A,
5,000 reichsmarks of the total amount of the old
money credit balance will be released for conver-
sion immediately without clearance by the tax
office.
In the case of tradesmen or members of a pro-
' BULLETIN of June 27, 1948, p. 835.
141
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
fession, the amount which can be converted im-
mediately will be increased to 10,000 reichsmarks,
if the applicant produces a "provisional clearance
certificate" from the tax office.
In the case of enterprises, the total amount of
the old money credit balance reported on form H
will be released for immediate conversion it a
provisional clearance certificate is obtained trom
the tax office. A certificate from the labor office
or a wage-tax declaration indicating that the en-
terprise employs at least 20 persons will be ac-
cepted in lieu of the provisional clearance certif-
icate from the tax office.
Thus an adequate supply of money will be avail-
able immediately to meet the essential needs ot
all citizens and keep trade and industry going, and
a bottleneck at the tax office will be avoided.
Under the above procedure, the tax office is also
enabled to prevent the conversion of illegal earn-
ino-s since the Festkontos will not be released un-
tif the tax-office investigations are complete, re-
gardless of whether or not tire Festkontos are
released in principle by Military Government de-
cision. Also, no old money credit balance which
is not converted immediately under the above pro-
visions can be converted before final tax-office ap-
proval is given. mi ^ «„„
.5 Investigation BY Tax Office: The tax office
will investigate on the basis of the forms A and
B which have been submitted whether all taxes
due have been paid. Unless otherwise provicled
in Law Three or regulations made thereunder the
provisions of the existing tax laws {Reichmhga-
henordnung) will apply. If tax evasions or illegal
transactions are discovered, a reichsmarks hue
will be imposed. Where the tax evasion is re ated
to illegal transactions, the fine will be so calculated
as to amount, together with the amount of tax due,
to a sum at least equal in reichsmarks to the
amount gained by the offender in the illegal trans-
actions. In other words, the tax office is m posi-
tion to wipe out any profit made by illegal deal-
ings In cases where reichsmark balances do not
cover back taxes and fines, payment must be made
in deutsche marks at the rate of one to ten or out
of other property of the offender.
6 Deductions for Deutsche Marks Already
Issued: The 60 deutsche marks per capita which
has already been given out in cash and credit to
each member of the population must be counted
as part of the one-for-ten conversion provided tor
in Law Three. That is, each person who has al-
ready drawn 40 deutsche marks and received the
ri<rht to obtain another 20 deutsche marks later on
is'considered to have used up the first 5i0 reidis-
marks in his old money credit balance, (ihe
fio-ure here is 540 instead of 600 since due allowance
is^made for the 60 reichsmarks handed m in cash
at the time the 60 deutsche marks per capita were
given or credited in exchange.)
This in effect means that those persons who have
142
old money credit balances of more than 540 marks j
per person have not been given the more favorable ,
exchange rate which is reserved for persons who j
have really small holdings of money. j
Here is an example of how the above cfeduction [
is applied: Suppose that a family of five has ,
reported on its form A an old money credit balance ;
of 10,000 reichsmarks. Five hundred forty marks
must be deducted for each member oi the tamily,
leaving a total of 7,300 reichsmarks. But only
5 000 of this can be converted immediately, ihis
conversion yields 500 deutsche marks, of which
250 ^o into the family's Freikonto available lor
immediate use, while the other 250 deutsche marks
go into the family's Festkonto. The remaining
2 300 reichsmarks can be converted m the same
manner after final clearance by the tax office.
Similarly, the old money credit balance of enter-
prises will be reduced by 10 reichsmarks for every
deutsche mark which has already been released to
these enterprises as a temporary assistance, ihus
an enterprise with 100 workers which has already
received 6,000 deutsche marks (60 per worker)
would have its old money credit balance reduced
by 60,000 reichsmarks.
7. Unreported Credit Balances: Old cur-
rency credit balances which were not reported on
form A or B by 26 June as provided in Currency
Keform Law No. 1 cannot be converted. How-
ever, special provision is made for prisoners of war
who have recently returned or who will be return-
ing in the near future and for some other excep-
tional cases.
8 Old Currency Credit Balances Which ami
NOT CoN^^2RTIBLE: The old currency credit bal-
ances of all governmental agencies, the railway
and postal administrations, the Nsdap, the Reich,
the Eeichsbank, et cetera, will not be converted.
In other words, the reichsmark accounts ot these
ao-encies will be wiped out. A reasonable one-time
payment of new currency will be made to govern-
mental agencies to start their operatjons. Ihe
funds of the occupying powers, including the
reichsmarks collected for food imports, will also
receive this treatment.
9 Debts: In general, reichsmark debts whicH
were still unpaid on 21 June will be settled by the
debtor paying to the creditor one deutsche mark
for every 10 reichsmarks due. Should any addi-
tional claim be allowed to holders of old money
credit balances (AltgeUguthaben), creditors will
be treated accordingly. Forthcoming German
leo-islation on equalization of burdens is expected
to'' take care of cases where the debtor makes a
profit by virtue of the conversion of his debt from
reichsmarks to deutsche marks. The foUowmg;
reichsmark obligations, however, will be settled
by the debtor paying to the creditor one deutsche
mark for each reichsmark due :
{a) Wages and salaries, rentals, annuities, pen-
Deparfmenf of Sfafe BoHefin
sions. and otlior recurrent payments coming due
after 20 June 1948;
(b) Obligations arising out of contracts for the
purchase of goods or services insofar as the con-
tracts were not fulfilled before 21 June 19-18 ;
(c) Certain obligations arising out of settle-
ments between partners, coheirs, married persons,
divorced persons, and parents and children ;
(d) All reichsmark obligations incurred on 19
and 20 June 1948.
Any person liable for a money debt under the pro-
visions of (6) above may, with certain exceptions,
withdraw from the contract at any time before
11 July 1948.
10. Debtors' Eelief : The law provides that the
courts can order postponement or reduction of
debts which the debtor cannot reasonably be ex-
pected to pay on the date due. However, wages
and salaries falling due after 20 May 1948 may
not be reduced or postponed under the above pro-
visions.
11. Mortgage Bonds: Mortgage bonds, agricul-
tural mortgage bonds, municipal bonds, and other
certificates of indebtedness issued by mortgage
banks, institutions for municipal credit, ship-mort-
gage banks, and sinking-fund institutions will be
converted by substituting one deutsche mark for
every 10 reichsmarks or gold marks.
12. Socn\L Insurance : The law states that the
reform of social insurance shall be the respon-
sibility of German legislative bodies. Pending
such reform, social-insurance payments will for
the time being be made in the same nominal
amount in deutsche marks as was previously re-
quired in reichsmarks. Land governments may
alter social-insurance payments and contributions
until the enactment of new legislation by German
legislative bodies.
13. Insurance Other Than Social Insurance :
The paid-in value of life-insurance policies or in-
surance contracts will be scaled down on the basis
of one for ten like other private debts. In view
of the nature of insurance this does not mean an
automatic reduction in future benefits of as much
as 90 percent.
14. Adai>tation of L.\bor and Civil Service
Legislation : Employment contracts entered into
before 21 June 1948 which, in accordance with
existing provisions or agreements, may be termi-
nated only after 30 September 1948, may never-
theless be terminated by six weeks' notice expiring
on the day falling midway between the earliest
permissible date for giving notice under the con-
tract and 30 September 1948, but in any case not
later than 31 March 1949. If the agreed salary
amounts to more than 800 reichsmarks per month,
the employment contract may be terminated by
four weeks' notice expiring 30 September 1948.
August 1, 1948
THB RECORD OF THE WEEK
The Law also gives authority to (1) the Execu-
tive Committee of the Bizonal Economic Adminis-
tration, (2) the Bank Deutscher Laender, and (3)
the Land governments to take such measures in the
held of civil service law, and particularly in regard
to pay and allowances, as may appear to them'nec-
essary to stabilize the currency and public finances.
This amounts to broad authority to adjust pay and
allowances and certain other working conditions
of practically all civil servants, including railway
and postal employes, in the three Western Zones.
This special authority will expire 31 March 1949.
15. Prohibition of Budgetary Deficits: Al-
though reichsmark balances of public authorities
were wiped out without conversion, the law pro-
vides that expenditures of public authorities must
be covered by current incomes. Procurement of
necessary funds by borrowing will be lawful only
to the extent that loans are covered by anticipated
future revenues. Military Government reserves to
itself the right to intervene in budgetary matters
if the maintenance of this principle is imperiled.
16. Equalization of Burdens: The funds re-
quired to carry out the equalization of burdens
arising out of inflation ancl currency reform will
be i^rovided by means of special levies on property,
the receipts from which will be paid to an equaliza-
tion fund outside the budget. Further provisions
for the equalization of burdens are to be made in
German legislation to be enacted by 31 December
1948, as called for in the preamble of the first cur-
rency-reform law.
17. Penal Provisions : Prison terms of up to five
years and fines of up to 50,000 deutsche marks, or
both, are provided for persons wilfully violating
this law.
18. Date Effective: This law will come into
force on 27 June 1948.
Settlement of Lend-Lease and Reciprocal-Aid
Accounts in the United Kingdom
The Government of the United States of Amer-
ica and the Government of the United Kingdom
of Great Britain and Northern Ireland have
reached agi'eement regarding settlement of lend-
lease and reciprocal-aid accounts and certain fi-
nancial claims of each Government against the
other.^ This agreement modifies and supplements
the specific agreements between the two Govern-
ments signed on March 27, 1946, which imple-
mented the joint statement of December 6, 1945,
regarding settlement for lend-lease, reciprocal aid,
surplus war property, and claims.'^
' For text of the agreement, see Department of State
press release 566 of July 15, 1948.
' DuLi.£TiN of Apr. 7, 1946, p. 581, and Dec. 9, 1945, p. 905.
143
Reference Materials to U.S. Licensed Newspapers in Germany
EXCHANGE OF LETTERS BETWEEN ASSISTANT SECRETARY
SALTZMAN AND WILLIAM BENTON
July «?, WIS
Dear Mk. Saltzman :
I've been in touch with the United States dele-
gates who shared with me the responsibility of
representing our country at the United Nations
Conference on Freedom of Information at Geneva
this spring. We have developed a project on which
we should like to have your advice and assistance.
Those members of our delegation who had the
opportunity to visit the U.S. Zone of Germany
were impressed with the seriousness of the prob-
lems faced by U.S. licensed newspapers in their
earnest efforts to create a free German press. One
of these problems is lack of reference materials.
]\Ir. Harry Martin, President of the American
Newspaper Guild, who was one of our U.S. Dele-
gates, reported as follows: "Almost without ex-
ception the editoi-s and their staffs said to me that
the lack of suitable reference books is their great-
est single handicap. The only such books left to
our friends of the German press today are those
which were so badly doctored by the Nazis that
they are no longer serviceable or dependable."
Since these German newspapers do not have the
foreign exchange to buy reliable reference works I
have undertaken to provide, without charge, fifty-
one sets of the Encyclopaedia Britannica for this
purpose.
Joining me in sponsoring this proposed gift are
the other five U.S. Delegates of the Geneva Con-
ference: Mr. Sevellon Brown, Editor and Pub-
lisher of the Providence Journal and president of
the American Press Institute; Mr. Erwin Canham,
editor of the Christian Science Monitor and presi-
dent of the American Society of Newspaper Edi-
tors; Professor Zechariah Chafee, Jr. of Harvard
Univei'sity; Mrs. Oveta Culp Hobby, executive
vice-president of tlie Houston Post ; and Mr. Harry
Martin of tlie Memphis Commercial Appeal, and
president of the American Newspaper Guild.
Our delegates were again impressed at Geneva
with the fact that freedom of the press cannot be
fully realized in the absence of adequate facilities.
In their official report they stated : "Effective free-
dom of information — with all that it connotes for
the democratic way of life — is impossible on both
the national and international planes in the case
of countries suffering from crippling deficiencies
in the sinews of communication." This reference
book project is a token of their belief.
144
The fifty-one sets of the Encyclopaedia Britan-
nica are intended one each for the forty-nine li-
cense dnewspapers in the U. S. Zone ; one for Dena,
the U.S. sponsored news agency in our zone; and
one for the U.S. sponsored news agency in Austria.
I am attaching a list of forty-nine newspapers
which was currently available this spring. It is
possible that there may have been changes since
then, and we shall be glad to make adjustments.
We would appreciate your comments on this
proposal, and if you are agreeable we would be
glad to have you or Omgus make the distribution.
Very sincerely yours,
William Benton,
PubUslier
Dear Mr. Benton :
July 16, 191S
I am very happy to have your letter of July 6,
1948, describing the generous project which you
have undertaken in association with your fellow-
delegates to the recent United Nations Conference
on Freedom of Information at Geneva.
Your proposal to provide 51 sets of a reliable
and univei*sally acceptable reference work such as
the Encj'clopaedia Britannica for the use of jour-
nalists in Germany and Austria will meet a need
keenly felt by men now striving against great
handicaps to develop a democratic press in those
countries. It will contribute materially to the
carrying out of the basic reorientation objective of
our occupation policy. This is a heartening ex-
ample of how public-spirited citizens in their
private capacities can supplement and strengthen
important overseas programs of our Government
which are conducted with the necessarily limited
public funds available for the purpose. In a wider
sense, your project serves to demonstrate the sin-
cere devotion of the American people to the prin-
ciple of freedom of information, which underlies
the public statements of our official representatives
at international gatherings.
I am referring a copy of your letter to the De-
partment of the Army for their guidance in ar-
ranging to receive this handsome gift for distribu-
tion in the occupied areas under their jurisdiction.
It is noted in this connection that adjustments will
be feasible to accord with any changed circum-
Xiepat\men\ of Stale Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WBBK
stances since your tentative list of appropriate re-
cipients was conipiiod.
Tiie nei)artini'nt of State is deeply frratified to
be infoi ineil of tliis project and conlidently believes
that it will have the great and continuing results
which you and your associates seek.
Sincerely yours.
Charles E. Saltzjian
Assistant Secretary
49 U.S. Zone Licensed Newspapers
Ilaniria:
Fnii'iikische Laiuleszeitnrig, Ansliach ; Main Echo, Ascbaf-
feiiliurg ; Schwaebische Laiideszeitung, Augsburg ; Suedost-
Kurier, Bad Relclienball ; Fraeukischer Tag, Bamberg;
Fraeiikische I'resse, r.ayreutb ; Neue Presse. Cuburg ;
Hoc'hlaiid Bote, Ganiiisch-Partcnkirchen ; Fiankeiipost,
Hof ; Donau Kurier, Ingolstadt ; Der Allgaeurer, Kempten ;
Isar Post, Landshut : Mueiichner ilcrkur, Munich; S'ued-
deutsche Zeitung, Munich ; Nuevnberger Nachrichten,
Nuremberg : Passauer Neue Presse, Passau ; Mittel-
bayerische Zeitung. Regensburg; O'berbayerisches Volks-
hlatt, Rosenheim ; Der Volkswille, Scliweinfurt ; Der Neue
Tag, Weideu ; Main Post, Wucrzliui'g ; Niederliayerisehe
Naclirichten, Straubing.
II esse:
Darmstaedter Fclio, H;innstadt; Frankfurter ?\eiie Presse,
Frankfurt; Fiardcfui'ter Rundschau, Frankfurt; Fuldaer
Volkzeituug, Fulda ; Giessener Freie Presse, Giessen ;
Hessische Nachricliten, Kassel ; Kasseler Zeitung, Kassel ;
Offenbach Post, Offenbach; Warburger Presse, Marburg;
Wetzlarer Neue Zeitung, Wetzlar; Wiesbadener Kurier.
Wiesbaden ; Werra Rundschau, Eschucge.
Wuerttcmhcrff-Iliiflcn:
Neue Wuerttembergische Zeitung, Goeppingen ; Rhein
Neckar Zeitunu', Hcidellierg; Heillironner Stinime. H;il-
bronn ; Badisclie Neueste Nachrichten, Karlsruhe ; Der
Mannheinier Morgen, Mannlieiin ; Sueddeutsi-lie AIl-
genielne, Pforzheim ; Das Wuerttembergische Zeit Echo,
Schwaebisch-Hall; Htuttgarter Nachrichten, Stuttiiart;
Stuttgarter Zeitung, Stuttgart ; Fraenkische Nachrichten,
Tauberbischofsheim ; Schwaebische Donau Zeitung, Ulm.
Brrliti:
Der Tagesspiegel, Berlin ; Der Abend, Berlin.
Bremen:
Weser Kurier, Bremen ; Nordsee Zeitung, Bremerhaven.
Hungary Assures U.S. That Bts Citizens Are f^ot Restricted in
Listening to Voice of America
EXCHANGE OF NOTES BETWEEN THE U.S. AND HUNGARY
[Released to the press July 22]
July 20, 194S
The Secretary of State presents his compliments
to the Charge d'Atfaires ad interim of Hungary
and acknowledges the receipt of the Legation's
note Xo. ;3330/194S of July U, 1948, concerning a
recent statement by the Assistant Secretary of
State for Public Affairs regarding persons in
Hungary who listen to "Voice of America" broad-
casts.^
The Secretary of State welcomes particularly
the statement, in the note luider reference, that
there are no legal or police restrictions in Hungary
against any citizens listening to American broad-
casts and that no one has been persecuted or ar-
rested there for listening to American or any other
broadcasts. The Government of the United States
is convinced that the peoples of the world must be
permitted to obtain news from a multiplicity of
sources both within and outside their national
boundaries, if they are to be able to judge for them-
selves the truth or falsehood of the information
they read or hear.
As the United States Delegation emphasized at
the recent conference on Freedom of Information
at Geneva, "Freedom to Listen" has become a car-
dinal requirement in the modern world. The Gov-
ernment of the United States is led to assume,
from the Legation's statement, that the Hungarian
Aogosf J, ?948
Government intends to give effect to this principle.
The American public had gained a contrary im-
pression regarding the Hungarian Government's
attitude on this point, not only from reports re-
ceived from Hungary but also from the tenor of
statements appearing in the Hungarian press it-
self. The Secretary of State therefore welcomes
the Legation's affirmation that these impressions
are unfounded.
The Secretary of State also notes the Legation's
categoric denial of recent articles in American
newspapers including a report alleging that col-
lectivization of land in Hungary is imminent and,
in this connection further, the Legation's refer-
ence to explicit declarations by the Hungarian
Government on several occasions that it has not the
remotest intention of introducing this measure in
Hungary.
In the light of the considerations stated above,
the Government of the United States believes that
public understanding both here and in Hungary
will be served by the release of this correspondence
to the press and that free peoples everywhere will
observe attentively the support which the Hiin-
garian Government gives in the future to the prin-
ciple of "Freedom to Listen".
' Bulletin of .July IS, 104S, p. 91.
145
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
A copy of this communication is being trans-
mitted to the Hungarian Government through the
American Legation in Budapest, which is in re-
ceipt of a note from the Hungarian Foreign Office
on the same subject.
Department of State,
Washington
July H, 194s
The Charge d'Affaires ad interim of Hungary
presents his compliments to the Honorable the
Secretary of State and upon instructions received
from his Government has the honor to draw his
attention to the following:
On July 10, 1948 several newspapers in the
United States published a statement made by Mr.
George V. Allen, Assistant Secretary of State for
Public Affairs in which he denounced the Govern-
ment of Hungary for arresting and charging per-
sons for listening to broadcasts of the "Voice of
America".
In the above mentioned statement Mr. Allen
himself admits that there exist "no legal or police
restrictions against listening to American broad-
casts'' in Hungary but he maintains "that these
measures take the form of arrest of persons on
charges of inciting against Hungarian democracy.
The police cite as one of the evidences of guilt,
the fact that the persons arrested have listened to
'Voice of America' broadcasts".
The Charge d'Affaires ad interim of Hungary
deeplj' regrets that he has to denounce the state-
ment of Mr. Allen as being entirely mistaken and
not covering the facts. The situation in Hungary
is that not only are there no legal or police re-
strictions against any citizens listening to Ameri-
can broadcasts in Hungarj' but never has anybody
been persecuted or arrested in Hungary for lis-
tening to American or any other broadcasts. In
fact the Hungarian police have never detained
anybody with the charge that he or she listened to
American broadcasts.
The Charge d'Affaires ad interim of Hungary
has no doubts that in accordance with Paragraph
B, of the Presidential Executive Order of March
8, 1927 the appropriate United States diplomatic
representatives in Budapest have been keeping
the American Government promptly and accur-
ately informed" of the situation as it existed in
Hungary and in their reports have given a denial
to Mr. Allen's statement to that effect.
It goes without saying, however, that police in
Hungary will detain and prosecute anybody who
incites against Hungarian democracy according to
the law voted by the Hungarian Parliament which
was duly elected by the free will of the Hungarian
people. This is a primary duty of Hungarian
policemen entrusted with the peaceful enforce-
ment of the law.
The Charge d'Affaires ad interim of Hungary
has no doubts that the Honorable Assistant Secre-
tary does not wish Hungarian law enforcing of-
146
ficers to disobey the laws entrusted to them by
the democratic Government of Hungary as this
would indeed, present a serious case of interference
by a foreign government official of high standing
into the internal affairs of a sovereign nation with
which the United States maintains peaceful and
orderly diplomatic relations. Furthermore, the
Charge d'Affaires ad interim of Hungary has no
doubt that the Assistant Secretary does not wish
to induce the responsible Government of Hungary
to the infringement of the fulfilling of the obli-
gations as imposed by the Peace Treaty which was
agreed upon by the Allied Powers after their joint
victory over Nazism and Fascism. This Treaty,
to the enforcement of which the United States
assumed a commitment of support, clearly indi-
cates that one of the primary duties of the respon-
sible democratic Government as set forth, is to
"uproot and abolish the existing renmants of no-
torious prewar and wartime Hungarian reaction-
ary Fascist regimes. These remnant elements are a
constant threat to world peace by their spreading
of war propaganda and inciting hatred between
peaceful nations. Thus the Hungarian law prose-
cuting them evolved from the necessity of a crucial
situation in the development of Hungarian democ-
racy, and constitutes merely an exercise in the right
of self-defense of a sovereign, democratic
government.
The Charge d'Affaires ad interim of Hungary,
however, concedes that it is a most regrettable
occurrance that the persons on whose recent ar-
rests Mr. Allen has based his above-quoted state-
ment, when detained for spreading the rumor that
the dropping of atomic bombs over Hungary is
only a matter of a few weeks, claimed that it was
the "Voice of America" broadcasts which bore di-
rectly on their actions.
Hungarian law enforcement officers commend-
ably fulfilling their duty, cannot by any means be
made responsible for the fact that persons in de-
tention i-efer the general pi'ospect of an atomic war
to broadcasts which are headed by Mr. George V.
Allen.
Mr. Allen, referring to the new broadcasts of
the "Voice of America" says that they "are factual,
objective reports such as the American public reads
and listens to daily in American newspapers and
radio broadcasts".
The Charge d'Affaires ad interim of Hungary
takes this occasion to declare that in connection
with events in Hungai'y in the course of the last
few weeks several newspapers in the United States
have published statements which were not only far
from being "factual" and "objective" but were in
their entirety, contrary to truth and misinformed
the United States public about the actual situation
in Hungary. They are in a direct contradiction to
the principle of the First President of the United
States who said that "It is essential that public
opinion should be enlightened".
Department of Sfofe Bulletin
Eeference has to be made to the report of Mr.
Jolin MacCormac of the July 1, 19-18 issue of the
New York Times in whicli he writes about collec-
tivization of the land as about to be introduced in
Hunijarv whereas the truth is that the present
Hun^Mrian Government on several occasions ex-
plicitly declared that it had not the remotest in-
tention of introducing this measure in Hungary.
In the same connection reference has to be macle
to certain reports published in numerous American
newspaj)ers concerning Hungarian monks and
nuns fleeing the country because they do not want
to serve in the nationalized schools whereas the
truth is that most of the teachers of religious
schools, monks and nuns included, are willing to
continue their work in the schools and at the
present time are engaged in negotiations with the
Government through their representative com-
mittee of four outstanding Catholic religious lead-
ers, discussing the details of the transition of
schools unto government control.
The Charge d'Affaires ad interim of Hungary
wishes to express his thanks and appreciation for
the good office of the Honorable Secretary of State.
The Honorable
George C. Marshall
Secretary of iState
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Voice of America Broadcasts Strengthened in
Europe Through New Relay
[Released to the press July 18]
Inauguration of a new relay of Voice of Amer-
ica broadcasts by the British Broadcasting Cor-
poration was announced on July 18 by the State
Department.
The news service, which goes into effect on July
18, is provided for in agreements recently nego-
tiated between BBC and the State Department.
It contemplates the use of five additional trans-
mitters to increase the BBC relays of Voice of
America broadcasts from the present three hours
to nine hours a day.
George V. Allen, Assistant Secretary of State
for public affairs, said the increased relaj' service
was undertaken to improve the signal of Voice
of America broadcasts to Europe and to insure
a larger listening audience in this vital target
area.
As in the past, the BBC relays will include long,
medium, and shortwave broadcasts. They will
be in addition to the eight hours daily now re-
layed by the State Department's European relay
base in Munich.
U.S. Proposals Regarding Resumption of^Delivery of
Electric Power to South Korea
EXCHANGE OF LETTERS BETWEEN GENERAL HODGE AND GENERAL MERKULOV
[Released to the press July 23]
GemralJohn R. Hodge, Commander of U.S. Army
Forces in Korea, to General Merktdov
July 12, 19Jf8.
This is to acknowledge receipt of your letter of
25 June 1948, which was delivered to me in Seoul
on 2 July.
As I have often stated in the past, the Ameri-
can command in Korea would welcome the oppor-
tunity to reach settlement for all electric power
hitherto received from northern Korea, and to
come to a mutually satisfactoi-y agreement relat-
ing to future deliveries of electric power. The
American position in this matter has been clearly
set forth by the United States Government note of
29 June 1948 ^ to the Soviet Government, which
says, in part : "It is the view of this government
that so long as Soviet forces remain in occupation
of North Korea, the Soviet command cannot divest
itself unilaterally of its responsibilities, including
the responsibility incurred under the agreement
Augosf ?, ?948
of June 17, 1947. Should the Soviet command
persist in refusing to maintain an adequate flow
of electric power to South Korea, the people of
that area will thereby be subjected to unwarranted
hardships."
Following directive of the American command
in past power negotiations, I expect to designate
qualified Koreans to participate in any future
negotiations on the power question. Similarly, it
is acceptable to the American command if the So-
viet command wishes to designate certain Koreans
to act as its authorized representatives in accepting
commodities transferred in payment for power
under the 17 June 1947 agreement, and to partici-
pate in any further negotiations regarding electric
power.
In order to promote the best interests of the
Korean people, both north and south of the thirty-
eighth parallel, I propose the following:
' BuixETiN of .July 11, 1948, p. 50.
147
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
1. Immediate resumption of the flow of electric
power from northern to southern Korea.
2. Simultaneous dispatch of representatives of
Soviet command to Seoul to accept delivery of the
first of many train-loads of valuable electrical
equipment and other commodities, which were
ordered on world markets to meet the requirements
specified by the Soviet command.
3. Concurrent dispatch to Seoul of fully author-
ized representatives of the Soviet command, or
agents designated and properly accredited by the
Soviet command with full powers to act in their
behalf, for the purpose of concluding a settlement
for electric power received after 31 May 1947, and
of reaching an agi-eement regarding payment for
electric power to be received during the remainder
of the occupation.
General Serafi'm Petrovich Merkuloi\ Commander
of Soviet Army Forces in Korea, to General Hodge
June 26, 194S
I confirm having received your letter of June
12, 1948.= I informed the North Korea Peoples
Committee of your proposal that the American
Military Government in South Korea will offer
commodities to North Korea in compensation for
the electric power supplied.
The North Korean Peoples Committee informed
me that immediately the American Military Gov-
ernment pays for the electric power supplied to
South Korea for the period from August 15, 1945,
through June 1947, which was to have been paid
in full by December 17, 1947, under provisions of
the agreement dated June 14, 1947, it will resume
supplying electric power to South Korea.
In view of your statement that the commodities
to be sent to North Korea in payment of the elec-
tric power supplies are already in Seoul ware-
houses, tlie North Korean Peoples Committee has
decided to dispatch its representatives to Seoul to
take delivery of the said commodities, when the
American Military Government in South Korea
will have a satisfactory opportunity to pay for
the electric power supplies, and at the same time,
to reach an agreement on the electric power to be
supjilied to South Korea in future.
With regard to your proposal for holding a par-
ley in connection with the payment for electric
power supplies to South Korea, as I have informed
you already on several occasions, negotiations on
tliis matter will have to be conducted with the
North Korean Peoples Committee. I am well
aware of the fact tliat the proposal for the Peoples
Committee to initiate sucli negotiations already
was submitted to you in March this year.
I am convinced that if you accept the afore-
mentioned proposal of the North Korean Peoples
Committee, the question of electric power supply
to South Korea will be settled at an early date.
'Not printed.
148
Procedure for Filing Claims With Finland
[Released to the press July 15]
The Department is in receipt of a note from the
Finnish Legation which reads in part as follows
"On April 23, 1948, the President of the Ee-
public of Finland signed a law concerning com-
pensation for losses caused by transferring of Ger-
man proi:)erty in Finland to the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics. On the basis of this law the
Ministry of Finance gave on April 30, 1948 a
decision according to which compensation for
losses mentioned in said law are to be claimed in
writing to the Ministry of Finance on or before
June 30, 1948 or in case the permanent domicile or
residence of the party entitled to compensation is
outside Finland, on or before August 31, 1948.
It is further stipulated in the decision that the
parties entitled to compensation domiciled or re-
siding abroad may within the time last mentioned
above either deliver in person or send by mail the
application for compensation to the Finnish Lega-
tions or to Consulates, the Chiefs of which are
career officers."
The Department of State is seeking further in-
formation concerning the scope of the legislation
involved but considers it desirable in the meantime
to publisli the information in view of the short
time for filing claims. The offices in the United
States which may receive such claims are the
Legation of Finland, 2144 Wyoming Avenue,
Washington, D.C., and the Finnish Consulate Gen-
eral, 53 Broadway, New York City.
It is suggested that American claimants inform
the Dejiartment of any claims which they may file
under the above legislation.
Belgium and Czechoslovakia Make Payments
on Surplus-Property Credits
[Released to the press July 7]
The Department of State announced July 7 that
the following payments have been received on U.S.
war-surplus credit accounts :
Belgium has paid the sum of $436,699.32 in prin-
cipal and interest on its surplus credit account.
Czechoslovakia has paid the sum of $182,164.03
in interest on its credit account. Both payments
were made to the Paris office of the Foreign
Liquidation Commissioner, Department of State,
on July 1, 1948, the date tliey fell due.
The Belgian payment marks the second install-
ment on tlie account. Of the $436,699.32 paid,
appro.ximately $118,000.00 was interest and the
remainder principal.
The Czechoslovak interest payment is also the
second paid on the account. Principal is not due
until 1951. Both Belgium and Czechoslovak
agreements provide interest at 2% percent with
annual payments over a 30-year period.
Department of State Bulletin
Adherence to Genera! Agreement on Tariffs and Trade: Brazil, Burma,
Ceylon, New Zealand, Pakistan, Syria, Lebanon
The President on July 15, 1948, issued a procla-
mation putting into effect as of July 30 and 31 the
tariff concessions in schedule XX of tlie General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, dated October 30,
1947, of primary interest to Ceylon and Lebanon
and to Brazil and New Zealand, respectively.'
The President's action followed receipt of infor-
mation that the first two countries signed the pro-
tocol of provisional application of the general
agreement on June 29, 1948, and that the latter two
signed on June 30, 1948. The proclamation also
states that Burma signed the protocol on June 29,
1948, and that Pakistan and Syria signed on June
30, 1948. Pursuant to the provisions of the proto-
col, each of these countries will become a contract-
ing party to the agreement on the expiration of 30
days from the date of its signature.
The general agreement was entered into by the
United States last October 30 at Geneva with 22
other countries. Application of it by the seven
countries named brings to 22, out of the total 23,
the number of negotiating countries applying the
agreement. Chile, the remaining country, has
asked for an extension of time in which to sign the
protocol. In the case of six of the countries which
have just adhered to the agreement, the event also
marks the first entry into force of a trade agree-
ment with the United States, Brazil being the only
one of the seven which already had a trade agree-
ment with this country. The earlier trade agree-
ment with Brazil will be inoperative while both
the United States and Brazil are contracting
parties to the Genei-al Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade.
Under the general agreement, the seven coun-
tries will malve effective a wide range of tariff con-
cessions benefiting the trade of the United States.
Moreover, these coTOitries, along with the other
contracting parties, commit themselves to limita-
tions with respect to the application of quotas,
import restrictions, valuation for customs pur-
poses, and the conduct of state trading. These
provisions give important assurance that the trade
of the United States will be accorded fair treat-
ment. The United States on its part negotiated
tariff concessions affecting a substantial volume of
trade with all of the seven countries. The re-
ciprocal benefits in the case of each of these
countries are summarized below.
Augosf I, 1948
Brazil
In the general agreement Brazil granted con-
cessions on products of primary interest to the
United States representing aboiit $30,500,000 in
terms of 1938 imports from the Unitetl States, or
about one half of Brazil's total imports from the
United States in that year.
The Brazilian duties used as a basis for negotia-
tion were rates adjusted upwards by 40 percent un-
der a plan consented to by the negotiators for the
general adjustment of the Brazilian tariff designed
to deal with changes in the value of the Brazilian
currency and in the Brazilian price level. Con-
cessions granted by Brazil consisted of reductions
and bindings of adjusted duties and bindings on
the free list. On the basis of 1938 figures, about
60 percent of United States export trade covered
by Brazilian concessions (over $17,000,000 out of
$30,500,000) will be dutiable at rates equivalent
to less than 10 percent ad valorem on the basis of
1943 values; about $5,000,000 more of that trade
will be dutiable at between 10 and 20 percent ad
valorem; and another $3,500,000 will be subject to
rates between 20 and 30 percent ad valoiem. In
addition, nearly $2,500,000 in trade is assured a
continuance of the present duty-free treatment.
Reductions in pre-agreement duty rates were
granted by Brazil on a number of items of inqwr-
tance to the United States such as powdered milk,
walnuts in the shell, canned fruit, radio tubes, coal-
tar dyes, paraffin, turpentine, certain automobile
parts, steel safes, cameras, ready-made woven cot-
ton clothing (except shirts and drawers), and
bituminous coal. The bindings granted on the ad-
justed tariff rates, or reductions therefrom, include
such items as barbed wire, airplanes and parts,
most trucks, power pumps, motion-picture films,
photographic films and plates, steam boilers, power
excavators and dredgers, pneumatic and electric
tools, automatic refrigerators, most household
machinery and appliances, calculating machines,
linotypes and other typographical machines, and
passenger automobiles.
The concessions made by the United States in the
general agreement on products of pi-imary interest
to Brazil represent in terms of 1939 trade about
$100,200,000. Of this total, duty-free imports, on
' Proclamation 2798, 1.3 Fed. Rc(r. 4057.
149
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
which bindings were granted, accounted for $93,-
100,000, a large part of which consists of coffee.
The dutiable imports amounted to $7,100,000. The
principal items in this category, on which bindings
of existing rates or reductions therefrom were
granted, include Brazil nuts, castor oil, manganese
ore of more than 35 percent manganese content,
mica, unmanufactured, valued above 15 cents a
pound, cocoa butter, animal glues valued at less
than 40 cents a pound, caffeine, theobromine, nat-
ural menthol, dried bananas, and various hardwood
limiber items.
Burma
Items of principal interest to the United States
on which Burma made concessions are canned
milk, canned or bottled fruits and vegetables, lu-
bricating oil, various chemicals, drugs and medi-
cines, machinery, and typewriters. Because of its
dollar shortage, the Government of Burma has
restricted imports from hard-currency areas to
those items which are most essential to its economic
reconstruction program. It is expected that most
dollar exchange will therefore be reserved for capi-
tal goods, particularly communications equipment,
power equipment, mining and textile machinery,
and other industrial materials for the rehabilita-
tion of key industries.
United States concessions from which Burma
will benefit include those on tungsten, nickel and
alloys, copper and manufactures, and cei'tain hides
and skins.
Ceylon
Under the general agreement Ceylon granted
concessions on products of primary interest to the
United States which in terms of 1939 imports from
the United States represented more than $844,000.
The United States will also benefit from additional
Ceylonese concessions negotiated with other coun-
tries at Geneva, imports of which into Ceylon from
the United States amounted to $93,000 in 1939.
These concessions were given in the form of re-
ductions in the rates of cfuty, bindings against in-
crease of existing moderate rates of duty, a bind-
ing of the duty-free status of one item, and a re-
duction in the margin of preference on another.
Ceylonese concessions of principal interest to the
United States were on apples and other fresh fruit,
dried and canned fruit, condensed milk and milk
foods, tobacco, machinery, radios, refrigerators,
typewriters, paints, drugs, and medicines.
United States tariff concessions on products of
interest to Ceylon apply to imports from Ceylon
which amounted to $20,788,000 in 1939. These con-
cessions consisted of reductions in and bindings
of rates of duty on imports from Cevlon in 1939
valued at $162,000, and the binding of the duty-
free status of imports from Ceylon which
amounted to $20,626,000 in 1939. United States
150
concessions of interest to Ceylon are on graphite,
coconut oil, desiccated coconut, coir fiber, rubber,
tea, cinnamon, and citronella oil.
New Zealand
New Zealand granted concessions on products of
interest to the United States representing about
$12,896,000 in terms of 1939 trade. These con-
cessions were given in the foi'm of reductions in
the rates of duty, bindings against increase of
moderate rates of duty, reductions in the margin
of preference, the elimination of certain margins
of preference, and bindings of duty-free status.
Some of the products falling into these categories
are as follows: raisins, citrus fruits, certain
canned fruits, agricultural machinery, automo-
biles, tractors, machine tools, office machinery,
tobacco, motorcycles, cinema films, and surgical
appliances. New Zealand eliminated preferences
on 11 items accounting for $2,631,000 of New Zea-
land imports from the United States in 1939,
namely: cigarettes, tobacco for cigars and ciga-
rettes, grapes, and lemons (except for South
Africa) , canned prunes, sausage casings, furs, re-
frigerating apparatus, adding and computing
machines.
The concessions on products of interest to New
Zealand made by the United States apply to com-
modities valued at $9,690,000 in terms of 1939
trade. United States tariff reductions apply to a
total of $1,579,000; bindings against increase of
certain duties, to $2,149,000; and bindings on the
free list, to $5,962,000. Among the products of
interest to New Zealand on which the United States
reduced or bound its duties are butter, beef, veal,
mutton, certain grass seeds, and apparel wools.
The bindings of duty-free status apply to the fol-
lowing products of interest to New Zealand : sheep
and lamb skins, sausage casings, coney and rabbit
furs, and New Zealand fiber.
Pakistan
In the general agreement Pakistan granted
concessions on several important United States ex-
port products among which are dried and con-
densed milk, certain canned fruits and vegetables,
drugs, oil crushing and refining machinery, type-
writers and office machinery, agricultural machin-
ery and tractors, radios, and automobiles. These
concessions were in the form of reductions in the
rates of duty, bindings against increase of existing
duties, bindings of the duty-free status, and reduc-
tions in the margin of preference. Pakistan is an
important source of United States imports of bad-
minton and tennis rackets, carpet wools, wool rugs,
and raw jute, items on which the United States
granted concessions in the agreement. Since
Pakistan achieved Dominion status only on August
15, 1947, there are no prewar trade figures available
on either the quantity or value of our trade with
Pakistan.
Department of State Bulletin
Syro-Lebanese Customs Union
In the goncml agreement, Syria and Lebanon
granted tariff concessions on products of interest
to tlie United States rejjresenting approximately
$1,784,000 in terms of 1!);!8 trade, or 63 percent of
total imports into Syria and Lebanon from this
country in that year. Tlie duties were reduced on
28 items, bounil against increase on 17, and bound
free on three. The items of principal interest to
the United States are passenger automobiles, tires
and tubes, machine tools, otiice machines, batteries,
dentifrices, and prunes. Among the concessions
made by Syria and Lebanon was an undertaking
to eliminate the differential dut}' treatment under
which much higher duties have been imposed on
THE RECORD Of THE WBBK
heavy passenger automobiles, which are imported
chiefly from the United States, than on lighter
automobiles, wliich are imported chiefly from
countries other than the United States, and to pro-
vide a uniform rate for all such automobiles.
The concessions on products of interest to Syria
and Lebanon made by the United States in the
general agreement apply to commodities which
represented approximately $1,778,000 in terms of
1938 trade, or 72 percent of United States imports
from Syria and Lebanon in tliat year. Reductions
were granted on apricots, apricot pulp, chickpeas,
Latakia-type tobacco, pistachio nuts, and thyme
leaves. The duty-free entry of carpet wools, lico-
rice root, and sausage casings was bound against
change.
Fourth Semiannual Report of the Atomic Energy Commission Released
STATEMENT BY THE PRESIDENT
[Released to the press by the White House July 24]
Today tlie fourth semiannual report of the
Atomic Energj' Commission is made public, al-
most on the eve of the second anniversary of the
Atomic Energy- Act of 1946. Every thoughtful
person shoukl become familiar with tliis report.
Atomic energy is not only the Government's busi-
ness; it is the vital concern of every citizen.
Two years have elapsed since the Atomic Energy
Act became law, and it is now possible to see in
true perspective tlie wisdom of that legislation.
Rarely has the writing of a statute so challenged
this nation's political courage and integrity.
Never before has a nation victorious in war, and
unequaled in power, demonstrated more concretely
its devotion to peace and social progress.
The Atomic Energy Act stands upon four policy
points. The first is that since a free society places
the civil authority above tlie military power, the
control of atomic energy properlj' belongs in ci-
vilian hands. The second is that until the tech-
nolog}- of atomic energy is better understood and
safeguards are devised to reduce the hazards of
its use, the normal role of private enterprise in
the development of a natural resource must be
restrained, and public ownBrship maintained. The
third point is that until controls are established
on the international level to prevent the military
use of atomic energj', we cannot, as a nation, af-
ford to disclose the secrets which make this new
force the most deadly form of military weapon.
The fourth policy point is that we must not relax
our efforts to probe deeper into the facts of nature
to derive increasing knowledge of atomic energy,
botli to supplement our defenses and to open new
opportunities for peaceful progress.
As to tlie first of these principles, I have con-
cerned myself, since becoming President, with
August I, 1948
the difficult problem of balancing the civilian and
military interests in atomic energy. It was my
grave responsibility to make the decision which
resulted in the first use of atomic weapons in time
of war. Ever since that time, I have sought to
eliminate atomic weapons as instruments of war,
by seeking througli the United Nations to put the
control of the dangerous aspects of atomic energy
beyond the reach of any individual nation. At the
same time, without losing hope of achieving in-
ternational control, I have directed that every ef-
fort be made toward maintaining the leading posi-
tion of the United States in the knowledge of
nuclear energy and its military applications.
Today we possess powerful atomic weapons.
The recent tests conducted jointly by the Atomic
Energy Commission and the armed services in the
Pacific have demonstrated beyond any question
that our position in the field of atomic weapons
has been substantially improved. Such advances
vindicate the faith of the American people in the
principle of civilian control of atomic energy.
The progress which has been achieved under the
present allocation of responsibilities is itself
strong proof of the capacity of civilians and mili-
tary men to work together in common cause.
As President of the United States. I regard the
continued control of all aspects of the atomic-
energy program, including research, development,
and the custody of atomic weapons, as the proper
functions of the civil authorities. Congress has
recognized that the existence of this new weapon
places a grave responsibility on the President as to
its use in the event of a national emergency. There
must, of course, be very close coo]ipration between
the civilian commission and the Military Estab-
lishment. Both the military authorities and the
civilian commission deserve high commendation
151
THE RECORD Of THB WBBK
for the joint efforts which they are putting for-
ward to maintain our nation's leadership in tliis
vital work.
The Government of the United States holds in
trust all our fissionable materials and production
facilities. These are being used, on an increasing
scale, to speed the discovery of applications of
atomic energy to industry, agriculture, and public
health. The Atomic Energy Commission reports
that recent experiments hold out the promise of
more efficient production on the farm and in the
factory and of an increase of mechanical and
human energy for doing the world's work. While
this program is directed by an agency of the Gov-
ernment, the plants and laboratories are operated
by leading industrial and research organizations
through contracts with the Federal Government.
I hope that, in due course, the Government will be
able to permit greater participation by private
industry in the development of atomic energy.
"When that time arrives, our industries and re-
search organizations will be well prepared to carry
forward the applications of atomic energy which
will provide better living and better health for our
people.
Secrecy is always distasteful to a free people.
In scientific research, it is a handicap to produc-
tivity. But our need for security in an insecui-e
world compels us, at the present time, to maintain
a high order of secrecy in many of our atomic-
energy undertakings.
V/hen the imtions of the world are prepared to
join with us in the international control of atomic
energy^ this requirement of secrecy xoiU disappear.
Our Government has sought, through its repre-
sentatives on the United Nations Atomic Energy
Commission, to find a common basis for under-
standing with the other member nations. How-
ever, the uncompromising refusal of the Soviet
Union to participate in a workable control system
has thus far obstructed progress.
The Atomic Energy Act has stood the test of
two years of administration. There is no reason
to question the sound basis on which it rests. In
two years, the world has found no ready answers to
the problem of war and peace. Atomic energy,
therefore, remains a fearful instrument of destruc-
tion and a wonderful invitation to progress
through peace.
Proposed Amendments by the President to the Displaced Persons Act of 1948
[Released to the press by the White House July 23]
The President has completed the amendments
which he will recommend that the Congress, dur-
ing the forthcoming special session, make to the
law for the immigration of displaced persons,
passed by the Congress at the end of the last ses-
sion. In general, the amendments he will propose
follow the lines of the statement he issued on
June 25, when he signed this law.^
The amendments which the President will pro-
pose include the following :
(1) The elimination of all features of the law
whose effect is to discriminate by reason of race or
religion. The chief discrimination of this sort is
the date limitation introduced into the law. It
now provides that, except for the recent Czech
i-efugees, no displaced person or refugee can im-
migrate under this law unless he had arrived in the
western zones of Germany or Austria or in Italy,
by December 22, 1945. Since most of the Jewish
displaced persons took refuge in the western zones
of Germany and Austria and in Italy after that
date and since that limitation also bars Catholic
refugees from Yugoslavia and elsewhere who es-
caped after that date, the President proposes a
substitute date — one urged by advocates of this
legislation originally — April 21, 1947.
Other provisions of the present law which the
President regards as discriminatory would also be
eliminated by other amendments he is proposing.
' Public Law 774, 80th Cong., 2d sess.
152
(2) The law as passed by the Congress contains
certain features which make it difficult of admin- j
istration. Certain provisions require the submis- i
sion of certain types of data and the making of
certain kinds of arrangements in advance of the
granting of visas to displaced persons — conditions
so rigidly framed that it will be very difficult for
the displaced persons to comply with them. The
result may be that instead of immigration in the
numbers fixed by the bill only a considerably re-
duced number can come in at all.
For example, there is a provision in regard to
having a job prior to arrival. Tlie President be-
lieves that the various social, welfare, and religious
groups which will handle the problem in the
United States will be in a position to solve all such ■
questions effectively and that it is both sound and
wise to place confidence in the fairness of the re-
ligious and welfare groups and in their ability to ,
do the job well. The representatives of many of i
them have indicated that they can solve the diffi- 1
culties confronting displaced persons on their ar--
rival in this country but that it will be extremely
difficult to proceed under the restrictive provisions
unnecessarily introduced into the law at the last
session.
(3) The President will propose an amendment
to eliminate the so-called "Mortgaging of the'
Future Quotas" provision. Under this provision,
future generations of prospective and desirablel
immigrants seeking to enter the United States un-
der the regular immigration quotas will be penal-
Deporfmenf of Sfofe Bu//efin
ized and will be uiiiible to iiiimigrate into the
United States. This penalty will apply for many
years. For example, in the case of immigrants
seeking to come from Poland, the penalty will
run for almost an entire generation and in the
case of innnigrants seeking to enter from the Bal-
tic countries the penalty will be in effect for 100
years or more.
(4) The President will propose an amendment
increasing the number of disphiced persons who
may enter under this emergency bill, from 202,000
in two years, the figure in the present law, to ap-
proximately 402,000 in four years. This larger
ligiu'e has been supported by experts ever since
this subject was broached.
Cultural Leaders Awarded Grants-in-Aid
Chile
Jorge Ugarte Vial, Director of the Library of
the National Congress of Chile, has arrived in
Washington for a three months' visit to consult
with officials of the Library of Congress and to
study the Legislative Reference Service of the
Library. His visit has been arranged under the
travel-grant program of the Department of State
lin cooperation with the Library of Congress.
Cuba
Dr. Julian B. Acuna, head of the department of
botany of the Agricultural Experiment Station
at Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba, arrived in Wash-
ington June 28 for a three months' visit in this
country in connection with a fiber-research project
on which the United States and the Cuban station
are collaborating. He will spend several days in
consultation with officials of the Department of
Agriculture before beginning a trip to various
other cities to confer with fiber-research agi'ono-
'nists, breeders, and engineers. His visit has been
facilitated through a grant-in-aid from the De-
)artment of State, awarded at the request of the
department of Agriculture.
VIexico
Fernando Obregon Fernandez, chief of the tech-
ncal office of the Directorate General of Fisheries
uid Allied Industries of the Ministrv of Marine
>t Mexico, arrived in Washington June 28 for a
hi-ee months' visit under the travel-grant program
't the Department of State in cooperation with the
ntenor Department.
Rafael Orellana, archeologist of the National In-
titute of Anthropology and professor of anthro-
lological sciences at the National University of
lexico. has arrived in Washington to spend three
ugusf J, 7948
THB RECORD OF THE WEEK
months in this country visiting museums, and con-
ferring with other experts in his field.
Mr. Orellana, whose visit has been arranged
under the travel-grant program of tlie Department
of State m cooperation with the National Gallery
of Art, plans to spend two months in Washington,
at the end of which time he will go to New York
for further conferences and observation at the
iVIetropolitan and Brooklyn Museums, returning
to Mexico in October.
United States
Dr. Harvey L. Johnson, associate professor of
Romance Languages at Northwestern University,
has been awarded a grant-in-aid by the Depart-
ment of State for a series of lectures at the cultural
centers in Montevideo, Asuncion, Cordoba ( Argen-
tina) , Lima, and La Paz. His lectures will cover
subjects pertaining to Latin American studies and
culture m the ITnited States and intellectual and
social development in the United States.
Walter M. Bastian, former assistant professor
of English at the United States Naval Academy,
Annapolis, has been awarded a grant-in-aid by
the Department of State to serve as visiting pro-
fessor of English at the University of El Sah-ador
for one year, beginning this month. This grant
was awarded in response to a request from the
University in connection with its plans to inaugu-
rate a three-year course in English and to build
up a library of English books. The classes will
be open to a limited number of outsiders as well
as to university students.
Dr. Cecil R. Monk, director of the department
of biology of Willamette University, Salem, Ore-
gon has received a grant from the Department
of State to enable him to spend a year as visitino-
professor of biology at the Institute of Natural
Sciences, Central University, Caracas, Venezuela.
The University has invited Dr. Monk to assist in
the organization of the department of biology to
give courses in zoology and biology, and to do
research in invertebrate zoology.
Uruguay
Felix de Medina, counselor and professor of the
faculty of engineering of the University of Monte-
video and director of the Machinery Institute of
the same school, has arrived in Washington for a
three months' visit in the United States under the
travel-grant program of the Department of State.
Mr. de Medina M-ill visit schools of engineering in
various parts of the country, his chief interest
being in methods of teaching mechanical engineer-
ing and in laboratory equipment. He will also
study methods of production of machinery, espe-
cially Diesel electric locomotives and gas turbines,
and mass production of automobiles, airplanes, etc.
He will visit the Railroad Fair in Chicago in
Ausust.
153
THE DEPARTMENT
Paul Daniels Appointed to Council of
Organization of American States
The Secretary of State announced on June 21
the appomtment of Paul C. Daniels as United
States Representative on the Council ot the Ur-
cranization of American States. Ambassador
Daniels succeeds in this capacity Ambassador
William Dawson, who resigned for reasons ot
in serving in his new post on the Council Am-
bassador Daniels will continue his present duties
as the Department's Director for American Ke-
public Affairs. The Council of the American
States, created by the charter approved at Bogota,
is a permanent representative council with mem-
bers representing all the American republics it
supervises the Pan American Union and ascertains
that all decisions of Inter-American conferences
are carried out.
Willard Thorp Appointed to inter- American
Economic and Social Council
[Released to the press July 13]
The Secretary of State announced on July 13
the appointment of Willard L. Thorp, Assistant
Secretary of State for economic affairs, as Repre-
sentative of the United States of America on the
Inter-American Economic and Social Council, re-
placing Paul C. Daniels, Director of the Depart-
ment's Office of American Republic Affairs.
H Gerald Smith will continue as Alternate to
the United States Representative on the Inter-
American Economic and Social Council.
Abolishment of the Shipping Division
I Effective July 1, 1948, the Shipping Division
(SD) is abolished.
II The Office of Transport and Communica-
tions (TRC), through a small staff of advisers on
international ocean shipping and inland trans-
portation, will assume responsibility for advisory
and coordinating functions of the Department
with respect to ocean shipping and inland
transport. . n ^^ ■
A Action responsibility m these fields is as-
si<^ned to the geographic offices. However, pend-
ing specific redelegation of functions, through
amendment of the Organization Manual, the Divi-
sion of Communications and Records (DC) will
continue to assign to TRC action responsibility
for correspondence dealing with shipping and in-
land transport matters.
154
III The Seamen Affairs Branch of the Ship-
ping Division, together with its personnel, func-
tions, records, furniture, equipment, and funds, is
transferred to the Division of Protective Services
(DS).
Abolishment of Division of Procurement
Control
I Pursuant to Executive Order 9960 of May
19 1948 the Division of Procurement Control
(PC) of the Office of Budget and Planning
(OBP) is abolished as of the close of business
June 30, 1948; its functions, records, equipment,
and personnel are transferred from the Depart-
ment of State to the Economic Cooperation Ad-
ministration. . i -rv i.
II Within thirty days appropriate Depart-
mental Regulations will be issued to effect the
necessary realignment of functions.
Appointment of Officers
Winthrop G. Brown as Director of the Office of Inter-
national Trade Policy, effective June 13, 1948.
Edwin M. Martin as Deputy Director of the Office of
International Trade Policy, effective June 13, ms.
Samuel D. Boykin as Director of the Office of Controls,
effective June 28, 1048. , .
Philip D Sprouse as Chief of the Division of Chinese
Affairs, Office of Far Eastern Affairs, effective June 14,
1948
George H. Butler as Deputy Director of the Policy
Planning Staff, effective July 6, 1948. ^ ^^ ^„ ^
Joseph G. Sattertliwaite as Director of the Office of
Near Eastern and African Affairs, effective July lb, 1948.
Raymond A. Hare as Deputy Director of the Office of
Near Eastern and African Affairs, effective July 16, 1948.
Volume XIII of "Territorial Papers of the U.S."
Released
[Released to the press July 25]
Advance copies of volume XIII of the series en-
titled The Territorial Papers of the United States,
published by the Department of State under the
authority of an act of Congress, were received by
the Department on July 25.
This volume, which marks the resumption of the
project after war-imposed curtailment, contains
the official papers found in the archives m Wash-
ington pertaining to the Territory of Louisiana
for the years 1803-1806. In all, three volumes are
in prospect for the Territory of Louisiana-
Missouri, 1803-1821, which comprised the entire
area of the Louisiana purchase with the exception
of the present state of Louisiana. The significance
of the present work and its companion volumes lies
in the fact that it presents for the first time a com-
prehensive documentation of the beginning of
American administration of a region out ot which
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
no less than a dozen states of the Union were sub-
sequently carved.
Beginning with the acquisition of Louisiana in
1803, the present vohime embodies documents per-
taining to the transfer of Upper Louisiana to the
United States, and to the administration of the
first governor, General James Wilkinson. For the
first and only time the civil administration of a
territory was united with the military ; the failure
of this policy became manifest before Wilkinson's
removal as governor. In this comiection there are
presented many hitherto unpublished letters of
General Wilkinson.
Problems of the transition from an old world
colony to a United States territory are depicted by
selected correspondence between departments of
the Federal Government and the various terri-
torial officials, as well as by letters passing between
numerous subordinate officers within the territory.
A wide range of materials, other than those per-
taining to tlie purely political administration, are
also included. Such documents include petitions
to Congress for redress of grievances, reports of
congi-essional committees, proclamations, letters
of application for office, as well as those illustrat-
ing party and class divisions, and other relevant
papers.
Dr. Clarence E. Carter, of the Division of His-
torical Policy Kesearch in the Department of
State, is the editor of the series of Territorial
Papers. Volume XIII of the series will be sold by
the Superintendent of Documents, Government
Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C., for $3.50
a copy.
Department Inaugurates Treaty
Information Service
[Released to the press July 25]
The Department of State inaugurated on July
24 a loose-leaf service entitled United States
Treaty Developments, designed to meet the need
for a single compilation containing up-to-date
factual information on developments affecting
international agreements entered into by the
United States.
Information on over 400 international agree-
ments is contained in the first release of loose-leaf
sheets and includes, when appropriate, notes re-
specting date and place of signature, effective date,
duration, citations to the text, signatories, ratifica-
tions, adherences, accessions, resei'vations, amend-
ments, extensions, terminations, authorizing
and implementing legislation, Executive action,
administrative interpretations, opinions of the At-
torney General, court decisions, and other relevant
action.
The 400 agreements included in this release have
either been concluded since January 1, 1944, or
there has been some development concerning them
August 7, 7948
THE DEPARTMBNT
since that date. The service will be kept current,
new loose-leaf sheets being issued as new agree-
ments are published, and earlier agreements will
be included as rapidly as possible, any recent
develoiiment regarding an earlier agreement being
made the occasion for bringing up to date the rec-
ord with respect to that instrument.
United States Treat;/ Developments is a com-
bination and extension of such previous publica-
tions of the Department of State as Treaties Suh-
mitted to the Senate, Treaty Developments lO^Ii-,
and A List of Treaties and Other International
Acts of the United States in Force on Decemher
31, 1941, and it will eventually replace them and
serve as a comprehensive guide to official material
respecting all treaties and other international
agreements to which the United States has become
a party in nearly two centuries of treaty-making.
United States Treaty Developments is compiled
by Eunice Webber Shafferman and Helen Hedvig
Brown under the direction of Bryton Barron, As-
sistant for Treaty Affairs, Office of the Legal
Adviser. The first release of loose-leaf sheets may
be purchased for $4.00 from the Superintendent of
Documents, Government Printing Office, Wash-
ington 25, D.C.
PUBLICATIONS
Department of State
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Q-overnment
Printing Office, Washington 25. D.C. Address requests
direct to the Superintendent of Documents, except in the
case of free publications, which may he obtained from the
Department of State.
Assistance to the People of Italy Under Public Law 389,
80th Congress. Treaties and Other luternational Acts
Series 1678. Pub. 3039. 17 pp. 100.
Agreement Between the United States of America
and Italy — Signed at Rome January 3, 1948 ; entered
into force January 3, 1948.
Air Transport Services. Treaties and Other International
Acts Series 1679. Pub. 3040. 39 pp. 15«f.
Agreement Between the United States of America and
France signed at Paris March 27, 1946, entered into
force March 27, 1946; and Provisional Arrangement
effected by exchange of notes signed at Paris Decem-
ber 28 and 29, 1945.
Headquarters of the United Nations. Treaties and Other
International Acts Series 1676. Pub. 3042. 29 pp. 10<!.
Agreement Between the United States of America
and the United Nations — Signed at Lake Success,
N.Y., June 26, 1947 ; and exchange of notes bringing
agreement into force November 21, 1&47.
Canol Project: Waiver by Canada of Certain Rights Relat-
ing to Crude Oil Facilities. Treaties and Other Interna-
tional Acts Series 1696. Pub. 3067. 2 pp. 5(J.
Agreement Between the United States of America
and Canada — Effected by exchange of notes signed at
Ottawa August 31, and September 6, 1945 ; entered
into force September 6, 1945.
155
The United Nations and
Specialized Agencies p°b»
U.S. Report to U.N. on False and Distorted
Reports ^^'^
Cease-Fire Orders for July 18. Cablegram to
the Arab States and to the Provisional
Government of Israel Concerning the
Security Council Resolution of 15 July and
Their Replies 130
Terms of Reference for the Visiting Mission to
Ruanda-Urundi and Tanganyika. Reso-
lution Ill
The United States in the United Nations . . 132
Treaty Information
U.S.-Yugoslav Claims Settlement:
Summary of Agreements 137
Agreement Regarding Pecuniary Claims . . 137
Agreement Regarding Settlement for Lend-
Lease, Military Relief, and Claims. . . 139
Settlement of Lend-Lease and Reciprocal-Aid
Accounts in the United Kingdom .... 143
Adherence to General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade: Brazil, Burma, Ceylon, New Zea-
land, Pakistan, Syria, Lebanon 149
Occupation Matters
Third Currency Reform Law in Germany . . 141
Statement by" Secretary Marshall on Berlin
Situation I'll
U.S. Proposals Regarding Resumption of De-
livery of Electric Power to South Korea.
Exchange of Letters Between General
Hodge and General Merkulov 147
International Information and
Cultural Affairs
U.S. Delegation to International Conference.
Linguistics 13^
Reference Materials to U.S. Licensed News-
papers in Germany. Exchange of Letters
Between Assistant Secretary Saltzman and
William Benton 144
Hungary Assures U.S. That Its Citizens Are
Not Restricted in Listening to Voice of
America. Exchange of Notes Between the
U.S. and Hungary 1*5
international Information and
Cultural Affairs — Continued Page
Voice of America Broadcasts Strengthened in
Europe Through New Relay 147
Cultural Leaders Awarded Grants-in-Aid ... 153
Economic Affairs
U.S. Delegations to International Conferences:
Physical Education 134
Navigation of the Danube 134
Medical Histories 135
Anthropological and Ethnological [Sciences . 135
Geodesy and Geophysics 135
Geology 136
Procedure for Filing Claims With Finland . . 148
Belgium and Czechoslovakia Make Payments
on Surplus-Property Credits 148
General Policy
John Abbink Appointed to Joint Brazil-U.S.
Technical Commission 136
Willard Thorp Appointed to Inter-American
Economic and Social Council 154
The Department
Paul Daniels Appointed to Council of Organ-
ization of American States 154
Abolishment of the Shipping Division .... 154
Abolishment of Division of Procurement
Control 154
Appointment of Officers 1'''4
The Foreign Service
Consular Offices 129
Henry F. Grady To Assume Duties in Greece . 129
The Congress
Proposed Amendments by the President to the
Displaced Persons Act of 1948 152
Publications
Fourth Semiannual Report of the Atomic
Energy Commission Released. Statement
by the President 151
Volume XIII of "Territorial Papers of the
U.S." Released 154
Department Inaugurates Treaty Information
Service 1^^
Department of State 155
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE; 1948
^Ae/ ^eha^tTTieni/ ^ t/tate^
TRUCE SUPERVISION IN PALESTINE • CahXegraiM
from V.N. Mediator 175
PROGRESS REPORT ON HUMAN RIGHTS • Article
by James Pomeroy Hendrick 159
For complete contents see back cover
Vol. XIX, No. 475
August 8, 1948
^SNT o«.
. ^ •i^t&&Xi\ \ :
M
'le
zl^e^ia/yi^e^t ^^ Cytale
bulletin
Vol. XIX, No. 475 • Publication 3237
Augist 8, 1948
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Woshington 25, D.C.
Sdbsceiption:
52 issues. $5; single copy, 15 cents
Published with the approval of the
Director of the Bureau of the Budget
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a meekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
tcell as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
PROGRESS REPORT ON HUMAN RIGHTS
by James Pomeroy Hendrick
The United Nations Commission on Human
Rights has completed its second year of service,^
devoted for the most part to planning for and
working on the project of an international bill of
human rights."
An international bill of human rights could con-
sist of a statement of general principles, such as
the American Declaration of Independence or the
French Declaration of the Rights and Duties of
Man. On the other hand it could take the form of
a document having legally binding force — an in-
ternational equivalent of the United States Bill of
Rights. The Commission on Human Rights de-
cided at its second session in Geneva that both a
statement of principles and a treaty were neces-
sary; it defined the term "international bill of hu-
man rights" as including both a declaration (i.e.
statement of principles), and a covenant (i.e.
treaty) as well as measures of implementation.^
It produced a draft declaration and a draft cove-
nant, and examined (but neither approved nor dis-
approved) the report of a working group on im-
plementation.''
The substantive work of the Commission at its
third session (May 24 to June 18, 1948) was the
completion of a declaration, the question of imple-
mentation being considered briefly. The Commis-
sion's Drafting Committee, which met from May
3 to May 21, 1948, considered the covenant on
human rights as well as doing preliminary work
on the declaration. This article will deal with
the i^rogress made in the preparation of an in-
ternational bill of human rights at these two ses-
sions.
Definitive work on a covenant and measures of
implementation must await the fourth session of
the Commission to be held early in 1949.^
August 8, 1948
INTERNATIONAL DECLARATION OF
HUMAN RIGHTS «
There has at no time been serious controversy
among Commission members over the general con-
tent of the declaration. It has been agreed that
the declaration should specify, first, fundamental
civil rights, known to countries such as the United
States for one hundred and fifty or more years;
and, second, social and economic rights, which have
been recognized as a development of the twentieth
century." There had, however, until the third ses-
sion of the Commission, been no very general agree-
ment on two salient points concerning the declara-
tion : length and effect.
"A Short and Concise" Declaration
The first draft of the declaration was an outline
prepared by the United Nations Secretariat, con-
sisting of 48 articles. Though the Geneva draft
was reduced to 33 articles, it was recognized that
even this was pei-haps overlong.* The United
States and China in successive sessions pressed for
a document which would be drastically shortened."
The Commission's final draft contains 28 articles,
and its content is substantially reduced.
The substantive rights now covered in the new
declaration are as follows :
Civil Rights
Article 3 : Right to life, liberty, and security of the person
Article 4 : Freedom from slavery, torture, inhuman treat-
ment or punishment
Article 5 : Recognition as a person before the law
Article C : Right to equality before the law "
Article 7 : Freedom from arbitrary arrest
Article 8 : Right to a fair hearing by an independent and
impartial tribunal
Note : For footnotes, see p. 164.
159
Article 9 (1) : Presumption of innocence and right to
public trial, with all guarantees necessary for defense,
in criminal cases
Article 9 (2) : Freedom from ex post facto laws"
Article 10: Freedom from interference with privacy
Article 11 (1) : Freedom of movement and residence
within a state
Article 11 (2) : Right to leave any country
Article 12 : Right of asylum
Article 13 : Rights concerning nationality "
Article 14 : Right to marriage and to protection of the
family
Article 15 : Right to own property
Article 16 : Freedom of religion
Article 17 : Freedom of information
Article 18 : Freedom of assembly and association
Article 19 : Eight to participate in government "
Social and Economic Rights
Article 20 : Right to social security "
Article 21 : Right to work
Article 22 : Right to health and security
Article 23 : Right to education
Article 24 : Right to rest and leisure
Article 25: Right to participate in cultural life
The problem of the long declaration as opposed
to the short declaration was first presented to the
third session of the Commission, with respect to in-
dividual articles, in connection with freedom from
arbitrary arrest (article 7) . Once the decision was
made that this article should read, quite simply,
"No one shall be subjected to arbitrary arrest or
detention", it became clear that an important
precedent had been established.^^ The Commis-
sion having adopted with respect to this article the
principle of a "short and concise" declaration,
there was thenceforth no serious departure from
the principle in subsequent articles.^^ A compari-
son between the Geneva draft and the draft pro-
duced by the third session shows the beneficial re-
sults thus obtained.^'
Effect of the Declaration
At the risk of over-simplification, it can be said
that three theories have been considered as to the
effect of the declaration :
1. The declaration imposes an immediate obli-
gation upon all member states to bring their laws
into conformity with its provisions.
2. The declaration imposes no obligation of any
sort.
3. The declaration represents a common stand-
ard of achievement for all peoples and all nations
and may thus be considered to impose a moral, but
not a legal, obligation to strive progressively to se-
cure universal and effective recognition and ob-
servance of the rights and freedoms therein set
forth.
The first of these theories rests on the assump-
tion that the United Nations Charter, particularly
in articles 55 and 56, sets forth an obligation in
treaty form to observe human rights and that the
declaration, as an "extension" of the Charter, de-
fines these rights.
The second theory rests upon a far more strict
construction of the Charter and constant reliance
upon its domestic jurisdiction clause.^*
The third theory is based upon what is con-
sidered a fair interpretation of action appropriate
to be taken under the Charter. It is in no way
intended to derogate from the domestic jurisdic-
tion clause of the Charter, although its proponents
freely admit that a covenant, as distinguished
from a declaration, is a necessary element in the
program and that a covenant would bring up for
scrutiny matters which have heretofore been con-
sidered domestic.
It is the third of these theories which has now
been adopted by the Commission. It finds expres-
sion in the preamble to the declaration, reciting
that "Member states have pledged themselves to
achieve, in cooperation with the Organization, the
promotion of universal respect for and observance
of human rights and fundamental freedoms," and
proclaiming the declaration as a "common stand-
ard of achievement for all peoples and all na-
tions, to the end that every individual and every
organ of society, keeping this declaration con-
stantly in mind, shall strive by teaching and educa-
tion to promote respect for these rights and free-
doms and by progressive measures, national and
international, to secure their universal and effec-
tive recognition and observance." It finds ex-
pression also in the introduction to the articles
dealing with social and economic rights : "Every-
one as a member of society ... is entitled to the
realization, through national effort and interna-
tional cooperation, and in accordance with the or-
ganization and resources of each State, of the
economic, social and cultural rights set out be-
low." ^' Finally, the theory finds expression in
article 26 which states that "Everyone is entitled
to a good social and international order in which
160
Department of State Bulletin
the rights and freedoms set out in this Declaration
can be fully realized."
A necessary consequence of the adoption of this
tlieory has been the abandonment of language con-
tained in the Geneva draft purporting to place an
immediate legislative obligation with respect to
certain articles.^" Such language is now reserved
for use in the covenant. A further consequence
has been the defeat of proposals that violations of
the declaration should be punished by law.^^
Declaration: Present Status
The Commission on Human Rights has accord-
ingly approved a declaration which is short and
concise ; its effect is clearly stated, and its meaning
is obvious. This accomplislunent of major pro-
portions is a tribute to the leadership of the Com-
mission's Chairman, Mrs. Franklin D. Roosevelt.
The declaration remains to be approved by the
Economic and Social Council and thereafter by the
General Assembly in order to attain its full
stature in the field of human rights.
THE COVENANT OF HUMAN RIGHTS AND
MEASURES OF IMPLEMENTATION
The Human Rights Drafting Committee started
its second session with consideration of the
covenant on human rights. At the time it ap-
peared possible that both the Committee and the
Commission would be able to develop definitive
drafts of both covenant and declaration, and reach
a conclusion as to what should be done with re-
spect to implementation.-- However, despite ex-
traordinary efforts and a seriousness of purpose
which was not questioned, the problems proved
to be too difficult, and too diffuse, for solution in
the time allotted. The Commission did not con-
sider the covenant at its third session. It pre-
ferred to do a thorough job on one document —
the declaration — rather than a superficial job on
two.^'
Covenant — Substantive Problems
As drafted by the Commission at its Geneva ses-
sion, the covenant included most of the basic civil
rights set forth in the declaration. Notable ex-
ceptions were the right to marriage, the right to
property, the right to participate in government,
and freedom from searches and seizures. The
Geneva covenant included none of the social and
economic rights.--* At the outset of the second
session of the Drafting Committee, a proposal was
made by the Australian member to include in the
covenant virtually all the rights enumerated in
the declaration. What the result would have been
had this proposal been voted upon article by arti-
cle is a matter of conjecture; in fact, the proposal
was voted upon en bloc, and defeated. The result
was that the substance of the covenant as passed
upon by the Drafting Committee remained for
the most part unchanged from the Geneva draf t.^'
Covenant — Procedural Problems
At the second session a difference of opinion
had developed with respect to the manner in which
limitations on rights should be expressed in the
covenant. On one hand it was thought that the
covenant should state the rights and at the same
time state in detail all limitations on the rights;
on the other hand, that the covenant should con-
tain one over-all statement of limitations, roughly
analogous to that contained in the declaration.^
The proponents of the first theory urged that there
was no object in having a covenant which each
adherent state could construe in accordance with
its own wishes and that this was the inevitable re-
sult of an over-all clause so bi'oad that anyone
could "drive a team of horses through it". The
proponents of the over-all clause urged that it was
impossible to codify the exceptions to general
rules already existing in the law except by em-
ploying very broad language and that it was
equally impossible to foresee in detail what new
exceptions it might be necessary to formulate.
An example in point was freedom of informa-
tion. Certain limitations have been generally
acknowledged by most countries as necessary with
respect to this right, although practices have
varied considerably. Yet the enumeration in the
covenant of limitations on the right of freedom of
information, started with six ^^ and has been pro-
gressively increased to 25,^ with proponents of
the over-all clause stating that there are more to
Augosf 8, J948
161
come. These limitations failed to take into ac-
count new limitations which might be required in
connection with television or other unforeseen
techniques. Discussion of the problem was con-
tinued throughout the Conference on Freedom of
Information and the second session of the Human
Rights Drafting Committee. Tlie report of the
Drafting Committee leaves the problem unre-
solved.
Nevertheless there are grounds for hope that a
solution can be found. The differences between
the two opinions have been exaggerated. Both
have in fact been in favor of a general clause. The
proponents of detailed limitations would, however,
limit its application to cases of "war or other pub-
lic emergency" ^ and would require a report of
its application in each case to the Secretary-Gen-
eral of the United Nations.^" A substantial num-
ber of the articles in the covenant as approved by
the Drafting Committee contain provisions which
are in effect as broad, or almost as broad, as a gen-
eral over-all limitation clause.^^ Finally, the pres.
sure for achieving agreement on this procedural
question, which threatens the verj' existence of the
covenant, should be so great as to force a solution.^^
A further point of particular interest to the
United States is a provision that the covenant shall
make allowance for the problems of federal states.
In the case of the United States, for example, the
covenant would bind the Federal Government, but
not necessarily bind the 48 State governments.
This provision, modeled after the pattern estab-
lished by the International Labor Organization,
was adopted in the Geneva draft of the covenant
and was not changed in the third session of the
Commission.
One other procedural question has been of par-
ticular importance to the United States Delegation.
In the United States not all treaties are self-
executing, since certain treaties require imple-
menting legislation. In countries such as the
United Kingdom, legislation is necessary in order
to establish the ratified treaty as part of domestic
law. Tlie members of the Drafting Committee
were sympathetic with the view that time should
be given to bring legislation, to the extent neces-
sary, in accord with provisions of the covenant.^^
The covenant accordingly contains wording tenta-
tively designed to make it clear that so far as
domestic enforcement is concerned it may require
enabling legislation.^*
162
Implementation ">
The three leading theories as to what should be
done in the event of a violation of the covenant
may be summarized.
According to the Australian theory, any viola-
tion of the covenant should be considered by a new,
six-member, international court of human rights
whose decisions shall be complied with by cove-
nanting states. Individual complaints as well as
complaints by states should be dealt with.^
Violations, according to the French theory,
should be considered by a Commission empowered
to make recommendations to parties concerned.
Individual complaints as well as complaints by
states should be dealt with.^'
According to the China-United States theory,
violations not settled by direct negotiation should
be referred to a committee empowered to make a
recommendation to the state or states concerned.
Complaints are to be limited, for the time being,
to those made by states.^'
Although it would be impossible to draw any
conclusions from the brief debate on the subject at
the Commission's third session, it may be noted
that the China-United States proposal was spe-
cifically supported by more members of the Com-
mission ^^ than any other proposal on implementa-
tion. Certain points in connection with the China-
United States proposal may be of sjiecial interest.
Of these the most widely discussed was the question
of petitions.
Petitions
The covenant is directed primarily at insuring
the rights of the individual." The following ar-
gument may be made in favor of allowing individ-
uals to bring their cases to the attention of the
committee or court which is to consider violations
of the covenant : A state cannot be relied upon to
bring up cases arising within its own borders ; and
reliance on other states to take the initiative in
such matters, in the absence of an inspection pro-
cedure (which would surely prove unacceptable in
many countries), would mean that serious viola-
tions might never come to light. A precedent was
established for consideration of individual peti-
tions in connection with minorities problems by
the League of Nations, and according to some evi-
dence at least the procedure was successful." A
fundamental basis of effective democratic govern-
ment is recognition of the right of individual ap-
Departmenf of State Bulletin
peal ; among the significant contributions made by
the United States to the philosophy of government
has been the concept that sovereignty is lodged in
the people, which thereby permits individual ac-
cess to federal courts and does not limit cases to
those brought by states which, like corporations,
"have no souls.'' "
In contrast to this argument, if the covenant is
to attain widespread adherence, it is essential that
its j)rovisions should not interfei'e unduly with the
domestic jurisdiction of member states. The
theory of the covenant in itself is revolutionary :
an undertaking by international treaty to insure
certain rights which have traditionally been re-
garded as being solely of national concern. A
sufficient impetus has been created in the Coimnis-
sion for the completion of a covenant, on the basis
of a sincere desire to avoid catastrophes such as
those launched by Hitler in his persecution of the
Jews, and to improve the standards of interna-
tional human rights in a field which appears to
many to be more important than the ever expand-
ing field of science. But this impetus may be lost
if the initial program is too ambitious. To allow
an individual to appeal from a decision of his
countr3''s court of last resort is a serious step ; yet
this might be the consequence of recognizing the
right of individual petition.*^
The International Court of Justice
The China-United States proposal recognizes
that certain cases arising under the covenant may
be considered by the International Court of Jus-
tice. Compulsory jurisdiction, however, is not
expressly provided.^*
Committee To Consider Complaints
The China-United States proposal provides for
"the appointment of a Committee by Covenanting
States . . .^^ which is in contradistinction to the
French proposal, providing for an eleven-member
special commission, to be appointed by a "two-
thirds majority of the General Assembly of the
United Nations with due consideration of equita-
ble geographical distribution."' ^° The theory of
the China-United States proposal is that countries
which do not agree to assume the burdens of the
covenant should not, without the consent of ratify-
ing states, be concerned with its implementation.
Aogosf 8, 1948
PROGRAM FOR THE FUTURE
The Commission on Human Rights did not ex-
press an opinion on whether the declaration
should be approved at once, or whether its ex-
pression as a formal document of the General
Assembly should be postponed until the time that
a covenant could be submitted simultaneously for
ratification. This is a problem which must be con-
sidered by the Economic and Social Council, and
by the General Assembly.
Although unanimous approval of the declara-
tion was secured (with abstentions on the part of
the four easteim European members), it is clear
that agreement on a legally binding covenant in-
volves even greater problems than those posed, and
now solved, in connection with the declaration.
Even assuming, as it must be assumed, that the
j^rocedural aspects of the covenant will be taken
care of to the satisfaction of a substantial major-
ity, the question of which substantive I'ights are to
be included in the covenant and also the question to
what extent they are to be included are matters
of almost infinite complexity ; and the further
question of implementation is perhaps even more
difficult.
If it is decided to proceed along the line of at-
tracting within a reasonable time as many ratifi-
cations of the covenant as possible, it will be
necessary to limit the covenant to a small number
of fundamental rights, such as freedom from
slavery, and limit implementation to machinery
of a rather sketchy nature. Such a covenant, start-
ing in effect on the principle of the lowest com-
mon denominator, could of course be followed by
other covenants covering other rights and further
expansion of the implementation machinery."
An alternative procedure would be to aim at
once for a comprehensive covenant, with full im-
plementation. Such a document would presum-
ably be ratified only by a relatively small number
of states at the outset, and the all-important ques-
tion would be whether this exclusive "club" could
successfully attract new members.
Still another method of operation would be to
invite "like-minded" member states to enter into
covenants covering the rights in which they were
particularly interested, with the possibility of
several covenants entered into by different groups,
163
all having the same primary purpose : the progres-
sive promotion throughout the world of respect
for human rights.
Whatever procedure is adopted, one thing is
clear. The Commission of Human Rights is not
content to see a declaration of general principles
approved and consider its task done. It is the
view of the Commission, that "the completion of a
Covenant, containing measures of implementation
is essential." ^
Those members of the United Nations who were
chiefly responsible for the insertion of no less than
seven references to human rights in the Charter,
and for the creation of the Commission on Human
Rights, have assumed a heavy burden, which has
not yet been discharged.
Footnotes
' First session of nuclear Commission, April 1946 ; first
session of full Commission, January 1947 ; first session of
Drafting Committee, June 1947 ; second session of full
Commission, December 1947 ; second session of Drafting
Committee, May 1948 ; third session of full Commission,
June 1948.
' The work of the Commission through its second session
is described by Mr. Hendrick in an "International Bill of
Human Rights", Bulletin of Feb. 15, 194S, p. 19.5.
"U.N. doe. E/600, par. IS (a).
* U.N. doc. E/600. These documents were forwarded
early in 1&48 to all member nations for comment. The
comments which have been received and studied both by
the Commission and the Drafting Committee are contained
in U.N. doc. E/CN.4/82 and addenda thereto.
°U.N. doc. E/800, par. 17.
° The title of the declaration has now been changed from
"International Declaration on Human Rights" to "Inter-
national Declaration of Human Riglits." A motion to sub-
stitute the words "United Nations" for "International"
was defeated by the Commission at its third session.
' Hendrick, op. cit., p. 199. The declaration includes the
rights of an international character — asylum and nation-
allt.v — and has included, but no longer includes, special
provision for rights of minorities. For an early example
of references to social as well as civil rights, see President
McKinley's instructions to William H. Taft, president,
Board of Commissioners to the Philippine Islands, Apr. 7,
1900. These instructions had been drafted by Elihu Root
(Cameron, The Philippine IslaniU, vol. II, pp. 438, 500).
' U.N. doc. E/600, par. 50.
° U.S. proposal made at second session of Commission
(U.N. doc. E/GOO, annex A, part II, par. 10) ; Chinese pro-
posal made at third se.ssion of Commission (U.N. doc.
E/CN.4/95, annex A ) . The Chinese proposal is the shorter
of the two. In its comment to the Secretary-General of
the United Nations, the United States stressed the point
that the declaration should be "short and concise" (U.N.
doc. E/CN.4/S2, p. 8). The original proposal for a "deca-
log" was informally made by the U.S.S.R. Representative
at the first session of the Human Rights Drafting Com-
mittee June 1947, but no draft was submitted by the
U.S.S.R. at that time. The attitude of the U.S.S.R.
throughout the third session of the Commission was con-
sistently in favor of more detailed wording of the declara-
tion along the general lines approved by tlie Commission's
second session, at Geneva, rather than the more concise
wording adopted by the Commission's third session, at
Lake Success (U.N. doc. E/SOO, appendix).
'"Provision is made that all are entitled "without any
discrimination to equal protection of the law against any
discrimination in violation of this Declaration and against
any incitement to such discrimination." See also art. 2.
The provision on incitement to discrimination was passed
over the objection of a substantial number ; a somewhat
similar provision (which, however, was mandatory) was
deleted from the Covenant by the Drafting Committee (see
footnote 25).
" The question of war criminals was handled in a par-
ticularly skilful manner by the Commission. At the
Geneva session a paragraph was added to the provision
on freedom from ex post faeto laws stating tliat "nothing
in this Article shall prejudice the trial and punishment
of any person for tlie commission of any act which, at the
time it was committed, was criminal according to the
general principles of law recognized by civilized nations."
This paragraph was criticized on the ground that it in-
dicated doubt as to the validity of the Niirnberg trials.
On the other hand it was supijorted on the ground that
it extended the principle of freedom from ex post facto
laws to the international field. Tlie solution reached by
the Commission at its third session was to provide, very
simply, that "No one shall be held guilty of any offence
on account of any act or omission which did not con-
stitute an ofEence, under national or international law,
at the time when it was committed." (Art. 9 (2).)
"^ Riglits of asylum and nationality are here classed,
for convenience, under the category of civil rights. In
the Geneva draft, provision was made for the right to
nationality and protection by the U.N. of tliose not en-
joying the protection of any government. At its third
session the Commission eliminated provision for protec-
tion by the U.N. on the ground that this was not proper
subject matter for a declaration but should, instead, be
carried through by positive action, which had, indeed,
already been started in the Economic and Social Council
(resolution 116 VI D, Resolutions of the Economic and
Social Council, sixth sess., U.N. doc. E/777).
" Provision for periodic elections by secret ballot, which
had been contained in the Geneva draft, was eliminated
by the Commission at its third session. In the case of
certain members (notably the United States) the omis-
sion was agreed to in the interests of achieving a short-
164
Department of State Bulletin
Footnotes — Continued
form declaration. Otlier members expressed difficulty
with the concept as applied to primitive communities. The
U.S.S.R. strongly favored a provision that "The State shall
consider the will of the people as expressed in elections,
which sliall be conducted periodically and must be uni-
versal and equal and be held by secret ballot'' (U.N. doc.
E/800, appendix, amendment to art. 20). On tlie other
hand the U.S.S.R. consistently proposed the elimination
of "political opinion" from the category of unjustifiable
grounds for discrimination (U.N. doc. E/800, appendix,
statement of fundamental requirements, par. (o) ; state-
ment of omissions and shortcomings in the declaration,
par. (c) ; amendment to preamble; amendment to art.
21; amendment to art. 23).
" The right to social security is included in the chapenu
clause referred to in footnote 19. Whether or not the
term "social security" should be included in art. 22 was
debated at length. After the final decision was reached
to omit the term, because it meant different things in
different countries, the minority view that it should liave
been included was so strongly expressed that inclusion
in the chapeau clause became inevitable.
" The article on freedom from arbitrary arrest, as
drafted at the Commission's second session, contained cer-
tain specific guarantees (U.N', doc. E/600, appendix A,
art. 5). Later, at the Drafting Committee's second ses-
sion, a motion was made to substitute for these guarantees
the concept of freedom from "arbitrary" arrest, which
would by the use of one word encompass the guarantees set
forth in the Geneva draft, and other necessary guarantees
as well. A majority of the Committee members had in
mind specific guarantees for inclusion in the article.
Since the members were not in agreement as to the essen-
tial guarantees, the result was an omnibus provision which
recited seven of them. The arrest must be (1) "accord-
ing to pre-existing law" and (2) "in accordance with due
process". The person arrested has the right (3) "to be
promptly informed of the reasons for his detention", (4)
"to immediate judicial determination of the legality" of
the detention, and (5) to "trial within a reasonable time
or to release". (C) No one shall be imprisoned "merely
on the grounds of inability to meet a contractual obliga-
tion". (7) "Everyone has the right to compensation in
respect of any unlawful arrest" (U.N. doc. E/CN.4/95,
alternative article for arts. 6, 7, and 8). In its entirety
this seemed too long an article ; and the Drafting Commit-
tee, which had approved the seven individual provisions
as they came up successively for a vote, voted down the
article as a whole. This action meant a reversion to the
Geneva draft, which had also proved unsatisfactory.
When the article was considered by the full Commission
at its third session, a motion was again made to limit the
article to a statement that "no one shall be submitted to
arbitrary arrest or detention." In view of the Drafting
Committee's unhappy experience, a majority of the Com-
mission determined that the abbreviated form was prefer-
able to a detailed provision ; the shorter statement thus
proposed was accordingly approved.
" The declaration as approved by the Commission's third
session is not consistently as brief as in the case of the
article on arrest. Detail is avoided, however, by general
adherence to the principle that a simple statement is suffi-
cient, and by far greater reliance than in the past upon
one article indicating permissible limitations on rights
(art. 27, par. 2).
" See p. 167.
"Art. 2, par. 7, of the Charter, provides as follows:
"Nothing contained in the present Charier shall authorize
the United Nations to intervene in matters which are essen-
tially within the domestic jurisdiction of any state or shall
require the Members to submit such matters to settlement
under the present Charter ; but this principle shall not
prejudice the application of enforcement measures under
Chapter VII." (Chapter VII refers to "Action With
Respect to Threats to the Peace, Breaches of the Peace, and
Acts of Aggression.")
"Art. 20, referred to in the third session of the Commis-
sion as the chapeau, was the subject of considerable con-
troversy. Certain members felt that there was no reason
to say anything more about social and economic rights
than was said about civil rights ; to do so would indicate
the former were more important than the latter, an im-
pression which they definitely did not wish to convey.
Others felt that this new type of right should be given
special attention ; people throughout the world were "used
to" civil rights, but they did not know about social and
economic rights. The compromise was to retain the
chapeau clause but to include in it a phrase, loosely mod-
eled after a provision of the International Trade Organi-
zation Charter, which would recognize the necessary dif-
ferences among various states in the manner and extent
of the granting of these rights, which would depend upon
"the organization and rt'sources of each state."
"As pointed out in Hendrick, op. cit., footnote 2, the
Geneva declaration was seriously out of balance in that
it purported to obligate the state to take certain measures
with respect to social and economic rights, whereas no
such obligation was expressed with respect to civil rights.
Thus, the Geneva draft provided that "The State shall
take all necessary steps to prevent unemployment," but
it contained no such affirmative language with respect, for
example, to the obligation to maintain independent and
impartial tribunals.
" A proposal to this effect was made by the Frencli Mem-
ber, who at the outset favored a declaration containing
a more legislative character than was adopted by the
Commission at its third session (U.N. doc. E/CN.4/82/
Add. 8, art. 28). It will be recalled that one penal pro-
vision dealing with discrimination had been proposed by
the U.S.S.R. Member at the second session of the Com-
mission, but was defeated (Hendrick, op. cit., footnote
45). At the third session the U.S.S.R. Member con-
tinued to press the point, although not with specific refer-
ence to all articles, that "The Declaration should
guarantee . . . implementation" of rights (U.N. doe.
E/SOO, appendix, p. 38) . The test vote in the third session
was on the wording of art. 4 of the Declaration. Here
the U.S.S.R. Member proposed that all violations of the
right to freedom from slavery "must be punished accord-
Augusf 8, 1948
165
Footnotes — Continued
ing to law" (U.N. doc. E/SOO, appendix, basic proposals
advanced by the U.S.S.R., p. 40). This proposal was
defeated and the precedent for a declaration which should
not purport to be a legislative document was established.
° The initiative for starting with consideration of the
covenant was taken by the United States Member. At
both the first and second sessions of the Commission, and
at the first ses.sion of the Drafting Committee, the United
States had urged that priority be given to consideration
of the declaration, on the ground that it was preferable
to state general principles first and then pass on to the
embodiment of these principles into "a convention or con-
ventions". This view was opposed, except at the first
session of the Commission, by a majority of the other
members who feared that a declaration without a covenant
might be considered sutficient in itself ; that the pressure
for a covenant would be removed ; that the result would be
insufficient interest in a covenant to insure its adoption by
a substantial number of states. In consequence, drafts of
both a covenant and a declaration were produced at the
first session of the Drafting Committee and the second ses-
sion of the Commission. It was generally agreed that a
repetition of the procedure adopted at the second session
of the Commission, whereby two working groups, drafting
independently one of the other, produced a declaration and
a covenant, was undesirable. The answer was to have
all members work together on each document ; this being
the case, it was logical for the Committee to start with
the more diflicult task, which was the covenant.
^ Two insuperable obstacles to speed in drafting were
the number of participants involved — S in the Drafting
Committee; 17, Iran being absent, on the Commission —
and the different languages represented, 11 languages
among IT members.
" For a comparison between declaration and covenant,
see Hendrick, op. cit. The United States Member of the
Drafting Committee specifically suggested the inclusion in
the covenant of reference to right to property (U.N. doc.
E/CN.4/AC.1/19, art. 5).
" Among the changes made in the covenant, it may be
noted that Geneva art. 20 on freedom from discrimination
was rephrased in terms of "equal protection of the law" ;
the Geneva article stating that "any advocacy of national,
racial or religious hostility that constitutes an incitement
to violence shall be prohibited by the law of the state" ;
art. 21. was deleted.
""Declaration, art. 27 (3d sess.).
" Geneva text, embodying draft prepared by the Sub-
commission on Freedom of Information and of the Press at
its first session (U.N. doc. E/600, annex B, art 17).
" U.N. doc. E/800, annex B, art. 17.
""Art. 4, Geneva draft, par. 1, reported in U.X. doc.
E/SOO, annex B, and U.N. doc. E/600, annex B. This
article may, in fact, be considered more liberal tlian the
article suggested by the proponents of a single over-all
clavise. It reads : "In time of war or other public emer-
gency, a State may take measures derogating from its
obligations under Article 2 above to the extent strictly
limited by the exigencies of the situation."
" U.N. doc. E/600, annex B, art. 4, par. 2. This provision
166
was not considered by the Drafting Committee at its
second session on the ground that it involved a question
of implementation.
"Art. 11(1) (liberty of movement and free choice of
residence) ; art. 16 (freedom of religion) : art. 17, the first
of three alternatives (freedom of information) ; art. 18
(freedom of assembly) ; art. 19 (freedom of association).
The articles which are thus left unencumbered by limita-
tions of a general character are as follows : art. 5 (right to
life: single limitation — conviction of crime) ; art. 6 (free-
dom from mutilation or experimentation: no limitation) ;
art. 7 (freedom from torture, cruel or inhuman punishment
or indignity: no limitation); art. 8(1) (freedom from
slavery or servitude: no limitation) : art. 8(2) (freedom
from forced or compulsory labor : several limitations enu-
merated) ; art. 9 (freedom from arbitrary arrest or de-
tention: several limitations enumerated); art. 10 (im-
prisonment for inability to fulfil a contractual obligation:
no limitation) ; art. 11(2) (freedom to leave country:
limitations — lawful deprivation of liberty or national
service obligations) ; art. 12 (esjaelling of aliens only in
accordance with law) ; art. 13(1) (fair hearing before
independent and impartial tribunal: no limitation) ; art.
13(2) (public trial, legal assistance, and services of in-
terpreter: several limitations enumerated with respect to
public trial) ; art. 14 (freedom from ex post facto laws
or punishment, with special provision for war criminals:
no limitation) ; art. 15 (juridical personality: no limita-
tion) ; art. 17 (freedom of information — Geneva confer-
ence draft; several limitations).
^ The chief proponent of the detailed limitation theory
has been the United Kingdom, which has no written con-
stitution, and is accustomed to statutory law which is
often more detailed even than that of the United States.
The chief proponent of the over-all limitation clause has
been the United States, whose constitutional provisions
cover most of the rights in the covenant, in very brief
form. The problem is .squarely presented in connection
with the United Kingdom's proposed convention on free-
dom of information, examined by the Conference on Free-
dom of Information at Geneva in March 1948 and now
presented for consideration by the Economic and Social
Council at its seventh session (Geneva, July-August
1948). In many respects the United Kingdom convention
resembles the Human Rights Covenant, except that it
deals solely with one right — ^freedom of information.
It may be noted that the representative of one of the
Category B organizations argued in the third session of
the Commission that certain of the rights set forth in
the covenant, such as freedom from torture, should be
expressed witliout any limitations whatsoever.
" In the case of slavery, for example, there would be
considerable doubt as to whether any new legislation
would be needed, for the right to freedom is already guar-
anteed in the United States Constitution. On the other
hand, the provision on freedom of information as drafted
by the Geneva Conference on Freedom of Information
(U.N. doc. E/800, annex B, art. 17, alternative C) may
require positive legislation.
Department of State BuUetin
Footnotes — Continued
"Art. 2 of the draft covenant contains an undertaking
that th'> "rights and freedoms" therein set forth "where
not now provided under existing laws and procedures
[shall] be given effect in [each ratifying State's] domestic
law through the adoption of appropriate laws and pro-
cedures." The members of the Drafting Committee were
Still struggling witli the exact wording to be used for
this article when it became necessary to pass on to con-
sideration of other matters. A note appears under the
title of tlie covenant stating that "The Drafting Commit-
tee agreed to poiut out In its Report its view that the
Covenant is not self-operative", U.N. doc. E/CN.4/95,
annex B. (The term "not self-executing" would have been
technically more correct.)
"^ The suliject of implementation was considered by the
Commission on the last day of the third session. Although
actual di.scussion was brief, there was evidence of great
interest and considerable study on the part of Commission
Jlembers. The Drafting Committee at its second session
postponed consideration of covenant art. 4(2) (report
to the Secretary-General of the United Nations on meas-
ures talien derogating from rights, in case of war or
public emergency), and art. 26, amendments to the cove-
nant, in the hope that it would consider these articles
in connection with its study of implementation. The
Drafting Committee's covenant lacks also any mention
of steps to be taken in case of violation of a covenant
provision. The declaration, however, as approved by
the Commission, is complete except for the article on right
of petition, consideration of which was postponed until
the more definitive discussion of implementation which
never materialized.
»° U.N. doc. E/CN.4/AC.1/27.
"U.N. doc. E/CN.4/82/Add.lO.
"U.N. doc. E/CN.4/14.^.
"^ In addition to China and the United States. The In-
dian Member indicated general supiMirt for the China-
United States proposal except that she expressed her view
that petitions must be considered forthwith (U.N. docs.
E/CN.4/151, 153). The U.S.S.R. Member, however, ex-
pressed opposition to all implementation proposals on the
ground that they might "become a means of interfering
with the internal affairs of a State party to the convention
and of undermining the sovereignty and independence of
particular states" (U.N', doc. E/CN.4/1.')4).
"■ Except in the case of tlie rights of assembly and asso-
ciation (arts. 18 and 19 of the draft covenant) and the
alternate (Geneva) draft of the right of liberty of move-
ment and free choice of residence (art. 11(1)) each of
tlie substantive articles is phrased in terms of "no one"
shall be denied or "everyone" has the right, etc.
"See Azcarate, The Leayiie of Nations and Minorities
Treaties.
'- A number of the Commission Members have been con-
cerned over the large number of individual petitions com-
plaining of violations of human rights which have been
received by the United Nations. The Commission has de-
clared that it has "no power to take any action in regard
to any complaints regarding human rights" (U.N. doc.
E/2.j9). See also Economic and Social Council, resolution
75 (V), U.N. doc. E/573.
" Had a vote been taken at the Commission's third ses-
sion on whether the covenant should at once make provi-
sion for action on individual petitions, the decision would
probably have been in opposition to such provision. This
conclusion is based on the assumption that the four east-
ern European members (Byelorussian S.S.R., Ukrainian
S.S.R., U.S.S.R., and Yugoslavia) would have continued
their expressed opposition to consideration of individual
petitions and joined with the supporters of the /Thina-
United States proposal on implementation to form a total
of 10 out of a possible 18 votes. Since there was not full
discussion of the question the China-United States pro-
posal leaves the door open for further consideration of in-
dividual petitions under the covenant.
" The proposal on this point is as follows: "States may
in any event have such recourse to the International Court
of Justice as is provided in the Charter of the United
Nations and the Statute of the Court." (U.N. doc.
E/CN.4/145, par. 2(c).)
"U.N. doc. E/CN.4/145.
"U.N. doc. E/CN.4/82/Add.lO.
" To a certain extent this is the procedure which has
been adopted by the International Labor Organization,
with marked success.
" U.N. doc. E/SOO, par. 16.
APPENDIX: COMPARISON BETWEEN TEXTS OF "DECLARATION OF HUMAN RIGHTS" AS APPROVED
AT SECOND AND THIRD SESSIONS, RESPECTIVELY, OF THE COMMISSION ON HUMAN RIGHTS
Second Session (Geneva Draft; U.N. doc.
E/600, Part i, Annex A>
[No preamble drafted.]
Third Session (U.N. doc. E/800, Annex A)
Preamble
Whereiks recognition of the inherent dignity and of the
equal and inalienable rights of all members of the human
family is the foundation of freedom, justice and peace in
the world ; and
Wheeeas disregard and contempt for human rights re-
sulted, before and during the second world war, in bar-
barous acts which outraged the conscience of mankind and
made it apparent that the fundamental freedoms were
one of the supreme issues of the conflict ; and
Aogosf 8, 1948
167
Second Session (Geneva Draft; U. N,
E/600, Part 1. Annex A)
doc.
Third Session (U. N. doc. E/SOO, Annex A)
Wheeeas it is essential, if mankind is not to be com-
pelled as a last resort to rebel against tjTanny and op-
pression, that hnman rights should be protected by a
r^me of law ; and
Whereas the peoples of the United Nations have in the
Charter determined to reafBrm faith in fundamental hu-
man rights and in the dignity and worth of the human
person and to promote social progress and better stand-
ards of life in larger freedom ; and
Whebeas Member States have pledged themselves to
achieve, in co-operation with the Organization, the pro-
motion of tmiversal respect for and observance of human
rights and fundamental freedoms ; and
Whereias a common understanding of these rights and
freedoms is of the greatest importance for the full reali-
zation of this pledge,
Now therefore the General Assembly
Proclaims this Declaration of Human Rights as a com-
mon standard of achievement for all peoples and all na-
tions, to the end that every individual and every organ
of society, keeping this Declaration constantly in mind,
shall strive by teaching and education to promote respect
for these rights and freedoms and by progressive measures,
national and international, to sectire their universal and
effective recognition and observance, both among the
peoples of Member States themselves and among the peo-
ples of territories under their jurisdiction.
Scope of Declaration
Article I
All men are born free and equal in dignity and rights.
They are endowed by nature with reason and conscience,
and should act towards one another like brothers.
Article S
1. Every one is entitled to all the rights and freedoms
set forth in this Declaration, without distinction of any
kind, such as race, (which includes colotir), sex, lan-
guage, religion, political or other opinion, property status,
or national or social origin.
Article 1
All htmian beings are bom free and equal in dignity
and rights. They are endowed by nature with reason
and conscience, and should act towards one another in
a spirit of brotherhood.
Article 2
Everyone is entitled to all the rights and freedoms set
forth in this Declaration, without distinction of any kind,
such as race, colour, sex, language, religion, political or
other opinion, property or other status, or national or
social origin.
Civil Rights
Article 4
Every one has the right to life, to liberty and security
of person.
Article 8
Slavery, in all its forms, being inconsistent with the
dignity of man, shall be prohibited by law.
Article 7
3. No one shall be subjected to tortnre, or to cruel or
inhuman punishment or indignity.
Article 12
Every one has the right everywhere in the world to
recognition as a person before the law and to the enjoy-
ment of frmdamental civil rights.
Article S
Everyone has the right to life, liberty and security of
I)erson.
Article 4
1. No one shall be held in slavery or involuntary servi-
tude.
2. No one shall be subjected to torture or to cruel, In-
htmian or degrading treatment or punishment.
Article 5
Everyone has the right to recognition everywhere as a
person before the law.
168
Deporfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
Second Session (Geneva Draft; U. N. doc.
E/600, Part I, Annex A)
Article S
2. All are eqnal before the law regardless of office or
status and entitled to equal protection of the law against
any arbitrary discrimination, or against any incitement
to such discrimination, in violation of this Declaration.
Article 5
No one shall be deprived of his personal liberty or kept
in custody except in cases prescribed by law and after
due process. Every one placed under arrest or detention
shall have the right to immediate judicial determination
of the legality of any detention to which he may be subject
and to trial within a reasonable time or to release.
Article 6
Every one shall have access to independent and im-
partial tribunals in the determination of any criminal
charge against him, and of his rights and obligations. He
shall be entitled to a fair hearing of his case and to have
the aid of a qualified representative of his own choice, and
if he appears in jierson to have the procedure explained
to him in a manner in which he can understand it and to
use a language which he can speak.
Article 7 /x'
1. Any person is presumed to be innocent until proved
guilty. No one shall be convicted or punished for crime
or other offence except after fair public trial at which he
has been given aU guarantees necessary for his defence.
No person shall be held guilty of any offence on account of
any act or omission which did not constitute such an
offence at the time when it was committed, nor shall he
be liable to any greater punishment than that prescribed
for such offence by the law in force at the time when the
offence was committed.
2. Nothing in this Article shall prejudice the trial and
punishment of any person for the commission of any act
which, at the time it was committed, was criminal accord-
ing to the general principles of law recognized by civilized
nations.
Article 9 ^^
Every one shall be entitled to protection under law from
unreasonable interference with his reputation, his privacy
and his family. His home and correspondence shall be
inviolable.
Article 10
1. Subject to any general law not contrary to the ptir-
poses and principles of the United Nations Charter and
adopted for specific reasons of security or in general in-
terest, there shall be liberty of movement and free choice
of residence within the border of each State.
2. Individuals shall have the right to leave their own
country and. if they so desire, to acquire the nationality
of any cotmtry willing to grant it.
Article 11
Every one shall have the right to seek and be granted
asylum from persecution. This right will not be accorded
Aogos/ 8, J 948
Third Session (U. N. doc. E/800, Annex A)
Article 6
All are equal before the law and are entitled without
any discrimination to equal protection of the law against
any discrimination in violation of this Declaration and
against any incitement to such discrimination-
Article 7
No one shall be subjected to arbitrary arrest or deten-
tion.
Article 8
In the determination of bis rights and obligations and
of any criminal charge against him, everyone is entitled in
full equality to a fair hearing by an independent and im-
partial tribnnaL
Article 9
1. Everyone charged with a penal offence has the right
to be presumed innocent until proved guilty according to
law in a public trial at which he has had all the guarantees
necessary for his defence.
2. No one shall be held guilty of any offence on account
of any act or omission which did not constitute an offence,
under national or international law, at the time when it
was committed.
Article 10
No one shall be subjected to unreasonable interference
with his privacy, family, home, correspondence or reputa-
tion.
Article 11
X. Everyone has the right to freedom of movement and
residence within the borders of each State.
2. Everyone has the right to leave any country, including
his own.
Article 12
1. Everyone has the right to seek and be granted. In
other countries, asylum from persecution.
169
Second Session CGeneva Draft; U. N. doc.
E/600, Part I, Annex A>
to criminals nor to tliose whose acts are contrary to the
principles and aims of the United Nations.
Article 15
Every one has the right to a nationality.
All persons who do not enjoy the protection of any
Government shall be placed under the protection of the
United Nations. This protection shall not be accorded
to criminals nor to those whose acts are contrary to the
principles and aims of tlie United Nations.
Article 13
1. The family deriving from marriage is the natural
and fundamental unit of society. Men and women shall
have the same freedom to contract marriage in accordance
with the law.
2. Marriage and the family shall be protected by the
State and Society.
Article H
1. Every one has the right to own jiroperty in conform-
ity with the laws of the State in which such property is
located.
2. No one shall be arbitrarily deprived of his property.
Article 16
1. Individual freedom of thought and conscience, to
hold and cliange beliefs, is an absolute and sacred right.
2. Every person has the right, either alone or in com-
munity with other persons of like mind and in public or
private, to manifest his beliefs in worship, observance,
teaching and practice.
{Articles 17, 18)
(1. Every one is free to express and impart opinions, or
to receive and seek information and the opinion of others
from sources wherever situated.)
(2. No person may be interfered with on account of
his opinions.)
(There shall be freedom of expression either by word, in
writing, in the press, in books or by visual, auditive or
other means. There sliall be equal access to all cliannels
of communications.)
Article 19
Every one has the right to freedom of peaceful assembly
and to participate in local, national and international as-
sociations for purposes of a political, economic, religious,
social, cultural, trade union or any otiier charactei", not
inconsistent with this Declaration.
Articles 21, 22
Every one without discrimination has the right to take
an effective part in the Government of his country. The
State shall conform to the will of the people as mani-
fested by elections which shall be periodic, free, fair and
by secret ballot.
Third Session (U. N. doc. E/800, Annex A)
2. Prosecutions genuinely arising from non-political
crimes or from acts contrary to the purposes and prin-
ciples of the United Nations do not constitute persecution.
Article 13
No one shall be arbitrarily deprived of his nationality
or denied the right to change his nationality.
Article I4
1. Men and women of full age have the riglit to marry
and to found a family and are entitled to equal rights
as to marriage.
2. Marriage shall be entered into only with the full con-
sent of both intending spouses.
3. The family is the natural and fundamental group
unit of society and is entitled to protection.
Article 15
1. Everyone has tlie right to own property alone as well
as in association with others.
2. No one shall be arbitrarily deprived of his property.
Article 16
Everyone has the right to freedom of thought, con-
science and religion; this riglit includ-'S ire dom to
change his religion or belief, and freedom, either alone
or in community with others and in public or private, to
manifest his religion or lielief in teaching, piavti>^e, wor-
ship and observance.
Article 11
Everyone has the right to freedom of opinion and ex-
pression ; this right includes freedom to hold opinions
without interference and to seek, receive and impart in-
formation and ideas through any media and regardless of
frontiers.
Article 18
Everyone has the right to freedom of assembly and
association.
Article 19
1. Everyone has the right to take part in the government
of his country, directly or through his freely chosen
representatives.
2. Everyone has the right of access to public employment
in his country.
170
Department of State Bulletin
Second Session (Geneva Draft; U. N. doc.
E/600, Part I, Annex A)
1. Every one shall have equal opportunity to engage in
public employment and to bold public ofiiee in the State
of wbicb be is a citizen or a national.
-. Access to public employment shall not be a matter
of privilege or favour.
Third Session (U. N. doc. E/SOO, Annex A)
3. Everyone has the right to a government which con-
forms to the will of the people.
Social and Economic Rights
Article 20
[Xo equivalent article; however, cf. article 26 below.]
Artkles 23, 24
1. Every one has the right to work.
2. The State has a duty to take such measures as may
be within its power to ensure that all persons ordinarily
resident in its territory have an opportunity for useful
work.
3. The State is bound to take all necessary steps to pre-
vent unemployment.
1. Every one has the right to receive pay commensurate
with his ability and skill, to work under just and favour-
able conditions and to join trade unions for the protection
of his interests in securing a decent standard of living for
himself and his family.
2. Women shall work with the same advantages as men
and receive equal pay for equal work.
Articles 25, 26
Every one without distinction as to economic and social
conditions has the right to the preservation of his health
through the highest standard of food, clothing, housing
and medical care wliich the resources of the State or com-
munity can provide. The responsibility of the State and
community for the health and safety of its people can be
fulfilled only by provision of adequate health and social
measures.
1. Every one has the right to social security. The State
has a duty to maintain or ensure the maintenance of com-
prehensive measures for the security of the individual
against the consequence of unemployment, disability, old
age and ail other loss of livelihood for reasons beyond his
control.
2. Motherhood shall be granted special care and assist-
ance. Children are similarly entitled to special care and
assistance.
Articles 27, 28
Every one has the right to education. Fundamental
education shall be free and compulsory. There shall be
equal access for higher education as can be provided by
the State or commuiuty on the basis of merit and without
distinction as to race, sex, language, religion, social stand-
ing, financial means, or political affiliation.
Education will be directed to the full physical, intel-
lectual, moral and spiritual development of the human
August 8, J 948
Everyone, as a member of society, has the right to
social security and is entitled to the realization, 'through
national effort and international co-operation, and in ac-
cordance with the organization and resources of each
State, of the economic, social and cultural rights set out
below.
Article 21
1. Everyone has the right to work, to just and favourable
conditions of work and pay and to protection against un-
employment.
2. Everyone has the right to equal pay for equal work.
3 Everyone is free to form and to join trade unions for
the i)rotection of his interests.
Article 22
1. Everyone has the right to a standard of living, in-
cluding food, clothing, housing and medical care, and to
social services, adequate for the health and well-being of
himself and his family and to security in the event of
unemi)loyment, sickness, disability, old age or other lack
of livelihood in circumstances beyond his control.
2. Mother and child have the right to special care and
assistance.
Article 23
1. Everyone has the right to education. Elementary and
fundamental education shall be free and compulsory and
there shall be equal access on the basis of merit to higher
education.
2. Education shall be directed to the full development of
the human personality, to strengthening respect for human
171
Second Session (Geneva Draft; U. N. doc.
E/600, Part I, Annex A)
personality, to the strengthening of respect for human
rights and fundamental freedoms and to the combating
of the spirit of intolerance and hatred against other
nations or racial or religious groups everywhere.
Article 29
1. Every one has the right to rest and leisure.
2. Rest and leisure should be ensured to every one by
laws or contracts providing in particular for reasonable
limitations on working hours and for periodic vacations
with pay.
Article SO
Every one has the right to participate in the cultural
life of the community, to enjoy the arts and to share in
the benefits that result from scientific discoveries.
Third Session (U. N. doc. E/800, Annex A)
rights and fundamental freedoms and to combating the
spirit of intolerance and hatred against other nations
and against racial and religious groups everywhere.
Article Zi
Everyone has the right to rest and leisure.
Article S5
Everyone has the right to participate in the cultural
life of the community, to enjoy the arts and to share in
scientific advancement.
General Provisions
Article 52
All laws in any State shall be in conformity with the
purposes and principles of the United Nations as em-
bodied in the Charter, insofar as they deal with human
rights.
Article 2
In the exercise of his rights every one is limited by the
rights of others and by the just requirements of the
democratic State. The individual owes duties to society
through which he is enabled to develop his spirit, mind and
body in wider freedom.
Article S6
Everyone is entitled to a good social and international
order in which the rights and freedoms set out in this
Declaration can be fully realized.
Article 27
1. Everyone has duties to the community which enables
him freely to develop his personality.
2. In the exercise of his rights, everyone shall be subject
only to such limitations as are necessary to secure due
recognition and respect for the rights of others and the
requirements of morality, public order and general wel-
fare in a democratic society.
Article SS
Nothing in this Declaration shall be considered to
recognize the right of any State or person to engage in
any activity aimed to the destruction of any of the rights
and freedoms prescribed herein.
Article S8
Nothing in this Declaration shall imply the recognition
of the right of any State or person to engage in any
activity aimed at the destruction of any of the rights
and freedoms prescribed herein.
Riglit of Petition; Rigiit of Minorities
Article 20
Every one has the right, either individually, or in asso-
ciation with others, to petition or to communicate with
the public authorities of the State of which he is a national
or in which he resides, or with the United Nations.
Article SI
[The Commission did not take a decision on the two texts
below. They are reproduced here for further consid-
eration.]
Text pkoposed by the Dbaftino Committee ( first session ) :
(In States inhabited by a substantial number of persons
of a race, language or religion other than those of the
majority of the population, persons belonging to such
[No decision reached by Commission at its third session
regarding an article on petitions.]
[The Commission at its third session decided against
inclusion of an article on minorities.]
(Continued on page 186)
172
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Provisional Agenda for the Third Regular Session
of the General Assembly ^
To Convene at the Palais de Chaillot, Paris, on September 21, 1948
1. Opening of the session by the Chairman of
the Delegation of Argentina
2. Appointment of the Credentials Committee
3. Election of the President
4. Constitution of the Main Committees and
election of officers
5. Election of Vice-Presidents
6. Notification by the Secretary-General under
Article 12, paragraph 2, of the Charter
7. Adoption of the agenda
8. Opening of the general debate
9. Report of the Secretary-General on the work
of tlie Organization
10. Report of the Security Council
11. Report of the Economic and Social Council
12. Report of the Trusteeship Council
13. Headquarters of the United Nations : report
of the Secretary-General (Resolution 182(11) of
20 November 1947)
14. Admission of new Members
(a) Report of the Security Council (Resolution
113(11) of 17 November 1947)
(i) Advisory opinion of the International
Court of Justice (Resolution 113(11), B of 17
November 1947)
(c) Admission to the Organization of Italy and
all those States whose applications for member-
ship have obtained seven votes in the Security
Council : item proposed by Argentina
15. Threats to the political independence and
territorial integrity of Greece: report of the
United Nations Special Committee on the Balkans
(Resolution 109(11) of 21 October 1947)
16. The problem of the independence of Korea :
(a) Report of the United Nations Temporary
Commission on Korea (Resolution 112(11) of 14
November 1947)
{Jj) Report of the Interim Committee of the
August 8, 7948
General Assembly (Resolution 112(11) of 14 No-
vember 1947)
17. The problem of voting in the Security
Council :
(a) Report of the Interim Committee of the
General Assembly (Resolution 117(11) of 21 No-
vember 1947)
(h) Convocation of a General Conference under
Article 109 of the Charter in order to study the
question of the veto in the Security Council : item
I^roposed by Argentina
18. Advisability of establishing a permanent
committee of the General Assembly : report of the
Interim Committee of the General Assembly
(Resolution 111(11) of 13 November 1947)
19. Study of methods for the promotion of inter-
national co-operation in the political field : report
of the Interim Committee of the General Assem-
bly (Resolution 111(11) of 13 November 1947)
20. Reports of the Atomic Energy Commission :
resolution of the Security Council
21. Election of three non-permanent members
of the Security Council
22. Report of the Government of the Union of
South Africa on the administration of South West
Africa: report of the Trusteeship Council (Res-
olution 141(11) of 1 November 1947)
23. Information from Non-Self-Governing Ter-
ritories :
(a) Summary and analysis of information trans-
mitted under Article 7Ze of the Charter: report
of the Secretary -General (Resolution 66(1) of
14 December 1946)
(b) Information transmitted under Article 73e
of the Charter : report of the Special Committee
(Resolution 146(11) of 3 November 1947)
' U.N. doc. A/5S5, July 23, 1948.
173
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
24. Agreements with specialized agencies :
{a) Application of Finland for membership in
the International Civil Aviation Organization:
item proposed by the Secretary-General
(b) Approval of supplementary agreements
with specialized agencies concerning the use of
United Nations laissez-passer : report of the Sec-
retary-General
25. Relations with and co-ordination of special-
ized agencies and work programmes of the United
Nations and specialized agencies: report of the
Secretary-General (Resolution 125(11) of 20
November 1947)
2G. Freedom of Information: report of the
Economic and Social Council (Resolution 59(1) of
14 December 1946)
27. Election of six members of the Economic
and Social Council
28. Election of five members of the International
Court of Justice (article 13, paragraph 1 of the
Statute of the Court)
29. Progressive development of international
law : election of the members of the International
Law Commission (Resolution 174 (II) of 21 No-
vember 1947)
30. Registration and publication of treaties and
international agreements: report of the Secre-
tary-General
31. Privileges and immunities of the United
Nations: reports of the Secretary-General
(a) Headquarters Agreement
(b) General Convention on the Privileges and
Immunities of the United Nations
32. Genocide: draft Convention and report of
the Economic and Social Council (Resolution 180
(II) of 21 November 1947)
33. Draft rules for the convening of interna-
tional conferences: report of the Secretary-Gen-
eral (Resolution 173 (II) of 17 November 1947)
34. Installation of the Assistant Secretary-Gen-
eral in charge of the Executive Office of the Secre-
tary-General and general co-ordination
35. Financial administration of the United
Nations :
{a) Financial report and accounts for the finan-
cial period ended 31 December 1947, and report of
the Board of Auditors
(6) Supplementary estimates for the financial
year 1948 : report of the Secretary-General
(c) Budget estimates for the financial year 1949
{d) Unforeseen and extraordinary expenses:
report of the Secretary-General (Resolution
16G(II), B of 20 November 1947)
(e) Reports of the Advisory Committee on Ad-
ministrative and Budgetary Questions
(/) Report of the Committee on Contributions
(g) International Children's Emergency Fund :
174
Annual audit of the accounts of the Fund : report
of the Secretary-General
36. Appointments to fill vacancies in the mem-
bership of subsidiary bodies of the General Assem-
bly :
(«) Advisory Committee on Administrative
and Budgetary Questions
{h) Committee on Contributions
{c) Board of Auditors
{d) Investments Committee
37. United Nations Joint Staff Pension Scheme
(fl) Report of the United Nations Statf Benefit
Committee submitting draft Regulations for a per-
manent Pension Scheme (Resolution 162(11) of
20 November 1947)
(6) Annual report of the Staff Benefit Com-
mittee on the operation of the Pension Fund
(Resolution 82(1) of 15 December 1946 and Sec-
tion 35 of the United Nations Joint Staff Pension
Scheme Provisional Regulations)
38. Tax equalization : proposed staff assessment
plan : report of the Secretary-General (Resolution
160(11) of 20 November 1947)
39. United Nations telecommunications system :
report of the Secretary-General (Resolution
158(11) of 20 November 1947)
40. Organization of a United Nations postal
service: report of the Secretary-General (Resolu-
tion 159(11) of 20 November 1947)
41. Transfer of the assets of the League of Na-
tions : report of the Secretary-General (Resolution
24(1) of 12 February 1946)
42. Composition of the Secretariat and the prin-
ciple of geographical distribution : report of the
Secretary-General (Resolution 153(11) of 15
November 1947)
43. Proposal for the adoption of Spanish as one
of the working languages of the General Assem-
bly: report of the Secretary-General (Resolution
154(11) of 15 November 1947)
44. Violation by the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics of fundamental human rights, tra-
ditional di])lomatic practices and other principles
of the Charter : items proposed by Chile
45. Treatment of Indians in the Union of South
Africa : item proposed by India
46. Equitable geographical distribution of the
seat for the six non-permanent members in the
Security Council : item proposed by India
47. Amendment of rule 149 of the rules of joro-
cedure of the General Assembly to provide for the
recognition of the principle of a percentage ceiling
in the scale of assessments to meet expenses of the
United Nations: item proposed by the United
States of America
48. Increase to twenty-four of the number of
Member States represented in the Economic and
Social Council : item proposed by Argentina
Department of State Bulletin
Truce Supervision in Palestine
CABLEGRAMS FROM THE UNITED NATIONS MEDIATOR DATED JULY 22 AND 27, 1948,
TO THE SECRETARY-GENERAL'
I. instructions to United Nations Observers Engaged
in the Supervision of the Truce in Palestine
1. The Role of the Observer
(i) Primary function of observer is to super-
vise observance of terms of truce in area to which
he is assigned. To discharge this function pi-op-
erly observer must be completely objective in his
attitudes and judgments and must maintain a
thorough neutrality as regards political issues in
the Palestine situation. Fundamental objective
of terms of truce is to ensure to fullest extent
possible that no military advantage will accrue
to either side as result of application of truce.
Observer is entitled to demand that acts contrary
to terms of truce be not committed or be rectified
but has no power to enforce such demands and
must rely largely upon his ability to settle dis-
putes locally by direct approaches to local com-
manders and authorities and where possible by
bringing the commanders and authorities together.
It is responsibility of the observer to call promptly
to attention of appropriate local commanders and
authorities every act which in his opinion is con-
trary to letter and spirit of truce.
(ii) Observers acting on behalf and under
orders of United Nations Mediator are official
representatives of United Nations. They are
under command of Mediator who is represented by
a General Officer acting as his Chief of Staff in
connection with truce supervision. This Chief of
Staff is assisted by American, Belgian and French
liaison officers of senior rank who will be assigned
to Chief of Staff at truce supervision headquarters.
(///) Truce applies to seven Arab States (Egypt,
Iraq, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, Syria, Transjordan
and Yemen) and to all of Palestine.
2. Operational histiiictions
{i) Each observer must become thoroughly
familiar with (a) provisions of resolutions of
Security Council of 29 May and 15 July 1948,
(h) terms of truce, and (c) list of items banned
for import as coming under heading "war mate-
rials." (Copies of these documents are contained
in the folder provided each observer.)
(//) Each observer will report daily as in-
structed and on forms prescribed. Reports should
cover each incident in particular locality relating
to application of truce and should include other
information pertinent to function of Mediator.
{Hi) Any failure to comply with conditions of
truce on part of either party shall immediately be
reported by observer. Report to extent possible
shall fully exfilain each such failure and shall
clearly fix responsibility therefor. Questions re-
lating to disputed interpretations of terms of truce
or their application shall be referred through
chain of command to Chief of Staff.
{iv) Observer shall investigate and report on
as instructed all complaints of alleged violations
of truce occurring within area to which he is
assigned.
{v) In dealing with local incidents observer
shall make clear to parties concerned that full re-
sponsibility will be borne by them and by tlieir
Governments for failure to comply with ruling of
observer in connection with actions and incidents
relating to application of truce. Observer should
exercise reasonable discretion in each instance in
order minimize unpleasant incidents and local
friction.
(vi) Observer is entitled to inspect all military
positions and installations and other premises
which might reasonably be connected with ap-
plication of truce as well as ships, aircraft and
convoys. Purpose of such inspection shall be to
a.scertain that no activity is carried on in any such
place which will result in any military advantage
accruing to either side during truce.
{vii) Observers shall be entitled to request and
receive fi'om both parties armed protection for
himself, his staff' and material and safe conduct
whenever necessary in discharge of his duties.
( inii) Observers assigned to coastal areas where
landing of immigrants and war material can be
expected shall maintain effective observation in-
' U.N. doe. S/928, July 28, 1948, as corrected.
August 8, 1948
175
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
volving reconnaissance by air, land and sea and se-
curing fullest possible information about any
violations suspected or alleged of truce conditions.
All fighting personnel which shall include persons
identified as belonging to organized military units
and all persons bearing arms shall be denied entry.
(ix) Men of military age (i. e., in the age group
18 to 45) among immigrants shall be permitted
entry during truce only in such limited numbers as
the Mediator in the exercise of his discretion may
determine with a view to ensuring that no military
advantage will accrue to either side. No men of
military age shall be disembarked until they have
been registered by local authorities in presence of
United Nations Observers, given identity cards
and their destinations, intended places of abode
and occupations are clearly indicated and recorded.
Men of military age thus gaining enti-y are not to
be mobilized in armed forces and cannot partici-
pate in any military or paramilitary training ac-
tivities. Such men are not Isic] to be assigned to
particular area or areas which shall be approved by
observers who shall periodically check on where-
abouts and activities of such men.
3. Administrative Instructions
(i) All observers will be provided with per diem
advances at rate of $15 per day. Those funds are
intended for defrayment of costs of meals, lodging,
laundry and incidental expenses. Observers will
not be paid second time for expenditures in these
categories. However personnel forced by official
duties to maintain accommodations in different lo-
cations simultaneously may claim for reimburse-
ment for excess costs involved provided reasonable
judgment is exercised in releasing accommodations
and person in charge of administration at observ-
er's duty station is notified immediately. In no
circumstances are dual accommodations "to be held
for more than two days.
(m) Each observer will be provided with a pay
card which will contain record of all per diem
payments made to him. Pay-masters have been
instructed that per diem payments are to be made
to observers personnel only upon presentation of
pay card.
(Hi) Expenditures for purposes of official busi-
ness not falling in categories outlined in paragraph
(i) above (such as use of taxicabs when no other
transportation is available or purchase of supplies
when previously authorized by administrative offi-
cer) may be reimbursed upon submission of au-
thenticated claim by observer together with re-
ceipts covering expenditure. Claims for expen-
ditures for personal expenses paid on behalf of
some one other than the payer will [not?] be hon-
oured by United Nations.
{iv) Observers are not authorized to employ
local personnel nor to purchase equipment for ac-
count of United Nations without prior authoriza-
tion of chief administrative officer except in clearly
176
demonstrated emergencies. When emergencies re-
quire such action without prior approval, the chief
administrative officer must be notified at once.
(v) Any observer who is custodian of United
Nations property is personally liable therefor and
must return or account for property assigned to
him prior to his departure to his regular duty
station.
Rhodes, £0 July 194S.
Count Folke Bernadotte
United Nations Mediator on Palestine
II. Additional Instructions for the Supervision of
the Truce in Palestine
1. Headquarters is established in Haifa.
2. One group of observers will be assigned to
each Arab army and to each Jewish army group.
Besides there will be one group of observers for
the coast and ports and one for control of convoys
between Tel Aviv and Jerusalem.
3. The commanding officer of each group will :
{a) secure detailed information about the army
or army group to which he is assigned;
(b) assign observers to various units and to im-
portant crossroads, bridges, airfields, etc. ;
(c) supplement the general instructions to
observers with special instructions according to
local requirements;
(d) ensure that observers are permanently sta-
tioned with military units or on sections of the
front (generally two observers together) ;
(e) take decisions on questions referred to him
by his observers and on any other questions within
his competence which may arise ;
( /) refer to headquarters in Haifa any questions
which he is unable to solve himself;
(g) submit requests to headquarters in Haifa in
respect of his requirements of observers, communi-
cations, transportation, etc. ;
(A) until such time as his requirements have been
fully met, maintain contact with headquarters in
Haifa and with his observers by any means at hie
disposal (it may be necessary to make use of
private vehicles, civilian telephone, telegraphic or
radio communications to ensure the efficiency of
the supervision in his area by means of personal
visits to unit sections of the front check posts, etc.) ;
(i) submit at the earliest possible date to head-
quarters in Haifa a map showing the exact front
line as it was at the commencement of the cease-fire,
or, if this should prove impossible, at the time the
observers first reached the spot;
(j) act according to his best judgment in any
situation which arises.
4. The above rules should also be observed in the
supervision of ports, convoys and the coast insofar
as they are applicable.
5. Observers may be transferred as necessary
from one group to another on orders from head-
Deparfment of State Bulletin
quarters in Haifa. Commanding oflScers may also
be rejilaced by officers of higher rank or greater
seniority assigned to the same group.
III. Organization of the System of Observation
of the Truce
1. Introductory
(?) Paragraph 8 of the resohition on the Pales-
tine question adopted at the 338th meeting of the
Security Council, on 15 July 1948, instructed the
jMediator to supervise the observation of the truce ;
also to establish procedures for examining alleged
breaches of the truce since 11 June 1948. In con-
nection with the latter, the Mediator was author-
ized to deal with the breaches so far as it is within
his capacity to do so by appropriate local action.
Finally the Mediator was requested :
(a) to keep the Security Council currently in-
formed concerning the operation of the truce, and
(b) when necessary, to take appropriate action.
{ii) The fact that the truce ordered under para-
graph 9 of the resolution is to remain in force
"until a peaceful adjustment of the future situa-
tion of Palestine is reached"' calls for a methodical
organization of its operation. To that effect ap-
propriate machinery for investigating and report-
ing violations of the truce should be set up. Below
is a brief outline of a scheme covering both the
supervision of the observation of that truce and
the establishment of procedures for examining
alleged breaches of the truce.
2. Supervision
(i) Chief of Military Staff, Central Truce
Supervision Board.
The system of observation will be administered
on behalf of the Mediator by the Mediator's Chief
of Military Staff assisted by an Advisory Board to
be known as the "Central Truce Supervision
Board". Particularly it will be the duty of the
Chief of Military Staff to :
(a) organize a detailed plan for land, sea and
air observation with the greatest possible dispatch;
(i) assign the observers to their posts and di-
rect their activities ;
(c) on the basis of field observations to define
on a map the positions of the respective armed
forces in the several fighting sectors at the begin-
ning of the truce. Alterations of such positions
should be only in connection with local agreements
negotiated concerning no-man's land. Questions
of principle relating to the interpretation of the
terms of the truce shall be referred to the Mediator
for decision.
(«) Composition and Functions of the Central
Truce Supervision Board.
The Central Truce Supervision Board shall
function under the chairmanship of the Chief of
August 8, 1948
THB UNITED NATIONS AND SPBCIAUZBD AGBNCIES
Military Staff and shall consist of one American,
one Belgian and one French Senior Officer to be
designated by the Mediator and the political ad-
visor to the Chief of Military Staff. The Chief of
Military Staff may designate a member of the
Board to act as vice-chairman. The Central Truce
Supervision Board shall advise the Chief of Mili-
tary Staff on all questions relating to the adminis-
tration of the truce.
(Hi) Kegional Truce Supervision Boards.
To the extent feasible the area affected by the
truce will be divided into zones in each of which
there will be a "Regional Truce Supervision
Board", the members of which will be designated
by the Central Truce Supervision Board. Each
regional board will be responsible to the Central
Supervision Boai'd for the system of observation
to be established in that region.
3. Establishment of procedures for examining
alleged breaches of the truce
(/) Requests by Governments for investigation
of alleged breaches of the truce which have not
been settled by observers on the spot shall be sub-
mitted to the Central Truce Supervision Board,
which shall refer them for investigation and report
to the appropriate Regional Truce Supervision
Board, or to an observer or a special investigation
team designated for this specific purpose.
( ii) As circumstances permit, each of the parties
may appoint military experts to act as liaison
officers with observers in the field, with Regional
Truce Supervision Boards, or with the special in-
vestigation teams.
{Hi) Investigations of alleged breaches shall be
undertaken on the spot, shall include the hearing
of witnesses and the collection of all available
evidence and in general all practicable steps shall
be taken toward the clarification and settlement of
the incident. The special investigation teams and
the Regional Truce Supervision Boards should
normally indicate the measures which ought to be
taken to preserve the respective rights of either
party. The findings of such bodies shall be sub-
mitted to the Central Truce Supervision Board.
4. Breaches of the Truce
It must be clearly understood by all personnel
dealing with the supervision of the truce that the
truce has been ordered by the United Nations Se-
curity Council for an indefinite duration and that
breaches of the truce by one side do not release
the other side from the obligation to comply with
the Security Council order to refrain from mili-
tary action. Breaches of the truce which cannot
be rectified by the Truce Supervision organization
will be promptly reported by the Mediator to the
Security Council for approj^riate action.
Rhodes, 23 Jvly 19J+8.
Count Folke Beenadotte
177
Current United Nations Documents: A Selected Bibliography
Security Council
DueuiHtnts itlfTiiiiy to the Piilrsthir SHiintion
Oiiblosniiii nutcd IS Juno 10-IS frmii tlu> I'lillod Nsitidiis
Modi.Mtor to tlio S<vi-oliiry-(!oiiov;il 'rrniisinitlins 'IVxt
of AyriHMiioiit of Iti .luiio I'oiuvniinj; t'oiilrol of "No
M.'iiv's I.iiiul". .lonisjiloin Aivii. ami Otlior Truoo l>e-
ttltls. S Sto. .liino 21, 104S. ;i pp. niiiiioo,
Ciil>los;i!iiu Piiloii IS .luiio 1!MS from tlio Viiilotl Nations
Moilialor to tho SiH'ivtar.v-(5onoral 'riansiuitlinsr Two
-Vsivouioiits Ooncornnn: AbamtoiUHl Ui-itish Military
Instatiallons. S Sit!. Juno "Jl, I'.'IS. 4 pp. min\oo.
Uopilos from Statos Momlu-rs of tlio I'liitoii Nations auii
I'rom Sonio Non-Momlior Statos Pursuant to tlio Di^
olsloii Taivon by tlio Soourlty roniuil loooporatlon with
Moiilator in ralostiuo) at tlio Tliroo llumlroii ami
Twontiotli Mtvtins. S Soo. Juno "ja. UMJ>. 7 pp.
miiuoo. ISovoral Adiloinla.l
CViliIo.^ram Patoit 'Jo Juno lOIS from tlio Untted Nations
Atoiliator to tlio S<HTotary-Ooiioriil ("oiioornins tlio In-
oiilonl at Nosba in tlio Nosob. S 'sr>(>, Juno •2T\. tO-lS.
1 p. nil 11100,
Oablo^rani Oatinl oO Jniio 1S14S From tho I'nittM Nations
Moillator .Xiiiirossod to tho SooiviaryOonoral Ooinvrn-
iiii,' tlio 1 ST ■•Aitnlona" Inoiaont. S StU. July 1, 104S.
4 pp, niinuv.
t.ottor I>atoil -J July I'.US from tbo U<>prosontativo of tbo
rnnisioual tiovonitnont of Israol, .Viiiirossod to tlio
Soorotary-Oonoral. S/SC4. July ti, 1;>4S, S pp.
niinioo,
lA'tlor from tho Vormanont Woprosontativo of tho VnitiHl
KinsiliMii V>atO(l S July 1!V1S Adilivssod to the Six'ro-
tary Oonoral Oonooriiinsr tlio IVtontion of Five
V>ritish Subjoots by tbo lr,!;nii X.val Lounii. S ■S74.
July S, ISMS. 1 p, miintH>,
Lottor from tho Vii>> Cliairman. Arab Hislier Coinuiittet>.
and n-osiiiont of tbo ralostiuo Arab liolosratlon to tlio
I'nilod Nations Oatoil S .Inly ISVIS .ViUIrossoii to tho
rrosiilont of tlio Soourity Oounoil. S SSO. July 0,
1!MS. '2 i>i>, mimoo,
Roplios from l.obniion. Transjordan and Iran r>atod !> July
ISVIS .\ddrossod to tlio Sivrotary-tlonorai Pursuant to
tho Stvurity Couiu'il Hosolution Adopted at Its IvUst
Mivlin,!!, 7 July IIMS (Doniimnit S/Sli7), S/SSl. July S>.
1!M,V I p, minuH>.
Oablo.sram Oalod 0 July ISMS from tho Minister for Forei.su
AtTairs >>f the Provisional (.lovornnioiit of Israel in
Uoply to tho Oabloiirain From tho President of the
S«vurity Oounoil PattHl S July ISMS, S.'SS2, July 10,
ISHS. -J pp. minuHi,
Oahloiiram .\ddressod to the President of the Stvurity
Oounoil From tho President of the Rsiyptian Oouncil
of Ministei-s, Dated 10 July 1SM8, S/SS3, July 10, ISM^.
5 pv>. mim«H>.
IVlesram I">ate»l 10 July from the Permanent Uepresenta-
tive of F^aj-pt to the I'nited Nations, .\ddressed to the
Stvretary-(1eiioral. S. SS.*>. July H>. ISMS. 'J pp. iiiinuHV
Letter PattM 10 July ISMS fivm the Representative of tlie
Provisional Ooverument of Israel, Addrt^sseil to the
S<vivtary-i;eneral. S/'SSlJ, Jul,v 1-. ISMS. - pp.
' l*rint»M materials may be stvnr«l in the FnittHl States
fr<>m the International Divuments Serviee. Oolumbia
I'niversity Pro.ss, L'SHUi l>ivadway. New Yv>rk I'ity, Other
materials (minuH>,srai>hed or v>i">*>>"sst\l doeunieuts* may
lie ivnsulttHl at ivrtaiu dosisnatiHl libraries in the Vniteil
States.
178
Report of the United Nations Mediator on Palestine to the
Soeurlly Ooiuuil, S SSS, July 12. ISMS, 17 pp. miineo.
IKxoorpIs printed in IU'l.i.eti.n of July 2,"!. ISMS 1
Letter Dated l;! July IIMS From the VitX'-l'liairniaii of the
.Vrab lli.irher (^>nlmiltoo lor Palestine an<l IMosiiiout of
tile P.'ilostino .\rab Peloiiatioii to the I'nilod Nations
.\ddressed to the Soorotary-Genoral Transmittins; a
Memm-ainlnni of Violations of Seeurity Council
KosoUilions anil the Tnuo .Vsiroonient by the Jews in
Paloslint>, S .'^SVJ, .Inly l:>. ISMS. 11 pp. uiiineo.
Oahlosrani Patod 17 July ISMS from the Secretary General
of the l.(>a?:uo of .\ral> States to the Socrolaiy General
in Koply to the Resolution (PociinnMit S 1H12) .Vdoiitcd
by the Secniity Oouncil at the 'riiiee Uuiutrod and
Thirty-Ki.tfhth Meetins on I.". .Inly ISMS. S, SKXi, July
17. ISMS. 2 pp. miineo.
Oablesram Dated 21 July ISMS From the United Nations
Mediator to the SeeretaryGeneral Oonceniini: Oom-
)ilaiiits .\sainst .\lle,god Violations of the Truce by
Jewish Forces. S SUO. July 21, ISMS. 1 p. niimoo. "
Letter Dated 12 July ISMS From the Forei.sn Minister of
the Provisional Govornnient of Israel .Vildressecl to '
tho United Nations Mtnliator C\>iicernin.s Violations i
by .\rahs of the Security Oonneil Resolution of 2S) May '
and the Truee Asrnvment of 0 June ISHS. S.^sni,
July 21. ISVIS. 1.'! pp. niinieo.
Tele^nams D.-ited 21 July 1SM>^ Addressed to the Sivretary-
General by the Syrian Foreign Minister, on Truce Vio-
lations by Jewi.sh Forees. S/SV12. July 21. 1!>IS. 2 pp. \
mimtHi. I
Oahlesirani Dated 21 July from the United Nations Media-
tor to tho Secretary-General Ooiuvrninir Ooniplaints
of -Mleiied Violations of the Truee hv .Vrab l-'orces.
S/^13. July 22. ISMS. 1 p. mimeo.
General Assembly
I'nittHl Nations Tonii>orary Oommission on Korea
Ninth Information Report on the Work of the Coinniis
sion. (Period 2-l,"i May ISMS 1 A/."iti3, 75 pp. miineo.
Tenth Information Report on the Work of the Oom-
mission. (Period Iti May-ii June 1JV4S) A/504. 6 pp.
miineo.
Information From Non-S(>lf-Governin.£r Territories. Sum-
mary of Inforni.-ition Transmitted by the Government
of the United Kingdom. A .'lOti. July 14, ISMS. 113
pp. minieii.
The Problem of Voting in the StK'urity Onincil. Reixirt
of tho Interim v'ommittee to the General Assembly.
A ','>7S. July 15. ISMS. 42 pp. miineii.
Economic and Social Council
Official R<\-ords
Third Year
Seventh Session. Supplement No. 4. Reivirt of the Sub-
oinninission on Employment and Fconomie Stability
to the KiHinomie and Kmploynient Couimission. 4.S pp,
printed, 45(',
Atomic Energy Commission
Otlieial KtHvrds
Third Year
No, 2, Sixtt^nth meeting. 17 Mjiy ISMS. 16 pp.
printetl. 20* .
An International Bibliosrraphy on Atomic Knergy. Politi-
eal, Eoi>noinie, and Sivial AsiHX?ts. Volume I (Pre-
liminary Edition ) . SS) pp. mimeo.
Department of State Bulletin
The United States in The United Nations
Congress Approves U.N. Loan
House apiiroval on August a of legislation au-
thorizing a !?(;5.000,()00 U.S. loan to the United
Nations for construction of a headquarters build-
ing in New York completed congressional action
on the measure. The bill provides for an advance
of $25.001), UOO by tlie Reconstruction Finance Cor-
poi-ation so that work on tlie building need not
await a separate appropriation by Congress.
"In a matter of weeks tlie shovels and tlie ham-
mers and the trowels will be at work building a
permanent home for the United Nations," said
Philip C. Jessup, Acting U.S. Representative.
"That fact is a matter of intense pleasure to me
and to the United States Mission. During the ab-
sence of Senator Austin, I can speak also for him
since it was lie wlio conducted the negotiations for
the loan and throughout took the most intense and
active interest in it.
"The approval of the loan provides a tangible,
visible symbol of our unwavering support of the
United Nations and of the great confidence we
place in tlie organization whicli is working to keep
the world at peace. The loan represents the sound-
est possible investment in tlie future."
Trieste Charges Discussed
Yugoslavia on August 4 took to the Security
Council its formal cliarges that the British-Amer-
ican military administration in Trieste had vio-
lated the Italian peace treaty. The repi-esentatives
of both the United Kingdom and the United States
categorically denied tlie allegations.
The Yugoslavs as.serted, among other charges,
that in matters of foreign trade and finance the
British-American zone had been turned, in effect,
into an Italian province.
Mr. Jessup's reply said, in part :
"AVe are surprised that any government should
present to the Security Council charges so utterly
devoid of sub.stance and also that the cliarges are
made by a government which, in the administra-
tion of its own zone, has paid no heed to its inter-
national obligations and which has kept its admin-
istration shrouded in secrecy.
". f . General Airey has administered the zone
according to the letter and spirit of the pertinent
provisions of the treaty of peace and in compliance
with international law".
Trusteestiip Session Ends
The results of the Soviet Union's first participa-
tion in the work of the Trusteeship Council com-
prise one of the most interesting and significant
August 8, 1948
developments emerging from the third session of
the Council, which adjourned August 5.
Membership of the Council is equally divided —
six and six^ — between countries which administer
trusteeship areas and non-administering countries.
Heretofore, however, the "give and take" between
the two groups has been sufficient to limit to a few
instances the cases in which a proposal failed of
adoption because of a tie vote.
Daring the third session, this situation ceased
to exist. Issues raised and pressed by the Soviet
Delegate, S. K. Tsarapkin, resulted in repeated
clashes. In numerous instances a split vote,
divided strictly between administering and non-
administering powers, resulted in failure of a
pending motion.
Although she is a permanent member of the
Council, this is the first full session attended by
the Soviet Union.
The main substantive work of the Council dur-
ing the third session was the examination of re-
ports on the administration of the trust territories
of Ruanda-Urundi (Belgium), Tanganyika
(United Kingdom), and New Guinea (Australia).
The Council drafted observations on the reports
to be forwarded to the General As.sembly, some of
them critical of current policies and practices.
The U.S. Representative, Ambassador Francis B.
Sayre, was chairman of the drafting committee
on Tanganyika.
The Council also examined a report submitted
voluntarily by the Union of South Africa on the
former mandated territory of South-West Africa.
Mr. Sayre opened the discussion of this report with
a statement pointing to a number of apparent de-
ficiencies in the Union's handling of South-West
African affairs. The Council's report to the Gen-
eral Assembly reflected many of these points.
The session ended in a bitter clash occasioned by
a Soviet charge that the Council's action in the
matter of a statute for the City of Jerusalem
proved that body to be "an instrument of U.S.
policy". (Over Soviet opposition, t he Council had
voted previously to postpone indefinitely discus-
sions of the draft statute for Jerusalem.)
Vigorous protest followed from the other 11
delegates. Mr. Sayre said in part, "I am shocked
that the official representative of a member state
of the United Nations should stoop so low. The
statement is utterly untrue and has no foundation
in fact whatsoever, as I think the members of this
Council know. It is a serious reflection not on
the United States but on the character of the gov-
ernment which has introduced it."
179
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Non-Self-Governing Territories
Benjamin Gerig, Chief of the Division of De-
pendent Area Aifairs, U.S. Depai'tment of State,
has been named to represent the United States on
the General Assembly's Special Committee on In-
formation on Non-Self-Governing Territories.
The Committee will meet in Geneva from Septem-
ber 2 to IS to examine information submitted by
members having responsibility for non-self-gov-
erning territories.
Palestine
Ninety-five additional American truce observers
were to be dispatched at once to Palestine at the
request of Count Bernadotte, the U.N. mediator,
it was announced during the week. Brig. Gen.
William E. Riley of the U.S. Marine Corps was
appointed chief of the U.S. observers, who now
number 125. General Riley left on August 3 to
report to Count Bernadotte at Rhodes.
The State Department also announced that the
United States will send additional communications
personnel and equipment to the mediator as soon
as possible.
Palestine came before the Security Council on
August 2 in the form of a discussion of the refugee
situation. The British Representative suggested
inquiry into the plight of Arab refugees from
Jewish-held territory, who he said numbered be-
tween 250,000 and 550,000. The Representatives
of the Ukraine and Israel then brought up the
matter of the 10,000 Jews detained on the Island
of Cyprus. The U.S. Representative, Philip C.
Jessup, favored the action finally taken — referring
the questions to the mediator.
Economic and Social Council
The Economic and Social Council, in its seventh
session in Geneva, approved unanimously on
August -1 the report of the Economic Commission
for Europe. The resolution adopted expressed a
hope for increased industrial and agricultural pro-
duction, particularly in undeveloped countries,
authorized steps toward implementation of this
work, invited consultation with specialized agen-
cies, and asked for an early analysis of the eco-
nomic-reconstruction possibilities of trade expan-
sion and development of underindustrialized coun-
tries.
The Council also approved the draft of an inter-
national protocol for the control of new synthetic
drugs.
These were the main actions taken by the Council
in the third week of the session. Most of the items
on the 44-point agenda still were being considered
in committee.
Disarmament Talks
Frederick H. Osborn. Deputy United States
Representative in the Commission for Conven-
tional Armaments, took occasion at a meeting on
xVugust 2 to counteract press speculation that the
Commission will discontinue its work. Such spec-
ulation has been current since the Atomic Energy-
Commission announced that its negotiations had
reached an impasse.
The U.S. position is not changed from that ex-
pressed to the General Assembly on September 17,
1947, by Secretary Marshall. Mr. Osborn said. The
Secretary asserted then that "the regulation of
armaments presupposes enough international
understanding to make possible'' peace treaties
with Germany and Japan, implementation of
agreements on military forces at the disposal of
the Security Council, and an international control
arrangement for atomic energy. "Nevertheless,"
added the Secretary, "we believe it is important
not to delay the formulation of a system of arms
regulation for implementation when conditions
permit."
"We cannot but note regretfully," said Mr.
Osborn, "that the Soviet system of obstructionism
in this Commission is the same as that employed
by them in the Atomic Energj' Commission.
Nevertheless, the United States believes that the
Commission must proceed with its work."
Philip C. Jessup, Deputy U.S. Representative
in tlie Security Council, referred to Soviet in-
transigence in atomic-energy and conventional-
armament negotiations in a speech before the sum-
mer school sponsored by the United Nations at
the New School for Social Research.
"The fear, the suspicion and distrust which per-
meate the Soviet attitudes toward these problems
can be found influencing the position of Soviet
Delegates on such issues as the Interim Committee,
Greece and Koi'ea," Mr. Jessup said. "This state
of mind on the part of one of the great powers thus
pi-esents itself as one of the great issues facing us
in the United Nations and in the whole interna-
tional community. Obviously, it is a problem
which cannot be solved quickly and certainly will
not be solved easily. Patience and firmness as a
phrase has become almost trite; but as a formula
it has not yet been surpassed."
180
Departmenf of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Calendar of Meetings ^
Adjourned during July
United Nations:
Commission on Conventional Armaments .
Trusteeship Council : Third Session .
Itu (International Telecommunication Union) :
International Administrative Aeronautical Radio Conference . .
Fifth Plenary Meeting of International Radio Consultative Com-
mittee.
Ilo (International Labor Organization) :
105th and 106th Session of Governing Body
31st General Conference
U.S.-Swedish Inter-Custodial Discussions .
Royal Society Information Conference . .
Who (World Health Organization) : First Session of World Health
Assembly.
International Conference on Large High Tension Electric Systems:
Twelfth Biennial Session.
Eleventh International Conference on Public Education
International Council of Museums: First General Biennial Confer-
ence.
Meeting of International L^nion of Family Organizations
IcEF (International Children's Emergency Fund) :
Program Committee
Executive Board
UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Or-
ganization) : Eighth Session of Executive Board.
First International Poliomyelitis Conference
Seventh International Congress of Agricultural Industries
First Inter- American Conference for the Rehabilitation of Cripples .
Fao (Food and Agriculture Organization) : Technical Conference of
Latin American Nutrition Experts.
Sixth International Congress of Linguists
International Wine OflBce: 27th Session of Committee
Thirteenth International Congress of Zoology
21st International Congress of Orientalists
Lake Success ....
Lake Success
Geneva . .
Stockholm
San Francisco .
San Francisco .
Washington .
London . .
Geneva . . ,
Paris
Geneva .
Paris . .
Geneva .
Paris . .
Geneva .
Paris .
New York .
Paris ....
Mexico City
Montevideo .
Paris .
Paris .
Paris .
Paris .
Mar. 25, 1947-July
1948
1948
June 16—
Mav 15-
.Julv 12-31
June 9- July 10
June 17-JulyilO
June 15-
June 21-July 2
June 24-July
June 24-July 3
June 28-July 3
June 28-July 3
July 1-3
July 3-
July 16-
July 12-17
July 12-17
July 12-18
July 18-24
July 18-28
July 1&-24
July 20-23
July 21-27
July 23-31
' Prepared in the Division of International Conferences, Department of State.
August 8, 1948
181
Calendar of Meetings — Continued
In session as of August 1, 1948
Far Eastern Commission ....
United Nations:
Security Council ■
Military Staff Committee . . .
Security Council's Committee of Good Offices on the Indonesian
Question.
'General Assembly Special Committee on the Greek Question . .
Temporary Commission on Korea
Interim Committee of the General Assembly ....
Security Council's Kashmir Commission
Economic and Social Council: Seventh Session . . .
German External Property Negotiations (Safehaven) :
With Portugal
With Sweden
Inter-Allied Trade Board for Japan
Council of Foreign Ministers:
Deputies for Italian Colonial Problems
Commission of Investigation to Former Italian Colonies
Itu (International Telecommunication Union) : Provisional Fre-
quency Board.
IcAO (International Civil Aviation Organization) : North Pacific
Regional Air Navigation Meeting.
Conference to Consider Free Navigation of the Danube
Meeting of International Penal and Penitentiary Commission . . .
Scheduled for August 1-31, 1948
Meeting of the United Kingdom and Dominions Official Medical
Histories Liaison Committee.
Eighth International Congress of Entomology
International Congress on Mental Health
Meeting on the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
Iro (International Refugee Organization):
Seventh Part of First Se.ssion of Preparatory Commission . . . .
Fir.st Meeting of the General Council
Eighth World's Poultry Congress
Seventeenth Conference of the International Red Cross
United Nations:
Ecosoc (Economic and Social Council):
Economic Commission for Europe: Committee on Coal. . . .
Subcommission on Statistical Sampling
UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization) : Meeting of Radio Program Commission.
18th International Geological Congress
Ito (International Trade Organization) : Meeting of Interim Com-
mission.
Washington ....
Lake Success ...
Lake Success . . .
Lake Success . , .
Salonika and Geneva .
Seoul
Lake Success . . .
Geneva and Kashmir
Geneva
Lisbon
Madrid
Washington ....
London
London
Geneva
Seattle
Belgrade
Bern
Oxford, England . .
Stockholm ....
London
Geneva
Geneva
Geneva
Copenhagen. ...
Stockholm ....
Geneva
Geneva
Paris
London
Geneva
1946
Feb
2&-
Mar.
Mar.
25-
25-
1947
Oct.
20-
Nov.
21-
1948
Jan.
Feb.
June
July
12-
23-
15-
19-
1946
Sept
Nov.
3-
12-
Oct. 24-
1947
Oct. 3-
Nov. 8-
1948
Jan. 15-
July 13-Aug. 2
July 30-
Julv 31-
Aug. 3-7
Aug. 8-14
Aug. 11-21
Aug. 15-25
Aug. 20-23
Aug. 23-
Aug. 20-27
Aug. 20-30
Aug. 23-
Aug. 30-
Aug. 23-29
Aug. 25-Sept. 1
Aug. 25-
182
Department of State Builetin
International Institute of the Hylean Amazon
Established at Iquitos Conference
By Clarence A, Boons tra
On May 10, lO-tS, a convention was signed at
Iquitos, Peru, by nine countries establishing the
International "Institute of the Hylean Amazon.
The Conference To Plan for the Establishment of
an International Institute of the Hylean Amazon
was sponsored by Uxesco and met from April 3U
to May 10. Subjects of discussion wei'e princi-
pally the draft documents prepared by Unesco in
accordance with recommendations of the Interna-
tional Commission which met at Belem in August
1947.^
Objectives of the Institute are the encourage-
ment of scientific investigations in the vast tropi-
cal region surrounding the Amazon River, the
actual conduct of such research, the publication of
studies relating to the region, the maintenance of
scientific collections, and similar technical func-
tions. The term "Hylean Amazon" is considered
by the Institute as denoting forested land inclusive
of areas outside the Amazon drainage such as the
French, Dutch, and British Guianas, and parts of
Venezuela. Iquitos as a site for the conference
enabled the delegates to see at first hand a portion
of this region, with characteristic heavy rainfall,
high temperatures, and limited acconnnodations
for living.
The conference elected Dr. Luis Alayza y Paz
Soldan of Peru as president and named Dr. Linneu
de Albuquerque Mello of Brazil and Dr. Rafael
Alvarado of Ecuador as first and second vice
presidents, respectively. Dr. Alayza has been' in-
timately connected with this project since its in-
ception, serving as vice chairman when the Inter-
national Conmiission met at Belem in ]'.)47. E. J.
H. Corner of Unesco was secretary of the confer-
ence at Icjiiitos.
Signatories to the convention were the Delegates
of Bolivia, Brazil, Colombia, Ecuador, France,
the Netherlands, Peru, Italy, and Venezuela. The
United States sent a delegation - to the conference
but did not sign the convention, explaining its
views that the organization and operation of the
Institute should be primarily the responsibility of
nations having Amazon territory, and that the
United States could contribute most effectively to
the scientific projects by collaboration of its insti-
Aogusf 8, 1948
tutions and organizations. Such collaboration is
contemplated by article XI of the convention,
which grants wide powers to the Institute for co-
operative arrangements with other organizations.
In addition to delegations from the countries
named above, observers were present from the
United Kingdom, Switzerland, Unesco, the Pan
American Union, the Inter-American Institute of
Agricultural Sciences, and the International Edu-
cation Office. All governments of countries be-
longing to Unesco were informed of the confer-
ence and had the privilege of sending delegates
or observers if they so desired.
The convention, which consists of 15 articles,
provides that any member country of the United
Nations or of its specialized organizations is eli-
gible for membership in the Institute. Govern-
ing authority is vested in a council composed of
representatives of all member countries, and ad-
ministration is conducted through an executive
committee and a director.
Under article X, the Institute is authorized to
invite the Director General of Unesco to partici-
pate in the council and in the executive commit-
tee, and to enter into an agi'eement with Unesco
outlining the terms of cooperation between the
respective organizations. Also, the Director Gen-
eral of I'nesco is asked to propose one nominee
on the list of five from which the council will
choose a director of the Institute.
To enable an immediate start on Institute activi-
ties, the confei-ence established an Interim Com-
mission which will supervise operations until the
convention enters into force after ratification of
signatures by five Amazon nations. The Interim
Commission met on May 14 and 15 at Manaos,
' For article by Remington Kellogg on "International
Commission for tbe Establishment of an International
Hvlean Amazon Institute", see Bulletin of Nov. 9, 1947,
p."801.
■ Delegates representing the United States were Clarence
A. Boonstra (chairman), Agricultural Attach^, American
Embassy, Lima ; Clauile L. Horn, Head. Complementary
Crops Division, Office of Foreign Agricultural Relations,
Department of Agriculture; and Allan R. Holmberg, Cul-
tural Anthropologist, Institute of Social Anthropology,
Smithsonian Institution.
183
ACTIVITIES AND DEVELOPMENTS
Brazil, and selected this city as the permanent
headquarters of the Institute. Subcenters for re-
search are planned for Iquitos, Peru ; Riberalta,
Bolivia; San Fernando de Atabapo, Venezuela;
Sibundoy, Colombia; Archidona, Ecuador; and
Belem do Para, Brazil. _ tt i •
Officers of the Interim Commission are Heloisa
Alberto Torres, President, and E. J. H. Corner.
Both are located in Rio de Janeiro. Dra. Torres
is director of the Museo Nacional, and Mr. Corner
is principal field scientific officer of Unesco, with
offices in that city. . t v ^
In sponsoring the organization of the insitute,
UNESCO has provided funds for 1948 which are
being used for initial surveys as well as tor the
conference expenses. Five scientists have been
employed this year for investigations m zoology,
botany, and anthropology. Efforts will be made
by them to assemble the results of previous explor-
ations and investigations in the Amazon, and to
encourao-e the establishment of museums and of
plant collections which will be useful in future
studies. The conference has requested also that
UNESCO assign several of the scientists to a regional
study of the Huallaga valley of Peru.
The conference agreed on a 1949 budget amount-
incr to $306,200, of which $209,370 is scheduled
directly for research and $96,830 for administra-
tion. Initial pledges undertaken by participat-
ing countries were $150,000 by Brazil, $40,000
each by Peru and Colombia, and $25,000 by Vene-
zuela. Other countries pledged amounts ranging
from $5,000 to $15,000, with the exception of Italy,
which signed the convention but not the accom-
panying financial protocol. The convention pro-
vides that a permanent scale of contributions will
be determined by discussions withm the Institute,
after ratification of the basic agreement.
U.S. Delegation to UNESCO Preparatory Conference
i
The Department of State announced on July 26
the composition of the United States Delegation to
the Preparatory Conference of Representatives of
Universities to be convened by the United Nations
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
(Unesco), in cooperation with the Netherlands
Government, the Netherlands National Commis-
sion of UNESCO, and the University of Utrecht, at
Utrecht, August 2-13, 1948. The United States
Delegation is as follows :
Chairman
George F. Zook, president, American Council on Education,
Waslilngton, D.C.
Delegates
Jaime Benitez, chancellor, University of Puerto Rico, Rio
Piedras, Puerto Rico „ <.
Martlia B. Lucas, president. Sweet Briar College, Sweet
Briar, Va. „ _,.
Thomas Raymond McConnell, dean, University of Minne-
sota, Minneapolis, Minn.
William F. Russell, dean. Teachers College, Columbia
University, New York, N.Y.
Official Observers
Laurence Duggan, director, Institute of International Edu-
cation, New York, N.Y.
Marten ten Hoor, dean. College of Arts and Sciences, Uni-
versity of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, Ala.
Rev. Edward B. Rooney, S.J., executive director, Jesuit
Educational Association, New York, N. Y.
Dr. Howard E. Wilson, Carnegie Endowment for Inter-
national Peace, New York, N.Y.
The forthcoming conference is being held pur-
suant to a resolution adopted at the Second Session
184
of the General Conference of Unesco at Mexico
City in November 1947. This resolution in-
structed the Director General of Unesco to call
together in 1948 a meeting of representatives ot
universities to: (1) consider plans for the develop-
ment of an international association ot univer-
sities- (2) consider the problem of equivalence of
degrees, utilizing data which had been requested
by UNESCO in 1947 from international associations
concerned; (3) consider how education m inter-
national relations within universities may luini
their mission in national life; (4) discuss ways
and means whereby universities may fulfil their
mission in national life; (5) consider how closer
cooperation between universities and Unesco may
be promoted; and (6) study the possibility of
organizing, in certain universities throughout the
world, international departments consisting ot
scholars, professors, and educators from foreign
countries. . j. tt •
The Conference of Representatives ot Universi-
ties is one of the most significant projects which
UNESCO has undertaken. It is clear from reports ,
that universities in all countries are facing a series
of interrelated problems, such as problems ot
student population, university autononiy, and the
place of research in the university. Close rela-
tionships among universities are widely recog- i
nized as being important at this crucial time.!!
This conference should give to the university leaa-
ers a much needed opportunity to focus attention j
on their common problems. ;
Deparfment of Sf ate Bulletin \}
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Calling of Special Session of Eightieth Congress
EXCERPTS FROM THE MESSAGE OF THE PRESIDENT TO THE CONGRESS
IVIk. President, Mr. Speaker, Members of the
80th Congress:
The urgent needs of the American people require
our presence here today.
Our people demand legislative action by their
Government to do two things : first, to check in-
flation and the rising cost of living, and second,
to help in meeting the acute housing shortage.
These are matters which affect every American
family. They also affect the entire' world, for
world peace depends upon the strength of our
economy.
The Communists, both here and abroad, are
countmg on our present prosperity turning into a
depression. They do not believe that we can—
or will— put the brake on high prices. They are
counting on economic collapse in this country.
If we should bring on another gi-eat depression
in the United States by failing to control high
prices, the world's hope for lasting peace would
vanish. A depression in the United States would
cut the ground from under the free nations of
Europe. Economic collapse in this country would
prevent the recovery throughout the world which
is essential to lasting peace. We would have only
ourselves to blame for the tragedy that would
follow.
In these tense days, when our strength is being
tested all over the world, it would be reckless folly
if we failed to act against inflation.
In our relations with the rest of the world,
action is also needed at once, and can be taken
quickly, to afford additional proof that we mean
what we say when we talk about freedom, hu-
manity, and international cooperation for peace
ind prosperity. Three measures are involved.
First, the Displaced Persons Act in its present
form discriminates unfairly against some dis-
placed persons because of their religion, land of
nigm, or occupation. These provisions are con-
niry to all American ideals. This act should be
)roraptly amended to wipe out these discrimi-
lations Furthermore, the present act permits
he entry of only 200,000 persons and charges
liem against future immigration quotas. I be-
leve strongly that the act should provide for the
ntry o± 400,000 persons over a four-year period,
tugusf 8, 7948
and they should be outside the normal immigra-
tion quotas. The act can and should be amended
promptly.
Second, many people in the world must wonder
how strongly we support the United Nations when
we hesitate to assist the construction of its perma-
nent home in this country. Legislation can and
should be passed at once to authorize a loan by the
United States Government to the United Nations
for the construction of U.N. headquarters build-
ings m New York City.
The international wheat agreement is another
vital measure on which the Congress should act.
This agreement is designed to insure stability in the
world wheat market in the years ahead when wheat
will be more plentiful. It would guarantee
American farmers an export market of 185 million
bushels of wheat at a fair price during each of the
next five years. Since the agreement is in the
form of a treaty it requires only ratification by
the Senate. Although this agreement should have
been ratified by July first of this year, we have
good reason to believe that it can still be made
effective if it is now ratified promptly.
Finally, I wish again to urge upon the Congress
the measures I recommended last February to pro-
tect and extend basic civil rights of citizenship
and human liberty. A number of bills to carry
out my recommendations have been introduced in
the Congress. Many of them have already re-
ceived careful consideration by Congressional
committees. Only one bill, however, has been
enacted, a bill relating to the rights of Americans
of Japanese origin. I believe that it is necessary
to enact the laws I have recommended in order
to make the guarantees of the Constitution real
and vital. I believe they are necessary to carry
out our American ideals of liberty and 'justice for
all.
I hope there is no misunderstanding of the rec-
ommendations I have made. I have asked the
Congress to return, first of all, in order to meet
the urgent need of our people for relief from high
'Delivered before the Congress of the United States
on July 27, 1948, and released to the press on the same
date. For complete text of the message, see H. Doc 374
SOth Cong., 2d se.ss. '
185
THE RECORD OF THE WEEIf
prices and the housing shortage. I urge the
Congress not to be distracted from these central
purposes.
At the same time, as I have stated, the Congress
can and should act on certain other important
items of legislation at this special session.
These include : a comprehensive health program,
based on health insurance ; a fair and sound labor-
management relations law — in place of tlie Taft-
Hartley law which has proved to be unfair and
unsound and which should be repealed ; a real long-
range farm program; a stronger reciprocal trade
agreements act; a universal training program; a
national science foundation; strengthened anti-
trust laws; and approval of the St. Lawrence
Waterway treaty.
The vigor of our democracy is judged by its
ability to take decisive actions — actions which are
necessary to maintain our physical and moral
strengtli and to raise our standards of living. In
these days of continued stress, the test of that vigor
becomes moi'e and more difficult. The legislative
and executive branches of our Government can
meet that test today.
The American people rightfully expect us to
meet it together. I hojie that the American people
will not look to us in vain.
Announcement Regarding Presentation of Hungarian Bank Shares
[Released to the press July 30]
The attention of American owners or custodians
of shares of the National Bank of Hungary and
of financial institutions in the first category of the
central corporation of banking companies is called
to the Department of State's announcement of
June 29, 1948,^ entitled "Hungary requires pres-
entation of foreign-owned shares of Hungarian
banks", stating that such shares must be presented
for listing at a Hungarian consulate on or before
August 31, 1948.
In this connection the Hungarian Consulate
General at New York (37 Wall Street, New York,
New York) has now published the following an-
nouncement in the press:
"According to Government Decree 5210/1948
Korm. of the Hungarian Republic published on
May 6th, 1948, shares, share certificates, scrips or
any negotiable papers (hereafter shares) of sliare-
holders issued by the Hungarian National Bank
and financial institutes belonging to tlie I. cate-
gory of the Central Corporation of Banking Com-
panies have to be presented by the owner or the
custodian.
"When presenting the shares it must be stated
in writing as to when, from whom and on what
basis the shares had been acquii-ed and, further-
more, if the owner is a foreign citizen, when his
citizenship was acquired and, if he resided pre-
viously in Hungary, when did he leave the country.
"Physical persons living abroad and juridical
persons domiciled outside of Hungary have to pre-
sent shares at any Hungarian Consulate. The
time limit for presentation is August 31, 1948.
Presentation of sliares must be effected on forms
available free of charge at all Consulates. Per-
sons whose shares are in Hungary should inform
the custodian of all data so that he could make
use of them wlien presenting the shares. If shares
are in process of nullification, tlie declaration con-
taining all details serves as substitute.
' Bulletin of July 11, 1948, p. 54.
"Tlie presentation or registration of the shares
will be acknowledged by receipt. Shares not pre-
sented within the stipulated time, will be invali-
dated.
"The following sliares must be presented:
National Banlv of Hungary, British and Hunga-
rian Bank Limited, The City Savings Banii Com-
pany Limited, City of Budapest Municipal
Savings Bank Company Limited, Hungarian
General Creditbank, Hungarian Discount and
Exchange Bank, Hungarian Italian Bank Lim-
ited, First National Savings Bank Corp. of Pest,
Hungarian Commercial Bank of Pest.
"Furtlier: the shares of joint stock companies
merged into the preceding ones, tud: National
Banking Corporation Limited, National Central
Savings Bank of Hungary, National Credit In-
stitution Limited, Hungarian General Savings
Bank Limited, Caisse d'Epargne Unie de la Capi-
tate de Budapest, Nova Communication and In-
dusti-y Limited, et cetera."
Second Session, Geneva draft — Continued from page 172
ethnic, linguistic or religious minorities shall have the
right, as far as compatible with public order, to establish
and maintain schools and cultural or religious institu-
tions, and to use their own language in the press, in public
assembly and before the courts and other authorities of
the State.)
Text proposed by the Sub-Commission on the I'bevention
OP Discrimination and the Proteotion op Minorities
(In States inhabited by well-defined ethnic, linguistic or
religious groups which are clearly distinguished from the
rest of the population, and which want to be accorded
differential treatment, per.sons belonging to such groups
shall have the right, as far as is compatible with public
order and security, to establish and maintain their schools
and cultural or religious institutions, and to use their
own language and script in the press, in public assembly
and before the courts and other authorities of the State,
if they so choose.)
186
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
THE DEPARTMENT
PUBLICATIONS
Department of State
Far sdli- by the Sii/n riiiliiidcnt of Docutiicnts. Qnvernmcnt
Priiitiny Ofjicc, Wdsliiiigton ^5, D.C. Addrvus requests
(linct to the Siil»'''ii'lc><'l^'nt of Documents, crccpt in the
case of free jiuhUentions, ichich may be obtained from the
Department of State.
Assistance to the People of Austria Under Public Law
3S9 — 80lh Congress. Treaties and Other International
Acts Series IGOL'. I'ub. 3056. 15 pp. lO^*.
Agreement Between the United States of America
and Austria — Sijrned at Vienna January 2, IWS;
entered into force January 2, 1948.
Transfer of United States Naval Vessels and Equipment
to the Chinese Government. Treaties and Otlier Interna-
tional Acts Series 1691. Pub. 30G9. 35 pp. 10^.
Agreement and Accnnipanying Notes Between the
United States of America and China — Signed at Nan-
kins December S, 1947; entered into force December
8, 19-17.
Information For Bearers of Passports, June 1, 1948.
Passport Series 9. Pub. 314G. 69 pp. Free.
Miscellaneous information regarding passports, na-
tionality, and status of American citizens in certain
countries.
The International Control of Atomic Energy: Policy at
the Crossroads. Oeneral Foreign Policy Series 3. Pub.
3161. X, 251 pp. 45p.
An informal summary record of the policy develop-
ments concerning the international control of atomic
energy, October 15, 1946. to May 17, 1948 ; includes
text of body of Third Report of the United Nations
Atomic Energy Commission to the Security Council.
The International Control of Atomic Energy: The Third
Report of the Atomic Energy Commission to the Security
Council, May 17, 1948. International Organization and
Conference Series III, 7. Pub. 3179. 78 pp. 250.
Complete text of the Third Reiwrt. descrilnng the pro-
ceedings in the Commission since September 1947 and
explaining the impasse reached in the proceedings.
Contains texts of ijcrtinent documents, including reso-
lutions and Soviet and U.S. statements.
The Near East — Uneasy Crossroads. Foreign Affairs Out-
line no. 16. Pub. 3180. 4 pp. Free.
A discu.ssion of the current situation in the Near East
and of measures taken by the United States to im-
prove it.
The Interim Committee of the General Assembly: "The
Little Assembly", A Legislative History. International
Organization and Conference Series III, 9. I'ub. 3204.
32 pp. 200.
Assistance to the People of France LTnder Public Law
389 — 80th Congress. Treaties and Other International
Acts Series 1690. Pub. 3063. 18 pp. 100.
Agreement Between the United States of America and
France — Signed at Paris Jan. 2, 1948; entered into
force Jan. 2, 1948.
Health and Sanitation: Cooperative Program in Haiti.
Treaties and Other International Acts Series 1693. Pub.
3070. 11 pp. 5«'.
August 8, J 948
Agreement Between the United States of America and
Haiti Extending the Agreement of Apr. 7, 1942, as
amended, until June 30, 1948 — Effected by exchange
of notes signed at Port-au-Prince Sept. 25 and 27,
1947 ; entered into force Sept. 27, 1947, effective Sept.
30, 1947.
Settlement of Lend-Lease Interest in Future Sales of
Surplus Stores in the Middle East. Treaties and Other
International Acts Series 1C9S. Pub. 3075. 5 pp. 5«(.
Agreement Between the United States of America and
the United Kingdom of Groat Britain and Northern
Ireland Superseding in part the Agreement of Mar. 27,
1946 — Signed at London Jan. 7, 1948; entered into
force Jan. 7, 1948, effective July 15, 1947.
Air Service: Facilities at Eagle Farm and Amberley in
Australia. Treaties and Other International Acts Series
1732. Pub. 3154. 4 pp. 5^.
Agreement Between the United States of America and
Australia — Signed at Canberra Mar. 10, 1947; entered
into force Mar. 10, 1947.
Air Service: SCS-51 Equipment at Cointrin Airport in
Switzerland. Treaties and Other International Acts
Series 1730. Pub. 3158. 2 pp. 50.
Agreement Between the United States of America and
Switzerland — Signed at Bern Apr. 30, 1947; entered
into force Apr. 30, 1947.
Report on Japanese Reparations to the President of the
LInited States, November 1945 to April 1946. Far Eastern
Series 25. Pub. 3174. Approximately 250 pp., 10 charts.
Processed. $1.50.
Report by Edwin W. Pauley, Ambassador of the United
States and Personal Representative of the President
on Rejiarations.
Toward a World Maritime Organization. International
Organization and Conference Series IV, Intergovernmental
Maritime Consultative Organization 1. Pub. 3196. 28
pp. 15'i'.
Articles on a world maritime organization, by Eula
McDonald, and on the United Nations Maritime Con-
ference, by John M. Gates, Jr.
Significance of Textiles in the Japanese Economy. Far
Eastern Series 20. I'nb. 3199. 8 pp. 100.
An article by Stanley Nehmer and Marguerite C.
Crimmins.
Arms for the United Nations. International Organiza-
tion and Conference Series III, 8. Pub. 3203. 18 pp. 1.50.
A paper on the discussion of the Military Staff Com-
mittee's Report to the Security Council, prepared by
Donald C. Blaisdell.
Diplomatic List, July 1948. Pub. 3217. 190 pp. 30^ a
copy ; !i;3.25 a year domestic, $4.50 a year foreign.
Monthly list of foreign diplomatic rejiresentatives in
Washington, with their addresses.
THE FOREIGN SERVICE
Diplomatic and Consular Offices
The Legation and the Consulate at Bern, have been
combined, effective July 1. 1948.
187
Fast
The United Nations and
Specialized Agencies
Progress Report on Human Rights. Article
by James Pomeroy Hendrick 159
Provisional Agenda for the Third Regular
Session of the General Assembly .... 173
Truce Supervision in Palestine. Cablegrams
From the United Nations Mediator
Dated July 22 and 27, 1948, to the Secre-
■fo j-y.fjpfjgpg,! i/0
TJ N. Documents: A Selected Bibliography . 178
The United States in the United Nations . . 179
International Institute of the Hylean Amazon
Established at Iquitos Conference. Ar-
ticle by Clarence A. Boonstra 18d
U.S. Delegation to Unesco Preparatory Con-
ference . °
Page
General Policy
Calling of Special Session of Eightieth Con-
gress. Excerpts From the Message of
the President to the Congress 185
Economic Affairs
Announcement Regarding Presentation of
Hungarian Bank Shares 18o
Calendar of International Meetings 181
The Foreign Service
Diplomatic and Consular Offices 187
Publications
Department of State 187
r.
James Pomeroy Hendrick, author of the article on human rights,
is Acting Associate Chief of the Division of United Nations Economic
and Social Affairs, Office of United Nations Affairs, Department of
State. He has served as Adviser to Mrs. Franklin D. Roosevelt, the
United States Representative to the Commission on Human Rights,
at all sessions of the Commission and of its Drafting Committee.
Clarence A. Boonstra, author of the article on the establishment of
the International Institute of the Hylean Amazon, is Agricultural
Attach^, American Embassy, Lima. Mr. Boonstra served as chairman
of the U.S. Delegation to the conference.
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: IS48
"^
^r'^. 1 hi>o
tJri€/ ^e^a/}ci77ten{/ ^ t/tate/
PROGRESS IN THE INTERIM COMMITTEE •
Statement by Joseph E. Johnson 191
CONFERENCE TO CONSIDER FREE NAVIGATION
OF THE DANUBE • Statement by Ambassador
Cavendish W. Cannon 197
ECONOMIC FACTORS IN U.S. FOREIGN POLICY •
By Winthrop G. Brown 203
Far complete contents see back cover
Vol. XIX, No. 476
August 15, 1948
-»A«'*'^ Ofr
I Tea
*.^..wy*. bulletin
Vol. XIX, No. 476 • Pubucation 3244
August 15, 1948
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C
Scbschiptiok:
62 issue?, $5; single copy. 15 cents
Published with the approval of the
Director of the Bureau of the Budget
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department, Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
g. S. SUPtRlNTENOEWr Vf OOCUM£NrS
AUG 25 1948
A REVIEW OF SIX MONTHS OF PROGRESS IN THE
INTERIM COMMITTEE
BY JOSEPH E. JOHNSON >
Deputy U.S. Representative on the Interim Committee
The six months during which the Intei'im Com-
mittee has sat have been busj^ ones.
It is an important fact that 52 members of the
United Nations have at frequent intervals sat
around a table and exchanged views on many im-
portant questions without the pressure of an im-
mediate political dispute demanding settlement.
That has permitted the Interim Committee to look
beyond the immediate future and to do some think-
ing about long-range planning.
Here is my estimation of what the Interim Com-
mittee has done :
1. In the first place, I think it is fair to say that
it has avoided the necessity of a special session of
the General Assembly by means of the Korean con-
sultation. You will remember that the United Na-
tions Temporary Commission on Korea was au-
thorized to consult the Interim Committee in the
light of developments. When it arrived in Korea
and was faced with the negative attitude of the
Soviet Government, it requested the Interim Com-
mittee for advice as to whether it should proceed
with elections. It wanted the views of this body,
representing as it did all those members of the
United Nations who were willing to take their
seats. Witlun a week or two, it received the views
of the Interim Committee that it should proceed
with elections in those areas open to it. and there
followed steps looking toward the creation of a
Korean Government. The elections were duly held
under the supervision of the Commission.
2. The Assembly has the responsibilities under
article 13 and article 11 to promote international
cooperation in the political field. That broad re-
sponsibility includes consideration of the pacific
settlement of disputes. The Charter provides in
article 33 that before going to United Nations
August 15, 1948
organs with a dispute the parties are expected
"first of all" to seek a solution by various forms
of pacific settlement. They are mentioned in ar-
ticle 33 as "negotiation, enquiry, mediation, con-
ciliation, arbitration, judicial settlement, resort to
regional agencies or arrangements, or other peace-
ful means of their own choice." As a constitu-
tional document, the Charter has not set out in
detail how these methods operate or what their
nature is. Subcommittee 2 has had a look at this
whole field and has written a report which attempts
to put them all together in a systematic way and
show what their relations are. The subcommittee
has thus begun for the General Assembly an im-
portant study in a field for which the General
Assembly is responsible. The Interim Committee
feels that this study will be in the nature of a con-
tinuing examination of these principles.
Some modest, concrete proposals have resulted
from the study. In the first place there is a recom-
mendation resulting from a Chinese-United States
proposal for the establishment of a panel from
which commissions of conciliation or inquiry may
• Released to the press by the U.S. Mission to the U.N.
on July 30, 1948. For previously published material
relating" to the Interim Committee, see U.S. draft reso-
lution on the Problem of Voting in the Security Council,
Bulletin of Jan. 18, 1948, p. 86 : Discussion in the Interim
Committee on the Problem of Voting, U.S. Proposals and
Statement by Philip C. Jessup, Bttlletin of Mar. 2S, 1948,
p 412; The Little Assembly of the United Nations, by
Philip C. Jessup. Bulletin of May 2, 1948, p. 573; Future
of the Interim Committee, Statement by Joseph E. John-
son. Bulletin of June 27, 1948, p. 823 ; Voting in the Se-
curity Council, by Bernhard G. Bechhoefer, Bulletin of
July 4, 194S, p. 3; Korean Question in the U.N. Interim
Committee, Statement by Philip C. Jessup, Documents and
State Papers, May 194S, p. 92; Tlie Interim Committee of
the General Assembly: A Legislatiye History, by David
W. Wainhouse, Documents and State Papers, June 1943,
p. 159 (also Department of State publication 3204).
191
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIAIIZED AGENCIES
be dra^Yii, either by the parties to a dispute or by
United Nations organs. Putting aside technical
considerations, what it amounts to is a list of com-
petent persons of known ability, available on short
notice, to act as individuals and not as representa-
tives of governments in forming commissions of
inquiry or conciliation. In case of urgent need,
parties to a dispute or the Secretary-General can
convene a commission by telephone or telegram,
drawing on the membership of the panel. This
element of time is important in the fast-moving
world of today, and the commissions provided for
in some of the older treaties could not under certain
circumstances be convened in less than six months.
Another proposal approved by the subcom-
mittee involves the conferring upon organs of the
United Nations of certain responsibilities that of-
ficials of the League of Nations had under the
General Act of 1928. The act is a multilateral
treaty attempting to stop up gaps in the League
of Nations Covenant by providing, in a flexible
way, a system of peaceful settlement. It covers
conciliation, arbitration, and judicial settlement
and represented the best thinking of the time on
these subjects. The United States is not a party
to the General Act.
A third proposal which was acted upon sug-
gested rules of procedure of the Security Council
and the Assembly which would take over what
was considered a useful League of Nations prac-
tice of having the parties to a dispute meet with
eitlier the president or some other representative
of the Council or Assembly not later than after
they had made their opening statements in either
body. Following tliat, with the president or per-
son so appointed, they could clarify the issues and
areas of agreement and disagreement. It was the
custom of the League of Nations Council to appoint
a rapporteur for each dispute who would famil-
iarize himself with details of the case and meet
with the parties, in part as a conciliator and in part
so that the case could be clearly presented and the
discussion channeled toward the real questions at
issue. In the Interim Committee proposals this
man has been called a conciliator or rapporteur.
Tliis was the suggestion of the United Kingdom
and Iranian Representatives arising out of their
League experience.
There were other proposals which the subcom-
mittee felt need further study. One is a Lebanese
proposal that a permanent conciliation commission
should be appointed as a subsidiary organ of the
Assembly. There is an Ecuadoran proposal that
questions of domestic jurisdiction, when they arise
in the wide field of pacific settlement, should al-
ways find their way to the International Court of
Justice. The United States had difficulties with
the principles involved in both of these proposals.
China and the United States, considering the
fact that there are few definite rules of procedure
in the field of pacific settlement, have suggested
a multilateral treaty or General Assembly reso-
lution that would cover all the procedural details
which would come up before a United Nations
commission in the field or a conciliation commis-
sion or before a moderator. We think it would be
useful for states to be able to look at a collection
of rules of procedure and thereby be able to as-
certain how they would proceed if they wished
to conciliate or mediate a particular dispute. We
have referred in the subcommittee to rules of civil
procedure or a civil practice act such as we have
in American domestic law.
3. Then there is the veto. The exercise of the
veto power in the Security Council has the great-
est bearing upon the vitality and success of the
United Nations. We have taken the position that
the most practical method of improving the situ-
ation caused by the abuse of the rule of unanimity
is to liberalize the voting procedure.
We recognize the importance of the unanimity
principle among tlie great powers, and therefore
we have proceeded step by step. The United
States suggested that the Interim Committee
should study all the categories of decisions which
the Security Council is required to make and then
report to the General Assembly those categories
which the Interim Committee thinks should be
made by the affirmative vote of any seven members
of the Council. We believe the most effective way
of securing improvement of operations of the
Council is by agreement of the permanent mem-
bers on a repoil which is the result of careful and
unlmrried consideration in the Interim Committee.
The report approved by the Interim Committee
is just such a report. It is a long and technical
document, but a study of it will show just what all
the members of the United Nations who took their
seats in the Interim Committee think about these
various categories. We all agreed that certain
decisions were procedural. We were all agreed
that no recommendation should be made as to cer-
tain decisions, including all of those under chapter
VII.
The United States has stated its willingness to
eliminate the veto as to all chapter VI decisions
and membership applications. The report of the
subcommittee contains some divergencies of views
on chapter VI decisions, but there is a wide meas-
ure of agreement that membership applications
should not be subject to the veto.
This study provides the basis that is needed for
consideration by the permanent members of their
position on the veto. It is, we believe, the surest
way to secure better voting procedures in the Se-
curity Council. That is one reason why we op-
pose the calling of a conference now to revise the
Charter. This apparent short cut would solve
nothing.
The report is an important step in our efforts
192
Department of State Bulletin
to strengthen the Charter and avoid abuses of the
veto.
4. The record of the Interim Committee shows
that it should be continued. This veto report is a
good example of the sort of job that tlie first
committee or even one of its subcommittees could
not possibly undertake during the pressure of the
General Assembly, and a small ad hoc committee
would lack the authority necessai'y to produce an
eifective result. The Interim Conunittee or some
other body has got to carry on the study of po-
litical cooperation and pacific settlement. A good
start has been made.
The absence of the Soviet bloc has made some
of the Interim Committee work less effective than
it otherwise might have been. However, we do
not propose to urge the limitation of the develop-
ment of the United Nations and its activities be-
cause the Soviet bloc does not choose to participate
in a body, whether in the Interim Committee or
in various ad hoc committees of the General As-
sembly. We would like to see tliese six members
take their seats in the Interim Committee. We
think that its work indicates pretty clearly liow
incorrect the Soviet prophecy was that it would
be used simply as a crude device to bypass the
Security Council and to usurp its functions.
We would like to see all United Nations mem-
bers contribute in an active way to the Interim
Committee's work. But here as in other organs
and committees where the Soviet bloc abstains, we
do not propose to sit back and admit that their
absence ties our hands.
By its work, the Interim Committee has short-
ened the probable length of the next session of the
General Assembly. The carefully drafted reports,
with details worked out and draft resolutions at-
tached, are bound to save time for the Assembly's
standing committees. The time-saving effect
would be even more noticeable if the Committee
had been called upon to undertake preparatory
work for Assembly consideration of disputes re-
ferred to it in accordance with paragraph 2b of
the resolution establishing the Interim Commit-
tee. As the Interim Committee develops we may
see this preparatory function repeatedly used.
We have seen the Interim Committee conduct
the follow-up function for the General Assembly
in a careful and thorough way in both the veto
study and the Korean case. I am sure the Polit-
ical and Security Committee of the General As-
sembly will realize the usefulness of this body for
following up on complicated cases when it con-
siders these two items in Paris. Consequently,
they are likely to want the Interim Committee to
undertake further work of this sort next year.
Therefore, we feel that the Interim Committee
is winding up a successful first season and that it
has a role to play in the sound development of the
United Nations organization.
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPBCIAUZED AGENCIES
Harper Sibley Named Chairman of
U.N. Day Citizens' Committee
Harper Sibley of Rochester, New York, has ac-
cepted the invitation of Secretary of State George
C. Marshall to be chairman of the National Citi-
zens' Committee for United Nations Day. Frank
B. Frederick of Boston and Alger Hiss of New
York have also accepted invitations to be vice
chairmen of the Committee.
The General Assembly of the United Nations on
October 31, 1947, passed a resolution naming
October 24 as United Nations Day and inviting
all member governments to cooperate with the
United Nations in securing the observance of this
day.
The United Nations resolution states that the
day "shall be devoted to making known to the
peoples of the world the aims and achievements
of the United Nations and to gaining their sup-
port for the work of the United Nations". A
resolution, passed at the Second Session of the
General Conference of Unesco, suggests that
national commissions or cooperating bodies in
member states encourage "the teaching of the
Charter, structure and activities of the United
Nations" within the limits of their resources.
A meeting of some 60 national organizations
and government agencies, sponsored jointly by the
Department of State and the United States
National Commission for Unesco, was held June
25 in Washington to consider ways of implement-
ing the United Nations and Unesco resolutions.
The meeting of interested national groups
agreed that there should be created a national
citizens' committee to promote United Nations
Day in the United States, to be appointed by the
Secretary of State.
Close liaison will be maintained between the
Committee, the United Nations, the State Depart-
ment and through it the Unesco National Commis-
sion, and the United States Mission to the United
Nations.
Letters of Credence
Hungary
The newly appointed Minister of Hungary, An-
drew Sik, presented his credentials to the Presi-
dent on August 4, 1948. For texts of the Minister's
remarks and the President's reply, see Department
of State press release 627 of August 4.
India
The newly appointed Ambassador of India, Sir
Benegal Rama Rau, CLE., presented his creden-
tials to the President on August 5, 1948. For
texts of the Ambassador's remarks and the Presi-
dent's reply, see Department of State press release
630 of August 5.
Augusf 15, 1948
193
U.S. Position Regarding Establishment of System for
Regulation of Armaments
STATEMENT BY FREDERICK H. OSBORN >
Deputy U.S. Representative in tiie Commission for Conventional Armaments
The United States Government wishes to draw
the attention of the Commission to the action
which it took in approving the United Kingdom
resohition on principles at the last meeting of the
Working Committee and to make clear its posi-
tion that the work of this body should be con-
tinued. The responsibility of my Government
and other governments represented on this Com-
mission arises from ai'ticle 26 of the Charter and
previous actions of the General Assembly and the
Security Council.
Article 26 of the Charter provides that "the
Security Council shall be responsible for formu-
lating . . . plans to be submitted to the Members
of the United Nations for the establishment of a
system for the regulation of armaments."
In the General Assembly resolution of Decem-
ber 14, 1946, the General Assembly recommended
to the Security Council that it give "prompt con-
sideration to formulating the practical measures,
according to their priority, which are essential
to provide for general regulation and reduction
of armaments and armed forces. . . . The plans
formulated by the Security Council shall be sub-
mitted by the Secretary General to the Members
of the United Nations".
The Security Council resolution establishing
this Commission provided that the Commission
will submit to the Security Council proposals (a)
for the regulation and reduction of armaments
and armed forces and (6) for practical and ef-
fective safeguards in connection with the general
regulation and reduction of armaments.
The plan of work for the Commission for Con-
ventional Armaments approved by the Security
Council on July 8, 1947, contains the following
items :
"1. Consider and make recommendations to the
Security Council concerning armaments and
' aiade before the meeting of tlie Commission for Con-
ventional Armaments on Aug. 2, 194S, and released to the
press by the U.S. Mission to the U.N. on the same date.
armed forces which fall within the jurisdiction
of the Commission for Conventional Armaments.
"2. Consideration and determination of gen-
eral principles in connection with the regulation
and reduction of armaments and armed forces.
"3. Consideration of practical and effective
safeguards by means of an international system
of control operating through special organs (and
by other means) to protect complying States
against the hazards of violations and evasions.
"4. Formulate practical proposals for the regu-
lation and reduction of armaments and armed
forces.
"5. Extension of the principles and j^roposals
set forth in paragraphs 2, 3, and 4 above to States
which are not Members of the United Nations.
"G. Submission of a report or reports to the
Security Council including, if possible, a Draft
Convention."
The Working Committee of the Commission for
Conventional Armaments has now completed its
consideration of items 1 and 2 of this plan of work.
The chairman of the Commission has suggested
that the Commission submit an interim progress
report to the Security Council indicating the status
of its work.
The United States will support the proposal of
the chairman for the submission of an interim
status report to the Security Council. At the same
time I woidd like to make it clear that tlie position
of the United States is that the work of the Com-
mission should continue with as little delay as
possible. The position of the United States is
best expressed in the words of Secretary Marshall
to the General Assembly on September 17, 1947 :
"The United States . . . recognizes the impor-
tance of regulating conventional armaments. We
regret that much more progress has not been made
in this field. ... it is very easy to pay lip service
to the sincere aspirations of all peoples for the
limitation and reduction of armed forces. This is
a serious matter which should not be the subject
of demagogic api^eals and irresponsible propa-
194
Department of State Bulletin
ganda. I say frankly to (he General Assembly
that it is the conviction of my Government that a
■workable system for the regulation of armaments
cannot be put into operation until conditions of
international confidence prevail. We have con-
sistently and repeatedly made it clear that the
regulation of armaments presupposes enough in-
ternational understanding to make possible the
settlement of peace terms with Germany and Ja-
pan, the implementation of agreements putting
military forces and facilities at the disposal of the
Security Council, and an international arrange-
ment for the control of atomic energy.
"Nevertheless, we believe it is important not to
delay the formulation of a system of arms regula-
tion for implementation when conditions permit.
The Security Council has accepted a logical plan
of work for the Commission for Conventional
Armaments. We believe that the Commission
should proceed vigorously to develop a system for
the regulation of armaments in the business-like
manner outlined in its plan of work."
The work of this Commission has continued to be
hampered by "demagogic appeals and irresponsible
pi'opaganda". We cannot but note regretfully
that the Soviet system of obstructionism in this
Commission is the same as that employed by them
in the Atomic Energy Commission. Nevertheless,
the United States believes that the Commission
must proceed with its work.
Status of Report on Overall Strength and
Composition of Armed Forces'
The Chairman of the Military Staff Committee to
the President of the Security Council
2 July 1948
On 31 July 1947 all the Delegations in the Mili-
tary Staff Committee had tabled their provisional
estimates on the Overall Strength and Compo-
sition of the Armed Forces to be made available to
the Security Council by Member Nations of the
United Nations.
The Military Staff Committee consequently in-
structed a Sub-Committee to open an informal
debate with the object of reconciling the various
proposals (see letter dated 29 August 1947 from
the Chairman of the Military Staff Committee to
the Secretary -General).
' U.N. doc. S/879, July 9, 1948.
^Printed materials may be secured in the United States
from the International Documents Service, Columbia
University Press, 29C)0 Broadway, New York City. Other
materials (mimeographed or processed documents) may
be consulted at certain designated libraries in the United
States.
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
On 23 December 1947 this Sub-Committee re-
ported the results of its work to the Military Staff
Committee.
Since the beginning of 1948, the Military Staff
Committee has been mainly engaged in the con-
sideration of the Sub-Committee's report. This
consideration is now completed. However, the
Military Staff Committee is not in a position to
undertake the final review of the Overall Strength
and Composition of the Armed Forces to be made
available to the Security Council by Member Na-
tions of the United Nations and so make further
progress in this matter towards the conclusion of
the Special Agreements required by Article 43 of
the Charter until agreement has been reached in
the Security Council on the divergences of view on
the General Principles given in the Keport sub-
mitted by the Military Staff Committee to the Se-
curity Council on 30 April 1947 (S/336).
A. Ph. Vasiliev
Lieutenant-General, Soviet Army
Chairman
Military Staff Oorrmvittee
Current United Nations Documents:
A Selected Bibliography ^
General Assembly
Official Records, Second Part of the First Session. Third
Committee, Social, Humanitarian and Cultural Ques-
tions. Summary Record of Meetings 24 October-
12 December 1946. June 15, 1948. 423 pp. printed.
$3.75.
Fourth Committee Trusteeship Part III. Summary
Records of Meetings of Subcommittee 2 ; 16 Novem-
ber-.5 December 1946. 103 pp. printed. $1.00.
Supplement No. 4. First Annual P.udget 1940 ; Sec-
ond Annual Budget 1947 ; and the Working Capital
Fund. 67 pp. printed. 700.
OfBcial Records, Third Session. Supplement No. 6. Fi-
nancial Report and Accounts for the Year Ended 31
December 1947, and Report of the Board of Auditors.
34 pp. printed. 35(J.
United Nations Temporary Commission on Korea. Sev-
enth Information Report on the Work of the Commis-
sion (Period 4-17 April 1948). A/54S, June 28, 1948.
17 pp. mimeo.
■ Eiglith Information Report on the Work of the Com-
mission (Period IS April-1 May 1948). A/561, June
29, 1948. 9 pp. mimeo.
Security Council
Official Records, Third Year. No. 64, 289th and 290th
meetings, 7 May 1948. 47 pp. printed. 50^.
No. 68, 294th and 295th meetings, 18 May 1948. 47
pp. printed. 50^.
No. 70, 297th and 298th meetings, 20 May 1948.
35 pp. printed. 350.
• No. 71, 299th and 300th meetings, 21 May 1948. 44 pp.
printed. 450.
No. 74, 304th and 305th meetings, 26 Alay 1948. 52
pp. printed. 500.
(Continued on page 215)
Aogusf 75, J948
195
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
The United States in tlie United Nations
Trieste
The United States answered in detail on August
10 the charges of Yugoslavia that the United
States and the United Kingdom have violated the
Italian peace treaty in the administration of their
zone in Trieste.
The full presentation was made by Philip C.
Jessup, Deputy United States Representative in
the Security Council, in an hour-long speech. Dr.
Jessup also suggested the "necessity for careful
consideration of the administration of the entire
Territory [of Trieste] with a view to determining
whether it is being properly administered by the
caretaker military governments", and reiterated
the earlier U.S. -British-French call for revision of
the Italian treaty to incorporate Trieste within
the boundaries of Italy.
Yugoslavia based its charges largely on article
24, paragraph 4, of the Permanent Statute of the
Free Territory of Trieste, which says : "Economic
union or associations of an exclusive character
with any State are incompatible with the status
of the Free Territory." It was charged that cer-
tain currency and banking ties between Italy and
the U.S.-U.k. zone violated this provision.
Mr. Jessup based his answer principally on ar-
ticles 10 and 11 of the Instrument for the Provi-
sional Regime, the instrument agreed upon by
the four major powers to be the basic law for the
area until the proposed Governor could establish
an independent government. Article 10 provides
that "Existing laws and regulations shall remain
valid unless and until revoked or suspended by the
Governor." Article 11 provides that "Pending
the establishment of a separate currency regime
for the Free Territory the Italian lira shall con-
tinue to be the legal tender within the Free Terri-
tory. The Italian Government shall supply the
foreign exchange and currency needs of the Free
Territory under conditions no less favorable than
those applying in Italy."
Thus the four powers intended to retain the
financial link with Italy which existed prior to
the treaty. Dr. Jessup said, and the agreements be-
tween the U.S.-U.K. zone and the Italian Govern-
ment were in strict conformity with those inten-
tions. He quoted from official statements of the
Council of Foreign Ministers to show that the
Council "unanimously accepted the necessity of
continuing exclusive arrangements with Italy un-
til the Governor had sufficient time to set up an
independent economic regime." ^
On August 6 the United Kingdom and the
United States jointly forwarded to the Security
Council the third quarterly report of Maj. Gen. T.
S. Airey, Commander of the U.S.-British zone
of Trieste.^
President Signs Loan Bill
President Truman signed into law the $65,000,-
000 U.N. headquarters loan bill at White House
ceremonies August 11. The measure "demon-
strates our faith in the future of the United Na-
tions and expresses the welcome which that organ-
ization finds within our country", the President ]
said.
Those present at the signing were Secretary of i
State Marshall ; Ambassador Warren R. Austin,
U.S. Representative to the United Nations; U.N.
Secretary-General Trygvie Lie; Assistant Secre-
tary-General Byron Price; Tom Connally, Senate
Foreign Relations Committee; Charles A. Eaton
and Sol Bloom, House Foreign Affairs Committee.
ECOSOC
After lengthy debate the Economic and Social
Council, meeting in Geneva, adopted on August
11 a U.S. resolution noting "with satisfaction" the
Secretary-General's report on the Habana confer-
ence which established the International Trade
Organization. The vote was 15 to 3.
Earlier the Council noted with satisfaction the
reports of the World Health Organization and
the United Nations Educational, Scientific and
Cultural Organization. The Council also took
action on such subjects as migration, narcotics,
research laboratories, and the work of the Popu-
lation Commission.
Conventional Armaments
The Commission for Conventional Armaments,
working toward comiDletion of its report to the
Security Council, approved on August 12 a reso-
lution setting forth the principles recommended
as basic to any system regulating and reducing
armaments and armed forces.
Such regulation and reduction, the resolution
said, "can only be put into effect in an atmosphere
of international confidence and security".
The conditions essential to such confidence and
security, the resolution stated, include establish-
ment of adequate security forces under the United
Nations, international control of atomic energy,
and conclusion of peace settlements with Germany
and Japan.
The vote was 9 to 2, the Soviet Union and the
Ukraine opposing.
' U. S. Mission to the United Nations press release 503.
= U.N. doc. S/953.
196
Department of State Bulletin
CONFERENCE TO CONSIDER FREE NAVIGATION OF THE DANUBE
Opening of the Conference
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR CAVENDISH W. CANNON <
Chairman of the U.S. Delegation
Tlie task of this Conference is to implement
principles to which all our governments have al-
ready pledged agreement in the treaties of peace
between the Allied and Associated Powers and
Rumania, Bulgaria, and Hungary. The Govern-
ment of the United States has vigorously advo-
cated these principles since the end of the war.
We have gathered here to establish international
arrangements covering the entire navigable Dan-
ube, which will in fact assure freedom of navi-
gation to all nations on a footing of equality.
I hope that the political factors which have en-
gaged much of our attention since this Conference
opened will not divert us from this objective. I
acknowledge that in making this assertion I differ
from the opinion expressed by the Soviet Delegate
that tlie problem of this Conference is essentially
political. I think it would be most deplorable if
we persist in making it so. AVe Americans are
practical people. Let me say at the outset that
we want sliips of all flags to move up and down the
river. We consider that tliis Conference should
work out a system to restore a once flourishing
traffic, and, by its further development, to speed
the recovery of Europe. The welfare of the peo-
ples of the vast region served by this great water-
way and the development of its resources are nec-
essarily dependent upon the facilities for meeting
the urgent need of supplies of many kinds and for
the exchange of goods. These peoples will meas-
ure the success or failure of our work here by the
realities of its contribution to economic progi-ess.
Every state represented here has something to
contribute in accomplishing this task. Every state
represented here has a real and legitimate interest
in the Danube. To the riparian states the Dan-
ube is a vital artery of trade with one another and
with other parts of the world. Others have a
direct economic interest because of their trade
and shipping, actual and potential. Many are
parties to previous international conventions re-
lating to navigation on the river. The United
States believes that any international regime es-
August 15, 1948
799704 — 48 2
tablished by the Conference should take fully into
account the interests of all these states, whether
riparian or nonriparian.
Clearly, the riparian states have a primary in-
terest. The Danube, however, has long been rec-
ognized as an international highway open to the
trade of all nations. The United States is of the
firm opinion that provision should be made for
the representation of the legitimate interests of
nonriparian states on the International Commis-
sion established to carry out the provisions of a
Danube convention. W^e are convinced that such
representation, by virtue of its basic importance
for expanding trade and shipping activity, is
equally in the interests of the peoples who live
along the Danube.
We do not admit that nonriparian representa-
tion can justly be termed a "privileged position" as
was stated yesterday by the Soviet Delegate in his
resume of his proposed draft. On the contrary, an
important reason for my Government's strong con-
viction in favor of nonriparian representation lies
in the dangers inherent in exclusive control which
can too easily be misused for the privileged in-
terest of one country or a limited group of coun-
tries at the expense of all others. This has been
demonstrated to the detriment of riparian as well
as nonriparian states, both in the distant and in the
recent past.
The United States interest in the Danube is
based upon several considerations in addition to its
role as a spon.sor of this Conference.
The share of the United States in achieving the
common Allied victory in Europe is well known
to every delegate seated around this table. More
important, however, for the purposes of our dis-
cussions here, is the unprecedented material con-
tribution macle by the American people to Europe
in recent years. This is proof of our determination
' Made on Aug. 5, 1948, at Belgrade and released to the
press on the same date. Printed from telegraphic text.
Mr. Cannon is tl.S. Ambassador to the Federal People's
Republic of Yugoslavia.
197
DANUBIAN CONFERENCE
to assist the European peoples in the reconstruction
and tlie development of their economies.
Even more pertinent is the flow of billions of
dollars of goods and equipment from America
which my Government is currently making avail-
able under the European Recovery Program. This
great undertaking proves the determination of the
United States to continue to contribute to the im-
provement of the welfare of all European peoples.
It is based on the conviction that economic health
is a prime condition for peace. As a signatory to
the peace treaties which are already in effect, the
United States has a joint responsibility with other
signatory powers to insure the effective and ade-
quate implementation of the principles of freedom
of navigation. A similar provision has been
agreed upon for incorj^oration in the Austrian
treaty. The United States has the responsibility
of participating directly in the problems of the
Danube by reason of what is still a provisional sit-
uation as regards the treaty with Austria and by
reason of the American occupation of that zone
of Germany through which the navigable Danube
flows. This latter responsibility will continue
until a sovereign German government is estab-
lished and is granted full participation in a Dan-
ube regime.
The charge, which has been made several times
in this hall, that the United States has espoused
the principle of freedom of navigation in order to
dominate smaller Danubian nations has no founda-
tion whatever, as those who have made it are well
aware.
I have spent much of my life in this part of
Europe. I was in Belgrade 28 years ago in a post-
war period when these countries had to grapple
with many of the problems of economic dislocation
which are vexing them today. I was again in
Belgrade in April 1941 when parts of the city and
of the river port were destroyed by German bombs
and when the debris of bridges and river craft
choked the river. I know something of the gen-
eral economic problems of these Danubian nations
and their hopes for economic progress. From this
personal experience let me express to the Confer-
ence my deep conviction that no people, no nation
in this part of Europe, is really afraid of American
domination.
Given good will and consideration for the views
of all states represented here, this Conference is
surely competent to write a convention with suffi-
cient safeguards against interference with the in-
dependence of inclividual countries and against
exploitation of any kind.
Our goal is a convention acceptable to all the
nations represented at this table. I agree heartily
with the Soviet Delegate when he says that no
delegation should attempt to impose its will on
the Conference. We are here to negotiate, I re-
peat, to negotiate an agreement. Only by agree-
ment can we hope to fulfil the objective of a
regime implementing the principles to which all
of us are already committed.
I was surprised at our session yesterday to hear
the Yugoslav Delegate asseit that the Danube
is no longer being used for purposes of economic
penetration. I would ask the indulgence of the
Conference to present briefly some evidence to the
contrary.
The Soviet Union has put into operation a sys-
tem of shipping and other transportation and de-
velopment companies in several Danube states
with varying degrees of Soviet ownership and,
in most cases, effective Soviet control. These
companies conform to a familiar pattern. In the
first place, they have generally been given privi-
leged treatment in terms of business taxes and
rights to import goods without licenses or duties.
Thus, these companies, in effect, have been granted
special privileges and have been subsidized by the
Danubian governments.
These companies not only dominate the Danube
fleets in the various countries, but more important,
have obtained control of most of the useful ports
and dock facilities. Loading stations, factories,
dwellings, warehouses, elevators, railroad and
communication connections, have been put under-
the control of these companies. This type of con-
trol is certainly not needed for the purpose of effi-
cient shipping operations. It is clear that this
virtual monopoly of facilities can be used at will to
make available, or to deny, the essential facilities
of the major Danubian ports to ships of other na-
tions, even including other riparian nations. I
ask the Conference to give special attention to
article 38 of the Soviet draft in the light of these
conditions.
Let us now look at the American record. The
United States has had militarj^ control over 275
miles of the river in Germany and Austria for over
3 years. The United States has at no time at-
tempted to gain monopolistic control for itself or
for anyone else and has not taken advantage of
its occupation role to secure any commei'cial gain
from the river.
Eepeatedly during the debates which have taken
place at this Conference the importance of the
sovereignty of states has been stressed. The
United States recognizes and respects such sover-
eignty and has no intention of advancing any
proposals limiting or curtailing the right of any
state independently to judge its interests and
rights and to act accordingly.
We believe there are certain important pro-
visions which a new convention should contain.
We think that it should include not only the neces-
sary statement of free and open navigation but the
even more important provisions for achieving this
objective. Accordingly, definite provisions should
be made to provide equal right of access to ports
and facilities for the commercial vessels of all na-
tions. Navigation companies should be allowed
198
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
to engage in commerce and to establish agencies
along the river. These provisions for operation
should not be crippled by qualifications which
would, in their efltect, limit the use of the river to
the ships of certain privileged nations or privileged
companies.
Concomitant with our belief in the urgent need
for strong provisions looking toward free and
open navigation and a commission with nonripar-
ian representation, the United States is of the view
that there should be a clear statement of the func-
tions of the Commission.
The Commission should provide for continuous
study of conditions of navigation and commerce,
and in addition should have power itself to look
into such matters firsthand. The Commission
should be empowered to make recommendations on
proposals concerning navigation, commerce, and
the use of water resources; draw up navigation,
sanitation, and police regulations with the objective
of achieving uniformity for the whole course of
the Danube; reconnuend uniform conditions for
pilots' and navigators' licenses, crews papers, lais-
sez-passer arrangements, and safety requirements ;
and have a secretariat chosen in such a way as to
secure the widest representation from states mem-
bers of the Commission. It should consider any
complaints and questions relative to the interpre-
tation of the convention.
The United States considers that the proposed
Danube Commission should be brought into asso-
ciation with appropriate organs of the United Na-
tions. We should be glad to hear suggestions from
other delegations regarding the form which such
association might take. It is particularly un-
fortunate that we do not have present here ob-
servers representing the United Nations. Because
of the refusal of the Soviet Government to join the
other three sponsoring powers in acceding to Sec-
retary-General Lie's request to send observers, no
invitation could be issued.
On one especially important point, the settle-
ment of disputes, we feel that the convention
should make specific reference to the United Na-
tions.
Differences regarding interpretation or applica-
tion of the convention should, in accordance with
provisions of the United Nations Charter, be sub-
mitted to appropriate international bodies for ar-
bitration or judicial settlement.
DANUBIAN CONFERENCE
In accordance with the resolution of the Council
of Foreign Ministers of December 1946, provision
should be made that the convention may be amend-
ed by a conference composed of representatives of
all parties to the present Conference. Other states
which may have become parties to the Danube
convention should also be represented at such a
conference.
We have examined with great interest the draft
convention submitted on Monday by the Soviet
Delegation. As is evident from my outline of the
appi'oach of the United States Delegation, there
are jjoints where we seem to be in agreement. But
we find that in general the Soviet draft is inade-
quate to assure that freedom of navigation to which
all of us are committed.
If, as the Soviet Delegate has suggested, de-
tailed discussion may be undertaken in a commit-
tee, the United States Delegation will want to
ask the Soviet Delegation for clarification of a
number of points. For the moment, I shall limit
my remarks to some of the major items.
We consider that the Soviet Union's draft pro-
visions on membership and organization of the
Commission are v>'holly inadequate. We do not
feel that a commission established at Galatz upon
the ratification of six riparian states with vague
functions and with two special regional adminis-
trations would meet the interest of the peoples of
the Danube area or the requirements of world
commerce. Moreover, there does not appear to be
effective provision for the right of ships of all na-
tions to operate on the Danube.
The Soviet draft gives inadequate recognition
to the rights of one of the principal Danube states,
Austria, in that it does not provide for immediate
Austrian accession to the convention. The draft
likewise has no provision for eventual German
participation. No mention is made of the United
Nations. It is thus apparent that there are a
number of matters of substance on which the views
of the United States and Soviet Delegations are
at variance. In our joint efforts to reach agree-
ment and solution it may be of assistance to the
Conference to have the United States view in the
form of a draft convention. Accordingly, I have
had such a draft prepared and will transmit it
to the Secretary General for circulation to the
Conference delegation.
August 15, 7948
19»
DANUBIAN CONFERBNCE
FRENCH AND RUSSIAN ADOPTED AS OFFICIAL LANGUAGES
[Released to the ijress August 2]
At the opening session of the Danubian Confer-
ence on July 30, the major argument centered
around the official languages to be used at the Con-
ference. Deputy Foreign Minister Andrei Vy-
shinsky, Chairman of the Soviet Delegation, pro-
posed Russian and French as the official languages
of the Conference. (The official languages of a
conference are those used in all documentation.)
Ambassador Cavendish Cannon, Chairman of the
United States Delegation, pointed out that this
would preclude an English text in any convention
concluded. Ambassador Cannon was supported in
this stand by Sir Charles Peak, Chairman of the
United Kingdom Delegation. After debate it was
agreed that English would be used as a working
language. (Working languages are used for pur-
poses of debate rather than documentation. ) Am-
bassador Cannon, in supporting use of the Eng-
lish language as an official rather than a working
language, made the following points :
1. The United States was surprised at the deter-
mined effort, so richly and speciously documented,
to exclude English as an official language, as this
was a simple procedural matter which should log-
ically have been settled automatically in accordance
with practices at other conferences held since the
conclusion of hostilities.
2. He failed to see the analogy to the present
conference of "precedents" cited by Vyshinsky.
(In arguments that the English language should
not be used as an official language, Vyshinsky cited
the Versailles Conference, the Danube Conference
of 1921, and United Nations pi-ocedure.) Am-
bassador Cannon pointed out that the closest par-
allel was in fact the Paris Conference of 1946,
when English, French, and Russian wei-e adopted
as the official as well as the working languages of
that Conference.
3. That the Danube Conference had been called
following the decision of, and at the suggestion of,
the United States, United Kingdom, France, and
the U.S.S.R., two of which were English-speaking.
4. The United States Delegation hoped that
other Delegations would remember that the eyes of
the world are on this conference and that the ap-
parent predetermined effort to push through such
a decision as this would make an unfortunate im-
pression.
5. That heed must be paid to problems of prac-
tical operations of the Conference. Failure to is-
sue documents in English, Ambassador Cannon
pointed out, would increase the burden on Eng-
lish-speaking Delegations, and the United States
Delegation should not be placed in a position of
having to submit to its Government final docu-
ments of which no authentic English text existed.
6. That the United States Delegation felt that
the important thing now was to get on with the
work at the Conference in a spirit of cooperation
and that the introduction of the language issue in
this way was jeopardizing this possibility.
The proposal for the use of English, French, and
Russian as working languages was unanimously
accepted. The Soviet proposal that French and
Russian be adopted as the official languages was
adopted by a seven to three majority.
AUSTRIA DENIED FULL PARTICIPATION AT SECOND PLENARY SESSION
[Released to the press August 2]
At the second plenary session of the Danube
Conference held at Belgrade on July 31, the Aus-
trian Delegation made its plea for full participa-
tion in the Conference as a voting member rather
than as an observer. The position taken by the
Austrian Delegation was strongly supported by the
United States and the United Kingdom Delega-
tions. Ambassador Cavendish Cannon, Chair-
man of the United States Delegation, in support-
ing the Austrian position, made the following state-
ment:
"The United States Delegation wishes to sup-
port the request of the Austrian Government that
this Conference agree, at this time, to full Austrian
participation in all Conference matters.
200
"It is the firm view of the United States that no
convention regarding a regime for the Danube
should be discussed in its substantive issues with-
out the benefit of Austrian participation on the
basis of equality. As mentioned by the Austrian
Delegation, not only is the Danube of importance
to Austria, but in addition Austria is important
to the river and therefore to the welfare of all
the peoples along the river. It is the view of the
United States Delegation that this Conference
should promptly welcome the Austrian Delegation
to full participation, and I put forward the pro-
posal that Austria be seated."
The Conference voted seven to two against the
United States motion to accept Austria as a full
voting member.
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
U.S. DELEGATIONS TO INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCES
Mental Health
The Department of State announced on August
3 the composition of the United States Delegation
to the International Congress on Mental Health,
scheduled to be held at London, August 11-21,
11)48. The United States Delegation is as fol-
lows:
Chairman.
Dr. Winfi-ed Overholser, Superintendent, St. Elizabeth's
Hospital, Federal Security Agency
Delegates
Ruth Addams, Specialist, Community Nursing, Veterans
Administration
Col. John M. Caldwell, Jr., M.C., Chief, Neurops.vchiatry
Consultants Division, Medical Department, Depart-
ment of the Army
Dr. Martha Eliot, Associate Cliief, Children's Bureau,
Social Security Administration, Federal Security
Agency
Dr. Robert H. Felix, Medical Director, Mental Hygiene
Division, U.S. Public Health Service
Capt. Frederick L. McDaniels, M.C., Chief, Professional
Division, Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, Depart-
ment of the Navy
Mary E. Switzer, Assistant to the Administrator, Federal
Security Agency
Dr. Harvey J. Tompkins, Chief, Neuropsychiatry Division,
Department of Medicine and Surgery, Veterans Ad-
ministration
The Congress is being held under the auspices
of the National Association for Mental Health of
England.
Limnology
The Department of State announced on August 5
that Dr. John Van Oosten, Chief, Great Lakes In-
vestigation, Fish and Wildlife Service, Depart-
ment of the Interior, will be the United States
Delegate to the Tenth Congress of the Interna-
tional Society of Limnology, scheduled to be held
at Zurich. Aiigust 18-25, 1948.
This Congress, one of a series, is primarily con-
cerned with the exchange of scientific information
on the study of fresh waters. The program of the
Congress will consist of the presentation of papers
on the following subjects: (1) theoretical limnol-
ogy (botany, zoology, chemistry, physics of water,
and lacustral typology) ; (2) hydrology, utiliza-
tion of water (drinking and industrial water sup-
ply and ground water) ; (8) water sanitation
(hygiene and sewage purification) ; and (4) fish-
August IS, 1948
eries. In addition, a number of excursions to
points of interest near Ziirich have been scheduled.
Red Cross
The Department of State announced on August
5 the composition of the United States Delegation
to the Seventeenth International Eed Cross Con-
ference scheduled to be held at Stockholm August
20-30, 1948
follows :
The United States Delegation is as
Chairman
Basil O'Connor, President, American Hed Cross
Delegates
Albert E. Clattenberg, Jr., First Secretary, American Em-
bassy, Lisbon
Brig. Gen. Joseph V. Dillon, Air Provost Marshal, Depart-
ment of the Air Forces
Commander William C. Mott, Chief International Law
Officer, Office of the Judge Advocate General, Depart-
ment of the Navy
Lt. Gen. Willard S. Paul, Director, Personnel and Admin-
istration, Department of the Army
Technical Advisers
Paul Aiken, Second Assistant Postmaster General, Post
Office Department
Brig. Gen. Blackshear M. Bryan, Chief of Staff, Caribbean
Defense Command, Department of the Army
Edvi^ard J. Ennis, Representative of the Department of
Justice
Eldred D. Kuppinger, Second Secretary and Consul, Amer-
ican Embassy, London
William H. McCahon, Assistant Chief, Division of Pro-
tective Services, Department of State
Raymund T. Yingling, Assistant Legal Adviser, Depart-
ment of State
Secretary to the Delegation
William H. Ketner, Division of International Conferences,
Department of State
Administrative Assistant
Mary A. Sheridan, Division of International Conferences,
Department of State
Stenographer
Edith B. Jack.son, Division of Protective Services, Depart-
ment of State
The forthcoming Conference is the first to be
held since 1938. By agreement at the Sixteenth
International Red Cross Conference, held at Lon-
don, the Swedish Eed Cross is acting as host
society for the forthcoming meeting. The work
of the Conference will be divided among the fol-
lowing commissions : general ; legal ; Junior Red
Cross; relief; health, nursing and social assist-
301
ACTIVITIES AND DEVELOPMENTS
ance; and drafting. Each commission will cover
certain items on the agenda and submit their re-
ports to the plenary sessions of the Conference.
The item on the agenda of this Conference of
primary interest to the United States Government
is the discussions which will take place concern-
ing the proposed revisions of the Geneva prison-
ers-of-war convention of 1929 and related human-
itarian conventions and the drafting of a new con-
vention applicable to civilians in wartime. These
discussions are preliminary in nature and pre-
paratory to the calling at a later date of a formal
diplomatic conference to sign conventions. The
United States participated in an informal meet-
ing of government experts on this subject which
was convened at Geneva in April 1947 under the
auspices of the International Committee of the
Red Cross.
Those participating in the work of the Confer-
ence will include representatives of National Red
Cross Societies, the League of Red Cross Societies,
the International Committee of the Red Cross,
and governments signatory to the Geneva Red
Cross conventions.
Kootenay River
The members of the International Joint Com-
mission, United States and Canada, met at Bon-
ners Fei-ry, Idaho, on July 2Y, 1948, in accordance
with the notice given to United States and Cana-
dian officials and to citizens of both countries to
consider measures for the prevention of the serious
damage caused by floods of the Kootenay River
in the United States and in Canada.^ The meet-
ing was called at the request of Governor C. A.
Robins of Idaho, and those present included the
following officials :
United States Section, International Joint Commission
A. O. Stanley, Chairman
Roger McWhorter, Commissioner
Jesse B. Ellis, Secretary
Canadian Section, International Joint Commission
George Spence, Commissioner
Elizabeth M. Sutherland,- Acting Secretary
United States Department of State
William R. Vallance, Assistant to Legal Adviser (Counsel
assigned to Commission)
Canadian Department of External Affairs
Kenneth J. Burbridge, Assistant Legal Adviser
International Columbia River Board of Engineers
United States Section
Carl G. Paulsen, Chief, U.S. Geological Survey
Gene Webber, Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army
' See Bulletin of July 11, 1948, p. 49.
202
Canadian Section
Victor Meek, Dominion Water and Power Bureau, Ottawa
C. E. Webb, Deputy to Mr. Meek in British Columbia
United States Geological Survey
C. S. Heidel, Helena, Mont.
State of Idaho
Governor C. A. Robins
Henry Dworshak, U.S. Senator
Mark Kulp, Commissioner of Reclamation
Province of British Columhia
Premier Byron Johnson
Frank Putnam, Minister of Agriculture
E. T. Kenney, Minister of Lands and Forests
George P. Melrose, Deputy Minister, Department of Lands
and Forests
R. C. Farrow, Controller of Water Rights, Department of
Lands
Chairman Stanley emphasized the importance of
control of the head waters of the Kootenay River in
order to prevent a repetition of the serious damage
which had occurred in the Kootenay Valley owing
to floods this year. Emphasis was placed upon the
great water-power resources of the Pacific North-
west and the advantage through construction of
storage reservoirs of the use of these flood waters
for the development of hydroelectric power and
for irrigation purposes, (jovernor Robins made a
comprehensive statement regarding the extent of
the damage suffered in Idaho, which amounted to
between $13,500,000 and $15,000,000, and asked
that the Commission take action to provide storage
reservoirs upstream on the Kootenay River.
Byron Johnson, Premier of British Columbia,
gave assurance that proposals recommended by
the International Joint Commission would receive
prompt consideration and action by his Govern-
ment. Although not committing the Government
of the Province to any particular project, he ex-
pressed his strong intention to cooperate with
officers of the United States and of the adjoining
Sta'tes in efforts to prevent a similar disaster in
subsequent years. Other Canadian officials gave
similar assurances. The testimony of Canadian
witnesses indicated that damages amounting to
approximately $1,300,000 had been caused by the
flood waters in Canada.
Col. L. H. Hewitt, District Engineer for the
Seattle District, submitted a report entitled
"Kootenai Flood Problem and Proposed Solu-
tion". This report recommended the construc-
tion of a large dam near Libby, Mont. Otlier testi-
mony supported this project. Senator Dworshak
gave assurance that he would support the proposal
for remedying the existing situation that is recom-
mended by the United States Army Corps of En-
gineers and endorsed by the International Joint
Commission. The appropriation of the necessary
funds for construction of this project would be
given his strong support.
Department of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Economic Factors in U. S. Foreign Policy
BY WINTHROP G. BROWN >
Director of the Office of International Trade Policy
Introduction
American economic foreign policy has its roots
deep in the basic philosophy of the founders of this
Nation. It is predicated upon the twin concepts
of equal opportunity in foreign trade and the ne-
cessity for expanding the production and inter-
change of goods and services. It asserts in the
twentieth century, as it did in the eighteenth, that
there are still great areas for that expansion. And
its essential objective is now. as it was at the birth
of our Nation, limitation or elimination of restric-
tions upon that expansion and upon that equality
of opportunity.
"World conditions today make the attainment of
these ends more difficult. " World trade is badly out
of balance. Many nations do not believe in free
competition as we do. Nationalism is rampant in
many quarters of the world. Such conditions re-
quire adaptation of our principles to accommodate
differing problems and opinions of other nations
with which we trade. But they do not alter the
fundamental philosophy with which we approach
the problem.
Origins of Our Economic Foreign Policy
From the very beginning of our national exist-
ence, international trade has played a major role
in our economic development. On June 12, 1776,
three weeks before the Declaration of Indepen-
dence, the Continental Congress created a special
committee to study international trade in rela-
tion to our foreign policy. The Continental Con-
gress must have been very busy in that historic
summer of 1776, but the importance of interna-
tional trade was so great that it assigned no less
eminent men than Benjamin Franklin, John
Adams, and Eobert Morris to the committee.
The committee prepared a project, known to
history as the "Plan of 1776"'. that was adopted by
the Continental Congi-ess in the fall of that year
and that served as a guide for our commercial
treaties for many years to come. This plan pro-
posed an open-door trade policy that, in today's
language, might be called multilateralism. It con-
August T5, 1948
templated that Americans would trade with
France (or other countries) free of the arbitrary
restrictions imposed upon the colonies by England
to divert colonial trade to or through the mother
country in an early version of the Empire prefer-
ence system. It proposed that United States citi-
zens might trade with France (or other countries)
without paying any higher "duties or imposts in
the ports, havens, roads, countries, cities or towns"
of France than French subjects paid. It proposed
that American citizens should have the same
"rights, liberties and privileges" in France that
French citizens enjoyed. It proposed also that
exports from the French West Indies should pay
no higher export duties when going to the United
States than when going to France.
Here, then, are the beginnings of basic con-
cejjtions which underlie our economic foreign
policy today. The founders of the Republic knew
that international trade was of vital importance
to this country ; that an open-door policy between
countries was essential for trade to expand; and
that certain principles or rules were necessary for
an orderly and full development of international
trade. Experience and political insight told them
that economic foreign policy cannot be dissociated
from political foreign policy. Peace and trade are
the two sides of the same coin.
America's Stake in International Trade
Our foreign trade has expanded more than a
thousandfold since the beginnings of the Eepub-
lic. We are now the world's principal foreign-
trading country. Our exports are larger than
those of any other country. Our imports are sec-
ond only to those of the United Kingdom. Our
total foreign trade in 1947 was 20 billions of dol-
lars.
Such are the origins of our policy and such the
magnitude of the matters with which we are deal-
ing. What are some of the problems wliich we
face today?
'Made at the University of Wyoming. Laramie. Wyo.,
on Aug. 2, 1948, and released to the press on the same
date.
203
THE RECORD Of THE WEEK
. . . This committee adopted as the basis for
its deliberations the Suggested Charter for an In-
te7viatio7ial Trade Organization,- published in
September 1946 by the United States. . . .
Fundamentals of the Charter
Let us therefore examine this charter — this con-
stitution for world trade — to see what it would do
and what it holds for good or ill for the United
States.
The charter does two things. It sets up an In-
ternational Trade Organization. It sets forth
rules which the members of the Organization will
agree to follow in the conduct of their interna-
tional trade. It is a comprehensive document of
106 articles and 30,000 words. It is the result of
over two years of international negotiation, pre-
ceded by more years of preparatory work within
the United States Government and preliminary
consultations with the United Kingdom and
Canada. It reflects the comments of different
American groups, given in public hearings in seven
cities of the United States. It represents the
harmonization, in a series of international dis-
cussions, of the diverse views of first 3, then 18,
then 23, and, finally, of 53 countries. These coun-
tries represent every stage of economic develop-
ment and almost every variety of economic philos-
ophy. That agreement was reached is a tribute
to the skill of the negotiators and the good will
of the participating countries.
The Obligation To Consult
This charter reflects, first of all, belief in the
simple truth that the world will be a better place
to live in if nations, instead of taking unilateral
action without regard to the interests of others,
will adopt and follow common principles and enter
into consultation through an international
organization when interests come into conflict.
Decisions in the Ito are, except in certain special
cases, by majority vote. The Ito is not a super state
any more than the back porch is the city govern-
ment. It derives its authority from the voluntary
undertaking of members to settle their disputes
througli the Ito machinery. It can recommend
measures for the settlement of disputes, but it can-
not order any member to take any action. Never-
theless, it is not powerless. For if the Ito finds
that a member. Country X, is not living up to its
charter commitments, it may authorize other mem-
bers to withhold from Country X the lower tariff
rates and other privileges which members in good
' Department of State publication 2598.
standing enjoy. If Country X is dissatisfied with
such a decision, it may withdraw from the Organi-
zation.
By this process of consultation and decision we
can avoid unilateral action by one country which
will hurt others and build up a body of inter-
national law in the economic field by the case
method.
Equal Opportunity for All
The charter reflects the belief that each country
should give equal treatment to the commerce of all
other nations.
Nothing is more irksome to an individual, or
provokes more unfriendly feeling between nations,
than does unequal and unfair treatment. The
founders of the Republic recognized this in their
wise old "Plan of 1776" when they adopted the
principle of nondiscrimination as its first article
and in 1778 incorporated it in our first commercial
treaty.
And so, throughout the charter runs the theme,
to quote its language, that:
"Any advantage, favour, privilege, or immunity
granted by any Member to any product shall be
accorded immediately and unconditionally to the
like product originating in or destined for all other
Member countries."
As in many other cases in the charter, this rule
could not under present-day circumstances be ap-
plied without qualification. Exceptions had to
be made, for example, for important existing pref-
erential systems, such as the preferences within
the British Empire and those between the United
States and Cuba. But even here preferences nuist
not be increased, and there is an obligation to
negotiate them downwards.
In a few special cases, such as the formation of
a customs union or the development of an under-
developed country, a new preference may be al-
lowed but only in accord with defined standards
and under the supervision of the Organization.
Reduction of Barriers — Public and Private
The charter reflects the belief that excessive or
arbitrary barriers to trade must be reduced, so that
trade may be large and may flow to the maximum
extent possible according to the drive of market
forces.
To this end, members of the Ito undertake to
negotiate with each other for the substantial re-
duction of the general level of tariffs and to aban-
don the quota, the most effective of all barriers to
trade, as a protective device. For 14 years the
United States has followed the policy under the
Trade Agreements Act, just renewed by the Con-
gress, of negotiating for tariff reductions. In
joining the Ito, other nations would undertake to
do likewise.
204
Department of State Bulletin
To this end, members agree to lower the "in-
visible tariff'' of customs formalities. Business-
men know that the red tape of hundreds of
separate customs requirements, each different for
different countries, causes wear and tear on trade,
time, and human nerves and are often as effective
barriers to trade as tariffs or even quotas. The
charter simplifies customs formalities and makes
regulations more uniform as between members.
It is the most comprehensive international agree-
ment in this field which has yet been achieved.
To this end, also, members agree to prevent pub-
lic or private commercial enterprises from en-
gaging in practices which restrain competition,
divide markets, fix prices, or foster monopolies.
For trade barriers are not always imposed by
governments. They are also imposed by private
or public business concerns to restrict trade and to
maintain higher-than-competitive prices. Mem-
bers may bring complaints to Ito that enterprises
in other countries are indulging in cartel activi-
ties injurious to their trade. The Ito is em-
powered to investigate such complaints, to request
the offending member country to take remedial
action, and to reconmiend what that action should
be. The charter represents the first attempt in
history to obtain international action for curbing
international cartels.
Here again, however, there are exceptions to the
general rules to take account of the current des-
perate shortages of goods and exchange in many
countries and of certain special situations. For
example, a country which is short of foreign ex-
change, as most countries are today, must of ne-
cessity ration its imports, just as an individual of
limited income must limit his expenditures. The
charter would permit quotas to accomplish this
rationing. But the country must abide by certain
rules in their use and abandon them when its ex-
change difficulties are over. Or a country employ-
ing a domestic crop-control program to stabilize
its agricultural economy may use quotas to restrict
imports of the crop in question, which, if uncon-
trolled, might jeopardize the program. But such
quotas may not limit imports more, proportion-
ately, than the domestic control program limits
domestic production. And, in some cases, if cer-
tain strict standards are met and the Ito approves,
quotas may be used to develop a sound new in-
dustry in an underdeveloped country.
Multilateral Trade
Tlie undertakings of the charter about equality
of treatment and reduction of artificial trade bar-
riers, taken together, reflect the further funda-
mental belief that international trade should be
multilateral rather than bilateral; that traders
should be able to buy and sell where they please,
August ?5, 1948
THE RECORD Of THE WEEK
exchanging goods for money and money for goods,
rather than having sales confined to buyers who
agree to deliver equivalent values in other specified
goods. Multilatei'al trade permits the maximum
interchange of goods. Bilateralism and barter
limit the number, size, and kind of business trans-
actions to the capacity of the weaker partner.
Stabilization in the Field of Primary Commodities
The charter reflects the belief that progressive
trade policies must be supported by consistent pol-
icies for stabilization in the field of certain primary
commodities. Prolonged and drastic fluctuations
in world markets for these commodities can create
widespread hardship and unemployment and thus
undermine the very foundations of a cooperative
woi'ld economy. Machinery and rules should be
provided for reaching intergovernmental agree-
ments to govern temporarily the production and
marketing of such commodities when they are in
burdensome world surplus.
To this end, the charter provides that countries
may, under certain circumstances, make a com-
modity agreement to regulate the production, ex-
port, import, or price of a primary product. The
conditions under which such agreements are per-
mitted are, however, carefully defined. Agree-
ments are limited to primary commodities (par-
ticularly when there are many small producers) ;
there must be an existing or expected burdensome
surplus which would cause serious injury ; produc-
ing and consuming countries must have equal voice
in the development and operation of the agree-
ment; they must be limited to a duration of five
years or less (although renewable) ; and they must
be accompanied by a definite program for solving
the basic maladjustments in the field The Ito
has the right to determine whether proposed agree-
ments meet these standards.
The requirement that producing and consuming
countries have equal voice in making commodity
agreements is especially important, in the interests
of economic stability and fairness. If limited to
producer countries (as in the old tin cartel), the
result might be unduly high prices to consumers.
If limited to consuming countries, the result might
be ruinous prices to producers.
Development of Underdeveloped Areas
The charter reflects the belief that it is essential
to develop the resources of underdeveloped areas
and to make the fullest use of the resources of all
areas. Increased production and increased con-
sumption lead the way hand in hand to increased
prosperity, and one's most highly developed neigh-
bors turn out to be one's best markets.
To this end, members undertake to take meas-
ures designed to maintain productive employment
and buying power within their own borders as a
means of stimulating trade, avoiding measures
205
THE RECORD OF THE WCBK
which woukl create difficulties for the economies
of others, to encourage private and public inter-
national investment, and to recognize the need for
economic advancement of less well-developed
areas.
Private Enterprise and State Trading
Finally, and very important, the charter re-
flects the belief that though nations may choose to
use different systems of trading, it is possible for
them to work in harmony.
In the United States we believe in private enter-
prise and free competition in our domestic and in
our foreign trade. Our constant objective is the
preservation and strengthening of the private-
enterprise system. This was the purpose of oiu"
negotiatoi-s who worked on the charter. And we
believe that the charter will serve this purpose.
Yet nowhere does it require that international
trade must be conducted by private enterprise.
Nowhere does it condemn state trading.
This may at first blush seem strange to you. The
fact is. however, that we are very lonely in our
belief in private enterprise. Many other nations
believe that the conduct of certain aspects of their
trade, sometimes all of it. can best be conducted,
or at least should be controlled, by the state. In
fact, we engage in state trading in a number of
cases ourselves. This belief of other nations arises
sometimes from the exigencies of the current short-
age situation, sometimes from a basic philosophy
different from ours. But I am sure you will agree
that it would be wholly inconsistent with our own
convictions about individual liberty and national
sovereignty for us or any nation to try to dictate
to other nations the means which they must employ
for the conduct of their trade. Nations, like in-
dividuals, are entitled to their own opinion as to
what is the best way to handle their alfairs so long
as what they do does not injure others.
T\liat the charter does, therefore, is to provide a
framework within wliich our system of private
enterprise can have the maximum opportunity to
develop and to demonstrate its effectiveness; a
framework in which private and state enterprise
can work together; a framework in which state
enterprise, hitherto free to do entirely as it wished,
is made subject to certain rules of the game
designed, so far as possible, to be consistent with
the rules under which private enterprise must
operate.
The Complexity of the Charter
Because international trade is complex and the
problems of nations are diverse, the charter is long,
complicated, and difficult to understand. Yet,
complicated as it is, I doubt if it is much less easily
intelligible than our own income-tax laws or other
laws under which we conduct our dailv lives, or
even some insurance policies and mortgages.
206
It would have been possible to draft a general
declaration of principles and to have set up an
international discussion and study group. This
would have been easj" — and it would have had little
impact on world economic problems. General
declarations, without specific commitments and
implementing action, are as Prince Metternich said
a century ago "a sonorous nothing".
Its Exceptions
That is. also, why the charter has exceptions.
We wanted rules that would work for the long
term; rules that would set the direction of our
efforts toward expanding international trade in
the years to come. But we could not overlook the
fact that the realities of today's world demand
measures to meet today's problems today. So the
charter contains transitional rules (call them
exceptions if you like) to meet the immediate
extraordinary situation as well as long-term rules
for the long-term pattern. Either set of rules
without the other would imperil the over-all
objective.
We also wanted an organization that many
nations could join to seek a solution of common
problems by common action. We coidd not over-
. look the fact that these nations had many different
interests and many different points of view. We
remembered the words of the Federalist, in
commenting upon our own Constitution:
"The result of the deliberations of all collective
bodies, must necessarily be a compound as well of
the errors and prejudices, as of the good sense and
wisdom of the individuals of whom they are com-
posed. The compacts which are to embrace thir-
teen distinct States, in a common bond of amity
and union, must as necessarily be a compromise of
as many dissimilar interests and inclinations."'
Wliat was true of 13 distinct states in 1778 is
true of 53 distinct states in 1948.
The Question for the United States
The question which we and other countries must '
now decide is whether this cliarter shall be ratified
and the Ito established. It can be improved by
amendment as we work with it. It must by its
terms be entirely reviewed in five years. But it
cannot be renegotiated now.
The charter is no panacea for the world's eco-
nomic ills. It has many imperfections. It is not
wholly satisfactory to any country because it re-
flects the views and recognizes the problems of
many countries. But never before in the history
of the world have so mam^ nations reached agree-
ment over so wide a range of principle in their
economic relations. The deepest need of the world
today is agreement and a sense of direction. Na-
Department of State Bulletin
tions can no longer solve their problems alone.
National boundaries have long since ceased to con-
line either depression or prosperity. In a troubled
world, ravaged by storms of controversy and dis-
agreement, the great majority of the nations of
the world have come together in agreement on
matters of basic economic importance. They have
laid a foundation on which we can build.
Is it not the part of wisdom to take this founda-
tion and builcl on it? We have taken the basic
ideas of the statesmen of 1776 as the cornerstones
of our economic foreign policy for today. Should
we not, m considering this charter — this constitu-
tion for world trade — remember what some of
these statesmen said about our own Constitution
of the United States? For when I was trying to
write the conclusion of this speech, I found it al-
ready written for me in Jolin Jay's address to the
people of Xew York in 1778 about the adoption of
our Constitution, saying just what I wanted to
say to you in words that could have been written
today :
'•The men who formed this plan are Americans,
who had long deserved and enjoyed our confidence,
and who are as much interested in having good
government as any of us are or can be. . . .
"The impossibility of agi'eeing upon any plan,
that would exactly quadrate with the local policy
and objects of every state, soon became evident;
and they wisely thought it better mutually to co-
incide and accommodate, and in that way to fash-
ion their system as much as possible by the cir-
cumstances and wishes of the different states, than,
by pertinaciously adhering each to his own ideas,
oblige the Convention to rise without doing any-
thing. They were sensible that obstacles, arising
from local circumstances, would not cease while
those circumstances continued to exist. . . .
"They tell us, very honestly, that this plan is the
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
result of accommodation. They do not hold it up
as the best of all possible ones, but only as the
best which they could unite in and agree to.
"Suppose this plan to be rejected; what meas-
ures would you propose for obtaining a better?
Some will answer, 'Let us appoint another con-
vention; . . . they will be better informed than
the former one was, and consequently be better
able to make and agree upon a more eligible one'.
"This reasoninjj is fair . . . but it nevertheless
takes one thing for granted which appears very
doubtful ; for although the new convention might
have more information, and perhaps equal abil-
ities, yet it does not from thence follow that they
would be equally disposed to agree. The contrary
of this position is most probable. . . .
"Let those who are sanguine in their expecta-
tions of a better plan from a new convention, also
reflect on the delays and risks to which it would
exjoose us. Let them consider whether we ought
... to give other nations further time to perfect
their restrictive systems of commerce, reconcile
their own j^eople to them, and to fence, and guard,
and strengthen them by all those regulations and
contrivances in which a jealous policy is ever
fruitful.
"But if, for the reasons already mentioned, and
others that we cannot now perceive, the new con-
vention, instead of i^roducing a better plan, should
give us only a history of their disputes, or should
offer us one still less pleasing than the present,
where would we be then?
"Consider, then, how weighty and how many
considerations advise and persuade the people of
America ... to have confidence in themselves
and in one another ; and, since all cannot see with
the same eyes, at least to give the proposed Consti-
tution a fair trial, and to mend it as time, occasion,
and experience, may dictate."
Sino-American Joint Commission on Rural Reconstruction
AMERICAN EMBASSY PRESS RELEASE
[Released to the press August i\
Following is the text of a press release issued hy
the American Erribassy at NanJcing on the occasion
of the signature and exchange of notes with the
Chinese Ministry of Foreign Affairs providing for
the establhhmeyit of a Sino-American Joint Com-
mission on Rural Reconstruction in China
An exchange of notes providing for the estab-
lishment of a Sino-American Joint Commission on
Rural Reconstruction in China took place at the
Ministry of Foreign Affairs at 11 a.m. August 4.
The Honorable J. Leighton Stuart, American
Ambassador to China, signed a note on behalf of
the Government of the United States, proposing
the establishment of the Commission in accordance
with the China Aid Act of 1948 and the economic
aid agreement between the two countries signed at
Nanking on July o, 1948. In his note of response.
His Excellency Dr. Wang Shih-chieh, Minister for
Foreign Affairs of China, accepted, on behalf of
his Government, the proposals put forth by the
American Ambassador.
^ statement and exchange of notes printed from tele-
graphic text.
Augusf 15, 1948
207
THE RECORD Of THC WEEK
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR J. LEIGHTON STUART
[Released to the press August 4]
It is my sincere hope that students of Chinese
social and economic problems will consider this
day to be a milestone of progress toward sound im-
provement of conditions in the rural areas of this
country. The notes exchanged today between His
Excellency Dr. Wang Shih-chieh and myself pro-
vide for the establishment of a Sino-American
commission on rural reconstruction in China.
Establishment of this Commission, in the work of
which I shall take a deep and personal interest, is
made in recognition of the importance of recon-
struction in the rural areas to the welfare of the
Chinese people as a whole, in recognition of the ob-
vious fact that such reconstruction should have in
its purpose the improvement of economic, social,
and cultural conditions in these areas. I am sure
that the report of the establishment of this com-
mission will be received with considerable interest
in the United States. The terms of reference for
the commission, contained in the agreement em-
bodied in the notes exchanged today, are sufficiently
broad to permit the commission to undertake a
highly significant program in the field of rural re-
construction. I am specially gratified with the
establishment of the commission because it repre-
sents another chapter in the long record of close
collaboration between China and the United States
in this field, one of the most recent instances of
which was the joint China-United States agricul-
tural mission in 1946. That mission's findings and
recommendations are, I understand, to be used in
large part as a basis for the work of the commis-
sion which is about to be established.
EXCHANGE OF NOTES BETWEEN AMERICAN AND CHINESE GOVERNMENTS
The American Ambassador to the Chinese Foreign
Minister
[Released to the press August 4]
Excellency : I have the honor to refer to Sec-
tion 407 of the China Aid Act of 1948 enacted
by tlie Government of the United States of
America (hereinafter referred to as the Act),
which provides, among other things, for the con-
clusion of an agreement between China and the
United States of America establishing a Joint
Commission on Kural Reconstruction m China.
In pursuance of the general principles laid down
in the Act, and in particular section 407 thereof,
I have the honor to bring forward the following
proposals regarding the organization of the Joint
Commission and related matters:
1. There shall be established a Joint Commis-
sion on Rural Reconstruction in China (herein-
after referred to as the Commission) to be com-
posed of two citizens of the United States of
America appointed by the President of the United
States of Ajnerica and three citizens of the Re-
public of China to be appointed by the President
of China. The Commission shall elect one of the
Chinese members as chairman.
2. The functions and authority of the Commis-
sion shall, subject to the provisions of the above-
mentioned section of the Act, be as follows: {a)
to formulate and carry out through appropriate
Chinese Government authorities and international
or private agencies in China a coordinated program
for reconstruction in rural areas of China (herein-
after referred to as the program) ; (6) to conclude
arrangements with the authorities and agencies I'e-
ferred to in the preceding paragraph establishing
208
a basis for their cooperation ; {c) to recommend to
the Governments of the United States of America
and of China within the limits prescribed by the
Act the allocation of funds and other assistance to
the program, and to recommend to the Government
of China the allocation of such other funds and as-
sistance as are deemed essential to the success of
the program; {d) to establish standards of per-
formance for implementation of the program, in-
cluding the qualifications, type and number of
personnel to be used by cooperating authorities and
agencies in the program, and to maintain a constant
supervision of all phases of the program with au-
thority to recommend changes in or stoppage of any
phase of the program; (e) to appoint such execu-
tive officers and administrative staff as the Commis-
sion deems necessary to carry out the program, it
being understood that the chief executive officer
shall be a citizen of China. Salaries, expenses of
travel, and other expenses incident to the adminis-
trative functions of the Commission itself shall be
paid from funds made available under Section 407
(B) of the Act.
3. In its program the Commission may include
the following types of activity to be carried out in
agreement with the authorities and agencies re-
ferred to in paragraph 2(a) : (a) A coordinated
extension-type program in agriculture, home dem-
onstration, health and education for initiation in a
selected group of Hsienin several provinces to in-
clude a limited number of subsidiary projects suited
to conditions in the areas where the program is de-
veloped, in such fields as agricultural production,
marketing, credit, irrigation, home and commu-
nity industries, nutrition, sanitation, and educa-
tion of a nature which will facilitate the promotion
Department of State BuUetin
of all projects beinp uiKlertaken; (b) Consultation
with the Chinese Govenunent concerning ways
and means of progressively carrying out land re-
form measures; (c) Subsidiary projects in re-
search training and manufacturing to be carried
out in suitable locations to provide information,
persoiniel and materials required by the program ;
(d) Projects to be put into effect over a wider area
than provided for in the coordinated extension-
t\pe program specified in (a) any of the above
lines of activity which can be developed soundly on
a larger scale, of which examples might be the
multiplication and distribution of improved seeds,
the control of rinderpest of cattle, the construction
of irrigation and drainage facilities and the intro-
duction of health and sanitation measures; (c)
Related measures in line with the general objec-
tives of this program; (/) The distribution of the
assistance in this program on the principle of giv-
ing due attention to strengthening rural improve-
ment in areas where selected projects can be
progressively developed and where their develop-
ment will contribute most effectively to the achieve-
ment of purposes for which this program is under-
taken but that the principle of distributing aid will
not be controlled by proportionate or geographical
consideration per se.
4. In respect of any decision of the Commission,
the approval of the Government of China shall
be obtained prior to its execution if the Commis-
sion or its chairman, with the concurrence of the
Chinese members, deems it necessary.
5. The Commission shall publish in China and
transmit to the Government of the United States
of America and the Government of China, in
such form and at such times as may be requested
by either of the two governments, full statements
of operations, including a statement on the use of
funds, supplies and services received, and will
transmit to the two governments any other matter
pertinent to operations as requested by either of
the two governments. The Government of China
will keep the people of China fully informed of
the intended purpose and scope of the program
and of the progress achieved by the Commission in
implementing the program, including the nature
and extent of the assistance furnished by the Gov-
ernment of the United States of America.
6. The Government of China will, upon appro-
priate notification of the Ambassador of the
United States of America in China, consider the
United States members and personnel of the Com-
mission as part of the Embassy of the United
States of America in China for the purpose of
enjoying the privileges and immunities accorded
to that Embassy and its personnel of comparable
rank. It is understood that the Ambassador of
the United States of America in China in making
the notification will bear in mind the desirability
August IS, 1948
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
of restricting so far as practicable the number of
officials for whom full diplomatic privileges and
inmiunities would be requested. It is also under-
stood that the detailed application of this para-
graph would, when necessary, be a subject of
inter-governmental discussion.
7. All supplies imported into China for use in
the program shall be free of customs duties, con-
servancy dues, and other charges imposed by the
Government of China on similar supplies which
are imported through regular commercial
channels.
8. The Government of the United States of
America and the Government of China will con-
sult with respect to problems incident to the inter-
pretation, implementation and possible amend-
ment of the terms of the agreement embodied in
this exchange of notes whenever either of the two
governments considers such action appropriate.
9. The Government of the United States of
America reserves the right at any time to terminate
or suspend its assistance or any part thereof pro-
vided under this exchange of notes. Assistance
furnished by the Government of the United States
of America under Section 407 of the Act and pur-
suant to this exchange of notes shall not be con-
strued as an express or implied assumption by the
Government of the United States of America of
any responsibility for making any further con-
tributions to carry out the purpose of Section 407
of the Act or of this exchange of notes.
10. This note and Your Excellency's reply ac-
cepting the above proposals on behalf of the Gov-
ernment of China will constitute an agreement
between the two governments in the sense of Sec-
tion 407 of the Act. Subject to the provisions of
paragraphs 8 and 9, this exchange of notes will re-
main in force until June 30, 1949, or, upon the re-
quest of either government transmitted to the
other government at least two months before June
30, 1949, until the date of termination of Economic
Aid Agreement between the two governments con-
cluded on July 3, 1948.
I avail [etc.]
J. Leighton Stuaet
The Chinese Foreign Minister to the American
Anibassador
Excellency: I have the honor to acknowledge
receipt of your note of today's date which reads as
follows :
[Here is quoted the above note.]
On behalf of the Government of China I have
the honor to accept the proposals contained in the
note quoted above.
In i-ecognition of the importance of the program
209
THE RECORD OF THE WBEK
as one of the essential means of achieving the ob-
jectives in which the Governments of China and
the United States of America unite in seeking un-
der the Economic Aid Agreement between the two
governments conchided on July 3, 1948 the Govern-
ment of China undertakes to afford to the execu-
tion of the program the full weight of its support
and to direct cooperating agencies of the Govern-
ment of China including the local officials con-
cerned to give such assistance and facilities as are
essential to the success of their undertakings under
the program.
I avail myself [etc.]
Wang Shih-chieh
Monrovia Port Opened to International Commerce
GENERAL STATEMENT
The Kepublic of Liberia celebrated on July 27 its
101st anniversary of independence by opening to
international commerce its newly built port and
harbor at Monrovia. Constructed in accordance
with a lend-lease agreement between Liberia and
the United States signed December 31, 1943,^ the
new port will function as a free port in which
foreign merchandise may be landed, stored, re-
packed, sorted, mixed, and re-exported with a min-
imum of customs control and without customs
bond. The Monrovia free port is the only such
facility on the west coast of Africa, and it is antici-
pated that it will attract a large volume of inter-
national transhipment trade.
Repayment to the United States of the amount
contributed out of lend-lease funds for the con-
struction of the Monrovia port will be derived
from the revenues of the port.
The Moni'ovia port was constructed by private
contract under the direction and supervision of the
Bureau of Yards and Docks, Department of the
Navy. Approximately 225 American and 1,800
Liberian personnel were employed in building the
port. The port covers an area equivalent to ap-
proximately 750 acres, and is protected by two
breakwaters, each more than 7,100 feet long. A
channel 600 feet wide and 30 feet deep at mean
low water provides access to a 2,000-foot wharf
which will accommodate four large cargo vessels.
Adjacent to the wharf is a turning basin approxi-
mately 2,000 feet square in which nine vessels can
be anchored.
Facilities in the port area include a warehouse
800 feet long and 80 feet wide, in addition to power,
water, and sanitary units. Certain areas have been
designated for petroleum bulk terminal facilities,
latex storage tanks, iron-ore loading equipment,
and cold-storage facilities.
The new port will be operated for the benefit of
all nations enjoying friendly relations with Li-
beria, and will be administered by the Monrovia
Port Management Company, Ltd.
MESSAGE FROM PRESIDENT TRUMAN TO PRESIDENT TUBMAN
President Tniman tvas represented at the opening
ceremony by Thomas A. Hickok, Charge d^ Affaires
of the American Legation at Monrovia, who de-
livered the following message from President
Truman to the President of Liberia, William V. S.
Tubman
July 23, 1948.
I am particularly pleased to send to Your Ex-
cellency and to the people of Liberia notice that
the construction of the port and harbor at Mon-
rovia, undertaken by the United States in ac-
cordance with the Agreement signed between our
two countries on December 31, 1943, has been
completed.
By opening this free port today to international
' Bulletin of Jan. 8, 1944, p. 38.
trade, Liberia takes a significant step forward in
the direction of accomplishing the objectives set
forth in the Master Lend-Lease agreement between
our two Governments. These objectives have been
defined as the promotion of mutually advantageous
economic relations between our two countries for
the betterment of worldwide economic conditions,
and the elimination of all forms of discriminatory
treatment in international commerce.
It is the sincere belief of the United States Gov-
ernment that, henceforward, Liberia's domestic
economy, as well as its foreign commerce, will ex-
pand in ever-increasing volumes as a result of the
manifold advantages of this new port and harbor.
On behalf of the people of the United States,
I send to Your Excellency and to the people of
Liberia best wishes for a long successful and bene-
ficial operation of the free port of Monrovia.
210
Department of State Bulletin
Procedure For Filing War Claims in Morocco
(Released to the press August 3]
The Department of State has been informed by
the American Legation at Tangier that under
Moroccan legislatmn which provides compensa-
tion for war losses to property in Morocco, claims
of foreigners must be filed before September 11,
IDIS. It has not yet been determined whether,
in view of the extraterritorial rights of the United
States in Morocco, the war-damage compensation
legislation of Morocco applies to American na-
tionals. Any American national who sustained a
war loss to property in Morocco is advised to notify
the Department of State immediately.
Egyptian GovernmentXUrged To Investigate
Death of Stephen Haas
Xote FroTn Jeifevsori Patterson^ American Charge
at Cairo, to Egyptian Foreign Office^
Delivered July 25, 191^8
[Released to the press July 27]
My Government views with grave concern the
killing of Mr. Stephen Haas, an American citizen
in Cairo on July IS, 1948 and reciuests that an offi-
cial report be furnished concerning this most seri-
ous incident at the earliest possible moment.
My Government is also greatly disturbed over
the reports of the unwillingness of certain Egyp-
tian police officers to intervene promptlj? and effec-
tively in protecting Mr. and Mrs. Haas and of their
totally unwarranted and inexplicable efforts to
prevent Mrs. Haas from comnumicating immedi-
ately with the American Embassy.
In view of the responsibility of the Egyptian
Government under international law for the pro-
tection of the lives and property of foreigners in
Egypt, my Government trusts that the perpetra-
tors of tlie crime have already been apprehended
and that they will be promptly punished in a man-
ner commensurate with the seriousness of the
crime. It also urges that an investigation be made
of the reported dereliction of members of the police
force and that api^ropriate action be taken in their
retrard.
Credit Extended to Iran for Purchase
of War Surplus
[Released to the press July 29)
An agreement under which the United States ex-
tended a credit to the Iranian Government for the
purchase of 10,000,000 dollars' worth of surplus
military equipment and a credit not to exceed 16,-
000,000 dollars to cover the cost of repairing, pack-
ing, and shipping this equipment to Iran was
signed on July 29 by Fred W. Ramsey, Foreign
AugusJ 75, 1948
THE RECORD OF THE \NtlK
Liquidation Commissioner, for the United States,
and by Mr. Noury-Esfandiary, Minister and
Charge d'Aflaires of Iran. The agreement re-
places a previous agreement dated June 20, 1947,^
which offered the Government of Iran a 25,000,000
dollar surplus-property credit.
The agreement provides that the American Gov-
ernment will be repaid according to customary
FLC credit terms at an interest rate of 2% percent
per annum, extending over 12 j'ears.
Termination of Brazilian Trade Agreement
The President on July 31, 1948, issued a procla-
mation ^ making inoperative as of that date the
1935 trade agreement between the United States
and Brazil except for the provisions of article XIV
thereof relating to termination upon six months'
notice. The 1935 agreement will remain inoper-
ative, with the exception noted, for such time as
the United States and Brazil are both contracting
parties to the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade, which was entered into by the United States
last October 30 at Geneva with 22 other countries.
The proclamation gives effect to an agreement
concluded on this subject by the United States and
Brazilian Governments through an exchange of
notes,^ effected June 30, 1948, between the Ameri-
can Charge d'Affaires ad interim at Kio de Jan-
eiro and the Brazilian Minister of Foreign Affairs.
The notes were exchanged following the signature
by Brazil on June 30, 1948, of the protocol of
provisional application of the general agreement.
Pursuant to the provisions of the protocol, Brazil
became a contracting party to the general agree-
ment on the expiration of 30 days from date of
signature of the protocol.
Military-Mission Agreement with
Brazil Signed
[Released to the press July 29]
Secretary of State George C. Marshall and
Mauricio Nabuco, Ambassador Extraordinary and
Plenipotentiary of Brazil to the United States of
America, on July 29 signed an agreement pro-
viding for the detail of ofhcers and enlisted men of
the United States Army, Navy, and Air Force as
an advisory mission to serve in Brazil. The pur-
pose of the mission is to advise the Brazilian
Government on the establishment and operation
' Bulletin of July 6, 1947, p. 47.
= Proclamation 2802 (13 Fed. Reg. 4447).
' See Department of State press release 621 of Aug. 2,
1948.
211
THE RECORD OF THE WBEK
of a school, similar to the U.S. National War
College in Washington, for instruction of senior
officers of the Brazilian Army, Navy, and Air
Force in combined operations.
The agreement is to continue in force for four
years from the date of signature but may be
extended beyond that period at the request of the
Government of Brazil.
The provisions of the agreement are similar to
those contained in numerous other agreements be-
tween the United States and certain other Ameri-
can republics providing for the detail of officers
and enlisted men of the United States Army, Navy,
Air Force, or Marine Corps to advise the armed
forces of those countries. The provisions relate
to the duties, rank, and precedence of the person-
nel of the mission, the travel accommodations to
be provided for the members of the mission and
their families, and other related matters.
Reconnaissance of Proposed Atrato-
Truando Canal Route
[Released to the press August 3]
The Governments of Colombia and the United
States have agreed to conduct a preliminary re-
connaissance by air, land, and river of the pro-
jwsed Atrato-Truando interoceanic canal route
through Colombia for the purpose of obtaining
preliminary estimates of costs in order to permit
a comparison between this and the other possible
canal routes.
The reconnaissance will be carried out by a
mixed commission of Colombian and American
engineers. The actual field study will be made
by two groups, one of which will proceed from
Humboldt Bay on the Pacific coast while the other
will enter the Atrato Kiver Valley from the Carib-
bean coast.
It is expected that the reconnaissance will be
undertaken within two months and that it will be
completed in from five to six weeks.
Cultural Leaders Awarded Grants-in-Aid
Brazil
Dr. Ayrton Gongalves da Silva, aquatic biologist
employed by the Department of Animal Produc-
tion, State of Sao Paulo, Brazil, has arrived in
Washington to confer with Fish and Wildlife
Service officials and to visit laboratories, univer-
sities, and museums in various parts of the country.
His visit, which will last three months, has been
arranged under the travel-grant program of the
Department of State in cooperation with the Fish
and Wildlife Service.
Ecuador
Antonio Garcia, Director of Agriculture of the
Ministry of Economy of Ecuador, has received a
grant-in-aid from the Department of State to
enable him to spend three months in this country
studying soil conservation, forestry reserves, and
the cultivation of various grains.
Haiti
Dr. Antoni Leveque, chief surgeon of the Gen-
eral Hospital, Port-au-Prince, Haiti, has arrived
in Washington for a three months' visit in the
United States under the travel-grant program of
the Department of State. Primarily interested in
observing U.S. techniques in general surgery. Dr.
Leveque will also study orthopedics and hospital
administration. The United States Public
Health Service is cooperating in arranging his pro-
gram, which has been tentatively planned to in-
clude visits to the Mayo Clinic in Rochester, the
Lahey Clinic in Boston, and the Surgical Depart-
ment of the University of Michigan.
Peru
Luis F. Malaga, head of the reference depart-
ment, National Library of Peru, who has received
a grant-in-aid from the Department of State to
enable him to serve as consultant at the Yale Uni-
versity Library, recently arrived in Washington
en route to New Haven to begin his assignment.
In addition to his work at the library, which will
be in connection with the cataloging of Mexican
and Peruvian manuscripts, he will also teach a
class in Spanish at the University.
United States
Dr. Marcus Gordon Brown of the Georgia
School of Technology at Atlanta, will leave for
Brazil on August 13, to spend five months lectur-
ing at the cultural institutes in various cities of
that country under the travel-grant program of
the Department of State.
Belgium Extended Time for Renewing
Trade-Mark Registration
The extension until December 31, 1948, of time
for renewing trade-mark registrations with re-
spect to Belgium was granted by the President in
proclamation 2794 ( 13 F'ed. Reg. 3757) on July 2,
1948.
212
Department of State Bulletin
THE DEPARTMENT
Appointment of Officers
Forrest F. MrChiney as Deputy to Special Assistant
for Research and Intelligence, Office of Special Assistant
for Research and Intelligence, effective July 21, 1948.
Woodbury Willoughby as Chief of the Division of
Commercial Policy, Office of International Trade Policy,
effecUve June 13, 1948.
Resignation of Norman Armour as Assistant
Secretary of State
On July 31 the "WTiite House announced the
resignation of Norman Armour as Assistant Secre-
tary of State for political affairs, effective July 15,
1948. For the texts of Mr. Armour's letter to the
President and the President's reply, see White
House press release of July 31, 1948.
William D. Wright, Jr., Named Philippine
Rehabilitation Coordinator
The State Department announced on July 22
the appointment of a Coordinator for the Philip-
pine Rehabilitation Program, in the Office of the
Foreign Service. Eear Admiral William D.
Wright, Jr., U.S.N, (ret.), has been named to the
position.
The Coordinator will expedite and channel for
action within the Department all matters per-
taining to the Philippine rehabilitation program.
He will make decisions on behalf of the Depart-
ment on all matters of administration common to
the agencies participating in the program. In ad-
dition, the Coordinator will serve as chairman of
all formal interdepartmental and inter-agency
conferences regarding the Philippine rehabilita-
tion program.
THE FOREIGN SERVICE
Diplomatic Offices
[Released to the press Augrust 4]
The American Consulate General at Colombo
was raised to the rank of Embassy on August 3,
1948, when Ambassador Felix Cole presented his
letters of credence to the Governor General of
Ceylon. The agreement of the Governments of
the United States and Ceylon to exchange Am-
bassadors was announced on April 26, 1948.'
' Blt-letin of May 23, 1948, p. 687.
August 15, 1948
THE DBPARTMENT
Exchange of Information Among Americans
Concerned With European Labor Problems
[Released to the press August 2]
Officers of the Foreign Service assigned as labor
attaches to American diplomatic missions in
Europe will meet in Paris August 3-5 to dis-
cuss European labor problems and their rela-
tion to the European Recovery Program. Meet-
ing with them will be labor advisers of the Eco-
nomic Cooperation Administration, representa-
tives of American and European trade-unions,
and officers of the U. S. Department of Labor.
The meeting is to be opened by Jefferson Caffery,
American Ambassador to France. Philip M.
Kaiser, Director of the Ofiice of International
Labor Affairs, Department of Labor, and Daniel
Horowitz, Assistant Chief of the Division of In-
ternational Labor. Social, and Health Affairs, De-
partment of State, will serve as co-chairmen of
the sessions.
Clinton S. Golden and Bert M. Jewell, labor
advisers in Eca, already in Europe for other in-
ternational labor meetings, will participate in the
Paris meeting. Eca officials in the Office of the
U.S. Special Representative in Europe, who will
attend and participate, are Boris Shishkin, chief
of the Labor Branch, and Harry Martin, labor in-
formation specialist and labor adviser.
Principal objective of the meeting is to afford
the opportunity for an exchange of information
among the Americans concerned with European
labor problems. This objective is stressed in a
message addressed to the meeting by Christian
M. Ravndal, Director General of the Foreign Serv-
ice. In his message, Mr. Ravndal notes the in-
fluence of labor on the economic, social, and politi-
cal policies being formed throughout the world
today and congratulates the labor attaches for
their work in reporting on and interpreting this
influence. He stresses the importance of coopera-
tion between Americans working with labor
abroad, saying :
"The Foreign Service is cooperating fully with
the Economic Cooperation Administration in mak-
ing its entire resources available to assist in the ac-
complishment of the recovery program. The labor
attaches particularly have a vital and significant
contribution to make. They are intimately ac-
quainted with trade-union leaders and their activi-
ties, with the personnel of the labor ministries, and
with labor conditions in their respective coun-
tries. I am sure that the active and continuing
cooperation of the labor attaches and the Eca
labor advisers will be mutually beneficial. It will
assist the labor advisers in carrying out their diffi-
cult tasks and it will enable the labor attaches to
fulfill more adequately their continuing functions
in the Foreign Service."
213
THE DEPARTMENT
Volume 8 of "Treaties and Other International Acts" Released
[Released to the press July 31]
Volume 8 of Treaties and Other International
Acts of the United States of A?nerica, published by
the Department of State, was released July 31.
The preceding seven volumes of this edition, which
cover the period from 1776 to 1858 and which were
publislied between 1931 and 1942, were compiled
and edited by Dr. Hunter Miller, who retired from
the Government service in 1944. The present
volume, containing 40 international agreements,
continues the chronologically arranged series
from September 1858 to July 1863. Prior to his
retirement Mr. Miller had prepared material which
comprises about three fourths of this volume, and
subsequently he read the manuscript for the re-
mainder of the book and examined proof of the
whole. His name appears on the title page.
As in previous volumes, the texts of the treaties
and agreements are literal copies of the original
documents; carefully collated, they are identical
therewith not only in wording but also in such de-
tails as punctuation, capitalization, and spelling;
and accordingly they include any peculiarities and
even any errors that are in the sources. Each
treaty or agreement is printed in the language or
languages in which the original is written, thus
permitting comparison of different versions where
the meaning of any portion of a text may be in
doubt. Treaty versions in oriental languages — as
in the case of the two treaties of November 8, 1858,
witli China — are reproduced in facsimile. Where
an original agreement, or any part of it, is written
in a foreign language only, an authoritative trans-
lation is printed with it. Following each docu-
ment text are comprehensive editorial notes which
deal with textual and procedural matters, with
the diplomatic and other background, with the ne-
gotiations leading to signature, and with the sub-
sequent history of the agreement. Of the 40 docu-
ments in the present volume, 22 are treaties in the
constitutional sense of having received the advice
and consent of the Senate, and 18 are Executive
agreements. Of the latter, none has heretofore
been included in treaty collections of the United
States, and more than half of them have not pre-
viously appeared in print.
Although there are no really great treaties within
the period of volume 8, there are several of more
than ordinary interest. One is the stopgap ar-
rangement of 1859-60 with Great Britain which
provided for joint military occupation of the is-
land of San Juan until the question of the north-
west water boundary could be definitively settled.
Despite its informal and tentative character, this
214
arrangement eased a situation which for a time
had become so grave that it threatened to result in
armed conflict; and its provisions continued in
effect until the boundary question was at last dis-
posed of in 1872. Another notable document is the
treaty of July 1, 1863, with Great Britain, for final
settlement of claims of Hudson's Bay Company
and Puget's Sound Agricultural Company. Dis-
cussions and negotiations regarding these claims
continued from 1848 until signature of this treaty,
and the award of the Commissioners thereunder,
totaling $650,000, was not made until 1869. The
editorial notes, besides tracing the negotiations,
include a critical re-examination of the extent and
value of the properties of the two companies and
of the legal rights of Hudson's Bay Company un-
der the Oregon Treaty. A third document worthy
of mention is the treaty of April 7, 1862, with Great
Britain, for the suppression of the transatlantic
traffic in African slaves. The Lincoln adminis-
tration, reversing the previous policy of the United
States, took a firm stand against that traffic ; and
this new policy, which was evidenced by signature
of this treaty and by enforcement of national law,
was one of the immediate causes of the downfall
of that traffic. In the notes to all three of these
agreements, abundant use was made of British
Foreign' Office records ; and in the case of the first
two, records of the Provincial Archives of British
Columbia were a further important source.
The notes to the treaties of February 4, 1859,
with Paraguay contain an account of incidents
and events that led to the sending of a powerful
naval expedition to Paraguay in that year — at
an estimated cost of three million dollars — to
support the diplomacy of the American Commis-
sioner. New light is thrown on the final negotia-
tions at Asuncion by an excerpt, printed in trans-
lation, from the diary of an Argentine statesman
who participated.
Other features of the volume are the inclusion,
in the editorial notes, of the English versions of
four unperfected treaties of the United States
which are not elsewhere to be found in print in
that language; a map of the Oregon country, in
two parts and in color; a facsimile reproduction
of a contemporary map of San Juan Island in
1860; and a 25-page bibliography of the sources
cited throughout the volume.
Volume 8 (xxxvii, 1,065 pages) may be pur-
chased from the Superintendent of Documents,
U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25,
D.C., for $4.50.
Department of State Bulletin
PUBLICATIONS
Department of State
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Oovcrnment
Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. Address requests
direct to the Superintendent of Documents, except in the
case of pee publications, which may be obtained from the
Department of State.
International Meeting on Marine Radio Aids to Naviga-
tion, New York City and New London, Connecticut, April
28-May 29, 1947: Proceedings and Related Documents.
International Organization and Conference Series I, 2.
Pub. 3060. xi, 685 pp. Limited distribution.
The essential features of the discussions and demon-
strations; a listing of the recommendations of the
Meeting; and unabridged texts of the technical papers
presented. Reproduced by photo-mechanical means.
Extradition. Treaties and Other International Acts
Series 1609. Pub. 3077. 3 pp. 50.
Agreement Between the United States and Italy;
Reciprocal Application of Article I of the Convention
of Mar. 23, 1S6S — Effected by exchange of notes signed
at Rome Apr. 16 and 17, 1946 ; entered into force Apr.
17, 1946 ; effective May 1, 1946.
Whaling. Treaties and Other International Acts Series
ITOS. Pub. 30S3. 6 pp. 50.
Protocol Between the United States and Other Gov-
ernments ; Extending the Protocol of Nov. 26, 1945 —
Open for signature at Wasliington Dec. 2, 1946;
ratified by the President of the United States July
18, 1947; proclaimed by the President Feb. 16, 1948;
entered into force Feb. 5, 194S.
Transfer of United States Naval Vessels and Equipment
to the Greek Government. Treaties and Other Interna-
tional Acts Series 1709. Pub. 3084. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement Between the United States and Greece-
Effected by exchange of notes signed at Washington
Dec. 1 and 3, 1947 ; entered into force Dec. 3, 1947.
Temporary Migration of Mexican Agricultural Workers.
Treaties and Oiher International Acts Series 1710. Pub
3085. 8 pp. 5(t.
Agreement Between the United States and Mexico;
Supplementing the Agreement of Aug. 4, 1942, as re-
vised Apr. 26, 1943— Effected by exchange of notes
signed at Mexico City Mar. 25 and Apr. 2, 1947;
entered into force Apr. 2, 1947.
Reciprocal Trade: Quantitative Import Restrictions.
Treaties and Other International Acts Series 1711. Pub
3098. 6 pp. 5^.
Agreement Between the United States and Sweden ;
Modifying Temporarily the Agreement of May 2.5,
1935 — Effected by exchange of aide-mimoire dated at
Washington June 24, 1947 ; entered into force June 24,
1047; and exchange of letters.
Reciprocal Trade: Quantitative Import Restrictions and
Deferment of Payments. Treaties and Other Interna-
tional Acts Series 1712. Pub. 3099. 6 pp. 5(».
Agreement Between the United States and Sweden;
Modifying the Agreement of June 24, 1947— Effected
by exchange of memorandums dated at Washington
Feb. 11, 1948; entered into force Feb. 11, 1948; and
exchange of letters.
Augus/ 15, 7948
IHE DEPARTMENT
Air Service: Facilities at Gardermoen Airfield in Norway.
Treaties and Other International Acts Series 1737. Pub.
3163. 3 pp. 50.
Agreement Between the United States and Norway —
Signed at Oslo Nov. 12, 1946; entered into force Nov.
12, 1946.
Shellfish: Sanitary Certification of Shippers. Treaties
and Otlier International Acts Series 1747. Pub. 3189.
3 pp. 5(i.
.\greement Between the United States and Canada-
Effected by exchange of notes signed at Washington
Mar. 4 and Apr. 30, 1948 ; entered into force .\pr. 30,
1948.
Reconversion of Industry: Cooperation in Transition from
War to Peace. Treaties and "Other International Acts
Series 1752. Pub. 3194. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement Between the United States and Canada;
Continuing the Principles of the Hyde Park Declara-
tion of Apr. 20. 1941 — Effected by exchange of notes
signed at Ottawa May 7 and 15, 1945 ; entered into
force May 15, 1945.
U. N. Documents- Core^mwed from page 195
Security Council
Official Records
Third Year
No. 73, 303rd Meeting, 24 May 1948. 41 pp. printed.
400.
No. 76, 307th and 30Sth Meetings, 28 May 1948. 46
pp. printed. 50^.
No. 78, 311th Meeting, 2 June 1948. 24 pp. printed.
250.
Economic and Social Council
Report of the Third Session of the Commission on Human
Rights, Lake Success, 24 May to 18 June 1948. E/800,
June 28, 1948. 44 pp. mimeo.
Implementation of Resolution 58 (1) of the General
Assembly on the Advisory Social Welfare Services
Programme. E/828, June 22, 1948. 27 pp. mimeo.
Implementation by the International Civil Aviation Organ-
ization of General Assembly Resolutions 39 (I) and
50 (I) Concerning Franco Spain, Together With a
Letter Dated 8 June 1948 From the President of the
ICAo Council to the Secretary-General. E/S31, June
25, 1948. 3 pp. mimeo.
Note by the President of the Council on the Report of the
Economic and Social Council to the Third Regular
Session of the General Assembly. E/832, June 25,
1948. 5 pp. mimeo.
Report on Inter-Secretariat Co-operation between the In-
ternational Labour Organization and the Food and
Agriculture Organization of the United Nations in
Respect of Work Programmes. E/834, June 28, 1948.
14 pp. mimeo.
Draft Rules for the Calling of International Conferences.
E/836, June 29, 1948. 5 pp. mimeo.
Interim Report to the Economic and Social Council on
Teaching of the Purposes and Principles, the Structure
and the Activities of the United NatioM.s in the Schools
of Member States Under Resolution 137 (II) of the
General As.sembly of the United Nations. Part I
prepared by the Secretary-General of the United Na-
tions. Part II prepared by the United Nations Edu-
cational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. E/837,
June 30, 1948. 86 pp. mimeo.
215
h'ten^
Conference To Consider Free Navigation
of the Danube Page
Opening of the Conference:
Statement by Ambassador Cavendish W.
Cannon 197
French and Russian Adopted as Official
Languages 200
Austria Denied Full Participation at
Second Plenary Session 200
The United Nations and
Specialized Agencies
Review of Six Months of Progress in the
Interim Committee. By Joseph E.
Johnson 191
Harper Sibley Named Chairman of U.N.
Day Citizens' Committee 193
U.S. Position Regarding Establishment of
System for Regulation of Armaments.
Statement by Frederick H. Osborn . . 194
Status of Report on Overall Strength and
Composition of Armed Forces. Letter
From the Chairman of the Military Staff
Committee to the President of the Secur-
ity Council 195
U.N. Documents: A Selected Bibliography . 195
The United States in the United Nations . . 196
Treaty Information
Economic Factors in U.S. Foreign Policy.
Address by VVinthrop G. Brown .... 203
Sino-American Joint Commission on Rural
Reconstruction:
American Embassy Press Release .... 207
Statement by Ambassador J. Leighton
Stuart 208
Exchange of Notes Between American and
Chinese Governments 208
Monrovia Port Opened to International Com-
merce:
General Statement 210
Message From President Truman to Presi-
dent Tubman 210
Credit Extended to Iran for Purchase of War
Surplus 211
Treaty Information— Confin wed Page
Termination of Brazilian Trade Agreement . 211
Military-Mission Agreement With Brazil
Signed 211
Economic Affairs
U.S. Delegations to International Confer-
ences:
Mental Health 201
Limnology 201
Red Cross 201
Kootenay River 202
Procedure for Filing War Claims in
Morocco 211
Reconnaissance of Proposed Atrato-Truand6
Canal Route 212
Belgium Extended Time for Renewing Trade-
Mark Registration 212
General Policy
Letters of Credence 193
Egyptian Government Urged To Investigate
Death of Stephen Haas: Note From
Jefferson Patterson, American Charge
at Cairo, to Egyptian Foreign Office . . 211
International Information and
Cultural Affairs
Cultural Leaders Awarded Grants-in-Aid . . 212
The Department
Appointment of Officers 213
Resignation of Norman Armour as Assist-
ant Secretary of State 213
William D. Wright, Jr., Named Philippine
Rehabilitation Coordinator 213
The Foreign Service
Diplomatic Officers 213
Exchange of Information Among Americans
Concerned With European Labor Prob-
lems 213
Publications
Volume 8 of "Treaties and Other Interna-
tional Acts" Released 214
Department of State 215
0. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTIN6 OFFICE' 1948
^Ae/ z/)e/ia^imeni^ ^ tnate^
For complete contents see back cover
U. S. SUPtRlNIENOF.NT OF DOUUMtBth
*=^.^>.y** bulletin
Vol. XIX, No. 477 • Publication 3256
August 22, 1918
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Oflice
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
62 issues, domestic $5, foreign $7.25
Single copy, 16 cents
Published with the approval of the
Director of the Bureau of the Budget
Note: Contents of this pufilication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will he
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weehly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
CONFERENCE TO CONSIDER FREE NAVIGATION OF THE DANUBE
Discussion of U.S. and Soviet Draft Conventions
STATEMENTS BY AMBASSADOR CAVENDISH W. CANNON >
Chairman of the U.S. Delegation
Points of Difference '
In closing tlie debate on the 8oviet Union and
the United States drafts yesterday, the Delegate
of the Soviet Union mentioned several points of
diiference which are important to the very sub-
stance of our discussion.
First as regards the approach of this conference
to the whole problem :
Mr. Vyshinsky said, "I would say in general that
what is accejDtable in the United States draft can
be found in the Soviet draft and what is not in
the Soviet draft cannot be accepted. It cannot
be accepted either by the Soviet Delegation or by
the six riparian states."
Mr. President, if that is the firm position it
would mean that it is almost useless for the con-
ference to go through the motions of committee
discussion. I feel sure Mr. Vyshinsky did not
mean just that. I am indeed ready to go into com-
mittee and I truly hope that all of us will in fact
be willing to hear each other and seek some area
of agreement.
The principal points of the United States pro-
posal to which serious objection has been raised
are these: (1) The language of article 1; (2) The
powers to be given to the commission; (3) Rela-
tionship with the United Xations; (4) Member-
ship of the commission.
Let me say just a few words on each of these
points.
Mr. Vyshinsky says that our article 1 "defeats
the principles" accepted by the Four Powers in
1946 in the peace treaties with Bulgaria, Hungary,
and Rumania. He says that it "deviates" from the
formula set forth in the United States draft pre-
amble. Comparing the two texts, just what is the
significant difference ? The preamble says : "Navi-
gation on the Danube shall be free and open to
the nationals, vessels of commerce and goods of
all states on a footing of equality in regards to
port and navigation charges and conditions for
merchant shipping."
Article 1 says: "International navigation on
the Danube River system shall be free and open
to the vessels of commerce, goods and persons of
all states on a footing of entire equality without
discrimination."
Comparing the two texts, what is the significant
difference ? It is the phrase in our article 1, "with-
out discrimination."
I shall not dwell in implications.
But there is, of course, no real discrepancy. Mr.
Vyshinsky has had a lot of experience in drafting
agreements. He knows that a preamble sets the
background and outline to be developed in sub-
sequent articles. But if this language "defeats
the principles" of the earlier formula, then the
earlier language was an empty formula. To the
United States it was not an empty formula at
the Council of Foreign Ministers, nor in the
peace treaties. We meant it then and we mean
it now. To us the "freedom of navigation" means
more than allowing a vessel to move through the
water. It means access to port facilities and those
other things set out in our draft articles which in
fact are merely an elaboration of the term "condi-
tions for merchant shipping" which is in the pre-
amble to which no objection has been raised.
The provisions of article 1 of the Soviet draft
were agreed upon almost two years ago. The peace
treaties have been in effect for almost a year. Still
the Danube River has not resumed its normal traf-
fic. Though the United States has persistently
tried for the past three years to open up the river,
there is no movement across the United States-
Soviet occupation line in Austria.
This relative stagnation on the river is clear
evidence that the Soviet article is not enough.
Practical provisions in the convention are needed
if a revival of commerce is to be encouraged.
' Mr. Cannon is U.S. Ambassador to the Federal People's
Kppublic of Yugoslavia.
'■ Hade on Aug. 7, 1948, before the Conference and re-
leased to the press In Washington on Aug. 9, 1948. Printed
from telegraphic text.
August 22, 1948
219
DANUBIAN CONFERENCE
Article 17 of the United States draft was criti-
cized on the jjround that it is contrary to the prin-
ciple of sovereignty and equal rights of states. In
its judgment rendered in August 1923 in the case
of the S. S. Wimbledon regarding the refusal to
permit a foreign vessel to pass through the Kiel
Canal, the Permanent Court of International Jus-
tice said :
"The Court declines to see in the conclusion of
any treaty by which a state undertakes to perform
or refrain from performing a particular act an
abandonment of its sovereignty. No doubt any
convention creating an obligation of this kind
places a restriction upon the exercise of the sover-
eign rights of the state, in the sense that it re-
quired them to be exercised in a certain way. But
the right of entering into international engage-
ments is an attribute of state sovereignty."
In so far as the rights of riparian states are con-
cerned, the provisions of articles 17 and 18 of the
Soviet draft establish special river commissions
on the maritime Danube and at tlie Iron Gates
which are much more subject to abuse than article
17 of the United States draft.
Under articles 17 and 18 of the Soviet draft,
two states would have complete authority to con-
trol the Danube gateway to and from the sea and
two other states, complete authority at the impor-
tant Iron Gates sector of the river. Such an ar-
rangement can hardly be compatible with the
rights of the other riparian states on the fluvial
Danube.
While the United States draft has been repre-
sented as a grave threat to the sovereign rights
of the riparian states, the argument has been pre-
sented that the joint shipping companies organ-
ized in Hungary, Rumania, and Yugoslavia are
in no sense a derogation of the sovereignty of these
states. It has been denied that Soviet participa-
tion in joint companies constitutes Soviet control.
It has been asserted that the sovereignty of these
countries is in no way infringed because the chair-
men of the companies are always nationals of the
country concerned. The important fact is not the
nationality of the chairman, but the fact that in
Hungary and Rumania, in any event, the general
managers of the companies, in whom resides the
effective control, are Soviet citizens.
In our discussion in the committee, I shall docu-
ment in detail the privileged position of the joint
companies.
I am surprised that the Soviet Delegate, with
his wide experience in United Nations affairs
would interpret article 25 of the United States
draft as giving the Economic and Social Council
full responsibility for the implementation of the
principle of freedom of navigation on the Danube.
I think he would not seriously argue that associa-
(ioii with the United Nations would deprive the
220
riparians of their rights and prerogatives as sov-
ereign states.
I am certain that he understands the procedures
and powers of the Economic and Social Council
well enough to know that its activities are limited
to discussion and recommendation.
The Soviet Delegate has also objected to article
42 providing for the settlement of disputes through
the United Nations if not first resolved by the com-
mission. The United Nations was created for the
express purpose of providing machinery for the
pacific settlement of disputes.
I agree with the Soviet Delegate that article 10
of the United States draft concerning membership
on the commission raised one of the major issues
before this conference. I feel that some additional
comment is required concerning the United States
position on membership. My previous statement
set forth the basis upon which the United States
rests its claim for participation. Such claim was
not and is not related to the prewar statistical
position of United States shipping on the river,
but upon the broader aspects of our interest in
European economic development and our responsi-
bilities under present and contemplated future
treaties bringing the war to a close.
Let us not forget the direct interest of the United
States which occupies a riparian position on the
Danube. The German sector of the Danube and
the German Danube fleet are inseparably connected
with the problems of this river. A Danube con-
vention cannot ignore this important sector of the
river. Until a sovereign German Government is
established and is granted full participation in a
Danube regime, the United States will be respon-
sible for representing German riparian interests.
Let us also be realistic about Austria. I assume
that other riparian states are deeply interested in
the development of the entire Danube as an artery
of commerce and for this Austria's central posi-
tion, trading potentialities, and the great river
port of Vienna are all important. If the views of
this important riparian state are not taken into
consideration in drafting the convention and Aus-
tria does not become a party to it and does not
immediately become a member of tlie commission,
the river will remain cut in two. The new regime
would not be able to function as envisaged in either
Ihe Soviet draft or the United States draft. The
declaration of the Council of Foreign Ministers,
which the Soviet Delegate has cited, does not bar
Austria from such participation.
We also believe that non-riparian states should
be represented on the commission. I gave the
reasons for this view in my statement on last
Wednesday.' I wish now only to re-emphasize the
im)5ortance which we attach to it.
Since we now turn to a resolution referring all
texts to a committee, I felt it necessary to restate
' Aug. 4 ; printed in BtrLtExiN of Aug. 15, 1948, p. 197.
Department of State Bulletin
DANUBIAN CONFERENCE
these points of the American draft before closing
the general discussion.
Amendment to Preamble of Soviet Draft*
Mr. Chairman, in submitting the American pro-
posal for amendments to the preamble, we decided
to adopt the greater part of the Soviet text, al-
though there were several passages we would have
expressed dilferently. Therefore, we could en-
dorse the French proposal just defeated by the
usual vote. The American amendment is a rela-
tively simple one. There is an amendment to the
thircl paragraph which would then read :
"U. S. S. R.. United Kingdom and Northern Ire-
land. United States, France, Bulgaria, Czechoslo-
vakia, Hungary, Eumania, Ukrainian S. S. R. and
Yugoslavia ;
"Wliereas, the Council of Foreign Ministers
have on 12th December 1946, decided to call a con-
ference to work out a new convention regarding
the regime of navigation on the Danube, to be com-
posed of representative states referred to above;
and
"Desirous of providing free navigation on the
Danube in accordance with the interests of all
nations and with due regard to the sovereign rights
of the Danube states and in order to strengthen the
economic and cultural relations of the Danube
states between themselves and other iiations, and
recognizing that conditions of economic well-being
and peaceful relations among nations should be
promoted on the Danube in accordance with the
Charter of the United Nations;
"Have resolved to conclude a convention regard-
ing the regime of navigation on the Danube and
for that purpose have appointed the undersigned
plenipotentiaries who, after the presentation of
full powers, found in good and due form, have
agreed to the following."
The purpose of this change is that the paragraph
give explicit recognition to the principle that the
problems of the Danube are intimately connected
with broader world problems. The Danube area
will be more prosperous and secure if tliere is
full recognition of the economic ties between Danu-
bian and other nations, both to East and West.
Peoples along this great waterway are well aware
of tliat fact. We are convinced that to single out
the interests of the riparian states as the sole con-
cern of this convention and separate them from
the interests of other nations is a fundamental
mistake. It would be harmful in the long run to
both the riparian states and nonriparian nations.
The first change suggested in the American amend-
ment is a recognition that developments along the
river are of concern to nonriparian states. As
mentioned in my earlier statements, the United
States feels that a number of nonriparian states
for a variety of reasons have clear interests in
August 22, 1948
conditions along the Danube and in the mainte-
nance of freedom of navigation. We also think
that recognition of this interest by the convention
is of direct benefit to the welfare of the peoples
of the whole Danube area and would not interfere
with or weaken sovereignty of the Danube states.
Within this region are hundreds of idle ships
today. We should like to see active trade, that
could be moving today, resumed as soon as possible,
and it is the purpose of this convention to aid in
bringing those conditions about. We know that
railway systems suffered gi-eatly during the war,
that roadbeds are in bad condition. It is hard to
find maintenance materials to keep them going.
There is great distress in many parts of Europe,
even in this region, and hei'e is a gi'eat inland
waterway not contributing its part.
A statement a few minutes ago was made by the
Rumanian Delegation, that Rumanian ships are
"up the river". I don't know what "up the river"
may mean. If it means ships are in that part of
the Danube under United States control, I wish to
state here and now that thei'o are no Rumanian
ships in that part of the river under American
control. The Rumanian Goveriunent put in a
claim on 18 ships. Eighteen ships were released
in the area of the Danube over which Americans
have control. There are now none left there. If
it is a question of ships "up the river" they must be
in some other zone where Americans have no con-
trol, where so far as the Danube is concerned the
United States has little contact or say.
The second paragraph of the American amend-
ment must be clear to all. The United States has
made known here that it supports eifective rela-
tionship between the new Danube convention and
the United Nations. Problems that will concern
the new commission will be of importance to all
Europe and to the world. If it is to be the intent
of the new commission to recognize these broader
implications of the problem, some recognition of
the United Nations role appears essential. We all
know that the United Nations itself is conscious of
the problems of this area and would like to con-
tribute in a solution of these problems. This was
shown by the request of the Secretary-General that
the United Nations be allowed to send an observer
to the conference. No amount of misinterpreta-
tion can cloud the basic fact that the peoples and
nations of this area have nothing to lose, and nuich
to gain, by a recognition of the principles of the
Charter of the United Nations and by a working
agreement between the nations of this area,
through the commission to be established, and the
United Nations. This clause in the preamble as-
serts the general recognition on the part of the
* Made before the General Committee of the Conference
on AiiR. 10, 1948, anrt released to the press in Washington
on Aug. 11, 1948. Printed from telegraphic text.
221
DANUBIAN CONFERENCE
signatories that the principle of the United Na-
tions Charter is ai^plicable on the Danube. None
of us would deny that. All of us, on many occa-
sions, have subscribed to those princijDles as basic
to the conduct of peaceful relations between our
respective nations.
Amendment to Article I of Soviet Drafts
Article I of the Soviet draft provides: '■'■Navi-
gation on the Damcbe shall he free and open to
the nationals, vessels of commerce and goods of oil
states on a footing of equality in regards to port
and navigation charges and conditions for mer-
chant shipping. The foregoing shall 'not apply to
traffic between ports of the same state.''''
The proposed United States amendment would
add to this language the following : ''^Equality in
regards to port and navigation charges and condi-
tions for tnerchant shipping shall he considered as
excluding discrimination on the hasis of flag or
ownership of vessel or on any other hasis
whatsoeverP
The proposed United States amendment is de-
signed to clarify and point up the basic issue before
this conference — is shipping on the Danube to be
permitted on a basis of equality between various
flags, or is shipping to be permitted only on the
basis of special agreements, granting privileged
companies exclusive or preferential treatment?
The issue is clear — discriminatory or non-dis-
criminatory treatment. If this conference sup-
ports the principle of non-discrimination it can
hardly reject the United States amendment. Re-
jection of our amendment will be notice to the
world that it is not the intention of this conference
to see that the Danube is really open to vessels of
all nations.
Article I as proposed by the Soviet Delegation
does not contain the necessary safeguards to
remedy or eliminate present impediments to more
effective use of the river which my Government
deeply deplores. Impediments surely are also of
concern to other states sincei'ely interested in
re-establishing prosperous Danube shipping
conditions.
There has been much talk of imperialism here.
The proposed additional wording introduces the
necessary safeguards to avert imperialistic de-
signs, from any direction, and supports the
sovereignty of the Danubian states. The United
States proposed this additional wording not only
for sake of principle and objective, but also because
the history of the past few years has clearly shown
discrimination rampant, with economic penetra-
" Made before the General Committee of tlie Conference
on Alls. 10, 104S, anrl released to the press in Washington
on Aug. 12, 1948. Printed from telegraphic text.
tion undertaken to the detriment of the Danubian
countries concerned and to the detriment of prog-
ress to trade recovery in general.
I should like to clarify some basic points which
the Soviet Delegate made in a statement to rebut
my statements concerning Danube economic i^ene-
tration. He denied Soviet participation in joint
companies and that the formation of Soviet com-
panies amounts to Soviet control. He claims there
is equal participation and no infringement of the
sovereignty of the countries involved since the
chairman of these companies is always a national
of the state concerned. That is not much of a safe-
guard. The significant fact about these companies
is that they are not operated by the chairmen but
by directors general who are not nationals of the
countries concerned. Directors general of these
joint companies are Soviet citizens.
The Soviet Delegate further quotes article 1 of
the Yugoslav treaty (commercial treaty with the
U.S.S.R.) to prove that these companies obey the
laws and rules of a given country and have the
same rights as Yugoslav companies. He failed to
mention that in most important respects Soviet
enterprises and joint companies are granted the
same conditions which are, or will be, allowed to
the most privileged state, municiiJal. or private
enterprise. I refer to annex 1 of the Soviet-Hun-
garian agreement of December 9, 1947, which
grants privileges on supply materials and in the
obtaining of foreign exchange. I refer to annex 5
of the same agreement wherein the U.S.S.R. ac-
knowledges certain decrees issued by the Hungar-
ian Government exempting joint Hungarian-
Soviet companies from payment of certain taxes,
fees, and duties.
The same and other privileges are granted to
joint comijanies. I refer to the provision in the
Soviet-Rumanian agreement by which ships of
Soviet-Rumanian transport passing Sulina Chan-
nel pay tariff one third less than charged any other
company. Another example of special privilege is
the contract between the Hungarian Govern-
ment and the joint Meszhart Shipping Company
which for 30 years leases Port Budapest in-
cluding practically all harbor equipment, includ-
ing docks, loading stations, factories, dwellings,
auxiliary and other buildings, warehouses, ele-
vators, mechanical transshipment facilities, rail-
ways and other communication lines in the poi-t
area. How can you speak of freedom of naviga-
tion on tlie Hungarian Danube when Port Buda-
pest is under the monopoly control of the Meszhart
companies?
Let us turn back now to the language of the
United States amendment. You will note that the
United States Delegation has not used the lan-
guage proposed in the original United States draft.
While we still consider the langiuage in article 1 of
222
Department of State Bulletin
our draft submitted last week as preferable, there
was a certain amount of confusing talk rejjarding
it and its relation to ai'ticles of the peace treaties.
It has several times been declared that the lan-
guage first proposed by the United States Delega-
tion was different from the treaty language. We
therefore projiosed this amendment which is an
explanatory addition to treaty language.
hi)oaking on the preamble this morning, Mr.
Yyshinsky said, "they (Finance, U.S., and U.K.)
agreed to tliis formida two years ago and nothing
lias clianged since''. This is precisely our point —
the objective was to free navigation. Now after
two years it is quite true that "nothing has
changed" since, although the treaties have been in
effect nearly a year.
The Soviet Delegate has on numerous occasions
taken the jjosition that any suggested change or
clarification of words adopted by the Council
of Foreign Ministers for the peace treaties is an
attempt to distort the true meaning of the Coun-
cil of Foreign Ministers decision. I should
like to ask the Soviet Delegate to give this confer-
ence a definition of what he understands by the
words "conditions for merchant shipping." The
only definition I have come across in the record is
the .statement of Mr. Molotov, of November 28,
1946. This proposal was introduced by Mr. Molo-
tov, who said (I am reading from the United States
record in English), "I have a proposal to make.
DANUBIAN CONFERENCE
Mr. Byrnes said he was interested in paragraph 1
of the proposals concerning the Danube. I have a
proposal in relation to it. In the first place it takes
into account the June 29 amendment proposed by
M. Bidault and includes the Soviet amendments.
Navigation on the Danube shall be free and open
on terms of entire equality inasmuch as this con-
cerns port navigation charges and conditions of
commercial shipping within the limits of ordinary
commercial terms."
The word "entire" has appeared at numerous
times and I am not quite clear at what time it
dropped out.
Later in the same debate, the French Kepresent-
ative asked : "What does the Soviet Delegate un-
derstand to be the meaning of 'within the limits
of usual commercial relations'?"
Mr. Molotov rejilied : "There are certain commer-
cial arrangements which establish tariff charges,
et cetera, when some are given favored treatment
in one respect and not in another, and various de-
tails of that sort. Some countries are more inter-
ested in one condition, some in another, and they
combine aspects most advantageous to them."
I must frankly say I do not know what it means.
I hope before this committee votes on this article
the Soviet Delegate will explain it for the benefit
of states which are being asked to accept the Soviet
draft.
STATEMENT BY WALTER A. RADIUS"
Deputy Chairman of the U.S. Delegation
Amendment to Article V of Soviet Draft
Article V of the Soviet draft provides: ^''There
shall he esfahlisfied a Danube Commission, herein-
after called The Commission, to be composed of
one representative of each Danube state.''''
The change proposed in article V of the Soviet
draft by the United States amendment is obvious
from the text. In the first paragraph we list the
states members of the Danube Commission in place
of the general term "Danube states" which appears
in the Soviet draft. This list includes the riparian
states and the Four Powers whicli. as members of
the Council of Foreign Ministers, have special
responsibility, recognized under the U.N. Charter,
for making peace settlements and establishing the
foundation for peaceful internal order in Europe.
All states, riparian and nonriparian, have a
strong legitimate interest in freedom of navigation
on the Danube. In the case of the riparian states
the interest is obvious. It is recognized in the
draft convention submitted by the Soviet Delega-
tion and in the draft convention submitted by the
American Delegation. I will not dwell further
on it except to call attention to the inclusion of
Austria. The Soviet draft proposes that Austria
become a member of the commission after the ques-
tion of the treaty with Austria is settled. We be-
lieve that Austria should become a party to the
convention and a member of the commission as
soon as the convention enters into force and the
commission begins to function.
Austria is one of the most important of the
riparian states bordering shores for 275 miles.
From the standpoint of engineering projects and
control of development of the river, Austria's geo-
graphical position is of key importance. From the
" Made on Aug. 12, 1048, before the Conference and re-
leased to tlie pre.ss in Washinston on Aug. 13, 1948.
Printed from telegrapliic text. Mr. Radius is Director,
Office of Transport and Communications, Department of
State.
August 22, 1943
223
DANUBIAN CONFERENCE
commercial point, Austria's shipping, trade, and
the great river port of Vienna must be taken into
account. The system of internal regulation on the
■whole river is inconceivable witliout Austrian par-
ticipation, from the start, in the internal commis-
sion charged with regulation.
The Soviet Delegation cited on several occasions
the decision of the Council of Foreign Ministers,
December 6, 1946, as follows :
"The Governments of the United States, United
Kingdom, U.S.S.R., ana France agree to call,
within six months of the coming into force of the
peace treaties witli Rumania, Bulgaria and Hun-
gary, a conference to work out a new convention
regarding the regime of navigation on the Danube
to be composed of representatives of the Danubian
states: U.S.S.R., Ulcrainian S.S.R., Bulgaria, Ru-
mania, Yugoslavia, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, and
representatives of the following states, members of
the Council of Foreign Ministers: United States,
United Kingdom, France.
"Subsequent changes in this convention, should
they become necessary, shall also be made by the
conference composed as indicated above.
"Austria shall take part in the above-mentioned
conferences after the question of a treaty with
Austria has been settled."
The United States does not consider that deci-
sion as barring Austria from participation in the
Danube Commission before the treaty between
Austria and the four occupying powers is con-
cluded. Austria has been restored to independence
in accordance with the Moscow Declaration of
1943. It has its own government, whose mandate
is based on free popular election. This govern-
ment maintains diplomatic relations with many
nations. It may enter into international agi'ee-
ments (and has done so) with only this specific
limitation — that such agreements may be disap-
proved by unanimous decision of the Allied Coun-
cil in Vienna. I shall read from the Four Power
Control Agreement concluded in Vienna June 28,
194f), by the United States, United Kingdom, So-
viet Union, and France :
'■'■Article VI, section A : All legislative measures,
as defined by the Allied Council, and international
agreements which the Austrian Government
wishes to make except agreements with one of the
four powers, shall, before they take effect or are
published in the State Gazette be submitted by the
Austrian Government to the Allied Council. In
the case of constitutional laws, the written ap-
proval of the Allied Council is required, before
anj' such law may be published and put into effect.
In the case of all other legislative measures and
international agreements it may be assumed that
the Allied Council has given its approval if with-
224
in 31 days of the time of receipt by the Allied
Council it has not informed the Austrian Govern-
ment that it objects to a legislative measure or an
international agreement. Such legislative meas-
ure or international agreement may then be pub-
lished and put into effect. The Austrian Govern-
ment will inform the Allied Council of all inter-
national agreements entered into with one or more
of the four powers."
I think I can say definitely that this provision
is no obstacle to Austria's immediate adherence
to the Danube convention and full participation
in the proposed Danube Commission.
Now I turn to nonriparian representation. Our
amendment provides for inclusion of the United
Kingdom, France, and the United States as mem-
bers of the commission. Along with the U. S. S. R.,
these three states have, as mentioned, special re-
sponsibility for peace settlement in Europe and
problems related to settlements, such as re-estab-
lishment of freedom of navigation on the Danube.
As members of the Council of Foreign Ministers,
these Four Powers discussed at length the Danube
question, introduced by the United States Delega-
tion. The Paris conference, by a two-thirds ma-
jority, recommended to the Council of Foreign
Ministers that they insert in the peace treaties
with Rumania, Bulgaria, and Hungary provisions
for freedom of navigation and that they convoke
a conference to work out a convention embodying
that principle. Tlie Council of Foreign Ministers
did take action along those lines at the New York
meeting in December 1946. It took decisions with
which all are familiar.
It was the Four Powers of the Council of
Foreign Ministers which, on United States initia-
tive, took steps to have the conference convoked at
Belgrade to work out the new convention. In the
entire procedure leading to the conference the
interest of the three western powers in freedom of
navigation on the Danube was generally recog-
nized. Neither the Paris conference in 1946 nor
the Council of Foreign Ministers made any de-
cision to the effect that the new Danube regime
should be riparian states alone. The very fact
that the four members of the Council of Foreign
Ministers are present at this conference is a clear
indication that no such result was intended.
In the United States statement on August 5 be-
fore the plenary session. Ambassador Cannon gave
a number of reasons why the United States is
directly interested in the maintenance of freedom
of navigation on the Danube. Our interest in the
progress of economic welfare in Europe is general.
It is not limited to one region. American partici-
pation in the Ece is proof of our concern with
programs both for immediate reconstruction and
(Continued on page 2U)
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
U. S. Position on the Free Territory of Trieste
STATEMENT BY PHILIP C. JESSUP >
Deputy U. S. Representative in tlie Security Council
As I informed the Council at its last session dur-
ing wliicli it considered the note of the Yugoslav
Kepresentative of July 28 - concerning the admin-
istration of the British-United States zone of the
Free Territory of Trieste, my Government consid-
ers the charges of the Yugoslav Government as be-
ing from beginning to end without any founda-
tion whatsoever and having every appearance of
being intended for the sole purpose of distracting
attention from the flagi-ant maladministration of
the zone of the Free Territory under administra-
tion by the Yugoslav Military Command. I have
noticed on various occasions "that certain members
of tlie Security Council have no hesitation in be-
ing quite dogmatic in their assertions concerning
the motivation which they allege inspires govern-
ments in taking certain courses of conduct. I do
not pretend to any skill in reading the mind of a
foreign government, but on the evidence available
one may speculate that the motivation for the
Yugoslav complaint is twofold : The first motive
might be deduced from the lamentable but well-
known design of Yugoslavia to separate the Free
Territory of Trieste from its historic associations
with Italy in violation of the desires of the popu-
lation of the Free Territory and in order to incor-
porate the Territory in Yugoslavia. In the sec-
ond place, tlie complaint a2:)pears to be another
manifestation of what has become a familiar tactic.
This tactic is to charge others with the misdeeds
which one has oneself committed in the hope of dis-
tracting attention from one's own sins.
The two motives are clearly related and the
hypothesis that they are the actual motives is con-
firmed by an examination of the way in which the
Yugoslav Government has administered its zone
and by its persistent refusal to disclose any in-
formation concerning its conduct in that zone. I
hope you will all keep in mind that the govern-
ment which made these accusations against us itself
rules a zone in the Free Territory of Trieste be-
hind an iron curtain of its own. The Yugoslav
Government has provided no information of any
kind to the Security Council and has not yet, to
my knowledge, even advised the Security Council
that it recognizes any responsibility toward the
August 22, 1948
Council in the administration of its zone. Far
from being successful in diverting attention from
violation of its international obligations, the action
of the Yugoslav Government in bringing the sub-
ject of the administration of the British-United
States zone to the attention of the Security Coun-
cil has turned the spotlight squarely on the Trieste
problem and has suggested to the Council the neces-
sity for carefid consideration of the administration
of the entire Territory with a view to determining
whether it is being properly administered by the
caretaker military governments.
I advised the Council last Wednesday that the
report of tlie administration of the British-United
States zone for the period April 1 to June 30, 1948,
would soon be available for distribution to the
members. That report was distributed yesterday
as document S/953 and completes the record up
until the first of last month. I hope that the mem-
bers have had an opportunity at least to glance at
this latest report and to refresh their recollections
of the two previous reports, since I am confident
that a review of the complete record of the history
of the zone will convince them that the Allied Mili-
tary Goverimient has properly fulfilled its respon-
sibilities in conformity with the fully acceptecl ob-
ligations of the British and United States Govern-
ments as announced to the Security Council in
Senator xlustin's letter of November 18, 1947, dis-
tributed as document S/604. For tlie convenience
of the Council I should like to read the closing
paragraphs of that letter :
"It is the view of the Government of the United
States that, pending the assumption of office by
the Governor, the Commanders of the British-
United States Zone and the Yugoslav Zone of the
Free Territory are, as trustees, obligated to admin-
ister the Free Territoi-y within their respective
Zones in conformity with the provisions of the
Treaty establishing the Free Territory of Trieste
and in such a way as to assist in the realization of
its ultimate purposes. The Commander of the
' Made in the Security Council on Aug. 10, 1948, and re-
leased to the press by the U. S. Mission to the U. N. on
the same date.
' See post, p. 233.
225
THE UNITBD NATIONS AND SPBCIAUZED AGENCIES
British-United States Zone has accordingly been
instructed that he should take no actions which
may prejudice the ability of the Government and
the inhabitants of the Free Territory to bring the
provisions of the Treaty into force by free demo-
cratic means as soon as the Territory has been uni-
fied and a Governor appointed and that he should
therefore maintain the existing instructions until
they can be modified by due process of law. In the
meanwhile, the actions of the Commander of the
British-United States Zone will be guided mainly
by the needs of the population and its well-being.
"It is recognized that the provisions of the
Treaty require that, pending tlie assumption of
office by the Governor, there shall be separate ad-
ministrations within the two Zones of the Free
Territory. It is the view of the Government of
the United States that they and the Government
of the United Kingdom in their Zone, and the Gov-
ernment of Yugoslavia in its Zone, are clearly
charged with ensuring that the areas under their
respective administrations are so governed that
there shall be no radical constitutional modifica-
tions such as must make more difficult the future
integritv and independence of a united and pros-
perous Free Territory of Trieste. It is further the
duty of the administration in each of the two Zones
to take no steps which will obstruct the proper
application of these principles in the other Zone.
"In fulfillment of its obligations in this respect,
the Government of the United States will from
time to time report to the Security Council con-
cerning its responsibilities in connection with the
administration of the Free Territory of Trieste,
including the protection of the basic human rights
of the inhabitants and will ensure that public order
and security are maintained in the Free Territory
in accordance with the purposes and principles of
the applicable provisions of the Treaty of Peace
with Italy."
Although I am convinced that the record speaks
for itself, I shall presume on the patience of the
members of the Council to explain in some detail
the background of the arrangements referred to in
the Yugoslav charges and to demonstrate the false-
ness of the specific accusations made against us.
Let us look at the legal basis of the char£res
which have been leveled against the Allied Mili-
tary Government in Trieste by Yugoslavia. Essen-
tially, the charges are that the Allied Military
Government has violated the provisions of article
24, paragraph 4, of the Permanent Statute for the
Free Territory of Trieste (which is annex VI of
the treaty) . That article reads as follows :
"Economic union or associations of an exclusive
character with any State ai-e incompatible with
the status of the Free Territory."
It should be not«d at the outset that this provision
is not one of proliibition but simply a statement of
policy on principle governing Trieste's permanent
status as a Free Territory.
It is important to follow the exact legal provi-
sions of the treaty of peace with Italy which are
applicable to this situation. Article 21 of the
treaty contains the general provisions regarding
the establishment of the Free Territory of Trieste.
Paragraph 3 of that article provides as follows:
"On the termination of Italian sovereignty, the
Free Territory of Trieste shall be governed in ac-
cordance with an instrument for a provisional
regime drafted by the Council of Foreign Min-
isters and approved by the Security Council. This
Instrument shall remain in force until such date
as the Security Council shall fix for the coming
into force of the Permanent Statute which shall
have been approved by it. The Free Territory
shall thenceforth be governed by the provisions
of such Permanent Statute."
The Permanent Statute is set forth in annex VI
of the treaty and the Instrument for the Provi-
sional Regime is set forth in annex VII. It is un-
disputed that the Free Territory of Trieste is still
governed by the terms of the Instrument for the
Provisional Regime since the Permanent Statute
has not yet come into force. This instrument set
forth in annex VII of the treaty therefore deter-
mines the legal rights and duties of the Military
Commanders who under its first article continue to
administer their respective zones pending the as-
sumption of office by the Governor. The provi-
sions of the Permanent Statute are applicable dur-
ing the Provisional Regime only so far as they
are incorporated by reference in article 2 of the
Instrument for the Pi-ovisional Regime.
This article 2 contains a number of sentences all
of which refer to the situation which will exist
when the Governor assumes office. Interspersed
among these sentences is one which reads as fol-
lows:
"Likewise all other provisions of the Permanent
Statute shall be applicable during the period of the
Provisional Regime as and when these provisions
prove to be applicable and in so far as they are
not superseded by the present Instrument."
The Yugoslav claim is that paragraph 4, article
24, of the Permanent Statute contained in annex
VI is one of the provisions referred to in this sen-
tence which I have just quoted from article 2 of
the Instrument for the Provisional Regime. The
Yugoslav position seems to be that this paragraph
4 of article 24 is "applicable" and has }iot been
"superseded" by any of the provisions of the In-
strument for the Provisional Regime and, that as a
result, the agreements entered into by the Allied
Military Government and the Italian Government
referred to in their claim are a violation of the
treaty.
226
Department of State Bulletin
We do not deny that paragraph 4 of article 24
establishes a principle which should guide the Gov-
ernor during the period of the l^rovisional Regime.
We do emphatically reject the contention that this
paragraph is applicable to the actions of the Allied
Militar}- Government which are complained of. It
is clear that with reference to the subject matter
dealt witli in the agreements between the Allied
Military Government in Italy, this provision has
been totally superseded by the provisions of articles
10 and 11 of the Instrument for the Provisional
Regime. Not only is this clear from the text of the
treaty but it is the position which has been taken
as the proper interpretation of the treaty by the
Council of Foreign Ministers.
Article 10 provides that "Existing laws and reg-
ulations shall remain valid unless and until re-
voked or suspended by the Governor."'
Article 11 is the core of the legal situation and
the members of the Council will wish to have its
text in mind. It reads as follows :
"Pending the establishment of a separate cur-
rency regime for the Free Territoi-y the Italian
lira shall continue to be the legal tender within the
Free Territory. The Italian Government shall
supplj' the foreign exchange and currency needs
of the Free Territory under conditions no less
favorable than those applying in Italy.
''Italy and the Free Territory shall enter into an
agreement to give effect to the above provisions
as well as to provide for any settlement between
the two Governments which may be required."
Nothing can be clearer, it would seem, than that
a continuation of a system under which the Italian
lira shall continue to be the legal tender within the
whole of the Free Territory is an "exclusive asso-
ciation"' within the meaning of paragi-aph 4 of
article 24, annex VI. This is likewise true of a
system whereby Italy shall supply the foreign ex-
change and currency needs of the Free Territory
under conditions no less favorable than those ap-
plying in Italy. Such a sj'stem is necessarily an
exclusive association. Since article 11 requires
these exclusive associations, it seems clear beyond
a question of doubt that the provisions of article
11 of annex VII, supersede as a matter of law the
provisions of article 24, paragraph 4 of annex VI,
and that as a result the latter are not applicable to
the present situation.
The United States position is, therefore, that
tlie acts of the Military (Tovcrnment in the British-
United States Zone of Trieste have in no way-
infringed the provision of the treaty of peace with
Italy, but have stemmed from authorizations con-
tained in the treaty and have been consistent with
the responsibility of the United States and the
United Kingdom to administer their zone during
an interim period in such way as best to serve "the
needs of the population and its well being" (article
2 of amaex VII).
August 22, 1948
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
If there is any doubt that this is the correct
interpretation of the Italian treaty of peace, it
can be fountl in the subsequent consideration by
the Council of Foreign Ministers of the problems
involved in creatine an independent financial, cur-
rency, foreign exchange, and customs regime in
the Free Territory. The Council of Foreign Min-
isters in December 1946 appointed a Trieste Com-
mission of Inquiry with the following terms of
reference :
"to investigate the general financial position and
prosjiects of the proposed Free Territory of
Trieste; after consultation with the Yugoslav and
Italian authorities and any consultations which
it deems appropriate the Commission shall make
recommendations not later than February 20th
1947 on this matter, and on any problems which
may be involved in the setting up of the Free Terri-
tory as a separate currency and customs unit with
particular reference to any initial difficulties which
may arise between the entry into force of the
Treaty of Peace with Italy and the end of 1947."
Throughout this report, and in particular in the
sections of this report dealing with balance of pay-
ments, currency, foreign exchange, and customs,
it will be found that the representatives of the
four powers — France, U.S.S.R., United Kingdom,
and the United States — were in complete agi-ee-
ment that pending the organization by the Gover-
nor of a separate system of currency, finance, for-
eign exchange, and customs, the existing arrange-
ments should stand. The Yugoslav Government
was invited bj- the Council of Foreign Ministers at
the time to comment on this report and did so.
Its comments indicate that it clearly accepted the
fact that during the interval before the Governor
could set up a separate system for the Free Terri-
tory it would be necessary to continue the existing
arrangements and that such arrangements clearly
constituted exclusive arrangements with Italy.
The Council of Foreigii Ministers, in forward-
ing this report to the Security Council, made cer-
tain comments. (The report of the Trieste Com-
mission of Inquiry was circulated to the Security
Council as an attachment to document S/577.)
Contrary to the allegations of the Yugoslav Gov-
ernment, their comments do not support the Yugo-
slav contentions. A reading of the report, of the
formal comments made by the Italian and Yugo-
slav Governments, and of the recommendations of
the Foreign Ministers to the Security Council, re-
veals clearly that the Foreign Ministers unani-
mously accepted the necessity of continuing
exclusive arrangements with Italy until the Gov-
ernor had sufficient time to set up an independent
economic regime. It is true that they concluded
that in the solution of the various economic ques-
tions which had been considered by the Commis-
sion, the economic independence of the Free
Territory should be provided for in accordance
227
TH£ UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIAUZBD AGBNCIBS
with paragraph 4 of article 24 of the permanent
statute. But the sentence preceding this state-
ment in the Foreign Ministers' decision is as
follows:
"Until the coming into force of the Permanent
Statute the solution of these questions falls within
the competence of the Governor and the Pro-
A'isional Council of Government in accordance with
the relevant Articles of the Instrument for the
Provisional Regime of the Free Territory of
Trieste."
Thus the Foreign Ministers confirmed rather than
brought into question the principle contained in
article 11 of the treaty — which was accepted by
the Commission and the Governments concerned —
that pending the creation of the new economic
regime by the Governor the existing exclusive
arrangements with Italy must necessarily be
continued.
Mr. President, it is clear the Yugoslav charges
rest on an unsound legal contention. We do not
believe that a serious legal issue is involved. If,
after hearing the whole case, however, the Council
still believes that there are legal issues unresolved
which may affect their decision, the United States
would of course be willing to have the powers ad-
ministering Trieste refer to the International
Court of Justice for decision any questions out-
standing among them on the legality of Allied ad-
ministration of the Free Territory of Trieste un-
der the treaty of peace with Italy.
Having demonstrated that there is no legal basis
for the Yugoslav complaint in terms of the ap-
plicable treaty provisions, it is appropriate to
examine the situation in terms of its financial and
economic aspects in order to have a clear appreci-
ation of the nature and effect of the agreements
which the Allied Military Government has con-
cluded with Italy in accordance with the rights
and obligations contained in article 11 of annex
VII of the treaty.
With regard to the specific charges concerning
the acbiiinistration of the financial and economic
affairs of the British-United States zone, the bur-
den of the charges made by the Yugoslav Govern-
ment is that the United States and the United
Kingdom have consciously taken direct steps to
subjugate the zone to the Italian economy. This
accusation implies that the British-American zone
of the Free Territory was, upon the coming into
force of the treaty of peace with Italy, an economi-
cally independent area. This is, of course, just
the reverse of the situation of the zone of Septem-
ber 15, 1947. Until that date, although the United
States-United Kingdom zone was under Allied
Military Government under the armistice agree-
ment, it was an integral part of Italy, and the same
regulations regarding currency circulation, credit,
foreign exchange transactions, customs, and the
like were in force in the zone as in the rest of Italy.
Relations between Trieste and Italian banks, in-
dustries and businesses were conducted as before
the war with no barriers raised at what now is
the border of United States-United Kingdom zone.
The drafters of the financial and economic pro-
visions of the Italian peace treaty were well aware
of this situation. The provisions ultimately in-
cluded in the treaty envisaged a gradual transition
from an area to all intents and purposes a part
of Italy, to an economically separate Free Terri-
tory. The inclusion in the treaty of a Provisional
Instrument is a simple but clear illustration of this
point. The treaty contemplated that this transi-
tion would be accomplished in stages. At the out-
set there would be a period in which the Allied
Commands would continue to administer their re-
spective zones; there would then be a period in
which a Provisional Council of Government and
a Governor in chai'ge of the Free Territory would
continue to apply existing economic arrangements
pending the establishment of a separate economic
regime; and only later would there be a popular
Assembly, a Governor, and a Council of Govern-
ment operating under the Permanent Statute. In
fact, we have not progi-essed beyond the first stage
of the transition process for reasons which are fam-
iliar to all of us. In view of the fact that Trieste
is still administered under the Allied Commands
in their respective zones, it is natural that many
economic ties with Italy should remain in force.
It would be contrary to the obvious intent of the
treaty of peace for Allied Military Government to
take steps during this period which the treaty
contemplated should take place only during later
periods of the transition process. Such basic steps
in the direction of divorcing the Trieste economy
from Italy were intended to be left to the Gover-
nor and the Provisional Council of Government, if
not to the ultimate government operating under
the Permanent Statute.
I have previously called the Council's attention
to the fact that article 11 of annex VII provides
that ''Pending the establishment of a separate cur-
rency regime for the Free Territoiy the Italian lira
shall continue to be the legal tender within the
Free Territory." This arrangement was included
in the instrument for the provisional regime of the
Free Territory specifically for the purpose of
enabling the Free Territory to continue to function
financially and economically during the period
preceding the establishment of its own monetary
I'egime. The Yugoslav Government in its note of
July 28 states categorically that "there is no doubt
that there exists a treaty obligation ... to effectu-
ate the supply of Italian liras to their zone in such a
way that the economic independence of the Free
Territory of Trieste will not be destroyed." But
the Yugoslav Government does not state how this
arrangement can possibly be accomplished with-
out creating a financial association of a unique
228
Department of State Bulletin
character between the Free Territory and Italy.
I should like to call j'our attention to certain com-
ments in this regard which were made by the Yuiro-
slav Government to the Council of Foreign Minis-
ters at Moscow on April 19, 1947, respecting the
report of the Trieste Commission of Inquiry
(which had been charged with making an investi-
gation into the economic situation and prospects
of the Free Territory). The Yugoslav Govern-
ment, in commenting on the period when the lira
would be the legal tender of the Territory and lira
currency wonkl be supplied by Italy, stated that
such "currency unity between the Free Territory
and Italy would mean the absence of independence
(if the Free Territory in relation to Italy, its eco-
nomic dependence on Italy's currency policy and
(this) would amount to a relationship of an ex-
clusive character between the Free Territory and
Italy." The Yugoslav Government in effect ob-
jected to article 11. However, an article of a treaty
cannot be deleted from a treaty merely because
one party frowns at it. The article remains in the
treaty and, even though the Yugoslav Government
chooses in its own zone to ignore its obligations
under that article, the Allied ililitarv Government
intends to continue to act in accordance with this
treaty obligation. Now, in order to support their
charges, they insist that lira should be supplied to
the Free Territory, but in a way which would not
involve exclusive association with Italy. Appar-
ently the Yugoslav Government is still opposed to
the imjilementation of article 11.
The Yugoslav Government then states that the
Allied Military Command has concluded a number
of treaties with Italy which, it alleges, "are in
comj)lete contradiction" to the Command's obliga-
tion "to effectuate the supply of Italian liras to
their zone in such a way that the economic inde-
pendence of the Free Territory of Trieste will not
be destroyed." I should like to discuss each of the
agreements cited by the Yugoslav Government and
demonstrate to you that they are in direct imple-
mentation of the obligations of the instrument for
the provisional regime, principally article 11. If
they are not in consonance with paragraph 4 of
article 24 of the Permanent Statute, it is for the
reason I have already stated, namely that article 11
clearly supersedes this provision. I can state with-
out reservation, moreover, that all of these agree-
ments were concluded with the best interests of
Trieste in mind and with the objective of promot-
I ing its economic recovery and well-being.
I (a) In the first place, the Yugo=^lav Govei-nment
has mentioned an agreement dated March 9, 1948,
which concerns the supply of lira currency to the
Free Territory. They state that by virtue of this
agreement "the monetary frontier has been wiped
out" between the Free Territory and Italy. This
charge is without foundation since no such mone-
tary frontier has ever existed. The free circula-
tion of Italian lira within the Free Territory and
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
between the Free Territory and Italy has never
been impeded and article 11 of annex VII in effect
provides for continuation of this situation pend-
ing the establishment of an independent currency
regime.
The Yugoslav Government cites article 4 of the
agreement of March 9, 1948, under reference, to
the effect that the Trieste branch of the Bank of
Italv "will administer the Treasury of the (U.S.-
U.Iv.) Zone." In the context of the Yugoslav argu-
ment this statement would appear to imply that
the Italian Government through the Trieste branch
of the Bank of Italy was to exercise control or at
least influence on the budgetary and fiscal policy
of the Free Territory.
Article 4 of the agreement of March 9 provides
merely as follows:
"The amount of (lira) notes thus supplied will
be entered by the Trieste branch of the Bank of
Italy in a special account in the name of the Com-
mand of the zone. The operation of the treasury
cash account of the zone will be entrusted to the
Trieste branch of the Bank of Italy which will pro-
vide special accounting showing the income and
expenditure in respect of the administration of the
zone."
As is seen from this provision, the Trieste branch
of the Bank of Italy exercises no function other
than that of fiscal agent for the Allied Military
Command and is concerned merely with the han-
dling of the Command's cash account. Decisions
with respect to budgetary and fiscal policy are en-
tirely within the competence of the Allied Military
Command. Naturally there must be consultation
with the Italian Government on matters which
relate to the obligations of that Government under
article 11.
The Yugoslav Government refers to article 5 of
the same agreement of March 9 which provides
that the Allied Command will apply in the terri-
tory under its jurisdiction the regulations of the
Italian Republic concerning monetary circula-
tion. If the Italian Government is to supply the
currency needs of the Free Territory and if the
Italian lira is to circulate there freely, clearly the
Free Territory must apply the same regidations
and safeguards concerning monetary circulation
as are applied by the Italian Government within
its own territory. The nature of these safeguards
is ilhustrated by the following excerpt from article
5 of the agreement of March 9 :
"In particular the Command of the zone will
adopt all necessary measures against the manu-
facture and distribution of false or counterfeit
notes and against the illicit transfer of currency
abroad."
The Yugoslav Government further refers to that
part of the March 9 agreement which provides that
Allied Military Government will receive amounts
August 22, 1948
229
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
of lira proportionate to currency advances from
the Bank of Italy to the Italian Government and
that should the Italian Government return any part
of such advance to the Bank of Italy the Allied
Military Command will likewise return a propor-
tionate amount. The Yugoslav Government
charges that as a result the Free Territory is —
"subjected to the measures of the Italian Govern-
ment, by which it increases or decreases the circula-
tion of notes, in accordance with its own estimates
and in the exclusive interest of Italy, without any
possibility for the Free Territory of Trieste to
protect its rights in any way whatsoever."
The currency circulating in the United States-
United Kingdom zone of Trieste is not affected
solely, or even largely, by the operation of the
March 9 currency agreement to which the Yugo-
slav Government attributes such consequences.
This is only the first of three agreements signed on
March 9 between the Allied Military Command
and the Italian Government which together pro-
vide for implementation of article 11 of annex Vll
of the treaty. This and the second agreement con-
cern the supply of lira currency to the Allied Mili-
tary Command. In fact the greater part of the
needs of the Free Territory for lira currency are
to be met under the second agreement. Paragraph
3 of the second agi-eement (known as the agree-
ment on finance) provides that —
"The Command of the zone will supply to the
Italian Government the requisite data about the
financial requirements of the zone. On the basis
of an estimate compiled in conjunction with offi-
cials of the Italian Government, the Italian Gov-
ernment and the Command of the zone will agree
(regarding) the amounts to be supplied every six
months by the Italian Goverimient."
The determination of what amount of lira cur-
rency will be put into circulation in Trieste is not
a matter for unilateral Italian determination.
The March 9 agreements explicitly provide that
this decision will be made through consultation
between the Allied Military Command and the
Italian Government. In view of this arrange-
ment, it is difficult to see any basis for the charge
that it represents "in a monetary regard the sub-
mission and incorporation of the Free Territory
into Italy."
(h) The Yugoslav Government states that the
second currency agreement, the agreement on
finance of March 9, 1948, provides "that the Italian
Government . . . will be granted complete
control of its (Trieste) finances." No substantia-
tion of this charge can be found when one ex-
amines the text of the agi'eement referred to. The
agreement provides in substance that Italy will
meet the lira requirements of the Allied Military
Command and that the requirements of the zone
will be determined in consultation between Trieste
and the Italian Government. The Allied Militai-y
Command has, therefore, every opportunity to
support in such discussions the interests of the
zone with respect to its economic recovery and the
well-being of its inhabitants. Moreover, article 3
of the reference agreement provides that if the
Italian Government and the Command of the zone
do not reach agreement on the amount of the funds
to be advanced the latter reserves the right to refer
the question to the Governments of the United
Kingdom and the United States. The Yugoslav
Government's statement also appears to imply that
the Italian Government has control over the in-
ternal financial and budgetary operations within
the U. S.-U. K. zone. I have already stated that
no such arrangement is provided for in any agree-
ments, nor is it contemi^lated.
The Yugoslav Government further charges that
the Allied Military Command has gone far beyond
its mandate in imposing on the future govern-
ment of the Free Territory of Trieste a contrac-
tual obligation the final amount of which is not
determined at the present time and which will
eventually depend only on the agreement between
the Anglo-American j^art of the Free Territory
of Trieste and the Italian Government. It seems
to me farfetched to charge that the Allied Military
Command, acting in direct fulfillment of its obli-
gations under article 11 of annex VII has "gone
far beyond its mandate." In implementation of
this article, under present circumstances, indis-
pensable to the continuation of economic life in
the Zone, it is inevitable that an obligation is in-
curred and it is clearly impossible to determine
now its final amount. The parties to the treaty,
in agreeing to article 11, must necessarily have
contemplated that such an obligation would be
incuri-ed. Naturally, the amount of currency ad-
vanced depends only on agreement between the
Anglo-American part of the Free Territory and
the Italian Government; what other authority is
in a position to judge the requirements of the
Zone? The final amount of the obligation, of
course, will only be determined by negotiation
between the Italian Government and the govern-
ment which will ultimately administer the Free
Territory of Trieste. This is specified in article
5 of the agreement under consideration.
I believe that my comments on these two agi'ee-
ments of March 9 have made it clear that rather
than impeding or injuring the economic develop-
ment of the Free Territory these agreements are,
in fact, making a substantial contribution to that
development. The Italian Government at con-
siderable burden to itself is currently supplying a
sizable portion of the financial requirements for
the revival of industrial and commercial activity
and the healthy economic functioning of the Brit-
ish-United States zone. Naturallj', in view of the
Italian contribution, close and continual consulta-
tion is maintained between Italy and the Allied
230
Department of State Bulletin
Command concerniii<; the magnitude of I lie Trieste
reqiiiroments and tlic use of the funds wliicli Italy
is contrilnitinii'.
The Yugoshiv Government has referred to the
tliird agreement dated Manli 9. lO-tS, concerning
provision by Italy of foreign exchange and a series
of working arrangements concluded in final form
on June 2(!, which the Yugoslav Government has
referred to as having been published in the Italian
BoUetino dated May (">, Mhich implement the three
agreements of March S). charging that through
these arrangements the Allied Military Command
has handed over to the Italian Government control
of the most important foreign relations of the
Anglo-American zone and accomplishing the de-
struction of the independence of the Zone and its
inclusion in Italy. In the first place I turn again
to article 11 of annex VII as the obvious basis for
the third agreement of March 9, in that Italy is
required thereby to "supply the foreign exchange
needs ... of the Free Territory under condi-
tions no less favorable than those applying in
Italy." That the Italian foreign exchange regu-
lations must be extended to the United States-
United Kingdom zone of Trieste is also clear if
the Italian foreign exchange position is to be
properly safeguarded and substantial evasions of
Italian law and weakening of Italy's international
payments position is to be avoided. Further, the
extension of the Italian payments and commercial
agreements to the Free Territory is a necessary
corollary to the continuance of the application of
Italian "foreign exchange regulations. There is
no other practicable way to assure that residents of
Trieste will be treated, in respect to foreign ex-
change, on at least as favorable a basis as similar
businessmen inside Italy. A simple analysis of
the problem of allocating foreign exchange to im-
porters within Italy and within Trieste would in-
dicate why this is so. Until the Governor has set
up a Trieste currency, an independent foreign ex-
change control system, an independent banking
system, and an independent customs control sys-
tem the only practical solution is to continue the
application of the Italian trade agreements to
Trieste. To the charge that this is an exclusive
arrangement with Italy, the answer is that of
course it is, and it is so because that is exactly what
was contemplated by the peace treaty during the
period until the Governor could set up his own
independent system.
"WHiat we have done in our zone is merely to
carry out the program contemplated by the Trieste
Commission of Inquiry and the Council of Foreign
Ministers. The Trieste report says in the first
paragraph of the section entitled Foreign Ex-
change :
"It is recommended that the Government of the
Free Territory of Trieste establish as soon as pos-
sible after the' inauguration of the Free Territory
an autonomous foreign exchange control system.
August 22, 1948
THE UN/TfD NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Pending the establishment of tliis system the pres-
ent regulations should remain in force."
In paragraph 7 of this same section it is recom-
mended :
"Pending the regulation of its own system, the
Free Territory should utilize the present system
of export and import licensing."
The i^resent systeni is of course the Italian
system. The Yugoslav Government made no
connnents on the aforementioned sections of the
report of the Commission. It is noteworthy that
in the beginning of their paper they stated that
where no comments were made they agi-eed with
the conclusions of the report.
The retention of Trieste within the Italian cus-
toms system was recognized as approjiriate for
the interim period by the Council of Foreign Min-
isters in the second of their decisions made in
Moscow on April 22, 1917, when they examined
the Report of the Commission of Inquiry and
recommended that "until a new customs regime is
introduced by the authorities of the Free Terri-
tory of Trieste the present regime should be main-
tained". As the Ministers envisaged, it would be
for the Governor and Provisional Council of Gov-
ernment to institute a new customs regime, pre-
sumably concurrently with the setting up of
separate currency and foreign-exchange regimes.
The repeated Yugoslav charges of subjugation to
Italy have no more validity here than elsewhere.
In discussing the various arrangements with
the Italian Government to which the Yugoslav
Government has taken exceptions, I trust that I
have demonstrated that they involve no funda-
mental or lasting infringement on Trieste's inde-
pendence since they only give effect to the Pro-
visional Instrument and the decisions of the
Council of Foreign Ministers which apply to the
present interim period. The March 9 agreements
entail an exclusive association with Italy such as
is required for the full implementation of article
11 of the Instrument for the Provisional Regime
or for the observance of the principle of article 2
of that instrument which states that the Governor,
and presumably the Allied Commands before him,
should be guided by the needs of the population
and its well-being. As for the working arrange-
ments adopted on June 26, these set forth certain
administrative procedures in the fields of foreign
exchange and trade which must logically be put
into effect during this interim period.
Finally, let me only mention in passing the
ridiculous Yugoslav allegation that, by conclud-
ing a postal agreement with Italy in which the
Anglo-American zone establishes uniform postal
rates with Italy, the Allied Military Command
has placed their zone under Italian sovereignty.
By what stretch of the imagination can such an
agreement be said to entail the loss of sovereigiity ?
In case members of the Council should wish to
231
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPBCIALIZED AGENCIES
examine this lengthy agreement, copies are being
forwarded from Trieste by airmail and will be
submitted to the Security Council as soon as they
arrive.
Tlie above point-by-point analysis shows how
utterly baseless are the charges the Yugoslav Gov-
ernment has leveled against the United States and
the United Kingdom in this Council and yet on
this flimsiest of foundations rests their charge that
the United States and the United Kino;dom have
conspired to impose on the Security Council the
fait accompli of the incorporation of the Anglo-
American zone into Italy. We flatly reject this
charge.
I have taken a great deal of the Council's time
and have perhaps gone into greater detail than is
warranted by the utter baselessness of the Yugo-
slav Government's charges. I have done so in
order that the members of the Council who exam-
ine the matter in a judicial spirit need not depend
on mere assertions but may see for themselves that
the Government of the United States has made
every endeavor to adhere to the letter and spirit
of provisions of the Italian treaty pertaining to
the Free Territory of Trieste. I have done so
also because I think that the Council in consider-
ing its general obligation toward the Free Terri-
tory may desire to ask some questions of the Yugo-
slav Government concerning its administration of
its zone of the Free Territory and I would express
the hope that the answers which the Council will
receive will be as complete and thorough as those
which I have given to the charges brought by the
Yugoslav Government against the Anglo-Amer-
ican administration in Trieste.
I have spoken so far about the past administra-
tion of the British-United States zone. I have
attempted to explain to the Council a few of the
very many legal and administrative difficulties
which beset the Commander of the combined
British and United States forces in the zone. De-
spite all difficulties, I say again, my Government
is proud of the accomplishments of the Allied Mili-
tary Government in its efforts to care for the wel-
fare of the population and to keep alive the fragile
economic life of Trieste. There have been more
than technical administrative difficulties — there
have been grave financial difficulties, and the bur-
den which has thus far been borne by the United
States, British, and Italian Governments has been
very considerable and cannot be borne indefinitely.
A satisfactory solution of the Trieste problem
cannot be postponed much longer.
During the Council of Foreign Ministers' discus-
sion of the Italian peace treaty the United States
Government insisted that the entire area now con-
stituting the Free Territory of Trieste with its
overwhelmingly Italian population must remain
Italian. However, when after many weeks and
months of discussion of this problem it became ap-
parent that it would not be possible to secure the
232
adoi^tion of such a solution and for the sake of
imanimity and in the interest of the re-establish-
ment of peace with Italy, the United States agi-eed
to the creation of a Free Territory of Trieste de-
spite the political and economic instability that
was almost foredoomed to be its future. Agree-
ment was given reluctantlj^ and the settlement was
accepted by the United States Government in the
clear understanding that the successful implemen-
tation of the provisions for the creation of a truly
independent Free Territory was wholly depend-
ent upon the full and faithful cooperation of all
of the powers concerned and most particularly on
the part of Italy and Yugoslavia. The Italian
Government has faithfully fulfilled its obligations
and has already contributed, at measurable sacri-
fice to its own economy, to the maintenance of the
economy of the British-United States zone. The
Yugoslav Government on the other hand has not
only shown no evidence of good will or coopera-
tion but has made every effort, including an open
attempt, to violate forcefully the territory under
British-United States administration; to subvert
the intent and purpose of the treaty; to incorpo-
rate the Yugoslav zone directly into Yugoslavia,
submitting the population to an alien and totali-
tarian system; and to foment discord and unrest
whenever and wherever possible in the British-
United States zone. For these reasons the United
States Goverimient joined with the Governments
of the United Kingdom and France in a joint state-
ment on March 20, 1948, proposing that the powers
concerned negotiate the necessary I'evision of the
Italian treaty to set aside the now proven unwork-
able settlement envisioned in the treaty and ar-
range for the return of the entire area of the Free
Territory of Trieste to Italian sovereignty. This
is the settlement which the United States urged
at the time of the drafting of the treaty for it is
the settlement which my Government is convinced
most nearly meets the desires and aspirations of
the people of the territory and which will hold
out the best hope for ultimately providing the basis
for lasting peace and security in the area.
As a first step in the direction of achieving the
necessary revision of the treaty the United States,
British, and French Governments have invited the
Soviet Government, as the fourth member of the
Council of Foreign Ministers which drafted the
treaty of peace with Italy, and the Italian Govern-
ment as the government which would regain sov-
ereignty over the territory, to agree to negotiate a
protocol to effect the necessary revision. The Ital-
ian Government agreed immediately to the pro-
posal. In concert with the United Kingdom, the
French, and the Soviet Governments, it is hoped
that it will soon be possible to establish a procedure
to make further progress in implementation of the
March 20 proposal. The United States believes
that this is the appropriate procedure within the
spirit and intent of the Charter to bring about a
Department of State Bulletin
cliaiiffc in iui unsatisfactory treaty. It is the pro-
cedure of peaceful negotiation. The United States
does not accept or act upon the theory which seems
to inspire some other governments that if they do
not like a treaty they may disregard it and violate
it. The United' States while urging a change in the
ti'eaty meanwhile regards it as binding. For as
long as the United States Government shares in
the resiionsibility for administration of the Free
Territory of Trieste, I can, without qualification
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
of any kind, assure the Security Council that my
Government will continue to adhere to all of its
obligations under the existing treaty and that it
will give its complete coo[)eration to the Council
in the fulfilment of the Council's responsibilities
for the assurance of the integrity and independ-
ence of the Territory, the protection of the human
rights of the inhabitants, and the maintenance
of public order and security in the entire Free
Territory.
NOTE OF JULY 28, 1948, FROM THE FEDERAL PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF YUGOSLAVIA
CONCERNING THE FREE TERRITORY OF TRIESTE »
The Government of the Federal People's Republic of
Yugoslavia has the honour to draw the following to the
attention of the Security Council, which, in accordance
with .\rticle 21, paragraph 1, and Article 2, Annex VI of
the Treaty of Peace with Italy, assures the territorial
integrity and independence of the Free Territory of
Trieste.
The Government of the Federal People's Republic of
Yugoslavia has addressed several notes to the Govern-
ments of the United States of America and the United
Kingdom relative to consistent acts of violations of the
clauses of the Treaty of Peace with Italy regarding the
Free Territory of Trieste on the part of the Allied Military
Command, respectively on the part of the American and
British Governments. The Government of the Federal
People's Republic of Yugoslavia duly informed the Se-
curity Council of one of these notes, dated April 12, 1948,
Nr. 497.%, which it had addressed to the Governments
of the United States and the United Kingdom.*
From the facts which have been disclosed in the afore-
mentioned notes, the intention of the Allied Jlilitary Com-
mand to infringe on the independence of the Free Terri-
tory of Trieste has become quite clear. In the recent
period, the Allied Military Command undertook measures
which were a further breach of the Treaty of Peace and
which placed the independence of the Free Territory of
Trieste in jeopardy.
I.
In Article 21 of the Treaty of Peace, the Allied and
Associated Powers, as well as Italy, recognized the in-
dependence of the Free Territory of Trieste. This in-
dependence of the Free Territory of Trieste was placed
under the assurance of the Security Council.
In accordance with Article 24, paragraph 4, Annex VI
of the Treaty of Peace, economic union or associations of
an exclusive character with any State are Incompatible
with the status of the Free Territory of Trieste. This
provision of the Permanent Statute can and. therefore,
in accordance with .\rtlcle 2, Annex VII, of the Treaty
of Peace, must be applied during the Provisional Regime
as well.
This is also stated in the decision of the Conference of
Foreign Ministers in Moscow, dated April 22, 1947. There-
in it is explicitly stressed that in the solution of the
questions of the budijet, balance of payments, currency,
customs and other financial and economic questions con-
cerning the Free Territory of Trieste, the economic in-
deiJendence of the Free Territory should be provided for
in accordance with the provisions of the Permanent Stat-
ute, particularly paragraph 4 of Article 24 of the Perma-
August 22, 1948
nent Statute — all this being applicable also for the period
of the validity of the Instrument for the Provisional
Regime of the Free Territory of Trieste.
In accordance with Article 11, Annex VII of the Treaty
of Peace, the Italian lira shall continue to be the legal
tender in the Free Territory of Trieste pending the es-
tabllshment of a separate currency regime. Italy is there-
by obliged to conclude a treaty with the Allied Military
Command, as well as with the Military Administration
of the Yugoslav Army, which would insure the supply of
liras and foreign currencies to the Free Territory of
Trieste and which would not violate the conditions in
Article 21 of the Treaty of Peace and Article 24, para-
graph 4, of the Permanent Statute, to which Italy is also
hound. Therefore, there Is no doubt that there exists a
treaty obligation for the Allied Military Command, as
well a.s for Italy, to effectuate the supply of Italian liras
to their zone in such a way that the economic inde-
pendence of the Free Territory of Trieste will not be
destroyed.
In spite of this, the Allied Military Command has con-
cluded a number of treaties with Italy, which are in
complete contradiction to this obligation, and which have
as a final effect the economic incorporation of Trieste into
Italy.
These treaties are the following :
1. An agreement dated March 9, 1948 between the Be-
public of Italy and the Allied Military Command con-
cerning the regulation of certain financial questions
ari.sing from the execution of the Treaty of Peace. The
first article of this agreement reads as follows :
"The Italian Government and the Command of the Zone
undertake to place no restrictions on the free movement
of bank notes and notes of the Italian State between their
respective territories in order that the requirements for
economic activities may continue to be provided through
the normal financial channels."
Thus, the monetary frontier has been wiped out ; and,
other articles of the same agreement further put the Free
Territory of Trieste, with regard to monetary problems,
under the sovereignty of Italy. According to Article 2 of
this agreement, each time the Italian Treasury has been
allocated an effective supply of currency, the Allied Mili-
' Contained in U.N. doe. S/927, July 28, 1948.
* U.N. doc. S/944, Aug. 4, 1948.
233
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPBCIAUZED AGENCIES
tary Command will similarly be granted an amount
equivalent to 0.65% of these means, which operation will
be transacted bv the Trieste branch of the Bank of Italy,
which, accordins to Article 4 of this agreement, will ad-
minister the Treasury of the Zone. Should the Italian
Treasury return any part of these means to the Bank of
Italy, tlie Allied Military Command is therewith obliged
to return the proportionate amount.
The first sentence of Article 5 of the agreement reads :
"The Command of the Zone will apply in the Territory
under its jurisdiction all regulations of the Italian Ke-
public concerning monetary circulation and will avoid
taking any contrary measures."
Thus, the Free Territory of Trieste is subjected to the
measures of the Italian Government, by which it increases
or decreases the circulation of notes, in accordance with
its own estimates and in the exclusive interest of Italy,
without anv possibility for the Free Territory of Trieste
to protect its rights in any way whatsoever and without
any obligation to issue advance information regarding
such measures to the Allied Military Command.
Moreover, the Allied Military Command is obliged on
the basis of this agreement to directly apply the Italian
regulations regarding the circulation of money in the Al-
lied Zone. It is obvious that this is more than a monetary
union : This represents in a monetary regard the submis-
sion and incorporation of part of the Free Territory of
Trieste into Ital.v — and the destruction of the economic
independence of the Allied Zone of the Free Territory of
Trieste.
2. An agreement on finance, also dated March 9, 1948,
provides tliat Italy will finance the administration of the
Zone, and that the Italian Government thereby will be
granted complete control of its finances. It is clear that
the aim of this agreement is not merely to subject tem-
porarily the Allied Zone of the Free Territory of Trieste
to Italy, but by implicating the Free Territory of Trieste
in a debtor relationship with Italy, to prevent in advance
its economic, and, consequently, its political independence.
Hence, in addition to the serious violations of the above-
mentioned clauses of the Treaty of Peace and of the deci-
sions of the Council of Foreign Ministers, the Allied Mili-
tary Command has gone far beyond its mandate by Im-
posing on the future government of the Free Territory
of Trieste a contractual obligation, the final amount of
which is not determined at the present time and which
will eventually depend only on the agreement between the
Anglo-American part of the Free Territory of Trieste and
the Italian Government.
3. An agreement on the provision of foreign exchange
for the Zone, also dated March 9, 1948, completes this
work. Article 2, paragraph 1, of this agreement reads:
"The Italian Government and the Command of the Zone
recognize that the operation of the provisions of Article
11, Annex VII of the Treaty of Peace must involve the
application to the Zone as heretofore of the Italian ex-
change control regulations. The Italian Government shall
receive current foreign exchange earnings accruing to the
Command of the Zone under the exchange regulations in
force."
Hence, the Anglo-American Zone of the Free Territory
of Trieste is completely subordinate to Italy in regard t«
foreign trade as well.
"Informazioni per 11 commercio estero — Bollettino set-
timanale dell' Istituto Nazionale per il commercio estero"
dated May 6, 1948, has issued the agreement between the
Italian Government and the Allied Military Command,
with respect to the fulfillment of the agreements made on
March 9, 1948, which, in its second paragraph asserts that,
according to the agreement of March 9, 1948, all existing
234
trade and payment agreements beween Italy and other
nations are considered extended to the Zone as well.
In fact, the Allied Military Command has thus handed
over to the Italian Government control of the most im-
portant foreign relations of the Anglo-American Zone.
This constitutes the most flagrant violation of the basic
task of the mandate, as entrusted to the Allied Military
Command in Article 1, Annex VII of the Treaty of Peace—
to protect the independence and integrity of the Free
Territory of Trieste. The destruction of the independence
and the'inclusion of the Anglo-American Zone into Italy,
in the provisions of the cited article of the agreement of
May 0. 1948. have also lieen formally accomplished, as the
Italian Ministry of Foreign Trade, through the Ministry
of Foreign Affairs, is to inform all states with which Italy
has trade and payment treaties of its agreement of March
9, 1948, which renders all existing agreements between
Italy and other nations effective for this Zone as well.
The violation is an open one.
Article 3 of the agreement of May 6, 1948 provides that
the Ministry of Foreign Trade and the Allied Military
Command will reconvene immediately after their respective
governments have had the opportunity to revise their obli-
gations within the framework of "The Economic Coopera-
tion Act", for the purpose of establishing an exact position
for the Zone in relation to Italy's trade and financial
treaties. In the meantime, the Allied Military Command
of the Zone has no intention of initiating negotiations of
a financial character with any other state in Europe and
to date the Free Territory of Trieste has concluded no
commercial treaty with any state.
In this way, the text itself stresses the exclusive char-
acter of the relation to Italy. Article 24, paragraph 4,
Annex VI of the Treaty of Peace with Italy expressly pro-
hibits associations of an exclusive character; but, the
agreement of May 6, 1948 goes even further, because it es-
tablished not only an a.ssociation but also a subjugation.
The other provisions are nothing more than the logical
consequence of this alienation of the independence of the
Anglo-American Zone of the Free Territory of Trieste.
According to Article 1 of this agreement, circular letters,
bulletins and in general all written instructions of the
Ministry of Foreign Trade will be applied to the Zone;
and, as is indicated in Article 4, the Trieste Custom House
will be included in the customs system of Italy. Thus,
the entire Zone is encompassed in the customs system of
Italy.
On April 24, 1948, the Italian Department of Currencies
{Direxione Generale Valute) issued an announcement
which read as follows :
"Between the Free Territory of Trieste and Italy there
is no customs barrier and therefore no obstacle exists for
the exchange of goods between Trieste and Italy, with the
exception of those essential to this territory and which the
Allied Military Command will not allow for import into
the Kepublic.
"The Custom House in Trieste is to all practical pur-
poses considered equal for both export and import to any
Italian custom house, with the reservation that the Allied
Military Command issues permits exclusively, for the
Custom House in Trieste, to business firms which are
members of the Trieste Chamber of Commerce. But the
permits, if the competent Italian authorities agree, may
be valid for any other Italian custom house."
Paragraphs 5 and 6 of the agreement of May 6, 1948
disclose that the Anglo-American Zone in Trieste, as far
as the import of goods is concerned, is completely de-
pendent on the Italian Ministry of Foreign Trade, as this
ministry must approve all special purchases abroad.
Paragraph 7 points out the obligation of the Allied Mili-
tary Command to issue import and export permits, only
with the prior approval of the Italian representative in
Trieste In paragraphs 8 and 9, the Italian regulations, in
Department of State Bulletin
regard to "exports without the obligation to cede the
currency" (cspurtii^ioiii ncnzii ohbliijn di ccsxiniir di raliita)
and in regard to ■•imports franco currency" (.intpoitazioni
franco lululii) are extended to tlie Anglo-American Zone
of the Free Territory of Trieste. In paragrapli 11, tlie
Anglo-American Zone of the Free Territory of Trieste
assumes the obligation to liciuidate all special accounts
at the Itank of Italy in Trieste, which presumably are in
contradiction to the trade treaty between the Federal
People's Republic of Yugoslavia and Italy.
4. In addition to the above agrivment, the Allied Mili-
tary Command concluded a postal agreement with Italy
by which the Anglo-American Zone, in establishing uni-
form postal rates with Italy, is placed under Italian
sovereignty. According to this agreement, the Anglo-
American Zone of thi' Free Territory of Trieste does not
represent for Italy a territory of transit and is represented
in its relations with foreign countries by Italy, who reg-
ulates accounts for the Free Territory of Trieste.
5. The incorporation of Trieste into Italy is being real-
ized not only by agreements as those cited above, but also
by the day-to-day administrative decisions of the Allied
Military Command of the Free Territory of Trieste.
Tlius, the Allied Military Command recently proclaimed
June 2nd, i.e. the day celebrating the founding of the
Italian Republic, as an official holiday of the Free Terri-
tory of Trieste. The reduction of taxes in the interest of
business people in Trieste was initiated by the Commis-
sion of the Italian Ministry of Finance. The Allied Mili-
tary Command places iu responsible positions of its ad-
ministration representatives of that minority of the
population of the Anglo-American Zone which ojienly
favours the liquidation of the Free Territory of Trieste,
the incorporation of Trieste within Italy.
II.
The Government of the Federal People's Republic of
Yugoslavia cannot help but associate these violations of
the independence of the Free Territory of Trieste with the
widely-known proposal of the three powers to incorporate
the Free Territory of Trieste into Italy and it perceives
in these violations the plan of the Governments of the
United States of America and the United Kingdom to im-
pose on the Security Council, as well as on the states which
signed the Peace Treaty with Italy, the "fait accompli" of
the incorporation of the Anglo-American Zone of the Free
Territory of Trieste into Italy.
The Government of the Federal People's Republic of
Yugoslavia, as a co-signer of the Treaty with Italy, as an
administrator of that part of the Free Territory of Trieste
entrusted to it, as a directly interested party, brings the.se
facts before the Security Council and has the honour to
request the Security Council, as the appointed guardian of
the integrity and independence of the Free Territory of
Trieste:
To declare the above-mentioned agreements violations of
tho.se provisions of the Treaty of Peace with Italy which
pertain to the Free Territory of Trieste;
To undertake the measures it considers necessary and
sufficient for nullifying the respective agreements con-
cluded between the Anglo-American Zone and the Republic
of Italy, because by these agreements a situation is created
likely to endanger the maintenance of international peace
and security; and,
To assure the respect by the Governments of the United
States of America and the United Kingdom of tlieir inter-
national obligations, thus guaranteeing the independence
of the Free Territory of Trieste.
Beoosad, July 28, J948
H. E. Mr. Dmitri Z. MANUn.sKY
Minister of Foreign Affairs
Ukrainian Soviet Socialist Republic
Prcxidrnt of the Security Council, United Nations
August 22, 1948
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Authorization of Loan for U.N. Headquarters
Statement by the President
[Released to the press by the White House August 11]
It is with great pleasure that I have signed
Senate Joint EesoUition 212, autlioi-izing an in-
terest-free loan of $Gr),000,000 to the United Na-
tions for construction of its headqiuirters in New
York. The i-esolution provides for an immediate
advance of $25,000,000 by the Reconstruction
Finance Corporation; this will enable the United
Nations to start construction at an early date.
I am deeply gratified that the Congress has now
completed action on this imi^ortant measure.
At the opening of the General Assembly of the
United Nations on October 22, 194:6, in New York,
I said:
"The overwhelming majority of the American
people, regardless of party, support the United
Nations.
"They are resolved that the United States, to the
full limit of its strength, shall contribute to the
establishment and maintenance of a just a;id last-
ing peace among the nations of the world."
The loan demonstrates our faith in the future
of the United Nations and expresses tlie welcome
which that organization finds within our country.
Moreover, it is another example of the solidarity
of the American people in behalf of our national
policy of strengthening the United Nations and
the cause of world peace and security for which
it stands.
Policy on Disclosing Files on Representatives
of International^Groups
Letter from Secretary Marshall to Senator
Revercomb ^
[Released to the press August 13]
August 7, WlfS
My DEAR Senator : I have read your letter of
August 5 asking the Department to i^roduce or
make accessible the files which are in its custody
"relating to persons who have been admitted into
the United States of America as affiliates of or ac-
credited to either the United Nations or Unrra,
or other international organizations''.
The visa files which you have requested, and
related files, contain investigative material pro-
vided to the Department by other agencies of the
government. Section 161 of the Revised Statutes
(5 use 22) authorizes the head of each Depart-
ment to prescribe I'egulations for the custody, use,
' Mr. Revercomb is Chairman of the Senate Subcom-
mittee To Investigate Immigration and Naturalization.
235
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
and preservation of Departmental records and
papers. The investigative agencies of the govern-
ment have advised the Department of State that
their investigative reports, which have been made
available to the Department, may not be disclosed
without specific prior approval by them.
Much material in the tiles has "been obtained by
our diplomatic and consular establishments abroad
from confidential sources which must be protected.
Disclosure of this material, and its soui'ces, would
hamper the woi'k of the missions abroad. It would
also, in certain cases, place the source of the in-
formation in personal jeopardy.
Furthermore, disclosure of the files would em-
barrass tlie conduct of foreign relations of the
United States. Material in the files relates to
confidential negotiations with other governments,
disclosure of which would not be in the public
interest.
I must, therefore, respectfully refuse to produce
the files which you have requested, or to permit
access to them.
Faithfully yours,
Resignation of Ray Atlierton
as Ambassador to Canada and
Appointment to General Assembly
The President on August 6 accepted the resigna-
tion of Ray Atlierton as United States Ambas-
sador to Canada and appointed him an Alternate
Delegate, U.S. Delegation, to the forthcoming
General Assembly of the United Nations at Paris.^
Mr. Atherton was named Minister to Canada
on July 8, 1943, and became the first United States
' For texts of the President's and Mr. Atherton's letters
see White House press release of Aug. 6, 1948.
' [U.N. doc. A/579, July 20, 1948.]
'For the first report, see Special Supplement to Atomic
Energy Commission Official Records, first year (republi-
cation of documents AKC/18/Rev. 1 and AEC/18/Rev. 1/
Corr. 1) [Department of State publication 2737].
For the second report, see Special Supplement to Atomio
Enerfiy Commission Official Records, second year (repub-
lication of document S/557) [Department of State publi-
cation 2932].
For the third report, see documents AEC/31, AEC/31/
Corr. 1, AEC/31/Corr. 2, AEC/31/Add. 1, AEC/31/Add.
1/Corr. 1 and AEC/31/Add. 2 [Department of State
publication 3179].
' Documents S/PV.318, S/PV..321 and S/PV.325.
^ Printed materials may be secured in the United States
from the International Documents Service, Columbia
University Press, 2960 Broadway, New Torli City. Other
materials (mimeographed or processed documents) may
be consu'.ted at certain de.signated libraries in the United
States.
236
Ambassador when the Legation was raised to an
Embassy on November 19, 1943. Mr. Atherton's
long mission in Canada has been marked by many
notable contributions which have played an im-
portant part in the development of the close co-
operative relationship now existing between the
two countries.
Transmittal of Reports of the Atomic
Energy Commission ^
Note by the Secretary-General
The Secretary-General has the honour to draw
the attention of the Members of the General As-
sembly to the following resolution adopted by the
Security Council at its three hundred and twenty-
fifth meeting held on 22 June 1948 :
"Tlie Security Council,
"Having received and examined the first, second
and tliird reports of the United Nations Atomic
Energy Commission,
'^Directs the Secretary-General to transmit to
the General Assembly and to the Member nations
of the United Nations, the first, second and third
reports of the Atomic Energy Commission, to-
gether with the record of the deliberations of the
Security Council on tliis subject, as a matter of
special concern."
In accordance with the instructions given in the
resolution, the Secretary-General transmits to the
Members of the General Assembly the three re-
ports of the Atomic Energy Commission ^ and
the verbatim records of the three hundred and
eighteenth, three hundred and twenty-first and
three hundred and twenty-fifth meetings of the
Security Council.''
Current United Nations Documents:
A Selected Bibliography °
Atomic Energy Commission
Official Records, Third Year. No. 1. Fifteenth meeting, 7
May 1948. 23 pp. printed. 25(}.
Economic and Social Council
Addendum to the Interim Report to the Economic and
Social Council on Teaching of the Purposes and Prin-
ciples, the Structure and the Activities of the United
Nations in the Schools of Member States Under Reso-
lution 137 (II) of the General Assembly of the United
Nations. E/S37/Add.l, July 1, 1948. 30 pp. mimeo.
Report of tlie Third Session of the Economic Commission
for Asia and the Far East. E/839, July 1, 1948. 77
pp. mimeo.
Rapporteur's Report on the First Session of the Economic
Commission for Latin America. E/840, July 9, 1948.
57 pp. mimeo.
Report of the Secretary-General on Programme Co-opera-
tion, Facilities and Liaison Arrangements with Spe-
cialized Agencies. E/842, July 9, 1948. 8 pp. mimeo.
Departmenf of State Bulletin
The United States in tlie United Nations
Palestine
Tlu' Security Council acted quickly on Auo:iist
10 to bolster the Palestine truce after Oount Berna-
dotte, the U.N. mediator, had cabled that the situa-
tion was "getting out of hand".
Adojjting a resolution sponsored jointly by the
United States, Great Britain, Canada, and France,-
the Council -warned both Jews and Arabs that they
nuist control dissidents among them and punish
truce violators. Neither may violate the truce on
the ground of reprisal, nor may they gain advan-
tage politically or militarih' through truce viola-
tion.
The tense situation in Palestine was heightened
recently by the destruction of the Latrun water
pumps, upon which Jerusalem had counted for
increased water supplies. This situation was dis-
cussed in the Council on August 13 and was fol-
lowed on August 18 with a statement by the United
States Delegate, Philip C. Jessup, that "no one of
the states concerned, no group of the states con-
cerned, can terminate the truce."
"It is the view of the United States that the
truce can be terminated only by the Security Coun-
cil,"' he maintained, contending that the Security
Council on July 15 decided that "the truce shall
remain in effect until the future situation in Pal-
estine is adjusted by peaceful means."
"I am not aware of any circumstances which
would incline the Security Council to revoke or
modify that resolution unless it should be neces-
sary to order measures under chapter VII against
any party which repudiates the truce and resorts
to war," he said.
Other Palestine developments :
1. Ambassador Austin on Auoiist 16 forwarded
to Secretary-General Trygve Lie a summary of
aid given by the United States and its nationals
to refugees. It disclosed that from March 31,
1946, through April 30, 1948, U.S. visas were
issued to 34,36.5 refugees, of whom 22,747 were
jews. The United States has acted to achieve acti-
vation of the International Refugee Organization
and contributes $71,000,000 a j'ear or 45.7 percent
of its budget.
The United States Government is "seriously
alarmed" at the "desperate plight of many Arab
refugees, Austin said. He cited clothing, medi-
cines, and other relief furnished by voluntary
agencies and expressed the hope that a direct ap-
peal from the mediator for additional supplies
"will be met with the traditional iVmerican gen-
erosity toward those in need."'
2. The International Children"s Emergency
Fund announced that the first shipment of sup-
plies, ranging from dried milk to DDT, for Near
East refugees will leave the United States by ship
August 24. They are part of a $411,000 two-month
emergency program.
3. Secretary of State Marshall announced that
the United States will furiush 125 additional ob-
servers for Palestine as requested by the mediator,
bringing total American observer strength to 250.
4. President Truman told a press conference
that no American troops, as such, will be sent to
Palestine, but if the United Nations orders a police
force to Palestine, in which other nations take
part, the United States will furnish its share.
Trieste
Security Council rejection on August 19 of
Yugoslav accusations concerning Trieste ended
discussion of this problem. Only the Soviet Union
and the Ukraine voted for the resolution, which
sought to nullify certain agreements between the
U.S.-U.K. zone of Trieste and Italy on the ground
that they violate the Italian peace treaty. The
other nine members abstained.
A Ukraine proposal designed to reopen the ques-
tion of appointing a governor for the Free Terri-
tory of Trieste also was voted down 4 to 0 with
6 abstentions.
U.N. Headquarters Construction
The first $25,000,000 of the authorized $65,000,-
000 headquarters-construction loan will be avail-
able early in the week of August 23, Warren E.
Austin, U.S. Representative to the United Na-
tions, informed the United Nations on August 17.
Two days later Mr. Austin presided at a meet-
ing of the U.N. Headquarters Advisory Commit-
tee, where plans were approved for beginning
excavation work during September. Mr. Austin
said :
". . . the progress in obtaining funds for this
great project has been matched by progress in the
plans for construction. The site is practically
cleared, and excavation for the foundation can
begin within a few weeks. The cooperation of the
officials of the city of New York has been an indis-
pensable contribution to the rapid and coordinated
advancement of the planning under the direction
of Mr. Wallace Harrison."
'After tliis issue the Bulletin will discontinue this
weekly feature until the opening of the General Assembly
in Paris on Sept. 21, 1948.
' The text of the resolution will appear in the Bulletin
of Aug. 29, 1948.
August 22, 1948
237
THE UN/TED NATIONS AND SPEC/AUZED AGENC/ES
Balkan Commission Reports
The U.X. Special Committee on the Balkans
reported on August 20 tliat aid received from
.Vlbania, Bulgarta, and Yuin^vslaria br the Greek
efuerrillas, if continued, constiiiues a threat to
international peace demanding continued vigi-
lance by the United Nations.^
Formal conclusions of the Committee, which was
established bv the General Assembly by a resolu-
tion adopted "October 21, 1947, included the follow-
ing:
"It appears to the Special Committee that the
Greek cr^ierrillas have received aid and assistance
from Albania. Bidgaria and Yugoslavia ; that they
have been furnished with war material and other
supplies from those countries ; that they have been
allowed to use the territories of Albania. Bulgaria
and Yugoslavia for tactical operations: and that
after rest or medical treatment in the territories
of Albania. Bulgaria and Yugoslavia, their return
to Greece has been facilitated. The Special Com-
mittee further finds that moral support has been
given to the guerrillas through government-con-
trolled radio stations, the existence of the broad-
casting station of the Greek guerrillas on Yugo-
slav soil, and the systematic organisation of aid
committees. This assistance has been on such a
scale that the Special Committee has concluded
that it has been given with the knowledge of the
Govenmients of Albania, Bulgaria and Yugo-
slavia.
'"So long as events along the northern borders
of Greece show that support is being given to the
Greek guerrillas from Albania. Bulgaria and
Yugoslavia, the Special Committee is convinced
that a threat to the political independence and ter-
ritorial integrity of Greece will exist, and inter-
national peace and security in the Balkans will be
endangered."
The principal recommendation of the Committee
is as follows :
~As long as the present disturbed conditions
along the northern frontiers of Greece continue,
it is, in the opinion of the Special Committee,
essential that the functions of exercising vigilance
with regard to the relations between Albania. Bul-
garia. Yugoslavia and Greece and of endeavour-
ing to bring about a peaceful settlement of existing
tension and difficulties remain entrusted to an
agency of the United Nations."
' The report wlE be printed together with an introdnc-
torv article in Documentg and State Papers for September
19^
The action of the Committee was unanimously
approved by the nine member co\intries who ac-
tively participated in the work, except that Aus-
tralia entered a reservation to the scope of author-
ity ffiven to observer teams along the Greek border.
Other members of the Comnnttee were Brazil.
China. France. Mexico, the Netherlands. Pakistan,
the United Kingdom, aiid the United States.
Seats were held open for Poland and the Soviet
Union but were never occupied.
Admiral Alan G. Kirk was the United States
Representative on the Committee. Mr. Gerald A. ,
Drew was Deputy Representative. |
Ceylon Membership Vetoed
The Soviet Union on August IS vetoed the appli-
cation of Cevlon for meinbership in the United
Nations. This action in the Security Council pre-
vents the General Assembly from acting on the
application when it convenes next montli.
Ambassador "Warren R. Austin, for the United ^
States, was one of several of the Security Council
members who spoke in favor of Ceylon.
Economic and Social Council
The Economic and Social Council is planning
to adjourn its seventh session in Geneva on August
25. Its main decision was to forego committee
consideration of three major subjects — the work
of the Conference on Freedom of Information, the
Declaration on Human Rights, and the genocide
convention — to discuss these matters in plenary
session and then to transmit them to the General
Assembly without recommendation.
The Council also dropped five items from its
agenda, including the question of establishing an
Economic Committee for the Middle East and the
appointment of an Economic Board for Palestine
as envisioned under the Palestine partition resolu-
tion.
A lengthy discussion of membership in the Eco-
nomic Commission for Asia and the Far East was
concluded with adoption of an Australian resolu-
tion deciding that no action was needed at this ses-
sion of the Council.
Major debate in plenary session centered around
the report of the International Labor Organiza-
tion, with the Soviet Delegate attacking its record
and offering a resolution to increase labor repre-
sentation within the organization. Willard
Thorp, the U.S. Delegate, coimterattacked with an
historical analysis disproving Marxist theories.
He explained the safeguards of free labor in the
United States and expressed a hope that the Ilo
would show more concern for the worker in coun-
tries where the only employer is the government.
«3B
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Labor's Role in the European Recovery Program
BY PAUL H. NITZEi
Deputy to the Assistant Secretary for Economic Affairs
No policy of the United States, within my recol-
lection, has had such extensive public discussion
before it ^vas adopted, and to none has the labor
movement of this country contributed as fully as
the European Recoverj' Program. You will recall
the main steps. The major labor organizations
were quick to realize the importance of the idea
which the Secretary of State put forth at Harvard
14 months ago in the short epoch-making speech
which laid the basis for the Marshall Plan. At
the conventions of the AF of L and the CIO last
fall, both organizations declared their support and
their desire to contribute to the European Recovery
Program. Secretary Marshall's speech at the CIO
convention was a recognition of all labor's place in
the Recovery Program. On the Harriman Com-
mittee— the President's Committee on Foreign Aid
to advise both the Administration and Congress on
general public policy — the representatives of labor
played a large part. Understanding the feelings
of the self-respecting mass of the European work-
ers, they did much to bring about the Harriman
Committee's clear-cut recommendation against at-
taching any political strings to American aid. In
the public debate which continued over many
months and in the exhaustive concessional hear-
ings on the legislation and appropriation for Euro-
pean recovery, the representatives of organized
labor played a broad-gauged and constructive role.
They did a great deal to clarify public thinking,
not only in Tabor circles but throughout the com-
munity. Xow that the Program has been enacted,
labor is playing a large part in its administra-
tion— but to that I wish to come later.
The aims of the Recovery Program cannot help
being close to the heart and mind of American
labor. Labor has a vital stake in the humanitarian
aims, in the economic necessity, and in the political
logic wliich are the reasons for the Recovery Pro-
gram. Let us consider each of those for a moment.
Labor shares the generosity of inspiration of the
Recovery Program. Trade-unionists have been
contributing generously to foreign relief and re-
August 22, 1948
habilitation. They have given to the general relief
funds to help the war-torn countries who first sIckxI
up against the Nazi menace. And they have given
to the special relief funds for the trade-union vic-
tims of Fascism, the underground trade-union
movements in occupied Europe, and the reborn
free-labor movements. They are now helping the
organizations of labor in France, Italy, and Ger-
many which are on the firing line of liberty against
another form of enslavement.
Labor is also aware of the economic necessity for
the Recovery Program. "Poverty anywhere con-
stitutes a danger to prosperity everywhere", as the
Philadelphia charter adopted" by the International
Labor Conference of 19M stated. Labor generally
knows that the maintenance of our high levels of
economic activity and the chances of keeping and
broadening our national prosperity depend upon
the revival of active world trade and the increase
of the world's prosperity.
This broad general interest is sometimes lost
sight of in the shuffle of immediate special inter-
ests. Some labor spokesmen may still be isolation-
ists in their economic thinking and may still hope
to achieve prosperity behind high tariff walls —
just as some businessmen and farmers do. That
is probably unavoidable, and the reconciliation of
these special interests with the community interest
is one of the tasks of a democracy. Most of the
labor movement, however, realizes it has a direct
economic stake in restoring Europe's physical
plant. Labor knows that only by such restoration
can Europe support itself out of its own work
and sell its products to other countries, including
our own. For working people to build barriers
against the products of another people's work is a
concept which is losing its appeal to thinking peo-
ple in the labor movement.
The political aims of the European Recovery
' Excerpts from an address made before the Philadelphia
Labor Education Association at Pendle Hill, Pa., on Ang.
15, 1948, and released to the press on the same date.
239
THE RECORD OF TH£ WEBK
Program are the aims which the labor move-
jnent — all but a small minority of the American
labor movement — has already set for itself. Those
aims are democracy and peace. We need not be
self-conscious about stating great aims for a great
program.
Economic recovery alone will not guarantee the
survival of democracy in Europe — but without
economic recovery, democracy has little chance to
survive against its enemies on the extreme left and
right. Similarly, democracy alone will not guar-
antee the peace in Europe and the world — but
without democracy in western Europe, there is
little chance to keep the peace.
The fight for democracy is no new fight in the
long history of the working people. It is, in a
sense, the history of the labor movement, of its
best aspirations and of its deepest needs. Like all
great aspirations, there have been departures from
it and many crimes committed in its name. But
the workers themselves have generally recognized
these betrayals. In Europe and the United States
today the overwhelming majority of labor's rank
and file and labor's leaders realize that any totali-
tarianism, whatever its color and whatever its
calculated misuse of the name of labor, is fatal to
the rights of labor.
The Cominform has chosen to make its greatest
fight against the Recovery Program among the
working class of Europe. Democratic labor has
accepted this challenge. And the workers of
Europe have shown their political maturity, de-
spite all the hardships of daily living, despite all
tlie hope of better things too long deferred after
the war's end, and despite the uncertainties of
democratic political life. During the past year
the workers of Italy have rejected Communist ap-
peals to violence ; tlie workers of France have re-
fused to stay out on political strikes at the bidding
of Communist leaders; the workers of AVestern
Germany and of Berlin have refused to bow to
Communist intimidation.
Where democracy is at stake, peace is at stake.
Peace is a crusade u25on which the labor move-
ments of the world have long been embarked. Let
us be frank about the methods of this great cru-
sade. Labor has often sought peace by methods
too sentimental and soft-headed. Pious declara-
tions have been sometimes substituted for hard
thinking, and pacifist talk has been substituted for
the work of international organization. But labor
has shared these lapses into sentimentality with
the rest of the community. If the labor move-
ments have been led into wars of aggression, at
least they have not been the leaders. We are all
somewhat harder headed today in the search for
peace than we were a decade or a generation ago.
I have the strong impression that American labor
is not going to allow the banner of peace to become
a monopoly in the hands of self-appointed Mes-
siahs whose chief qualification is innocence, or
the cynical party-liners who generally manage to
surround the innocents.
Peace requires economically self-supporting
nations with decent standards of living. The
United Nations can work, in the long run, only if
its members are healthy enough to stand on their
own feet. But peace and self-support also require
that these nations cooperate among themselves.
That means international organization and the
habit of a greater economic and political coopera-
tion than we have yet seen.
Labor has a great stake in and a great respon-
sibility for furthering peaceful and creative in-
ternational organization, along both economic and
political lines. Labor, in this country and abroad,
has long recognized the common cause of men of
good will everywhere. This takes an elfort of
imagination in this country, which is the size of a
continent. But the effort is being made, and the
old isolationist shell has been cracked. In Europe,
history and geography and a noble ideal have long
stimulated working people to try to transcend
national barriers by the international organiza-
tion of labor itself and by the support of world-
peace efforts by the governments. Some of the
recent effort at international trade-union federa-
tion has been nullified by the politics of the totali-
tarians. Nevertheless, the ideal remains strong
among all the democratic labor groups of England
and the Continent. Here and in Europe labor
increasingly realizes its stake in closer economic
and jDoIitical collaboration.
This economic and political collaboration is
what the Recovery Program gives Europe the op-
portunity and the impetus to achieve. Tliis is
what the Organization for European Economic
Cooperation, which is now taking on shape and
staff and spirit at Paris, makes it possible for the
16 nations of the Erp to do. This is what the
Brussels Pact of the United Kingdom, France,
Belgium, Luxembourg, and the Netherlands seeks
to do in both the economic and political realms
and what the recent Vandenberg resolution of the
United States Senate seeks to encourage by Amer-
ican association with such regional efforts. To
these efforts and to the whole idea X)f international
cooperation labor can give great support if it
remains true to the best tradition of its historic
international-mindedness. It took a long step in
that direction by the creation, in March of this
year, of the Erp Trade Union Advisory Commit-
tee, which brings together all the democratic labor
organizations of Europe and the AF of L, CIO,
and railway labor organizations.
The difficulties in the way are enormous. Labor
leaders in Europe are already tackling some of
these difficulties. They have begun talks on wage
differentials and price differentials between coun-
tries with competitive industries. They are dis-
240
Department of State Bulletin
cussiiii; i)l;ins of industrial development among
neiirliborinir countries so as to replace the old de-
sire for self-sufficiency witli more efficient produc-
tion tlirough specialized industries which can l)ro-
duce more cheaply for wider markets. They are
doing what they can to reduce the economic and
psychological barriers in the way of emigration
of workers from areas of labor surplus to coun-
tries of manpower shortages. These and a hun-
dred other real difficulties they face. But the
stakes for labor and the whole connnunity in the
solution of these problems are nothing less than
vital. They are vital in the literal sense of the
word — economic life and growth, individual
liberty, and political survival.
I have been talking about both European and
American labor. American labor has a special
stake and a special responsibility in the success of
the Recovery Progi'am. It is impossible to exag-
gerate the importance to Europe of the support
and participation which American labor organiza-
tions have brought to the Program. They have
been all the more effective because the labor organi-
zations have been united in their work for Erp. In
Europe, representatives of the CIO and AF of L
and railway labor have worked together as spokes-
men for American labor. Their work has been a
major element in gaining the support of European
labor for the Eecovei-y Program. And we know
that without that support there can be no real
recovery.
Europe needs to make a productive effort now
akin to the effort vrhich this country made in
mobilizing its war production between 1940 and
1944. The American war-production record would
have been inconceivable without the wholehearted
support of American labor. So the European pro-
duction program is inconceivable without a wide
measure of support among the workers of Europe.
Perhaps you will think that European workers
should have naturally and unquestionably em-
braced the program of American aid without
which their national economic recovery would be
far more difficult, if not impossible. But there are
many misconceptions about the United States cur-
rent in Europe. It was at first hard for many
Europeans to understand the combination of genu-
ine unselfishness and f arsighted self-interest which
prompted the offer that Secretary Marshall made
in June 1947. For years the Nazis, and now the
Communists, repeated the same half-true phrases
about the capitalist United States and made the
same false charges about American economic
imperialism, so that people in Europe did not
THB RECORD Of THE WEEK
all innnediately and naturally understand our
purposes.
Differences between European poverty and
American wealth have made nmtual understand-
ing hard. Differences between countries that were
bombed and a country that was spared bombing,
differences between sensitive people who suffered
German occupation and this country which knew
no occupation — all these make understanding of
our aims harder. American labor's participation
in the Erp has had a profound significance in
showing Eui'opean people that the program will
never be used by us to do what the Cominf orm says
we want to do, that is, turn Europe into a colony
of the United States. To 100 million European
workers the part, which American labor plays in
the program is a guarantee that we mean it when
we say that we do not wish to infringe on the
political independence of Europe's nations.
European workers are being told that the ]\Iar-
shall Plan is an instrument which will be utilized
to impose upon them a system of what the Soviets
refer to as monopoly-capitalism lUider which they
would have no opportunity to acquire a decent ex-
istence for themselves and their families. It falls
primarily upon American labor organizations and
particularly the representatives of labor who are
participating in the program abroad to point out
the many benefits which our workers enjoy and
the immense strides which labor in America has
made toward gaining an independent and re-
spected position in our society. European workers
must be convinced that when they reject the
tyranny of Communism they are not merely put-
ting themselves under a different tyranny.
Another responsibility which American labor
has is to aid in the development of increased pro-
ductivity and increased efficiency of industry in
Europe. Our labor people do not assume airs of
inherent American superiority; they do not seek
to dictate methods of work to people of other
countries working with different macliines under
different conditions. But we do happen to have
an industrial plant which during the war was en-
larged and improved— not under-maintained,
plundered, and damaged, as were Europe's fac-
tories and machines. We have a gi-eat industrial
organization and high productivity in many of
the industries most important in reconstruction.
American labor's representatives, therefore, may
be able to share some of the experience they have
in the increase of productivity, some of their ideas
on industrial organization, on methods, and proc-
esses with both European labor and management.
August 22, 1948
241
Policy Toward New Korean Government
[Released to the press August 12]
In the Joint Declaration issued at Cairo on
December 1, 1943, the three subscribing powers —
the United States, China, and Great Britain — ex-
pressed their determination "tliat in due course
Korea shall become free and independent". This
determination was reaffirmed in the Potsdam Dec-
laration of July 26, 1945, with which the Soviet
Union associated itself upon its declaration of war
against Japan on August 8 of that year. On
December 27, 194.5, in Moscow the Foreign Min-
isters of the Soviet Union, the United States, and
Great Britain concluded an agreement, later ad-
hered to by the Government of China, designed
to re-establisli Korea as an independent state.
Although the annexation of Korea by Japan was
effectively terminated with the occupation of that
country by the armed forces of the Soviet Union
and the United States in August and September
1945, the freedom and indeiDendence of Korea so
solemnly pledged by the Four Powers have proved
slow of realization. After nearly two years of
painstaking but unavailing effort to give effect
to those pledges through negotiations with the
other occupying power, the United States Gov-
ernment, on September 17, 1947, laid the problem
of Korean independence before the General As-
sembly of the United Nations. Tlie will of an
overwhelming majority of that body was ex-
pressed in two resolutions adopted by it on Novem-
ber 14, 1947, the purpose of which was to make
it possible for the Korean i^eople to attain their
long-sought freedom and independence through
the holding of free and democratic elections and
the establishment, on the basis thereof, of a
national government.
In pursuance of those resolutions, elections were
held in Korea on May 10 of this year, tmder the
observation of the United Nations Temporary
Commission on Korea, for the purpose of electing
representatives to a National Assembly which
might in turn form a national government. The
National Assembly so elected convened on May
31 and has proceeded to form a government — a
government in which it is hoped that the people
of north Korea, who were prevented from partici-
l^ating in the May 10 elections by the refusal of
the Soviet Union to permit the implementation of
the General Assembly resolutions in its zone of
occupation, will be free in <lue course to assume
their rightful role. Notification of the formation
of the new govei'nment was communicated to the
United Nations Temporary Commission on Korea
on August 6, 1948.
It is the view of the United States Government
that the Korean Government so established is en-
titled to be regarded as the Government of Korea
envisaged by the General Assembly resolution of
November 14, 1947. Pending consideration by the
General Assembly at its forthcoming Third Ses-
sion of the report of the United Nations Tempo-
rary Commission on Korea, the United States,
pursuant to its responsibility as occupying power,
is sending to Seoul a special representative who
will be authorized to carry on negotiations with
that Government, in consultation with the United
Nations Temporary Commission on Koi'ea, con-
cerning the implementation of the further pro-
visions set forth in paragraph 4 of the second of
the General Assembly resolutions of November 14,
1947. As such special representative the Presi-
dent has named John J. Muccio of Kliode Island,
who will have the personal rank of Ambassador.
United States Advisory Commission
on Information Appointed
The President on August 9 announced the ap-
pointment of the United States Advisory Commis-
sion on Information as required by Public Law 402,
80th Congress (United States Information and
Educational Exchange Act of 1948).
Members of the Commission, chosen to represent
the public interest, come from a cross section of
professional, business, and public-service back-
ground and are as follows :
Mark Ethridge, Chairman, Publisher, Louisville Courier-
Journal, Louisville, Ky.
Mark A. May, Director, Institute of Human Relations, Yale
University, New Haven, Conn.
Justin Miller, President, National Association of Broad-
ca.sters, Los Angeles, Calif.
Philip D. Reed, Chairman, General Electric Company, New
York, N. Y.
Erwin D. Cauham, Editor, Christian Science Monitor, and
President, American Society of Newspaper Editors,
Boston, Mass.
The Advisory Commission is charged with re-
sponsibility for formulating and recommending
to the Secretary of State informational i^olicies
and programs to promote a better understanding
of the United States in other countries and to in-
crease mutual understanding between the peoples
of the United States and the peoples of other coun-
tries.
242
Department of State Bulletin
Report on Monetary and Financial Problems
PRESIDENT'S MESSAGE TO THE CONGRESS
[Released to the press by the White House August 4]
To the C 0)1 g reus of the United /States;
I transmit herewith a Report of the National
Advisory Council on International Monetary and
Financial Problems ' covering its operations from
October 1, 19iT to March 31, 1948, and describing
in accordance with Section 4 (b) (5) of the Bret-
ton Woods Agreements Act, the particiiJiitiou of
the United States in the International Monetary
Fund and the International Bank for Reconstruc-
tion and Development for the above period.
Previous reports of the National Advisory
Council were transmitted to the Congress on March
1, 1946, March 8, 1946, January 13, 1947, June 26,
1947, January 20, 1948 and May 18, 1948, respec-
tively. Ii^ addition to the First Special Report on
the Operations and Policies of the International
Monetary Fund and the International Bank for
Reconstruction and Development, submitted on
May IS, 1948, previous re2:)orts on the participation
of the United States in the International Monetary
Fund and the International Bank were included in
the reports of January 13, 1947, June 26, 1947 and
January 20, 1948, respectively.
Harry S. Truman.
The White House
August 3, 1948
SUMMARY OF THE REPORT
[Released to the press by the Treasury Department August 4]
The report analyzes the major financial prob-
lems of the postwar period and describes the back-
ground of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1948.
The report also deals with recent developments
in connection with the Anglo-American financial
agreement and credits extended by the United
States Government agencies such as the Export-
Import Bank, as well as with considerations un-
derlying the extension of financial assistance to
China, to the German Bizone and to France, Italy,
and Austria in the form of interim aid. A resume
of the affairs of the International ilonetary Fund
and the International Bank for Reconstruction
and Develo]3ment is given for the six-month period
October 1, 1947, to March 31, 1948.
In its review of the postwar international fi-
nancial situation the Council pointed out that by
the middle of 1945 it had become clear that many
foreign countries would urgently need assistance
in the reconstruction of their economies. In addi-
tion to widespread physical damage, the war pro-
duced serious economic dislocations. The report
cites the difficulties in connection with the balance
of payments between these countries and the
United States. In the two and one-half j^ear
period ending December 31, 1947, foreign coun-
tries received a total of $41,600,000,000 in goods and
services from the United States while their ex-
ports to this country were only $19,200,000,000.
Foreign-aid programs of the United States pro-
vided $14,600,000,000 and the countries used $5,-
300.000.000 of their gold and dollar reserves.
August 22, 1948
As pointed out in the report, a total of $18,200,-
000,000 of United States assistance was made
available during the two and one-half year period
of which all but $3,600,000,000 was utilized by the
end of the period. Despite the fact that more
than one half of all United States foreign aid was
received b.y those countries which later became
participants in the European Recovery Program,
the unutilized funds as of December 31, 1947, were
barely sufficient to meet the need for aid until the
start of that progi'am.
During the first year of United States postwar
aid, assistance was primarily in the form of grants
such as those extended through Unrra, while
in the next year and a half assistance was mostly
in the form of loans. Over the entire period
slightly more than one half of all aid was in loans
while the remainder constituted grants.
A comprehensive appendix of statistical tables
summarizing the United States foreign-assistance
program since July 1945 is contained in the report.
These tables not only show the amounts made
available to each recipient country but also, in the
case of loans, the total postwar commitments made
by the major United States Government lending
agencies to each foreign country. With this re-
port the United States Government has resumed
publication of information on gold transactions
with leading countries which was discontinued
during the war.
' Treasury Department pulilication S-804.
243
'-5 frCC^r r- '•: i'lfrT
U.S. Delegation to Photogrammetry Congress
Tlie Department of State aniwunced on August
9 the compoarion of the United States Dele^xtion
to the Sixth International Pbotogrammetrr Con-
sniess and Exhibition schednled to be held at The
Hairae, September 1-10. 194-S. Tlie United States
Delegation is as follows :
Clteirtnan:
OliTer S_ Reading. Ouei. Secrion of Kesearoiu Pivision of
Pbot'TgrainiDerry. V. $. C-oasi aad Geodeno Surrey.
I>q>arnn«ii of Ct'iniQeiiee.
Ddep-Ticf:
Talberr Abrams. PreadeuT, AlHams Indnstries. Tjgnsing.
Mich.
Eaii Ci-oreli. Pratessor of niotesraiiusea7. Syracnse
UaiTeTsliT. Syiacnse, X. T.
TSIDiam C. Cnde. C2u^ TediniMl IXrisicm V. Sogmeer
Besearcb aod DexcK^mait Idbwatoiies, FKt Bd-
Toir. Va.
James J. Iteeg. Oiiei. Mappins and CiarTing Secticm.
Pboiogiai&ic Laborarory. Air Mar^rid Onmmand,
DepartmKit €ff ihe Air Force,
IiPwis A. Di<*«sraL Chief. PhorfgrampTecric Dirisioii.
Annj- Map SeiTioe. I>epartineiit of the AnnT.
Leea T. ElieL Ti<?e i*resident, FaircMld Aerial Snrvej^
!.--« Aiijreles. CaHf.
^Supervisor for Asrronoiay. Geodesj".
asd Phc.t<:<gTaiHffiteTT. OhiO Stare Universiiy Resear«ili
FouDdarion. ColiiabTis. Ohio.
OoL CSiarles P. Hollsrelti. Chief of Staft 311 Air Division
B?c-f'nnaissarice, Ev^arnDenr of the Air Force.
"Virgil KatiEman. PresioeJit. Aei\> Serrice Corporadon.
"^PMladelpiia. Pa. "^
Bcberr H. Kingsley. CJiief. PfioVc^Tammetry Division.
Aeronanticai Chart Service^ ^^eparimait of tlie Air
Force.
CoL John G- Ladd. Oiief of l&tgiiie^- IntdligeDee Divi-
ao3. OSc-e of the Chief of l^igineos, Deparimait of
the Army.
Eidinond S. Massie, Jr_ Assistant Chief. Aerial Phott^-
ra^iy aud Mapracg Section. Foresi Service, Depart-
xoeait of Asriciiinire: Pread«it. American Society
of PbotogTananetry.
G- Carper Tewintel. Assistani Chief. Section of Beseareh,
Division of Photc^ranmietry. C S. Coast and Geodetie
Snrvey, Department of Coicinerce.
Tlie purpose of the Congress and Exhibition is
to examine photoCTammetric developments with
particnlar emphasis upon the application of the
photogrammetric srstem in such fields as topo-
graphic survey work, architecrure. surgery, bal-
listics, and criminology. The subjects to be con-
sidered at the meeting will include : photography
and its techniques (including electronic methods) :
plotting I theory, means, and results * ; aerial tri-
angulation and its application in geodesy (includ-
ing electronic methods) : application of photo-
grammetry and aerial photography for surveying
the earth's surface: application of photc^ram-
metry in variotis spheres: application of photo-
grammerry in medicine; and training, terminol-
ogy, and bibliography.
The Fifth Congress and Exhibition was held
at Kome September 24r-October 10, 1938.
244
Sotiet Draft Convention — ComtimMei frvm pmge SSi
for longer term economic development. For the
pressent and the iiomediate future, moreover, the
United Stales has direct concern with Danubian
navigation in Austria and Germany tlirough ,
which the navigable Danube flows. That section of
the river, under both the Soviet and the American
draft, would come under the jurisdiction of the
Danube Commission. But of course a Commis-
sion in which a riparian authority had no voice
could not exercise that jurisdiction in Germany.
In presenting the amendment the United States
is more concerned with the principle of nonripar-
ian representation on the commission than with
insisting on the inclusion of particular states. I
wish to point out that the United States does not
insist on being a permanent member of the com-
mission. At such time as Austria and Giermany
become members, and provisions are made for J
adequate nonriparian representation, the United H
States would be prepared to give up its place on
the commission. Three nonriparian states repre-
sented at this conference are not the only ones with
an interest in freedom of navigation on the Dan-
ube. The Dmtibe is important to European re-
covery and world trade. These interests should i
have proper representation on the proposed Dan- |
nbe Commission along with the more direct inter-
ests of the riparian states,
I come now to the second paragraph of the
United States amendment :
"Germany shall be admitted to full equal mem-
bership on the Danube Kiver Commission tipon
entry into force of the treaty of peace with Ger-
many or before that time by agreement between
the states parties to the present convention."
It seems beyond contradiction that Germany is
an important riparian state which, when it re-
turns to the community of nations, should have a
seat on the Danube Commission. Should this be
denied, the commission could hardly obtain from
Germany the cooperation necessary for an inter-
national regime to function along the entire navi-
gable length of the river.
The logical time for Germany to be admitted
would be the date of entry into force of the peace
treaty with Germany. In order to maintain flexi-
bility, we have included also a provision that an
earlier date might be set by agreement among the
states parties to the Danube convention.
THE FOREIGN SERVICE
Consular Offices
The oonsiilate at Marseille, France, was raised to the
rank of Consnlate General, rffective Ansost 16, 1&4S.
Department of State Bulletin
President-Elect of Cuba to Visit U.S.
[Keleased to the press by the White House August 12]
Tlie President announced on August 12 that Dr.
Carlos Prio .Socarn'is, President-elect of Cuba, has
accepted an invitation to visit the United States.
He and Senora de Prio aie expected to arrive here
during the latter half of November and will be
the guests of the President and Mrs. Truman.
Dr. Prio will be inaugurated on October 10 as
President of Cuba.
The President stated that he was eager to meet
Dr. Prio personally and looked forward to ex-
tending him a most cordial welcome to the United
States.
American Officials To Attend Inaugural
Ceremonies for President of Paraguay
[Released to the press on August 10]
The Department of State announced on August
10 the appointment of Fletcher Warren, United
States Ambassador to Paraguay, as Special Rep-
resentative of President Truman for the inaugura-
tion on August 15, 19-18, of Natalicio J. Gonzalez
as President of Paraguay.
The following have been named aides to Ambas-
sador Warren for this occasion : Foreign Service
Officer Archibald R. Randolph, Second Secretary;
Captain Ranson Fullinwider, Naval Attache at
Asuncion and Buenos Aires, Naval Aide; Lieu-
tenant Colonel Donald L. Durfee, Assistant Mili-
tary Attache at Rio de Janeiro, Army Aide;
Major Samuel J. Skousen. Military Air Attache
at Asuncion, Air Force Aide ; and Foreign Service
Officer Henry A. Hoyt, Second Secretary.
Caribbean Commission Agreement Enters
Into Force
[Released to the press August 13]
The agreement for the establishment of the
Caribbean Commission, signed at Washington on
October 30, 1946, on behalf of the United States,
France, the Netherlands, and the United Kingdom
of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, entered
into force on August 6, 1948, upon the deposit
with the United States Government of the notice
of approval of the agreement by the Government
of tlie Netherlands.^ Notices of approval of the
agreement had been deposited previously by the
other three signatory Governments.
' Bulletin of Nov. 17, 1946, p. 920, and Mar. 14, 1948,
p. .360.
THE RECORD Of JHE WBBK
Procedure for Filing War Claims
for Looted Property in Japan
(Released to the press August 9]
The Department of State on August 9 warned
I)ersons who lost property by looting from areas
occupied by the Japanese to file promptly claims
for the recovery of such property. It was pointed
out that substantial quantities of unidentified loot
have been located in Japan for which no claims
have been filed and that unless valid claims are
forthcoming such property may be liquidated.
Department officials also pointed out that under
existing directives Scap is not required to accept
claims for restitution of property after March 1949
except claims with respect to property which has
not been identified by that date.
In general, claims for restitution should be filed
with the present government of the area from
which the property was looted. The Department
of State is prepared to accept such claims on behalf
of United States nationals for forwarding to the
afjpropriate foreign government. Claims should
describe the property as fully as possible to facili-
tate its identification, should state the circum-
stances under which it disappeared, and should be
accompanied by proof of ownership.
UNRRA Reports Submitted to Congress
On August 13, 1948, the President transmitted
to the Congress the Thirteenth, Fourteenth, and
Fifteenth Quarterly Reports of expenditures and
operations under the United Nations Relief and
Rehabilitation Administration Joint Resolution,
Public Law 267, 78th Congress, approved March
28. 1944 (58 Stat. 122). These reports cover the
periods from July 1, 1947, through September 30,
1947; from October 1, 1947, through December 31,
1947; and from January 1, 1948, through March
31, 1948.
As a consequence of the substantial closure of
the United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Ad-
ministration's activities on June 30. 1947, these re-
ports are limited to a statement of the status of
United States appropriations as of December 31,
1947.
U. S. Engineer Awarded Grant-in-Aid
S. S. Steinberg, dean of the school of engineering
of the University of Maryland, has been awarded
a grant-in-aid by the Department of State to en-
able him to complete a survey of engineering
schools in the other American republics which
he began in 1945 under the Department's travel-
grant program.
August 22, 1948
245
Supplemental Appropriation Request
for Displaced Persons Commission
Tlie President submitted to Congress on August
2 supplemental estimates of appropriations for
the fiscal year 1949 totaling $11,305,800.
The funds requested are limited almost entirely
to two categories: (1) to implement legislation
enacted just prior to the congressional recess in
June for which no funds were appropriated; and
(2) to provide additional funds in cases where
available funds were inadequate to carry out the
intent of the laws enacted by the present Congress.
The President's recommendations include $6,-
000,000 for the Federal Security Agency ; $3,075,-
800 for the Civil Service Commission ; $2,000,000
for the Displaced Persons Commission; $100,000
for the Motor Carrier Claims Commission; and
$130,000 for the Bureau of Mines.
The $2,000,000 supplemental request for the
Displaced Persons Commission is to enable the
Commission to inaugurate operations on a scale
which will permit an annual average of 100,000
displaced persons to immigrate to the United
States. While an initial appropriation of $2,000,-
000 has been made, that amount is insufficient to
enable the Commission to function at a speed
which will assure the movement of displaced per-
sons at the rate contemplated in the Displaced
Persons Act of 1948. Unless additional funds are
made available, there will be a material reduction
in the number of displaced persons who can be
brought to the United States during the fiscal
year 1949.
Addresses on UNESCO and the Danube
Conference
On July 23, Assistant Secretary Norton was
interviewed by Leif Eid over the National Broad-
casting Company regarding the Conference To
Consider Free Navigation of the Danube ; for the
text of this broadcast, see Department of State
press release 604 of July 23, 1948.
On July 29, Charles A. Thomson, Executive
Secretary of the U.S. National Commission for
Unesco, made an address on Unesco at Virginia
Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Va. ; for the
text of this address see Department of State press
release 610 of July 29, 1948.
PUBLICATIONS
Department of State
For sale l>ij the Superintendent of Documentu, Government
Printing Offlee, Washington 25, D. C. Address requests
direct to the Superintendent of Documents, except in the \
case of free publications, which may be obtained from the
Department of State. \
Reciprocal Trade. Treaties and Other International Acts '
Series 1703. Pub. .306.5. 19 pp. 10«i. !
i
Exclusive Agreement Between the United States and 1
Cuba ; Supplementing the General Agreement on |
Tariffs and Trade of Oct. 30, 1947— Signed at Geneva
Oct. 30, 1947 ; effective .Tan. 1, 1948 ; and supplementar.v
arrangements. <
Canol Project : Disposal of Crude Oil Facilities. Treaties f
and Other International Acts Series 1697. Pub. 3068.
7 pp. 5(^.
Arrangement Between the United States and Canada —
Effected by exchange of notes signed at Ottawa Nov. ,||
7 and Dec. 30, 1946 ; entered into force Dec. 30, 1946, i|j
effective Mar. 1, 1947 ; and exchange of notes signed !
Mar. 5 and 6, 1947.
Restitution of Monetary Gold. Treaties and Other Inter-
national Act.s Series 1707. Pub. 3078. 5 pp. 5(t.
Protocol Betvpeen the United States, the United King-
dom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and
France and Italy — Signed at London Dec. 16, 1947 ;
entered into force Dec. 16, 1947, effective Sept. 15,
1947.
American Dead in World War II. Treaties and Other
International Acts Series 1713. Pnb. 3092. 6 pp. 5(^.
Agreement Between the United States and Italy^
Effected by oxcliange of notes vcrbales dated at Rome
Sept. 13 and 24, 1946 ; entered into force Sept. 24, 1946.
Foreign Service List [Abridged], April 1, 1948. Pub. 3176.
8.5 pp. 30(# a copy ; $1.50 a year domestic, $2. a year
foreign.
Lists officers in the American Foreign Service, their |
classification, a.ssignments, etc. ,j
National Commission News, August 1, 1948. Pub. 3222.
10 pp. 10^; a copy ; $1 a year domestic, $1.35 a year
foreign.
Prepared monthly for the United Nations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural Organization.
246
Deparfment of Slate Bulletin
4
^jCe/rvlA'
Conference to Consider Free Navigation
of the Danube ^<'S<'
Discussion of U.S. and Soviet Draft Conven-
tions :
Statements by Ambassador Cavendish W.
Cannon ^^^
Statement by Walter A. Radius 223
Tfie United Nations and
Specialized Agencies
U.S. Position on the i^ree Territory of Trieste :
Statement by Philip C. Jessup 225
Note of July 28, 1948, From the Federal Peo-
ple's Republic of Yugoslavia Concerning
the Free Territory of Trieste 233
Authorization of Loan for U.N. Headquarters.
Statement by President Truman 235
Policy on Disclosing Files on Representatives
of International Groups 235
Resignation of Ray Atherton as Ambassador
to Canada and Appointment to General
Assembly ^^^
Transmittal of Reports of the Atomic Energy
Commission -"^"
U.N. Documents : A Selected Bibliography . . 236
The United States in the United Nations ... 237
Addresses on Unesco and the Danube Confer-
ence 246
Foreign Aid and Reconstruction
Labor's Role in the European Recovery Pro-
gram. Address by Paul H. Nitze 239
Treaty Information ^'ase
Caribbean Commission Agreement Enters Into
Force "^^^
General Policy
Policy Toward New Korean Government ... 242
President-Elect of Cuba To Visit U.S 245
American Officials To Attend Inaugural Cere-
monies for President of Paraguay 245
Economic Affairs
U.S. Delegation to Photogrammetry Congress . 244
Procedure for Filing War Claims for Looted
Property in Japan 245
Unkka Reports Submitted to Congress 245
International Information and
Cultural Affairs
United States Advisory Commission on Infor-
mation Appointed 242
U.S. Engineer Awarded Grant-in- Aid 245
The Congress
Supplemental Appropriation Request for Dis-
placed Persons Commission 246
The Foreign Service
Consular Offices 244
Publications
Report on Monetary and Financial Problems :
President's Message to the Congress .... 243
Summary of the Report 243
Department of State 246
y
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE i I94«
tJrie/ ^eha^^^t^jteni/ m trtaie^
For complete contents see back cover
x^,..^^*. bulletin
Vol. XIX, No. 478 • Pxiblication 3267
August 29, 1948
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
52 issues, domestic $5, foreign $7.25
Single copy, 15 cents
Published with the approval of the
Director of the Bureau of the Budget
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
or State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may beconte a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
'4. .9. SUPCTlMTEriUENT Of UUUikcMk
OCl 11 1946
U.S. REJECTS SOVIET CHARGES CONCERNING REFUSAL OF TWO
RUSSIAN TEACHERS TO RETURN TO SOVIET UNION
Exequatur of Soviet Consul General at New York Revoked
NOTE OF THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE TO THE EMBASSY OF THE U.S.S.R.
77ie Department of State on August 20 released
for publication the text of a note to the Embassy
of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, deliv-
ered to the Soviet Eml)assy, Thursday, August 19,
J948, with reference to notes of August 9, 191^8,
and August 14, 19^8, of the Embassy of the Union
of Soviet Socialist Republics and to the note which
Mr. Molotov handed to Ambassador Smith in
Moscoio on the night of Axigust 11, 19^8, with
reference to Mrs. Oksana S. KasenMna and to
Mikhail I. Samann, his wife, and three children
[Released to the press August 20]
The Department of State refers to the notes No.
143 of August 9, 1948, and No. 148 of August 14,
1948 of the Embassy of the Union of Soviet So-
cialist Republics and to the note which Mr. Molo-
tov handed to Ambassador Smith in Moscow
on the night of August 11, 1948 with reference to
Mrs. Oksana S. Kusenkina and to Mikhail I.
Samarin, his wife and three children.
In these communications and in the representa-
tions which the Ambassador has made to the
Under Secretary of State, as well as in statements
which have been made to the press by the Am-
bassador and Mr. Jacob Lomakin, the Soviet Con-
sul General in New York City, charges of the
most serious nature are made not only against in-
dividuals in this country, but also against the
Government of the United States and state and
federal officials. The reports of the investigation
being made by the competent United States au-
thorities which have been received by the Depart-
ment of State not only clearly demonstrate that
these charges are unsubstantiated, but also indi-
cate that officials of the Soviet Government have
been engaged in conduct which is highly improper.
The United States Government must categorically
reject the charges and insinuations contained in
these notes which have been found to be at com-
plete variance with the facts. In this connection
the Department of State desires to inform the
Embassy of the Union of Soviet Socialist Ee-
publics as follows:
Mikhail I. Samarin
According to reports of the investigation made
by the competent authorities Mikhail Samarin
voluntarily ajDpeared at the office of the Federal
Bureau of Investigation in New York and stated
he did not wish to return to the Soviet Union but
desired to remain in the United States. After
making this statement he left the office of the Fed-
eral Bureau of Investigation without leaving an
address. He then made a statement to The New
York Times^ which was published in that news-
* Following is the statement made on Aug. 10, 1948, to
the New York Times by Mikhail Ivanovich Samarin :
I know that the Soviet Government and their representa-
tives here will do their best to discredit my statement and
my actions, and attempt, before public opinion, to make
me appear as a traitor to my country, like a Fascist and
a White Russian, but I don't pay attention to what they
think.
Footnote continued on page 252
August 29, 1948
251
paper on August 10, 1948, corroborating his state-
ment to the Federal Bureau of Investigation. It
is clear that Mr. Samarin is acting on his own voli-
tion, and that he is free to get in touch with the
Soviet Consulate General or the Soviet Embassy
at any time he wishes. No information has been
produced to substantiate the allegation contained
in the Embassy's note of August 9 that Mr.
Samarin and his family were forcibly removed
from their apartment.
In the note which Mr. Molotov handed to Am-
bassador Smith on August 11, it was stated:
"On the tenth of August Under Secretary of
State Lovett corroborated to the Soviet Ambas-
sador in Washington that Samarin had been made
subject to examination by the Federal Bureau of
{Footnote continued from paye 251 )
I don't mind what the Soviet Government will do or
say and I decided to speak openly. Because of my family
I am makins this statement voluntarily. I don't wish
to go back to the Soviet Union and am placing myself
under the protection of the American Government and
American public opinion.
I was born in 1908 in Moscow Province and graduated
from tlie Pedagogical Institute in Moscow in 193.5. After-
ward I taught in several Moscow high schools from
193.5 to 1941. At the beginning of the war I was mobi-
lized by the army; I was a soldier in October, 1942, on
the Stalingrad front.
I was fighting for my family and my people up to
February, 1943, as a private. I was not fighting against
Germany for the Soviet regime ; I was fighting for my
country. After the Stalingrad victory I was on tlie front
before Kursk and in April, 1943, I was wounded and sent
to a military hospital.
In November, 1943, the Soviet Government sent me to
Wa.shington, D. C, for a job as director and teacher of
the Soviet Embassy School. With me came my wife,
Klaudia, also my daughter, Helen, 8 years old.
In July, 1946, I was tramsferred to the Soviet School
in New York, where I was a teacher up to the close of
the school in July, 1948. In July, 1947, during my work
in New York, my wife gave birth to twins, a boy and a girl.
During the period when I was working in the school
I performed my duties faithfully as a teacher and gave
my best efforts for the advancement of my pupils. Dur-
ing this time I did not indulge in any ijolitical activity
and was never a member of the Communist party.
My parents were peasant farmers. Before I went to
school I worked in a factory, a textile factory. When
I was fighting for my country against Fascist Germany I
saw lots of sacrifices by the Russian people and came to
the conclusion that, during the war, the Soviet Govern-
ment was not prepared economically and militarily.
During my life in Soviet Russia I had the opportunity
252
Investigation which thus is found to be connected
with the organization which kidnapped Samarin,
his wife and three children."
The Ambassador will i-ecall that on the occasion
referred to the Under Secretary merely read a
press clipping to the efPect that Mr. Samarin had
voluntarily visited the New York Office of the
Federal Bureau of Investigation. This informa-
tion does not in any way support the allegation
that there is any connection between the organiza-
tion referred to in the Soviet Government's note
as the Tolstoy Fund ( presumably Tolstoy Founda-
tion) and the Federal Bureau of Investigation,
and this Government must categorically deny that
any such connection exists. Moreover, this Gov-
ernment has no information which would justify
to observe the economic and political conditions \inder
which ray people live. I observed the policies of the
Communist party, and its operations, and realized that
their machinery was operating against the interests of
my people.
During the war I, my.self, like many others, had the
idea that after the war the Soviet Government would give
us a better life, politically and economically, and some
freedom. But this was a great mistake — it did not hap-
pen. For this reason during my stay in the United States
I decided not to return to the Soviet Union.
I don't like to sacrifice myself, my wife or my children
for the interests of the Communist regime.
During my work here in the United States I was certain
that the foreign policy of the Soviet Government was los-
ing for us the sympathy of the outside world, and from
this point I felt that the foreign policy of the Kremlin was
creating the atmosphere for a new war. I realized that
the party, police and Government machinery of the Soviet
Union were operating against the best interests of my
country and my people.
This time, if war happens, it will not be between the
Soviet Union and fascism but between the Soviet Union
and the democracies of Europe and the democracies of the
United States.
During my life in the United States I recognized that
the Soviet Government inculcated their people in Russia
with a misunderstanding and hatred of the American
people. After school closed I decided not to return to
Russia because of the foregoing reasons.
I was never a professional politician. I was influenced
in making this statement only by my conscience and moral
motives, as well as my duty to my family. All that I
want now is i)eace between our countries and a good life
for my people and for myself. Like any individual I want
to devote myself to a modest life for my family.
I have no desire for publicity, but after what happened
when I was pursued by Soviet powers, I decided to make
this statement.
Department of State RuUetin
the statement that the Tolstoy Foundation is en-
gaged in criminal activity as alleged in the Em-
bassy's note.
0/rsajia S. Kasenkina
The reports of the competent United States
authorities show that Oksana Kasenkina on July
29, 1948 informed the editor of a Russian language
newspaper in New York City that she did not
wish to i-eturn to the Soviet Union. Through him
arrangements were made for her to go to Reed
Farm. Valley Cottage, New York which she did
in a public autobus on July 31. According to her
own statements, which are corroborated by the
testimony of a number of persons, she went to the
Farm voluntarily and stayed there of her own
free will. She has stated that she wrote to the
Soviet Consul General in New York informing
liim where she was but she denies stating that she
was kidnapi^ed. The full text of her letter has
never been made available to the competent United
States autliorities although its production would
have facilitated investigation of the charges made
in the Embassy's note and it would be appreciated
if a photostatic copj- were furnished to this De-
partment. This Department would also like to
receive a photostatic copy of the letter which the
New York police authorities found in Mrs. Kasen-
kina's room at the Consulate General and which
was returned to the Consulate General unopened
after it was ascertained that she had jumped from
a window of the Consulate.
Mrs. Kasenkina has further stated that the
interview which she gave to the press on August
7 was arranged by the Consulate General and that
she was instructed to make false statements to the
effect that she had been kidnapped.
Mrs. Kasenkina was interviewed at the hospital
by Vice Consul Chepurnykh. As the Ambassador
was advised on August 14, should she desire to see
any other Soviet official she is completely free to
do so but this Govermnent will not compel her to
do so nor will it turn her over against her will to
the Soviet authorities. This Government recog-
nizes the right of Soviet officials in the United
States to take appropriate measures for the protec-
tion of the rights of Soviet citizens. Such Soviet
citizens are, however, themselves entitled to the
protection of the applicable laws of the United
States and the Government of the United States
cannot permit the exercise within the United States
of the police power of any foreign government.
Augusf 29, 7948
With reference to the Embassy's note of August
14, 1948 complaining of actions of the New York
police authorities, this Department is informed
that after Mrs. Kasenkina had jumped from a
window of the Consulate General on August 12,
Consul General Lomakin agreed to the suggestion
of police officers that they inspect Mrs. Kasen-
kina's room, as well as the room from which she
jvunped. This inspection was carried out in the
presence of the Consul General. In view of the
circumstances, the Department of State considers
the actions of the New York police authorities
entirely proper.
From the foregoing it appears that the repre-
sentations of the Soviet Government in regard to
these cases have been based upon misinformation.
In this connection the I'eports submitted to the
Department of State show that the Soviet Consul
General in New York, Mr. Y. I. Lomakin, after
having made statements which were the basis of
the serious charges against this Government and
its officials, hindered the investigation of the com-
petent police officials by refusing to allow them
to interview Mrs. Kasenkina. This action was
the more serious in view of the subsequent state-
ments by Mrs. Kasenkina to the effect that she
jumped from the window of the Consulate General
in order to avoid having to return to the Soviet
Union. In addition to the statement made by
Mrs. Kasenkina that she was compelled to make
in a press interview false statements which had
been dictated to her, the Consul General has him-
self made or issued statements to the press which,
in view of all the evidence available, the Depart-
ment of State can only conclude were deliberately
designed to mislead the American public in re-
gard to a serious chai'ge involving the United
States Government. The United States Govern-
ment considers that Consul General Lomakin's
conduct constitutes an abuse of the prerogatives
of his position and a gross violation of the inter-
nationally accepted standards governing the con-
duct of foreign officials.
The Department of State is therefore request-
ing the President to revoke the exequatur issued
to Consul General Lomakin, and it is requested
that he leave the United States within a reason-
able time.
Departjient of State,
Washington, August 19, 19^8
[Signed] L
[Robert A. Lovett, Under Secretai-y of State]
253
NOTES FROM THE EMBASSY OF THE U.S.S.R. TO THE
DEPARTMENT OF STATE
August 9, 1948, No. 143
[Translation]
[Released to the press August 20]
The Embassy of the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics presents its compliments to the Depart-
ment of State and has the honor to communicate
the following:
On July 31, 1948 the sudden disappearance of
the Soviet citizens Oksana Stepanovna Kasenkina,
51, a teacher by profession, and Mikhail Ivanovich
Samai'in, 40, a teacher by profession, with his wife
Klavdia Mikliailovna Samarina and their chil-
dren Tatiana, Elena, and Vladimir, was discov-
ered. It must be pointed out that all the aforesaid
persons were ready to depart from the U. S. A. for
the Soviet Union on the steamship Pohcda on July
31 and had all the necessary official docmiients and
passage tickets. However, for reasons unknown
at that time, Kasenkina and Samarin with his
family did not come to the steamship Pobeda at
the moment of its departure, nor were they in the
apartments occupied by them as has been subse-
quently ascertained.
On August 6 of this year Y. M. Lomakin, Consul
General of the U.S.S.R. at New York, received a
letter from O. S. Kasenkina in which she implored
him to snatch her from the hands of the organiza-
tion— the so-called "Tolstoy Fund", to whose farm
the "Reed Farm", "Valley Cottage 4, she had been
forcibly carried from her apartment on July 31
of this year.
On tlie following day the Consul General of the
U.S.S.R. at New York went to the address indi-
cated by Kasenkina and, with his assistance, O. S.
Kasenkina left the farm. In this connection it
should be noted that heads of the organization,
A. L. Tolstaya and M. A. Knutson, attempted to
detain Kasenkina by force in spite of lier categori-
cal statement to them that she wished to leave with
the Consul General and did not want to lemain
at the farm.
As O. S. Kasenkina has reported, the members
of the organization, which is headed by A. Tol-
staya and M. Knutson, kept after her long before
the day of her departure for the Soviet Union,
trying to induce here by intimidation and threats
not to return to her Fatheiland. In this connec-
tion they did not even stop at applying a narcotic
injection with the obvious purpose of weakening
her consciousness and will. On the day of Kasen-
kina's intended departure for tlie Fatherland,
members of this organization carried her away
from her apartment to the farm mentioned above
and forcibly kept her there. During Kasenkina's
stay on the farm from July 31 to August 6, 1948,
A. Tolstaya continued to intimidate Kasenkina
and demanded that she Avrite slanderous articles
against her Fatlierland, but Kasenkina rejected
these base demands.
According to available information, M. I. Sa-
marin and his family were also forcibly carried
away from his apartment 3-B, 214 West 104th
Street, New York, to the Kessel farm in the State
of New Jersey on the night of July 30-31 by mem-
bers of the same organization.
As is evident from communications of the
American press of August 9, M. I. Samarin, after
a week's stay at the Kessel farm, was turned over
to the Federal Bureau of Investigation by the
organization headed by Tolstaya.
The above-described cases of kidnaping of the
Soviet citizens O. A. Kasenkina and M. I. Sama-
rin and his family, as well as a number of other
cases in connection with which the Embassy duly
corresponded with the Department of State, bear
witness to the fact that the organization headed
by Tolstaya is systematically carrying on activi-
ties liostile to the Soviet Union, not stopping at
the forcible seizure of Soviet citizens with the ac-
quiescence of certain government agencies of the
U.S.A., which must be well aware of the activities
of tlie organization — the so-called "Tolstoy Fund".
In this connection the statement of A. L. Tolstaya
to representatives of the press on August 8 of this
year merits attention; from this statement it is
clear that the so-called "Tolstoy Fund" has at its
disposal an "underground" organization, the ac-
tivities of which are directed toward preventing
254
Deparfmenf of Sfofe Bulletin
the return of Soviet citizens to tlieir Fixtherland
and wliicli in such activities resorts to conspira-
torial metliods.
The Embassy of the U.S.S.R. in the U.S.A.
considers that the attitude of the government
agencies of the U.S.A. toward the above-men-
tioned criminal activities of the so-called "Tolstoy
Fund" constitutes a direct violation of the obli-
gations assumed by the Government of the U.S.A.
on the basis of the exchange of letters of Novem-
ber 16, 1933 between the People's Connnissar for
Foreign Affairs of the U.S.S.R., M. M. Litvinov,
and the Presi<lent of the U.S.A., F. D. Roosevelt.^
On instructions from the Soviet Government
the Embassy of the U.S.S.R. in the U.S.A.
strongly protests the forcible seizure of the Soviet
citizens O. S. Kasenkina and M. I. Samaria and
his family by members of the "Tolstoy Fund" or-
ganization, as well as the toleration by govern-
ment agencies of tlie U.S.A. of the criminal ac-
tivities of this organization, which are clearly
directed against tlie U.S.S.R. and which consist
particularly in the prevention, by any forcible
means, of the return of Soviet citizens to their
Fatherland and in attempts to use them for pur-
poses inimical to the Soviet Union.
The Embassy of the U.S.S.R. in the U.S.A.
expects that measures will be taken by the Govern-
ment of the U.S.A. for tlic immediate release of
M. I. Samarin and his family and for their trans-
fer to the protection of the Consulate General of
tlie U.S.S.R. at New York until their departure
for the Fatherland and insists on the discontinu-
ation of activities of the so-called "Tolstoy Fund",
which are incompatible with the obligations as-
sumed by the Government of the U.S.A. with
respect to the Soviet Union.
August 9, 1948.
Embassy of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics
Washingtox
[initialed] A. P.
[Alexander Panyushkin, Soviet Ambassador
to the United States]
[Translation]
August 14, 1948, No. 148
[Released to the press August 20]
The Embassy of the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics presents its compliments to the Depart-
ment of State and has the honor to communicate
the following:
On August 12, 1948 at 4 : 20 p.m., two New York
City policemen, taking advantage of the fact that
employees of the Consulate General had opened
the door to the courtyard of the building occupied
by the Consulate General where O. S. Kasenkina
had jumped from a window, arbitrarily burst into
the building of the Consulate General. At 4:30
p.m. four inspectors of the New York police headed
by the Deputy Chief Inspector of Police, Con-
rad Rotingast. came to the Consulate General to
learn from the Consul General, Y. M. Lomakin,
the circumstances of Kasenkina's suicide attempt.
However, instead of dealing with the Consul Gen-
eral tlie police inspectors, in spite of his protest,
seized one of Kasenkina's personal letters which
was in her personal bag. The aforesaid persons
attempted to search Kasenkina's room and to ques-
tion employees of the Consulate General.
By such acts the representatives of the New
York police authorities violated the extraten-i-
toriality of the building of the Consulate General
of the U.S.S.R. in New York, tlie need for the
observance of which is derived from international
custom and from the norms of international law.
In connection with the foregoing, the Embassy
of the U.S.S.R. in the U.S.A. manifests to the
Department of State a protest against the viola-
tion of the extraterritoriality of the building of
the Consulate General of the U.S.S.R. in New
York by representatives of the authorities of the
U.S.A., and insists that the persons guilty of such
violation be brought to account. The Embassy of
the U.S.S.R. in the U.S.A. also insists that the
persons who permitted the other illegal acts in-
dicated above be brought to account. The Em-
bassy of the U.S.S.R. in the U.S.A. hopes that the
Department of State will take measures that in
the future will protect the Consulate General from
illegal acts on the part of New York City police
authorities, and that the Department will assure
the extraterritoriality of the building of the Con-
sulate General of the U.S.S.R. of New York.
August J4, 1048.
Embassy of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics
Washington
[initialed] A. P.
'■Pout, p. 257.
>\i;gusf 29, 1948
255
NOTE HANDED TO AMBASSADOR WALTER BEDELL SMITH BY FOREIGN MINISTER V. M. MOLOTOV
IN MOSCOW AT MIDNIGHT, AUGUST 11
[Released to the press August 20]
On the 31st of July a group of Soviet citizens
were to have sailed from New York on the ship
Pobeda to the Soviet Union, among whom were
the teachers of the Soviet school in New York,
O. C. Kasyenkina and M. I. Samarin with his wife
K. M. Samarin and three small children, Tatiana,
Elena, and Vladimir. The above-mentioned So-
viet citizens did not appear up to the moment
of the departure of the ship although they had
previously paid for their tickets and had sent their
baggage on to the ship. From information ob-
tained it was revealed that the persons mentioned
were not in their apartments, that Kasyenkina had
left her apartment on the morning of the thirty-
first and Samarin and his family during the night
of the thirtieth to thirty-first of July.
Not until a week after the disappearance of Ka-
syenkina did the Soviet Consul in New York, Y. M.
Lomakin, on the sixth of August by chance receive
from her a note in which she stated that she was
in the environs of New York on the Reid farm
belonging to a bandit- White guard organization
under the name of "Tolstoi Fund". In her note
Kasyenkina requested the Soviet Consul to save
her from the hands of the organization which by
all kinds of threats and intimidations had tried
to force her to refuse to return to her fatherland
and to publish in the press a statement hostile
toward the Soviet Union. Going to the address
cited in the letter the Soviet Consul in New York
actually discovered there Kasyenkina who ex-
pressed the desire to proceed immediately with
him to the Soviet Consulate. In spite of this, the
bandits from the organization "Tolstoi Fund" liv-
ing on the farm tried forcibly to prevent Kasyen-
kina from leaving, which, however, they did not
succeed in doing.
On August 7, at a press conference in the Consu-
late Kasyenkina stated that for a week she had
been followed by unknown people of this kind.
one of whom called himself Doctor Korzhinski and
the other Leo Costello, wlio had tried by way of
threats and violence to induce her to refuse to
return to her country. In so doing, Costello even
resorted to violently administering a narcotic sub-
stance to Kasyenkina, clearly with the purpose of
weakening her will to oppose him. On the morning
of the 31 of July, Kasyenkina was abducted by
the chauffeur of a car in which the above-mentioned
Korzhinski visited her on this day. This machine
delivered Kasyenkina to Riverside Drive, to the
apartment of a Wliite Guard Zenzinov, from which
place she was transferred to Reid farm. At the
time of her arrival at this farm, Kasyenkina heard
from a member of a White Guard band called the
"Tolstoi Fund", Alexandra Tolstoy, that Samarin
and his family also were there not far away.
According to a statement of the New York cor-
respondent of the United Press, Alexandra Tolstoy
confirmed to this correspondent the share of her
organization in the abduction of Samarin.
On the tenth of August Under Secretary of
State Lovett corroborated to the Soviet Ambas-
sador in Washington that Samarin had been made
subject to examination by the Federal Bureau of
Investigation which thus is found to be connected
with tlie organization which kidnapped Samarin,
his wife and three children.
Supplementary to the statement made by the
Soviet Ambassador in Washington, I, on instruc-
tions from the Soviet Government, register pro-
test again.st the toleration on the part of the au-
thorities of the USA, of the criminal acts set
foith above with regard to the Soviet citizens,
Kasyenkina, Samarin and his family. The Soviet
Government insists on the immediate release of
Samarin and his family, on their surrender at
once for return to their country to the Consulate
General of the USSR in New York and also on
the punishment of all persons who have taken
part in the kidnapping of Soviet citizens.
256
Department of %tate Bulletin
Exchange of Communications Between President Frankiin D. Roosevelt and Soviet Commissar
for Foreign Affairs Maxim Litvinov, November 16, 1933 ^
My dear Mk. Litvinov :
I am vpi-y li.-ippy to inform you that as a result of our
conversations the Government of the United States has
decided to estaltlish normal diplomatic relations with the
Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
and to exchange ambassadors.
I trust that the relations now established between our
peoples may forever remain normal and friendly, and
that our nations henceforth may cooperate for their mu-
tual benetlt and for the preservation of the peace of the
world.
I am, my dear Mr. Litvinov,
Very sincerely yours,
Franklin D. Roosevelt
My dear Mr. President:
I am very happy to inform you that the Government
of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics is glad to
establish normal diplomatic relations with the Govern-
ment of the United States and to exchange ambassadors.
I, too, share the hope that the relations now established
between our peoples may forever remain normal and
friendl}', and that our nations henceforth may cooperate
for their mutual benefit and for the preservation of the
peace of the world.
I am. my dear Mr. President,
Very sincerely yours,
MASIil LiTVINOFK
My dear Mr. President:
I have the honor to inform you that coincident with
the establishment of diplomatic relations between our
two Governments it will be the fixed policy of the Gov-
ernment of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics:
1. To respect scrupulously the indisputable right of
the United States to order its own life within its own
jurisdiction in its own way and to refrain from interfer-
ing in any manner in the internal affairs of the United
States, its territories or possessions.
2. To refrain, and to restrain all persons in govern-
ment service and all organizations of the Government
or under its direct or indirect control, including organi-
zations in receipt of any financial assistance from it,
from any act overt or covert liable In any way whatso-
ever to injure the tranquillity, prosperity, order, or secur-
ity of the whole or any part of the United States, its ter-
ritories or possessions, and, in particular, from any act
tending to incite or encourage armed intervention, or any
agitation or propaganda having as an aim, the violation
of the territorial integrity of the United States, its terri-
tories or possessions, or the bringing about by force of
a change in the political or social order of the whole or
any part of the United States, its territories or possessions.
3. Not to permit the formation or residence on its ter-
ritory of any organization or groui> — and to prevent the
activity on its territory of any organization or group,
or of representatives or officials of any organization or
group — which makes claim to be the Government of, or
makes attempt uix)n the territorial Integrity of, the
United States, its territories or jwssessions ; not to form,
subsidize, support or permit on its territory military
organizations or groups having the aim of armed struggle
against the United States, its territories or possessions,
and to prevent any recruiting on behalf of such organiza-
tions and groups.
4. Not to iiermit the formation or residence on its terri-
tory of any organization or group — and to prevent the
activity on its territory of any organization or group,
or of representatives or officials of any organization or
group — which has as an aim the overthrow or the prepa-
ration for the overthrow of, or the bringing about by
force of a change in, the political or social order of the
whole or any part of the United States, its territories
or possessions.
I am, my dear Mr. President,
Very sincerely yours,
Maxim Litvinoff
My deab Mb. Litvinov :
I am glad to have received the assurance expressed in
your note to me of this date that it will be the fixed policy
of the Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics :
1. To respect scrupulously the indisputable right of the
United States to order its own life within its own juris-
diction in its own way and to refrain from interfering in
any manner in the internal affairs of the United States, its
territories or possessions.
2. To refrain, and to restrain all persons in government
service and all organizations of tlie Government or under
its direct or indirect control, including organizations in
receipt of any financial assistance from it, from any act
overt or covert liable in any way whatsoever to injure the
tranquillity, prosperity, order, or security of the whole
or ;iny part of the United States, its territories or posses-
sions, and, in particular, from any act tending to incite or
"This exchange of communications appeared in Estab-
U.'ihnirut nf Diplomativ Relations With the Union of Soviet
SoriiiUst Republics, Department of State publication 528,
printed in l'.}3'-i, which is in process of being reprinted.
August 29, 1948
803361—48 ;
257
encourage armed intervention, or any agitation or propa-
ganda having as an aim, the violation of the territorial
integrity of the United States, its territories or posses-
sions, or the bringing about by force of a change in the
political or social order of the whole or any part of the
United States, its territories or possessions.
3. Not to permit the formation or residence on its ter-
ritory of any organization or group — and to prevent the
activity on its territory of any organization or group, or
of representatives or officials of any oi-gauization or
grouii — vsfhich makes claim to be the Government of, or
makes attempt upon the territorial integrity of, the United
States, its territories or possessions ; not to form, subsidize,
support or permit on its territory niiiitary organizations or
groups having the aim of armed struggle against the
United States, its territories or possessions, and to prevent
any recruiting on behalf of such organizations and groups.
4. Not to permit the formation or residence on Its terri-
tory of any organization or group — and to prevent the
activity on its territory of any organization or group, or
of representatives or officials of any organization or
group — which has as an aim the overthrow or the prepara-
tion for the overthrow of, or the bringing about by force
of a change in, the political or social order of the whole
or any part of the United States, its territories or
possessions.
It will be the fixed policy of the Executive of the United
States within the limits of the powers ccmferred by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States to adhere
reciprocally to the engagements above expressed.
I am, my dear Mr. Litvinov,
Very sincerely yours,
Franklin D. Roosevelt
My dear Mr. Litvinov :
As I have told you in our recent conversations, it is
my expectation that after the establishment of normal
relations between our two countries many Americans will
wish to reside temporarily or permanently within the
territory of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, and
I am deeply concerned that they should enjoy in all re-
spects the same freedom of conscience and religious liberty
which they enjoy at home.
As you well know, the Government of the United States,
since the foundation of the Republic, has always striven
to protect its nationals, at home and abroad, in the free
exercise of liberty of conscience and religious worship,
and from all disability or persecution on account of their
religious faith or worship. And I need scarcely point out
that the riglits enumerated below are those enjoyed in the
United States by all citizens and foreign nationals and
by American nationals in all the major countries of the
world.
The Government of the United States, therefore, will ex-
pect that nationals of the United States of America within
the territory of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
will be allowed to conduct without annoyance or molesta-
tion of any kind religions services and rites of a ceremonial
nature, including baptismal, confirmation, communion,
marriage and burial rites, in the English language, or in
any other language which is customarily used in the
practice of the religious faith to which they belong, in
churches, houses, or other buildings appropriate for such
service, which they will l^e given the right and opportunity
to lease, erect or maintain in convenient situations.
We will expect that nationals of the United States will
have the right to collect from their co-religionists and to
receive from abroad voluntary offerings for religious pur-
poses ; that they will be entitled without restriction to
impart religious instruction to their children, either singly
or in groups, or to have such instruction imparted by
persons whom they may eiiii)loy for such purpose ; that
they will be given and protected in the right to bury their
dead according to their religious customs in suitable and
convenient places established for that purpose, and given
the right and opportunity to lease, lay out, occupy and
maintain such burial grounds subject to reasonable sani-
tary laws and regulations.
We will expect that i-eligious groups or congregations
composed of nationals of the United States of America
in the territory of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
will be given the right to have their spiritual needs min-
istered to by clergymen, priests, rabbis or other ecclesiasti-
cal functionaries who are nationals of the United States
of America, and that such clergymen, priests, rabbis or
other ecclesiastical functionaries will be protected from
all di.sability or persecution and will not be denied entry
into the territory of the Soviet Union because of their
ecclesiastical status.
I am, my dear Mr. Litvinov,
Very sincerely yours,
Franklin D. Roosevelt
My dear Mr. President :
In reply to your letter of November 16, 1933, I have the
honor to inform you that the Government of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics as a fixed policy accords the
nationals of the United States within the territory of the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics the following rights
referred to by you :
1. The right to "free exercise of liberty of conscience
and religious worship" and protection "from all disability
or persecution on accoiuit of their religious faith or wor-
ship".
This right is sui)ported by the following laws and regula-
tions existing in the various republics of the Union:
"Every person may profess any religion or none. All
restrictions of rights connected with the profession of any
belief whatsoever, or with the non-profession of any
belief, are annulled." (Decree of Jan. 23, 1918, art. 3.)
"Within the coufines of the Soviet Union it is pro-
hibited to issue any local laws or regulations restricting
or limiting freedom of conscience, or establishing privi-
leges or preferential rights of any kind based upon the
religious profession of any person." (Decree of Jan. 23,
191S, art. 2.)
258
Departnienf of Stafe Bulletin
2. The right to "conduct without annoyance or molesta-
tion of any kind religious services and rites of a cere-
monial nature".
'J'liis riglit is supported by the following laws :
"A free performance of religious rites is guaranteed as
long as it does not interfere witli public order and is not
accompanied by interference with the rights of citizens of
the Soviet Union. Local authorities possess the right in
such eases to adopt all necessary measures to preserve
public order and safety." (Decree of Jan. 23, 1918, art. 5.)
"Interference with the performance of religious rites,
in so far as they do not endanger public order and are
not accompanied by infringements on the rights of others
is punishable by compulsory labour for a period up to six
mouths." (Criminal Code, art. 127.)
3. "The light and opportunity to lease, erect or main-
tain in convenient situations" churclies, houses or other
buildings appropriate for religious purposes.
This right is supported by the following laws and regula-
tions :
"Believers belonging to a religious society with the ob-
ject of making provision for their requirements in the
matter of religion may lease under contract, free of
charge, from the Sub-District or District Executive Com-
mittee or from the Town Soviet, special buildings for the
pui-pose of worship and objects intended exclusively for
the purposes of their cult." (Decree of April 8, 1929, art.
10.)
"Furthermore, believers who have formed a religious
society or a group of believers may use for religious meet-
ings other buildings which have been placed at tlieir
disposal on lease by private persons or by local Soviets
and Executive Committees. All rules established for
houses of worship are applicable to these buildings. Con-
tracts for the use of such buildings shall be concluded by
individual believers who will be held responsible for their
execution. In addition, these buildings must comply with
the sanitary and technical building regulations." (Decree
of April 8, 1929, art. 10.)
"The place of worship and religious property shall be
handed over for the use of believers forming a religious
society under a contract concluded in the name of the
competent District Executive Committee or Town Soviet
by the competent administrative department or branch,
or directly by the Sub-District Executive Committee."
(Decree of April 8, 1929, art. 15.)
"The construction of new places of worship may take
place at the desire of religious societies provided that the
usual technical building regulations and the special regula-
tions laid down by the People's Commissariat for Internal
Affairs are observed." (Decree of April 8, 1929, art. 4.5.)
4. "The right to collect from their co-religionists . . .
voluntary offerings for religious purposes."
This right is supported by the following law :
"Members of groups of believers and religious societies
may raise subscriptions among themselves and collect vol-
untary (-fferings, both in the place of worship itself and
outside it, but only amongst the members of the religious
August 29, 1948
association concerned and only for purposes connected
with the upkeep of the place of worship and the religious
property, for the engagement of ministers of religion and
for the expenses of their executive body. Any form of
forced contribution in aid of religious associations is pun-
ishable under the Criminal Code." (Decree of April 8,
1929, art. 54.)
!">. Uight to "impart religious instruction to their chil-
dren either singly or in groups or to have such instruction
imparted by persons whom they may employ for such
purpose."
This riglit is supported by the following law :
"The school is separated from the Church. Instruction
in religious doctrines is not permitted in any governmental
and common schools, nor in private teacliiug institutions
where general subjects are taught. Persons may give or
receive religious instruction in a private manner." (De-
cree of Jan. 23, 1918, art. 9.)
Furthermore, the Soviet Government is prepared to in-
clude in a consular convention to be negotiated immedi-
ately following the establishment of relations between our
two countries provisions in w-hich nationals of the United
States shall be granted rights with reference to freedom
of conscience and the free exercise of religion which shall
not be less favorable than those enjoyed in the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics by nationals of the nation most
favored in this respect. In this connection, I have the
honor to call to your attention Article 9 of the Treaty
between Germany and the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics, signed at Moscow October 12, 192.5, which reads
as follows :
"Nationals of each of the Contracting Parlies . . . shall
be entitled to hold religious services in churches, houses or
other buildings, rented, according to the laws of the coun-
try, in their national language or in any other language
which is customary in their religion. They shall be en-
titled to bury their dead in accordance with tiieir religious
practice in burial-grounds established and maintained by
them with the approval of the competent authorities, so
long as they comply with the police regulations of the
other Party in respect of buildings and public health."
Furthermore, I desire to state that the rights specified
in the above paragraphs will be granted to American
nationals immediately upon the establishment of relations
between our two countries.
Finally, I have the lionor to inform you that the Govern-
ment of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, while
reserving to itself the right of refusing visas to Americans
desiring to enter the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
on personal grounds, does not intend to base such refusals
on the fact of such persons having an ecclesiastical status.
I am. my dear Mr. President,
Very sincerely yours,
Maxim Litvinoff
My pear Mr. Presiuent :
Following our conversations I have the honor to inform
you that the Soviet Government is prepared to include in
259
a consular convention to be negotiated Immediately fol-
lowing the establisliment of relations between our two
countries provisions in which nationals of the United
States shall be granted rights with reference to legal
protection which shall not be less favorable than those
enjoyed in the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics by
nationals of the nation most favored in this respect. Fur-
thermore, I desire to state that such rights will be granted
to American nationals immediately upon the establish-
ment of relations between our two countries.
In tills connection I have the honor to call to your
attention Article 11 and the Protocol to Article 11, of the
Agreement Concerning Conditions of Residence and
Business and Legal Protection in General concluded be-
tween Germany and the Union of Soviet Socialist Repub-
lics on October 12, 1925.
"Article 11
"Bacli of the Contracting Parties undertakes to adopt
the necessary measures to inform the consul of the other
Party as soon as possible whenever a national of the
country which lie represents is arrested in his district.
"The same procedure shall apply if a prisoner is trans-
ferred from one place of detention to another."
"Final Peotocol
"Ad Article 11.
"1. The Consul shall be notified either by a communi-
cation from the person arrested or by the authorities
them.selves direct. Such communications sliall be made
within a period not exceeding seven times twenty-four
hours, and in large towns, including capitals of districts,
within a period not exceeding three times twenty-four
hours.
"2. In places of detention of all kinds, requests made by
consular representatives to visit nationals of their country
under arrest, or to have tliem visited by their representa-
tives, shall be granted without delay. The consular repre-
sentative shall not be entitled to require oflacials of the
courts or prisons to withdraw during his interview with
the person under arrest."
I am, my dear Mr. President,
Very sincerely yours,
Maxim Litvinoff
My dear Mb. Litvinov :
I thank you for your letter of November 16, 1933, in-
forming me that the Soviet Government is prepared to
grant to nationals of the United States rights with refer-
ence to legal protection not less favorable than those en-
joyed in the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics by
nationals of the nation most favored in this respect. I
have noted the provisions of the treaty and protocol con-
cluded between Germany and the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics on October 12, 1925.
I am glad that nationals of the United States will enjoy
the protection afforded by these instruments immediately
upon the establishment of relations between our countries
and I am fully prepared to negotiate a consular convention
covering these subjects as soon as practicable. Let me
add that American diplomatic and consular officers in the
Soviet Union will be zealous in guarding the rights of
American nationals, particularly the right to a fair, public
and speedy trial and the right to be represented by counsel
of their choice. We shall expect that the nearest Ameri-
can diplomatic or consular officer shall be notified im-
mediately of any arrest or detention of an American
national, and that he shall promptly be afforded the op-
portunity to communicate and converse with such
national.
I am, my dear Mr. Litvinov,
Very sincerely yours,
Franklin D. Roosevelt
In reply to a question of the President in regard to
prosecutions for economic espionage, Mr. Litvinov gave
the following explanation :
"The widespread opinion that the dissemination of eco-
nomic information from the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics is allowed only in so far as this information has
been published in newspapers or magazines, is errone-
ous. The riglit to obtain economic information is limited
in the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, as in other
countries, only in the case of business and production
secrets and in the case of the employment of forbidden
methods (bribery, theft, fraud, etc.) to obtain such in-
formation. The category of business and production se-
crets naturally includes the official economic plans, in so
far as they have not been made public, but not individual
reports concerning the production conditions and the
general conditions of individual enterprises.
"The Union of Soviet Socialist Republics has also no
reason to complicate or hinder tlie critical examination
of its economic organization. It naturally follows from
this that every one has the right to talk about economic
matters or to receive information about such matters in
the Union, in so far as the information for which he has
asked or wliich has been imparted to him is not such as
may not, on the basis of sjiecial regulations issued by
responsible officials or by the appropriate state enter-
prises, be made known to outsiders. (This principle ap-
plies primarily to iufoi'niatiou concerning economic trends
and tendencies.)"
My dear Mr. President :
Following our conversations I have the honor to inform
you that the Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics agrees that, preparatory to a final settlement of
the claims and counter claims between the Governments of
tlie Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and tlie United
States of America and the claims of their nationals, the
Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics will
not take any steps to enforce any decisions of courts or
initiate any new litigations for the amounts admitted to
be due or that may be found to be due it, as the successor
260
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
of prim- Governments of Russia, or otherwise, from Amer-
ican nationals, including corporations, companies, partuer-
sliips, or associations, and also the claim against the
United States of the Russian Volunteer Fleet, now in
litigation in the United States Court of Claims, and will
not object to such amounts being assigned and does hereb.v
release and assign all such amounts to the Government
of the United States, the Gnvernment of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics to be duly notified in each case
of any amount realize<l by the Government of the United
States from such release and assignment.
The Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics further agrees, preparatory to the settlement re-
ferred to above not to make any claim with respect to :
(a) judgments rendered or that may be rendered by
American courts in so far as they relate to property,
or rights, or interests therein, in wliich the Union
of Soviet Socialist Republics or its nationals may
have had or may claim to have an interest ; or,
(b) acts done or settlements made by or with the Gov-
ernment of the United States, or public officials in
the United States, or its nationals, relating to prop-
erty, credits, or obligations of any Government of
Russia or nationals thereof.
I am, my dear Mr. President,
Very sincerely yours.
Maxim Litvinoff
JlY DKAB Mr. Litvtnov :
I am happy to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of
.Voveniber Ki, 103.3, in whi<h you state that :
"The Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics agrees that, preparatory to a final settlement of
the claims and counter claims between the Governments
<il" the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and the United
••"tates of America and the claims of their national.?, the
Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics will
not take any steps to enforce any decisions of courts or
initiate any new litigations for the amounts admitted to
be due or that may be found to be due it, as the successor
<'f prior Governments of Russia, or otherwise, from
.Vmerican nationals, including corporations, companies,
partner.ships, or associations, and also the claim against
the United States of the Russian Volunteer Fleet, now
in liti^'ation in the United States Court of Claims, and
will not object to such amounts being assigned and does
hereby release and assign all such amounts to the Govern-
ment of the United States, the Government of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics to be duly notified in each case
of any amount realized by the Government of the United
States from such release and assignment.
"The Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics further agrees, preparatory to the settlement re-
ferred to above, not to make any claim with respect to :
(a) judgments rendered or that may be rendered by
American courts in so far as they relate to property,
or rights, or interests therein, in which the Union
of Soviet Socialist Republics or its nationals may
have had or may claim to have an interest ; or,
(b) acts done or settlements made by or with the Gov-
ernment of the United States, or public officials in
the United States, or its nationals, relating to prop-
erty, credits or obligations of any Government of
Russia or nationals thereof."
I am glad to have these undertakings by your Govern-
ment and I shall be pleased to notify your Government in
each case of any amount realized by the Government of
the United States from the release and assignment to it
of the amounts admitted to be due, or that may be found
to be due, the Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics, and of the amount that may be found to be
due on the claim of the Russian Volunteer F'leet.
I am, my dear Mr. Litvinov,
Very sincerely yours,
Fbanklin D. Roosevelt
SIT DEAK Mr. President :
I have the honor to inform you that, following our con-
versations and following my examination of certain docu-
ments of the years 191S to 1921 relating to the attitude of
the American Government toward the erpedition into
Siberia, the operatitms there of foreign military forces
and the inviolability of the territory of the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics, the Government of the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics agrees that it will waive any and all
claims of whatsoever character arising out of activities of
military forces of the United States in Siberia, or assist-
ance to military forces in Siberia subsequent to January 1,
1918, and that such claims shall be re?:arded as finally
settled and disposed of by this agreement.
I am, my dear Mr. President,
Very sincerely yours,
Maxim Litvinoff
POSITION ON STATUS OF IVJRS. OKSANA KASENKINA
Letter From the Lega! Adviser of the Department
of State to the Justice of the New York
Supreme Court
IRelpa-fed to the press Augu.st 19]
Augmt 18, 19If8
My dear Ml!. JisTicE : Pursuant to our conver-
sation this inorning. I respectfully transmit to j-ou
the position of the United States Government con-
cerning the status of Mrs. Oksana Stepanova
Kosenkina, who is the subject of an application
for a writ of habeas corpus now pending before
your court.
It is the view of the United States Government
/lygusf 29, J948
261
tliat there is no basis under international law or
under any law of the United States for consider-
ing that Mrs. Kosenkina is in any manner subject
to the control or authority of the Soviet Govern-
ment so long as she remains in this country. The
Department of State already has advised the
Soviet Embassy that Mrs. Kosenkina will not be
placed under control of any person against her
own will. The Department has also advised the
Soviet Embassy that although it recognizes the
right of the Soviet Government, through its offi-
cials abroad to extend all proper assistance and
protection to Soviet nationals, tliis right does not
include authority to take charge of Soviet citizens
in this country irrespective of their wishes.
Sincerely yours,
Ernest A. Gross,
The Legal Adviser
The Honorable Samuel Dickstein,
Justice, Supreme Court,
New York, New York.
UNITED NATIONS DAY
October 24, 1948
To he observed hy the United States and all other fifty-seven countries that are mem-
bers of the l'?iitcd Nations
The General Assembly of the United Nations on October 31, 1947, adopted a resolu-
tion naming October 24 — the day the Charter of the United Nations came into eflFect —
as United Nations Day and invited all member governments to coojjerate in observing
it. The resolution declares that the day "shall be devoted to making known to the
peoples of the world the aims and achievements of the United Nations and to gaining
tlieir support for the work of the United Nations."
Secretary of State George C. Marshall has appointed a National Citizens' Committee
to promote the observance of United Nations Day in this country. That Committee is
asking the people of every state and every community in tlie country to organize pro-
giams for United Nations Day. The Committee is also working in close cooperation
with the United Nations, the Department of State, the Unesco National Commission,
and the United States Mission to the United Nations. Their material and plans will
be available for communities through the state United Nations Day organizations. The
Committee urges every citizen to start now to work for his state and local Citizens'
Committee, church, and j^eace organizations, clubs, branch of the American Associa-
tion for the United Nations, and county agent to make the first United Nations Day a
day when all the people of the United States demonstrate their faith in a free, demo-
cratic brotherhood of nations.
Lists of United States Department of State publications dealing with the United
Nations may be obtained from the Division of Publications, Department of State,
Washington 25, D.C. Four such iDublications of immediate interest to United Nations
Day are: Guide to the United States and the United Nations; United Nations: Three
Years of Achievement; Foreign Affairs Outline No. 17, The United Nations in Action;
and Peace Takes Practice (a wall poster).
The Department of Public Information of the United Nations, in cooperation with
the information services of the specialized agencies, will make special services avail-
able in various languages to newspapers, radio stations, cinema theaters, and schools.
262
Department of Slate Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Divergent Views on Program of Work of the Military Staff Committee
LETTER TO THE PRESIDENT OF THE SECURITY COUNCIL SUBMITTING
STATEMENT BY U.S., U.K., CHINESE, AND FRENCH DELEGATIONS
Auff^i.9t 6, 191,8 '
Sm, In order that the Security Council may be
fully advised concerning the work in the Military
Staff Committee, the U.K., U.S., Chinese and
French Delegations have requested the Chairman
to submit tlie following statement to you. Such
divergent views as the USSR Delegation may de-
sire to call to your attention will be submitted
when received from that Delegation.
In its letter dated 2 July 19i8. issued as MS/405
on 6 July 1948, the Military Staff Committee re-
ported to you that, owing to the divergencies of
view which still prevailed on some of the Gen-
eral Principles, it had not been in a position to
undertake the final determination of the Overall
Strength and Composition of the Armed Forces,
and thus achieve further progress in this matter
towards the conclusion of the special agreements
required by Article 43 of the Charter.
Since the dispatch of the letter, the Military
Staff Committee met to discuss the pursuance of
the tasks entrusted to it. as set out in its Pro-
gramme of AVork (Ref : MS/271/M44 dated 16 May
1947, an excerpt of which is enclosed as Annex).
Inasmuch as unanimity could not be achieved on
the question of the Overall Strength and Composi-
tion of the United Nations Armed Forces (Item I
of the Programme of Work), it was, a priori, im-
possible to consider Items II and III of tlie
Programme of Work, dealing with the con-
tributions by Member Nations.
The consideration of Item IV of the Programme
of Work, i.e.. Preparation of a Draft Standard
Form of Special Agreement was then envisaged.
However, there again, the five Delegations were
unable to agree unanimously that such a study
could be undertaken before the Military Stail
Committee had received instructions from the
Security Council concerning the divergencies
noted on some of the General Principles.
In reporting to you the existence of this latest
stalemate, the Military Staff Committee has the
honour to call, once more, the attention of the
Security Council to the fact that the Military Staff
Committee considers it urgent to resolve the dis-
agreement which prevails on some of the General
Principles, and of which the Security Council had
been apprised as early as 30 April 1947.
(MS/264).
Respectfully yours,
R. L. McCreert,
General, British Army,
Chairman, Military Staff Committee
ANNEX
Extract
"The Military Staff Committee :
(a) Agreed to the following Programme of
Work :
(1) The preliminary estimates of overall
strength and composition of Armed Forces to be
made available to the Security Council by Mem-
ber Nations of the United Nations, including the
determination of the overall strength and composi-
tion of the three principal Services of Armed
Forces — land, sea and air.
(2) The preliminary estimates of the strength
and composition of the Armed Forces to be made
available to the Security Council by the five Per-
manent Members of the Security Council, includ-
ing the determination of the strength and compo-
sition of the three principal Services of Armed
Forces — land, sea and air.
(3) The preliminary estimates of the strength
and composition of the Armed Foi"ces to be made
available to the Security Council by the other
Member Nations, including the determination of
the strength and composition of the three principal
Services of Armed Forces — land, sea and air.
(4) Preparation of a Draft Standard Form of
Special Agreement.
( h ) Agreed to set up a Sub-Committee with the
following Terms of Reference to examine the ques-
tion of Overall Strength and Composition:
' U.N. doc. S/956, Aug. 9, 1948.
August 29, 1948
263
THB UNITBD NATIONS AND SPECIALIZBD >»GENC(ES
(1) A Sub- Committee is hereby established and
instructed to commence informal discussion, in the
light of the General Principles - submitted to the
Security Council, on the question of the Overall
Strength and Composition of the Armed Forces
to be made available to the Security Council by
Member Nations of the United Nations.
(2) The Sub-Committee is to make recommenda-
tions to the Military Staff Committee as to the
Overall Strength and Composition of the Armed
Forces including the strength of the three Serv-
ices— land, sea and air, after the General Prin-
ciples have been approved by the Security Council.
The Sub-Committee is to report progress not later
than 30 June 1947.
(3) In the event the Sub-Committee being un-
able to reach agreement with regard to the problem
as a whole, or the method of approach to the prob-
lem, further guidance from the Military Staff
Committee is to be requested without delay.
(c) Took note:
(1) That the Chinese, French, U.K. and U.S.
Delegations considered that Problems 1 and 4 of
the Programme of Work should be considered
first and concurrently :
(2) That the U.^.S.K Delegation considered
that Problem 1 of the Programme of Work should
be considered first.
(d) Took note that all Delegations reserved the
right to request the Military Staff Committee to re-
consider, at any time, the question of setting up a
Sub-Committee to consider the preparation of a
Draft Standard Form of Special Agreement."
J6 Augvst 19J,8 ^
Sir, I have the honour to forward to you the at-
tached letter from the USSR Delegation, setting
forth the divergent views of that Delegation, to
which reference was made in my previous letter
dated 6 August 1948. (Document S/95G).
I have the honour [etc.]
R. L. McCeeery,
Genei-al, British Army
Chairman, Military Staff Committee
I
LETTER TO THE PRESIDENT OF THE SECURITY COUNCIL FROM THE
SOVIET DELEGATION
Sir, The USSR Delegation has the honour to
submit to the Security Council its point of view
on the substance of questions set out in the letter
to the Security Council of 6 August 1948, MS/417,
which was addressed to you by the United States,
United Kingdom, French and Chinese Dele-
gations.
The USSR Delegation can not agree with the
assertion made in the said letter that the Military
Staff Committee can not continue its work.
The USSR Delegation considers that the Mili-
tary Staff Committee can continue its woi'k by
consecutive examination of the questions set out in
tlie Program of Work which was adopted by the
Military Staff Committee at its Forty-Fourth
Meeting on 1.5 May 1947 (MS/271/M44).
On the basis of these considerations the USSR
Delegation, at the Eighty-First Meeting of the
Military Staff Committee made a proposal to be-
gin informal consideration of Item II of the Pro-
gram of Work, namely :
To discuss "The preliminary estimates of the
stiength and composition of the Armed Forces to
■ MS/264.
' U.N. iloc. S/071, Aug. 17, 1948.
be made available to the Security Council by the
five Pernmnent Members of the Security Council,
including the determination of the strength and
composition of the three principal Services of
Armed Forces- — land, sea and air."
However, the United States, United Kingdom,
French and Chinese Delegations did not agree
with this.
Tlie USSR Delegation admitted and still admits
that the absence of agreed General Principles cre-
ates difficulties in the work of the Military Staff
Committee. The USSR Representatives have al-
M'ays been of the opinion that for the successful
work of the Military Staff Committee, it was neces-
sary to agree upon General Principles. At the
same time the USSR Delegation considers that
pending the consideration of the General Princi-
ples by the Security Council, the Military Staff
Committee could in an informal and preliminary
manner consider Item II of the Program of Work,
as it has considered Item I of the Program dealing
with the estimate of the overall strength and com-
position of the Armed Forces.
As is known, when previously, the Representa-
tives of the other countries considered it possible to
discuss the question of overall strength and compo-
sition without reaching an agreement on the Gen-
264
Departtnenf of State Bulletin
eral Principles, the USSR Representatives had
a<rrced on an informal ilisrussion of tiiese (luestions
in tlie ^Military Statf Committee. The question to
follow is tlie strength of the Armed Foices to he
made availahle hy tlie five Permanent Members of
the Security Council.
The USSR Delegation is of the opinion that
the consideration of the Program of Work of the
Militai-y Staff Connnittee, item by item, would
allow the Military Staff Committee to prepare the
necessary data for the working out of the Standard
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIAUZBD AGENCIES
Form of Special Agi-eement mentioned in para-
graphs 4 and 5 of the letter by the four Delega-
tiojis.
At the same time, the USSR Delegation con-
siders it inadvisable to discuss the question of the
Standard Form of Agreement before the General
Principles have been agreed upon.
Respectfully yours,
A. P. Sharapov,
Lieutenant General, USSR Air Force,
USSR Delegation
The Question of Displaced Persons
LETTER FROM AMBASSADOR WARREN R. AUSTIN TO THE SECRETARY-GENERAL
August 17, 19J,S
Excellency: With regard to the Assistant Sec-
retary General's communication of August 3, 1948
requesting information from the United States
Government in the matters of Jewish and Arab
displaced persons and relief and assistance to such
persons. I have the honor to transmit the follow-
ing reply from my Government.
(a) Question of Displaced Persons of Jewish
Natioimlity in Europe. Since the beginning of the
Nazi regime in Germany the United States has
.shown consistent concern with the problem of
Jewish refugees which arose with the advent to
power of that regime. The United States took
the initiative in convening the Inter-Governmental
Committee on Refugees which prior to the out-
break of war on September 1, 1939, assisted in the
emigration and the resettlement of Jewish dis-
placed pei-sons in AVestern Eui'opean countries and
the Western Hemisphere. By that date, Palestine,
the United States, and Latin American countries
had absorbed approximately 270,000, in efjual jno-
portions. and 20,000 had reached Shanghai. Ac-
cording to annual reports of the United States
Innnigration Service, during the ten-year period
from July 1, 1933 to June 30, 1943, 165,756 Jewish
immigrants were achnitted to the United States
from all countries and 52,406 Jewish non-immi-
grants were likewise admitted. The total of these
two groups is 218.162.
In 1944, the United States organized the War
Refugee Board which was composed of the Sec-
retaries of State, Ti-easury and War of the United
States. The Board acted vigorously until the end
of World War II in relief to and the assistance of
Jewish displaced persons fi'om Euroi:)e, and it co-
operated closely with the Inter-Governmental
Committee on Refugees, the International Com-
August 29, 1948
803361—48 3
mittee of the Red Cross and the Governments of a
number of countries notably Sweden, Switzerland
and Turkey. Of several thousand refugees as-
sisted by the Board in reaching countries of refuge,
982 persons, of which most were Jews, were ad-
mitted to the United States under tire auspices of
the Board in that year. Under the directive of the
President, dated December 22, 1945, United States
visas were issued from March 31, 1946 through
April 30, 1948 to 34,365 refugees, of which 22,747
were Jews. Since 1946, the United States has
acted in and outside the United Nations to achieve
activation of the Iro and now contributes $71,000,-
000 a year, or 45 per cent of its budget.
As of June 30, 1948, there were 124,825 Jewish
displaced persons in the United States Zone of
Germany and 18,250 in the United States Zone of
Austria ; a total of 143,075. I understand that as
of the same date there were aj^proximately 18,000
in Italy. The Pciro is providing care, mainte-
nance and resettlement of displaced persons, in-
cluding Jews, in Central Europe without favor or
discrimination. Recruitment of displaced persons
for resettlement is entirely in the hands of the
Immigration Selection Missions of the receiving
countries, and overseas transportation for such
persons as are accepted by these Selection Missions
is provided by the Pciro. Jewish Voluntary Agen-
cies are also assisting in overseas re-ettlement and
are sharing transportation costs with the Prepara-
tory Commission for the movement of individuals
to overseas destinations.
I might say, further, that the United States Con-
gress has recently passed legislation admitting
• U.N. doc. S/976, Aug. 18, 1948.
265
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
205,000 displaced persons in the next two years,
of which a certain portion will be Jews. In addi-
tion, it is probable that from 10,000 to 20,000 Jews
will be admitted during the same period under
the normal immigration laws of the United States,
and it is anticipated that the Congress, at its next
session, will give further consideration to this
problem.
The United States, in cooperation with the
United Kingdom, Brazil and the Netherlands, has
presented a resolution on displaced persons to the
Economic and Social Council now meeting in
Geneva. This resolution urges the Pciro to con-
tinue efforts for the repatriation of refugees and
disj^laced persons to tlieir countries of origin in
accordance with the Iro constitution, stresses the
need for accelerated resettlement of nonrepatriable
refugees and displaced persons, and urges govern-
ments to admit these to the maximum limit of their
capacity.
( b ) Question of Arab Refugees in Palestine and
Neighbouring Countries. Appropriate reports on
this situation can best be furnished by the Mediator
and the countries directly concerned. However,
the situation of the Arab refugees in Palestine and
neighbouring countries gives the United States
Government cause for serious alarm, not only from
a humanitarian point-of-view, since the lot of a
very high proportion of these refugees is desperate,
or will become so shortly, but also because of the
effect of this problem on the prospects of a peaceful
adjustment of the future situation in Palestine.
Paragraph (c) below will indicate what is contem-
plated or being done in relief of and assistance to
this group.
{c) Question of Relief and Assistance to Above.
Paragraph (a) above has mentioned relief and
assistance for the cai'e and maintenance and reset-
tlement of Jewish displaced persons in Europe,
provided by the Pciro and Jewish Voluntary
Agencies. The United States' annual contribution
to the Pciro has also been mentioned. Among
contributions to Near Eastern refugees in general
by voluntary agencies of the United States, I might
mention medical and hospital supplies and clothmg
in the amount of $250,000 made available since
April by the American Red Cross to the Interna-
tional Committee of the Red Cross for this purpose.
This is a continuing process by which the American
Red Cross is endeavoring to supply what it can of
the needs of the International Red Cross in the
Near East area. I might mention also that Church
World Service is shipping 38,000 pounds of cloth-
ing and 175 pounds of vitamins to the American
School of Oriental Research in Palestine, which
is the distributing agency for American Voluntary
Relief.
The Secretary of State has received a direct ap-
peal from the Mediator for specific relief items
in considerable quantities. Tlie burden on con-
tributing agencies will be heavy, but my Govern-
ment very much hopes that this appeal will be
met with the traditional American generosity to-
ward those in need.
{d) The Question of Jewish Refugees detained
on Cyprus. As in the case of question (&), my
Government considers that pertinent information
can best be obtained from other competent sources.
Accept [etc.]
Warren E. Austin
APPEAL FOR U.S. AID FOR JEWISH AND ARAB REFUGEES
Count Folke Bernadottc. Palestine Mediator., to
Secretary Marshall ^
[Released to the press August 17]
Delivered August 16, 1948
As Mediator for Palestine I am convinced that
successful mediation can only continue if solution
can be found for most ui-gent aspects of great
human disaster affecting 330,000 destitute Arab
refugees from Jewish-controlled areas and 7,000
Jewish refugees. Their condition is desperate;
30 percent are children under five j'ears of age
and over 10 percent pregnant women, nursing
mothers, and they are almost entirely without
food except short supplies of flour.
' Printed from telegraphic text.
Considering the extent and importance of your
usual trade relationships with countries of the
Middle East including Palestine, will the Govern-
ment of the United States of America assist to
alleviate this sudden human disaster, comparable
to an earthquake or tidal wave, by donating and
diverting to me at Beirut or Aqaba 2,500 tons of
wheat, 100 tons of canned meat, 50 tons of cheese,
50 tons of butter, and 20 tons of DDT, 10 percent
immediately from your supplies seaborne or in
the nearest ports and further 90 percent within
three months at the latest. The full quantity of
DDT is essential immediately and is asked for
from suijplies in Greece.
I am api^lying to the International Children's
Emergency Fund for special supplementary pro-
vision for infants, children, pregnant women, and
nursing mothers.
266
Department of State Bulletin
Essential factor is time as they are being swept
by e{)i(leniii' diseases, winter is approaching, and
many nuist die. Deeply grateful if you would
also publish this appeal in j'our daily papers and
telegrapli me your decision at Rhodes within ten
days.
Bernadotte
Palestine Mediator
Secretary Marshall to Count Bernadotte
[Released to the press August 20]
Augwt 20, 19^8
In response to your appeal of August 16 to this
Government for assistance in alleviating the
THE UmiBO NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
refugee problem in the Near East, the Department
is working with other agencies of the Government
to determine what can be done quickly and practi-
cally. American Red Cross and private relief
agencies have already responded by pledging the
total amount of DDT and by committing funds to
provide for immediate purchase of ten per cent of
the total food supplies. Details concerning spe-
cific.contributions and channels of supply will be
provided as soon as possible. I am confident that
American private organizations and relief agen-
cies will continue to I'espond generously to your
appeal on behalf of the peoples of the Near East.
The President is giving his full support to these
measures.
Security Council Resolution on Control of Dissidents Among Jews and Arabs '
The Security Council,
Taking into account communications from the
Mediator concerning the situation in Jerusalem,
Directs the attention of the governments and
authorities concerned to the Resolution of the Se-
curity Council of 15 July 1948, and
Decides pursuant to its Resolution of 15 July
1948, and so informs the governments and authori-
ties concerned, that :
(a) Each party is responsible for the actions
of both regular and irregular forces operating
under its authority or in territory under its con-
trol;
(h) Each party has the obligation to use all
means at its disposal to prevent action violating
the Truce by individuals or groups who are sub-
ject to its authority or who are in territoiy under
its control;
(c) Each party has the obligation to bring to
speedy trial and in case of conviction to punish-
ment, any and all persons within their jurisdiction
who are involved in a breach of the Truce ;
(d) No party is permitted to violate the Truce
on the ground that it is undertaking reprisals or
retaliations against the other party;
(e) No party is entitled to gain military or po-
litical advantage through violation of the Truce.
Commission for Conventional Armaments
RESOLUTION ON FORMULATION OF PROPOSALS FOR REGULATION AND REDUCTION OF
ARMAMENTS AND ARMED FORCES'
The Commission for Conventional Armaments
recommends that the following principles should
govern the formulation of practical proposals for
the establishment of a system for the regulation
and reduction of armaments and armed forces:
1. A system for the regulation and reduction of
armaments and armed forces should provide for
the adherence of all States. Initially it must in-
clude at least all States having substantial mili-
tary resources.
2. A system of regulation and reduction of
armaments and armed forces can only be put into
effect in an atmosphere of international confidence
and security. Measures for the regulation and
reduction of armaments which would follow the
establishment of the necessary degree of confi-
dence might in turn be expected to increase con-
fidence and so justify further measures of regu-
lation and reduction.
3. Examples of conditions essential to such
confidence and security are :
(a) The establishment of an adequate system of
agreements under Article 43 of the Charter. Until
'U.N. doc. S/983, Aug. 20, 1948. Submitted jointly by
the Kepresentatives of Canada. France, tlie U.K., and the
U.S. Adopted by the Security Council on Aug. 19, 1948.
"U.N. doc. S/C.3/31, Aug. 15, 1948. Adopted at the
13th meeting of the Commission for Conventional Arma-
ments on Aug. 12, 1948.
August 29, 1948
267
THE UN/TED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
llic agreed foi'ces are pledged to the Security
Council an essential .step in establishing a system
of collective security will not have been taken.
(5) The establishment of international control
of atomic energy. It is a basic assumption of the
work of the Connnission for Conventional Arma-
ments tliat the Atomic Energy Commission will
make specific proposals for the elimination from
national armaments of atomic weapons and other
weapons of mass destruction.
(e) The conclusion of the peace settlements
with Germany and Japan. Conditions of inter-
national peace and security will not be fully es-
tablished until measures have been agreed upon
which will prevent these States from undertaking
aggressive action in the future.
4. A system for the regulation and reduction
of armaments and armed forces, in order to make
]5ossible I lie least diversion for armaments of the
world's human and economic resources pui-suant to
Article 26 of the Charter of the United Nations,
must limit armaments and armed forces to those
wliicli are consistent with and indispensable to the
maintenance of international peace and security.
Such armaments and armed foi'ces should not ex-
ceed those necessary for the implementation of
members' obligations and the pi'otection of their
rights under tlie Charter of the United Nations.
5. A system for the regulation and reduction of
ai'maments and armed forces must include an
adequate system of safeguards, which bj' including
an agreed system of international supervision will
ensure the observance of the provisions of the
treaty or convention by all parties thereto. A
system of safeguards cannot be adequate unless it
possesses the following characteristics :
(a) it is technically feasible and practical ;
(i) it is capable of detecting promptly the oc-
currence of violations;
((?) it causes the minimum interference with,
and imposes the miniinmn burdens on, any aspect
of the life of individual nations.
6. Provision must be made for effective enforce-
ment action in the event of violations.
RESOLUTION DEFINiNG ARMAMENTS =
The Commission for Conventional Armaments
resolves to advise the Security Coimcil :
1. that it considers that all armaments and
armed forces, except atomic weapons and weapons
of mass destruction, fall within its jurisdiction and
that weapons of mass destruction should be defined
to include atomic explosive weapons, radio active
material weapons, lethal chemical and biological
weapons, and any weapons developed in the future
which have characteristics comparable in des-
tructive efi'ect to those of the atomic bomb or other
weapons mentioned above.
2. that it proposes to proceed with its work on
the basis of the above definition.
Status of Establishment of Permanent Headquarters of FAO
The Acting Director General of FAO to Secretary
Marshall
May 25, 194S
SiK, You will recall that the Director-General at
the i-equest of the Conference submitted to the
Geneva Session of the Conference of Fag a com-
prehensive report dealing with the selection of a
permanent site for the head([uarters of the Or-
ganization (Doc. C47/28). The Conference, after
' U.N. doc. S/C.3/30, Aug. 13, 1048. Adopted at the 13th
meeting of the Commissiou for Cuuvontional Armaments
on Aug. 12, 1948.
■* Not printed.
detailed consideration of this Eeport, concluded
that further investigation was necessary and re-
ferred the matter to the Council of Fao.
The Council at its First Session agreed that the
further investigations to be carried out should not
cover the same ground as the previous report, but
should rather attempt to supi^Iement it by con-
sidering specific proposals made by Member Gov-
ernments ii: the light of the actual requiremnts of
the Organization.
On that basis the Council set up a Committee
which submitted the attached report * to the second
Session of the Council.
It will be noted in this report, which has been
approved by the Council, that a Sub-Committee
268
Department of State Bulletin
(composed of the representatives of Chile, China,
Czi'chosl()v;iki;i, United Kiiijitloni. X 'iiion of South
Africa and the Cojnniittee on Fimuuial Control)
has been set up to proceed without delay with
further investigations and negotiations concern-
ino; the sites wliich liave already been, or may yet
be, suiigested for the permanent lieadquarters, in
order tliat a final decision may be taken at the next
Annual Conference.
In making the final appraisal, the Sub-Com-
mittee must take into consideration the speciKc
factors set out in paragraph 3 of the enclosed
report, and, as emphasized by Mr. Boerma, the
delegate of the Netherlands to the Council, ^vill
have to consider from the point of view of liaison,
wliere the other international specialized agencies
will establisli their permanent headquarters, as
well as the advantage of being within easy access
to a city where diplomatic representatives are sta-
tioned. Tiie Council agreed, upon the suggestion
of Mr. Viljoen, the delegate from tlie Union of
South Africa, that because of the limited funds
available to Fag, the financial implications must
necessarily be given special attention.
After consultation with the Chairman of the
Site Connnittee, I have tlie honor to request any
comments on the report itself, as well as a detailed
indication of any specific proposals regarding a
suitable site which your Government might wish to
submit. Such proposals should be sent to me on
or before July 1st, 1948, in order that the Sub-
Connuittee can consider them along with other
proposals that may be received, with a view to sub-
mitting to the next Session of the Council a list of
proposed sites together with an appraisal of their
relative merits.
It will be very mucli appreciated if your Gov-
ernment will consider this matter as urgent.
Accept [etc.]
Noble Clark
Acting Director General
THE UNITBD NATIONS AND SPBCIAUZED AGENCIES
Secretary Marshall to the Director General
of FAO
t Released to the press August 19]
August 18, 194s
Sir: I refer to your conununication of May 25,
1948 with reference to the establishment of a Com-
mittee on Site of the Council of the Food and
Agriculture Organization of United Nations to
consider such information as may have been sent
to the Dii'ector General by Member Governments
of the Organization with regard to the establish-
ment of tlie permanent site of tlie Organization
in tlieir countries. The Government and people
of tlie United States would consider it an honor
for the permanent site of the Organization to be
located in this country and will undertake to assist
the Organization in developing adequate head-
quarters facilities in the United States. As evi-
dence of the interest of the American people the
Secretary of Agriculture has advised me of let-
ters he has received from Allen B. Kline, Presi-
dent, American Farm Bureau Federation, John
W. Davis, Executive Secretary, National Council
of Farmer Cooperatives, Russell Smith, Legisla-
tive Secretary, National Farmers Union, Albert
S. Goss, President, National Grange and Charles
E. Jackson, General Manager, National Fisheries
Institute of the United States, all of whom indicate
their keenest interest in having the Fag located
permanently in this country.
I realize that it may take some time to arrive
at a decision as to an appropriate permanent head-
quarters arrangement after the needs of the Or-
ganization are definitely determined. During the
period while the Organization is located in its
temporary headquarters in Washington every ef-
fort will be made to see that measures are taken
to make available adequate headquarters facilities
for the Organization.
Very truly yours,
G. C. Marshall
AnnuaS Report of the Secretary-General on the Work of the Organization ^
On July 5, 1948, the Secretary -General of the
United Nations released his third annual report
on the work of tlie organization, covering the
period from July 1, 1947. to June 30, 1948.
Emphasis at the beginning of the introduction
is placed on tlie United Nations as the chief force
in luilding the world together. The Secretary-
General states that "It is time to stop justifying
the setbacks experienced by the United Nations
and to "start by recognizing tiiat tlie United Na-
tions has become the chief force that holds the
world together against all tlie conflicting strains
and stresses that are pulling it apart.'"
August 29, J 948
In reviewing the record of the last year, the
Secretarj'-General in the introduction briefly sum-
marizes the progress made in the Palestine prob-
lem, the cases of Indonesia, Kaslimir, Greece, and
Korea, the Interim Committee actions, atomic
energy and regulation of armaments, develop-
ments in the International Court of Justice, the
accession to the general convention on the priv-
' Lssued as U. N. doc. A/SGT), siippleinent no. 1. l.".r> W-
For sale by International Documents Service, Columbia
University Press, 2090 Broadway, New Yorli City. Price
$l..-)0.
269
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
ileges and immunities of the United Nations,
international law procedures, conditions in non-
self-governing territories, economic reconstruction
and recovery, world-wide and regional economic
cooperation, human rights, improving social con-
ditions, and specialized agencies and the question
of coordination.
The Secretary-General concludes his introduc-
tion by setting forth the following proposals for
strengthening the United Nations : resumption of
negotiations between the United States of Amer-
ica, the United Kingdom, the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics, and France on the future of
Germany; fuller use of the existing 2:)owers of the
Security Council for the settlement of interna-
tional disputes and for the preservation of peace ;
renewed efforts to break the deadlocks which have
blocked all progress in the Military Staff Com-
mittee; creation of a small United Nations Guard
Force to be placed at the disposal of the Security
Council and the General Assembly; control of
weapons of mass destruction other than atomic
energy and also the control of bacteriological and
lethal-chemical weapons; and universality of
membership.
In conclusion, the Secertary-General stresses
the importance of the United Nations to the future
as follows :
"Finally, I would urge once again upon Member
Governments the importance to the future of the
United Nations and to the more rapid development
of world law, and respect for law, of giving all
possible weight and suppoi-t to the decisions of
the General Assembly and of the Councils, even
though they be in the form of recommendations to
the Member States.
"The gi'owth in effectiveness of the Organization
will be measured by the extent to which it draws
upon and adapts to new uses the rich reservoir of
histoi'ical experience in parliamentary institutions
and the other institutions of democratic govern-
ment. It is necessary that the practice of observ-
ing the will of the General Assembly should be
extended and more firmly established year by year.
Only in this way can we advance toward that
world rule of law, which is the ultimate objective
of us all."
The first pait of the report reviews the political
and security questions involving Palestine, Greece,
Free Territory of Trieste, Egypt, Indonesia, India
and Pakistan, Czechoslovakia, Spain, Korea, meas-
ures against projoaganda, voting in the Security
Council, Interim Committee, and others. The
second part discusses economic and social questions
relative to relief needs, full employment, trade,
fiscal needs, transport and communications, hu-
man rights, status of women, standards of living,
narcotic drugs, and coordination and relations
with specialized agencies. The third part takes
up the questions of triisteeship and non-self-
governing territories; and the fourth, legal affairs
pertaining to the International Court, codification
of international law, jDrivileges and immunities,
registration of treaties and international agree-
ments, and the emblem and flag of the United
Nations. The fifth and sixth parts cover the ques-
tions of development of public understanding, or-
ganization, administration, and finance respec-
tively.
Current United Nations Documents: A Selected Bibliography^
Economic and Social Council
Official Rerortls, Second Year
Fourth Session. From tlie fifty-f3r.st meeting (28 Feb-
ruar.v 1947) to the eiglity-fourth meeting (29 March
19-17). 3G7 pp. printed. .$4.00.
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. Third
Session Ootacaimind, India. The International Trade
of Rice with Special Reference to Asia and the Far
East. E/CN.11/04, .lune 3. 1948. 37 pp. mimeo.
Report and Recommendations regarding Trade Pro-
motion. E/CN.11/84, April 30, 1948. 103 pp. mimeo.
Report and Recomm^endations on Training of Tech-
nical I'ersonnel in the Economic Field and the use of
Expert Assistance bv Governments. E/CN.11/83, May
26, 1948. 89 pp. mimeo.
' Printed materials may be secured in the United States
from the International Documents Service, Columbia
Univei-sity Press, 2960 Broadwa.v, New York City. Other
materials (mimeographed or processed documents) may
be consulted at certain de.signated libraries in the tJnited
States.
Committee on Arrangements for Consultation with Non-
Governmental Organizations : I. Tlie Exploratory Con-
ference of Non-Governmeutal Organizations Granted
Consultative Status by the Economic and Social Coun-
cil of the United Nations. Palais des Nations, Geneva ;
15 and 21 May li)48. II. The Exploratory Conference
of Non-Governmental Organizations on the Activity
of the Economic and Social Council Especially the
Promotion of Human Rights. Palais des Nations,
Geneva ; 19 and 20 May 1948. Submitted by the World
Federation of United Nations Associations for the
Information of the Economic and Social Council and
the Commission on Human Rights. E/C.2/98, June 2,
1948. 67 pp. mimeo.
Fifth Session, Supplement No. 3. Report of the Eco-
nomic Commission for Europe. E/451, July 29, 1947.
20 pp. printed. 300.
Supplement No. 8. Interim Report by the Secre-
tary-General on Expert Assistant to Member Govern-
ments. E/471, July 17, 1947, and Add. 1, 2, 3. 36 pp.
printed. 40^.
270
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
ICAO Regional Air Navigation Meetings
EUROPEAN-MEDITERRANEAN
Tlio European-Mediterranenn Regional Air
Xavipatioii Meeting" of the International Civil
Aviation Or<;anization (Igao) held at Paris May
4—14. 1948. was the initial meeting of the second
series of Regional Air Navigation Meetings. Sub-
sequent meetings in the second series are expected
to take place in the other nine Icao regions during
the next three-year period. This meeting was con-
vened to modernize and amplify the findings and
recommendations of the first European-Mediter-
ranean meeting which was held at Paris in May
194G and to resolve certain problems that had
arisen during the intervening two years with re-
spect to aircraft operation, telecommunications
and radio aids, meteorologv, and search and rescue.
Fifteen voting states, five observer states, and
four international organizations were present.^
The United States Delegation, under the chair-
manship of C. P. Burton, Civil Aeronautics Ad-
ministration, consisted of members from the De-
partments of Air Force. Commerce, Navy, and
Treasury and from the Civil Aeronautics Board,
the Federal Communications Commission, and the
Air Transport Association. The Delegation was
assisted by representatives from OsKiUS and Usafi,
who brought the latest information from the
United States - occupied territories in Austria and
Germany.
The meeting was organized into a general com-
mittee and four technical committees which met
concurrently to discuss aircraft operation, tele-
comr.iunications and radio aids, meteorology, and
search and rescue problems. Normally, each tech-
nical committee formed two or more working
groups which laid the groundwork and prepared
tlie draft material for more formal discussion and
resolution by the Technical Committees and
approval by the General Conmnittee.
At the fii-st meeting of the General Committee
on May 4, Timothy O'DriscoU of Ireland, D.
Haguenau of France, and V. G. Masdal of Den-
mark, were elected Chairman, first Vice Chairman
and Second Vice Chairman respectively of the
general committee. Frank Entwistle, Deputy
Chief of the Icao Air Navigation Bureau, was
appointed Secretary General of the meeting.
The results of the meeting vrere quite satisfac-
tory to the United States as the United States
position as approved by the Air Coordinating
Committee was upheld throughout with but one
minor exception wherein the metric system for
transmission of altimeter settings was adopted in
lieu of the U.S. -sponsored English system (i.e.
millibars instead of inches of mercury). Specific
accomplishments in the four technical fields are
given in brief form in the sections that follow.
Aircraft Operation
In the consideration of standardization of ap-
proach procedures it became apparent after con-
siderable discussion that complete standardization
could not be reached at this meeting. However,
as the procedures now in effect at international
airports already confornied to those in practice,
there appeared little to be gained by prolonging
the discussion here. Therefore, it was decided
that the matter should be referred to the Novem-
ber meeting of the Icao Operations Division in
Montreal where the standardization of approach
procedures could be accomplished on a world-wide
basis.
The subject of altimeter settings provoked con-
siderable discussion as the United States, Den-
mark, the Netherlands, Norway, and Iata proposed
continued use of QNH - while France, Italy,
Switzerland, and the United Kingdom favored
changing to QFF.'' Although it has been proved
that no ideal system exists to cover traiEc separa-
tion, terrain clearance, and approach to landing
simiiltaneously,it was shown that the QNH system
'Voting states: Czechoslovakia, Denmark, Egypt,
France, Greece, Ireland, Ital.v, Netherlands, Norway,
Portu:;al, Union of South Africa, Sweden, Switzerland,
United Kingdom, United States ; Observer states : Aus-
tria, Brazil, Finland, Luxembourff. Rumania; Inter-
national organizations: International Air Transport As-
sociation, International Aeronautical Federation, Inter-
national Meteorological Organization, International Civil
Aviation Organization.
- QNH is the code designation indicating the atmospheric
pressure at station level converted to mean sea level in
accordance with standard atmosphere. It is normally
read directly from the station altimeter after it has first
been set to the station elevation.
' QFF is the code designation indicating the atmospheric
pressure at station level converted to mean .sea level in
accordance witii meteorological practices. It is normally
obtained by reading the station barometer and adju.sting
the value by use of meteorological tables.
August 29, 1948
271
ACTIVITIES AND DEVELOPMENTS
was basically more practical and accurate under
all conditions than any other system. As a result
the decision of the meeting was to continue use
of QNH.
Airport saturation, as evidenced by unreason-
able delays or diversions, was studied and the
basic concept of prevention of satui'ation by im-
provement of facilities and services was advanced
as a much more desirable solution than the concept
of the State exercising control by forcing curtail-
ment or staggering of schedules. It was agreed
that saturation problems were unique to each air-
port and as such must be solved by individual
studies conducted locally.
Telecommunications and Radio Aids to
Navigation
The Communications Committee, in its study
of fixed aei'onautical telecommunications network
organization, developed a short-term plan involv-
ing revision and augmentation within the prin-
ciple of existing organization and a long-term plan
involving considerations of new principles for the
organization. The former plan was based on the
European Interim Fixed Radio Service prepared
bj^ IcAo and brought into force on April 20, 1948.
The latter plan was based on the division of the
European-Mediterranean region into a number of
subregions, each served by a subregional Com-
munications Center having (a) direct high capac-
ity circuits to communication centers serving other
subregions and (h) circuits to National Com-
munication Centers and major aerodromes within
its own subregion. These plans were also exam-
ined as to their sufficiency for search and rescue re-
quirements and were considered adequate, bearing
in mind the degree of priority that would be ap-
propriate to traffic concerning a distress operation.
Considering meteorological fixed telecommuni-
cations services, the committee endorsed the Imo
resolution taken at the Brussels Conference in
March 1948, which recommended the establish-
ment of a teletypewriter ring system for western
Europe. Area and subarea broadcasting systems
were also discussed, and desirable changes in fre-
quencies, power, and schedules were recommended.
During consideration of the aeronautical mobile
telecommunications services, the committee rec-
ommended provision of an additional HF radio-
telegraph chamiel to relieve the j^resent conges-
tion on (iSlO kilocycles. Continued use of MF
radio-telegraph is still required at certain places,
and the committee recommended that these re-
quirements be resolved between airline agencies
and state acbninistrations concerned.
Extension of the use of VHF radiotelephony for
aerodrome, approach, and area conti'ol was rec-
ommended with selection of frequencies for this
purpose to lie made with consideration of the pres-
ent equipment limitations from those now in use
in the European-Mediterranean region and adja-
cent regions. Deletion of two high frequencies
now used for apijroach and aerodrome control that
have been found to be not suitable for the service
was also recommended. Additional high fre-
quencies that are more suitable for this service
were listed.
Handling of flight information and airline oper-
ating agency traffic was discussed by the committee
with the result that a i-ecommendation was drawn
up concerning provisions for air/ground com-
munications to transmit this traffic over long and
medium distances. Since it was not desirable to
utilize the existing route frequencies for this pur-
pose, a channel in each of the 6, 8, 12, and 17
megacycle bands was recommended for allocation
to this service. As an interim measure, one chan-
nel in each of the G, 11, and 17 megacycle bands
was recommended.
So far as the ultimate assignment of very high
frequencies for world-wide application was con-
cerned, the committee submitted a report and rec-
ommendation to IcAO to the eifect that selection
of VH frequencies should be made from those now
in use in other regions taking into consideration
the adaptability to aircraft equipment now in use.
Simplex and duplex systems of radiotelegraphic
operation were reviewed in detail, and the con-
clusion reached that the needs of the European-
Mediterranean region would be served best by
simplex or a modified form of simplex operations
(which might be called adjacent channel simplex)
in which the ground to air frequency is on the same
channel but slightly different from the air to
ground frequency. It was further agreed that the
separation of these adjacent frequencies should
not exceed 5 kilocycles in any part of the H/F
spectrum.
In the committee's 26th recomjnendation, pro-
cedures for aeronautical mobile distress communi-
cations were proposed for inclusion in the
Euroi^ean-Mediterranean regional manual.
Turning to radio aids to air navigation, the
committee recommended that continuous opera-
tion of all consol stations be maintained and these
stations transmit proper identification signals. It
was noted no Loran had been installed for use in
the region, and in the absence of any requirements
for Loran no i-ecommendations weie made on this
subject. So far as HF/DF stations were con-
cerned, the committee tabulated those in existence,
under construction or proposed and recommended
that no existing HF/DF stations in the region be
closed unless satisfactory alternates were available.
Similar studies were made of VHF/DF and
MF/DF with recommendations that VHF/DF be
installed as a supplementary aid and that existing
MF/DF installations be kept in service.
The committee noted that the increase of Euro-
pean air traffic together with the slow rate of
implementation of new navigational aids neces-
sitated the retention of existing MF high power
272
Department of State Bulletin
radio beacons continuously and the installation of
new beacons at a number of selected locations.
Recommendations for location and operation of
MF medium power and MF low power radio bea-
cons were also made.
Studying the distribution of short distance radio
aids to air navigation, the committee found the
GEE chains now ojieratinij or being installed to be
suffii'ieut and therefore put forward no reeom-
meiidations for additional chains. Dealing with
the VHF omnidirectional range the committee felt
that it had not been satisfactorily informed on the
operational readiness of the VHF range and thus
found it impracticalile to comply with the Icao
Special Radio Technical Division's recommenda-
tions that specific locations be selected for the in-
stallation of this range. No additional MF radio
ranges were recommended but the continuous
operation of those now in service was urged.
Dealing with instrument aids to landing, the
committee reaffirmed the recommendation of the
1946 European-Mediterranean Regional Air Navi-
gation Meeting that instrument landing systems
should be installed at all regular and alternate
land aerodromes and recommended that such in-
stallations be made as quicklj- as possible and that
they be made in accordance with tlie Icao Special
Radio Technical Division's report. Exceptions to
this may be made at some inland aerodromes where
conditions of low visibility are practically un-
known. In addition to the ILS, the committee
recommended that ground controlled approach
equipment be installed at regular and alternate in-
ternational aerodromes where indicated by local
conditions or traffic density. Lorenz/SBA and
BABS equipment is recommended for continua-
tion in service where presently installed. The use
of aerodrome control radar was encouraged and
prioritj' for MF low power locator beacons was
set up.
Finally, during the study of procedures the
committee noted that the ICAO Procedures for
Air Navigation Sennces, Communications Pro-
cedures^ third edition, had been introduced
throughout the world on April 15, 1948. In ex-
tension of these world-wide procedures certain
supplementary procedines were developed to
cover certain communications problems that were
unique to the European-Mediterranean region.
Recommendations were also made with respect to
international NOTAM services, operating pro-
cedures for fixed telecommunication service con-
trol stations, and radio teletypewriter operation.
Meteorology
The committee on meteorology considered the
meteorological facilities necessaiy to provide air-
craft in the European-Mediterranean region with
accurate weather information and the procedures
for the dissemination of the information obtained.
"With respect to the facilities, necessary net-
Acnv;n£s and developments
works of surface observation stations, of upper
air stations, and of main and dependent fore-
casting stations were planned, and an integrated
teleprinter network in western Europe was ap-
proved for meteorological telecommunications.
Improved procedures for the exchange of mete-
orological information between Europe and North
America were developed, and schedules and con-
tents of the area and subarea meteorological
broadcasts throughout the Icao European-Medi-
terranean region were rearranged to improve the
service they furnish.
Supplementary meteorological procedures to
deal with special problems unique to the Euro-
pean-Mediterranean region that are not covered by
the Icao world-wide meteorological procedures
were revised in detail so as to provide a more satis-
factory basis for routine and special meteorologi-
cal protection to aircraft.
The committee also devoted considerable study
to the relationship between the documents and
regulations of Icao and the International Mete-
orological Organization. After noting certain
conflicts, uncertainties, and variations in effective
dates for implementation that existed on compari-
son of the documents of the two organizations, the
committee determined the precise manner in which
these are to be resolved.
Finally, the committee decided to postpone fur-
ther consideration of the request for a stationary
weather ship in the North Sea until the North
Atlantic stationary weather ship program has
been fully implemented.
Search and Rescue
The Search and Rescue Committee, during their
study of search and rescue facilities, reviewed
those facilities provided for the European-Medi-
terranean region at the present time and decided
that, if these existing facilities are maintained at
the current level of operations, the search and
rescue coverage for the region would be adequate.
In this respect, the committee recommended that
the Icao regional office should prepare semian-
nually a chart or tabulation of search and rescue
facilities in the region. This information is to
be transmitted to Icao for appropriate dissemi-
nation to the states of the region arid such other
states as may be interested in having this informa-
tion currently available. To assist the Secretariat
in this work, recommendations were formulated
which were designed to elicit information from
states not represented on the committee as to
search and rescue facilities available in those
states.
Dealing with aircraft emergencies the conunit-
tee formally and unanimously accepted specific
definitions for three phases of emergencies.
These are first, the Uncertainty Phase; second,
the Alert Phase; and finally the Distress Phase.
Augusf 29, 1948
273
ACTIVITIES AND DEVELOPMENTS
As indicated by the names, these phases range in
severity, the first being only uncertainty ; the sec-
ond, apprehension: and the third, grave and im-
minent danger. Actions to be talven by Air
Traffic Control and by Search and Rescue organi-
zations under each of these phases were detailed
by the committee.
The committee put forward a recommendation
urging early action on completion of agreements
to permit immediate transit of borders by Search
and Rescue aircraft and further recommended
that IcAO urge the acceptance of the principles
and implementation of the actions recommended
in the report of the Preparatory Committee of
Experts on the Coordination of Safety at Sea and
in the Air.
NORTH ATLANTIC
The North Atlantic Regional Air Navigation
Meeting of the International Civil Aviation Or-
ganization (IcAo) was held at Paris May 18-31,
19^8. The meeting was convened to amplify and
to bring up to dat« the studies and recommenda-
tions made at the Picao North Atlantic Route
Service Conference held at Dublin, in March 1946.
Twelve voting states, two observer states, and
four international organizations were present.*
The United States Delegation, under the chair-
manship of C. P. Burton, Civil Aeronautics Ad-
ministration, consisted of members from the De-
partments of Air Force, Commerce, Navy, and
Treasury and from the Civil Aeronautics Board,
the Federal Communications Commission, and the
Air Transport Association. The Delegation was
assisted by advisers from the Civil Aeronautics
Administration Field OfEce in Paris and from the
military command of the Usafi in Germany.
The General Committee met in plenary session
on May 18 to elect its officers and to organize the
technical sessions. Group Capt. H. R. Graham
of the United Kingdom was elected chairman of
the General Committee with D. Haguenau of
France and S. L. Hof of the Netherlands as first
and second vice chairman. Ivor McClure of
IcAO was appointed Secretary General of the meet-
ing. Five technical committees were formed to
deal concurrently with aircraft operation, includ-
ing operating manuals, air traffic control, meteor-
ology, searcli and rescue, and telecommunications
and radio aids to navigation.
The results of the meeting showed general ac-
ceptance of the U. S. position as approved by the
Air Coordinating Committee and were quite satis-
factory to the United States. The sections that
follow give the detailed accomplishments in each
of the technical fields mentioned above.
' Votinu' statps : Dpninurk, F'rance, Irpland, Canada,
Iceland, Mexico, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Sweden,
United Kingdom, United States; Observer states: Guate-
mala and Turkey; International Organizations: F^d^-
ration A^ronautique Internationale, International Air
Transport Association, International Civil Aviation Or-
ganization, International Meteorological Organization.
Aircraft Operation
The subcommittee dealing with aircraft opera-
tion had three primary problems to review,
namely, the applicability of uniform instrument
appioach and landing procedures for each inter-
national aerodrome in the region; the practice to
be followed for setting altimeters for vertical sepa-
ration of aircraft, navigation, and during ap-
proach and landing; and the consideration of
contracting states experience with the regional
manual.
Reviewing instrument approach and landing
procedures, the subcommittee found that the pro-
cedures in use at present were, in general, indi-
vidually satisfactory although uniformity between
procedures at different aerodromes was lacking.
As it was the view of those present that standard-
ization of such procedures should be on a world-
wide basis rather than on a regional basis, the
slibject was referred to the Icao Operations Divi-
sion as a matter of greatest urgency for resolution
at their next meeting in Montreal.
The subject of altimeter settings evoked pro-
longed discussion and was especially difficult to
resolve because of its interlocking relationship
with the Air Traffic Control Committee's work
with respect to control zone boundaries and
change-over points. It was finally decided that a
standard setting of 1013.2 millibars would be used
for en route navigation in the North Atlantic
oceanic control areas, and that QNH altimeter
settings would be used in other North Atlantic
control areas and flight information regions.
The regional manual was considered in steps
which progressed from determination of the basic
conception of regional manuals through the sub-
stantive content, format, layout, and systems of
amendment to a criticism of the existing North
Atlantic manual.
Basically, it was agreed that regional manuals
were essential to the safe and efficient conduct of
international air navigation and that the effective
production, dissemination, and use of the regional
manual is of prime necessity if the aims and ob-
jectives of IcAO are to be realized. Considering
next the varied information to be contained in
274
Department of Sfofe Bulletin
regional manuals, the committee ai^reed unani-
mously that greater usefulness would be achieved
if regional manuals were issued in two parts, each
in a se|)arate binder, one constituted to fulfil the
specific operational requirements of flight crews
and the other to supply information to ground
personnel.
The conmiittee, after examining conmients of
contracting states, considered that the North At-
lantic regional manual in its present form was in-
adeciuatc and therefore made numerous recom-
mendations for the purpose of improving the
usefulness of information in the manual. Special
empliasis was placed on systems of amending the
manual so that it will present up-to-date infor-
mation. In this respect it was i-ecommended that
an efficient NOTAil service as a potential means
of amending the manuals be established prior to
the production of future regional manuals.
Air Traffic Control
Tlie Air Traffic Control Committee first directed
their attention lo the existing North Atlantic con-
trol areas and recommended certain revisions of
the boundaries that appeared desirable to effect
better control of air traffic and to eliminate over-
lapping of control areas in adjacent Icao regions.
The new boundaries were precisely defined and
have the Arctic Circle for the northern limit and
the 30° X latitude circle as the southern limit.
Eastern and western limits are formed b}' a series
of lines passing through offshore points approxi-
mately 100 miles from the coastlines of Europe,
Africa, and North America. Six oceanic control
areas were defined in the new North Atlantic con-
trol area and have the area control centers located
at Reykjavik. Iceland: Stavanger, Norway; Shan-
non, Ireland: Prestwick, Scotland: Santa Maria,
Azores ; New York ; and iloncton, Canada. Areas
included in the formerly defined North Atlantic
area but omitted from the newly defined area are
to be considered as Flight Information regions,
in which local control areas may be established as
necessary and within which domestic flight rules
are to apply. Approach control, aerodrome con-
trol, and the necessary control zones were recom-
mended for establishment at all regular inter-
national aerodromes serving or within the North
Atlantic control areas.
In a series of recommendations on facilities the
connnittee detailed modifications to Flight Infor-
mation regions necessary to make them consistent
with the newly defined boundaries and detailed
the communication requirements for air traffic
control services.
Turning next to a study of air traffic control
procedures, the committee recommended that the
third edition of ICAO Procedure-'^ for Air Naviga-
tion Services, Air Trn-ffic Control be implemented
in the North Atlantic region on October 1, 1948,
and that such future amendments as may be ap-
ACllVmES AND DEVELOPMENTS
proved by the Icao Council should automatically
come into force in the North Atlantic region on
the date specified by the Icao Council. In addi-
tion to the world-wide procedures recommended
for adoption, the committee recommended a series
of supplementary procedures for application in
the North Atlantic region. These supplementary
procedures establish the standard altimeter setting
of 1013.2 millibars for use in oceanic control areas,
and QNH altimeter settings for local control
areas; require compliance with instrument flight
rules by all flights operating through the North
Atlantic oceanic control areas and extending more
than 100 nautical miles from the shoreline; and
establish certain special details for drafting and
handling air traffic control messages.
Finally the committee agreed that maintenance
of the Air Traffic Control Facilities in Iceland
should be retained and recommended that the lo-
cation of the area control should be moved from
Reykjavik to Keflavik when appropriate facili-
ties are available at Keflavik so as to permit closer
coordination between area control personnel,
meteorological personnel, operating agencies, and
pilots.
Meteorology
The committee on meteorology dealt with
meteorological facilities, meteorological proce-
dures, and meteorological telecommunications.
During their consideration of facilities the com-
mittee established plans for the networks of sur-
face observation stations, the networks of upper
air stations, and the networks of main and depend-
ent forecasting stations required for the meteor-
ological protection of aircraft in the North At-
lantic region. Particular attention was given to
the meteorological facilities of Iceland and recom-
mendations were prepared detailing the extent
and types of meteorological facilities and services
that should be provided in Iceland under the pro-
posed Joint Support program. A study was also
made of the North Atlantic ocean weather station
program. Agreement was reached and the com-
mittee recommended the continuance of tlie ocean
weather station program as originally established.
The committee decided to delay recommendations
for additional service commitments from existing
stations or for alterations in the present positions
of the stations at least until further definite in-
foi-mation is available regarding the full imple-
mentation of the entire 13-ship station program.
Directing their attention to meteorological jjro-
cedures, the committee agreed on the codes and
procedures to be used for exchanging meteorologi-
cal procedures between Europe and North
America, accepted QNH as the value to be used
for altimeter settings for use in terrain clearance
and vertical separation of aii'craft, and made rec-
ommendations as to the general manner in which
the message checking procedures are to be estab-
Augusf 29, 7948
275
ACTIVITIBS AND DEVELOPMENTS
lished and carried out with a view to reducing
present delays in the transmission and reception
of the various categories of meteorological infor-
mation exchanged. With respect to the published
IGAO Procedures for Meterology and the North
Atlantic Supplement thereto, the committee made
detailed recommendations for a revision of the
Supplement in order to provide a more satisfac-
tory basis of routine and special meterological
protection of aircraft.
Dealing with meteorological telecommunica-
tions, the committee recommended the establish-
ment and scheduling of a system of bi-oadcasts
containing terminal forecasts and terminal reports
for the benefit of aircraft flying the North At-
lantic. For collection and dissemination of
weather data in the North Atlantic, the commit-
tee recommended a system that is primarily an
exclusive meteorological radio-teletypewriter net-
work, supplemented by the use of operational
channels between points where the amount of
weather data traffc is not heavy.
The committee also devoted considerable time
to a determination of the precise manner in which
the existing uncertainties regarding Icao and
International Meteorological Organization docu-
mentation, and effective dates of implementation,
are to be resolved.
Search and Rescue
The Search and Rescue Committee tabulated
and reviewed the search and rescue facilities pro-
vided for the region at the present time and de-
cided that, if the organization was maintained at
the current level of operations, the present facili-
ties would provide adequate coverage for the re-
gion. A minimum facilities recommendation was
unanimously approved by the committee.
The initial Search and Eescue report drawn up
and approved by the Picao North Atlantic Route
Service Conference at Dublin in 1946 was reviewed
and the committee found the facilities report orig-
inally set forth therein to be a very excellent
study of the conditions wliich continue to exist in
the region today. Utilizing the information in
this report together with the current air traffic
density figures, the committee recommended the
adoption of the original eight-base plan as pro-
posed by the Search and Rescue Committee at the
1946 Dublin Conference.
During their review of the second European-
Mediterranean Regional Air Navigation Meeting
Search 'and Rescue report, the committee found
that a number of recommendations of that meet-
ing were also applicable to the North Atlantic
region and consequently included them in its re-
port. The foremost in these recommendatio)is is
the definition of the three phases of aircraft emer-
gencies and the action required by the SAR and
ATC organizations under each of these conditions.
Reviewing the report of the Preparatory Com-
mittee of Experts on the Coordination of Safety at
Sea and in the Air, the SAR Committee recom-
mended that IcAO urge its contracting states to
accept the principles contained in that report with
special reference to paragraph 21 and to the con-
solidated list of subjects requiring coordination
which is set forth in the annex to that report.
Among other recommendations included in their
final report the committee urged, from a SAR
standpoint, the early implementation of the ocean
station-vessel program; asked that the Icao
Training Section devise a plan for the circulation
of search and rescue training films among the
member states of the region ; and proposed certain
revisions to the draft ocean weather station opera-
tional handbook.
Finally, statements for inclusion in the com-
mittee's final report were obtained from contract-
ing states represented at the meeting as to the
current degree of implementation and as to future
intent with reference to their implementation of
the standards and recommended practices set forth
in the ICAO Procedures for Air Navigation Serv-
ices^ Search and Rescue, third edition.
Telecommunications and Radio Aids to Air
Navigation
The Communications Committee divided their
attention between facilities required for communi-
cations in the North Atlantic region, which in-
cluded fixed telecommunication services, aero-
nautical niobile teleconnnunication services, and
radio aids to air navigation; and procedures for
the operation of the facilities selected.
During the study of fixed telecommunications
services, the committee examined the entire cir-
cuitry of the North Atlantic region and after con-
sideration of all proposals for a change developed
an amended plan to provide the most effective
communication with a minimum number of fre-
quencies. In the course of these studies recogni-
tion was given to the increased circuit capacity
to be realized upon implementation of diplex-
duplex radio-teletypewriter circuits.
Considering next the aeronautical mobile tele-
communications services, the plan for en route air
ground communication services was amended to
reduce the families of frequencies to be guarded
by aeronautical air-ground communication sta-
tions. As a result, each station will maintain con-
tinuous watch on two families of frequencies
instead of three and will have its primary activity
on one of the families. Adjacent stations will
maintain primary service on the other family.
Agreement was also reached on a plan for fre-
quency utilization of the North Atlantic route
frequencies, taking into consideration the distri-
bution of load factor and propagation character-
istics of the frequencies. Use of this plan is
276
Department of State Bulletin
expected to reduce interference and improve
coninuniication with aircraft. Provisions were
included for the introduction of radio telephone
en route conuiumication when a radio frequency
assig^inient for this purpose can be obtained.
The committee approved a plan transmitted to
it by the ileteorolojiical Committee for the inau-
puiation of weather report broadcast service for
the benefit of en route aircraft. This system takes
the form of schedules staggered among the major
aeronautical communications stations in such
fashion that an en route aircraft can receive the
complete broadcast from each of the stations in
turn. Transmission of weather information by
this method is expected to reduce requests for
weather information from individual aircraft
with the result that a substantial decrease can be
anticipated in the volume of communications re-
quired to be handled on the en route frequencies.
Turning to radio aids to air navigation, the
committee recommended that all existing aids be
maintained in service until satisfactory replace-
ments conforming to the Special Radio Technical
Division (COT) standards have been placed in
service. In particular, the committee recom-
mended retention of the Northeast standard Loran
chain and of the consol stations in service at this
time. The committee reaffirmed the recommen-
dations of the previous North Atlantic Conference
for the establishment of three additional consol
stations, but the prospects of their actual erection
ACTIVITIES AND DEVELOPMENTS
appear clouded by their high cost and the fact that
consol seemingly will not be the world-wide stand-
ard long range navigation aid to be accepted by
IcAO. The committee was unable to recommend
specific sites for a large scale installation program
for very high frequency omnidirectional ranges
with distance measuring equipment but did agree
that these installations should be carried out by
states at selected locations to obtain operational
experience with these aids. Tlie committee also
agreed upon a number of standardizations desired
in the technical characteristics of the ILS and
SCS-51 aids to approach and landing.
With respect to communications procedures, the
committee agreed on the number of connections
which will constitute the maximum teletypewriter
line length; thereby, achieving much needed
standardization in this respect. The committee
also recommended a standard emergency and dis-
tress procedure for inclusion in the North Atlantic
regional manual ; and in recognition of the present
use of two emergency and distress frequencies in
the North Atlantic region, recommended that
Igao obtain agreement for the use of one fre-
quency for this purpose by all contracting states
in the North Atlantic region.
Finally, in a joint meeeting with the Search and
Rescue Committee and the Meteorological Com-
mittee, the Ocean Weather Station Yefisel Hand-
hooh was revised in accordance with the United
States recommendations.
U.S. Delegations to International Conferences
Joint Brazil-U. S. Technical Commission
[Released to the press August 20]
The United States members of the Joint Brazil-
United States Technical Commission will sail from
New York on August 27, 1948, on the S. S. Brasil
and expect to arrive in Rio de Janeiro about Sep-
tember 7. At the request of the Brazilian Govern-
ment, the United States has cooperated in the
organization of the Joint Brazil-United States
Technical Commission for the purpose of making
a study of Brazilian resources and capacity for
economic development.
The Biflzilian and United States sections of the
Commission will be assisted by a technical staff
to be furnished by their resjjeetive Governments.
The chairman of the Brazilian section and the
chairman of the United States section will serve
as co-chairmen of the Commission.
John Abbink lias been appointed by the Presi-
dent as chairman, with the pei'sonal rank of Min-
ister, of the United States section. The other two
membei-s of the United States section are Harold
V. Roelse and Dr. Harry L. Brown.
Technical advisers to the United States section
of the Commission will be as follows :
Adviser on —
Agriculture . .
Banking
Banking . . . .
Fiscal affairs .
Aiiuipower . . .
ilinerals . . . .
Power and in-
dustrial de-
velopment.
. Carl P. Heisig, Chief, Division of Farm
Management and Costs, Bureau of
Agricultural Economics, Department
of Agriculture
. Phillip Jacob W. Glaessner, Economist,
Foreign Research Division, Federal
Reserve Bank of New York, New
York City
.Arthur B. Hersey, Economist, Division
of Re.search and Statistics, Board of
Governors, Federal Reserve System
.Herbert K. May, Assistant Chief, Latin
American Division, Office of Inter-
national Finance, Department of
Treasury
. Edward L. Keenan, Deputy Director,
Bureau of Employment Security,
Federal Security Agency
William D. .Johnston, Chief, Section of
Foreign Geology, Geological Survey,
Department of the Interior
Thom.-is E. Ilibhen, Adviser, Foreign Eco-
nomic Development, Office of In-
teriiiitional Trade, Department of
Commerce
Augosf 29, J948
277
ACTIVITIES AND DEVBLOPMBNTS
Transportation .Edwin W. James, Chief, Inter-American
Regional Office, Public Koads Admin-
istration, Federal Works Agency
Executive secretary of the United States section
will be John C. A. Cady, assistant chief, Division
of Investment and Economic Development, Amer-
ican Republics Branch, Department of State. The
Secretariat will be composed of Gladys I. Poticher
of the Department of State and Mary E. Herron
of the Department of the Treasury.
Pursuant to the terms of reference, the Joint
Brazil-United States Technical Commission will
endeavor to analyze the factoi-s in Brazil which
are tending to promote or to retard the economic
development of Brazil. This will involve a broad
appraisal of the manner, directions, and rates of
development of the Brazilian economy, looking
toward the most effective and balanced utilization
of Brazilian resources. The Commission will give
particular attention to the capacity of Brazil for
economic expansion through the maximum use of
its internal resources. The Commission is not
authorized to undertake to appraise the merits of
specific projects or to evaluate the desirability of
obtaining foreign financing. The Commission,
howevei', will consider measures designed to en-
courage the flow of private capital to Brazil and,
where appropriate, may make broad recommenda-
tions relative to measures which might facilitate
economic development in Brazil.
The Commission will direct its attention toward
an analysis of (1) Brazil's natural and capital
resources; (2) the supply of labor, particularly
skilled labor; (3) problems in fiscal and banking
fields; (4) problems of domestic and international
trade; and (5) the position of Brazil in the world
economy.
The organization of this Joint Brazil-United
States Technical Commission is a further instance
of the cooperative work encouraged by the United
States Government to assist the other American
republics in attaining the comprehensive develop-
ment of their resources.
Conference on General Agreement
on Tariffs and Trade
The Department of State announced on August
16 the composition of the United States Delegation
to the Second Session of the Contracting Parties to
the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade sched-
uled to convene at Geneva, on August 16, 1948.
The United States Delegation is as follows:
Ch airman
Leroy D. Stinebower, Special Assistant to the Assistant
Secretary for Economic Affairs, Department of State
Vice Chairman
John M. Leddy, Adviser, Division of Commercial Policy,
Department of State
Advisers
Carl D. Corse, Acting As.soclate Chief, Division of Com-
mercial Policy, Department of State
Walter Hollis, Otfice of the Legal Adviser, Department of
State
William L. Marbury, Department of the Army
The meeting of the Contracting Parties will con-
sider various technical matters affecting the pres-
ent operation of the General Agreement on Tariffs
and Trade concluded at Geneva in October 1947
and future procedures with regard to it. Tariff
negotiations scheduled at Geneva are solely those
designed to get additional countries to participate
in the general agreement.
It is expected that representatives from the 22
countries which have put the general agreement
into provisional effect will attend. These coun-
tries are Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Burma, Can-
ada, Ceylon, China, Cuba, Czechoslovakia, France,
India, Lebanon, Luxembourg, Netherlands, New
Zealand, Norway, Pakistan, Southern Rhodesia,
Syria, Union of South Africa, the United King-
dom, and the United States. The forthcoming
meeting is being held in accordance with agreement
reached at the first session of the contracting parties
held at Habana, February 28-Marcli 24, 1948.
DATE OF UNESCO CONFERENCE TO BE
ANNOUNCED IN PARIS
[Released to the press August 19]
Decision on the time and place of the Third
Session of the General Conference of the United
Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Or-
ganization will be made at an extraordinary ses-
sion of representatives of member nations of
Unesco, to be held in Paris, September 15, it was
announced by the Department of State on August
19.
The Conference, originally scheduled to open in
Beirut, Lebanon, on October 18, was postponed
last week. Unesco announced that the Secretary-
General of the United Nations recommended the
postponement because of the United Nations
General Assembly meeting which opens in Paris
in September.
UNESCO's Executive Board will meet in Paris,
September 3, and start consideration of the prob-
lems resulting from postponement of the Confer-
ence. The final decision on the matter will not
be made, however, until the extraordinary Unesco
session later in the month.
278
Department of State Bulletin
THE DEPARTMENT
Interim Office for German Affairs Established
[ Released to llie press August 17]
To carry out the provisions of Public Law 798,
80th Coiifireas, which gives the Department of
State authority to perform consuhir functions for
German nationals in the United States and its ter-
ritories and j)ossessions, an Interim OfKce for Ger-
man Atfairs has been established within the De-
partment of Stale.
Tlie Interim Ollice for German Affairs is author-
ized to i)erform certain consular functions for
German nationals within the United States and
its territories and possessions. The following
services will be perfoi-med as soon as administra-
tive arrangements have been completed :
1. Issuance of identitj' and travel documents.
2. Welfare and whereabouts inquiries.
3. The following miscellaneous notarial and other
services :
(a) authentication of documents
(b) translation of birth, marriage, and death
documents
(e) certification of translations
(d) registration of marriages, births, and deaths
(e) recording of wills
(/) administration of oaths
In connection with the performance of these
services, Public Law 798 authorizes the Depart-
ment of State to charge appropriate fees.
Address all correspondence in this connection
to the Interim Office for German Affairs, Depart-
ment of State, Washington 25, D. C.
PUBLICATIONS
Department of State
For sale by thr Suprrintcvdcnt of Documents, Government
Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C. Address requests
direct to the Superintendent of Dneuinents, except in the
case (jf free puhtications, which may 6c obtained from the
Department of State.
Air Transport Services: Rights of United States Airlines
in Ceylon. Treaties and Other International Acts Series
1714. Pub. 3089. 3 pp. 5(}.
Agreement Between the United States anrl the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland
aiodifying the Agreement of Feb. 11, 1!34(; — Effected
by exchange of notes signed at London .Tan. 14, 19-18 ;
entered Into force Jan. 14, 1948.
THE DEPARTMENT
United States Armed Forces in China. Treaties and Other
International Acts Series 1715. Pub. 3095. 8 pp. 5<t.
Agreement Between the United States and China —
Effected by exchange of notes signed at Nanking Aug.
29 and Sept. 3, 1947 ; entered into force Sept. 3, 1947.
Aid to Greece: Procurement of Military Equipment and
Supplies. Treaties and Other International Acts Series
1718. Pub. 3105. 4 pp. 54.
Agreement Between the United States and the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland —
Effected by exchange of notes signed at Washington
July 25 and Oct. 9, 1947 ; entered into force Oct. 9, 1947.
Passport Visas. Treaties and Other International Acts
Series 1729. Pub. 3131). 3 pp. 5^.
Agreement Between the United States and the Nether-
lands—Effected by exchange of notes dated at The
Hague July 30 and Aug. 20, 1947 ; entered into force
Aug. 20, 1947.
United States Educational Foundation in the Philippines.
Treaties and Other International Acts Series 1730. Pub.
3137. 7 pp. 50.
Agreement Between the United States and the Ee-
public of the Philippines — Signed at Manila Mar. 23,
19-18; entered into force Mar. 23. 1948.
Air Service: Facilities at Kastrup Airport in Denmark.
Treaties and Other International Acts Series 1734. Pub.
3156. 4 pp. 50.
Arrangement Between the United States and Den-
mark— Effected by exchange of notes signed at
Copenhagen Sept. 26 and Oct. 1, 1946; entered into
force Oct. 1, 1946.
Air Service: Facilities at Don Muang Airport and Bang-
kapi in Siam. Treaties and Other International Acts
Series 1735. Pub. 3157. 6 pp. 50.
Agreement Between the United States and Siam —
Signed at Bangkok May 8, 1947; entered into force
May 8, 1947.
Air Service: Facilities in Sweden. Treaties and Other
International Acts Series 1742. Pub. 3182. 2 pp. 50.
Agreement Between the United States and Sweden —
Signed at Stockholm Sept. 30, 1940 ; entered into force
Sept. 30, 1946.
Mutual Aid. Treaties and Other International Acts Series
1746. Pub. 2186. 3 pp. 50.
Agreement Between the United States and China Im-
plementing Preliminary Agreement of June 2, 1942 —
Signed at Washington June 28, 1946 ; entered Into
force June 28, 1946.
Publications of the Department of State, July 1, 1948.
Pub. 3219. 12 pp. Free.
A semiannual list cumulative from Jan. 1, 1948.
August 29, J948
279
General Policy
Page
The U.N. and Specialized Agencies — Con.
Page
U.S. Rejects Soviet Charges Concerning Re-
Commission for Conventional Armaments:
fusal of Two Russian Teachers To Re-
Resolution on Formulation of Proposals for
turn to Soviet Union:
Regulation and Reduction of Armaments
Note of the Department of State to the
and Armed Forces
267
Embassy of the U.S.S.R
251
Resolution Defining Armaments
268
Notes From the Embassy of the U.S.S.R.
Status of Establishment of Permanent Head-
to the Department of State
254
quarters of Fao:
Note to Ambassador Walter Bedell Smith
The Acting Director General of Fad to Sec-
From Foreign Minister V. M. Molotov . .
256
retary Marshall
268
Exchange of Communications Between
Secretary Marshall to the Director General
President Franklin D. Roosevelt and
of Fad
269
Soviet Commissar for Foreign Affairs
Annual Report of the Secretary-General on the
Maxim Litvinov
257
Work of the Organization
269
Position on Status of Mrs. Oksana Kasenkina .
261
U.N. Documents: A Selected Bibliography . .
270
The U.N. and Specialized Agencies
United Nations Day
Divergent Views on Program of Work of the
Military Staff Committee:
262
IcAO Regional Air Navigation Meetings:
European- Mediterranean
North Atlantic
Date of UNESCO Conference To Be Announced
]T1 Paris
271
274
278
Letter to the President of the Security
111 ± Oil lO •.•.•■..•.••••.
Council Submitting Statement by U.S.,
U.K., Chinese, and French Delegations .
Letter to the President of the Security Coun-
263
Occupation Matters
Interim Office for German Affairs Established .
279
cil From the Soviet Delegation ....
The Question of Displaced Persons:
Letter From Ambassador Warren R. Austin
264
Economic Affairs
Joint Brazil-U.S. Technical Commission . .
277
to the Secretary-General
265
Conference on General Agreement on Tariffs
Appeal for U.S. Aid for Jewish and Arab
and Trade
278
Refugees :
Count Folke Bernadotte, Palestine Media-
The Department
tor, to Secretary Marshall
266
Interim Office for German Affairs Established .
279
Secretary Marshall to Count Bernadotte .
267
Security Council Resolution on Control of
Publications
Dissidents Among Jews and Arabs . . .
267
Department of State
279
U, S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1943
tJ/i€/ ^eha^t'ntenl? ^(W tnate^
CONFERENCE TO CONSIDER FREE NAVIGATION
OF THE DANUBE:
U.S. Position and Responsibilities in the Danube
Region • Statements by Cavendish W. Cannon . . 283
Amendments to Soviet Draft Convention • Statements
by Cavendish W. Cannon and Walter A. Radius ... 284
THE FOURTH INTERNATIONAL CONGRESSES ON
TROPICAL MEDICINE AND MALARIA • Article
by Wilbur A. Sawyer 294
Vol. XIX, No. 479
September 5, 1948
For complete contents see back cover
U. S. SUPERINTENDENT OF U0CUMEM5
OCT 111948
^«KT o^
•Nt„ o» '
j/ie ^efio/yCme^ ;C^ ^al:e JL,/ UL X 1 Vl/ L i 1 1
Vol. XIX, No. 479 • Pubucation 3276
September 5, 1948
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing 0£Bc«
Washington 25, D.C.
Phice:
52 issues, domestic $6, foreign $7.25
Single copy, 15 cents
Published with the approval of the
Director of the Bureau of the Budget
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the DEPARTMEh^T
OF State Bclletoj as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the ivork of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various piloses of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
CONFERENCE TO CONSIDER FREE NAVIGATION OF THE DANUBE
U.S. ResponsibilSties in the Danube Region
STATEMENT BY CAVENDISH W. CANNON >
Chairman, U.S. Delegation
The Yugoslav delegate has mentioned a number
of United States rivers not subject to international
control. Most of them are national rivers by the
definition wliicli the Yugoslav delegate cited yes-
terday ; and some can hardly be called navigable in
the commercial sense. On those which are, traffic
moves freely. That is the crux of the problem.
On the Danube, traffic does not move freely. It is
as a means of achieving that end that we propose
non-riparian representation on the Commission.
Those delegates opposing non-riparian repre-
sentation have all lost sight of one very important
point, namely, that the riparian states themselves,
particularly landlocked states like Austria,
Czechoslovakia and Hungary, have a real interest
in a regime with sufficient safeguards for freedom
of navigation, so that their ships may sail without
hindrance to the sea.
It is interesting to note that the postwar Gov-
ernment of Hungary, on November 12, 1945, ad-
dressed a note to the United States, British and
Soviet Governments, giving its views on the
Danube question. It called attention to the great
importance to Hungai-y of a regime which guaran-
tees full freedom of navigation. It suggested that
the prewar system of international navigation be
reconstituted with provisions for changes required
by new conditions. The Hungarian Government
did not envisage elimination of non-riparian repre-
sentation, for it suggested consolidation into one
Commission of the European Commission of the
Danube and the International Commission of the
Danube. Both Commissions, as the Conference
is aware, had non-riparian representation. There
have been changes since 1946 but we believe the
long-term economic interests of Himgary remain
the same.
Mr. Vyshinski referred to the shipping pro-
visions of the Marshall Plan as an example of
economic dictatorship, and quoted a recent unoffi-
cial news item from a British paper to substantiate
this unfounded claim. "Wliat Mr. Vyshinski did
not mention was the millions of tons of United
States vessels transferred to the European coun-
tries since the end of the war. And today the fleets
of the European countries are expanding and ai-e
fully employed, for the Marshall Plan has main-
tained the volume of trade of these countries. It
is the United States merchant fleet that is steadily
decreasing and will continue to deci*ease as mer-
chant fleets of Europe are rehabilitated. I am sur-
prised that Mr. Vyshinski raised this shipping
question, for he certainly knows that his comitry
gives preference to vessels under the Soviet flag,
with respect to all of its trade. A large propoilion
of those vessels are owned by the United States,
having been turned over to the Soviet Govenmient
during the war under lend-lease.
Those international instruments are well known.
That the United States has general obligations and
responsibilities in Europe, including those parts of
Europe through which the Danube flows is also
well known. We do not intend to abdicate those
responsibilities.
' Made before the General Committee of the Danube Con-
ference in Belgrade on Aug. 13, 1948, and released to the
press in Washington on Aug 16. Mr. Cannon is American
Ambassador to the Federal People's Republic of Yugo-
slavia.
September 5, 1948
283
Amendments to Soviet Draft Convention
STATEMENTS BY AMBASSADOR CANNON
Articles7E, 17, 18, 19, 20^
The American proposed amendment to Article
7, e/ is directly related to the proposed amend-
ment substituting one new article for Articles 17,
18, 19 and the first paragraph of Article 20 of
the Soviet draft, which provide for the estab-
lishment of "Special River Administrations".
Our Article 7, e/ would then read :
"To review, approve, and supervise, on the basis
of proposals made by the Special Services pro-
vided for in Article 17, all measures which may
be usefully undertaken in respect of the upkeep
and improvement of the navigable conditions and
of the administration of the sections concerned,
and to insure that all charges and regulations rec-
ommended, established, or applied by the Special
Services are non-discriminatory and not in con-
flict with the principle of free and unobstructed
international navigation on the Danube, as set
forth in this convention."
Article 17 would then read :
"In order to maintain and improve navigable
conditions on the sections of the Danube present-
ing special problems such as the Iron Gates and
the mouths of the Danube, the Commission shall
by agreement with the riparian states concerned
establish special technical and administrative
services.
"Those special services shall act on the basis of
agreement between the commission and the gov-
ernments of the riparian states concerned under
the provisions of Article 7, e/ of this convention.
"The personnel of these services shall be pro-
vided and appointed by the riparian states con-
cerned and shall be placed under the direction of
heads of services selected by the states concerned
and approved by the Commisison.
"The seat of each of these special services shall
be determined by agreement between the Com-
mission and the riparian state or states concerned."
I would like first to call your attention to the
first paragraph of Article 7 of the Soviet draft
which states:
' Made before the General Committee of the Conference
in Belgrade on Aug. 13, 1948, and released to the press
in Washington on Aug. 16,
284
"The terms of reference of the Commission are
applicable to the Danube in accordance with
Article 2."
And then to Article 2 of the Soviet draft which
states :
"The regime established by this Convention is I
applicable to the whole navigable part of the
Danube river between Ulm and the Black Sea
over the Sulina arm with the outlet to the sea
through the Sulina Channel."
Clearly, these two provisions contemplate that ^
the jurisdiction of the Commission shall extend
over the whole Danube, to which all sections of
Article 7 would apply. Section e/ of Article 7,
however, read in conjunction with Articles 17
through 20, removes from this jurisdiction the
administration of the two most important seg-
ments of the river requiring special works.
The amendment to Section 7, e/ proposed by
the United States Delegation would clearly es-
tablish the primary jurisdiction of the Commis-
sion over the whole river to insure compliance
with the principles of the Convention. In order
to carry out such responsibilities, the Commission
should have greater authority than merely the
right to consult, make recommendations to, and
exchange information with any special adminis-
trative bodies. Nothing in the Soviet draft of
Articles 17, 18, 19, or the first paragraph of Article
20 requires the autonomous Administrations to act
in conformity with the principles of the Conven-
tion.
Article 7, therefore, imposes specific responsi-
bilities upon the Commission and then fails to
give it the authority to fulfill them. The United
States Delegation submits its amendment to Ar-
ticle 7, e/ with a view to reconciling the authority
of the Commission with its responsibilities.
Past experience has shown that it is not only
expedient but essential that special technical and
administrative services be established to deal with
the sectors of the Danube presenting special prob-
lems, such as the Iron Gates sector and the mouth
of the Danube. It has been proposed by Czecho-
slovakia and Hungary that the Gabchikovo-Gonyu
sector of the Danube also be subject to a similar
administration.
The proposed new Article 17, which is submitted
as an amendment to Articles 17, 18, 19 and the
Department of State Bulletin
fii-st paragraph of Ai-ticle 20, would authorize the
Commission, by agreement with the riparian states
concerned, to establish such special technical and
administrative services. It is sufficiently flexible
to cover such additional special service as the
Czechoslovak and Hungarian proposal or any
other similar services which might be found neces-
sary in the future.
\ I have frequently heard it said at this confer-
ence that times have changed — that the rights of
all the riparians must be respected and not ignored
(so goes the claim) as in the past. Yet the pro-
posal of the Soviet Union for the establishment
of autonomous bilateral administrations at the
Iron Gates and over the Maritime Danube could
effectively exclude the other riparians from having
any voice whatever in their administration. The
United States believes that all riparians as well
as a minority of non-riparians should participate
in the administration of the entire river which is
so important to all users. We should not forget
that large areas of up-stream rijiarian states do
not have anj' other waterway access to the sea.
Surely, these land-locked riparians have a right
to participate in the supervision, through the
Commission, of the administration of these crucial
navigation points on the river which provide their
access to the sea and the links between themselves.
Article 38 ^
The American Delegation has studied with
great care the wording of these various articles in
the Soviet draft from the point of view of the
degree to which they deal with non-discrimina-
tion. We would like nothing better than to find
in the various Soviet articles the assurance of
adequate safeguards for "freedom of navigation"
that we have been talking so much about. Unfor-
tunatelj', the United States Delegation is con-
vinced that the Soviet draft is more shadow than
substance on this matter.
We accept Mr. Vyshinski's statement that there
is adequate provision in the Soviet Articles 1 and
37 for non-discriminatory treatment as it relates
to port dues. Also, the United States Delegation
feels that as regards the sanitary and police regu-
lations, adequate provisions appear to be set forth
in the Soviet Article 23. These Articles 23 and
37 have now been voted on. I have several times
commented on the general approach of the United
States to the Convention. The Convention must
be considered as a whole. The United States
Delegation cannot finally accept certain sentences
or even certain articles if they do not represent
part of a whole document which itself will be
satisfactory. It serves no useful purpose to have
assurances of non-discriminatory treatment of
such items as port dues and sanitary regulations
if, at the same time, thei'e are no assurances of
non-discriminatory treatment in terms of "condi-
tions for merchant shipping"', such as the right of
September 5, T948
DANUBIAN CONFERENCE
vessels to enter ports, to load and discharge cargo,
to refuel, etc.
With this in mindj let us have a look at Articles
21 and 38 of the Soviet draft. Article 21 provides
that "vessels on the Danube shall have the right,
subject to regulations established by the Danube
states concerned, to enter ports, to load, and dis-
charge, to embark and disembark passengers, and
to refuel, take on supplies, etc." What is the pur-
pose of the clause "subject to regulations estab-
lished by the Danube States concerned"? The
adoption of reasonable regulations by individual
states on this subject is in accordance with general
practice, and can give no ground for objection.
But what assurance is given that the users of the
river will be protected against abuses in the for-
mulation and administration of these regulations?
Why does a convention for free navigation not
contain clearly non-discriminatory provisions on
these points ?
Article 38 provides in part as follows : "vessels
entering a port for loading and discharge shall be
entitled to use loading and unloading machinery,
load plant, stores, store space, etc., on the basis
of agreements concluded with the appropriate
transiJortation and expeditionary agencies". Now,
as in the case of Article 21 I should like to ask
why is there inserted this limiting clause "on the
basis of agreements concluded with the appropri-
ate transportation and expeditionary agencies",
without at the same time protecting foreign ship-
ping companies against discriminatory treatment
in this respect? We had a debate a few days ago
on the question of privileged companies — those
Soviet-Kumanian and Soviet-Hungarian com-
panies we have been talking about for two or three
days. The United States delegation has shown
what tremendous importance this clause contains.
The whole question of commercial intercourse be-
tween nations by way of the Danube River is in-
volved in these few words.
Both of these articles deal with the very essen-
tials of trade and navigation — that is, the entering
of ports and the use of port facilities. The quali-
fying clauses which I have read from the Soviet
draft would allow a whole series of arbitrary and
discriminatory actions against vessels attempting
to engage in international navigation. The pur-
pose of this Convention is to establish a regime
designed to achieve freedom of navigation. I
should like to ask, then, why these basic articles
have been drafted in such a manner as to leave
the door wide open for discrimination, unless
indeed there is an intention to discriminate?
What explanation can be given as to why the
principle ,of non-discrimination has not been
spelled out in Articles 21 and 38 in the Soviet
draft, as is being done in Articles 23 and 37? It
'Made before the General Committee of the Conference
in Belgrade on Aug. 14, 1948, and released to the press in
Washington on Aug. 16.
285
DANUBIAN CONFERENCE
may be that the answer again will be that the
omission of anything making these articles really
effective is due to the solicitude repeatedly pro-
fessed for the sovereignty of the riparian states.
If so, I believe that we have already effectively
disposed of the misconception that the sovereignty
of riparians is in any way at stake under an effec-
tive convention. Quite the reverse is the fact. We
think that there would be more shipping on the
river, the riparians would have more trade, and
more actual and solid sovereignty if their ports
could be used on a truly non-discriminatory basis.
My government's concern here is that the con-
vention be such that its articles shall clearly pro-
vide for conditions which will serve as the founda-
tion for freedom of navigation. In order to as-
sure that, we must do more than just pay lip serv-
ice to the principle. It is necessary to say precisely
what we mean and say it without equivocation.
And that is what the United States Delegation has
tried to do in its proposed amendment to Article
38 which we now have under examination.
Let me refer briefly to the points of substance
which are covered in these United States amend-
ments. Vessels in international commerce would
be assured the right of access to ports and facili-
ties. This would include such essentials as wharf-
age rights, use of docks, equipment, warehouses,
trans-shipment facilities, etc. The United States
proposal would assure that no distinctions con-
cerning the use of facilities could be made on the
basis of flag or ownership. The United States
amendment also provides that vessels engaged in
international navigation in transit through the
waters of any riparian states should not be required
to enter ports or unload or trans-ship cargoes or
passengers.
To assure that navigation companies could actu-
ally engage in commerce on the Danube, the United
States draft would authorize such companies
to establish and maintain agency offices and acquire
such buildings and facilities as would be nec-
essary for conducting their business. It is quite
obvious that if these essentials are to be denied,
there is also automatically a denial of non-dis-
criminatory treatment. These agencies would
represent the reestablishment of normal economic
intercourse along the Danube to the direct and ob-
vious benefit of the countries and peoples con-
cerned. This would be in accordance with the
practice followed in all trading nations.
The United States amendment also provides in
some detail for non-discriminatoiy treatment cov-
ering a variety of charges in ports, locks, chan-
nels, etc. It further provides that all charges
shall be published in tariffs, and that they shall
be reasonable and designed to facilitate rather
than to impede navigation.
' Made before the General Committee of the Conference
in Belgrade on Aug. 16, 1948, and released to the press in
Washington on Aug. 17.
286
What is there in this statement to which ex-
ception can be taken ? Objection can be taken only
by those anxious to retain freedom of arbitrary
decision to exclude certain vessels from Danubian
ports and also freedom to hamper or exclude the
essential agencies of navigation companies.
I remind you that these questions are not raised
in an academic manner. As Mr. Vyshinski has
emi^hasized, the free and open navigation prin-
ciples of the peace treaties have been the subject
of agreement by the four powers for almost two
3'ears and are in ti'eaty provisions which have been
in force for almost one year. Still, the river re-
mains stagnant in terms of the volume of traffic
and in terms of the practical regulation of such
traffic. The words of the peace treaties alone are
not enough. If we are seriously to fulfill the pur-
poses for which this conference was called, a con-
vention must be prepared, and a commission must
operate, in a manner conducive to a genuine re-
vival of ti-ade and navigation. The qualifications
of the Soviet draft reveal that that document does
not, to any practical man, furnish the kind of in-
strument needed.
The United States Delegation has carefully an-
alyzed this draft. It finds that these crippling
provisions permit the continuance of exclusion,
discrimination, yes, even of imperialism on the
river of a type that has been all too evident in the
past three j^ears. In the truest sense of the word,
this draft reveals a reactionary tendency looking
towards the creation of more vested interests on
the part of one power against the real interests of
all the peoples along the river.
Article 41*
The United States Delegation gives full support
to the British amendment to Article 41 of the So-
viet draft.
The first part of that amendment is similar to
our new article to follow Article 41 and known as
Document Gen. Com. 26. For that reason I am
willing to consider the discussion on the British
amendment as covering also the article proposed
bj' the United States Delegation and I shall not
ask to speak again concerning the United States
amendment unless some points are raised in this
debate to which I might wish to reply.
The view of the United States that the new
regime for the Danube should be brought into as-
sociation with the United Nations has already been
set forth in my general statements at the plenary
sessions and during the discussion of the preamble.
I want to say again that support of the United
Nations is a cornerstone of American foreign pol-
icy. We want to see its authority and its pres-
tige strengthened in every way.
To this end we have proposed that there be a
formal I'elationship between the Danube Commis-
sion and an appropriate body of the United Na-
tions. This relationship would not place the Dan-
Department of State Bulletin
ube Commission under the control of the United
Nations. The Commission would retain its au-
tonomy, just as those various specialized agencies,
such as the International Bank for Reconstruction
and Development, Unesco, and the World
Health Organization, have retained their full au-
tonomy after establishing a formal relationship
with the United Nations through agreements ne-
gotiated with the Economic and Social Council.
Freedom of navigation on the Danube, and the
increased flow of trade which it would bring about,
are matters of primary interest to the Economic
Commission for Europe and more generally, to the
Economic and Social Council. In our amendment,
however, we have left the language in general
terms. We want to emphasize the general prin-
ciple of association with the United Nations. The
detailed arrangements could not be decided by this
Conference alone but would have to be worked out
later, in any case, between the Danube Commission
and the United Nations.
I should like to turn now to the third paragi'aph
of the British amendment, dealing with the settle-
ment of disputes concerning the interpretation or
application of the convention. The United States
Delegation attaches great importance to this mat-
ter. All nations, whether riparian or not, whether
parties to the convention or not, should have access
to an impartial tribunal for the settlement of such
disputes which are not resolved directly between
the parties concerned or by the Commission to the
satisfaction of the parties concerned. Article 41
of the Soviet draft does not in effect provide for
any appeal beyond the Danulie Commission itself,
since its Chairman would name that member of the
proposed conciliation commission who would have
the decisive vote. Access to an impartial tribunal
is an essential safeguard, to make sure that free-
dom of navigation is not only provided for in the
convention but is observed in practice. Tlie im-
portant thing is to settle such disputes by the final
and binding decisions of a judicial body.
DANUBIAN CONFERENCE
Obviously, the body best qualified to make such
legal decisions is the International Court of Jus-
tice, which under Article 92 of the Charter is the
principal judicial organ of the United Nations. In
the case of disputes likely to endanger the mainte-
nance of peace and security, recourse could be had
to the Security Cotincil under the appropriate ar-
ticles of the Charter.
I might just point out that the peace treaties
with Rumania, Bulgaria and Hungary make pro-
vision for an impartial tribunal empowered to
hand down binding decisions, in the event that
various other methods of finding a solution do not
succeed. The formula is found in Article 38 of the
Rumanian peace treaty. It is a long article and
I will read only the pertinent section, as follows:
"Any such dispute not resolved by them within
a period of two months shall, unless the parties to
the dispute mutually agree upon another means of
settlement, be referred at the request of either
party to the dispute to a Commission composed of
one representative of each party and a third mem-
ber selected by mutual agreement of the two
parties from nationals of a third country. Should
the two parties fail to agree within a period of one
month upon the appointment of the third member,
the Secretary General of the United Nations may
be requested by either party to make the appoint-
ment."
This arrangement is, in our view, less satisfactory
than reference to the International Court of Jus-
tice. The United States, even for these treaties,
had originally hoj^ed to have provision for ref-
erence of disputes to the Court. But the treaty
text does in any case provide for binding de-
cisions reached with the participation or assistance
of duly constituted authorities of the United Na-
tions. The United States Delegation at present
does not see how we can do less than that in this
matter which is before us now.
September 5, 1948
287
STATEMENTS BY WALTER A. RADIUS
Deputy Chairman, U. S. Delegation
Article 42°
The remarks I have to make on the U. S. amend-
ment to Article 42 also apply to the French pro-
posal on Article 42 and can be considered as
covering both amendments.
The provision in Article 42 of the Soviet draft
that a convention of this type should come into
force upon the deposit of only six ratifications is
not only inequitable but is also contrary to the
principle of freedom of navigation.
The provision for entry into force of the con-
vention upon the deposit of six ratifications
ignores the rights of non-ratifying states, both
those who are participants here and those not rep-
resented at this Conference. The United States
cannot accept the concept that this Convention
can validly deprive any state of its rights without
its consent.
Let us first consider the situation with respect
to the 9 riparians alone. Article 42 of the Soviet
draft provides that the convention shall come into
force as soon as 6 states ratify. Even if the
legality of this procedure were not questioned, let
us consider for a moment the practical problems
that this provision might present.
There can be no question but that a convention
regarding free navigation on waters wholly within
the territories of different states must be ratified
by each of those states in order to become effec-
tive in their respective territories. A convention
certainly cannot be applied to a state's territorial
waters without its approval. Any effort to apply
a convention to the waters within a state without
its concurrence would truly be ''infringement of
sovereignty" by any definition. Yet, imder the
terms of the Soviet draft the convention would be
brought into force without ratification by one of
the downstream states. How could the conven-
tion be of any benefit if either freedom of access
to the sea were denied, or if the convention were
not accepted by a state through which traffic must
flow? Obviously, there would be an endless
stream of complications and disputes, which
would make the convention useless for all practical
purposes.
I assume that we shall be told that such a con-
tingency cannot occur since all the 7 voting
riparian states present have reached full agree-
ment on the Soviet draft and will ratify the con-
vention. But there seems to be some doubt
whether all those 7 riparian states will ratify.
Why weren't at least 7 ratifications required for
entry into force of the convention ?
If this convention were to come into force upon
the deposit of only 6 ratifications as provided in
• Made before the General Committee of the Conference
In Belgrade on Aug. 17, 1948, and released to the press in
Washington on Aug. 18.
288
the Soviet draft it could only be applied to that
portion of the Danube within the national borders
of the ratifying states. This in itself would
prejudice the objective of the CFM resolution to
open the entire Danube river to free and unim-
peded navigation.
The provision for entry into force of the con-
vention upon 6 ratifications not only fails to give
appropriate recognition to the basic riparian
rights of states on the banks of the Danube, but
also ignores whatever rights and interests non-
riparian states have in the Danube River.
The Danube has served as an avenue of inter-
national navigation not only for the riparia.n
states but also for non-riparian states in their
trade with the states on its banks. Furthermore,
since 1815, various non-riparian states have held
rights on the Danube by treaty, and since 1856 one
or more international commissions on which non-
riparian states were represented have been func-
tioning under treaties.
The rights of non-riparians in connection with
European rivers has been recognized in other
ways. I refer, for example, to a judgment ren-
dered by the Permanent Court of International
Justice on September 10, 1929, in which the court
held that the jurisdiction of an International Com-
mission charged with administration of the Oder
River extended to the section of the Warthe
(Varta) and the Netze (Netsa) rivers situated m
Polish territory.
The Court stated in part that a solution
"has been sought not in the idea of a right of
passage in favor of upstream States but in that
of a community of interest of riparian States;"
that this community of interest in a navigable
river
"becomes the basis of a common legal right, the
essential features of which are the perfect equal-
ity of all riparian states in the user of the whole
course of the river and the exclusion of any
preferential privilege of any one riparian State
in relation to the other;"
that the introduction of representatives of non-
riparian powers on the river commissions was
"not exclusively or mainly due to the desireto
afford a greater measure of protection to the in-
terests of landlocked states;"
but was
"rather to be explained by the interest that non-
riparian States may have in navigation on the
waterways in question ;"
and that it would be difficult to understand why
that interest should not be recognized
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
"•n-here the question of reaching the ports of the
last upstream state is involved;"
as the interest of all states is in liberty of naviga-
tion in botli directions.
The French and the United States proposals for
amendment of Article 42 would give both riparian
and non-riparian states represented here an effec-
tive voice m determining whether or not a new
regime shall be established for the Danube. That
procedure is truly in keeping with the nature and
history of tlie Danube.
Support of French Amendment To Delete
Supplementary Protocol'
The Delegation of the United States whole-
hcartedlj^ supports the French proposal for the
deletion of the Supplementary Protocol from the
Soviet draft convention. I should however like
to make some comments and a few observations
regarding one aspect of that protocol.
It has been said many times on the floor of this
conference that the Danube Convention of 1921 is
dead. The Soviet Delegation particularly has
tried to show that the 1921 Convention is no longer
in effect. Tiie United States Delegation finds
nothing convincing in any of the Soviet Delega-
tion's arguments on this point.
First there is the argument that the act of sig-
nature by the United Kingdom, France and Ru-
mania of the agreement signed at Sinaia August
18, 1938 and the signature by France, Germany,
the United Kingdom, and Rumania of the agree-
ment signed at Bucharest on March 1, 1939, re-
garding the European Commission of the Danube,
terminated the 1921 Convention. This argument:
was based upon the ground that two-thirds of the
states signatories to that convention were not con-
sulted. Reference was made in this connection to
Article 42 of the 1921 Convention.
The fact that a few states may have been omitted
in the formulation of the 1938 and 1939 agreements
did not render the 1921 agreement void. At the
woi-st, the most effect such action could have had
was to render the 1921 Convention voidable. I
quote in this connection the following statement
from McNair's Lav) of Treaties (1938, p. 515), in
which it is stated in connection with the right to
consider a treaty terminated as the result of its
violation that :
"(A) ... in general terms, such a right ex-
ists;
"(B) that the exercise of this right is optional
at the discretion of the party wronged ;"
Since the signatory states to the 1921 Conven-
tion did not take the position that that conven-
tion was terminated by the signature of the 1938
and 1939 agreements, the signature of those agree-
ments has not affected the validity of the 1921
Convention. By what right can the Soviet Union,
SepfemberS, 7948
803946 — 48 2
DANUBIAN CONFERENCE
which was never a party to the 1921 Convention,
insist that any alleged violation terminated that
Convention ?
Second, the doctrine of rebiis sic stantibus has
also been advanced as an argument that the 1921
Convention is no longer in force. What are the
changed conditions which would justify the ap-
plication of that doctrine? The mere fact that
the Council of Foreign Ministers recognized the
need for a new convention for the Danube and
that the Treaties of Peace with Bulgaria, Hungary
and Rumania contain provisions guaranteeing,
freedom of navigation on the Danube cannot justly
be considered as rendering the 1921 Convention
null and void. The decision of the Council of
Foreign Ministers was in no wise inconsistent with
the purposes of the 1921 Convention nor are the
provisions of the treaties of peace inconsistent with
that Convention.
What changes have occurred in the Danube
which would justify the application of the rehtis
sic stantibus doctrine? How can any of the polit-
ical changes which have taken place justify the
application of that principle to an instrument like
the Danube Convention of 1921?
I should like to quote from J. W. Garner's
International Law and the World War, in volume
2, page 218, where there is a discussion with re-
spect to that doctrine. This passage reads :
"The clause rebvs sic stantibus should only be
resorted to in very exceptional circumstances. All
are agreed that a change of government or even
in the form of government does not, in general,
affect the obligation of treaties. As there is greati
danger in the abuse of this principle, it should be
emphasized that the principle re5w.s sic stantihtis
'implies a complete change in the state of things
which was the basis of the treaty and one of its
tacit conditions. The change of circumstances
must be such as either to render the execution of
the treaty difficult or impossible or to entail the
performance of obligations which were not fore-
seen by the contracting parties and which, had
they been foreseen, would never have been as-
sumed.' "
It has been asserted that the Convention of 1921
■was terminated by the war. In connection with
the effect of war on treaties. I should like to refer
to statements made in Hackworth's Digest of In-
ternational Law, which has been frequently quoted
in this conference as authority. I quote from
page 297, Volume V of that publication:
"The effect of war on treaties has greatly per-
plexed the courts and administrative authorities
° Made before tlie General Committee of the Conference
in Belgrade on Aug. 17, 1948, and released to the press in
Washington on Aug. 19.
289
DANUBIAN CONFERENCE
as well as eminent writers. The law on this sub-
ject is by no means settled. The authorities, as
well as the practice of nations, present a great
contrariety of views. The law on the subject is
still in the making. As to executed provisions of
treaties, such as those relating to boundaries and
vested rights, no difliculty is presented. They are
generally regarded as unaffected by war. As to
the executory provisions, however, much depends
upon their intrinsic character. The view has been
taken that certain classes of bilateral treaty provi-
sions, not expressly applicable to a state of war, are
ipso facto terminated by war; that other classes
are suspended during war; and that still others,
though not expressly made with a view to condi-
tions of war, may operate during war. No well-
defined line of demarcation between the different
categories may be said to have unanimous sanction.
Much of the confusion with respect to pre-war
treaties which might otherwise have resulted from
the World War of 1914-18 was avoided by the
treaties of peace. For example, the Treaty of
Versailles provided in article 289 that the Allied
and Associated Powers should notify Germany
within six months from the date of the coming into
force of the treaty of those bilateral treaties or
conventions with Germany which they desired 'to
revive' and that 'all the others are and shall remain
abrogated.' "
The supplementary protocol to the Soviet draft
assumes that the 1921 Convention still has some
validity. The first paragraph of that protocol
provides that :
"1. It is stated that the regime of navigation
on the Danube applied formerly as well as the
acts providing for the establishment of that re-
gime, in particular the Convention of 1921, are
null and void."
If the 1921 Convention is as dead as the Soviet
Delegate insists it is, why does his Delegation con-
sider it necessary to mention it at all. Once any
convention is dead there is no further need to
take anv measures to dispose of it. Obviously, the
Soviet delegation is not convinced that the 1921
Convention is dead.
The United States Delegation believes the 1921
Convention continues in fact to be a valid instru-
ment. Accordingly, it follows that the states
parties to the 1921 Convention are entitled to all
the riglits provided for in that Convention until
they have agreed otherwise or until some com-
petent tribunal has adjudicated any differences
which may exist with respect to their rights. The
United States Delegation has particularly in mind
the position of Belgium, Greece, and Italy who
are not represented at this Conference but who
have requested this Conference to respect their
rights.
U.S. Declines To Serve on Drafting Committee
SUMMARY OF STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR CANNON'
Ambassador Cannon stated that inasmuch as
English was excluded as an official language of
the Conference, it shows little tact to propose the
United States for the drafting committee to pre-
pare the official document of the Conference.
The Czech delegate replied that it was a mistake
to employ the word "excluded" in referring to the
use of English at the Conference. The United
States delegate emphasized that English had been
in fact "excluded" since at the opening session he
had specifically asked that it be included as an of-
ficial language and this request had been rejected.
The Conference had already demonstrated how
difficult it would be for the United States to do
satisfactory work on a drafting committee of a
conference where words meant different things to
different delegates.
After some further debate the United States
delegate replied that he could not understand how
anyone could repi'oach the United States delega-
tion for declining to participate in the drafting
committee. He pointed out that the majority had
' Made before the Conference in Belgrade on Aug. 16,
1948, and released to the press in Washington on Aug. 17.
290
already virtually accepted the text of the Con-
vention and that the work of the drafting com-
mittee is therefore purely mechanical. Some of
the delegations, he stated, have already accepted
the Soviet text iti toto. There is therefore no real
labor for the drafting committee. Its principal
job is to give article numbers to the four new So-
viet amendments. He suggested that it would
have been more appropriate to discuss th^se in
the course of the debate and said he did not under-
stand wliy they were shoved in at the last minute.
The United States Delegate then pointed out that
he had agreed to serve on the credentials commit-
tee, adding that this acceptance certainly demon-
strated that the United States delegation is in-
deed doing its share of work with the other delega-
tions at the Conference. He said that he did not
like the slur cast on the United States Delegation
by the use of the word "unwilling", which meant
that the United States was not willing to work
with the Conference. It is especially inappropri-
ate, he said, that the United States Delegation
should be asked to serve on this particular com-
mittee and added that he thought he had given
rich reasons for that opinion.
Deparfmenf of Stafe Bulletin
Rejection of Soviet Draft Convention
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR CANNON
The Delegates of ten Governments have now sat
round this table, flanked b_v deputies and experts,
for nearly three weeks. We have made speeches,
appointed committees, and discussed specific ar-
ticles of a proposed new treaty. To all outward
appearances, we have gone through the motions of
a normal international conference.
But anybody who has been seated in this hall or
in the gallery knows that this has been a decep-
tion. This has been a unique performance in the
history of international negotiations. I know of
no previous international conference where a ma-
joritj' of the participants, with cynical solidarity,
have refrained from proposing even minor
changes in the text laid before them for discus-
sion. The document about to be put to the final
vote is the document which the Delegate of the
Soviet Union brought to this Conference to receive
its stamp of approval.
It hacl been our hope that the delegates around
this table would be able really to work out a new
regime of free navigation on the Danube. AVe had
been thinking of an agi'eement which would have
these objectives :
1. To promote river trade within the entire
Danube basin, and to invite the trade of other
nations into the Danube river ports.
2. To assure that merchant ships of any flag
could use without discrimination these waters and
port facilities, subject only to equitable regula-
tions.
3. To set up a regime for the regulations of navi-
gation adapted to the special problems of a great
river system serving many States, and responding
to the expanding requirements of modern shipping
traffic.
4. To coordinate the administration of this great
waterway with other international undertakings
through a relationship with the United Nations.
5. To provide an efficient and impartial means
for the conciliation of differences and for the
settlement of disputes.
The draft agi-eement laid before us by the Soviet
Delegate at the beginning of this Conference did
none of these things. That draft, with no sig-
nificant changes, is the document we are now of-
fered for final vote and signature. There has been
no negotiation. There has been no attempt to
reconcile differences of technical opinion. There
has been no compromise, even in matters of form.
Septembers, 1948
In order to explain this extraordinary situation,
we must say something about the character of the
Conference itself.
At the opening ceremony the Soviet Delegate
said:
"The convention adopted here will not have to
be referred to anyone. It will be adopted by the
majority of the conference and signed by those
who wish to sign and will come into force without
the consent of a small minority if there is a small
minority."
And on our first real working day, July 31, it
was made brutally clear that there was to be no
real discussion of the problem for which we were
brought together. There was a solid phalanx of
seven Governments which were already committed
to the adoption of this Soviet text, and already de-
termined to disregard whatever proposals the
Delegations of the United States, the United King-
dom or France might present. On that first
working day we were told that :
"The door was open to come in ; the same door
is open to go out, if that is what you wish."
We did not go out; we have stayed on; trying
every day to persuade this Conference to take some
step toward a genuine agreement.
The Soviet draft convention was laid before us
on August 2. Six other Delegations accepted it
without reservation. Some of them declared it
to be a perfect instrument.
To the United States Delegation, the Soviet
draft, for all its declarations of good intent, does
not provide the basis for reopening of the river to
freedom of trade and navigation. It does not
implement the recommendations of the Paris Con-
ference or the decisions of the Council of Foreign
Ministers. We think that it is a backward step in
that it represents a new and determined effort to
cut off certain Danubian states from their normal,
and indeed their essential, intercourse with the
rest of the world.
The United States objections to the Soviet draft
can be summarized very briefly under five points.
First. The draft fails to prevent discrimination
against shipping on the river. It provides non-
discriminatory treatment only for such minor
* Made before the final plenary session of the Conference
in Belgrade on Aug. 18, 1948, and released to the press in
Washington on Aug. 18.
291
DANUBIAN CONFERENCE
things as port dues and sanitary regulations. On
the basic issues such as access to ports and facili-
ties, the draft would leave the door open to a con-
tinuation of the exclusive and discriminatory
practices that have been followed for the past
three years.
Second. The draft fails to recognize the inter-
est of the riparian states in tlie rest of the world
and the interest of the rest of the world in trade
with this region. This draft would provide a
mechanism for controlling economic intercourse
with outside areas, even to the detriment of some
of the riparian states themselves. There has been
explicit rejection of any relationship with the
United Nations.
This convention also eliminates non-riparian
repi-esentation on a new Danube Commission.
The members of this Conference must surely
realize that non-riparian representation would be
the best assurance of a more effective utilization
of the river and stimulation of trade and shipping.
Third. The Convention presents a weak, badly
organized Commission with a river system too
narrowly defined since tributaries and important
lateral canals are omitted, and only one of the out-
lets to the Black Sea is included. To complete, the
picture of an ineffectual Commission, provision
has been made for the establishment of autono-
mous river administrations outside the Commis-
sion's real control.
Fourth. Austria, which is one of the most im-
portant riparian states with its great Danubian
trade, is barred from participation for the time
being. The question of participation by Germany
is ignored entirely.
Fifth. The convention attempts arbitrarily to
nullify the 1921 Convention. These provisions
are contrary not only to the rights of certain par-
ticipants of this Conference, but also to the rights
of other signatories of the 1921 Convention such
as Belgium, Greece and Italy.
After examining the Soviet draft, the Delega-
tions of the United States, Great Britain and
France submitted twenty-eight amendments.
Every one of these amendments on which a vote
was taken was rejected, with seven negative votes.
Every one of the articles of the Soviet draft was
accepted, thanks to the votes of these same seven
states.
With that on the record, it was strange to hear
the talk at this table about dictatorship of the
minority. There was no minority machine. The
record shows even no uniformity in the minority
voting.
Behind each Delegate at this table are specialists
and experts. Experts in maritime law, in the
practical problems of merchant shipping, in the
technical problems of hydraulic works and river
control, have sat here day after day listening to
J92
these dreary political debates. Not once have
they, or their chief delegates with their advice,
grappled with the practical problems we had hoped
to solve.
When we came here the Danube River was dead
to international trade, as the world understands
that term. Wlien we leave here there will be no
change — no change except that the present re-
gime of rigid Soviet control from Bratislava to the
Black Sea will have been acknowledged by seven
Governments at this Conference.
The United States Delegation has been perfectly
frank in its opinion that the special privileged po-
sition of the Soviet-controlled joint companies in
Hungary, Rumania and Yugoslavia is a major ob-
stacle to free navigation on tlie Danube. We main-
tain that this system of interlocking enterprises
constitutes a huge monopolistic combine which in
effect excludes the commerce of other countries
from the lower Danube. So long as this exclusive
system continues, we do not see how the shipping
of other countries can operate in those reaches of
the Danube at all. We think this was one of the
major problems of this Conference, but each men-
tion of it brought forth the charge of American
"economic domination" and "imperialism".
That was one of the strange things about this
Conference, for the history of the relations of the
United States with these Danubian nations has
proved to the world the disinterested concern of
the American people in their welfare. Most of
the delegates here have talked a great deal about
this sovereignty, as though the mercliant ships of
otlier nations in their river ports could bring them
harm. That has a hollow sound when one con-
siders the economic price a nation pays when trade
and intercourse are throttled to the advantage of
a single powerful neighbor. It has a hollow sound
when one considers the instances of interference in
the internal aft'airs of the states of this region in
the past few years.
Freedom of navigation is an important objec-
tive of American foreign policy. We regret that
it has not been possible for us to reach agreement
here on a convention which would guarantee that
freedom on the Danube. In the absence of such
guarantees we cannot accept the treaty which is
now before the Conference.
When ships can again freely go up and down
the river, the I'evival of trade should bring im-
mediate benefits to the nations of both Eastern
and Western Europe. It is, in fact, one of the
conditions for Europe's recovery.
The American people have undertaken an un-
precedented program of long-tei-m aid to Europe.
They have a real and abiding interest in what hap-
pens on the Danube. They will not lose that in-
terest merely because this Conference has not
found agreement on a way to restoi'e the Danube
to its great usefulness to the peoples of Europe.
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Additional Military Observers Requested To Supervise Palestine Truce
[Released to the press August 21 ]
Count Folke Bernadotte, the United Nations
Jleiliator for Palestine, recently requested the
United States, Belgium, and France to send addi-
tional enlisted military observers to Palestine for
the purpose of supervising the Security Council
truce in that country. Under this plan the pres-
ent staff of 300 officers as observers (125 U. S., 125
France, and 50 Belgium) would be augmented bv
300 enlisted men (125 U. S., 125 France, and 50
Belgium). In no event are these men to be as-
signed guard, protective, or enforcement duties.
As announced by the Secretary of State on Au-
gust IS, the United States National Military Estab-
lishment is malving arrangements to provide an
additional 125 enlisted men from the Army, Navy,
Air Force, and Marine Corps. It is expected they
■will begin to arrive shortly. The initial contin-
gents will be made available from the Sixth Task
Fleet.
A number of the officers and men already serving
in Palestine as well as many of the additional en-
listed personnel going to Palestine are communica-
tions and field motor-maintenance specialists.
Such specialists have been provided in order to
facilitate Count Bernadotte's communications and
transportation problems in supervising the truce
in Palestine from such widely separated points as
Beirut, Damascus, Amman, Haifa, Jerusalem,
Tel Aviv, Cairo, and Rhodes. The primary task
of the observers is to supervise and report on the
observance of the terms of the truce. The primary
task of the enlisted personnel is the operation and
maintenance of radio and transportation equip-
ment used by the observers.
In addition, three destroyers, the occasional
services of an auxiliary vessel, four Air Force C-47
planes, as well as motor vehicles and a large quan-
tity of valuable radio-communications equipment
have temporarily been loaned to Count Bernadotte
as the United States assistance to him under the
Security Council truce resolutions of May 29 and
July 15. The employment of these vessels and
aircraft is limited to transportation, observation,
and reporting duties. Naval vessels are not au-
thorized to stop or board shipping encountered.
On August 9 Trygve Lie, the Secretary-General
of the United Nations, wrote the Secretary of
State :
"May I also take this occasion to express my deep
gratitude for the manner in which the United
States Government has responded to the many re-
quests which have been made in connection with
the Palestine question, and my sincere apprecia-
tion of the cooperation of the United States Mis-
sion to the United Nations in these matters."
American Aid to Refugees in Near East
TELEGRAM FROM SECRETARY MARSHALL TO COUNT FOLKE BERNADOTTE,
PALESTINE MEDIATOR
[Released to the press August 27]
August 26, 194S
I refer to my telegram of August 20 ^ and re-
port following American contributions to allevia-
tion refugee situation in the Near East. Prior to
your appeal dated August 16,^ the American Red
Cross sent to the Near East for distribution medi-
cal supplies valued at $250,000. Church World
Service, relief organization for Federal Council
of Churches of Christ in America, contributed
38,000 pounds of clothing and 175 pounds of
vitamins.
' Bulletin of Aug. 29, 1948, p. 267.
' Bulletin,- of Aug. 29, 1948, p. 260.
In response to your request of August 16 for
foodstuffs and DDT, Near East Foundation has
informed us of donation of $100,000 from Arabian
American Oil Company and Trans-Arabian Pipe-
line Company, and an additional $100,000 gift is
being placed at the disposal of the Near East Foun-
dation by International Bechtel Incorporated.
Donors have specified that both sums be used in
support of your relief activities. The American
Red Cross has pledged $14,000 to cover purchase
of the total quantity of DDT requested by you.
Negotiations are now taking place under which
it is hoped a substantial quantity of wheat from
farmers of Ohio and Kansas, donated through
(Continued on page 299)
September 5, 1948
293
The Fourth International Congresses on Tropical Medicine and Malaria
BY WILBUR A. SAWYER, M.D.
Secretary General
The Fourth International Congresses on Trop-
ical Medicine and Malaria were lield in Wasliing-
ton from May 10 to 18, 1948, under the sponsorship
of the Department of State witli the cooperation
of many interested governmental agencies and
national scientific societies. The purpose of the
meeting was to bring together the world's experts
and scientists in the field of tropical medicine
and thus to make more widely available the latest
knowledge regarding the prevention and cure of
the diseases of the warmer climates.
This international meeting was urgently needed,
since the normal interval of five years between the
Congresses had been expanded to ten as one of
the unfortunate results of World War II. Dur-
ing the war years an abundance of new knowledge
and new materials had been developed and was
awaiting wider application for the common benefit.
The Fourth International Congresses were in
reality a joint meeting of two long-established
organizations, the International Congress on
Tropical Medicine and the International Congress
on Malaria. All previous meetings had been held
in Europe or Africa. The First International
Congiess on Tropical Medicine met at London
August 7-12, 1913, and the second at Cairo, De-
cember 15-22, 1928. The third was held conjointly
with the Third International Congress on Malaria,
at Amsterdam, September 24:-October 1, 1938, as
the Third International Congress of Tropical
Medicine and Malaria. The First International
Congress on Malaria met at Eome October 4-6,
1925, and the second at Algiers, May 19-24, 1930.
The meeting of the Congresses in Washington
with the United States of America as host govern-
ment was, therefore, the second such joint congress
and the fourth meeting of each orgaiiization.
The governmental agencies which cooperated
with the Department of State in the sponsorship of
the Congresses were the Bureau of Medicine and
Surgery of the Department of the Navy, the De-
partment of Agriculture, the Institute of Inter-
American Affairs, the Office of the Surgeon Gen-
eral of the United States Army, the United States
Public Health Service, and the Veterans Admin-
istration. The American Academy of Tropical
Medicine initiated the timely move to hold the
294
Congresses in the United States. The other coop-
erating scientific societies were American Associa-
tion for the Advancement of Science, American
Association for Economic Entomologists, Ameri-
can College of Physicians, American Dermatologi-
cal Association, American Medical Association,
American Public Health Association, American
Society of Parasitologists, American Society of
Tropical Medicine, American Veterinary Medical
Association, Entomological Association of Amer-
ica. Medical Society of the District of Columbia,
National Malaria Society, National Research
Council, and Southern Medical Association. Rep-
resentatives of each of the cooperating organiza-
tions and agencies made up the official American
Delegation, with Dr. Leonard A. Scheele, Surgeon
General, United States Public Health Service, as
the chairman.
The importance of the meetings was widely
appreciated. Forty-five governments and eight
intergovernmental organizations sent 194 official
delegates. Nongovernmental institutions sent 153
delegates, and there were 473 additional scientific
and professional members. The total number reg-'
istered, including associates, exhibitors, members
of the secretariat, and others, was 1,256. These
particij^ants have now returned to their countries
on all the continents to put into practice the new
knowledge and improved metliods gained.
The Governments which sent delegates in re-
sponse to the invitation of the Department of State
were Afghanistan; Argentina; Australia; Aus-
tria; Belgium; Bolivia; Brazil; Canada; Chile;
China; Colombia; Cuba; Dominican Republic;
Ecuador; Egypt; El Salvador; Finland; France;
Greece; Guatemala; India; Iran; Iraq; Italy;
Lebanon ; Liberia ; Mexico ; the Netherlands ; New
Zealand; Pakistan; Panama; Paraguay; Peru;
Republic of the Philippines; Portugal; Siain;
Sweden; Switzerland; Syria; Turkey; Union of
South Africa; United Kingdom; United States;
Uruguay; and Venezuela. Over 60 governments
had been invited. The intergovernmental or-
ganizations represented by delegates were the
Caribbean Commission ; the Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations; the Inter-
national Labor Organization; the Pan American
Department of State Bulletin
ACTIVITIES AND DEVELOPMENTS
Sanitary Bureau : the United Xations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural Organization; the United
Nations International Children's Emergency
Fund; the United Nations; and the World Health
Organization.
To produce the maximum results from this
international <rathering, the scientific contribu-
tions and discussions will be made available by
the publicat ion of the proceedings. By this means
it is proposed to accelerate pi-ogress throughout
the world in the prevention and treatment of
tropical diseases.
The Opening Plenary Session
The opening meeting of the Congresses was held
in the Departmental Auditorium on May 10. The
address of welcome was given by Secretary Mar-
shall, and the response in behalf of all the delegates
and members was by Professor N. H. Swellen-
grebel, Delegate for tlie Netherlands. In speaking
to the session the Secretary stated that —
"The concentration of some of the best minds and most
zealous spirits of many lands on common objectives in
tliese conferences is convincing evidence tliat our world
is not a conglomeration of geograijhic entities but a vast
neighborhood of peoples. We can fly around the world
now in less time tlian is required for the incubation of
most diseases. In the modern world isolation in the
medical sense is as impossible as political and economic
isolation. There is no way we can escape the consequences
of each other's mischief or misfortune. There is no ac-
ceptable alternative to learning to live together in har-
mony and well-being.
"The professions you represent are in the forefront of
this great humane endeavor. Statesmen and men of af-
fairs usually and unfortunately must deal with urgent,
immediate problem.s — the eft'ects, and not the causes, of the
discords that mar human relationships. Seldom are we
able to get at the remedy for the mass misery that de-
velops discontent, misunderstanding, and violence. That
is your particular province in which you labor as bene-
factors of mankind.
"The achievements and the aims of the cooperative effort
represented by these meetings emphasize anew that man
has far more to gain by uniting in a common fight against
his real enemies, such as di.sea.se, than by internecine
strife of his own kind."
Awards
At the banquet of the Congresses on the evening
of May 17 the recipients of the Laveran Prize
and the Walter Reed Medal were announced. The
Laveran Prize, which had been established after
the Second International Congress on Malaria in
1930 in Algiers and which is awarded at each meet-
ing for the most important work reported in ma-
laria, was bestowed on Henry E. Shortt of the
United Kingdom for his discovery of the location
and characteristics of the malaria parasite in the
liver of the monkey during the period before it
invades the blood corpuscles. This and related
studies bring to a successful end a long period of
search by many investigators for this in monkey
OFFICERS
Horwrary Presidents
Prof. Jerome Rodhain, Belgium
Sir Malcolm Watson, United Kingdom
Dr. Richard P. Strong, United States
Honorary Vice Presidents
Dr. C. K. Chu, China
Dr. Edmoud Sergent, France
Maj. Gen. Sir Sahib Singh Sokhey, India
Prof. Alberto Missiroli, Italy
Col. Charles F. Craig, United States
Dr. Arnoldo Gabaldon, Venezuela
Presi4ent
Dr. Leonard A. Scheele, United States
Vice Presidents
Dr. L. Van Hoof, Belgium
HK'decin Gen. Marcel Vaucel. France
Maj. Gen. Sir Gordon Covell, United Kingdom
Secretary Oeneral
Dr. Wilbur A. Sawyer, United States
Septembers, 7948
and man and points the way to a clearer under-
standing of the nature of latent malaria and
relapses.
The AValter Reed Medal, bestowed from time to
time by the American Society of Tropical Medicine
for outstanding scientific work in its field, was
awarded to Prof. N. H. Swellengrebel of the Neth-
erlands for his investigations in tropical medicine
in many parts of the world.
Scientific Sessions
The real business of the Congresses was the
sharing of new knowledge and experience through
the presentation of scientific papers and their free
di.scussion. The field to be covered was so broad
that it was necessary to divide the scientific pro-
gram into twelve sections, which covered the fol-
lowing subjects: I. Research and Teaching Insti-
tutes; II. Tropical Climatology and Physiology;
III. Bacterial and Spirochetal Diseases; IV. Virus
and Rickettsial Diseases; V. Malaria; VI. Hel-
minthic Diseases; VII. Protozoan Diseases; VIII.
Nutritional Diseases in the Tropics; IX. Tropi-
cal Dermatology and Mycology; X. Tropical
Veterinary Medicine; XI. Public Health; and
XII. Medical and Veterinary Entomology. The
papers were given in any of three languages —
English, French, or Spanish.
The scientific activities were not limited to the
presentation of formal papers; the delegates and
members visited several laboratories of scientific
institutions and met investigators and also viewed
demonstrations. A day was devoted to the Agri-
295
ACTIVITIBS AND DEVELOPMENTS
cultural Research Center of the United States
Department of Agriculture at Beltsville, Md.
The worlv of the Bureau of Entomology and Plant
Quarantine at this center was of special interest
particularly the demonstrations of the distribution
of insecticides from aircraft. Demonstration tours
were made also to the research laboratories of the
National Naval Medical Center and the National
Institute of Health, at Bethesda, Md. The Army
Medical Department Research and Graduate
School and the Walter Reed General Hospital in
Washington were visited also. The Army Medical
Library and the Army Institute of Pathology
were open throughout the week. The last day of
the Congresses the Johns Hopkins University
School of Hygiene and Public Health at Balti-
more was visited.
Special Exercises
Special exercises in commemoration of two
gi-eat historical events in tropical medicine were
held on May 12 and 14 in the Departmental Audi-
torium. The first was in commemoration of the
establishment by Walter Reed of the mosquito
transmission of yellow fever in Cuba at the begin-
ning of the century. The second was in celebration
of tlie fiftieth anniversary of the discovery by Ron-
ald Ross of the method of transmission of malaria.
The Reed meeting was opened by Maj. Gen. Ray-
mond W. Bliss, Surgeon General of the United
States Army. Dr. Fred L. Soper, Director of the
Pan American Sanitary Bureau, presided, and Dr.
Pliilip S. Hench of the Mayo Clinic gave the prin-
cipal address. James L. Hanberry, one of the
few still surviving volunteer subjects who con-
tracted yellow fever in the Reed experiments, was
on the platform as a guest of honor.
The Ross meeting was opened by the chairman,
Prof. George Macdonald, director of the Ross In-
stitute of Tropical Hygiene, London. Dr. Paul
F. Russell of the International Health Division
of the Rockefeller Foundation introduced the prin-
cipal speaker, Sir JSInlcolm Watson, emeritus di-
rector of the Ross Institute and a friend and con-
temporary of Ronald Ross.
Special Conferences
There was fortunate timing of the Congresses
with i-elation to the' opening meeting of the first
World Health Assembly of the World Health Or-
ganization in Geneva on June 24, 1948. The
gathering of so many experts in tropical medicine
facilitated cooperation between the Congresses
and the World Health Organization in collecting
and preparing scientific information for the use
of the first World Health Assembly. An informal
meeting of malaria experts attending the Con-
gresses was arranged by the Expert Committee
on Malaria of the Interim Commission of the
World Health Organization on May 15. On
the day following the adjournment of the Con-
gresses, the Expert Committee opened its second
296
session in the office of the Pan American Sanitary
Bureau, and there was also a special conference of
persons interested in schistosomiasis. A meeting
of experts on plague on May 11 was for the pur-
pose of collecting and organizing the best thought
on the subject for consideration by the World
Health Organization.
Scientific and commercial exhibits relating to
tropical medicine were shown as well as were
selected motion pictures.
Tiie Final Plenary Session
The Congi-esses were brought to a close at the
final plenary session on May 18 in a general at-
mosphere of satisfaction with what had been ac-
complished. Resolutions were adopted expressing
the consensus on various subjects which had occu-
pied the several sections. It was resolved that
the International Congress of Tropical Medicine
and the International Congress of Malaria should
be permanently merged to form the International
Congress on Tropical Medicine and Malaria. An
Interim Committee was appointed to make prep-
arations for the Fifth International Congress on
Tropical Medicine and Malaria and to consider
the invitations received from China, Egypt, and
the Republic of the Philippines, together with any
other official invitations.
Another resolution expressed accord with the
ideals, aims, and pursuits of the World Health
Organization and offered full supj^ort in the ac-
complishment of its objectives. An optimistic
position was taken with regard to plague. The
resolution adopted and its preamble ai'e as follows :
"Whereas: In the light of present knowledge
of the effectiveness of the newer insecticides, ro-
denticides, prophylactic and therapeutic measures
and other methods of control, it is believed possible
to eliminate plague as a human menace; therefore,
the Fourth International Congresses on Tropical
Medicine and Malaria
Resolved: That these Congresses do recommend
to the World Health Organization that an expert
committee on plague be established to study and
plan action for the elimination of plague as a
human menace."
An Interim Committee was elected with mem-
bers widely distributed geographically. Medecin
General M. Vaucel of France was made chairman
and Dr. L. Van Hoof of Belgium, secretary-
treasurer.
In his closing address the president of the Con-
gresses, Dr. Leonard A. Scheele, pointed out that
no nation is self-sufficient in protecting itself from
certain exotic trojoical diseases. "Greater and
greater quarantine vigil is required but even this
is not enough. The best defense is attack, and
attack at the source is the quickest and surest
method, and in the long run it is often most eco-
nomical to wipe out scourges at their origin rather
than await their spread."
Department of Stale Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Calendar of Meetings^
Adjourned During August
United Nations:
Trusteeship Council: Third Session
Ecosoc (Economic and Social Council) : Seventh Session . . ,
Conference To Consider Free Navigation of the Danube
Meeting of the United Kingdom and Dominions Official Medi-
cal Histories Liaison Committee.
Eighth International Congress of Entomology
International Astronomical Union: General Assembly
International Congress on Mental Health
Fourth Annual Congress on Limnology
Second Meeting on the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade.
Fao (Food and Agriculture Organization) : Third Session of
Council.
International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics: Eighth General
Assembly.
Eighth World's Poultry Congress
Seventeenth Conference of the International Red Cro.ss
UNESCO (L^nited Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization) : Meeting of Radio Program Committee.
In Session as of September 1, 1948
Far Eastern Commission
United Nations:
Security Council
Military Staff Committee
Commission on Conventional Armaments
Security Council's Committee of Good Offices on the Indonesian
Question.
General Assembly Special Committee on the Greek Question . .
Temporary Commission on Korea
Interim Committee of the General Assembly
Security Council's Kashmir Commission
Ecosoc (Economic and Social Council): Subcommission on
Statistical Sampling.
German External Property Negotiations with Portugal (Safe-
haven) .
Inter- -Allied Trade Board for Japan
Council of Foreign Ministers: Deputies for Italian Colonial Prob-
lems.
Lake Success . . . .
Geneva
Belgrade
Oxford, England . .
Stockholm
Zurich
London
Zurich
Geneva
Washington . . . .
Oslo
Copenhagen . . . .
Stockholm
Paris
Washington , . . .
Lake Success . . . .
Lake Success . . . .
Lake Success ....
Lake Success ....
Salonika and Geneva
Seoul
Lake Success ....
Geneva and Kashmir
Geneva
Lisbon
Washington . . . .
Loudon
1948
June 16-Aug. 5
July 19-Aug. 29
July 30 Aug. 19
Aug. 3-7
Aug.
Aug.
Aug.
Aug.
Aug.
8-14
10-17
11-21
16-21
16-25
Aug.
17-26
Aug.
17-28
Aug. 20-27
Aug. 20-30
Aug. 23-29
1946
Feb.
26-
Mar
Mar
25-
25-
1947
Mar.
Oct.
24-
3-
Nov.
21-
1948
Jan. 12-
Feb. 23-
June 15-
Aug. 30-
1946
Sept.
3-
Oct.
24-
1947
Oct. 3-
' Prepared in the Division of International Conferences, Department of State.
September 5, 1948
297
Calendar oj Meetings — Continued
1948
Itu (International Telecommunication Union) : Provisional Fre-
Geneva
Jan. 15-
quency Board.
Eighteenth International Geological Congress
London
Aug. 25-
Ito (International Trade Organization) : Meeting of Interim Com-
Geneva
Aag. 25-
mittee.
Scheduled for September 1948
1948
Itu (International Telecommunication Union) : Meeting of Ad-
Geneva
Sept. 1-
rninistrative Council.
UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Interlaken, Smtzerland . .
Sept. 1-4
Organization) : Expert Conference for High Altitude Stations.
XXXVII General Assembly of the Interparliamentary Union . . .
Rome
Sept. 6-14
Royal Netherlands Industries Fair
Utrecht
Sept. 7-16
Sept. 7-20
Inter-American Conference on the Conservation of Renewable
Denver
Natural Resources.
Iro (International Refugee Organization): Seventh Part of First
Geneva
Sept. 10-
Session of Preparatory Commission.
Fifth International Conference of Directors of Mine Safety
Pittsburgh
Sept. 20-24
Research Stations.
Ilo (International Labor Organization) :
Joint Maritime Commission
Geneva
Sept. 20-25
Sept. 27-Oct. 16
Technical Tripartite Conference on Safety in Factories ....
Geneva
United Nations:
Third Session of General Assembly
Paris
Sept. 21-
Ecosoc (Economic and Social Council) : Ece Committee on
Geneva
Sept. 22-
Electric Power.
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development: Third
Washington
Sept. 27-
Annual Meeting of the Board of Governors.
International Monetary Fund: Tliird Annual Meeting of the Board
Washington
Sept. 27-
of Governors.
Who (World Health Organization) : Expert Committee on Tuber-
culosis.
Paris
Sept. 30-
U.S. DELEGATION TO ITO CONFERENCE
[Released to the press August 24]
The Department of State announced on August
24 the composition of the United States Delegation
to the second session of the Executive Committee
of the Interim Commission of the proposed Inter-
national Trade Organization scheduled to convene
at Geneva on August 25, 1948. The United States
Delegation is as follows :
CTnawman
Leroy D. Stlnehower, Special Assistant to the Assistant
Secretai-y of State for Economic Affairs
Vice Chairman
Carl D. Corse, Associate Chief, Division of Commercial
Policy, Department of State
AAvi&ers
Walter Hollis, Assistant to the Legal Adviser, Department
of State
Lewis L. Lorwin, Economic Adviser, Office of International
Trade, Department of Commerce
Wilfred Malenbaum, Acting Chief, Division of Investment
and Economic Development, Department of State
298
The Interim Commission for the International
Trade Organization was provided for by a resolu-
tion adoped at the United Nations Conference on
Trade and Employment held at Habana, Cuba,
November 21, 1947-March 24, 1948. Fifty-two
governments, all of which signed the final act of
the Conference, are represented on the Interim
Commission. The resolution also provided for
the election of an 18-member Executive Committee
of the Interim Commission. The first session of
the Executive Committee was held at Habana im-
mediately after its election.
The Executive Committee, at the forthcoming
meeting, will deal with the preparation of docu-
ments and recommendations relating to organiza-
tional matters for submission to the Conference of
the International Trade Organization when the
Organization is established. Neither the Interim
Commission nor its Executive Committee is author-
ized to deal with substantive economic matters or
to take action beyond the formulation of recom-
mendations for consideration by the proposed In-
ternational Trade Organization.
Department of State Bulletin
PROVISIONAL AGENDA'FOR THIRD
WEST INDIAN CONFERENCE
The provisional agenda for the Third West In-
dian Conference to be held in Guadeloupe, French
West Indies, during the first weeks of December
has now been prepared by the Caribbean Commis-
sion. Industrial development and economic pro-
ductivity will form the keynote of tlie conference,
which will be attended by delegates from the Car-
ibbean territories within the Commission's terms of
reference. Observers invited by the Commission
from Canada. Haiti, Cuba, the Dominican Eepub-
lic. and the United Nations and its specialized
agencies may also attend.
According to the rules of procedure of the West
Indian Conference this provisional agenda is sub-
ject to revision in the light of conunents from the
governments concerned, to whom it has now been
sent, but it is not expected that there will be any
substantial alterations, additions, and amencbnents.
The agenda is also subject to approval by the con-
ference and items within the terms of reference of
the Commission may be added, or any of the pres-
ent items deleted from the agenda at the beginning
of the session by a two-thirds vote of delegates
present and voting, after a report has been re-
ceived from the general committee on the technical,
administrative, and finnncial implications of such
proposed additions or deletions.
This provisional agenda is as follows :
1. Standing orders on conference procedure.
2. Report by the Secretary General on the work
of the Commission since the previous session of the
West Indian Conference, and on the action taken
b}' the metropolitan and territorial governments
on the recommendations of the previous session.
(a) Work of the Commission since the previous
West Indian Conference.
(b) Report on research activities.
(c) Report on survey of population movement
within the Caribbean area.
3. Industrial development and economic pro-
ductivity.
(a) Trade statistics and information.
(b) Report on industrial-development survey.
(c) Report on transportation and communica-
tions.
Activities and developments
{d)_ Migration of labor, labor developments,
organization, and legislation.
(e) Vocational and industrial training.
(/) Health in industry.
(g) Regional approach to research.
4. The regional development of tourism.
5. Progress report on the work of the United
Nations in the drafting of a bill of human rights
and obligations on those items of the declaration
falling within the terms of reference of the Com-
mission.
6. Recommendations for the agenda for the West
Indian Conference (fourth session).
7. Other business.
Aid to Refugees — Continued Jrom page 293
Christian Rural Overseas Program by American
church groups, will be made available as contri-
bution your request for wheat. With regard to
procurement, we are exploring means of despatch-
ing some or all of the supplies requested by you
from Greece to Beirut in interests expediting re-
ceipt in the Near East. Further details will be
forthcoming soon.
In addition to specific items requested by you,
the American Red Cross has authorized additional
medical supplies valued at $200,000; allocated
quantities of milk valued at $35,000; is providing
two ambulances to Lebanese Red Cross; and has
expressed readiness to make available certain key
personnel to assist you in your task of distribution.
American Middle East Relief Incorporated has
sent funds and supplies to its distributing commit-
tee and other agencies in the Near East. Near
East Foundation, which is engaged in sanitation
work at refugee camps and villages, has expressed
willingness to expand its personnel and services.
War Relief Services of National Catholic Welfare
Conference is donating $25,000 for purchase of
flour in Egypt and has indicated willingness to
render further assistance. Lutheran World Relief
Incorporated is making mimediate shipment of
five tons of clothing consigned Lutheran World
Federation, Beirut.
We are hopeful that other American organiza-
tions will be able to send additional aid. Will in-
form you further as developments occur.
%eptember 5, 1948
299
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Conversations on Air Transport Agreement With Mexico
JOINT STATEMENT BY THE U.S. AND MEXICAN GOVERNMENTS
[Released to the press August 26]
During the past few weeks, conversations have
been carried on in Mexico City between the Gov-
ernment of Mexico and the Government of the
United States of America, with a view to con-
cluding a bilateral air-transport agreement be-
tween the two countries. George A. Brownell,
personal representative of Pi-esident Truman, has
conducted the negotiations for the United States
in cooperation with the American Embassy. Lie.
Garcia Lopez, Minister of Communications and
Public Works, and other members of the staff of
the Ministry of Communications were designated
by President Aleman to represent Mexico in the
conversations. Because of different views with
respect to certain air routes to be mutually oper-
ated by both countries on a permanent basis, the
conversations did not result in complete and final
agreement in spite of compromises made by both
sides in an effort to meet each other's views. How-
ever, the conferees did succeed in reaching agree-
ment on many aspects of the problem and have
clearly defined the issues still to be resolved.
These are now receiving careful consideration by
President Aleman.
Both the Minister of Communications and Pub-
lic Works and the Aiiierican Embassy feel that
the discussions have been fruitful and mstructive.
Mr. Brownell has expressed to Dr. Garcia Lopez
his appreciation of the sympathetic and searching
approach of the Minister and his colleagues and
for the many courtesies extended to the United
States Representatives.
The two Governments have jointly declared
that the suspension of the current discussions in
no way indicates a rupture of civil-aviation rela-
tions or air-transport services between the two
countries or an abandonment of the desire of both
Governments to complete an air-transport
agreement.
Korea Expresses Gratitude Upon Restoration of Relations With U.S.
[Released to the press August 17]
Syngman Rhee, President of the Republic of Korea
to Pi'esident Truman
On behalf of the Government of the Republic of
Korea, I wish to express my gratitude for the state-
ment issued by your Government on August 12,
1948, stating that the United States Government
regards the Government of the Republic of Korea
as the Government envisaged by the General As-
sembly resolutions of November 14, 1947, and that
a special representative with the rank of Ambassa-
dor is being sent to Korea. I view this action as
the restoration of the cordial relations between
Korea and the LTnited States of America which
were forcibly interrupted by Japanese military
power.
300
I hope and believe our happy relationship will
continue to permanent benefit of both nations. I
am personally most grateful to you, Mister Presi-
dent.
Prime Minister Y. Tom Sok and Foreign Minister
Chang Taek Sang to Secretary Marshall
On behalf of the Government of the Republic
of Korea we express our gratitude for the state-
ment issued by you on August 12, 1948, stating that
United States Government regards the Govern-
ment of the Republic of Korea as the Government
envisaged by the General Assembly resolutions of
November 14, 1947 and that a special representa-
tive with the rank of Ambassador is being sent to
Korea.
Department of State Bultetin
ECA To Administer Aid Program in Korea
[Keleased to the press by the White House August 26]
The President announced on August 26 that he
Iiad instructed tlie Economic Cooperation Admin-
istrator to make preparations to take over respon-
sibility for the United States economic-aid pro-
gram in Korea within a few months.
Now that a Korean government has been estab-
lished, it will be possible to transfer to a United
States civilian agency the economic-assistance ac-
tivities which have been carried on by the United
States Army since Korea's liberation in 1945.
Discussions Aslted on Territorial Problem
of Antarctica
[Released to the press August 28]
The Department of State has approached the
Governments of Argentina, Australia, Chile,
France, New Zealand, Norway, and the United
Kingdom informally with a suggestion that a solu-
tion for the territorial problem of Antarctica be
discussed. It is the viewpoint of the Department
of State that the solution should be such as to pro-
mote scientific investigation and research in the
area. The Department of State has suggested that
this can perhaps be done most effectively and the
problem of conflicting claims at the same time
solved through agreement upon some form of
internationalization. The Department of State
expects that the question is one which will requii'e
an extended exchange of views, consideration of
suggestions, and probably reconciliation of vary-
ing viewpoints. Until such exchange of views and
necessary further study is completed, it is not be-
lieved that any useful purpose could be accom-
plished by a conference on the subject, and no such
conference is contemplated at present.
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
cuffed, slapped in the face and accused of being a
British spy. After examining his passport, nis
captors claimed it was false and refused to com-
municate with the American Consulate General
at Jerusalem. After being questioned all night he
was taken to Hagannah headquarters at 8:00
a.m. on August 22 and was held and interrogated
until 5 : 00 p.m., at which time he was released.
Hagannah headquarters refused to permit Paro
to communicate with the American Consulate Gen-
eral although Hagannah headquarters stated they
had called but found telephones busy.
Mr. MacDonald, the American Consul General
at Jerusalem, has protested to the Israeli Military
Governor of the Israeli-occupied area of Jerusalem
and has requested an investigation.
The Department of State is instructing Mr. Mac-
Donald to bring the facts in Paro's case to the
attention of Count Bernadotte, U.N. mediator, and
the Security Council Truce Commission. The De-
partment is also instructing James G. McDonald,
Special Representative of the United States at
Tel Aviv, to call these facts to the attention of the
Provisional Government of Israel for an immedi-
ate investigation, for punisliment of guilty persons,
and for action to prevent recurrence.
Yugoslavia Recognizes Dollar Bonds
[Released to the press August 24]
The Department of State announced on August
24 that in an exchange of notes on July 19, 1948,
between the Department and the Embassy of the
Federal People's Republic of Yugoslavia at Wash-
ington, the Embassy confirmed the Department's
interpretation of a previous communication from
the Embassy that the Government of the Federal
People's Republic of Yugoslavia recognizes among
its other international obligations the dollar bonds
issued or guaranteed by predecessor Yugoslav Gov-
ernments and "will consider means of discharging
such obligations when Yugoslavia's economic con-
dition, seriously injured by the ravages of war,
and her foreign exchange position permit".
Kidnaping of American Clerk in Jerusalem
Protested
[Released to the press August 24]
The Department of State has been informed by
John MacDonald, American Consul General in
Jerusalem, that George Paro, chief code clerk of
the American Consulate General in Jerusalem, was
kidnaped on Saturday night, August 21, by two
persons, one of whom was unknown to Paro. Paro
was taken out in the country, blindfolded, hand-
Letters of Credence
Turkish Republic
The newly appointed Ambassador of the Tur-
kish Republic, Feridun Cemal Erkin, presented
his credentials to the President on August 20,
1948. For the text of the translation of the Am-
bassador's remarks and for the President's reply,
see Department of State press release 675 of
August 20, 1948.
September 5, 1948
301
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Czechoslovakia Extended Time for Renewing
Trade-Marit Registrations
The extension until December 31, 1948, of time
for renewing trade-mark registrations with respect
to Czechoslovakia was granted by the President
in proclamation 2805 (13 Fed. Reg. 4391) on
August 21, 1948.
Fulbright Grants Awarded Students
and Scliolars
United States
Awards of scholarships to 11 American gradu-
ate students including 8 veterans of World War
II, as well as grants-in-aid to 15 American edu-
cators and research scholare, were made on August
18 b}' the Department of State on the basis of selec-
tions by the Board of Foreign Scholarships under
the Fulbright act.
All of the graduate scholarships are for study
in China. Ten of the grants-in-aid are for visiting
professorships and research fellowships in China,
three are for visiting professorships in Burma,
and two for agricultural teaching positions in sec-
ondary schools in Burma. For a list of those stu-
dents and scholars given awards, see Department
of State press release 666 of August 18, 1948.
Most of the persons receiving awards for study,
teaching, and research in China plan to arrive at
their destinations in time for the academic year in
the fall of 1948. Those going to Burma plan to
leave as soon as travel arrangements can be made.
The awards announced on August 18 are among
the first to be made under terms of the Fulbright
act, tv\'o scholai-s previously having been chosen
— one to teach in Burma and one to do research
in China.
The awards are for China and Burma because of
the fact that these two countries are the only ones
in which the program is in actual operation.
Awards involving other countries, the Philip-
pines and Greece, which have signed agreements
with the United States for such programs, will
be made in these countries as soon as budgets are
approved, announcements made, and candidates
for scholarships have been selected.
The Fulbright program now being put under-
way is expected ultimately to embrace more than
20 countries and will involve the expenditure of
more than $150,000,000 during the next 20 years.
Agreements are now under consideration with 10
of these countries in addition to the four agi-ee-
ments already concluded.
The scholarships are paid for by foreign govern-
ments out of the proceeds from the sale of United
States overseas surplus materiel and provide the
means by which foreign countries may pay in part
for these surpluses in their own currencies.
Philippines and Burma
On August 27 the Department of State an-
nounced that two women, one a Filipino princess
and the other a Burmese, who served their countries
in the underground during the war, are among the
four foreign students to receive the first travel-
grant awards from the Department of State under
the Fulbright act.
Bai Matabay Plang, a Moro princess from the
island of Mindanao in the Philippines, will study
at the University of Chicago School of Social
Work on a fellowship from the American Asso-
ciation of University Women, and will have her
travel to and from the United States paid from
funds under the Fulbright act.
The Burmese is Ma Aye, a graduate of the Uni-
versity of Rangoon, Burma, who spent the war
years in the jungles behind Japanese lines organ-
izing the community life of the evacuees in rural
villages. Mrs. Aye will study in the New York
School of Social Work on a scholarship offered
by that school, for which she was proposed by the
Institute of International Education of New York.
Her travel to and from the United States is being
paid out of Fulbright-program funds.
The other two persons receiving travel awards
are Mrs. Brigida C. Millan of Rizal City, Philip-
pines, and Mrs. Jenny Lind N. Dolorico of Taclo-
ban, Leyte, the Philippines. Both Mrs. Millan and
Mrs. Dolorico will study in the United States on
fellowships from the American Association of
University Women, with their travel to and from
the United States paid out of funds under the
Fulbright act.
Such travel grants to foreign nationals will nor-
mally be used to supplement the scholarship pro-
grams of American organizations and institutions.
Thus, for example, the three travel grants just
awarded for Filipino students have enabled the
American Association of University Women to
bring three women students, instead of two, from
the Philippines for study in the United States
during the 1948-49 academic year.
Coordination of such fellowship programs with
the Fulbright act program is effected by the In-
stitute of International Education.
Bolivian Rector Awarded Grant-in-Aid
Dr. Guillermo Francovich, rector of the Univer-
sity of Sucre, Bolivia, has arrived in Washington
for a three months' visit to this country to observe
university organization and to visit educational
centers. His trip has been arranged as a part of
the State Department's grant-in-aid progi'am.
302
Dopartment of Sfofe Bulletin
Transferring to the Attorney General
Jurisdiction Over Blocked Assets'
Whereas with the successful termination of hos-
tilities, there has been a gradual release from con-
trol by the Treasury Dejiartmeut over foreign
property and interests which had been blocked to
prevent their looting by the Axis and their use
in ways harmful to the war effort of the United
States; and
Whereas certain of such foreign property and
interests have not yet been unblocked ; and
Whereas it is now necessary and desirable to
Elace the jurisdiction over the assets remaining
locked on September 30. 1948, in the same agency
which is administering the program of alien prop-
ertj- control initiated under Executive Order No.
9095 of March 11, 1942, as amended, which pro-
gram is presently being administered by the Attor-
ney General :
"A'oiv, therefore, by virtue of the authority vested
in me by the Constitution and the laws of the
United States, including the Trading With the
Enemy Act of October 6, 1917, as amended, and
as President of the United States, it is hereby or-
dered as follows :
1. The Attorney General is hereby authorized
and directed to take such action as he may deem
necessary with respect to any property or interest
of any nature whatsoever in which any foreign
country designated in Executive Order No. 8389
of April 10, 1940. as amended, or any national
thereof has any interest (including property sub-
ject to the proviso of paragraph (a) of General
License No. 94, as amended (31 C. F. R., 1947
Supp., 131.94), and including any Scheduled Se-
curities witliin the meaning of General Ruling No.
5, as amended (31 C. F. R., 1947 Supp.. 131, App.
A) , both issued by the Secretary of the Treasury)
which on SeptemlDer 30, 1948, is not unblocked or
otherwise removed from the restrictions of the said
Executive Order No. 8389, as amended, by any
order, regulation, ruling, instruction, license, or
other action issued or taken by the Secretary of the
Treasury. In the performance of his duties under
this order, the Attorney General or any officer, per-
son, agency, or instrimientality designated by him,
may exercise all powers and authority vested in the
President by sections 3 (a) and 5 (b) of the Trad-
ing With the Enemy Act, as amended. As used
herein, the terms "national" and "foreign country"
shall have the meanings prescribed in Executive
Order No. 8389, as amended.
2. With respect to the property and interests
referred to in section 1 hereof, all orders, regula-
tions, rulings, instructions, or licenses issued by
the Secretary of the Treasury under the authority
of Executive Order No. 8389, as amended, and Ex-
ecutive Order No. 9095, as amended, ancl in force
on September 30, 1948, shall continue in full force
THE RECORD OF THE WB£K
and effect except as amended, modified, or revoked
by the Attorney General.
3. It is the policy of this order that administra-
tive action under paragraph 1 hereof shall be
taken by the Attorney General or any officer, per-
son, agency, or instrumentality designated by him.
However, nothing in this order shall be deemed
to limit or remove any powers heretofore con-
ferred upon the Seci-etary of the Treasury or the
Attorney General by statute or by Executive order.
No person affected by any order, regulation, rul-
ing, instruction, license, or other action issued or
taken by either the Secretary of the Treasury or
the Attorney General may challenge the validity
thereof or otherwise excuse his actions, or failure
to act, on the ground that pursuant to the provi-
sions of this Executive order, such order, regula-
tion, ruling, instruction, license, or other action
was within the jurisdiction of the Attorney Gen-
eral rather than the Secretary of the Treasury or
vice versa.
4. This order shall become effective as of mid-
night, September 30, 1948.
The White Hotjse,
August 20, 194S.
THE FORESGN SERVECE
Edward R. Dudley Appointed IVlinlster
to Liberia
[Released to the press August 27]
Edward R. Dudley was sworn in on August 27
as Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipo-
tentiary of the United States to the Republic of
Liberia. The ceremony took place in the office
of Stanley Woodward, Chief, Division of Protocol
in the Department of State, and was attended by
high-ranking government officials as well as many
personal friends of Mr. Dudley.
Consular Offices
The Consulate at Venice, Italy, was opened to
the public, effective August 16, 1948.
' Executive Order 9989 (13 Fei. Reg. 4891).
SepfemberS, 7948
303
i€en£!^
Conference To Consider Free Navigation
of tlie Danube
U.S. Responsibilities in the Danube Region.
Statement by Cavendish W. Cannon . . 283
Amendments to Soviet Draft Convention:
Statements by Ambassador Cannon . . . 284
Statements by Walter A. Radius .... 288
U.S. Declines To Serve on Drafting Commit-
tee. Summary of Statement by Am-
bassador Cannon 290
Rejection of Soviet Draft Convention:
Statement by Ambassador Cannon . . . 291
U.N. and Specialized Agencies
Additional Military Observers Requested To
Supervise Palestine Truce 293
American Aid to Refugees in Near East.
Telegram From Secretary Marshall to
Count Folke Bernadotte 293
U.S. Delegation to Ito Conference .... 298
Economic Affairs
The Fourth International Congresses on
Tropical Medicine and Malaria. By
Wilbur A. Sawyer, M.D '. 294
Provisional Agenda for Third West Indian
Conference 299
Yugoslavia Recognizes Dollar Bonds . . . 301
Czechoslovakia Extended Time for Renewing
Trade-Mark Registrations 302
Transferring to the Attorney General Juris-
diction Over Blocked Assets 303
Calendar of International Meetings . . 297
General Policy Page
American Aid to Refugees in Near East.
Telegram From Secretary Marshall to
Count Folke Bernadotte 293
Korea Expresses Gratitude Upon Restoration
of Relations With U.S 300
Discussions Asked on Territorial Problem of
Antarctica 301
Kidnaping of American Clerk in Jerusalem
Protested 301
Letters of Credence: Turkish Republic . . . 301
Treaty Information
Conversations on Air Transport Agreement
With Mexico. Joint Statement by
U.S. and Mexican Governments .... 300
Foreign Aid and Reconstruction
ECA To Administer Aid Program in Korea . 301
International Information and
Cultural Affairs
Fulbright Grants Awarded Students and
Scholars:
United States 302
Philippines and Burma 302
Bolivian Rector Awarded Grant-in-Aid . . . 302
The Foreign Service
Edward R. Dudley Appointed Minister to
Liberia 303
Consular Offices 303
\
U. S. GOVERNMENT PBINTIHS OFFICE: I94B
^Ae^ ^ehwr^tTneTil/ /(w t/iater
s
REPORT ON ALIEN ADMITTANCE UNDER U.N.
AND NATIONAL SECURITY 335
COMMERCIAL FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED
STATES • Article by Woodbury Willoiighby .... 325
80th CONGRESS, 2d SESSION, AND THE UNITED
NATIONS • Article by Sheldon Z. Kaplan .... 307
For complete contents see back cover
Vol. XIX, No. 480
September 12, 1948
^^^.ti-r o^
I
«. S. SUKRIMTENOENT OF OOCUMtW*
OCT
^Ae zl^eAo/ylin&nt ^j^ C7iale
bulletin
Vol. XIX, No. 480 • Publication 3280
September 12, 1948
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 26, D.O.
Price:
62 issues, domestic $6, foreign $7.26
Single copy, 15 cents
Published with the approval of the
Director of the Bureau of the Budget
Note: Contents of this pubUcation are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprmted. Citation of the Dep4RTMENT
or State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
EIGHTIETH CONGRESS, SECOND SESSION, AND THE UNITED NATIONS
by Sheldon Z. Kaplan
I. INTRODUCTION
In tlie author's articles on the "Eightieth Con-
gress, First Session, and the United Nations," ' it
was pointed out that the Eightieth Congress, in its
First Session, had made an impressive record, de-
spite a heavy work load, in enacting, or taking
the initiatory steps to enact, municipal legislation
needed to implement the wide responsibilities
which flow from United States participation m
the United Nations and related activities. Those
special responsibilities as host which devolve upon
this country by virtue of our Government's invi-
tation, extended through the Congress, to the
United Nations to locate its permanent head-
quarters here were also described,^ and some of the
legislative measures enacted into law to give con-
crete proof of the recognition of those responsi-
bilities were outlined in some detail.
The Second Session of the Eightieth Congress
was, indeed, no less active in the shaping of United
States foreign policy, nor were the details, impli-
cations, and ramifications attending the legisla-
tion necessary to make effective the work of the
United States in the broad field of international
organization less important. During the Second
Session ^ action was completed authorizing United
States acceptance of the constitution of the Inter-
national Labor Organization instrument of
amendment and United States participation in
the "World Health Organization, the Caribbean
Commission, the South Pacific Commission, and
the Pan American Railway Congress, and the
Senate advised and consented to the ratification
of the international telecommunication conven-
tion and the International Labor Organization
final-articles revision convention, 1946 (no. 80).
Important and timely was the enactment of legis-
lation authorizing the loan of 65 million dollars
to the United Nations to enable it to finance the
construction of its permanent home in New York
City. Significant, too, was the passage by the
Senate of the so-called Vandenberg resolution, re-
affirming the policy of the United States to achieve
international peace and security through the
United Nations and indicating certain objectives
to be pursued.
For convenience, those of the above measures
which best illustrate the impact of the legislative
process upon the full participation by the United
States in the United Nations and related activi-
ties will be considered under the following head-
ings : "Action Initiated During First Session and
Completed During Second Session"; and "Action
Initiated and Completed During Second Session'".
In addition, reference will be made to the Van-
denberg resolution and to United Nations meas-
ures considered by the Eightieth Congress which
did not receive final action during the Second
Session, the latter under the heading of "Uncom-
pleted Measures".
II. ACTION INITIATED DURING FIRST SESSION
AND COMPLETED DURING SECOND SESSION <
South Pacific Commission
The events leading up to the formation of this
intergovernmental regional agency have been de-
scribed elsewhere briefly by the author.'' At the
end of the First Session of the Eightieth Congress,
H. J. Res. 232, "Providing for membership and
participation by the United States in the South
Pacific Commission and authorizing an appropria-
tion therefor", had passed the House on July 21,
1947, and the Senate on July 26, 1947, but because
of technical amendments adopted by the latter,
the joint resolution was sent back to the House
for its concurrence. On January 19, 1948, less
than two weeks after the Second Session was con-
vened, the House agreed to these amendments,
and on January 28, 1948, with the signature of
the President, the measure became Public Law
403. It authorizes: (1) the President to accept
membership for the United States in the Commis-
sion and to appoint the United States commis-
sioners and their alternates (sec. 1), (2) an
September ?2, 1948
307
appropriation to the Department of State not to
exceed 20 thousand dollars annually as the United
States proportionate share of expenses of the Com-
mission •= and such additional sums as may be
needed to cover necessary expenses i^^^^J^^t to
United States participation (sec. 3), and (3) the
Secretary of State to detail specially skiUed per-
somiel from Government agencies to the Commis-
sion (sec. 4). The President on that day also
sicmed the instrument of acceptance of the agree-
intnt establishing the South Pacific fo^"^^^^
which was dispatched January 30, 1948, by he
Department of State to the officer in charge of the
American Mission at Canberra, Australia, for de-
posit with the Government of Australia. On
April 28, 1948, the Secretary of State announced
that the President had appointed the following
as the United States commissioners and alternate
commissioners on the Commission : Felix Keesmg,
senior commissioner, Milton Shalleck cominis-
sioner, and Karl C. Leebrick and Orsen N Nielsen,
alternate commissioner^the last-named for the
first session only.
The South Pacific Commission, a pioneer ven-
ture in regional cooperation among governments
responsible for the administration of dependent
areas, began the deliberations of its fir^t session
on May 11, 1948, and met daily through May ^1
at its interim headquarters at Middle Head, Syd-
ney, Australia. As may be expected of a newly
created intergovernmental organization, the con-
ference produced few, if any, substantive achieve-
ments The 11 days of conference, however, did
establish an effective administrative and organi-
zational foundation for its ultimate substantive
activity through the adoption of a broad work
program." In addition, a working committee was
set up to function between sessions of the Com-
mission, charged with the responsibility of mak-
ing recommendations with regard to a permanent
site for the Commission (at Noumea or Suva) and
of selecting at a very early date a secretary gen-
eral, a deputy secretary general, a deputy chair-
man of the research council, and full-time research
workers, the final selection being left for the deci-
sion of the senior commissioner of each govern-
ment. The Commission's next session will be held
at Sydney on October 25, 1948.
Thus, the first of the two intergovernmental
re-ional agencies designed to promote the eco-
nomic and social welfare and advancement of
308
non-self-governing territories with which the
Eightieth Congress had to deal has made a good
start toward the important work which lies im-
mediately ahead.*
Caribbean Commission
The Caribbean Commission is the second of the
two intergovernmental regional agencies estab-
lished to promote the cooperation envisaged in
article 73 of the United Nations Charter with
which the Eightieth Congress was faced. At the
close of the First Session, H. J. Res. 231, a ]oint
resolution "Providing for membership and partici-
pation by the United States in the Caribbean Com-
mission and authorizing an appropriation there-
for", had passed the House of Representatives
on July 21, 1947, and had been reported out by
the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations the
following day, with technical amendments de-
signed to clarify the amount of money to be au-
thorized for contribution to the Commission s bud-
get (as distinct from expenses incident to United
States participation therein) .- The necessary leg-
islative authorization to make effective United
States participation in this organization was com-
pleted during the Second Session with the passage
of the joint resolution, as amended, by the Senate
on February 2, 1948," and the concurrence of the
House in the amended measure on February --7,
1948 It was approved by the President, March 4,
1948, and became Public Law 431. The provisions
of Public Law 431 are similar to those of Public
Law 403 (South Pacific Commission), except that
the former authorizes not more than 142 thousand
dollars aimually for the payment by the United
States of its proportionate share of expenses ^ and
does not authorize the detail of Government per-
sonnel."
The accomplishments of the Caribbean Commis- ;
sion since March 4, 1948, the date of the enactment
of H. J. Res. 231 into Public Law 431, may be sum-
marized as follows :
1 The major undertaking of the Commission
has been the completion of a comprehensive survey
of existing and potential industries m the 15 ter-
ritories of the Caribbean area. A panel of four
experts— one from each national section— collected
basic, factual data on industries including such
items as production records; kind and source o±
raw materials; financial procedures; availability
of fuel, power, labor, transport, and markets.
Department of State Bulletin
The reports of these experts will be coordinated
into one over-all report and will serve as documen-
tation for the Third Session of the West Indian
Conference to be held in Guadeloupe in December.
The outline developed by the United States expert
was adopted as the standard form by France, the
Netherlands, and the United Kingdom in gather-
ing this information. Dr. Rafael Pico, chairman
of the Planning, Urbanizing, and Zoning Board
of Puerto Rico, and a United States commissioner
compiled the information on the United States ter-
ritories. Experts from the Departments of Com-
merce, Labor, and State and the United States
Tariff Commission assisted him.
2. The Commission also completed a survey of
transportation and communication facilities in the
Caribbean area. It will be used also as part of the
documentation of the Third Session of the West
Indian Conference.
3. Efforts were continued to organize a Carib-
bean tourist-development association whose pur-
pose would be to develop the tourist trade on a
regional basis.
4. A weekly radio program in the four languages
of the area was initiated and carried on by the
Commission. The program furnishes current news
on social and economic happenings in the area and
is designed to make the peoples aware of the sim-
ilarity of their problems and the solutions to be
found by coordinated effort. This type of program
is important in an area where illiteracy is high and
jjeople widely separated.
5. The Commission continued to publish a
Monthly Infonruition Bulletin, in the four lan-
guages of the area. It is a systematic and con-
tinuing means of publishing information on
scientific, educational, and economic develop-
ments in or relating to the Caribbean and is
widely distributed to local governments, libraries,
and individuals.
6. One regular business meeting of the Com-
mission was held in San Juan, Puerto Rico, May
24-29, 1948,"'' and the working committee met at
frequent intervals.
The Commission at this meeting approved
plans for a study of the movement of population
in the Caribbean region including population
growth, pressure, and migratory movements.
Emphasis of the meeting was on the Commission's
primary task as an advisory body in promoting
scientific, technological, and economic develop-
Sepfember /2, 1948
ment in the Caribbean area. Regional action in
achieving such development depends upon a
thorough knowledge of what research and research
facilities exist in the individual territories. With
this in view, the Commission authorized the Cen-
tral Secretariat, which is located at Port-of-Spain,
Trinidad, British West Indies, to make a research
survey covering all existing research institutions,
projects, and personnel in the area. The residts
of this survey will form the nucleus of a perma-
nent and active research information service in
the Secretariat. The staff will concentrate on a
limited number of particular fields of activity
which have every-day application in the lives of
the peoples of the Caribbean — such as soil erosion,
plant and animal quarantine, nutrition, and health
education. In addition, the Commission author-
ized the establishment of a statistical unit in the
Secretariat to collect, collate, analyze, and dis-
tribute data on such matters as trade, population
trends, and other topics of general utility to gov-
ernments and businessmen.
7. The Commission has been making all neces-
sary preparation for the Third Session of the
West Indian Conference. This preliminary work
includes such matters as extending invitations,
accrediting delegates, working out the agenda for
a technical meeting, compiling basic background
surveys, and making physical arrangements for
transportation and accommodation. The central
theme will be industrial development and I'elated
matters. The Commission expects to arrive at a
four-nation policy statement on industrial devel-
opment and economic productivity for the Car-
ibbean region as a result of recommendations pro-
duced at this Conference.
8. Technical bulletins, dealing with the externa]
trade of the Caribbean, were published on the fol-
lowing subjects : fish, vegetables, grain crops, meat
products, dairy products, cement, tobacco, ba-
nanas, edible oils and fats, soap, matches, and
candles. These are part of a series analyzing re-
quirements and movements of basic products of
trade in the Caribbean area.
Thus, through the legislative process, it is pos-
sible for the Government of the United States to co-
operate and participate fully in a vital intergov-
ernmental work which should be ". . . an excel-
lent augury for the establishment of regional com-
missions in other disturbed areas of the world, oc-
cupied largely by non-self governing peoples.'^
309
World Health Organization (WHO) >"
1. The Senate's Withdrawal Provision
At the time of its adjournment sine die, Decem-
ber 19, 1947, the First Session of the Eightieth
Congress had witnessed the passage on July 7, 1947,
of S. J. Kes. 98, a joint resolution "Providing for
membership and participation by the United States
in the "World Health Organization and authorizing
an appropriation therefor", with one important
amendment, which provided as follows:
Section 4. In adopting this joint resolution the Con-
gress does so with the understanding that the United
States reserves its right to withdraw from the Organiza-
tion on a 90-day notice: Provided, however, That the
financial obligations of the United States to the Organiza-
tion shall be met in full for the Organization's current
fiscal year."
The reason for the amendment was contained
in the report of the Senate Foreign Kelations Com-
mittee on S. J. Res. 98 ^« and in the Chairman's
statement in presenting the report to the Senate : i"
the Committee foresaw a possibility of the consti-
tution of Who being amended in such a manner
as to impose additional obligations on the United
States without its consent.
£. The House Foreign Affairs Committee With-
drawal Provision and Other Proposed Amend-
ments
The House Committee on Foreign Affairs re-
ported out H. J. Res. 161, the companion measure
to S. J. Res. 98, 10 days after the action in the
Senate. Like its Senate counterpart, this Com-
mittee recommended an amendment in the form
of a new section, jiroviding for United States
withdrawal from Who on a one-year notice
rather than the 90 days contained in the Senate
version. In addition, it recommended several
other amendments, of which the following are
the more important for the purposes of this
account: (a) a provision requiring an investiga-
tion by the Federal Bureau of Investigation of
any person serving as a representative or delegate
to the Assembly of Who and (6) a provision
requiring that "no citizen or resident in the United
States" could participate in the activities of
Who without the consent of the Secretary of State.
Thus, when the Second Session convened on
January 6, 1948, action had been completed by the
Senate authorizing United States membership and
310
participation in and contribution to Who, with
the withdrawal provision noted, and the House
Foreign Affairs Committee had reported out its
companion bill, also with a withdrawal provision
plus other amendments which would vitally affect
United States representation to the Organization
which was established to make possible the "at-
tainment by all peoples of the highest possible
level of health".
3. Department of Staters Comments on the Pro-
posed Amendments
On January 8, 1948, letters signed by the Under
Secretary of State were dispatched to Senator
Vandenberg, chairman of the Senate Foreign Re-
lations Committee and President pro tempore of
the Senate, to Representative Eaton, chairman of
the House Foreign Affairs Committee, and to Rep-
resentative Judd, who had sponsored H. J. Res. 161.
Enclosed with these letters were comments by the
Department of State, in memorandum form, call-
ing attention, among other things, to the fact that
the withdrawal provision had been questioned by
other governments and to the language of the
declaration unanimously agreed to July 17, 1946,
by the International Health Conference, which
had formulated Who's constitution. This dec-
laration, a part of the official record of the Confer-
ence, stated that :
A member is not bound to remain in the Organization
if its rights and obligations as such are changed by an
amendment to the Constitution in which it has not con-
curred and which it finds itself unable to accept.'"
The Department's comment on the proposed
amendment providing "That no citizen of or res-
ident in the United States shall participate in any
session, conference or meeting, or other work of
the World Health Organization or of any sub-
ordinate committee or organization thereof with-
out the consent of the Secretary of State", was
that the inclusion of such an amendment in the
instrument of acceptance of the United States of
the constitution of Who would appear to have the
effect of placing the Director General of Who
under an obligation not to employ any United
States citizens or foreign nationals resident in the
United States without the consent of the Secretary
of State. This provision would run counter to a
basic principle on which the United Nations and
its specialized agencies are founded, namely, that
their staffs should consist of persons who perform
Deparfmenf of Sfafe BuUei'm
their duties as faithful international civil servants
and who do not act as representatives of the gov-
ernments of which they happen to be nationals.
This principle is clearly stated in articles 35 and
37 of the Who constitution, which read as follows :
Article 3i). The Director-General shall aiipoint the staff
of the Secretariat in accordance with stall: regulations
established by the Health Assembly. The paramount
consideration in the employment of the staff shall be to
assure that the efficiency, integrity and internationally
representative character of the Secretariat shall be main-
tained at the highest level. Due regard shall be paid
also to tlie importance of recruiting the staff on as wide
a geographical basis as possible.
Article 37. In the performance of their duties the Di-
rector-General and the staff shall not seek or receive in-
structions from any government or from any authority
external to the Organization. They shall refrain from
any action which might reflect on their position as inter-
national officers. Each Member of the Organization on
its part undertakes to respect the exclusively international
character of the Director-General and the staff and not
to seek to influence them.''
4- Steps Toward Final Congressional Action
Importance of Timelt Congressional Action
The Department of State was most anxious that
final congressional action be taken without
amendments which could conceivably prevent the
acceptance of the United States instrument of
deposit and that such action be taken in time for
participation of this Government in the First
World Health Assembly, which was scheduled to
convene in Geneva on June 24, 1948. Absence of
the United States from this meeting, which was
to mark "the beginning of full-scale activity of
Who and the termination of the interim phase of
the development of the international health
agency planned by plenipotentiaries of 62 gov-
ernments at the International Health Confei'ence
at New York City during the summer of 1946",=^
would mean forfeiting the opportunity of the
United States to influence the progi'am and or-
ganizational structure of Who, including selection
of a Director General, site of headquarters, and
members of the Executive Board, as well as de-
termination of budget and scale of contributions.
Moreover, participation by the United States in
Who had, in fact, been supported by representa-
tives of numerous public and professional asso-
ciations in the medical and public-health fields.-^
Sepfember J2, 1948
Tabling of H. J. Res. 161 and Intijoduction of
Its New Version, H. J. Res. 409
On March 12, 1948, the House Committee on
Rules met to consider a resolution proposed by the
House Foreign Affairs Committee which provided
for consideration of H. J. Res. 161 by the House
of Representatives. This resolution, however, was
tabled. On April 7, 1948, Who came into official
existence, as a specialized agency, when the last
of the required 26 United Nations members de-
posited with the Secretary-General of the United
Nations its instrument of acceptance of the Who
constitution.^-* On May 19, 1948, Representative
Judd, to avoid delay, introduced in the House
H. J. Res. 409, a rewritten version of the pre-
viously reported H. J. Res. 161. The new measure
was referred to the House Committee on Foreign
Affairs, which acted with dispatch, for the follow-
ing day the measure was unanimously reported
out. As thus reported, H. J. Res. 409 contained
new features,-^ such as a requirement that the
United States Representative on the Executive
Board of Who, when there is one, be appointed
by the President by and with the advice and
consent of the Senate and that he have "ten
years active practice as a physician or surgeon",'^^
an authorization of fimds on a per annum basis
instead of for the fiscal year beginning July 1,
1947, almost past, and a provision stating that
nothing in the Who constitution involves any com-
mitment to specific legislative action by the United
States Congress.^^
The constitution of Who actually specifies that
the delegates to the Health Assembly "sliould be
chosen from among persons most qualified by their
technical competence in the field of health, prefer-
ably representing the national health administra-
tion of the Member",-' in recognition of the fact
that Who will be primarily concerned with prob-
lems of public-health technique and administra-
tion. Accordingly, if the United States is to have
effective representation on the Executive Board,
one of whose functions is "to act as the executive
organ of the Health Assembly",='' the United States
Representative should be a qualified public-health
expert. Therefore, the new feature with regard
to 10 years active practice introduced by the House
Committee might, conceivably, exclude a high pro-
portion of doctors of medicine, with less than 10
years active practice, who have attained distinction
311
in public health, preventive medicine, and medical
research, all of which are fields of primary interest
to Who.»»
Action moved swiftly at this stage. On May
20, 1948, the House Committee reported H. Res.
602 ^^ to provide for, and make in order, the expe-
ditious consideration by the House of H. J. Res.
409, the rewritten version of H. J. Res. 161 which
this Committee had tabled. On May 28, 1948, the
Rules Coimnittee's resolution, confining the debate
on the new measure to one hour, was agreed to by
the House, which acted quickly thereafter in pass-
ing H. J. Res. 409.^^ To save precious time, how-
ever, Representative Judd then asked unanimous
consent for the immediate consideration of a simi-
lar Senate joint resolution, S. J. Res. 98.'^ Since
there was no objection, the Clerk read S. J. Res.
98, whereupon Representative Judd offered an
amendment, in effect incorporating the new fea-
tures of H. J. Res. 409 into the Senate joint reso-
lution. S. J. Res. 98 then passed the House, as
amended, and by unanimous consent the proceed-
ings by which H. J. Res. 409 was passed were va-
cated and this House measure laid on the table.
The amendment of S. J. Res. 98 by the House
meant, of course, reference of the measure to a
committee of conference, representing both
houses of Congress, following the disagreement
of the Senate to the amendment. The conference
committee met and submitted its report ^* on June
4, 1948. Four days later, both houses of Congress
agreed to the report,^^ thus completing final legis-
lative action.
6. Public Law 61i3
On June 14, 1948, President Truman signed
S. J. Res. 98, which became Public Law 643. That
same day the President issued the following
statement :
I have today signed a Joint Resolution providing for
the U.S. membership and participation in the World Health
Organization. I have at the same time signed the In-
strument of Acceptance of the Onstitution of tlie World
Health Organization, vehich will immediately be sent to
the United Nations for deposit.
In view of the long history of effective international
cooperation in the field of health which spares us the
haunting fear of devastating epidemics of cliolera and
plague, we can looli to the World Health Organization
with hope and expectation. While performing its hu-
mane service, it will at the same time contribute to gen-
eral economic improvement through the progressive de-
velopment of healthy, alert, productive manpower. The
312
world economy is seriously burdened, and unnecessarily
so, by malaria, tuberculosis and other controllable
diseases.
The World Health Organization can help contribute
substantially to tlie attainment of the healthy, vigorous
citizenry which the world needs so badly today and
tomorrow.
I am proud to have signed this Joint Resolution which
makes it possible for the United States to continue its
leadership in this important work. In the technical field
of health we hold today a pre-eminent position. We must
and will give freely of our great knowledge to help liber- j
ate men everywhere from the overhanging dread of pre-
ventable disease. In doing so through the World Health I
Organization we once again testify to our faith in the j
United Nations as the great Instrument for reaching those i
goals of common understanding and mutual helpfulness
among nations which alone can lead to peace and security |
for all peoples." I
The chief features of Public Law 643 are :
1. Authorization for the President to accept
membership for the United States in Who ;
(sec. 1) ; _ ji
2. Mandate to the President to designate the ^
delegates and alternates to sessions of the Organi-
zation's World Health Assembly and the United
States Representative to the Executive Board of
Who (whenever the United States becomes en-
titled to designate a person to serve on the Board)
(sec. 2) ;
3. Such Representative is to be designated by
and with the advice and consent of the Senate and
must be a graduate of a recognized medical school
and have spent not less than three years in active
practice as a physician or surgeon (sec. 2) ;
4. A proviso for investigation as to loyalty and
security by the Federal Bureau of Investigation of
the delegates, alternates, and Representative (sec.
2);
5. Authorization of an annual appropriation not
to exceed 1,920,000 dollars per annum for payment
of the United States share of Who's expenses (sec.
3(a) ) and a limitation of 83 thousand dollars fot
the fiscal year beginning July 1, 1947, to cover ex-
penses incident to participation."'
6. A proviso reserving the right of the United
States, in the absence of any provision in the Who
constitution for withdrawal, to withdraw from
Who on a one-year notice (sec. 4) ; and
7. A statement that it is the understanding of
Congress that nothing in the Who constitution
commits the United States to enact any specific '
legislative program (sec. 5).
Department of State Bulletin >
6. Action of First World Health Assembly
III view of the provision in section 4 that the
United States reserves its right to withdraw from
A^'IIo, tlie Secretariat of the United Nations in-
formed Dr. Brock Chishohn, Executive Secretary
of tlie Interim Commission of Who, that the Sec-
retary-General of the United Nations was not in
a position to determine whether the United States
liad become a party to tlie Who constitution and
that therefore the Secretary-General would refer
the United States acceptance to the First World
Health Assembly and would be guided by the As-
sembly's action with respect to the matter.^* The
thorny question raised by the withdrawal provision
was disposed of by the Assembly when on July 2,
19-18,^^ it unanimously accepted the United States
as a member of Who, thus paving the way for full
participation by the United States in a wide field
of human imj^rovement.*"
On July 13, 1948, Dr. Yuen-Li Liang, the direc-
tor of the Legal Department of the United Nations,
acting on behalf of the Secretary-General of the
United Nations, notified the Secretary of State of
tlie admission of the United States to Who in the
following words :
... I have the honour to inform you that I have been
notified by the Executive Secretary of the Interim Commis-
sion of the World Health Organization that on 2 July 1048
the World Health Assembly unanimously approved the
admission of the United States of America as a Member
of the World Health Organization.
In accordance with Article 82 of the Constitution, the
Secretary-General will notify all States parties to the
Constitution of the World Health Organization that the
United States of America is considered to be a party to
the said Constitution as from 21 June 1948, the date of
deposit with the Secretary-General of the United Nations
of its instrument of acceptance. •*•
The Constitution of the International Labor Organ-
ization C'l-O) instrument of Amendment, 1946
1. Necessity for Rcimion
The Ilo was established in 1919, pursuant to
provisions of the peace treaties negotiated at the
end of World AVar I, in the belief that universal
and lasting peace can be established only if it is
based on social justice, that conditions of labor
which involve injustice, hardship, and privation
may produce unrest so great as to imperil the
peace and harmony of the world, and that the
%eptemher 12, 7948
failure of any nation to adopt humane conditions
of labor is an obstacle in the way of other nations
which desire to improve conditions in their own
countries. The United States became a member
of the Organization on August 20, 1934, when the
President, exercising the authority conferred on
him in Public Kesolution 43, 73d Congress, 2d
session, approved June 19, 1934, accepted an invi-
tation to membership tendered by the Interna-
tional Labor Conference." Since then, the United
States has played an important part in Ilo activ-
ities and has made substantial contributions to
its budget.
Although the end of World War I witnessed the
creation of the Organization, necessity for the
remodeling of the Ilo constitution to bring it
in line with social conditions in the postwar world
and with the new structure of international or-
ganization was apparent long before the end of
World War II. Consideration was given the
problem at the Twenty-sixth Session of the Inter-
national Labor Conference in Philadelphia in
1944, which adopted a declaration defining the
aims and purposes of the Ilo. Constitutional re-
vision was again discussed in Paris in 1945 and in
1946 was studied by a tripartite Conference dele-
gation which had been instructed to prepare a
rejiort on all aspects of the question. Following
the recommendations of the Conference delega-
tion, the instrument of amendment, comprising a
comprehensive revision of the Ilo constitution,
was adopted by a unanimous vote of the Twenty-
ninth Session of the International Labor Confer-
ence at Montreal on October 9, 1946.'"
The significant constitutional changes " may be
groui^ed as follows :
(a) Those determining the relations between
the Ilo and the United Nations and the various
other international organizations
(i) Those clarifying the obligations of states
members as to conventions and recommendations
adopted by the Conference
(c) Regional arrangements
(d) Colonial arrangements
(d) Those strengthening the role of the Gov-
erning Body
(/) Those relating to Conference procedure,
and
313
{g) Those clarifying the special position of
federal states."^
2. Department of State''s Proposal to Congress
On May 8, 1947, during the First Session of the
Eightieth Congress, Secretary of State Marshall
addressed letters to the President pro tempore of
the Senate (Senator Vandenberg) and to the
Speaker of the House of Representatives (Repre-
sentative Martin) which were of major impor-
tance to the growing participation of the United
States in international organization. Together
with these letters, there were enclosed a draft joint
resolution authorizing the President to accept on
behalf of the United States the revised constitu-
tion of the Ilo which had been adopted at Mont-
real, a memorandum explaining the purposes of
the proposed legislation and the necessity there-
for, and copies of letters on the subject from the
delegates who represented the employers and
workers of the United States respectively at the
Twenty-ninth Session of the International Labor
Conference.*®
3. Action hy Senate and Horise Committees
The Senate Foreign Relations Committee acted
with dispatch on this legislative proposal, for
only 10 days later it reported out to the Senate
without amendment S. J. Res. 117, "Providing for
acceptance by the United States of America of
the Constitution of the International Labor Or-
ganization Instrument of Amendment, and fur-
ther authorizing an appropriation for j^ayment
of the United States share of the expenses of mem-
bership and for expenses of participation by the
United States", substantially as drafted by the
Department of State.« On June 2, 1947, S. J. Res.
117 passed the Senate, with no debate necessary.**
The following day the measure was referred to
the House Foreign Affairs Committee and on
July 24, 1947, was reported out, with amendments.
Both Committees recognized that the Congress
was faced with a legislative proposal which
would authorize the United States to partici-
pate and contribute to a revitalized interna-
tional organization, geared to modern social and
organizational developments, whose work is of
especial significance to the United States, having,
as it does, the highest standards in economic and
social affairs.*" The House Committee recast
S. J. Res. 117 to include (1) a fixed dollar
limitation of 550 thousand dollars as the United
States share authorized to be contributed to Ilo
and also a limitation of 95 thousand dollars to
cover expenses incident to participation,^" and (2)
the addition of a new section :
Sec. 3. No person shall serve as represent.itive, delegate,
or alternate from the United States until such i)erson
has been investigated as to loyalty and security by the
Federal Bureau of Investigation ; and no citizen of or
resident in the United States shall participate in any
session, conference, or meeting, or other work of the
International Labour Organization or of any subordinate
committee or organization thereof without the consent
of the Secretary of State."
These amendments were in line with the House
amendments to S. J. Res. 98, the Who measure,
which, as we have seen, had been reported out by
the House earlier, on July 17, 1947. In this re-
spect, therefore, S. J. Res. 117 may be considered
the companion piece of S. J. Res. 98 (Who).
^. Final Action — Second Session
On June 14, 1948, the motion of Representative
Jackson (California) to suspend the rules and
pass S. J. Res. 117, with amendjnents, was voted
on favorably by the requisite two thirds.^- Again,
as in the case of Who, Senator Vandenberg's mo-
tion, on June 15, 1948, that the Senate disagree
to the amendment of the House and requesting a
conference with the House on the disagreeing
votes of the two houses thereon was agreed to.^
The following day the House agreed to a confer-
ence. The conference committee met, and on June
17, 1948, the conference report was approved by
both houses of Congress, thus completing the nec-
essary legislative action.^*
5. Public Law 843
S. J. Res. 117 was approved by the President
on June 30, 1948, and became Public Law 843,'^''
which contains the following important pro-
visions :
(a) Authorization for the President to accept
for the United States the constitution of the Ilo
instrument of amendment, 1946 (sec. 1) ;
(6) Authorization of an annual appropriation
not to exceed $1,091,739 per annum for payment
of the United States share of Ilo's expenses (sec.
2(«) ) and a limitation of 95 thousand dollars per
annum to cover expenses incident to jiarticipation
(sec. 2(6)) ; and
314
Department of State Bulletin
(c) A statement that "No person shall serve as
representative, delegate or alternate from the
United States until such person has been investi-
gated as to loyalty and security by the Federal
Buivau of Investigation" (sec. 3).
It is interesting to note that no provision was
incorporated similar to sec. 3 of Public Law 643
(Who), requiring the advice and consent of the
Senate with respect to United States representa-
tion, nor any statement with regard to not commit-
ting the United States to enact any specific leg-
islative program (sec. 5, Public Law 643). Of
significance, too, is the absence in the law, as in the
case of Wiio, of the provision with respect to the
Secretary of State's consent to participation by a
citizen or resident of the United States in the
activities of the Organization.
III. ACTION INITIATED AND COMPLETED
DURING SECOND SESSION
International Telecommunication Union (ITU)
"The whole concept of the specialized agency"',
as has been well expressed, "is based on the con-
viction that peace cannot be maintained indef-
initely by nothing more than procedures for set-
tling international disputes and stopping aggres-
sion, essential as they are . . .''\^ The world
organization charted at San Francisco is, of course,
the agency which has topmost responsibility for
the maintenance of international peace and secu-
rity. But the Charter of the United Nations itself
recognizes that conditions of stability, cooperation,
and well-being must be created if peaceful and
friendly relations among nations are to be secured
and that toward the achievement of this goal the
specialized agency can render special service.'''
Though it may be agreed that the Itu does not
have "wide international responsibilities", the
Union does, nevertheless, serve as a striking illus-
tration of the role of the specialized agency in a
major area of intergovernmental cooperative effort
of a technical nature. Thus, article 1 of the agree-
ment between the United Nations and the Inter-
national Telecommunication Union provides for
the recognition by the United Nations of the Ittt
". . . as the specialized agency responsible for
taking such action as may be appropriate under
its basic instrument for the accomplishment of the
purposes set forth therein".^
September 72, 194Q
1. Atlantic City Telecommunication and Radio
Conferences
At the Five Power Preliminary Telecommunica-
tion Conference held in Moscow, September-Octo-
ber 1946, the Representatives of China, France,
the United Kingdom, the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics, and the United States agreed that the
existing telecommunication convention, signed at
Madrid on December 9, 1932, and its appended
radio regulations, signed at Cairo on April 8, 1938,
required urgent revision in the light of technical
developments in the telecommunication field and
of problems resulting from dislocations of war.'*"
Particular attention was paid to proposed reor-
ganization of the constitution and structure of the
Itu, the oldest international governmental organ-
ization in existence, having its foundation in the
old International Telegraph Union organized at
Paris in 1865."" Thus, the details governing the
convening of the conferences which were to follow
in Atlantic City in 1947 were decided upon in
advance and much of the ground work had already
been laid.
The International Telecommunication Confer-
ence met at Atlantic City from July 2 to October
2, 1947, and the International Radio Conference
met from May 16 to October 2, 1947, the former
Conference to revise or replace the Madrid con-
vention and the latter to revise the Cairo radio
regulations."^
The following nongovernmental organizations
were represented at the Radio Conference: Inter-
national Radio Electric Committee, International
Radio Maritime Committee, Commercial Teleg-
raphers Union, American Broadcasting Associa-
tion, International Air Transport Association,
International Amateur Radio Union, Interna-
tional Broadcasting Organization, International
Broadcasting Union, International Chamber of
Commerce, International Federation of Radio
Officei-s, International Shipping Conferences, In-
ternational Shipi'ing P^ederation, and Radio
Officers Union. The rules of procedure for the
Plenipotentiary Conferences permitted observers
representing these organizations to attend sessions
of the Conference but not to participate in the
discussions.
The accomplishments of the two Confe7-ences
have been fully discussed elsewhere."^ They are,
in summary, as follows :
315
(1) Radio Conference
(a) Adoption of a world-wide frequency-allo-
cation table extending up to 10,500,000 kilocycles
(the table established by the Cairo conference
extended only up to 30,000).
(b) Creation of the International Frequency
Registration Board (Ifrb), a permanent board of
11 experts.
(c) Creation of the Provisional Frequency
Board (Pfb) for the purpose of putting the new
allocation table into effect, composed of the 11
Ifrb experts plus national members from any
countries desirous of being represented on the Pfb.
(2) Telecommunication Conference (Centered
ON Reorganization or the Itu)
(a) Adoption of the concept of the Plenipoten-
tiary Conference as the supreme organ of the
Union, to meet every 5 years and to have the ul-
timate responsibility for all Ittt affairs.
(b) Reorganization and enlargement of the
Bureau of the Itu, which is to become the General
Secretariat, with increased responsibilities.
(e) Adoption of the principle of one vote for
each member of the Union, to which the United
States attached great importance.
(d) Constituting of the Union's international
consultative committees (telegraph (Ccit), radio
(Ccir), and telephone (Ccir) ) as permanent or-
gans of the Union.
(e) Setting ujj of an administrative council,
meeting at least once a year, thus providing a con-
tinuity of functioning between Conferences.
(/) As is the procedure in the United Nations,
adoption of Chinese, English, Russian, and Span-
ish, in addition to French, as the official languages
of the Union.
(ff) Establishment of a new basis for member-
ship in the Union, taking account of the resolution
of December 12, 1946, of the General Assembly
of the United Nations concerning Franco Spain.®^
(h) Conclusion of the agreement between the
United Nations and the International Telecommu-
nication Union, bringing the Itu into relationship
with the United Nations (referred to above).
2. The Senate'' s Advice and Consent to Ratification
When President Truman on February 17, 1948,
transmitted to the Senate for its advice and con-
sent to ratification a copy each of the international
telecommunication convention, with annexes, the
final protocol to the convention, and the radio
regulations aimexed to the convention, it was thus
possible for the Chief Executive to enclose a report
of the Secretary of State to the President covering
the accomplishments, among others, which have
been noted. In addition, the President was care-
ful to point out that :
In the event that the Senate advises and consents to
ratification of the convention, final protocol, and radio
regulations, it is requested that the Senate do so vpith
the understanding that such ratification will be subject
to the declarations Vifhich were made by the delegates of
the United States in signing the convention and which
are set forth in the final protocol to the convention,
namely : Signature of this Convention for and in the name
of the United States of America constitutes, in accordance
with its constitutional processes, signature also on behalf
of all territories of the United States of America.
The United States of America formally declares that the
United States of America does not, by signature of this
Convention on its behalf, accept any obligation in respect
of the Telegraph Regulations, the Telephone Regulations,
or the Additional Radio Regulations referred to in Article
13 of the Atlantic City Convention."
On the floor of the Senate, Senator Vandenberg,
in presenting the instruments to the Senate on
June 2, 1948, stated :
Mr. President, the distinguished Senator from Maine
[White] had hoped to be present to make a brief statement
regarding this treaty. He, I think we can all concede, is
the best-informed man in the Senate in respect to the
subject matter involved in the treaty, the subject matter
being the revision of the Madrid Convention, the recon-
sideration of the Cairo radio regulations, the establish-
ment of an international high-frequency broadcasting or-
ganization, and the allocation of frequencies to the service
of high-frequency broadcasting. An orderly system of
international rule and practice, which would give assur-
ance of the largest and most efficient use of radio inter-
nationally with a minimum of interference and friction in
the use of the available airways, is the matter involved.
I am very sure that the chairman of the committee
would be at a total loss to understand the technicalities of
the treaty even if it were explained for days. Therefore,
the action which he recommends to the Senate is based
upon the same reasons which he believes justify the Senate
in accepting the treaty. I make this simple statement in
respect to it.
The Senator from Maine, at the conclusion of his report,
which is the report I sent to every Senator last week end,
certifies as follows :
"No governmental agency opposes ratification of this
treaty, and I know of no American commercial interest
which has raised its voice against ratification. There is
an extraordinary unanimity of view among all interests
316
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
that the Senate should tiike prompt and affirmative action.
I urge tliis course upon the coumiittee and upon the
Senate."
Mr. Prosideiit, I know the Senate Foreign Relations
Committee felt— a feeling -which I am sure the Senate will
share^that when the Senator from Maine was willing to
devote his recuperating strength during the last three
weeks to a careful study of tliis treaty, the judgment of
the Senator from Maine on a subject of this nature was of
paramount value, and in view of a total lack of opposition
either in public or by private interests in the United States
in respect to this area of action, I believe the Senate will
l)e of opinion that the Senator's approval of the treaty,
which may perhaps be his tinal formal act in connection
with his distinguished public service, deserves the ratiflea-
tion which the committee itself has given.
Mr. President, I submit that the treaty is entitled to be
raUfled."
Following the reading of the resolution of rati-
fication by the Senate legislative clerk, the resolu-
tion -was agreed to, and thereby the Senate gave
its advice and consent to the ratification by the
President of the instruments, which he stibse-
quently signed on June 18, IQiS."^
Article 49 of the international telecommunica-
tion convention (concluded in Atlantic City on
October 2, 1947) provides that the convention
shall enter into force on January 1, 1949, with re-
gard to countries and territories which have rati-
fied or adhered to the convention by that date."'
The Itu has, nevertheless, already begim to focus
its attention on the bodies established and the pro-
cedures set up by the Atlantic City conferences,
which have so well brought the Union up to date
on telecommunication and on developments in the
maturmg field of international organization.
United Nations Headquarters Loan (Responsibility
of tlieiHost)
I On Februaiy 20, 1948, when President Truman
' transmitted his report to the Eightieth Congress
concerning the activities of the United Nations and
the participation therein of the United States
during the calendar year 1947, he made the fol-
lowing remarks of prime significance to the future
of the United Nations :
n The problem of financing construction of the head-
^ quarters in a war-torn, dollar-short world economy was
a difficult one on which the Advisory Committee on Head-
quarters held several discussions during the summer, fol-
lowing exploration of this problem by the Secretary-
General. It soon became apparent that, owing to the crit-
ical dollar shortage, it would not be possible to finance the
construction out of dollar contributions to be made by
IJ September 12, 1948
the JIeml)er nations during the next few years. The ikjs-
sibilities of raising the money through private loans were
carefully explored. Tliis solution, however, turned out
to be impracticable for a number of reasons. Under the
most satisfactory arrangement that was proposed, the
loan would cover only part of the cost so that a substan-
tial cash contribution would still have to be made by Mem-
bers. Protection of the legal position of the lenders would
involve difficult arrangements with respect to waiver of
the United Nations immunity from suit and additional
complications in architectural planning to satisfy the lend-
ers that the buildings would be adaptable for other use in
the theoretical contingency of a foreclosure. Moreover,
there were indications that many Members would consider
it inconsistent with the prestige of the United Nations il
it were under obligations to private financial interests.
In view of the complications involved in private financ-
ing, the members of the Advisory Committee (the United
States Representative abstaining from the di-scussion)
unanimously requested the Secretary-General to approach
the United States Government regarding the possibility
of its making a loan.
In determining whether a loan should be made, consider-
ation was given to the advantages, including not only sav-
ings in our participation and other economic factors but
facilitation of our work in the United Nations, which the
United States derives from the location of the permanent
headquarters of the United Nations in this country.
In view of all the circumstances, it seemed that the
United States could well afford as a recognition of the
material as well as intangible benefits accruing to the
United States from location of the United Nations on its
shores, not only to make a loan to the United Nations for
the construction of the headquarters, but to waive any
interest on such a loan. Accordingly, Ambassador Austin
was authorized to inform the Secretary-General, on behalf
of the President, that the President would request the
Congress to authorize such a loan without interest. This
offer was accepted unanimously by the General Assembly
on November 20, on the express understanding that it was
subject to the requimie authorization of the Congress. At
the date of this report, a loan agreement is being negoti-
ated with the United Nations for submission to the
Congress.™ [Italics supplied by the author.]
1. Antecedents to the Proposal "°
The following discussion of sequence of events
describes in fuller detail the background of, and
necessity for, the loan agreement described in the
President's report:
1. E.\RLY Steps. The United Nations Charter,
adopted at San Francisco on June 26, 1945, left
the location of the United Nations headquarters
to the General Assembly. Unanimously, on De-
cember 10 and 11, 1945, the House of Representa-
tives and the Senate of the United States invited
the United Nations to locate its seat and permanent
headquarters in the United States. (House Con-
317
current Resolution 75, 79th Congress, First Ses-
sion). The invitation was accepted by the General
Assembly in February 1946.
2. Selection of New York. Throughout 1946
the United Nations committee investigated various
sites in the United States, particularly New York,
Philadelphia, San Francisco, and Boston. It
finally decided to accept a gift offer of an area in
midtown New York made available by John D.
Rockefeller, Jr., and by the city of New York. On
February 26, 1947, the Congress of the United
States exempted the gift from gift taxes. (Public
Law 7, 80th Congress, First Session). The first
meeting of the Headquarters Advisory Committee
was held under the chairmanship of Ambassador
Warren R. Austin in January 1947.
3. The Headquarters Agreement. An agree-
ment covering the establishment of a permanent
headquarters of the United Nations upon the New
York site and also providing for the control of the
headquarters was negotiated and signed between
the United States and the United Nations on June
26, 1947. On August 4, 1947, both Houses of Con-
gress unanimously authorized the President to
bring the headquarters agreement into effect.
(Public Law 357, 80th Congress, First Session.)
4. The Question of a Loan. The construction
of the permanent headquarters '" of the United
Nations was suspended until a formula for financ-
ing such construction could be foimd, since the
dollar shortage made it impracticable for most of
the Members of the United Nations to make cash
contributions. Thus, the Headquarters Advisory
Committee of the United Nations General Assem-
bly was faced with a major initial problem of de-
ciding the best available means of obtaining a loan
to finance the construction. A private loan was
found to be out of the question, since even the most
favorable terms available would still require Mem-
bers to put up dollars that they did not have, and
the necessity of clearing building plans with the
lenders so as to insure the adaptability of the
structures for other use in event of foreclosure was
an additional impediment. Also, such a loan was
thoroughly investigated and found to be beyond
the statutory authorization of the Export-Import
Bank and the Reconstruction Finance Corpora-
tion and beyond the powers of the International
Bank for Reconstruction and Development." Ac-
cordingly, the idea of financing through a United
States Government loan was developed, in the fol-
lowing steps :
(a) August 29, 1947: Unanimous decision by
the Headquarters Advisory Committee (the
United States Representative abstaining) to re-
quest the Secretary-General to approach the
United States Government regarding the possi-
bility of a loan to finance the construction of the
proposed headquarters.
( b ) October 22, 1947 : Dispatch of letters by the
Acting Secretary of State to the chairmen and the
senior minority members of the Committee on
Foreign Affairs and the Committee on Banking
and Currency of the House of Representatives
and of the Committee on Foreign Relations, the
Connnittee on Finance, and the Committee on
Banking and Currency of the Senate, stating the
intention of the United States Government to of-
fer an interest-free loan to the United Nations to
facilitate the headquarters building program and
inviting comment in advance of the offer.
(c) October 29, 1947: Reply to the Secretary-
General signed by Ambassador Austin, Represent-
ative of the United States, stating, in part :
The Government of the United States would be pre-
pared to enter into negotiations with tlie Secretary-
General of the United Nations with a view to concluding
a loan agreement whereby an interest-free United States
Government loan would be made available for the pur-
pose of financing all or part of the cost of constructing the
United Nations headquarters. It would be the under-
standing of my Government that such a loan would be for
an amount not exceeding $65,000,000. Further, it is
understood that the loan would be extended for a period
to be determined by negotiation with the Secretary-
General and would be repayable in annual installments
from the ordinary budget of the United Nations.
Such a loan would, of course, require the approval of
the United States Congress. The President of the United
States would be willing to request the approval of such a
loan by the Congress upon conclusion of negotiations be-
tween the Secretary-General and my Government. It is
assumed that the General Assembly wiU at this session
make the necessary decisions and give the necessary au-
thorizations required to proceed with the construction and
financing of the headquarters.
{d) November 20, 1947: Adoption by the Gen-
eral Assembly of a resolution authorizing the
Secretary-General to negotiate a loan consistent
with the indicated terms and contingent upon con-
gressional approval and appropriations.
(e) November 21, 1947: Exchange of notes be-
tween the Secretary-General of the United Nations
318
Department of State Bulletin
and Ambassador Austin briiij^iiig into effect the
United Nations lieadquarters agreement.
(/) February 13, 1948 : Dispatch of letters by
the Under Secretary of State to the chairmen and
tlie senior minority members of the Committee on
Foreign Affairs and the Appropriations Commit-
tee of the House of Representatives and of the
Committee on Foreign Relations and the Appro-
priations Committee of the Senate, setting forth
in detail the terms of the headquarters loan agree-
ment and all developments antecedent to it, stating
the United States intention to sign the agreement
and again inviting comment.
iff) February 25, 1948: Decision by the Head-
quarters Advisory Committee to advise the Secre-
tary-General to execute the draft loan agreement.
On March 23, 1948, the headquarters loan agree-
ment, referred to by the President in his report to
the Congress on United States activities in the
United Nations for 1947, was signed by Trygve
Lie, Secretary-General of the United Nations,
representing the Organization, and by Ambassa-
dor Austin, on behalf of the United States.
2. Co7iff7'essional Action
On April 7, 1948, the President transmitted the
agreement to the Second Session of the Eightieth
Congress. In the message transmitting the agree-
ment, the President stated in part :
I transmit herewith for the consideration of the Con-
gress an agreement between the United States and the
United Nations concerning a loan of $65,000,000, without
interest, to be made by the United States to the United
Nations to finance the construction of the permanent head-
quarters of the United Nations In the United States. I
also enclose a letter from the Acting Secretary of State
regarding this agreement. *
It is my hope that the Congress will carefully consider
this proposal and grant its approval. The construction
of the permanent headquarters of the United Nations will
be tangible evidence to the world that the United States
is supporting to the full the institution to which the
' peoples of all nations are looking as their best hope for
freedom from the fear of war."
On May 4, 1948, Senator Ives introduced S. J.
Res. 212, authorizing the President to bring the
■ loan agreement into effect on the part of the
1 United States. The resolution was referred to the
' Senate Committee on Foreign Relations. The
Committee unanimously reported the resolution to
the Senate without amendments, on June 15,
1948." The principal arguments supporting the
t| Committee's approval of the loan were : '*
September 12, 1948
1. It is essential to United States prestige and
leadership in the United Nations ;
2. It will greatly improve the operations of the
United Nations by providing it with efficient head-
quarters ;
3. By making the loan, the Federal Government
would be responding to the substantial expendi-
tures already undertaken by the city of New
York with respect to the headquarters; "
4. Adequate security for the loan is guaranteed
by a lien on the headquarters buildings in favor
of the United States;
5. The loan will serve as concrete evidence of
United States full support of the United Nations;
and
G. It will constitute a vote of confidence for the
United Nations at a critical time in its history.
Three days later, S. J. Res. 212 was passed by the
Senate, with two amendments proposed by Sena-
tor Ives authorizing the construction of the
headquarters building to proceed through the
borrowing of not in excess of 25 million dollars
from the Reconstruction Finance Corporation, as
an advance, until such time as the appropriation
is actually made. The incorporation of these
amendments was intended to enable the United
Nations to proceed with its headquarters construc-
tion with as little delay as possible.'*
On the House side. Representative Javits had
introduced H. J. Res. 386, the companion resolu-
tion to S. J. Res. 212, as early as April 26, 1948.
The measure was referred to the House Committee
on Foreign Affairs that day, and there it was
placed in a one-package bill, H. R. 6802, together
with three other legislative proposals being con-
sidered by the Committee at the time, all sharing
the common objective of strengthening the United
Nations." On June 9, 1948, the House Foreign
Affairs Committee reported out H. R. 6802, but at
the time Congress adjourned conditionally pursu-
ant to H. Con. Res. 218, on June 20, 1948,'* the
measure had not received final congressional ac-
tion. Thus, when President Truman reconvened
the Congi-ess on July 26, 1948, the House of Repre-
sentatives had an opportunity to act on S. J. Res.
212, which, it will be remembered, had passed the
Senate previously. The House Committee on
Foreign Affairs reported out S. J. Res. 212 on
August 3, 1948.''' Two days later, the measure
passed the House, under suspension of the rules
319
which allow 40 minutes of general debate but pre-
clude amendments.*"
During the debate, Eepresentative Javits
pointed out the considerations in favor of the
loan in the following words, in part :
Mr. Speaker, the American iieople have shown in numer-
ous polls and otherwise that they are overwhelmingly
behind the United Nations as the world's best and perhaps
last chance for peace.
Mr. Speaker, the resolution before the House today is
an effort to clothe those words with actions and to redeem
the prestige and authority of the United States, especially
with reference to the invitation that was extended to the
United Nations by giving it a suitable home here.
I invite any member of the Congress to go out to the
United Nations headquarters at Lake Success and see the
"salt mine" in which they work — most of the staff, espe-
cially the personnel in the lower echelons, work in an
abandoned factory building without natural light or air
for most of the personnel. Then, to say whether or not we
are acting as host to the world's great hope for peace or
suitably accommodating the a.ssemblage of nations which
by our invitation is located in the United States.
As to the merits of the loan itself ; the loan will be re-
paid out of the regular budget of the United Nations. I
do not think that has been made clear. The United States
contributes not most of the money but only about 40 percent
to that budget. The reason for the loan having been made
interest free is as a straight quid pro quo on a business
basis. Income from the expenditures in the United States
of the United Nations delegations and others who come here
to the United Nations is estimated at about $20,.'50O,OOO a
year. If the question had been : "Shall the United
Nations headquarters be paid for outright by a sijecial levy
on the United Nations?" would it not have been logical to
suppose that the United States would have been asked for
a greater proportion of the amount than is shown by its
contribution to the normal administrative budget of the
United Nations? Let us .say the United States would have
been asked for at least 60 percent, and with some justice.
Instead of paying more than our share of the administra-
tive budget then, into a special building fund, we are
making an interest-free loan.
One final point: Would it not be anomalous for us, as
has been said by the gentleman from Michigan, to be spend-
ing billions of dollars for armament, and then to bridle at
65 million dollars, a loan with adequate security, which
we are asked to make in the cause of peace; and in the
cause of enabling the institution for peace to have a haven
in the one place in the world where we know it will be
safe, in the United States? Are we not a generous enough
host to extend to the United Nations Organization which
is here in response to our own invitation in which the
hope for peace of hundreds of millions of people is
wrapped up, just that degree of hospitality? "
$. Provisions of Public Law 903
Public Law 903 authorizes the President, fol-
lowing appropriation of 65 million dollars by
Congress, or the advance of up to 25 million dollars
by the Reconstruction Finance Corporation, to
bring the loan agreement into eflFect on the part
of the United States. The money is to be used
solely for the construction of the United Nations
headquarters in New York City, including neces-
sary architectural and engineering work, land-
scaping, underground construction, and appro-
priate improvements. The loan is to be interest
free, and repayment is to be made in annual in-
stallments, beginning July 1, 1951 (approximate
date the United Nations will be installed in its new
home), and ending July 1, 1982. Under the
schedule of repayments, half of the loan is ex-
pected to be repaid by July 1, 1966. No financial
risk is involved, for section 6 of the loan agreement
makes it clear that the loan is in the nature of a
first mortgage; so long as any part of the loan
is unpaid, the United Nations must obtain the
consent of the United States before disposing of
or encumbering any of the property involved.^^
Through the national legislative process action
was thus completed which will prove to be a tan-
gible, visible symbol of the imswerving support
of the United Nations by its host Member. The
enactment of S. J. Res. 212 into law was greeted
with gi-eat enthusiasm at Lake Success, for by its
action the United States has not only made it pos-
sible for the United Nations to establish a home
here but has also given continuing evidence of the
confidence we place in the Organization which is
striving to keep the world in security and at peace.
Note : Parts IV, V, and VI of this article and an appendix
of selected texts of related documents will appear in tlie
BuixETiN of Sept. 19, 1948.
FOOTNOTES
' Sheldon Z. Kaplan, Eiffhtleth Congress, First Session,
and the United Nations (Department of State publication
2982).
'Ibid., p. 3. The invitation was issued through the
medium of H. Con. Res. 75, 79th Cong., 1st sess. For text,
see appendix, BtnLLEriN of Sept. 19, 1948.
320
° The Second Session convened Jan. 6, 1948, and ad-
journed June 20, 1948, until noon, Dec. 31, 1948, or until
recalled by the president pro tempore of the Senate, the
speaker of the House of Representatives, the acting ma-
jority leader of the Senate, and the majority leader of
the House of Representatives, acting jointly ( H. Con. Res.
Department of State Bulletin
FOOTNOTES— Cond'riufd
21S; text printed in Cong. lice, June 21, 194S, p. 9017,
almost identical with S. Con. Res. 33, SOtli Cong., 1st sess.,
which provided for the adjournment of the First Session
of the Eightieth Congress on July 27, 1947, until Jan. 2,
194S). As in the case of the First Session (reconvened
by the President of the United States Nov. 17, 1947, by
proclamation of Oct. 23, 1947 ; see appendix. Bulletin of
Sept. 19, 194S). the I'resident, exercising his constitutional
power, proclaimed and declared "that an extraordinary
occasion requires the Congress of the United States to
convene at the Capitol" on July 26, 1948 (Proclamation
2796, issued July 15, 1948; see appendix. Bulletin of
Sept. 19, 1948). Neither reconvening by the President is,
properly speaking, a call of a "special .session" of Congress.
In both ca.ses Congress recessed. It did not adjourn
sine die ; therefore, President Truman's recalls were
simply a reconvening of the First Session and of the
Second Session, respectively. Noteworthy, however, is the
constant reference to the joint session of the two houses
of Congress as "special session" in the President's message
on July 27, 1948 (see Corw- Rcc, July 27, 1948. pp. 9592-94).
For an excellent analysis of the whole subject of special
session, see the memorandum submitted by the Federal
Law Section, Library of Congress, to the Senate Com-
mittee on the Judiciary, printed in Cong. Rec, Nov. 17,
1947, pp. 10696-97. The First Session adjourned sine die
Dec. 19, 1947. The Second Session adjourned Aug. 7, 1948,
until Dec. 31, 1948, pursuant to H. Con. Res. 222, again
under a special agreement permitting the Republican
leadership to reconvene the Congress should conditions
warrant ( Cong. Rec. Aug. 7, 1948, pp. 10278, 10415 ; text
of H. Con. Res. 222, p. 10412).
' Legislation which has not been enacted into law during
the first session of a Congress retains at the commencement
of the second session the same relative position that it had
when the first session adjourned. Pending legislation dies
only at the end of a Congress, not at the end of a session.
' Kaplan, op. cit., p. 16. See also Emil J. Sady, "Report
on the South Seas Conference : With an Analysis of the
Agreement Establishing the South Pacific Commission,"
Bulletin of Mar. 16, 1947, p. 459. The full text of the
agreement together with a "Resolution Concerning Im-
mediate Projects" will be found in South Seas Commission
I Conference Papers, doc. P/18, Feb. 6, 1947.
I ' The scale of contributions Is based on national income,
pro.spective national interest in and benefit from the Com-
mission, and the administrative responsibility in the South
Pacific of the respective governments. The percentage
contributed, pursuant to article XI"V of the agreement
J establishing the South Pacific Commission, is as follows:
Australia, 30 ; France 12.5 ; the Netherlands, 15 ; New Zea-
land, 15 ; the United Kingdom, 15 ; and the United States,
. 12.5. (See also United States Relatione with International
] Organizations, S. Rept. 1757, 80th Cong., 2d sess., pp.
:( 25-26.) The original legislative proposal, as drafted by
the Department of State and submitted to the speal£er of
the House of Representatives and the president pro
tempore of the Senate, did not contain the specified ceil-
ing of $20,000 to be appropriated as the U.S. share of
Commission expenses. The reason for not specifying any
iepiember 72, 7948
804777 — 18 3
definite amount, but simply stating that "There is hereby
authorized to be appropriated . . . such sums as m;!y be
necessary: (a) for the payment by the United States of
its proportionate sliare of the expenses of the Commis-
sion . . .", was to make it unnecessary to seek amending
legislation in case of an Increase some subsequent fiscal
year in the U.S. proportionate share of Commission ex-
penses (italics supplied by author). Moreover, the De-
partment of State must each year justify before the
Appropriations Committees of both houses of Congress
appropriations for participation in international organiza-
tions. Thus, it was felt the authorizing legislation should
be drafted in such a way as to make it unnecessary to
seek new enabling legislation, which would be required,
in order to authorize a possible future increase. Legis-
lation proposed by the Department of State autiiorizing
membership in the World Health Organization, Pan Amer-
ican Railway Congress, Iro, and Caribbean Commission
and acceptance of the constitution of the International
Labor Organization instrument of amendment likewise
contained no specification of amount. But the attitude
of the House Foreign Affairs Committee on these legisla-
tive proposals was against such omission. Hence, these
measures all contain a fixed dollar limitation.
' Art. XXI of the agreement provides that the Govern-
ments of Australia, the French Republic, the Kingdom of
the Netherlands, New Zealand, the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and the United States
of America shall become parties to the agreement by :
(a) signature without reservation: or (b) signature ad
referendum and subsequent acceptance. Since the repre-
sentative of the Government of the United States had
signed the agreement at Canberra on Feb. 6, 1947, ad
referendum, such notification of acceptance was necessary.
The agreement does not take effect with respect to a state
signing ad referendum until the deposit of the instrument
of ratification, in conformity with its constitutional pro-
cedure (Hackworth, Digest of International Law, vol. V
(1943), pp. 46-47). See South Seas Commission Confer-
ence Papers, doc. P/18, Feb. 6, 1947, p. 10. Art. XXI also
provides that the Government of Australia shall on behalf
of all participating governments register the agreement
with the Secretariat of the United Nations pursuant to
art. 102 of the U.N. Charter. See also Bulletin of Feb.
15, 194S, p. 214.
" See. in general. Proceedings of the South Pacific Com-
mission, First Session, with annexes thereto.
° With the deposit by the Netherlands of its instrument
of ratification on July 29, 1948, the agreement establishing
the South Pacific Commission came into force.
'" Kaplan, op. cit., pp. 1.5-16. This technical amendment
is similar to the one described in connection with the
South Pacific Commission.
"See Cong. Rec.. Feb. 2, 19 tS, p. SS5 : "Mr. Taft. Mr.
President, I made an objection to this resolution on several
occasions when it was reached on the calendar. I wish to
withdraw my objection. I have gone into the whole matter
of the Caribbean Commission. I think the work it is
doing is good, and I hope there will be no further objection
to the resolution.
321
FOOTNOTES— Condnued
"The President pro tempore. If the Chair may be per-
mitted to say so, he would like to thank the Senator from
Ohio for witlidrawing his objection. The resolution in-
volves a very modest sort of an adventure. It involves
only cooperative civil relationships in the Caribbean area,
and it is a matter witli which our Latin-American friends
are greatly concerned. . . ".
" The U.S. contribution to the Caribbean Commission is
based on the following : one third of the budget is assessed
equally among the member governments, one third is
assessed on the basis of population, and the remaining
one third is assessed on the basis of national income of
members. The resulting percentage quotas are : France,
16 ; Netherlands, 11.3 ; United Kingdom, 34.3 ; and United
States, 38.4. See United States Relations with Interna-
tional Organizatiom, S. Rept. 1757, SOth Cong., 2d sess.,
p. 25.
" See Kaplan, op. eit., p. 16, note S3.
" Bulletin of July 4, 1948, p. 19.
" "Report on the West Indian Conference," by Elizabotli
H. Armstrong, ihid.. May 19, 1946, p. 845.
'" An account of the events leading up to and including
the activities of the Eightieth Congress, First Session, with
regard to Who will be found in Kaplan, op. eit., pp. 10-13.
" Cong. Rec., July 7, 1947, p. 8403. The clause "in the
absence of any provision in the World Health Organiza-
tion for withdrawal from the Organization", which had
appeared in the Senate committee's amendment, was
stricken out by the Senate, upon amendment offered by
Senator Vandenberg (later, as we shall see, to be restored).
" S. Rept. 421, SOth Cong., 1st sess.. p. 7.
" Cong. Rec., July 3, 1947, p. S447.
""ISth plenary sess. See U.N. doc. E/772, Mar. 11,
1947, pp. 32-33.
^ Dr. H. van ZUe Hyde, World Health Organization —
Progress and Plans (Department of State publication
3126), pp. 14-15. This publication is an excellent survey
of Who's pi-ogress and plans and contains a selected
bibliography which should prove of considerable value.
.\rt. 100 of the U.N. Cliarter reads :
"1. In the performance of their duties the Secretary-
General and the staff shall not seek or receive instructions
from any government or from any other authority external
to the Organization. They shall refrain from any action
which might reflect on their position as international offi-
cials responsible only to the Organization.
"2. Each member of the United Nations undertakes to
respect the exclusively international character of the
responsibilities of the Secretary-General and the staff and
not to seek to influence them in the discharge of their
responsibilities."
-' Bulletin of June 27, 1948, p. 832. See also United
States Treaty Developments (Department of State pub-
lication 2851), under "July 22, 1946, TIAS 1.561".
"-" H. Rept. 979, SOth Cong., 1st sess., pp. 3-4. See also
Cong. Rec., May 28, 1948, p. 6914.
" Who is the first specialized agency of the U.N. of
which the U.S. has not, as of the date of this writing, been
a member at the time of entry into force of its basic instru-
ment (Hyde, op. eit., p. iv).
'" See H. Rept. 1999, SOth Cong., 2d sess., p. 2.
" ". . . one of the safeguards put in at the insistence
of members of the Committee on Rules" ( Cong. Rec., May
28, 1948, p. 6912).
" Thus excluding the possibility of any moral obligation
of passing domestic legi.slation to give effect to the Who
preamble declaration that ". . . Governments have a re-
sponsibility for the health of their peoples which can be
fulfilled only by the provision of adequate health and
social measures" (text of the preamble is se*^ forth in
Hyde, op. eit., p. 11).
='Art. 11 (ibid.,]). 12).
'° The functions of the Executive Board are .set forth
in art. 28 of the Who constitution (i6i(?., p. 14).
™ Assuming, of course, an interpretation of "active prac-
tice as a physician or surgeon" as excluding practice in
the field of public health.
^' This resolution is as follows :
"Resolved, That immediately upon the adoption of this
resolution it shall be in order to move that the House
resolve itself into the Committee of the Whole House on
the State of the Union for the consideration of the joint
resolution (H. J. Res. 409) providing for membership and
participation by the United States in the World Health
Organization and authorizing an appropriation therefor.
That after general debate, which shall be confined to the
.joint resolution and continue not to exceed one hour, to
be equally diviiled and controlled by the chairman and
ranking minority member of the Committee on Foreign
Affairs, the joint resolution shall be read for amendment
under the five-minute rule. At the conclusion of the read-
ing of the joint resolution for amendment, the Committee
•shall rise and report the same to the House with such
amendments as may have been adopted, and the previous
question .shall be considered as ordered on the joint reso-
lution and amendments thereto to final passage without
intervening motion except one motion to recommit."
"■ The following House parliamentary steps taken that
day to achieve this result may be worth recording here :
(1) House agreed to H. Res. 602; (2) Rep. Bolton moved
that the House resolve itself into the Committee of tlie
Whole House on the State of the Union for the considera-
tion of H. J. Res. 409 (the House agreed to this action) ;
(3) House resolved itself into the Committee of the Whole
House on the State of the Union, with Rep. Barrett as
Chairman of this Committee; (4) the Committee con-
sidered H. J. Res. 409, with practically no opposition
voiced to the measure following Rep. Judd's explanatory
remarks thereon; (5) The Speaker pro tempore of the
House, Rep. Halleck, resumed the chair, whereupon Rep.
Barrett, the Chairman of the Committee of the Whole
House on the State of the Union, reported H. J. Res. 409 to
the House ; (6) H. J. Res. 40!) thereupon passed the House.
(See Cong. Rec, May 28, 1948, pp. 6911-6.)
'' S. J. Res. 98, which it will be recalled had passed the
Senate July 7, 1947, had been referred to the House Com-
mittee on Foreign Affairs the following day.
" H. Rept. 2197, SOth Cong., 2d sess. Text of the report
is also set forth in Cong. Rec., June 4, 1948, iJ. 7335.
=" Cong. Rec., June 8, 1948, pp. 7510, 7626.
32?
Department of State Bulletin
FOOTNOTES— Coniintied
" Bulletin of July 18, 194S, p. 80. Cf. the Interestiug
comment on the U. N. and Wno contained In Cong. Rec,
July 29, 194S, p. A4948.
" The Eightieth Congress has Imposed a statutory dol-
lar limitation in its enabling legislation on expenses of
U.S. participation (salaries of U.S. representatives and
staff, allowances, printing and binding, etc.) in the case
of only two other international organizations : the Iro
(Public Law 146, SOth Cong., 1st sess., sec. 3 (b)) and
iLo (Public Law 843, SOth Cong., 2d sess.. sec. 2 (b)),
discussed post. Significant is the actual appropriation of
$l,915,t)00 by the Congress for fiscal year 1949 as the U.S.
contribution to the budget of Wno (Second Deficiency
Appropriation Act, 1948, Public Law 78.5, 80th Cong., 2d
."sess., p. 23). For actual appropriations made to other
international organizations, see also Public Law 793, SOth
Cong., 2d sess., p. 5, and Public Law 597, SOth Cong., 2d
sess., pp. 4-6.
"* U.N. press release H/23.1, June 21, 194S. Under art.
7.5 of the Who constitution (Hyde, op. eit., p. 18) the
World Health Assembly is a competent body to settle any
question concerning the application or interpretation of
the Who constitution.
'' Tlie First World Health Assembly met in Geneva from
June 24 through July 24, 1948. For a survey of its accom-
plishments, see United Xation.'i Bulletin of Aug. 1.5, 194S,
in). 036-37.
" Bulletin of July 4, 1948, p. IG.
" UN LEG. 82/2/01/AL, July 13, 1948. Art. 82 of the
Who constitution provides that "The Secretary-General
of the United Nations will inform States parties to this
Constitution of tlie date when it has come into force. He
will also inform them of the dates when other States have
become parties to this Constitution" (Hyde, op. cit., p. 18).
*^ See The Treaty of Versailles and After — Annotations
of the Text of the Treaty (Department of State publica-
tion 2724), pp. 692-95.
" See S. Kept. 208, SOth Cong., 1st sess., pp. 3-4. For a
comparison of the text of the Ilo constitution as it existed
on Oct. 9, 1946, with the text of the new constitution of
the Ilo instrument of amendment, see International
Labour Office Bulletin, vol. XXIX, Nov. 1.5, 1946, pp.
204-.53. An outline of the old structure will be found in
International Agencies in tchich the United States Partici-
pates (Department of State publication 2699), pp. 215-25.
" See Intermitiwuil Lahour Review, vol. LV, Jan.-Feb.
1947, pp. 1—45, for review of conference accomplishments,
and the article by the legal adviser of Ilo, C. W. Jenks,
"The Revision of the Constitution of the International
Labour Organization", in The British Yearbook of Inter-
national Late, XXIII, 1946 (Oxford University Press,
London), p. 303.
" Of particular importance to such federal states as the
United States, Canada, and Australia. See H. Kept. 10.57,
SOth Cong., 1st sess., p. 6.
" Ibid., pp. 8-13.
" S. Rept. 208, SOth Cong., 1st sess.
" Cong. Rec.. June 2, 1947, pp. 6302-07.
** H. Rept. 1057, SOth Cong., 1st sess., pp. 5-6, and S. Rept.
208, 80tli Cong., 1st sess.
September 12, 7948
'° See note 37, supra.
" H. Rept. 1057, SOth Cong., 1st sess., p. 2.
" Cong. Rec, Jtine 14, 1948, pp. 8254-55.
"Ibid., June 15, 1948, p. 8548.
" Ibid., June 17, 1948, pp. 8721, 8845. See H. Rept. 2384,
SOth Cong., 2d sess.
"Public Law 843, SOth Cong., 2d sess. See appendix.
Bulletin of Sept. 19, 1948.
""The General Conference of Unesco, Paris", by
Esther C. Brunauer, Bulletin of May 25, 1947, p. 1019.
" Art. 57 of the U. N. Charter provides that specialized
agencies, established by intergovernmental agreement and
having wide international re.sponsibilities as defined in
their basic instruments in economic, social, cultural, edu-
cational, health, and related fields, shall be brought into
relationship with the U. N., and that such agencies shall
be referred to as "specialized agencies". Art. 63 of the
Charter provides, in part, tliat Ecosoc (Economic and
Social Council of the U. N. ) may enter into agreements,
subject to subsequent U. N. General Assembly approval,
with any of these agencies bringing them into relation-
ship with the U. N. The specialized agencies, in the sense
of arts. 57 and 63, are, as of this writing: Ilo (Inter-
national Labor Organization), Fao (Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations), Unesco (United
Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organiza-
tion), Ic.\o (International Civil Aviation Organization),
the Bank (International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development), the Fund (International Monetary Fund),
Upu (Universal Postal Union), Itu (International Tele-
communication Union), and Who (World Health
Organization). Other organizations expected to become
"specialized agencies" shortly are: Ito (International
Trade Oi"ganization ) , Imco (Intergovernmental Maritime
Consultative Organization), Wmo (World Meteorological
Organization), and Iro (International Refugee Organiza-
tion ) , despite the fact that the last-named agency is, under
its constituent instrument, a temporary organization. An
excellent review of the work of the specialized agencies
during 1947 will be found in United Nations Bulletin,
Jan. 1, 1948, pp. 15-31.
°* S. Exec. B, SOth Cong., 2d sess., p. SO. The agreement
was negotiated pursuant to art. 57 of the U.N. Charter
and art. 26 of the 1947 Itu convention drawn up in Atlantic
City. The most distinguishing feature of the U.N.-Itu
agreement is art. XV, whereby the U.N. undertakes to
operate its telecommunication services in accordance witli
the provisions of the 1947 convention and regulations
annexed thereto. The Itu moreover recognized that the
U.N. should benefit by the same rights as members of the
union which operate telecommunication services.
" Ibid., p. 3. See also Bulletin of May 25, 1947, p. 1034,
and "The Atlantic City Telecommunication Conferences,"
by Francis Colt de Wolf, ibid., Nov. 30, 1947, p. 1033.
* The structure of the Itu, as it existed before the Atlan-
tic City conferences, is outlined in International Agencies
in ichich the United States Participates, Department of
State publication 2699, pp. 265-66. A more detailed
analysis of the structure will be found in De Wolf, op. cit.,
p. 1034.
323
FOOTNOTES— Continued
" In addition there was held the International High
Frequency Broadcasting Conference, which met from Aug.
26 to Sei3t. 26, 1947. This was a preparatory conference
designed to pave the way for the consideration of a world-
wide frequency-assignment plan at a fuU conference to be
held in Mexico City in 1948.
'^ De WoLf, op. cit., p. 1033. See also excerpt from the
report of the U.S. Delegation to the conferences, contained
in S. Exec. B, 80th Cong., 2d sess., pp. 379-89 (the com-
plete report is now being printed as a Department of State
publication).
" By this resolution, the General Assembly recom-
mended, in part, "that the Franco Government of Spain
be debarred from membership in international agencies
established by or brought into relationship with the United
Nations, and from participation in conference or other
activities which may be arranged by the United Nations
or by these agencies, until a new and acceptable govern-
ment is formed in Spain" (U.N. doc. A/64/Add.l, Jan. 31,
1947, pp. 63-64).
" S. Exec. B, 80th Cong., 2d sess., pp. 1-2.
•^ Cong. Rec, June 2, 194S, p. 7143.
" Bulletin of June 27, 1948, p. 841.
"' S. Exec. B, 80th Cong., 2d sess., p. 45.
" The United States and tlie Onited Nations, Report liy
the President to the Congress for the Year 1947 (Depart-
ment of State publication 3024), pp. 85-86.
"° S. Rept. 1682, SOth Cong., 2d sess., p. 2, and H. Eept.
2291, SOth Cong., 2d sess., pp. 22-24. See also Kaplan, op.
cit., pp. 3-7 ; the remarks of Sen. Ives in Cong. Rec., May
4, 1948, pp. 5348—49 ; and Annual Report of the Secretary-
General On the Work of the Organization, 1 July 1947-30
June 194S, U.N. doc. A/565, 194S, pp. 131-33.
™ The temporary headquarters of the United Nations are
located in a converted factory at Lake Success, Long
Island, where the space is cramped and in large part
unsuitable for office use. The General Assembly meets
in the New York State Building at the old World Fair
grounds, about 20 minutes' drive away. Both buildings
are far from hotels, with the result that delegates have
to spend many hours commuting to and from New York
City.
"The International Bank was established primarily for
the purpose of the reconstruction and development of the
territories of membei's of the Bank devastated by the war.
A loan for the purpose of constructing the headquarters of
the United Nations would seem not to fall easily within the
purposes for which the Bank was established. Art. Ill,
sec. 1, of the articles of agreement of the International
Bank, providing that the resources and the facilities of the
Bank are to be used exclusively for the benefit of members
of the Bank, might raise a question as to whether a loan
to the United Nations, whose membership is considerably
broader than that of the Bank, would be for the benefit
of the members of the Bank. See United Natimis Mone-
tary and Financial Confe-renoe (Department of State pub-
lication 2187), p. 72.
" H. Doc. 595, SOth Cong., 2d sess., ijp. 1-2.
" S. Rept. 1682, SOth Cong., 2d sess.
" Il)id., pp. 10-11. For editorial comments on the loan
prior to the Committee's approval, see Cong. Rec., June 1,
1948, pp. A3608-O9.
" See letter from N.Y. City Mayor's Committee on the
United Nations Headquarters to Speaker of the House
Martin in Gong. Rec, June 10, 1948, pp. A3898-99.
" It)id., June IS, 1948, pp. 8910-11. There was no debate
on S. J. Res. 212, nor was any objection voiced to Sen. Ives'
amendments.
" H. Rept. 2291, SOth Cong., 2d sess., p. 2. H. R. 6802, a
bill "To strengthen the United Nations and promote inter-
national cooperation for peace," included the following
other legislative proposals : Amendment of the United Na-
tions Participation Act of 1945 (Public Law 274, 79th
Cong., 1st sess.), sees. 1 through 6 and sec. 10 (a) ; con-
vention on privileges and immunities of tlie United Nations
( S. J. Res. 130, passed by the Senate July 17, 1947) , sec. 8 ;
and authorizing the lending of U.S. Government personnel
to and performance of services by agencies of the U.S. Gov-
ernment for the U.N. and other international organiza-
tions, sec. 7. The legislative proposal authorizing the U.N.
loan was contained in sec. 9 and 10 (b).
'* See note 3, supra.
'• H. Rept. 2452, SOth Cong., 2d sess.
^ Cong. Rec, Aug. 5, 194S, pp. 10048-57. On Aug. 4, 1948,
the House adopted, by a vote of 216 yeas to 122 nays,
H. Res. 707, making in order motions to suspend the rules,
for recess, and for consideration of reports from the Com-
mittee on Rules for the balance of the second session of the
SOth Congress (Cong. Rec, Aug. 4, 1948, pp. 9917-27 ), thus
permitting the passage of a bill without amendments after
40 minutes' debate, with a two-thirds majority required for
passage. S. J. Res. 212 was considered and passed in the
House pursuant to this procedure. It was approved by
the President Aug. 11, 1948, and became Public Law 903.
For text, see appendix. Bulletin of Sept. 19, 1948.
" Cong. Rec, Aug. 5, 1948, p. 10053.
^ For detailed analysis of the loan agreement, see S.
Rept. 1682, SOth Cong., 2d sess., pp. 3-6, and H. Eept. 2452,
SOth Cong., 2d sess., pp. 7-10.
324
Department of State Bulletin
COMMERCIAL FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES
by Woodbury Willoiighby
Chief, Division of Commercial Policy
The charter for an International Trade Organi-
zation, which was signed by 53 nations at Habana
in March of this year and is now awaiting ratifica-
tion, has been termed, "A Declaration of Economic
Peace". This international organ is designed to
provide a medium through which the world can
work cooperatively to cut away the accumulated
restrictions which have snarled peacetime inter-
national trade. The basic objective of the charter
is to facilitate the flow of commerce.
American foreign-trade policy has its roots
deep in the basic philosophy of the foxuiders of
this Nation. In many respects, notably our efforts
to elimmate discrimination, the basic principles
of our commercial policy have changed little
tlirough the years. A committee of the Continen-
tal Congress prepared the "Plan of 1776" which
represents the basic concepts of our economic for-
eign policy. As early as 1778, in our treaty with
France, each nation accorded to the other any
privileges granted any third nation. In the Jay
treaty of 1794 Great Britain and the United
States agreed to establish commercial relations on
a nondiscriminatory basis. Washington, when he
warned in his Farewell Address that ''our com-
mercial policy should hold an equal and impartial
hand, neither seeking nor granting exclusive
favors or preferences", expressed our historical
policy.
"With only minor variations nondiscrimination
has been a keystone of our commercial policy ever
since Secretary of State Hughes announced in
192.3 that the most-favored-nation principle, with-
out qualification, would be followed in commercial
agreements of the United States. The Trade
Agreements Act, which was originally passed in
1934 and has since been renewed by Congress five
times, is the statutory basis for all our tariff nego-
tiations in recent years. It specifically requires
that any tariff reduction made under authority of
the act be extended unconditionally and imme-
%epiemheT 12, 1948
diately to all countries not discriminating against
the United States. Agreements have been con-
cluded with 42 countries under the provisions of
this act.
The objective of the Ito charter epitomizes the
basic principles wliich have underlain a series of
treaties, agreements, and other international in-
struments to which the United States has become a
party since the outbreak of World War II. These
principles may be found in the Atlantic Charter of
1941 ; in the lend-lease agreements ; in the articles
of agreement of the International Monetary Fund
and the International Bank for Reconstruction
and Development in 1944 ; in the Anglo-American
financial agreement in 1945 ; in the Economic Co-
operation Act of 1948 ; and in various other inter-
national documents. They are also to be found in
our recent treaty of friendship, commerce, and
navigation with China. They are incorporated in
other commercial treaties already in effect as well
as in a number now under preparation or negotia-
tion. All of these documents spell out in clear
and umnistakable terms the desire of the United
States to make international trade as unhampered
and nondiscriminatorj^ as possible.
It is not merely accidental that the United States
has taken an active part in sponsoring the forma-
tion of the International Trade Organization.
The basic requirement of the principal commercial-
policy provisions of the charter for an Interna-
tional Trade Organization is that all members
agree to extend to all other members uncondition-
ally "any advantage, favour, privilege or immun-
ity" accorded to any other member country on any
product. Certain preferences, such as those be-
tween territories related by a common sovereignty
or between specified neighboring states, are exempt.
However, all members agree to carry on negotia-
tions to reduce tariffs and eliminate preferences.
In general, no preferences can be increased nor can
new ones be added. Furthermore, the benefits
325
resulting from these reductions in tariffs and pref-
erences must not be offset by the imposition of
internal taxes, regulations, or other invisible forms
of protection.
Probably the most important provisions of the
charter are those which prohibit the imposition of
quantitative i-estrictions limiting the volume of
exports and imports and having the effect of nulli-
fying the tariff and preference reductions. Since
such restrictions throttle competition and foster
economic isolationism, the charter renounces the
concept and strictly limits the use of such controls.
There are a number of exceptions to tlie ban on
quantitative restrictions, including one authoriz-
ing their use on agriculture or fisheries products
when such measures are needed to implement gov-
ernment measures for limiting domestic produc-
tion and marketing or to facilitate surplus-disposal
programs. The most important exception to tlie
basic rule against quota restrictions is that when
a member is faced with balance-of-payments diffi-
culties, as evidenced bj' a serious decline in its
monetary reserves, or the need to increase its
already low reserves, it may impose quantitative
import restrictions.
Members are enjoined from using trade restric-
tions to frustrate the exchange provisions of the
articles of agreement of the International Mone-
tary Fund or applying exchange controls that
would nullify the provisions of the charter relating
to quantitative restrictions. Members of the Ito
either must become members of the International
Monetary Fund or enter into a special exchange
agreement with that organization. Ito mem-
bers must also furnish necessary information
to the Fund if they do not belong to the Fund
oi'ganization.
The charter, as agreed to at Habana last spring
by representatives of 53 countries, provides that if
any member paj's a subsidy to increase exports it
must notify the Ito and agree to negotiate with
any member which believes itself to be injured
thereby. Countervailing duties on imports of
products which are subject to export subsidies by
another member are permitted as defenses against
subsidies.
Another section of the charter deals with state
trading. Countries carrying on trade througli
state enterprises are required to conduct their com-
merce in a nondiscriminatory fashion. Membei"s
of the Ito must have equal opportunity in trade
326
with state-trading agencies, and those agencies are
to be guided by commercial rather than political
considerations.
Another provision on commercial policy re-
quires members to eliminate, so far as possible,
i-estrictive business practices fostering private
monopolistic control of international markets and
trade. It is evident that if governments ai-e to be
stopped from engaging in harmful trade prac-
tices, private business should be prevented from
accomplishing the same result by different means.
Members are obligated to take measures con-
ducive to the achievement of full and productive
employment within their respective domains,
which includes action to eliminate substandard
conditions of labor. The charter does not go be-
yond laying down the goals toward which the
members should move, because specific measures
to be undertaken must be appropriate to the politi-
cal, economic, and social institutions of the re-
spective members.
Members agree to develop their own resources
and to raise their standards of productivity. They
also agree to cooperate with other countries
through the medium of international agencies for
the purpose of promoting general economic de-
velopment. The charter provides that members
will not place any unreasonable impediments to
the exportation of facilities used for development
purposes, and such facilities will not be used in a
manner injurious to the member providing them.
Foreign investment must be given equitable treat-
ment and adequate protection.
The decision as to what industries are to be de-
velo):)ed will continue to rest with the individual
counti-ies. Subsidies are permitted when needed
for new industries. Unless the member has signed
a trade agreement not to raise the duties on speci- j
fied products, further tariff protection may be l|
accorded.
In the latter case, the member must request the
Ito to consult with the other members whose
trade would be affected by the action and must
obtain a limited release. The same procedure
must be followed in imposing quotas. The char-
ter makes it incumbent upon all members to de-
viate as little as possible from the basic policy of
the program it enunciates.
Although the basic objectives of our foreign
commercial policy have changed little throughout
our history, there has been a major orientation in
Department of State Bulletin
the matter of tariff duties. The changed position
of the United States from a debtor to an active
creditor covuitry created a strong motive to reverse
the trend tovrard higher and higher tariffs in favor
of selective reductions through negotiation with
other countries. Under the reciprocal trade
agreements program the tariff rates on a large
percentage of our dutiable imports have been
reduced.
This process of reducmg our tariff rates in ex-
change for compensating concessions by other
countries was carried a long step forward by nego-
tiations at Geneva in 1947. While the drafting of
the charter for an International Trade Organiza-
tion was in process at Geneva in the spring and
summer of 1947 more than a score of the partici-
l)ating countries undertook to give concrete evi-
dence of the sincerity of their belief in the prin-
ciples of the charter by undertaking simultaneous
negotiations to reduce tariffs and other trade
barriers.
At the Geneva conference the representatives of
23 coimtries wei-e able to negotiate reductions in
barriers to world trade on the most comprehensive
scale ever undertaken. Tliere were almost six
months of continuous negotiating which required
over 1.000 formal meetings and an even greater
number of less formal discussions. The delegates
agi'eed to tariff concessions covering products
which account for almost half the world's im-
ports, and at the same time they worked out gen-
eral rules of trade to safeguard and make these
concessions effective. They dealt witli trade con-
trols of all kinds — not only tai"iffs but also prefer-
ences, quotas, internal controls, customs regula-
tions, state trading, and subsidies.
It was not only the volume of world trade
affected by this conference which made these ac-
tivities of such striking importance, but also the
fact that such comprehensive trade negotiations
were conducted on a multilateral basis. The gen-
eral articles on matters affecting international
commerce were worked out as a joint effort. The
initial discussions of tariff negotiations were
undertaken product by product between the prin-
cipal supplier and the principal importer, but,
once a concession was agreed upon, that concession
was automatically extended to all negotiating
countries.
The so-called general provisions of the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade prevent a coun-
Sepfember 72, 7948
try, by discrimination or otherwise, from nullify-
ing tariff concessions. In a sense they are a code
of fair competition for the conduct of interna-
tional trade. They are similar to some of the pro-
visions in the proposed charter and to the general
provisions of our own reciprocal trade agreements.
The general agreement has provisionally replaced
some of the individual reciprocal trade agi-ee-
ments which the United States already had with
a number of the negotiating countries, but it is not
a complete substitute for the Ito charter.
In addition to its leadership in developing the
charter, the United States is also broadening the
scojDe of its treaties of friendship, commerce, and
navigation, which are the basic bilateral instru-
ments that define our treaty rights in foreign coun-
tries. Some of these treaties are more than 100
years old. The China treaty, already referred to,
is representative of the newer spirit of these treat-
ies of friendship, commerce, and navigation.
Among the major improvements is a clear defi-
nition of both the rights of American corpora-
tions in China and the rights of Americans partic-
ipating in Chinese corporations. For the most
part the rights provided in the treaty are mutual.
There is a new provision specifying the treatment
that must be accorded in the administration of
exchange controls. The ti-eaty also limits the use
of quantitative controls and lays down rules to
govern state trading, as do the charter and Ge-
neva agreement. There are provisions designed
to facilitate the settlement of commercial disputes
by arbitration.
Through the International Monetary Fund, the
United States, recognizing the relationship of
trade and currency, is helping to provide an in-
strument for monetary stabilization and thus to
reduce this hazard in the flow of goods across
national boundaries. Through the International
Bank, it is participating in, among other things,
the promotion of "the long-range balanced
growth of international trade" and the encourage-
ment of foreign investment. The United States
has consistently sought a multilateral approach
to both the technical and the commercial aspects
of civil aviation.
Since the United States is the world's richest
market from the standpoint of both exports and
potential imports it is particularly significant to
world recovery that the United States has been
willing to take the lead in reducing barriers to
327
the international flow of commerce. The strong
United States sponsorship of institutions sucli as
the Ito and our willingness to cooperate in the
reduction of tariffs will facilitate the fruition of
the European Recovery Program. The other
countries participating in the progi-am have de-
clared that they "are prepared to play their full
part" in reduction of tariffs in accordance with
Ito principles, and some of these countries par-
ticipated in the negotiations at Geneva in 1947;
others have more recently agreed to enter into
negotiations for this purpose.
Our participation in the drafting of the char-
ter for an International Trade Organization;
our ti'eaties of friendship, commerce, and naviga-
tion; our trade agreements; our participation in
the International Bank and the International
Fund ; and our part in the preparation of the Euro-
pean Recovery Program — all give clear evidence
that we have laid a good ground work for more
liberalized international commerce. We have
broken away from the narrow economic isolation-
ism which confined a large part of the world after
World War I, and we have encouraged some of
the other leading trading nations to establish more
liberal commercial policies.
The United States Government finds it highly
encouraging that so many other countries ai'e
showing their willingness to refrain from freezing
certain restrictive and hampering trade practices
into permanence and to join with this counti-y in
aiming at broader, more liberal, and more equitable
policies in international commerce. This is of
special importance as we move forward with the
European Recovery Program. The principles
enimciated in the charter of the Ito are comple-
mentary to the objectives of the program for Euro-
pean economic recovery. Though the emphasis in
the recovery program is on the immediate crisis,
the goal is to achieve, by 1951, a measure of equi-
librium that will assure for the future a satisfac-
tory degree of economic stability and an adequate
basis for continuing economic development. The
European Recovery Program recognizes that
European industries must be rehabilitated and
that EurojDe must become self-supporting. This
does not mean that Europe must become self-suffi-
cient in the Hitler sense. She has not been so in
the past and will not be so in the future. Climate
and lack of adequate supplies of raw materials
make it impossible for her to produce everything
she needs. Even as Europe moves forward toward
normalcy she must continue to have large imports
and sustain herself by multilateral trade.
In the long run, the only way Europe can import
is by exporting sufficient goods and services to pay
for these imports. Trade must be a two-way street.
In other words, it becomes axiomatic under the
Eui'opean Recovery Program that international
trade must be facilitated, and instruments like the
charter of the Ito will do just that. The reduc-
tion of tariff barriers and the exjiansion of non-
discriminatory trade relations will assist Europe
to find the means of balancing her accounts with us.
The tariff reductions which have been made since
the war should have increasing benefits. As pro-
ductive capacity in other countries is restored, they
will be in a position to expand exports to the
United States of goods which they produce most
efficiently. Balance-of -payments difficulties should
disappear, and American exporters will obtain the
full benefits of duty reductions obtained in trade
agi-eements.
The people of the United States, acting through
Congress, have yet to decide whether they wish this
country to ratify the charter and join the Ito
when it comes into existence. Although provision
has been made for initiating the European Re-
covery Program, the current appropriation will be
used up in a few months, and we must make the
decision as to whether we will make available suffi-
cient additional funds to implement the program
fully and make possible the rehabilitation of
Europe through this mechanism. The Trade
Agreements Act expires next June and must be
renewed if we are to continue our program for
expanding international commerce tlirough the
reduction of trade barriers.
The United States does not dare now to drop
its mantle of leadership in promoting and expand-
ing world trade on a nondiscriminatory basis. If
we turn back — or even falter — at this point the
advances made thus far will be seriously jeopard-
ized, if not completely lost. If in our lifetime we
are to see a stable world, we must build on the firm
foundation of international cooperation which we
have helped to lay.
328
Deparfmen/ of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
United Nations Day, October 24, 1948
Statement by Secretary^Marshall
[Released to the press September 7]
It is our great hope that October 24 will
become a day of significance in the history of
civilization. On that date in 1945, the
United Nations was brought into being as an
international organization. The purposes
defined in the Charter were agreed upon at
a time when the thoughts of people through-
out the world were concentrated on the hope
for a lastmg peace, for the elimination of
war as a method of settling disputes. Sor-
rowful and tragic memories dominated the
thinking of mankind. The casualties and
overwhelming destruction of modern war
were current events. As war memories dim,
we find ourselves less mindful of the sober
resolve which went into the making of this
great organization. United Nations Day is
to remind us that the maintenance of the
peace and freedom we long for require per-
sistent effort and constant vigilance on our
part.
No government or people can rightfully
claim to have entirely fulfilled the purposes
and principles of the Charter. A common
effort is required to save succeeding genera-
tions from the scourge of war, to redefine the
fundamental human rights, to establish con-
ditions under which justice and respect for
obligations can be maintained. If we in
America cannot show a final accomplish-
ment, we can nevertheless demonstrate honest
and persistent effort.
The use we make of United Nations Day
is the important consideration. Perfunctory
observance of the Charter will not suffice.
The value of this occasion will best be realized
through the effort of each individual to re-
affirm his fidelity toward the United Nations
and its purpose.
I have appointed the National Citizens
Committee to promote the observance of the
Day. I urge all persons and agencies of the
people to make this a day of reaffirmation of
belief in the United Nations. Specifically, a
day to reread the Charter, refresh our memo-
ries as to its terms, and renew our determina-
tion to prevent the recurrence of the tragedy
of war by adherence to its principles. The
United Nations is our great hope for a world
of peace.
Third Regular Session of the General Assembly
SUPPLEMENTARY LIST OF AGENDA ITEMS >
1. Permanent invitation to the Director-General
of the Organization of American States to assist
at the sessions of the General Assembly : item pro-
posed by Argentina.
2. Permanent missions to the United Nations:
item proposed by Bolivia.
3. Creation of a sub-commission of the Social
Commission of the Economic and Social Council on
the study of the social problems of tlie aboriginal
populations of the American Continent: item pro-
posed by Bolivia.
September 12, 7948
4. Appointment to fill vacancy in the member-
ship of the Committee on Contributions in replace-
ment of Dr. Jan Papanek: item proposed by
Czechoslovakia.
5. Appointment to fill vacancy in the member-
ship of the Advisory Committee on Administrative
and Budgetary Questions in replacement of Dr.
'U.N. rtop. A/629, Sept. 1, 1948; see also BtruaTriN of
Aug. 8, 1948, p. 173, in which is printed the provisional
agenda, U.N. doc. A/585 of July 23, 1918.
' 329
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIAIIZED AGENCIES
Jan Papanek : item proposed by Czechoslovakia.
6. Refugees and displaced persons.
(a) Problem of refugees and displaced persons :
item proposed by Poland.
(i) Repatriation, resettlement and immigration
of refugees and displaced persons : report of
the Economic and Social Council.
7. Discriminations practised by certain States
against immigrating labour, and in particular
against labour recruited from the ranks of refu-
gees : item proposed by Poland.
8. Discriminations practised by certain States in
international trade obstructing normal develop-
ment of trade relations and contrary to the Pur-
poses and Principles of the United Nations Char-
ter : item proposed by Poland.
9. Problem of wasting food in certain countries :
item proposed by Poland.
10. Question of Franco Spain — implementation
of the resolutions and recommendations of the
General Assembly of 12 December 1946 (resolution
39 (I)) and of 17 November 1947 (resolution 114
(II) ) : item pro^Dosed by Poland.
11. Declaration of old age rights : item proposed
by Argentina.
12. Transfer to the United Nations of functions
and powers exercised by the League of Nations
under the International Convention relating to
economic statistics signed at Geneva on 14 Decem-
ber 1928 : item proposed by the Economic and
Social Council.
13. Draft international declaration of human
rights: item proposed by the Economic and Social
Council.
14. Advisory social welfare services : item pro-
posed by the Economic and Social Council.
1.5. Draft Protocol to bring under control drugs
outside the scope of the Convention of 13 July
1931 for limiting the manufacture and regulating
the distribution of narcotic drugs, as amended by
the Protocol signed at Lake Success on 11 Decem-
ber 1946 : item proposed by the Economic and
Social Council.
16. Transfer to the United Nations of the func-
tions exercised by the French Government under
the Agreement of 18 May 1904 and the Convention
of 4 May 1910 for the suppression of the white
slave traffic and under the Agreement of 4 May
1910 for the suppression of obscene publications:
item proposed by the Economic and Social
Council.
17. Report of the Executive Board of the Inter-
national Children's Emergency Fund : item pro-
posed by the Economic and Social Council.
18. Agreements with specialized agencies : item
proposed by the Economic and Social Council.
(a) International Refugee Organization.
(b) Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative
Organization.
19. Verbatim records.
(a) Records of the Economic and Social Coun-
cil : item proposed by the Economic and
Social Council.
(b) Records of the Trusteeship Council: item
proposed by the Trusteeship Council.
20. Transfer to the United Nations of the resid-
ual assets of the United Nations Relief and Re-
habilitation Administration: item proposed by
the Secretary-General.
U. S. DELEGATION
Following is the United States Delegation to
tlie Third Session of the General Assembly of the
United Nations opening at Paris, September 21,
1948:
Representatives
George C. Marshall, Secretary of State (When it is pos-
sible for him to atteiul, will serve as Senior United
States Representative on the Delegation. In his ab-
sence, Ambassador Austin will serve as Senior United
States Representative.)
Warren R. Austin, United States Representative to the
United Nations and Representative in the Security
Council, Ambassador
,Tohn Foster Dulles
Mrs. Franklin D. Roosevelt
Philip C. Jessup, Deputy United States Representative
in the Security Council
Alternate Representatives
Benjamin V. Cohen
Ray Atherton
WiUard L. Thorp, United States Representative in the
Economic and Social Council, Assistant Secretary
of State for Economic Affairs
Ernest A. Gross, The Legal Adviser, Department of State
Francis B. Sayre, United States Representatives in the
Trusteeship Council, Ambassador
Advisers
Harding F. Bancroft, Acting Chief, Division of United
Nations Political Affairs, Department of State
Donald C. Blaisdell, Special Assistant to the Director,
OfBce of United Nations Affairs, Department of State
Charles E. Bohlen, Counselor, Department of State
William I. Cargo, Acting Assistant Chief, Division of
Dependent Area Alfairs, Department of State
Frank P. Corrigan, Adviser, United States Mission to the
United Nations
Lit. Gen. W. D. Crittenberger, United States Army, United
States Representative on the Military Staff Com-
mittee, United States Mission to the United Nations
John K. Emmerson, Foreign Service Officer, Department
of .State
Dorothy Fosdick, Assistant to the Director, Office of Euro-
pean Aflaii'S, Department of State
330
Department of State Bulletin
William A. Fowler, Foreign Service Officer, United States
Mission to the United Nations
Lt. Col. Harrison Gerliardt, United States Army
Benjamin Gerij:, Deputy United States Representative in
the Trusteeship Council, Chief, Division of Dependent
Area Affairs, L)epartment of State
Col. Philip H. Greasley, United States Air Force
William (). Hall, Director, Office of Budget and Planning,
r>eparlmeiit of State
Ll. Gen. H. R. Harmon, United States Air Force, United
States Representative on Military Staff Committee,
United States Mission to the United Nations
Adm. H. K. Hewitt, United States Navy, United States
Representative on Military Staff Committee, United
States Mission to the United Nations
Harry N. Howard, Division of Greek, Turlsish, and Iranian
Affairs, Department of State
James N. Hyde, United States Mission to the United
Nations
Louis K. Hyde, Jr., United States Mission to the United
Nations
Josejih E. Jacobs, Foreign Service Officer, Department of
State
Howard C. Johnson, Jr., Chief, Division of International
Security Affairs, Department of State
Ridgway B. Knight, Foreign Service Officer, Department
of State
Samuel K. C. Kopper, Siiecial Assistant to the Director,
Office of Near Eastern and African Affairs, Depart-
ment of State
Robert I. KuU, International Administration Staff, Office
of United Nations Affairs, Department of State
Cecil B. Lyon, Foreign Service Officer, Department of State
Edward P. Maffitt, Foreign Service Officer, United States
Mission to the United Nations
John Maktos, Assistant Legal Adviser, Department of
State
Col. Pierre Mallett, United States Army, United States
Mission to the United Nations
Marcia Maylott, Office of the Legal Adviser, Department
of State
Leonard C. Meeker, Office of the Legal Adviser, Depart-
ment of State
Comdr. G. A. O'Connell, Jr., United States Navy, United
States Mission to the United Nations
Frederick H. Osborn, Deputy United States Representa-
tive on the Atomic Energy Commission and Commis-
sion for Conventional Armaments, United States Mis-
sion to the United Nations
David H. Popper, Assistant Chief, Division of United Na-
tions Political Affairs, Department of State
G. Hayden Raynor, Special Assistant to the Director,
Office of European Affairs, Department of State
Harry Clinton Reed, Foreign Service Officer, Department
of State
Col. H. E. Rogner, United States Air Force, United States
Mission to the United Nations
John C. Ross, Deputy to the United States Representa-
tive to the United Nations, United States Mission to
the United Nations
Dean Rusk. Director, Office of United Nations Affairs,
Department of State
Durward V. Sandifer, Deputy Director, Office of United
Nations Affairs, Department of State
Capt. Harold P. Smith, United States Navy
Eric Stein, Division of United Nations Political Affairs,
Department of State
Leroy D. Stinebower, Deputy United States Representa-
tive in the Economic and Social Council, Special As-
sistant to the Assistant Secretary of State for Eco-
nomic Affairs, Department of State
Henry S. Villard. Foreign Service Officer, Department of
State
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
S. Walter Washington, Foreign Service Officer, Depart-
ment of State
Francis O. Wilcox, Chief of Staff, Committee on Foreign
Relations, United States Senate
Principal Executive Officer
Donald C. Blaisdell, Special Assistant to the Director,
Office of United Nations Affairs, Department of State
Deputy Principal Executive Officer
David H. Popper, Assistant Chief, Division of United Na-
tions Political Affairs, Department of State
Assistants to the Delegates
Brig. Gen. Marshall S. Carter, Special Assistant to the
Secretary, Department of State
William H. A. Mills, Special Assistant to the United States
Representative to the United Nations, United States
Mission to the United Nations
Malvina Thompson, Assistant to Mrs. Roosevelt
David M. Wainhouse, Associate Chief, Division of United
Nations Political Affairs, Department of State, Assist-
ant to Mr. Dulles
Assistants
Elizabeth Ann Brown, International Administration Staff,
Office of United Nations Affairs, Department of State
Betty C. Gough, International Administration Staff, Office
of United Nations Affairs, Department of State
Col. A. H. Luehman, United States Air Force, United
States Mission to the United Nations
Secretary General
Richard S. Winslow, Secretary General, United States Mis-
sion to the United Nations
Deputy Secretary General
Thomas F. Power, Jr., Deputy Secretary General, United
States Mission to the United Nations
Special Assistant
Lee B. Blanchard, Special Assistant to the Secretary Gen-
eral, United States Mission to the United Nations
Information Officer
Porter McKeever, Public Information Adviser, United
States Mission to the United Nations
Assistants
Mallory Browne, Public Affairs Officer, United States In-
forujation Service
Robert T. Pell, Public Affairs Officer, United States In-
formation Service
Gilbert Stewart, United States Mission to the United Na-
tions
Puhlic Liaison Officer
Chester S. Williams, Public Liaison Officer, United States
Mission to the United Nations
Com munications Officer
Woodford B. McCool, United States Mission to the United
Nations
Administrative Officer
Louis F. Bohmrich, United States Mission to the United
Nations
September 12, 1948
331
Current United Nations Documents: A Selected Bibliography ^
General Assembly
Official Records of the Second Part of the First Session of
the General Assembly
First Committee, Political and Security Questions in-
cluding Regulation of Armaments. Summary Record
of Meetings; 2 November-13 December 1946. xv.
228 pp. printed. $3.50.
Fourth Committee, Trusteeship, Part I. Summary Rec-
ord of Meetings, 1 November-12 December 1946. xi.
246 pp. printed. $2.50. . .. c i,
Part II. Summary Records of Meetings of bub-
Committee 1, 15 November-10 December 1946. xii.
284 pp. printed. $3.00.
Fifth Committee, Administrative and Budgetary Ques-
tions. Summary Records of Meetings, 1 November-13
December 1946. xviii. 343 pp. printed. $3.75.
Sixth Committee, Legal Questions. Summary Record
of Meetings 2 November-13 December 194a xvi, 368
pp. printed. $4.50.
Information From Non-Self-Goveming Territories.
Summary of Information Transmitted by the Govern-
ment of the United States of America.
[Alaska American Samoa, Guam, Puerto Rico].
A/50T, July 23, 1948. 34 pp. mimeo.
Summary of Information Transmitted by the French
Government [French Equatorial Africa, the Archipel-
ago of the Comores, Morocco, the New Hebrides,
Tunisia]. A/568, July 28, 1948. 61 pp. mimeo.
Summary of Information Transmitted by the Belgian
Congo. A/569, July 23, 1948. 25 pp. mimeo.
Analysis of Information Concerning Aspects of the Eco-
nomic Situation. A/589, August 3, 1948. 42 pp.
mimeo.
The Problem of the Independence of Korea . . . Report of
the Interim Committee to the General Assembly.
A/583, July 22, 1948. 9 pp. mimeo.
United Nations Temporary Commission on Korea.
Eleventh Information Report on the Work of the Com-
mission (Period 6 June-4 July 1948) A/595, July 29,
1948. 81 pp. mimeo.
Transfer of the Assets of the League of Nations. A/604,
August 10, 1948. 6 pp. mimeo.
Official Records of the Third Session of the General
Assembly.
Supplement No. 7A. Advisory Committe on Adminis-
trative and Budgetary Questions. Second Report of
1948 to the General Assembly. A/598, v, 47 pp.
printed. 50^.
Budget Estimates for the Financial Year 1949 and In-
formation Annexes. Supplement No. 5. A/556, xi,
271 pp. printed. .1:2.75.
Report of the Trusteeship Council, Covering its Second
and Third Sessions. 29 April 1947-5 August 1948.
Supplement No. 4. A/603, iv, 49 pp. printed. 50^.
Study of Methods for the Promotion of International Co-
operation in the Political Field . . . Report of the
Interim Committee to the General Assembly. A/605,
Au;;ust 13, 1948. 34 pp. mimeo.
Advisability of Establishing a Permanent Committee of
the General Assembly. Report of tlie Interim Com-
mittee to the General Assembly. A/60G, August 13,
1948. 34 pp. mimeo.
United Nations Temporary Commission on Korea.
Twelfth Information Report on the Work of the Com-
mission. ( Period 5 July-31 July.) A/607, August 12,
1948. 16 pp. mimeo.
Information From Non-Self-Governing Territories . . .
Summary of Information Transmitted by the Govern-
ment of Denmark. A/570, August 20, 1948. 9 pp.
mimeo.
by the Government of the Netherlands. A/571,
August 10, 1948. 17 pp. mimeo.
by the Government of Australia. A/573, August 13,
1948. 12 pp. mimeo.
Introduction to the Analyses of Information Trans-
mitted. A/587, August 16, 1948. 9 pp. mimeo.
Analysis of Information on Agriculture. A/588,
August 10, 1948. 28 pp. mimeo.
Analysis of Information on Educational Conditions.
A/590, August 17, 1948. 43 pp. mimeo.
Analysis of Information on Labour Conditions.
A/591, August 13, 1948. 33 pp. mimeo.
Analy.sis of Public Health Information. A/592,
August 6, 1948. 38 pp. mimeo.
Atomic Energy Commission
Official Records, Third Year
Special Supplement. Third Report to the Security
Council. 17 May 1948. AEG/31/Rev. 1, June 27, 1948.
vi, 71 pp. printed. 75^.
Security Council
" Printed materials may be secured in the United States
from the International Documents Service, Columbia Uni-
versity Press, 2960 Broadway, New York City. Other
materials (mimeographed or processed documents) may
be consulted at certain designated libraries in the United
States.
Official Records, Third Year
301st and 3it2nd Meetings.
22 May 1948.
No.
72.
66 pp. printed. 70?f.
306th Meeting. 27 May
1948. No. 75.
30
pp.
printed. 30«;.
309th and 310th Meetings.
29 May 1948.
No.
77.
64 pp. printed. GOif.
312th and 313th Meetings.
3 June 1948.
No.
79.
29 pp. printed. 30«(.
• 314th Meeting. 7 June
1948. No. 80.
10
pp.
printed. 10(if.
315th Meeting. 8 June
1948. No. 81.
8
pp.
printed. 10^.
316th and 317th Meetings.
10 June 1948.
No.
82.
46 pp. printed. 50?f.
31Stli and 319th Meetings.
11 June 1948.
No
83.
12 pp. printed. 10?(.
320th Meeting. 15 June
1948. No. 84.
16
pp.
printed. 20<f.
321st Meeting. 16 June
1948. No. 85.
25
pp.
printed. 25^.
322nd and 323rd Meetings.
17 June 1948.
No
86.
49 pp. printed. 50!*.
324th Meeting. 18 June
1948. No. 87.
17
pp.
printed. 20^.
:^25th Meeting. 22 June
1948. No. 88.
20
pp.
printed. 20!*.
327th Meeting. 25 June
194S. No. 90.
10
pp.
printed. 10^.
32Sth Meeting. 1 July
1948. No. 91.
35
pp.
printed. 35!*.
332
Department of Stale Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Conference To Consider Free Navigation of the Danube
REJECTION OF SOVIET DRAFT CONVENTION: POSITION OF U.S. GOVERNMENT'
The Depaidiient of State aimoiinced on August
IS that Ainbassudor Cannon, Delegate of the
United States to tlie Belgrade Conference on the
Dainibe regime, voted against the Soviet draft con-
vention. In his closing statement the United
States Representative protested against Soviet
manipulation of the six votes of its puppet States
to impose a convention which attempts to legalize
its monopoly of Danube shipping.
The record shows plainly that the Soviet Dele-
gation went to this Conference unwilling to nego-
tiate a mutually agreeable convention to implement
the directive of the Council of Foreign Min-
isters. Tlie persistent efforts of our Delegate and
of the other Westei-n Delegates to engage in gen-
nine negotiations have been rebuffed, sometimes
■with the most alnisive language. Every amend-
ment submitted by the Western Powers has been
summarily brushed aside.
The meetings of the Conference have been char-
acterized by consistent Soviet dictation. The un-
happy subservience of the Danubian peoples to
Soviet imperialism was never more clearly mani-
fest than at this Conference. The statements and
voting of the representatives of the Danubian
states reflected tlieir lack of freedom of choice on
matters of vital concern to their peoples.
Tlie actions of the Soviet Delegation have made
evident the determination of the Soviet Union to
perpetuate its economic and political enslavement
of the Danubian peoples. Its refusal to accept pro-
visions assuring genuine freedom of commerce and
nondiscrimination shows that it intends to main-
tain vested interests which it has established for
its own benefit through extortion from govern-
ments imposed by force against the will of the
peoples of its satellites. The Soviet Union has by
its conduct at this Conference closed one of the
principal doors for East-West trade. The lip
service which the Soviet Delegation has paid to
"freedom of navigation" is shadow. It has no
substance.
Another regi'ettable result of the Belgrade Con-
ference is that the Soviet attitude defeats and de-
stroys the whole concept of international water-
ways which has been the public law of Europe for
over 130 years. Moreover, it aims to deprive
Britain, France, Belgium, Greece, Italy, and Ger-
many of rights which they enjoy under treaties
negotiated many years ago. We regard those
treaties as being in force, according to interna-
tional law, until they are terminated by agreement
of all parties thereto. Furthermore, the Soviet
bloc at Belgrade has disregarded the vital inter-
ests of Germany and Austria in the Danube. They
are riparians whose interests in Danube navigation
are patent. Finally, the Soviet Union, despite its
own membership in the United Nations, has re-
fused to allow any association between the Danube
administration and the United Nations.
It is obvious that the United States cannot ac-
cept the draft convention which the Soviet Union
is imposing upon its satellites. In the view of the
United States, this instrument does not guarantee
freedom and equality of trade. It does not fulfil
the mandate of the Council of Foreign Ministers.
The United States will not, of course, recognize,
either for itself or for those parts of Austria and
Germany which are imder its control, the author-
ity of any commission set up in this manner to
exercise any jurisdiction in those portions of
Austria and Germany.
U.S. Delegations to international Meetings
IRO Preparatory Cominission
Tlie Department of State announced on August
30 the composition of the United States Delega-
tions to the Seventh Part of the First Session of
the Preparatory Commission of the International
Refugee Organization (Iro) scheduled to con-
vene at Geneva on September 10, 1948, and to the
First Session of the General Council of the Ino
scheduled to convene at Geneva on September 13,
1948. The United States Delegations are as
follows:
Sevknth Part of the First Session of the Preparatobt
Commission of Iro
United States Representative
Georsc L. Warren, Adviser on Refugees and Displaced
iPersons, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Occu-
pied Areas, Department of State
Advisers
Col. H. T. Brothertcjn, United States Forces, Austria,
United States Army
' Ueleased to the press on Aus. 18, 1948.
Sepfe/nber 12, 1948
333
ACTIVITIES AND DEVELOPMENTS
Robert L. Fisher, Civil Affairs Division, Department of
the Army
Alex E. Squadrilli, European Command, United States
Army
Administrative Assistant
Eleanor A. Burnett, Administrative Assistant to the Ad-
viser on Refugees and Displaced Persons, Office of
the Assistant Secretary for Occupied Areas, Depart-
ment of State
FiKST Session of the Council of Ibo
Permanent United States Representative
Lewis W. Douglas, American Ambassador to Great Britain
Permanent Alternate United States Representative
George L. Warren, Adviser on Refugees and Displaced
Persons, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Occu-
pied Areas, Department of State
Ambassador Douglas will be unable to attend
the First Session of the Council and Goldthwaite
H. Dorr, Adviser to the Secretary of State, will
serve as alternate United States Representative at
the Geneva meeting. The advisers and the ad-
ministrative assistant on the United States Dele-
gation to the Seventh Part of the First Session
of the Preparatory Commission will also attend
the Council Session.
The Seventh Part of the First Session of the
Preparatory Commission will consider various re-
ports of the executive secretariat, a report of the
chairman of the eligibility review board, and a
number of recommendations and arrangements
concerned with the convening of the First Session
of the General Council.
The First Session of the General Council is being
called in accordance with a provision of the Iro
constitution which states that 15 governments
must ratify the constitution before the Organiza-
tion can be established. Luxembourg deposited
its instrument of ratification with the United Na-
tions on August 5 and Denmark on August 20,
1948. The following 15 Governments have ratified
the Iro constitution : Australia, Belgium, Canada,
China, Denmark, Dominican Republic, France,
Guatemala, Iceland, Luxembourg, Netherlands,
New Zealand, Norway, United Kingdom, and the
United States. In addition to the above countries,
Venezuela and Argentina have the matter of ratifi-
cation currently under consideration by their
respective legislatures.
Conservation of Renewable Resources
The Department of State announced on Sep-
tember 4 the composition of the United States
Delegation to the Inter-American Conference on
the Conservation of Renewable Natural Resources
scheduled to be held at Denver September 7-20,
1948. The United States Delegation is as follows :
Chairman
Charles F. Brannan, Secretary of Agriculture
Vice Chairman
Oscar L. Chapman, Under Secretary of the Interior
334
Deleffafes
H. H. Bennett, Chief, Soil Conservation Service, Depart-
ment of Agriculture
Bernard De Voto, Historian ; Contributing Editor to
Harpers; Pulitzer Prize Winner, History
Newton B. Drury, Director, National Park Service, De-
partment of the Interior
Clifford R. Hope, Chairman, Committee on Agriculture,
United States House of Representatives
Dillon S. Myer, President, Institute of Inter-American
Affairs
Lyle Watts, Chief, Forest Service, Department of Agri-
culture
Milton R. Young, Member, Committee on Agriculture and
Forestry, United States Senate
The Govermnent of the United States, at the
request of the Pan American Union, will serve as
host to the forthcoming Conference. This Con-
ference, the first international meeting of its kind
on conservation, is for the purpose of considering
problems involved in the conservation of renew-
able natural resources in the Americas, and to dis-
cuss recent technical developments on this subject.
It is being organized pursuant to a resolution
adopted at the Third Inter-American Conference
on Agriculture held at Caracas in July 1945.
Among the problems to be discussed will be those
arising out of deforestation, soil erosion, overgraz-
ing, wildlife destruction, floods, and failing water
supplies. In view of the importance of these prob-
lems, which are yearly growing more serious
throughout the Hemisphere because of inadequate
conservation practices, mounting populations, and
attempts to raise living standards, it is anticipated
that leading Government officials, scientists, and
other interested groups from the entire Hemi-
sphere will attend.
The Conference will consist of a series of meet-
ings to discuss conservation problems, together
with field trips to study land-management prac-
tices. The Delegates will have an opportunity to
view at first hand soil-conservation districts, for-
est and range experiment stations, the Rocky
Mountain National Park, and other places of in-
terest. Irrigation projects will be studied, along
with their relationship to agriculture, grazing,
and forestry practices on the land from which ir-
rigation waters are derived.
The working sessions of the Conference will be
divided into sections corresponding to the sec-
tions of the program. Outstanding leaders and
professional men in the field of conservation will
serve as discussion leaders for each of the six sec-
tions and supervise the preparatory work for the
section.
Although the Conference will be a technical one
with no power to negotiate agreements, it will
consider national and international action for the
conservation of renewable natural resources and
their optimum use on a sustained-yield basis.
Department of Slate Bulletin
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Report on Alien Admittance Under U.N. and National Security
[Released to the press September 1)
Text of a report to the Secretary of State hy the
Committee to study the question of whether per-
sons have entered the United States in connection
with the work of international organizations whose
presence is inconsistent with the national security
August 31, WIS
Dear Mr. Secretary :
Under date of July 27 you addressed a letter to
the members of this committee requesting a study
of the relevant facts relating to admission to this
countiy of persons whose presence in connection
with the work of the United Nations and inter-
national organizations was alleged to be incon-
sistent with the national security. You submitted
to us two specific questions and invited recommen-
dations or comment based on our findings and
conclusions.
This committee met at the Department of State
on Friday, July 30, and heard from you an outline
of considerations prompting the request. Testi-
mony by three Department of State employees
before the staff of the Subcommittee on Immigra-
tion and Naturalization of the Senate Judiciary
Committee had been given extensive publicity.
Newspaper accounts of allegations made in that
testimony were contrarj* to the information in
your possession. Such allegations constituted an
indiscriminate reflection on United Nations per-
sonnel, tended to weaken confidence of the Ameri-
can people in the United Nations and raised doubt
as to the effectiveness of measures designed to pro-
tect our national security. You requested an ob-
jective evaluation of the statements made in
testimony.
Members of the committee were sworn as em-
ployees of the Department of State, with access to
departmental records. Beginning July 30, your
committee met each day through August 13, and
at intervals thereafter, examining records and
correspondence and questioning supervisory and
subordinate personnel in Department of State and
other governmental agencies concerned with the
matter under study.
The results of our inquiry are presented here-
with. AVe take some pleasure in reporting that
our conclusions are unanimous. We further re-
port that in evaluating the cases submitted to us
this unanimity was also reached; and each member
of the committee evaluated each case independ-
ently of the two others.
Sepfember ?2, J948
Testimony by State Department Employees
and Resulting Publicity
On July 15 the staff of the Subcommittee on
Immigration and Naturalization of the Senate
Judiciary Committee opened hearings imder Sen-
ate Kesolution 137, 80th Congress. That resolu-
tion authorizes the committee, or any duly author-
ized subcommittee thereof, to conduct an investi-
gation of the immigration system, including the
extent, if any, to which aliens have entered and
remained in the United States in violation of the
laws.
The first and subsequent hearings with which we
are concerned were conducted by the subcommittee
staff. The record does not show that members of
the committee or other members of the Senate were
present. The testimony under examination was
given by three officials of the Department of
State's Visa Division : Robert C. Alexander,
assistant chief; William McGrath Harlow, chief
of the Diplomatic Visa Section, Technical Branch ;
and R. Clyde Larkin, chief of the Public Safety
and Security Section.
Mr. Alexander testified on July 15 and Ifi. ]\Ir.
Larkin testified on July 19. Mr. Harlow testified
on July 20.
The first newspaper reports of the testimony
were distributed by the United Press for after-
noon papers of July 20. This dispatch was fol-
lowed by publication on July 21 of news stories
by other press associations and special correspond-
ents, based on transcripts of the testimony.
The dispatches appeared throughout the coun-
try under such headlines as:
"SUBVERSIVE AGENTS BELIEVED IN U.S. UNDER
WING OF U.N.
"OFFICIALS OP STATE DEPARTMENT SAY SEV-
ERAL HUNDRED ARE HERE AND PROTECTED BY
PACTS. LAKE SUCCESS DUBIOUS"
N.Y. Times
"UNA CLOAK FOR RED SPIES, CONGRESS TOLD"
Chicago Trihune
Dispatches contained statements such as these:
"The State Department has informed Congress
that subversive agents in an alarming number have
entered this country through the United Nations."
"The Government is powerless to do anything
about it."
"These subversives include Moscow-trained ter-
rorists, espionage agents, aliens who foment dis-
335
THB RECORD OF THE WEEK
cord and others trained in undercover activities
contrary to the peace and good order of this
country."
"Officials of the State Department believe that
several hundred subversive agents have used the
United Nations as a cover for their activities in
this country."
". . . Mr. Alexander said some of the for-
eigners who came here under U.N. auspices have
been trained as 'terrorists' and in undercover ac-
tivities 'contrary to the peace and good order of
this country'. He did not believe, however, the
U.N. was responsible for bringing subversive
agents here, but that the U.N. or its affiliates should
assume responsibility for getting such persons out
of this country when their employment ter-
minates."
"William G. Harlow . . . testified . . .
he believed that activities of these foreign agents
had been confined to propaganda. He thought the
problem would exist as long as the United States
was the seat of the U.N."
"R. Clyde Larkin, chief of the State Depart-
ment's Public Safety and Security Division (note :
the correct term is 'Public Safety and Security
Section of the Visa Division') told the commit-
tee . . . that some of the persons in question
have been traveling throughout the country trying
to collect intelligence data which will be of benefit
to their own country, wherever they may be serv-
ing, as well as for the enlightenment of various
groups in the U.N."
Your committee has been iniable to find factual
information to support any of the broad inferences
which these statements invite.
Mr. Alexander's estimate that "There are sev-
eral hundred, at least" of aliens who have been
brought into the United States by the United Na-
tions or other international organizations and
whose presence is undesirable from the standpoint
of the best interests of the United States, is not
supported by the facts. The basis for his estimate
is examined later in this report.
The statement that the United States Govern-
ment lacks power to prevent entry of undesirable
aliens, or to deport those who abuse the privileges
accorded them as United Nations and international
organization personnel, is not correct. A discus-
sion of the pertinent laws and their interpretation
will be found below.
Reference in news dispatches to "Moscow-
trained terrorists" is based on contradictory and
unsupported testimony. In one part of his testi-
mony Mr. Alexander said :
"We had one person who was a newspaperman,
and he was conferring with other pei-sons here who
were trained in terrorist activities in Moscow."
And later :
336
"I mentioned the case of the person who was
trained in terrorist duties in Moscow who was
representing a foreign newspaper here, and who
was conferring with other persons in the spread
of communist propaganda and leaflets and pam-
phlets and so forth and so on."
Your committee has painstakingly examined the
files bearing on this case. They mention a re-
ported inciclent in which a foreign newspaper cor-
respondent, believed to be a Communist, was seen
distributing pamphlets (contents not precisely de-
scribed) at Lake Success. The same correspondent
was reported to have conferred with a well-known
American Communist. Mr. Alexander has not
been able to furnish your committee any informa-
tion to support his reference to a "Moscow-trained
terrorist" and the original files on the case contain
no mention of such a person.
NewspajDer reports that "These subversives in-
clude Moscow-trained terrorists, espionage agents,
aliens who foment discord and others trained in
undercover activities contrary to the peace and
good order of this country" appeared in various
forms. They evidently were based on Mr. Alex-
ander's reply to requests by the Senate subcom-
mittee examiner for elaboration of his estimate
of the number of "subversives". The unrevised
record of testimony quotes Mr. Alexander as say-
ing:
"The second grouj^ is those who ai'e employed
by the organization itself, the central secretariat.
They consist of persons, who, in some instances,
have been refused visas for this country, and .we
would not gi'ant them visas under any circum-
stances to come here on their own."
Wlien asked by the examiner why visas were re-
fused, he replied :
''Because they were subversive agents of foreign
powers."
And when asked to say what type of activity
made them subversive, he responded:
"Espionage, and so forth, and aliens who foment
discord, agitation, and other subversive activities
contrary to the peace and good order of this coun-
try. They were brought in as employees of the
central secretariat."
Mr. Alexander tells your committee that he
knows of no spies, no terrorists or saboteurs or
aliens found fomenting discorel who have been
brought into this country for United Nations pur-
poses.
He classes as potentially subversive, however,
all aliens admitted to the United States from Com-
munist or Comnumist-controlled countries or
aliens, who, under the immigration laws — enacted
previous to location of the United Nations head-
Department of Stafe Bulletin
quarters in this countrv — normally would have
been inadmissible as members of Communist or-
ganizations.
The committee has no comment on Mr. Harlow's
testimony, other than to remark that Mr. Harlow
has told us he has complete confidence in Mr. Alex-
ander and is willing to abide by whatever conclu-
sions Mr. Alexander has voiced to the committee.
He said lie hail no personal knowledge, however,
of subversive activities by United Mations per-
sonnel.
The testimony of Mr. Larkin contained a state-
ment, quoted in news dispatches, tliat there were
"several instances of persons traveling through
(lie country trying to collect intelligence data
wliich will be of benefit to their own country,
whomever they may be serving, as well as for
the enlightenment of the various groups in this
countr}'."
Mr. Larkin, under questioning by your commit-
tee, produced two reports from the files which he
maintained fell within the category referred to in
his Senate Committee testimony.
Your committee does not feel that inferences to
be drawn from his Senate Committee testimony
are supported by the facts cited in these two
reports.
The Washington Post of July 21 contained this
additional statement:
" 'One of the most serious problems,' according
to Robert C. Alexander ... 'is the fact that
this country can't get rid of many of these per-
sons.' If the country from which they came will
not take them back, as has happened, the United
States is stuck with them. 'The greatest offender
to date in this respect was the old Unrra organi-
zation,' Alexander explained. Many undesirables
who came in under Unrra are still here 'and
you can't send them back,' Alexander said."
WHiile your committee confined its study to
active international organizations and, therefore,
omitted Unbra (now in process of liquidation),
it has received a statement from General Lowell
W. Rooks, director general of Unrra, emphati-
cally denying the statements attributed to Mr.
Alexander. In relation to non-United States per-
sonnel from "iron curtain" countries employed by
Unrra in this country. General Rooks says :
"Of the 55 persons who fall into these national
categories, 48 were already located in the United
States at the time of their appointment with
Unrra. Some were employed with embassies
or other representatives of their home countries,
but a large proportion were in this country on
regular Immigration visas; a few were in the
employ of certain war agencies of the United
States Government. Only 7 out of 55 were ini-
tially brought into the U.S.A. by Unkra. Of
Sepfemfaer J2, J948
THe RECORD OF THE WEBK
the 55, 16 were eventually repatriated to the coun-
try of their nationality, 6 were repatriated to other
nationalities, 8 were known to have transferred to
other international agencies in the United States
or abroad, and 31, so far as I can determine, re-
mained in the United States with the intention of
becoming permanent residents. It should be em-
phasized that none of the 31 now have any con-
nection with Unrra, and all would necassarily
be remaining under regular State Department-
granted visas."
Mr. Alexander's Clarification of His Testimony
Before the Senate Subcommittee
Mr. Alexander explained to your committee that
he had expected to have the usual privilege of
correcting and revising his Senate subcommittee
staff testimony before its publication. The unre-
vised testimony, however, was made available to
newspaper reporters before he had this oppor-
tunity.
After revising his testimony and after two weeks
of opportunity to study the files, Mr. Alexander
made this statement to your committee :
"In the light of all the facts in the cases I have
recently examined, I am prepared to testify that
the danger to our national security up to this time
appears to be more potential than actual or im-
mediate and if we can, whenever necessary, invoke
Section 6 of the Joint Resolution or the Public
Safety Act, to keep out aliens who, there is good
reason to believe, will be subversively active in the
United States, I believe the security of the United
States would be as adequately protected as the
circumstances will peimit. Up to the present time
I have found no case which has actually jeopar-
dized or seriously endangered the security of the
United States, except in so far as such security may
be involved in Communist propaganda activities.
"I felt there was a problem involved here, a
problem of security as well as one of the immigi-a-
tion laws, in which I am primarily interested. I
see these cases from the viewpoint of the adminis-
tration of the immigration laws and realizing that
the immigration laws require passports and visas
for security reasons as well as other reasons, I feel
that the security provisions should not be over-
looked.
"This statement tallies with my testimony be-
fore the Senate Committee in which I carefully
avoided saying I had seen any such case. The
Senate Committee asked me regarding cases con-
cerning activity of aliens after arrival. I men-
tioned only one case and without naming the alien
concerned in which the alien was conferring with
a person in this country who had been trained in
terrorist activities in Moscow, I drew no connec-
tion from that that the security of the Nation had
been placed in jeopardy.
"I did feel during my testimony before the Sen-
337
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
ate Staff Committee and I still feel that if the prob-
lem of these subversive classes coming into the
country with permission to travel all over the
country, realizing the difficulty of surveillance and
of containing them within any specified area, is
allowed to go on, that the security of the Nation
miglit be jeopardized."
The "Problem" of Alien Admittance
Under U.N. Auspices
The problem to which Mr. Alexander addressed
a part of his testimony before the Senate subcom-
mittee staff is one which was recognized when
Congress invited the United Nations to locate its
headquarters in this country. It was discussed in
Congress before enactment of Public Law 357,
(80th Congress) , a joint resolution authorizing the
President to make effective the agreement with
the United Nations establishing its permanent
headquarters in the United States.
Tlie House Committee on Foreign Affairs, in
reporting the legislation, took note that
"the United States cannot undertake to tell the
other member nations who should or who should
not represent them at the seat of the United Na-
tions and cannot claim any right of veto over the
Secretary General's appointment of personnel to
the staff of the United Nations. In general, the
United States, as host country, must permit access
to the headquarters on the part of all persons who
have legitimate business with the organization.
This involves inevitably the admission of a num-
ber of aliens, some of whom would not normally
be admissible under immigration laws of the
United States. 7'he United States has foreclosed
itself in tmdertaking voluntarily the obligations
of the host Government.'''' (Emphasis supplied)
The Committee further states that the Head-
quarters Agreement "makes it clear that persons
who abuse these privileges either may be deported
in accordance with the deportation laws of the
United States or (subject to the approval of the
Secretary of State) may be required to leave the
United States in accordance with the customary
procedui-e applicable to diplomatic envoys ac-
credited to the United States."
The House amended section 6 of the joint reso-
lution ratifying the headquarters agreement.
This amendment expressly reserves the right of
the United States "to safeguard its own security."
In explanation of this amendment the committee's
report said :
"An amendment added by the committee re-
serves the right of the United States to safeguard
its own security along with the right to control
entry of aliens into territory other than the head-
quarters area. This right of self-defense is given
expression here as a premise underlying all Amer-
ican policy . . ."
338
A discussion of this and other statutes apjjears
later in this report.
Analysis of Cases Submitted by Mr. Alexander
In his testimony before the Senate subcommittee
staff Mr. Alexander estimated that "There are sev-
eral hundred, at least" of aliens whose presence
in this country in connection with United Nations
or international organization affairs "is undesir-
able from the standpoint of the best interests of
the United States." This estimate, he said, was
based on "the cases which come to my attention."
The Office of Assistant Secretary of State for
Administration, of which the Visa Division is a
part, directed Mr. Alexander on July 24 to fur-
nish the files of cases on which he based his testi-
mony of July 15.
When your committee held its original meet-
ing on July 30, Mr. Alexander had furnished a
total of 44 cases from tlie files. Through August
18, nearly a month from the date of his testimony,
he has been given every opportunity to present
other cases from the files which would, in his judg-
ment, bear out the statements made in testimony.
He has submitted to your committee his total of
327 cases.
Your committee requested Mr. Alexander to
classify his cases in three gi'oups, namely —
Class 1, or cases which he deemed to show some
form of subversive activity after the alien's ar-
rival in the United States, with a notation whether
such activity occurred (a) before or {h) after af-
filiation with an international organization.
Class 2, or cases which he deemed to show some
form of subversive activity before the alien arrived
in the United States and before affiliation with or
accreditation by the United Nations or other
international organization.
Class 3, or cases which he deemed only to show
that the alien was a member of the Communist
Party, or presumed to be such, but without evi-
dence of Communist activity.
Mr. Alexander has submitted 15 Class 1 cases
divided as follows: (a) 8 cases which he claimed
indicated subversive activity within the United
States before affiliation with an international or-
ganization; {h) 7 cases which he claimed indi-
cated subversive activity in the United States
after such affiliation. He has submitted 49 Class
2 cases and 263 Class 3 cases.
Your committee was furnished 163 files in con-
nection with the 263 alleged Class 3 cases. The
remaining 100 consist of a listing of that many
names with no accompanying papers.
Your committee considers this listing of 263
cases as capricious and without significance. For
if Mr. Alexander's purpose is to list the Com-
munists or suspected Communists who have been
admitted for U.N. or international organization
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bu//efin
duties, the totiil mipfht reasonably be estimated as
970. This laltef fiiiure is tlie number of visas is-
sued duriiiij; the past three fiscal years to persons
from "iron curtain" countries for enti'V in con-
nection with the United Nations and other inter-
national organizations. The number of persons
here at any one time from such coimtries would be
consideral)ly less than the whole number of visas
issued duriiii; the period.
The ''iron curtain" countries, of course, are mem-
bers of these international organizations and en-
titled to send representatives and their families in-
cluding personal staffs. Members of the foreign
press fi'om behind the "iron curtain", representa-
tives of other non-governmental organizations and
others having business with these international
bodies are expected to enter the United States for
presentation of their views and for other legitimate
purposes in the international affairs with which
they are concerned.
Your committee feels that the Class 3 cases cited
by Mr. Alexander beg the question of this inquiry.
The risk in permitting these people to come to the
United States is the calculated risk implicit in
the location within the United States of the United
Nations Headquarters. In so far as this inquiry
is concerned, your committee lias not come into the
possession of any facts to indicate that the risk is
a matter for great concern.
Any risk in Class 2 cases is presumptive, stem-
ming from the expectation that a person who is
alleged to have engaged in "subversive" activities
abroad would engage in them in some form here.
An examination of the files in these 49 cases shows
that a large percentage of them belong in Class 3
or cases that have no relevant bearing on the ques-
tion of security. Your committee is astonished by
what appears to be a random selection of case rec-
ords, many of which have no discernible connection
with the subject under examination.
Your committee has carefully studied the cases
in Class 1 and as a result repeats Mr. Alexander's
own evaluation of the risk — "Up to the present
time I have found no case which has actually
jeopardized or seriously endangered the security
of the United States, except in so far as security
may be involved in Communist propaganda ac-
tivities."
Questioned concerning propaganda activity and
its relationship to the national security, Mr. Al-
exander made this statement to us :
"As I see it, propaganda activities have a less
direct bearing upon security than would espionage
or sabotage or some other such activity as that. I
think that enough of the propagandists in the
country to create disunity and a state of mind
might eventually bring on a situation in which
there would be some jeopardy to our national se-
curity but propaganda as such is not the direct
jeopardy of our national security."
September 12, 1948
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Your committee is not impressed by the reports
of projiaganda activities submitted by Mr. Alex-
ander. The reported incidents on which he placed
great stress involved two foreign correspondents,
presumably Communists, one a zealous partisan,
the other a garrulous woman. To label them as
propagandists is to distort the legitimate meaning
of the term.
We are informed that in the fiscal years 1946,
1947, and 1948. about 6,750 visas have been issued
to alien delegations and personnel of international
organizations.
Twenty international organizations have been
designated by the President under the Internation-
al Organizations Immunities Act. Seventeen of
these, including the United Nations and its affili-
ates, are actively enjoying privileges of entry
under this Act, and most of these also enjoy privi-
leges under the United Nations Headquarters Site
Agreement. The total number of aliens continu-
ously emjjloyed in the United States in connection
with these organizations is approximately 5,000,
of whom some 350-400 are nationals of "iron cur-
tain" countries. Approximately half of these
numbers are wives and children.
In no case has the State Department found it
necessary to withhold a visa by applying Section
6 of Public Law 357.
In three cases of accreditation of foreign news-
paper correspondents the Secretariat of the United
Nations was informed by the Department of State
that it might be necessary for the United States to
institute deportation proceedings pursuant to Sec-
tion 13 (b) of the headquarters agreement, or to
restrict the application for accreclitation to the
headquarters district and its immediate vicinity.
In no casCy however, has deportation been found
necessary.
In only two cases was the objection to visas
within the Department strong enough to warrant
appeal to the Under Secretary of State, who
authorized the visas. We have reviewed the files
in these two cases and we agree that the Under
Secretary's decision was correct.
Legislative Provisions for the Admission of Individ-
uals in Connection With United Nations Activities
By its Claarter, the United Nations Organiza-
tion enjoys such privileges and immunities as are
necessary for the fulfillment of its purposes. Rep-
resentatives of members and officials of the Or-
ganization enjoy such privileges and immunities
as are necessary for the independent exercise of
their functions.
These provisions imply a measure of freedom
of movement for individuals traveling in connec-
tion with the activities of the United Nations.
With respect to the admission of such individuals
to the United States, specific authorization is con-
tained in two Congressional enactments. The In-
339
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
ternational Organizations Immunities Act (P.L.
291, 79th Congress) provides that member repre-
sentatives to designated international organiza-
tions, and officers and employees of these organiza-
tions, shall, with respect to the laws regulating
entry into the United States, be treated like officers
and employees of foreign governments. By Joint
Eesohition, the President was authorized to bring
into effect the Headquarters Agreement with the
United Nations (P.L. 357, 80th Congress). Sec-
tion 11 of that Agreement provides that the United
States shall not impose impediments to the transit
to and from the headquarters district of individu-
als in five categories, including member represent-
atives and officials of the United Nations, experts
performing missions for the United Nations, ac-
credited representatives of the press or other in-
formation agencies, representatives of organiza-
tions invited for consultation by the Economic and
Social Council of the United Nations, and other
individuals invited by the United Nations on offi-
cial business. The Agreement also confers on the
principal resident representative of each member,
and on certain of his staff, the privileges of a
diplomatic envoy including the privilege of admis-
sion into the country and free movement therein.
Legislative Provisions To Safeguard
United States Security
These statutes also provide for the steps neces-
sary to safeguard the security of the comitry. The
right of an individual to remain in the United
States may, under Section 8(b) of the Interna-
tional Organizations Immunities Act, be termi-
nated by the Secretary of State, if he finds that
the alien's presence in the United States is not de-
sirable. Section 6 of the Joint Resolution approv-
ing the Headquarters Agreement provides that
nothing in the Agreement in any way diminishes
the right of the United States to safeguard its
own security. The Section 6 Reservation could
be invoked by applying the Public Safety Act
(22 U.S.C. 228, 55 Stat. 252) , which provides that
the consulates should refuse a visa to any alien
who seeks to enter the United States for the pur-
pose of engaging in activities which will endanger
the public safety of the country. And, except for
members of national delegations who enjoy dip-
lomatic privileges and are thereby subject to re-
call as personae non gratae, the great majority
of individuals admitted under the Headquarters
Agreement are subject to prosecution under our
criminal laws with respect to any acts outside their
official duties.
Press representatives, representatives of non-
governmental organizations, and other official vis-
itors are not excluded from the provisions of the
Foreign Agents Registration Act. The laws and
regulations applicable to all alien visitors to the
United States may be made applicable equally to
them. And as to any violation of law or regula-
340
tion which may properly be deemed an abuse of the
individual's privilege of residence, the United
States may, as is specifically noted in the Head-
quarters Agreement, either deport the individual,
limit his movements to the United Nations head-
quarters district and its immediate vicinity, or
bring him to trial under the criminal laws of this
country. In the case of the minority which en-
joys immunity under the Headquarters Agree-
ment, the United States may ask his government
to waive the individual's immunities, or it may
declare the individual persona non grata and re-
quest his recall in accordance with customary dip^
lomatic procedures.
How the Safeguards Operate
Every person coming to the United States must
have a visa issued by an American consulate. Be-
fore issuing a visa to any individual who would
come to the United States m connection with
United Nations activities, the consulate requires
reasonable evidence that the individual comes
within one of the classes whose admission is au-
thorized by the Headquarters Agreement. The
consulate will investigate all available sources to
determine whether that person is coming to en-
gage in activities dangerous to the public safety
of this country. If the consulate so determines,
it would deny the visa and the United States would
indicate to tne United Nations that the exclusion
of this individual is necessary to safeguard the
national security as contemplated by the reserva-
tion in the Joint Resolution approving the Head-
quarters Agreement.
The United Nations is required to consult with
the United States before representatives of the
press or other information agencies are accredited.
The United States may object to the accreditation,
and refuse admission because there is no reason-
able evidence that a person is coming to engage
in the activities of a bona fide press representative.
It may also object to his accreditation, and refuse
admission if he is coming to engage in activities
dangerous to the public safety of the comitry.
Where the security of the United State does not
require the total exclusion of an accredited press
representative, a representative of a non-govern-
mental organization, or an invited official visitor,
the United States could issue a visa limiting the
movement of such individuals to the United Na-
tions headquarters district and its immediate
vicinity. In fact, a person in these categories who
would not be admissible under the immigration
laws, except for the Headquarters Agreement,
will always be limited to the fmmediate vicinity of
the headquarters district unless the Attorney
General of the United States in his discretion
waives the limitation. Any person so limited who
later violates his restriction may, after consulta-
tion with the Secretary-General of the United
Nations, be deported from the United States.
Departmenf of Siafe Bulletin
The United Nations Charter requires employees
of the Secretariat to refrain from any action which
niijiht reflect on their position as international
oliicials. Any subversive activity by such an indi-
vidual would' be a violation of his duties under
the Charter.
When a person's relation to the United Nations
is terminated, the Orju^anization brings that fact
to the attention of United States authorities.
Since tlie individual is no longer entitled to remain
in the United States he will be required to leave,
and if lie should refuse or neglect to do so, he could
be deported like any other visitor to the United
States wliose right to stay in the comitrj- is at
an end.
Interpretation of the Law
As in the case of any other two sets of statutes,
the existence of Section 11 of the Headquarters
Agreement, which promotes the successful func-
tioning of the United Nations, alongside the reser-
vation in favor of safeguarding our national se-
curity provided for by Section 6 of the Joint Keso-
lution authorizing the Agreement, may well cause
some conflict in practice. In making the Agree-
ment to locate the Headquarters in this country
tlie United States freely undertook to require
some relaxation of the immigration laws. It did
so, of course, with the understiinding that other
members of the United Nations would act with
integrity in availing themselves of the privileges
thus accorded.
In achuinistering the immigration laws, there is
reason, therefore, to resolve doubts in favor of
admitting aliens when they are properly accred-
ited pursuant to Section 11 of the Agreement.
Section G of the Resolution, which provides for
safeguarding the security of the country, ought
to be applied to exclude a United Nations alien
only when there is a weighty showing of evidence.
The Committee is of the opinion that continu-
ing experience with the facts of the particular
cases will provide both the United Nations and
the United States with sufficient criteria to deter-
mine a modus vivendi under the Agreement and
the Joint Resolution, and that no legislative modi-
fications appear to be necessary or desirable at
this time.
It believes also that it would be good practice
for the Visa Division to submit the particular facts
of these cases as they arise to the Legal Adviser
of the Department of State so tliat such criteria
may be more precisely formulated by the United
States. This practice has not. in the opinion of
the Committee, been sufficiently followed in the
past.
Answers to Specific Questions
In your letter requesting this inquiry, you sub-
mit two specific questions and solicit our report:
Sepfember 72, 1948
THE RECORD Of THE WEEK
(1) Do existing international agreements, in
particular the United Nations Headquarters
Agreement, and Public Law 357, 80th Congress,
approving the Agreement with certain reserva-
tions, embody undertakings on the part of the
United States Government which prevent the ex-
clusion from this country of persons whose pi'es-
ence is inconsistent with our national security?
Your Committee believes that there is adequate
statutory authority to exclude from the United
States i^ersons whose presence here is inconsistent
with our national securit^y and that no undertaking
on the part of the United States Government nul-
lifies such authority.
(2) Are existing administrative practices and
procedures, and the legislation on which they are
based, adequate to assure the exclusion from this
country of persons whose admission is requested
in connection with the work of international
organizations but whose presence would be in-
consistent with our national security? In this
connection, an api^raisal is desired whether (a)
persons in this category have been admitted, and
[b) adequate procedures exist for assuring future
exclusion or deportation of such persons.
Your committee believes that existing adminis-
trative procedures, and the legislation on which
they are based, are sufficient. The committee is
not satisfied that practices under the outline of
procedures are satisfactorily coordinated. This
subject will be discussed in a subsequent memo-
randiun to you, embodying certain suggestions
which have occurred to your Committee in the
coui'se of its inquiries.
2 (a) Your committee feels there are two parts
to this question. First, has a visa been issued
abroad to any international organization alien
whose admission to this country would be incon-
sistent with our national security? Second, has
any international organization alien been admitted
whose conduct, after arrival, was inconsistent with
our national security?
Our answer to the first part of the question is
a repetition of previous statements in this report.
We have seen no case in which we feel, from an
examination of the available evidence, that the re-
fusal of a visa would have been justified under
Section 6 of the joint resolution ratifying the
Headquarters Site Agreement.
The answer to the second part of this question
is based upon information which originated from
sources other than the Visa Division.
Your committee has some doubt as to whether
the activities of several individuals, after arrival,
were consistent with our national security. The
decision reached by the responsible officials in these
few cases seem to us, based upon the information
at hand, to have been correct in each instance.
It is clear that jDublic discussion of the facts of
these cases would not be in the public interest.
2(A) Adequate procedures exist to assure future
341
exclusion or deportation of aliens whose pi'esence
■would be inconsistent with our national security.
THE DEPARTMENT
Conclusions and Comments
The last paragraph of your letter has invited
our recommendations or comments.
At the end of four weeks of conference and ex-
amination of documentai-y material, we conclude
there is no basis for the cliarges contained in the
testimony outlined above.
Your conmiittee is shocked by the manner in
which these serious charges were made.
Subordinate officials of a non-policjTuaking di-
vision of the Department of State testitied at a
public hearing on a matter of high policy before a
Senate subcommittee presided over ancl directed
by staff employees with no Senator present. So
far as we are aware, this practice is without prec-
edent. The testimony produced serious repercus-
sions on the foreign policy of the United States
and that testimony was irresponsible in its lack of
factual support.
So far as we can determine, the subordinate of-
ficials who testified, even if they were disturbed
over the seriousness, as they saw it, of a develop-
ing situation, had never made any persistent ef-
fort to bring it to the attention of the responsible
policy-making officials of the Department of
State. In any field of governmental activity such
failure reflects poor public administration. More
particularly is this true in the delicate field of for-
eign relations.
We are convinced the people of the United
States firmly believe in the principles of the United
Nations. There is a recognized degree of poten-
tial danger to our national security in the admis-
sion of aliens to this country who are antagonistic
to our foi-m of government and vigorous promo-
ters of their own. But it is equally true that one
of the great hopes for that security is a strong
United Nations. If today's reality is still far
from the ideal outlined in the Charter at San
Francisco, our obligation as a nation, neverthe-
less, is to labor for that ideal, regardless of the at-
titudes or the conduct of other nations. That is
the perspective in which we should measure the
dangers to our national security fi-om the presence
in this country of the relatively few aliens whose
political affiliations are believed would have
barred them from entry in the past but whose
presence now is vital to the work of the United
Nations and other international organizations.
Respectfully yours,
B. M. McKelwat
James H. Eowe, Jr.
Marcellus C. Siieild^
President's Budget on International Affairs
and Finance ^
Expenditures for international aid programs
are now estimated at 7.0 billion dollars, the same as
in January. Actual exj^enditures in 1948 were 4.7
billion dollars.
More than half of all international expenditures
in the fiscal year 1949 will be required for aid to
Europe under the Economic Cooperation Act. In
January, expenditures for this program were esti-
mated at 4 billion dollars for 1949 ; they are now
estimated at 3.8 billion dollars. This downward
revision restdts largely from the Congressional re-
duction of the initial appropriation by 245 million
dollars.
Expenditures for Greek-Turkish aid in 1949 are
now projected at 385 million dollars, 181 million
dollars above the January budget, largely due to
shipments and payments delayed from the fiscal
year 1948.
Estimated expenditures for aid to China in 1949
have been revised upward, from 240 million dol-
lars to 359 million dollars, to reflect the increased
program enacted since last January.
Expenditures under the Army's program for re-
lief and reconstruction in the occupied areas are
now expected to total 1,280 million dollars, a re-
duction of 70 million dollars since January. This
decline is mainly in the reconstruction portion of
the program.
Although the Congress reduced the recom-
mended authorization for the European-aid pro-
gram by 1.5 billion dollars, it provided that on
recommendation by the Economic Cooperation
Administrator and with my approval, the funds
appropriated could be fully obligated by April 2,
1949. To permit this program to go forward
without interruption during the last quarter of the
fiscal year, additional authority and appropri-
ations will probably be necessary. I am therefore
including in this review a tentative estimate of 1.5
billion dollars for a supplemental appropriation.
Its enactment will not have a significant effect on
expenditures until the fiscal year 1950.
' Mr. McKelway is editor of the Washington Star; Mr.
Rowi' is an attorney and member of the Commission on
Orgaiiiziition of the Executive Branch of the Government;
Mr. Sheild was elerli of the House Appropriations Com-
mittee. 1916-44.
■Excerpts from Statemfnt bp the President Revievnng
the 1949 Budget, which was released to the press by the
White House on Aug. 15, 1948.
342
Department of State Bulletin
PUBLICATIONS
Department of State
For sale hy the Superintendent of Documents, Government
Printinii Office, Washington 25, D. C. Address requests
direct to tlie Siiperinten<icnt of Documents, except in the
ea,^c of free publications, tchich may be obtained from the
Department of State.
Military and Civil Affairs: Rights and Privileges of United
States Forces in Italy, Transfer of Responsibility from
the Allied Military Government to the Italian Govern-
ment. Treaties and Other International Acts Series 1694.
Pub. 3074. 19 pp. 100.
Agreement Between the United States and Italy —
Effected by exchange of notes signed at Rome Sept. 3,
1947 ; entered into force Sept. 3, 1947.
Mutual Aid Settlement. Treaties and Other International
Acts Series 1716. Pub. 3100. 13 pp. 5(f.
Agreement and Accompanying Exchanges of Notes
Between the United States and Norway — Signed at
Washington Feb. 24, 1948 ; entered into force Feb. 24,
194S.
Passport Visa Fees. Treaties and Other International
Acts Series 1721. Pub. 3115. 8 pp. 5(f.
Agreement Between the United States and France Re-
placing Agreement of Dec. 10, 1946 — Effected by ex-
change of notes dated at Washington Aug. 19 and
Sept. 4. 5 and 16, 1947; entered into force Sept. 16,
1947, effective Oct. 1, 1947.
Shipping: Provisional Maritime Consultative Council.
Treaties and Other International Acts Series 1724. Pub.
3125. 5 pp. 10!>.
Agreement and Accompanying Notes Between tlie
United States and Other Governments — Dated at
Washington Oct. 30, 1946 ; open for acceptance at
I/indon ; entered into force Apr. 23, 1947.
Industrial Property: Restoration of Certain Rights Af-
fected by World War II. Treaties and Other International
Acts Series 1725. Pub. 3133. 3 pp. 5<f.
Supplementary Agreement Between the United States
and France — Signal at Washington Oct. 28, 1947 ; en-
tered into force Feb. 27, 1948.
Civil Aviation Mission to Bolivia. Treaties and Other
International Acts Series 1739. Pub. 3165. 9 pp. 50.
Agreement Between the United States and Bolivia —
Effected by exchange of notes signed at La Paz Aug.
26 and Nov. 3, 1947 ; entered into force Nov. 3, 1947.
THE DBPARTMENT
United States Educational Foundation in the Philippines.
Treaties and Other International Acts Series 1745. Pub.
3185. 3 pp. 5<}.
Agreement Between the United States and the Repub-
lic of the Philippines Amending the Agreement of
Mar. 23, 1948— Effected by exchange of notes signed
at Manila Apr. 2 and 8, 1948 ; entered into force Apr.
8, 1948.
Diplomatic List, August 1948. Pub. 3242. 193 pp. 300 a
copy; $3.25 a year domestic, $4.50 a year foreign.
Monthly list of foreign diplomatic representatives in
Washington, with their addresses.
American Dead in World War II. Treaties and Other
International Acts Series 1748. Pub. 3190. 5 pp. 50.
Agreement Between the United States and Hungary —
Effected by exchange of notes dated at Budapest June
18, July 15, and August 9, 1946; entered into force
August 9, 1946.
Use by Civil Aircraft of Certain Military Air Bases in
the Caribbean Area and Bermuda. Treaties and Other
International Acts Series 1717. Pub. 3104. 19 pp. 100.
Agreement And Accompanying Notes Between the
United States and the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Northern Ireland — Signed at Washington
Feb. 24, 1948 ; entered into force Feb. 24, 1948.
Register of the Department of State, April 1, 1948. Pub.
3202. 507 pp. $1.50.
Organization of the Department and the Foreign
Service and biographies of Department and Foreign
Service personnel.
The United Nations in Action — The Test of Experience.
Foreign Affairs Outline no. 17. International Organi-
zation and Conference Series III, 10. Pub. 3238. 8 pp.
Free.
The three-year record of the growth of the United
Nations as a world institution.
Peace Takes Practice. Pub. 3240. Free.
Wall poster observing United Nations Day — October
24.
Guide to the United States and the United Nations.
Revi.sed to July 1948. International Organization and
Conference Series III, 11. Pub. 3241. 8 pp. 50.
Chronology of the United States and the United Na-
tions. Bibliography.
The United Nations — Three Years of Achievement. In-
ternational Organization and Conference Series III, 12.
Pub. 3255. 20 pp. Free.
Political security, economic, and social accomplish-
ments of the United Nations.
September ?2, 1948
343
The U.N. and Specialized Agencies page
United Nations Day, October 24, 1948.
Statement by Secretary Marshall . . . 329
Third Regular Session of the General As-
sembly :
Supplementary List of Agenda Items . . 329
U.S. Delegation 330
U.N. Documents: A Selected Bibliography . 332
U.S. Delegation to Iro Preparatory Com-
mission 333
Report on Alien Admittance Under U.N. and
National Security 335
Economic Affairs
U.S. Delegation to Conference on Conserva-
tion of Renewable Resources 334
Commercial Foreign Policy of the United
States. Article by Woodbury Wil-
loughby 325
General Policy Page
Report on Alien Admittance Under U.N. and
National Security 336
Conference To Consider Free Navigation
of the Danube
Rejection of Soviet Draft Convention: Posi-
tion of U.S. Government 333
The Congress
Eightieth Congress, Second Session, and the
United Nations. Article by Sheldon Z.
Kaplan 307
The Department
President's Budget on International Affairs
and Finance 342
Publications
Department of State . 343
%<ynJmAwt{yyA
Sheldon Z. Kaplan, author of the article on the 80th Congress,
Second Session, and the United Nations, is an Assistant to the
Legal Adviser, Department of State.
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRrNTlHG OTFICEi 1948
tJne/ ^eha'i^t'ment^ ^ tnafe^
VIEETING OF COUNCIL OF FOREIGN MINISTERS
TO DISCUSS ITALIAN COLONIES • Official
Exchanges Bettoeen the U.S. and Soviet Governments . . 382
"THE ISSUES AT BELGRADE WERE CLEARLY
DRA\^'N" • By Walter A. Radius 384
80TH CONGRESS, 2D SESSION, AND THE UNITED
NATIONS • Article by Sheldon Z. Kaplan 347
For compltte contents see hack'cover
Vol. XIX, No. 481
September 19, 1948
^«.TO»
OCT 11 13*0
^le Q)e/icvrlme7U ^/ ^lale JOUllGllIl
Vol. XIX, No. 481 • Publication 3283
September 19, 1948
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing OtDce
Washington 26, D.C.
Price:
62 Issues, domestic $5, foreign $7.26
Single copy, 15 cents
Published with the approval of the
Director of the Bureau of the Budget
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to which the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter'
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
well as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
EIGHTIETH CONGRESS, SECOND SESSION, AND THE UNITED NATIONS
by Sheldon Z. Kaplan
Mr. Kaplan discussed the action hy the 80fh Con-
gress, 2d session, in enacting legislation touching
on the United Nations and related activities, in the
Bulletin of Septemler 12, 194.S. In this issue the
author concludes his analysis of the activities of
the 2d session and presents in an appendix selected
texts of related documents.
IV. THE VANDENBERG RESOLUTION
Of psychological significance, as indicating the
sentiment of the United States Senate toward the
United Nations, was the passage by the Senate on
June 11, 1948 (64 yeas to 4 nays),^f Senate Res-
olution 239, the so-called "Vandenberg resolu-
tion".83 "This resolution," in the words of Senator
Vandenberg," "is a sound answer to several critical
necessities in respect of foreign policy which Amer-
ica confronts. It is the unanimous answer of the
Senate Foreign Relations Committee.*^ It is an
answer which, after many weeks of earnest con-
sultation, has the whole-hearted approval of the
State Department. It is an answer which offers
new hope for security and peace for us and others,
through the United Nations". Senator Vanden-
berg went on to analyze fully the necessities which
the resolution is undertaking to answer, which may
Je summarized as :
1. Necessity for a common denominator that
.Till represent the varying views of the Senate on
he objectives which the United States should pur-
sue for strengthening the United Nations, an
irganization admittedly indispensable to collec-
ive security ;
2. Necessity for practical encouragement of the
leople of the United States in the United Nations;
II 3. Necessity for renewing United States dedi-
■ ation to peace at a time when the first peacetime
raft law in the history of the United States has
een passed ; and
4. Necessity for individual and collective self-
efense, within the United Nations Charter and
utside the veto, against armed aggression, for the
Jpf ember 19, J 948
assertion of United States interest in regional ar-
rangements and the implementation of our under-
lying obligations under the Charter.
The purpose of the resolution is, in brief, to state
the sense of the United States Senate concerning
the desirable and feasible objectives which the
United States should pursue by constitutional
process in behalf of international peace and se-
curity, the pacific settlement of disputes, and the
exercise of individual and collective self-defense
against armed aggression, all within the frame-
M-ork of the United Nations Charter.^"
V. UNCOMPLETED MEASURES »'
Several legislative proposals affecting United
States participation in the United Nations did not
receive final congressional approval. Of first im-
portance are these :
1. S. J. Res. 221 (and its companion measure,
H. J. Res. 391) , 80th Cong., 2d sess., "To provide a
civil government for the Trust Territory of the
Pacific Islands". These resolutions would im-
plement »^ the trusteeship agreement between the
United States and the United Nations Security
Council which the President was authorized by
Congress to approve on behalf of the United
States.^^
2. S. 1643, 80th Cong., 1st s&ss., "To prohibit
and punish the unauthorized use of the official
seal, emblem, and name of the United Nations, and
for other purposes",^' introduced by Senator Van-
denberg on July 16, 1947, and referred to the
Senate Committee on Foreign Relations. This
measure would serve to implement a resolution
adopted unanimously by the United Nations Gen-
eral Assembly on December 7, 1946.='^
3. S. J. Res. 136, authorizing the President to
accept on behalf of the United States the conven-
tion on privileges and immunities of the United
Nations. The measure passed the Senate July 17,
1947, and was referred to the House Committee
on Foreign Affairs July 18, 1947. There it was
347
placed, during the Second Session, in the one-
package bill, H. R. 6802, in connection with
the loan agreement. The United Nations Gen-
eral Assembly by a resolution adopted Febru-
ary 13, 1946, had approved the convention and
proposed it for accession by each member of
the United Nations.*^ The convention is designed
to define the rights of the United Nations and re-
lated personnel in the territory of all Member
states as distinct from the headquarters agreement
between the United Nations and the United States
(Public Law 357, 80th Cong., 1st sess., text of
which will be found in the appendix) which is con-
cerned with particular problems arising out of the
location of the headquarters in this country. Sec-
tion 26 of the headquarters agreement provides
that in case of absolute conflict between the pro-
visions of the headquarters agreement and those
of the convention, the pi-ovisions of the agreement
shall prevail.
4. Executive GG, protocol relating to an amend-
ment to the convention on international civil avia-
tion, transmitted July 11, 1947, by the President
to the Senate for its advice and consent to ratifica-
tion. The protocol deals with the relationship
between the United Nations and the International
Civil Aviation Organization (Icao) and estab-
lishes the bases upon which members of Icao shall
be debarred from, and may lie readmitted to, mem-
bership therein (Franco Spain particularly in-
tended).**
5. S. 2518, revision of the United Nations Par-
ticipation Act of 1945, Public Law 264, 79th Cong.,
1st sess., introduced in the Senate April 20, 1948,
passed the Senate April 26, 1948. The House ver-
sion, contained in its one-package bill, incor-
porated substantially the provisions of S. 2518.
6. S. 2474, authorizing the furnishing of serv-
ices and the temporary detail of United States
Government employees to public international
organizations. The United States has received
numerous requests for detail of personnel possess-
ing special professional or technical skill to inter-
national organizations in which it participates,
particularly the United Nations and its specialized
agencies. The bill would permit the Secretary of
State to comply with these requests on a reim-
bursable basis, provided tlie Government agency
and United States employee involved consent.
The bill was introduced in the Senate on April 8,
348
1948, by Senator Vandenberg and referred to the
Senate Committee on Foreign Relations. On the
House side, provision for this legislation was con-
tained in the one-package bill, H. R. 6802."
In addition, a number of Ilo conventions ^ and
the convention on the Intergovernmental Maritime
Consultative Organization were submitted to the
Senate, the latter on June 18, 1948.
VI. CONCLUSION
An analysis of the record and debate of the
Eightieth Congress on legislative proposals to
strengthen United States participation in the
United Nations and its allied activities shows the
following significant trends in the thinking and
action of the Congress :
1. The requirement, particularly on the part of
the House Foreign Affairs Committee, of "facts
and figures". As the House Foreign Affairs Com-
mittee stated, "It is not enough that aspirations be
worthy; it is also necessary that the course be
practicable"."^ During the Eightieth Congress
this committee in its hearings seldom failed to ask,
in essence, "How much will this cost the American
people?" or "How much do we contribute to this
organization?" or "Just how does our participa-
tion in this organization affect the American
people ?"
2. The increasing awareness by the members of
the House Foreign Affairs Committee of the role
of the House of Representatives in shaping for-
eign affairs, as expressed in the statement "that the
responsibility for the purse as it relates to foreign
policy cannot be separated from the root and sub-
stance of foreign policy" and that "The nature of
the world commitments and the world aspirations
undertaken by this Nation cannot be considered
in a compartment separate from the concrete steps
necessary to fulfill those commitments and to
realize those aspirations." °'
3. A desire to strengthen the United Nations
and to increase its effectiveness in fulfilling its re-
sponsibilities."^
4. The increasing national security conscious-
ness, in view of world conditions, and, based there-
on, the attempt to balance the national interest
against the international interest.
5. A growing awareness of the necessity for
United States leadership in foreign affairs.
Department of State Bvlletin
FOOTNOTES
" Comj. Rer.. June 11, 1948, p. 8026.
" Ibid., p. 7971. See pp. 7970-87 and 7988-8026 for full
debate prior to passage of the resolution.
"* S. Kept. 1361, 80th Cong., 2d sess. The resolution had
lieen referred to the Senate Committee on Foreign Re-
lations on May 19, 1948.
"Ibid., p. 1. Text of resolution will be found in appen-
dix to this article. See Cong. Rec, May 27, 1&48,
pp. A3527-28. S. Res. 239 is also concerned with re-
moving the veto in questions involving the pacific settle-
ment of disputes and situations, and the admission of new
U.N. Members.
" See note 4, Bitlletin of Sept. 12, 1948, p. 321.
"Art. 12 of the agreement provides that "The admin-
istering authority shall enact such legislation as may be
necessary to place the provisions of this agreement in
effect in the trust territory". This constitutes an inter-
national commitment upon the part of the United States
to implement by legislation the provisions of the trustee-
ship agreement. See S. Bept. 471, SOth Cong., 1st sess.,
p. 10.
■^Public Law 204, SOth Cong., 1st sess., text of which
will be found in appendix. For discussion thereon, see
Sheldon Z. Kaplan, Eightieth Congress, First Session, and
the United Nations (Department of State publication
2982) pp. 16-18.
" The House companion measure, H.R. 4186, intro-
duced by Rep. Javits, passed the House on July 25, 1947.
Author's discussion of this measure will be found in
Kaplan, op. cit., p. 7.
" Ibid., note 32. As of this writing, 16 members of the
U.N. have notified the Secretary-General of the U.N. that
they have taken the necessary implementing action or that
existing laws provide sutiicient protection; 13 Members
have indicated they were taking action ; 4 have stated
that the matter was being referred to their governments
for attention. See Annual Report of the Secretary-Gen-
eral on the Work of the Organization, 1 July 1947-30 June
19 1,8. U.N. doc. A/565, 1948, p. 113.
"' U.N. doc. A/64/Add.l, Jan. 31, 1947, pp. 186-87. See
also H. Rept. 2291, SOth Cong., 2d sess., pp. 13-21.
" See note 63, Buixetin of Sept. 12, 1948, p. 323.
" See H. Rept. 2291, SOth Cong., 2d sess., pp. 12-13.
'°The Ilo final articles revision convention, 1946 (no.
80), was submitted June 24, 1947, by the President to the
Senate for its advice and consent to ratification. Ratifi-
cation was advised on April 14, 1948, and the President
ratified this convention May 21, 1948. Text in Exec. EB,
SOth Cong., 1st sess. (1947), pp. 4-7.
" H. Rept. 2291, SOth Cong., 2d sess., p. 3.
" Ibid.
■* See, in general. Hearings Before House Committee on
Foreign Affairs on Structure of the United Nations and
the Relations of the United States to the United Nations,
SOth Cong., 2d sess.
APPENDIX: SELECTED TEXTS
I. Responsibilities of the Host
House Concurrent Resolution 75, 79th Congress,
1st Session '
Resolved by the House of Representatives {the Senate
concurring). That the United Nations be, and hereby are.
Invited to locate the seat of the United Nations Organiza-
tion within the United States of America.
Passed December 11, 1945.
Public Law 291, 79th Congress, 1st Session
An Act To fxtend certain privileges, exemptions, and immnnities
to international organizations and to the officers and em-
plo.vees thereof, and for other purposes.
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representor
lives of the United States of America in Congress
assembled,
TITLE I
Section 1. For the purposes of this title, the term
"international organization" means a public international
organization in which the United States participates pur-
suant to any treaty or under the authority of any Act of
Cf)ngress authorizing such participation or making an
appropriation for such participation, and which shall have
been designated by the President through appropriate
September J 9, 1948
Executive order as being entitled to enjoy the privileges,
exemptions, and immunities herein provided. The Presi-
dent sliall be authorized, in the light of the functions per-
formed by any such international organization, by appro-
priate Executive order to witlihold or withdraw from any
such organization or its officers or employees any of the
privileges, exemptions, and immnnities provided for in
this title (including the amendments made by this title)
or to condition or limit the enjoyment by any such organ-
ization or its officers or employees of any such privilege,
exemption, or immunity. The President shall be author-
ized, if in his judgment sucli action should be justified by
reason of the abuse by an international organization or its
ofl3cers and employees of the privileges, exemptions, and
immunities herein provided or for any other reason, at
any time to revoke the designation of any international
organization under this section, whereupon the interna-
tional organization in question shall cease to be classed
as an international organization for the purposes of this
title.
Sec. 2. International organizations shall enjoy the
status, immunities, exemptions, and privileges set forth
in this section, as follows:
' 59 Stat. 848.
349
(a) International organizations shall, to the extent
consistent with the instrument creating them, possess the
capacity —
(i) to contract;
(ii) to acquire and dispose of real and personal
property ;
(iii) to Institute legal proceedings.
(b) International organizations, their property and
their assets, wherever located, and by whomsoever held,
shall enjoy the same immunity from suit and every form
of judicial process as is enjoyed by foreign governments,
except to the extent that such organizations may expressly
waive their immunity for the purpose of any proceedings
or by the terms of any contract.
(c) Property and assets of international organizations,
wherever located and by wliomsoever held, shall be im-
mune from search, unless such immunity be expressly
waived, and from confiscation. The archives of inter-
national organizations shall be inviolable.
(d) Insofar as concerns customs duties and internal-
revenue taxes imposed upon or by reason of importation,
and the procedures in connection therewith ; the registra-
tion of foreign agents ; and the treatment of official com-
munications, the privileges, exemptions, and immunities
to which international organizations shall be entitled shall
be those accorded under similas circumstances to foreign
governments.
Sec. 3. Pursuant to regulations prescribed by the Com-
missioner of Customs with the approval of the Secretary
of the Treasury, the baggage and effects of alien officers
and employees of international organizations, or of aliens
designated by foreign governments to serve as their rep-
resentatives in or to such organizations, or of the families,
suites, and servants of such officers, employees, or rep-
resentatives shall be admitted (when imported in connec-
tion with the arrival of the owner) free of customs duties
and free of internal-revenue taxes imposed upon or by
reason of importation.
Sec. 4. The Internal Revenue Code is hereby amended
as follows :
(a) Effective with respect to taxable years beginning
after December 31, 1943, section 116 (c), relating to the
exclusion from gross income of income of foreign govern-
ments, is amended to read as follows:
"(c) Income of Foreign Governments and of Intee-
NATiONAi. Organizations. — The income of foreign govern-
ments or international organizations received from in-
vestments in the United States in stocks, bonds, or other
domestic securities, owned by such foreign governments
or by international organizations, or from interest on
deposits in banks in the United States of moneys belonging
to such foreign governments or international organiza-
tions, or from any other source within the United States."
(b) Effective with respect to taxable years beginning
after December 31, 1W3, section 116 (h) (1), relating to
the exclusion from gross income of amounts paid em-
ployees of foreign governments, is amended to read as
follows :
350
"(1) RtXE FOE EXCLUSION.— Wages, fees, or salary of
any employee of a foreign government or of an interna-
tional organization or of the Commonwealth of the Philip- j
pines (including a consular or other officer, or a nondiplo-
matic representative), received as comiyensation for official
services to such government, international organization,
or such Commonwealth — ■
"(A) If such employee is not a citizen of the United
States, or is a citizen of the Commonwealth of the
Philippines (whether or not a citizen of the United
States) ; and
"(B) If. in the case of an employee of a foreign
government or of the Commonwealth of the Philip-
pines, tlie services are of a character similar to those
performed by employees of the Government of the
United States in foreign countries or in the Common-
wealth of the Philippines, as the case may be; and
"(C) If, in the case of an employee of a foreign
government or the Commonwealth of the Philippines,
the foreign government or the Commonwealth grants
an equivalent exemption to employees of the Govern-
ment of the United States performing similar services
in such foreign country or such Commonwealth, as
the case may be."
(e) Effective January 1, 1946, section 1426 (h), defining
the term "employment" for the purposes of the Federal
Insurance Contributions Act, is amended (1) by striking
out the word "or" at the end of jjaragraph (14), (2) by
striking out the period at the end of paragraph (15) and
inserting in lieu thereof a semicolon and the word "or",
and (3) by inserting at the end of the subsection the
following new paragraph :
"(16) Service performed in the employ of an interna-
tional organization."
(d) Effective January 1, 1946, section 1607 (c), defining
the term "employment" for the puriKsses of the Federal
Unemployment Tax Act, is amended (1) by striking out
the word "or" at the end of paragraph (14), (2) by strik-
ing out the period at the end of paragraph (15) and in-
serting in lieu thereof a semicolon and the word "or",
and (3) by inserting at the end of the subsection the
following new paragraph :
"(16) Service performed in the employ of an interna-
tional organization."
(e) Section 1621 (a) (5), relating to the definition of
"wages" for the purpose of collection of income tax at
the source, is amended by inserting after the words "for-
eign government" the words "or an international
organization".
(f) Section 3466 (a), relating to exemption from com-
munications taxes is amended by inserting immediately
after the words "the District of Columbia" a comma and
tlie words "or an international organization".
(g) Section 3469 (f) (1), relating to exemption from
the tax on transportation of persons, is amended by in-
serting immediately after the words "the District of Co-
lumbia" a comma and the words "or an international
organization".
Department of State BuUetin
(h) Section 3475 (b) (1), relating to exemption from
the tax on transportation of property, is amended by in-
serting immediately after the words "the District of Co-
lumbia" a comma and the words "or an international
organization".
(i) Section 3797 (a), relating to definitions, is amended
by adding at tlie end tliere(>f a new paragraph as follows:
"(IS) International organization. — The term 'inter-
national organization' means a public international or-
ganization entitled to enjoy privileges, exemptions, and
immunities as an international organization under the
International Organizations Immunities Act."
Sec. 5. (a) Effective January 1, 1046, section 209 (b)
of the Social Security Act, defining the term "employment"
for the purposes of title II of the Act, is amended (1) by
striking out the word "or" at the end paragraph (14),
(2) by striking out the period at the end of iiaragraph
(15) and inserting in lieu thereof a semicolon and the
word "or", and (3) by inserting at the end of the subsec-
tion the following new paragraph :
"(1(5) Service performed in the employ of an interna-
tional organization entitled to enjoy privileges, exemp-
tions, and immunities as an International organization
under the International Organizations Immunities Act."
(b) No tax shall be collected under title VIII or IX
of the Social Security Act or under the Federal Insurance
Contributions Act or the Federal Unemployment Tax Act,
with respect to services rendered prior to January 1, 1946,
which are described in paragraph (16) of sections 1426
(b) and 1607 (c) of the Internal Revenue Code, as
amended, and any such tax heretofore collected (including
penalty and interest with respect thereto, if any) shall be
refunded in accordance with the provisions of law applica-
ble in the case of erroneous or illegal collection of the tax.
No interest shall be allowed or paid on the amount of any
such refund. No payment shall be made under title II
of the Social Security Act with respect to services rendered
prior to January 1, 1946, whicli are described in paragraph
(16) of section 209 (b) of such Act, as amended.
Sec. 6. International organizations shall be exempt from
all property taxes imposed by, or under the authority of,
any Act of Con.gress, including such Acts as are applica-
ble solely to the District of Columbia or the Territories.
Sec. 7. (a) Persons designated by foreign governments
to serve as their representatives in or to international
organizations and the officers and employees of such or-
ganizations, and members of the immediate families of
such representatives, officers, and employees residing with
them, other than nationals of the United States, shall,
insofar as concerns laws regulating entry into and de-
parture from the United States, alien registration and
fingerprinting, and the registration of foreign agents, be
entitled to the same privileges, exemptions, and immuni-
ties as are accorded under similar circumstances to officers
and employees, respectively, of foreign governments, and
members of their families.
(b) Representatives of foreign governments in or to
international organizations and officers and employees of
such organizations shall be immune from suit and legal
process relating to acts performed by them in their official
September 19, 7948
capacity and falling within their functions as such rep-
resentatives, officers, or employees except insofar as such
immunity may be waived by tlie foreign government or
international organization concerned.
(c) Section 3 of the Immigration Act approved May 26,
1924, as amended (U. S. C, title 8, sec. 203), is hereby
amended by striking out the period at the end thereof and
inserting in lieu thereof a comma and the following : "and
(7) a representative of a foreign government in or to an
international organization entitled to enjoy privileges,
exemptions, and immunities as an international organiza-
tion under the International Organizations Immunities
Act, or an alien officer or employee of such an international
organization, and the family, attendants, servants, and
employees of such a representative, officer, or employee".
(d) Section 15 of the Immigration Act approved May
26, 1024, as amended (U. S. C, title 8, see. 215), is hereby
amended to read as follows :
"Sec. 15. The admission to the United States of an alien
excepted from the class of immigrants by clause (1), (2),
(3), (4), (5), (6), or (7) of section 3, or declared to be
a nonquota immigrant by subdivision (e) of section 4,
shall be for such time and under such conditions as may
be by regulations prescribed (including, when deemed
necessary for the classes mentioned in clause (2), (3),
(4), or (6) of section 3 and subdivision (e) of section 4,
the giving of bond with sufficient surety, in such sum and
containing such conditions as may be by regulations pre-
scribed) to insure that, at the expiration of such time or
upon failure to maintain the status under which admitted,
he will depart from the United States: Provided, That
no alien who has been, or who may hereafter be, admitted
into the United States under clause (1) or (7) of section
3, as an official of a foreign government, or as a member
of the family of such official, or as a representative of a
foreign government in or to an international organization
or an officer or employee of an international organization,
or as a member of the family of such representative,
officer, or employee, shall be required to depart from the
United States without the approval of the Secretary of
State."
Sec. 8. (a) No person shall be entitled to the benefits
of this title unless he (1) shall have been duly notified
to and accepted by the Secretary of State as a representa-
tive, officer, or employee; or (2) shall have been desig-
nated by the Secretary of State, prior to formal notification
and acceptance, as a prospective representative, officer, or
employee; or (3) is a member of the family or .suite, or
servant, of one of the foregoing accepted or designated
representatives, officers, or employees.
(b) Should the Secretary of State determine that the
continued presence in the United States of any person
entitled to the benefits of this title is not desirable, he shall
so inform the foreign government or international organ-
ization concerned, as the case may be, and after such
person shall have had a reasonable length of time, to be
determined by the Secretary of State, to depart from the
United States, he shall cease to be entitled to such benefits.
(c) No person shall, by reason of the provisions of this
title, he considered as receiving diplomatic status or as
351
receiving any of the privileges incident thereto other than
Buch as are specifically set forth herein.
Sec. 9. The privileges, exemptions, and immunities of
international organizations and of their officers and em-
ployees, and members of their families, suites, and serv-
ants, provided for in this title, shall be granted notwith-
standing the fact that the similar privileges, exemptions,
and immunities granted to a foreign government, its
officers, or employees, may be conditioned upon the exist-
ence of reciprocity by that foreign government : Provided,
That nothing contained in this title shall he construed as
precluding the Secretary of State from withdrawing the
privileges, exemptions, and immunities herein provided
from persons who are nationals of any foreign country on
the ground that such country is failing to accord corre-
sponding privileges, exemptions, and immunities to citi-
zens of the United States.
Sec. 10. This title may be cited as the "International
Organizations Immunities Act".
Executive Order 9698 ^
Designatino Public Intebnationai, Organizations En-
titled To Enjot Certain Privileges, Exemptions, and
Immunities
By virtue of the authority vested in me by section 1
of the International Organizations Immunities Act, ap-
proved December 29, 1945 (Public Law 291, 79th Con-
gress), and having found that the United States partici-
pates in the following-named international organizations
pursuant to a treaty or under the authority of an act of
Congress authorizing such participation or making an
appropriation therefor, I hereby designate such organiza-
tions as public international organizations entitled to en-
joy the privileges, exemptions, and immunities conferred
by the said International Organizations Immunities Act:
The Food and Agriculture Organization.
The International Labor Organization.
The Pan American Union.
The United Nations.
The United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Admin-
istration.
With respect to the designation of such other inter-
national organizations as may be entitled to the privileges,
exemptions, and immunities conferred by the said Act,
the Department of State is hereby designated as the
agency to receive applications for the granting of such
privileges, exemptions, and immunities. The Secretary
of State shall require such information as he may deem
necessary from the international organizations making
such applications, and shall submit recommendations to
the President as to whether the applicant organizations
should be designated as public international organizations
' 11 Fed. Reg. 1809.
' 11 Fed. Reg. 7713.
* 12 Fed. Reg. 551.
352
entitled to enjoy the privileges, exemptions, and immu-
nities conferi-ed by the said Act.
Harry S. Truman
The White House,
February 19, 1946.
Executive Order 9751 ^
Designating Public International Organizations En-
titled To Enjoy Certain Privileqes, Exemptions, and
Immunities
By virtue of the authority vested in me by section 1 of
the International Organizations Immunities Act, approved
December 29, 1945 (Public Law 291, 79th Congress), and
having found that the United States participates in the
following-named international organizations pursuant to
a treaty or under the authority of an act of Congress
authorizing such participation or making an appropriation
therefor, I hereby designate sucli organizations as public
international organizations entitled to enjoy the priv-
ileges, exemptions, and Immunities conferred by the said
Act:
Inter-American Coffee Board
Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences
Inter-American Statistical Institute
International Bank for Reconstruction and Develop-
ment
International Monetary Fund
Pan American Sanitary Bureau
The designation of the above-named organizations and
of those named in Executive Order No. 9698 of February
19, 1946, as public international organizations within the
meaning of the said International Organizations Immu-
nities Act is not intended to abridge in any respect
privileges and immunities which such organizations have
acquired or may acquire by treaty or Congressional ac-
tion ; provided, that with respect to the International Bank
for Reconstruction and Development, such designation
shall not be construed to affect in any way the applicability
of the provisions of section 3, Article VII, of the Articles
of Agreement of the Bank as adopted by the Congress
of the United States in the Bretton-Woods Agreements
Act of July 31, 1945 (Public Law 171, 79th Congress).
Harey S. Truman
The White House,
July 11, 191,6.
Executive Order 9823 *
Designating Public International Organizations
Entitled To Enjoy Certain Privileges, Exemptions,
AND Immunities
By virtue of the authority vested in me by section 1 of
the International Organizations Immunities Act, approved
December 29, 1945 (59 Stat. 609), and having found that
the United States participates in the following-named in-
ternational organizations pursuant to a treaty or under the
authority of an act of Congress authorizing such partici-
pation or making an appropriation therefor, I hereby desig-
Deparfmenf of S/afe Bullei'm
nate tlieiu as public international organizations entitled to
enjoy the i)rivileges, exemptions, and immunities conferred
by the said Act :
Intergovernmental Committee on Refugees.
International Wlieat Advisory Committee (Interna-
tional Wheat Council).
The designation of the above organizations as public
International organizations within the meaning of the
said International Organizations Immunities Act is not
intended to abridge in any respect privileges and immuni-
ties which sucli organizations may have acquired or may
acquire by treaty or Congressional action.
Tills order supplements Executive Orders No. 969S of
February 10, 194G, and No. 9751 of July 11, 1946.
Habrt S. Tkuman
The White House,
January 24, 1947.
Executive Order 9863 ^
Designating Public International Organizations
Entitled To Enjot Certain Privileges, Exemptions,
and Immunities
By virtue of the authority vested in me by section 1
of the International Organizations Immunities Act ap-
proved December 29, 1945 (59 Stat. 6G9), and having
found that the United States participates in the following-
named international organizations pursuant to a treaty
or under tlie authority of an act of Congress authorizing
such participation or making an appropriation therefor,
I hereby designate such organizations as public interna-
tional organizations entitled to enjoy the privileges,
exemptions, and immunities conferred by the said Act :
1. United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural
Organization
2. International Civil Aviation Organization
3. International Telecommunication Union
The designation of the above-named organizations as
public international organizations within the meaning
of the said International Organizations Immunities Act
is not intended to abridge in any respect privileges and
immunities which such organizations may have acquired
or may acquire by treaty or Congressional action.
This order supplements Executive Orders No. 9698 of
February 19, 1946, No. 9751 of July 11, 1946, and No.
9823 of January 24, 1947.
Harry S. Teuman
The White House,
May 31, 1947.
Executive Order 9887 *
Designating Public International Oeoanizations En-
titled To Enjoy Certain Privileges, Exemftions, and
Immunities
By virtue of the authority vested In me by section 1
of the International Organizations Immunities Act, ap-
proved December 29, 1945 (59 Stat. 669), and having found
September ?9, J 948
that the United States participates In the Preparatory Com-
mission for the International Refugee Organization under
the authority of section 5 of Public Law 146, 80th Congress,
1st Session, and that section 1 of that Act authorizes me
to accept membership for the United States in the Inter-
national Refugee Organization, which membership I have
duly accepted, I hereby designate the Preparatory Com-
mission for the International Refugee Organization and
its successor, the International Refugee Organization, as
public international organizations entitled to enjoy the
privileges, exemptions, and immunities conferred by the
said Act.
The designation of the above-named organizations as
public international organizations within the meaning of
the said International Oi-ganizations Immunities Act is
not intended to abridge in any respect privileges and im-
munities which such organizations may have acquired or
may acquire by treaty or Congressional action.
This order shall become effective immediately as to the
Preparatory Commission for the International Refugee
Organization, and shall become effective as to the Inter-
national Refugee Organization on the date that organiza-
tion comes into existence in accordance with the terms of
its Constitution.
This order supplements Executive Orders No. 9698 of
February 19, 1946, No. 9751 of July 11, 1946, No. 9823 of
January 24, 1947, and No. 9863 of May 31, 1947.
Harry S. Teuman
The White House,
August 22, 1947.
Executive Order 9911 ''
Designating the Inteenationai, Cotton Advisory Com-
mittee AS A Public International Organization En-
titled To Enjoy Certain Prtvileoes, Exemptions, and
Immunities
By virtue of the authority vested in me by section 1 of
the International Organizations Immunities Act, approved
December 29, 1945 (59 Stat. 669), and having found that
the United States participates in the International Cotton
Advisory Committee under the authority of an act of
Congress authorizing such participation or making an ap-
propriation for such participation, I hereby designate such
organization as a public international organization en-
titled to enjoy the privileges, exemptions, and immunities
conferred by the said Act.
Tlie designation of the above-named organization as a
public international organization within the meaning of
the said International Organizations Immunities Act is
not intended to abridge in any respect privileges and im-
munities which such organization may have acquired or
may acquire by treaty or Congressional action.
" 12 Fed. Reg. 3559.
"12 Fed. Reg., 5723.
' 12 Fed. Reg. 8719.
353
This order supplements Executive Orders No. 9698 of
February 19, 1946, No. 9751 of July 11, 1946, No. 9823 of
January 24, 1947, No. 9863 of May 31, 1947, and No. 9887 of
August 22, 1947.
Hakky S. Tbuman
The White House,
December 19, 1947.
Executive Order 9972 *
Designating the International Joint Commission —
United States and Canada as a Public International
Organization Entitled to Enjot Certain Privileges,
Exemptions, and Immunities
By virtue of the authority vested in me by section 1 of
the International Organizations Immunities Act, approved
December 29, 1945 (59 Stat. 669), and having found that
the United States participates in the International Joint
Commission — United States and Canada, established
under the authority of the Treaty between the United
States and Great Britain relating to the boundary waters
between the United States and Canada, signed at Wash-
ington, January 11, 1909 (36 Stat. 2448), I hereby desig-
nate such organization as a public international organiza-
tion entitled to enjoy the privileges, exemptions, and im-
munities conferred by the said Act.
The designation of the above-named organization as a
public international organization within the meaning of
the said International Organization Immunities Act Is not
intended to abridge in any respect privileges, exemptions,
and immunities which such organization may have
acquired or may acquire by treaty or Congressional action.
This order supplements Executive Orders No. 9698 of
February 19, 1946, No. 9751 of July 11 1946, No. 9823 of
January 24. 1947, No. 9863 of May 31, 1947, No. 9887 of
August 22, 1947, and No. 9911 of December 19, 1947.
Habet S. Truman
The White House,
Jtme 25, t9J,8
Public Law 7, 80th Congress, 1st Session
Joint Resolution Granting, in the case of income, estate, and gift
taxes, deductions for contributions to the United Nations.
Resolved ty the Senate and House of Representatives
of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That section 23 (o) of the Internal Revenue Code (relat-
ing to the so-called "charitable contribution" deduction)
is amended by striking out the word "or" at the end of
paragraph (4) thereof, and by inserting at the end of
paragraph (5) the word "or", and by adding after para-
graph (5) a new paragraph to read as follows:
"(6) the United Nations, but only if such contributions
or gifts (A) are to be used exclusively for the acquisition
of a site in the city of New York for its headquarters, and
( B ) are made after December 1, 1946, and before Decem-
ber 2, 1047 ;".
' 13 Fed. Reg. 3573. The Caribbean Commission is now
under consideration in the Department of State for desig-
nation in a subsequent Executive Order.
354
Sec. 2. Section 23 (q) of such code (relating to the so-
called "charitable contribution" deduction) is amended
by inserting at the end of paragraph (3) the word "or",
and by adding after paragraph (3) a new paragraph to
read as follows :
"(4) the United Nations, but only if such contributions
or gifts (A) are to be used exclusively for the acquisition
of a site in the city of New York for its headquarters, and
(B) are made after December 1, 1946, and before Decem-
ber 2, 1947;".
Sec. 3. Section 1004 (a) (2) of such code (relating to
deductions for purposes of gift tax) is amended by striking
out the period at the end of subparagraph (E), and in-
serting in lieu thereof a semicolon, and by adding after
subparagraph (E) a new subparagraph to read as follows :
"(F) the United Nations, but only if such gifts (i) are
to be used exclusively for the acquisition of a site in the
city of New York for its headquarters, and (ii) are made
after December 1, 1946, and before December 2, 1947."
Sec. 4. Section 1004 (b) of such code (relating to de-
ductions for purposes of gift tax) is amended by striking
out the period at the end of paragraph (6), and inserting
in lieu thereof a semicolon, and by adding after paragraph
(6) a new paragraph to read as follows :
"(7) the United Nations, but only if such gifts (A) are
to be used exclusively for the acquisition of a site in the
city of New York for its headquarters, and (B) are made
after December 1, 1946, and before December 2, 1947."
Sec. 5. The first sentence of section 812 (d) and the
first sentence of section 861 (a) (3) of such code (relating
to transfers for pulilic, etc., uses) are hereby amended by
inserting after the words "to influence legislation" a
comma and the words : "or to or for the use of the United
Nations, but only if such requests, legacies, devises, or
transfers to or for the u.se of the United Nations are to be
used exclusively for the acquisition of a site in the city
of New York for its headquarters and the death of the
decedent occurred after December 1, 1946, and before
December 2, 1947".
Approved February 26, 1947.
Public Law 354, 80th Congress, 1st Session
An Act To authorize the Treasury Department and the United
States Government Printing Office to furnish, or to procure
and furnish, administrative materials, supplies, and equip-
ment to public international organizations on a reimbursable
basis.
Be it enacted hy the Senate and House of Representa-
tives of the United States of America in Congress
assembled. That this Act may be cited as the "Interna-
tional Organizations Procurement Act of 1947".
Sec. 2. When used in this Act —
(1) The term "international organization" means any
public international organization having its headquarters
in the United States and entitled to enjoy, in whole or
in part, the privileges, exemptions, and immunities au-
tborized by and in accordance with the International
Organizations Immunities Act (59 Stat. 669).
Departmenf of State Bulletin
(2) Tho terra "administrative supplies" menns mnte-
rials, supplies, and equipment used in housekeeping, main-
tenance, and oflBce operations.
Sec. 3. Until July 1, 194S. the Treasury Department and
the United States Goverimient Printin?,' Office may upon
the request of any international organization and upon
its agreement to pay the costs and expenses thereof by
advancement of funds or by reimbursement, or by both,
furnish, or procure and furnish, to such international
organization administrative suiiplies: Frorided. That to
the extent found by the Treasury Department or the
United States Government Printing Office, resiiectively,
to be necessary and appropriate in order to protect the
interests of the United States Government in having
access to sufficient supplies for its own needs, such inter-
national organization shall be required to indicate its
needs and the intended use of such administrative supplies
before they shall he furnished, or procured and furnished,
to such international organization: Provided further,
That when reimlnirsement is made, it shall be credited
either to the appropriation, fund, or account utilized in
incurring the obligation, or to the appropriate appropria-
tion, fund, or account which is current at the time of
such reimbursement.
Approved August 4, 1947.
Public Law 357, 80th Congress, 1st Session
Joint Resolution Authorizing tbe President to bring Into effect
an agreement between tbe United States and tlie United
Nations for the purpose of establishing the permanent head-
quarters of the United Nations in the United States and
authorizing the tailing of measures necessary to facilitate
compliance with the provisions of such agreement, and for
other purposes.
Whereas the Charter of the United Nations was signed on
behalf of the United States on June 20, 194.o, and was
ratified on August S, 1945, by the President of the United
States, by and with the advice and consent of the Sen-
ate, and the instrument of ratltication of the said Char-
ter was deposited on August 8, 194.5 ; and-
Wliereas the said Charter of the United Nations came into
force with respect to the United States on October 24,
194.-. ; and
Whereas article 104 of the Charter provides that "The
Organization shall enjoy in the territory of each of its
Members such legal capacity as may be necessary for the
exercise of its functions and the fulfillment of its pur-
poses" ; and
Whereas article 105 of the Charter provides that :
"1 The Organization shall en.ioy in the territory of
each of its Members .such privileges and immunities as
are necessary for the fulfillment of its purposes.
"2. Representatives of the Members of the United
Nations and officials of the Organization shall similarly
enjoy such privileges and immunities as are necessary
for the independent exercise of their functions in con-
nection with the Organization.
".J. The General Assembly may make recommenda-
tions with a view to determining the details of the appli-
cation of paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article or may pro-
Sepfemfaer 79, 1948
pose conventions to the Members of the United Nations
for this purpose." ; and
Whereas article 28 and other articles of the Charter of
the United Nations contemplate the establishment of a
seat for the permanent headquarters of the Organiza-
tion ; and
Whereas the interim arrangements concluded on June 2G,
1945, by the governments represented at the United
Nations Conference on International Organization in-
structed the Preparatory Commission established in
pursuance of the arrangements to "make studies and
prepare recommendations concerning the location of
the permanent headquarters of the Organization"; and
Whereas during the labors of the said Preparatory Com-
mission, the Congress of the United States in H. Con.
Res. 75, passed unanimously Iiy the House of Represent-
atives December 10, 1945, and agreed to unanimously
by the Senate December 11, 194,5, invited the United
Nations "to locate the seat of the United Nations Organi-
zation within the United States" ; and
Whereas the General Assembly on December 14, 1946, re-
solved, "that the permanent headquarters of the United
Nations shall be established in New York City In the
area bounded by First Avenue, East Forty-eighth Street,
the East River, and East Forty-second Street" ; and
Whereas the General Assembly resolved on December 14,
1946, "That the Secretary-General be authorized to
negotiate and conclude with the appropriate authorities
of the United States of America an agreement concern-
ing the arrangements required as a result of the estab-
lishment of the permanent headquarters of the United
Nations in the city of New York" and to be guided in
these negotiations by the provisions of a preliminary
draft agreement which had been negotiated by the
Secretary-General and the Secretary of State of the
United States ; and
Whereas the General Assembly resolved on December 14,
1946, that jjending the coming into force of the agree-
ment referred to above "the Secretary-General be au-
thorized to negotiate and conclude arrangements with
the appropriate authorities of the United States of
America to determine on a provisional basis the privi-
leges, immunities, and facilities needed in connection
with the temporary headquarters of tbe United
Nations." ; and
Whereas the Secretary of State of the United States, after
consultation with the appropriate authorities of the
State and city of New York, signed at Lake Success,
New York, on June 26, 1947, on behalf of the United
States an agreement with the United Nations regarding
the headquarters of the United Nations, which agree-
ment is incorporated herein ; and
Whereas the aforesaid agreement provides that it shall be
brought into effect by an exchange of notes between the
United States and the Secretary-General of the United
Nations : Therefore be it
Resolved hy the Senate and House of Representatives
of the United States of America in Congress assemUed,
That the President is hereby authorized to bring into
effect on the part of the United States the agreement be-
355
tween the United States of America and the United
Nations regarding the headquarters of the United Nations,
signed at Lalce Success, New York, on June 20, 1947 (here-
inafter referred to as the "agreement"), with such changes
therein not contrary to the general tenor thereof and not
imposing any additional obligations on the United States
as the President may deem necessary and appropriate,
and at his discretion, after consultation with the appro-
priate State and local authorities, to enter into such sup-
plemental agreements with the United Nations as may be
necessary to fulfill the purposes of the said agreement:
Provided, That any supplemental agreement entered into
pursuant to section 5 of the agreement incorporated herein
shall be submitted to the Congress for approval. The
agreement follows:
AGREEJIENT BETWEEN THE UNITED NATIONS
AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA REGARD-
ING THE HEADQUARTERS OF THE UNITED
NATIONS
The United Nations and the United States of
America :
Desiring to conclude an agreement for the purpose of
carrying out the Resolution adopted by the General As-
sembly on 14 December 1946 to establish the seat of the
United Nations in The City of New York and to regulate
questions arising as a result thereof;
Have appointed as their representatives for this
purpose :
The United Nations :
Tetove Lie,
Sect-etari/Qeneral,
and
The United States of America :
George C. Mabshaix,
Secretary of State,
Who have agreed as follows :
Article I — Definitions
SECTION 1
In this agreement :
(a) The expression "headquarters district" means (1)
the area defined as such in Annex 1, (2) any other lands
or buildings which from time to time may be included
therein by supplemental agreement with the appropriate
American authorities ;
(b) the expression "appropriate American authorities"
means such federal, state, or local authorities in the
United States as may be appropriate in the context and
in accordance with the laws and customs of the United
States, including the laws and customs of the state and
local government involved;
(c) the expression "General Convention" means the
Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the United
Nations approved by the General Assembly of the United
Nations 13 February 1946, as acceded to by the United
States ;
(d) the expression "United Nations" means the inter-
national organization established by the Charter of the
United Nations, hereinafter referred to as the "Charter" ;
356
(e) the expression "Secretary-General" means tht
Secretary-General of the United Nations.
Article II — The Headquarters District
SECTION 2
The seat of the United Nations shall be the headquar-
ters district.
SECTION 3
The appropriate American authorities shall take what-
ever action may be necessary to assure that the United
Nations shall not be dispossessed of its property in the
headquarters district, except as provided in Section 22
in the event that the United Nations ceases to use the
same; provided that the United Nations shall reimburse
the appropriate American authorities for any costs in-
curred, after consultation with the United Nations, in
liquidating by eminent domain proceedings or otherwise
any adverse claims.
SECTION 4
(a) The United Nations may establish and operate in
the headquarters district :
(1) its own short-wave sending and receiving radio
broadcasting facilities (including emergency link equip-
ment) which may be used on the same frequencies (within
the tolerances prescribed for the broadcasting service by
applicable United States regulations) for radiotelegraph,
radioteletype, radiotelephone, radiotelephoto, and similar
services ;
(2) one point-to-point circuit between the headquarters
district and the office of the United Nations in Geneva
(using single sideband equipment) to be used exclusively
for the exchange of broadcasting programs and interoffice
communications ;
(3) low power micro-wave, low or medium frequency
facilities for communication within headquarters build-
ings only, or such other buildings as may temporarily be
used by the United Nations ;
(4) facilities for point-to-point communication to the
same extent and subject to the same conditions as per-
mitted under applicable rules and regulations for amateur
operation in the United States, except that such rules and
regulations shall not be applied in a manner inconsistent
with the inviolability of the headquarters district provided
by Section 9 (a) ;
(5) such other radio facilities as may be specified by
supplemental agreement between the United Nations and
the appropriate American authorities.
(b) The United Nations shall make arrangements for
the operation of the services referred to in this section
with the International Telecommunication Union, the
appropriate agencies of the Government of the United
States and the appropriate agencies of other affected
governments with regard to all frequencies and similar
matters.
(c) The facilities provided for in this section may, to
the extent necessary for efficient operation, be established
and operated outside the headquarters district. The
appropriate American authorities will, on request of the
Department of State Bvllet'm
UnitcHl Natidiis, make arrangements, on such terms and
in suih niaiiniT as may Ih> atrroed upon by snpiilcmental
agreement, for the acquisition or use by tlie United Na-
tions of appropriate premises for such purpo.ses and the
inclusion of such premises in the headquarters district.
SECTION 5
In the event that the United Nations should find it nec-
essary and desirable to estahlisli and operate an aero-
drome, tlie conditions for the location, use and operation
of such an aerodrome and the conditions under which
there shall be entry into and exit therefrom shall be tlie
subject of a supplemental agreement.
SECTION 6
In the event that the United Nations should propose
to organize its own postal service, the conditions under
which such service shall be set up shall be the subject of
a supplemental agreement.
Article III — Iaiic ami Aulhoritii in the Headquarters
District
SECTION 7
(a) The headquarters district shall be under the con-
trol and authority of the United Nations as provided in
this agreement.
(b) Except as otherwise provided in this agreement or
in the General Convention, the federal, state and local
law of the United States shall apply within the head-
quarters district.
(c) Except as otherwise provided in this agreement or
in the General Convention, the federal, state and local
courts of the United States shall have jurisdiction over
acts done and transactions talking place in the head-
quarters district as provided in applicable federal, state
and local laws.
(d) The federal, state and local courts of the United
States, when dealing with cases arising out of or relating
to acts done or transactions taking place in the head-
quarters district, shall take into account the regulations
enacted by the United Nations under Section 8.
SECTION 8
The United Nations shall have the power to make
regulations, operative within the headquarters district, for
the purpose of establishing therein conditions in all re-
spects necessary for the full execution of its functions.
No federal, state or local law or regulation of the United
States which is inconsistent with a regulation of the
United Nations authorized by this section shall, to the
extent of such inconsistency, be applicable within the
headquarters district. Any dispute, between the United
Nations and the United States, as to whether a regulation
of the United Nations is authorized by this section or as
to whether a federal, state or local law or regulation is
inconsistent with any regulation of the United Nations
authorized by this section, shall be promptly settled as
provided in Section 21. Pending such settlement, the
regulation of the United Nations shall apply, and the
federal, state or local law or regulation shall be in-
Sepfember ?9, 1948
applicable in the headquarters district to the extent that
the United Nations claims it to be inconsistent with the
refiulation of the United Nations. This section shall not
prevent the reasonable application of fire protection regu-
lations of the appropriate American authorities.
SECTION 9
(a) The headquarters district shall be inviolable.
Federal, state or local ofBcers or officials of the United
States, whether administrative, judicial, military or
police, shall not enter the headquarters district to perform
any official duties therein except with the consent of and
under conditions agreed to by the Secretary-General.
The service of legal process, including the seizure of pri-
vate property, may take place within the headquarters
district only with the consent of and under conditions
approved by the Secretary-General.
(b) Without prejudice to the provisions of the General
Convention or Article IV of this agreement, the United
Nations shall prevent the headquarters district from be-
coming a refuge either for persons who are avoiding
arrest under the federal, state, or local law of the United
States or are required by the Government of the United
States for extradition to another country, or for persons
who are endeavoring to avoid service of legal process.
SECTION 10
The United Nations may expel or exclude persons from
the headquarters district for violation of its regulations
adopted under Section 8 or for other cause. Persons who
violate such regulations shall be subject to other penalties
or to detention under arrest only in accordance with the
provisions of such laws or regulations as may be adopted
by the appropriate American authorities.
Article IV — Communications and Transit
SECTION 11
The federal, state or local authorities of the United
States shall not impose any impediments to transit to or
from the headquarters district of (1) representatives of
Members or officials of the United Nations, or of special-
ized agencies as defined in Article 57, paragraph 2, of the
Charter, or the families of such representatives or offi-
cials, (2) experts performing missions for the United Na-
tions or for such specialized agencies, (3) representatives
of the press, or of radio, film or other information agencies,
who have been accredited by the IJnited Nations (or by
such a specialized agency) in its discretion after consulta-
tion with the United States, (4) representatives of non-
governmental organizations recognized by the United Na-
tions for the purpose of consulation under Article 71 of
the Charter, or (5) other persons invited to the head-
quarters district by the United Nations or by such special-
ized agency on official business. The appropriate Ameri-
can authorities shall afford any necessary protection to
such persons while in transit to or from the headquarters
district. This section does not apply to general inter-
ruptions of transportation which are to be dealt with as
provided in Section 17, and does not impair the effective-
357
ness of generally applicable laws and regulations as to
the operation of means of transportation.
SECTION 12
The provisions of Section 11 shall be applicable irre-
spective of the relations existing between the Govern-
ments of the persons referred to in that section and the
Government of the United States.
SECTION 13
(a) Laws and regulations in force in the United States
regarding the entry of aliens shall not be applied in such
manner as to interfere with the privileges referred to in
Section 11. When visas are required for persons referred
to in that Section, they shall be granted without charge
and as promptly as possible.
(b) Laws and regulations in force in the United States
regarding the residence of aliens sliall not be applied in
such manner as to interfere with the privileges referred
to in Section 11 and, specifically, .shall not be applied in
such manner as to require any such person to leave the
United States on account of any activities perfoiined by
him in his official capacity. In case of abuse of such privi-
leges of residence by any such person in activities in the
United States outside his official capacity, it is under-
stood that the privileges referred to in Section 11 shall
not be construed to grant him exemption from the laws
and regulations of the United States regarding the con-
tinued residence of aliens, provided that :
(1) No proceedings shall be instituted under such laws
or regulations to require any smh [lerson to leave the
United States except with the prior approval of the Sec-
retary of State of the United States. Such approval shall
be given only after consultation with the appropriate
Member in the case of a representative of a Member (or
a member of his family) or with the Secretary-General or
the principal executive officer of the appropriate special-
ized agency in the case of any other person referred to in
Section 11 ;
(2) A representative of the Member concerned, the
Secretary-General, or the principal executive officer of the
appropriate specialis^ed agency, as the case may be, shall
have the right to appear in any such proceedings on behalf
of the person against whom they are instituted;
(3) Persons who are entitled to diplomatic privileges
and immunities under Section 15 or under the General
Convention shall not be required to leave the United States
otherwise than in accordance with the customary proce-
dure applicable to diplomatic envoys accre<lited to the
United States.
(c) This section does not prevent the requirement of
reasonable evidence to establish that persons claiming the
rights granted by Section 11 come within the classes de-
scribed in that section, or the reasonable application of
quarantine and health regulations.
(d) Except as provided above in this section and in the
General Convention, the United States retains full control
and authority over the entry of persons or property into
the territory of the United States and the conditions under
which persons may remain or reside there.
358
(e) The Secretary-General shall, at the request of the
appropriate American authorities, enter into discussions
with such authorities, with a view to making arrangements
for registering the arrival and departure of persons who
have been granted visas valid only for transit to and from
the headquarters district and sojourn therein and in its
immediate vicinity.
(f) The United Nations shall, subject to the foregoing
provisions of this section, have the exclusive right to au-
thorize or prohibit entry of persons and property into the
headquarters district and to prescribe the conditions under
which persons may remain or reside there.
SECTION 14
The Secretary-General and the appropriate American
authorities shall, at the request of either of them, consult
as to methods of facilitating entrance into the United
States, and the use of available means of transportation,
by persons coming from abroad who wish to visit the head-
quarters district and do not enjoy the rights referred to
in this Article.
Article V — Resident Representatives to the United Nations
SECTION 15
(1) Every person designated by a Member as the prin-
cipal resident representative to the United Nations of such
Member or as a resident representative with the rank of
ambassador or minister plenipotentiary,
(2) such resident members of their staffs as may be
agreed upon between the Secretary-General, the Govern-
ment of the United 'States and the Government of the
Member concerned,
(3) every person designated by a Member of a special-
ized agency, as defined in Article 57, paragraph 2, of the
Charter, as its principal resident representative, with the
rank of ambassador or minister pleniiMtentiary, at the
headquarters of such agency in the United States, and
(4) such other principal resident representatives of
members to a specialized agency and such resident mem-
bers of the staffs of representatives to a specialized agency
as may be agreed upon between the principal executive
officer of the specialized agency, the Government of the
United States and the Government of the Member con-
cerned, shall, whether residing inside or outside the head-
quarters district, be entitled in the territory of the United
States to the same privileges and immunities, subject to
corresponding conditions and obligations, as it accords to
diplomatic envoys accredited to it. In the case of Mem-
bers whose governments are not recognized by the United
States, such privileges and immunities need be extended
to such representatives, or persons on the staffs of such
representatives, only within the headquarters district, at
their residences and offices outside the district, in transit
between the district and such residences and offices, and
in transit on official business to or from foreign countries.
Article VI— Police Protection of the Headquarters District
SECTION 16
(a) The appropriate American authorities shall exer-
cise due diligence to ensure that the tranquility of the
Department of Stale Bulletin
lioiulquarters district is not disturbed by tb(> unauthorized
entry of groups of persons from outside or by disturbances
in its immediate vicinity and sliall cause to be provided on
the boundaries of the lieadquarters district such police
protection as is required for these purposes.
(b) If so requested by the Secretary-General, the ap-
propriate American authorities shall provide a sutlicient
number of police for the preservation of law and order
in the headquarters district, and for the removal there-
from of persons as requested under the authority of the
United Nations. The United Nations shall, if requested,
enter into arrangements with the appropriate American
authorities to reimburse them for the reasonable cost of
such services.
Article VII — Public Serri<^es and Protection of the
Headquarters District
SECTION 17
(a) The appropriate American authorities will exer-
cise to the extent requested by the Secretary-General the
powers which they possess with respect to the supplying of
public services to ensure that the headquarters district
shall be supplied on equitable terms with the necessary
public services, including electricity, water, gas, post, tele-
phone, telegraph, transjwrtation, drainage, collection of
refuse, fire protection, snow removal, et cetera. In case
of any interruption or threatened interruption of any
such services, the appropriate American authorities will
consider the needs of the United Nations as being of equal
importance with the similar needs of essential agencies
of the Government of the United States, and will take
steps accordingly, to ensure that the work of the United
Nations is not prejudiced.
(b) Special provisions with reference to maintenance
of utilities and underground construction are contained
in Annex 2.
SECTION 1 8
The appropriate American authorities shall take all
reasonable steps to ensure that the amenities of the
headquarters district are not prejudiced and the purposes
for which the district is required are not obstructed by
any use made of the land in the vicinity of the district.
The United Nations shall on its part take all reasonable
steps to ensure that the amenities of the land in the vicin-
ity of the headquarters district are not prejudiced by any
use made of the land in the headquarters district by the
United Nations.
SECTION 1 9
It is agreed that no form of racial or religious discrim-
ination shall be permitted within the headquarters
district.
Article VIII — Hatters Relating to the Operation of This
Agreement
SECTION 20
The Secretary-General and the appropriate American
authorities shall settle by agreement the channels through
which they will communicate regarding the application of
the provisions of this agreement and other questions af-
Sepf ember 19, 1948
fecting the headquarters district, and may enter into such
supplemental agreements as may be necessary to fulfill
the purposes of this agreement. In making supplemental
agreements with the Secretary-General, the United States
shall consult with the appropriate state and local author-
ities. If the Secretary-General so requests, the Secretary
of State of the United States shall appoint a special repre-
sentative for the purpose of liaison with the Secretary-
General.
SECTION 2 1
(a) Any dispute between the United Nations and the
United States concerning the interpretation or application
of this agreement or of any supplemental agreement, which
is not settled by negotiation or other agreed mode of set-
tlement, shall be referred for final decision to a tribunal
of three arbitrators, one to be named by the Secretary-
General, one to be named by the Secretary of State of the
United States, and the third to be chosen by the two, or,
if they should fail to agree upon a third, then by the Presi-
dent of the International Court of Justice.
(b) The Secretary-General or the United States may
ask the General Assembly to request of the International
Court of Justice an advisory opinion on any legal question
arising in the course of such proceedings. Pending the
receipt of the opinion of the Court, an interim decision of
the arbitral tribunal shall be observed on both parties.
Thereafter, the arbitral tribunal shall render a final de-
cision, having regard to the opinion of the Court.
Article IX — Miscellaneous Provisions
SECTION 2 2
(a) The United Nations shall not dispose of all or any
part of the land owned by it in the headquarters district
without the consent of the United States. If the United
States is unwilling to consent to a disposition which the
United Nations wishes to make of all or any part of such
land, the United States shall buy the same from the United
Nations at a price to be determined as provided in para-
graph (d) of this section.
(b) If the seat of the United Nations is removed from
the headquarters district, all right, title and interest of
the United Nations in and to real property in the head-
quarters district or any part of it shall, on request of
either the United Nations or the United States, be assigned
and conveyed to the United States. In the absence of
such request, the same shall be assigned and conveyed
to the subdivision of a state in which it is located or,
if such subdivision shall not desire it, then to the state
in which it is located. If none of the foregoing desires
tlie same, it may be disposed of as provided in paragraph
(a) of this section.
(c) If the United Nations disposes of all or any part
of the headquarters district, the provisions of other sec-
tions of this agreement which apply to the headquarters
district shall immediately cease to apply to the land and
buildings so disposed of.
(d) The price to be paid for any conveyance under this
section shall, in default of agreement, be the then fair
value of the land, buildings and installations, to be de-
termined under the procedure provided in Section 21.
359
SECTION 23
The seat of the United Nations shall not be removed
from the headquarters district unless the United Nations
should so decide.
SECTION 24
This agreement shall cease to be in force if the seat
of the United Nations is removed from the territory of
the United States, except for such provisions as may be
applicable in connection with the orderly termination of
the operations of the United Nations at its seat in the
United States and the disposition of its property therein.
SECTION 25
Wherever this agreement imposes obligations on the
appropriate American authorities, the Government of the
United States shall have the ultimate responsibility for
the fulfillment of such obligations by the appropriate
American authorities.
SECTION 26
The provisions of this agreement shall be complementary
to the provisions of the General Convention. In so far
as any provision of this agreement and any provisions
of the General Convention relate to the same subject
matter, the two provisions shall, wherever possible, be
treated as complementary, so that both provisions shall
be applicable and neither shall narrow the effect of the
other ; but in any case of absolute conflict, the provisions
of this agreement shall prevail.
SECTION 2 7
This agreement shall be construed in the light of its
primary purpose to enable the United Nations at its
headquarters in the United States, fully and efficiently
to discharge its responsibilities and fulfill its purposes.
SECTION 2 8
This agreement shall be brought into effect by an ex-
change of notes between the Secretary-General, duly au-
thorized pursuant to a resolution of the General Assembly
of the United Nations, and the appropriate executive
officer of the United States, duly authorized pursuant to
appropriate action of the Congress.
In witness whereof the respective representatives have
signed this Agreement and have affixed their seals hereto.
Done in duplicate, in the English and French languages,
both authentic, at Lake Success the twenty-sixth day of
June 1947.
For the Government of the United States of America :
G. C. Marshall
Secretary of State
For the United Nations :
Trygve Lib
Secretary-General
Annex 1
The area referred to in Section 1 (a) (1) consists of (a)
the premises bounded on the East by the westerly side of
Franklin D. Roosevelt Drive, on the West by the easterly
360
Side of First Avenue, on the North by the southerly side
of East Forty-eighth Street, and on the South by the
northerly side of East Forty-second Street, all as proposed
to be widened, in the Borough of Manhattan, City and
State of New York, and (b) an easement over Franklin D.
Roosevelt Drive, above a lower limiting plane to be fixed
for the construction and maintenance of an esplanade,
together with the structures thereon and foundations and
columns to support the same in locations below such limit-
ing plane, the entire area to be more definitely defined by
supplemental agreement between the United Nations and
the United States of America.
Annex 2— Maintenance of Utilities and Underground
Construction
SECTION 1
The Secretary-General agrees to provide passes to duly
authorized employees of The City of New York, the State
of New York, or any of their agencies or subdivisions, for
the purpose of enabling them to inspect, repair, maintain,
reconstruct and relocate utilities, conduits, mains and
sewers within the headquarters district.
SECTION 2
Underground constructions may be undertaken by The
City of New York, or the State of New York, or any of
their agencies or subdivisions, within the headquarters
district only after consultation with the Secretary-Gen-
eral, and under conditions which shall not disturb the
carrying out of the functions of the United Nations.
Sec. 2. For the purpose of carrying out the obligations
of the United States under said agreement and supple-
mental agreements with respect to United States as-
surances that the United Nations shall not be dispossessed
of its property in the headquarters district, and with re-
spect to the establishment of radio facilities and the pos-
sible establishment of an airport :
(a) The President of the United States, or any official
or governmental agency authorized by the President, may
acquire in the name of the United States any property or
interest therein by purchase, donation, or other means of
transfer, or may cause proceedings to be instituted for the
acquisition of the same by condemnation.
(b) Upon the request of the President, or such officer
as the President may designate, the Attorney General of
the United States shall cause such condemnation or other
proceedings to be instituted in the name of the United
States in the district court of the United States for the
district in which the property is situated and such court
shall have full Jurisdiction of such proceedings, and any
condemnation proceedings shall be conducted in accord-
ance with the Act of August 1, 1888 (25 Stat. 357), as
amended, and the Act of February 26, 1931 (46 Stat. 1421),
as amended.
(c) After the institution of any such condemnation
proceedings, possession of the property may be taken at
any time the President, or such officer as he may designate,
determines is necessary, and the court shall enter such
order.s as may be necessary to effect entry and occupancy
of the property.
Department of State Bulletin
(d) The President of the United States, or any officer or
governmental agency duly authorized by the President,
may, in tlie name of the United States, transfer or convey
possession of and title to any interest in any property
acquired or held by the United States, pursuant to para-
graph (a) above, to the United Nations on the terms pro-
vided in the agreement or in any supplemental agreement,
and shall execute and deliver such conveyances and other
instruments and perform such other acts in connection
therewith as may be necessary to carry out the provisions
of the agreement.
(e) There are authorized to be appropriated, out of any
money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such
sums as may be required to enable the United States to
carry out the undertakings hereby authorized : Provided,
That any money appropriated under this authorization
shall be spent only on a basis of reimbursement by the
United Nations in accordance with section 3 of the agree-
ment, and that the money thus reimbursed shall be de-
posited and covered into the Treasury of the United States
as miscellaneous receipts.
Sec. 3. The President, or the Secretary of State under
his direction, is authorized to enter into agreements with
the State of New York or any other State of the United
States and to the extent not inconsistent with State law,
with any one or more of the political subdivisions thereof
in aid of effectuating the provisions of the agreement.
Sec. 4. Any States, or, to the extent not inconsistent
with State law any political subdivisions thereof, affected
by the establishment of the headquarters of the United
Nations in the United States are authorized to enter into
agreements with the United Nations or with each other
consistent with the agreement and for the purpose of
facilitating compliance with the same : Provided, That,
except in cases of emergency and agreements of a routine
contractual character, a representative of the United
States, to be appointed by the Secretary of State, may, at
the discretion of the Secretary of State, participate in the
negotiations, and that any such agreement entered into
by such State or States or political subdivisions thereof
shall be subject to approval by the Secretary of State.
Sec. 5. The President is authorized to make effective
with respect to the temporary headquarters of the United
Nations in the State of New York, on a provisional basis,
such of the provisions of the agreement as he may deem
appropriate, having due regard for the needs of the United
Nations at its temporary headquarters.
Sec. 6. Nothing in the agreement shall be construed as
in any way diminishing, abridging, or weakening the right
of the United States to safeguard its own security and
completely to control the entrance of aliens into any terri-
tory of the United States other than the headquarters dis-
trict and its immediate vicinity, as to be defined and fixed
in a supplementary agreement between the Government
of the United States and the United Nations in pursuance
of section 13 (3) (e) of the agreement, and such areas
as it is reasonably necessary to traverse in tran.sit between
the same and foreign countries. Moreover, nothing in
section 14 of the agreement with respect to facilitating en-
trance into the United States by persons who wish to visit
the headquarters district and do not enjoy the right of
Sepf ember 19, 1948
805574—48 3
entry provided in .section 11 of the agreement shall be
construed to amend or suspend in any way the immigra-
tion laws of the United States or to commit the United
States in any way to effect any amendment or suspension
of such laws.
Approved August 4, 1947.
Exchange of Notes Bringing Headquarters
Agreement Into Effect
liovemler 21, Wyt
Excellency : I have the honor to refer to Section 28
of the Agreement between the United Nations and the
United States of America regarding the Headquarters of
the United Nations, signed at Lake Success June 26, 1947,
which provides for bringing that Agreement into effect
by an exchange of notes. Reference is made also to the
provisions of United States Public Law 357, 80th Congress,
entitled "Joint Resolution Authorizing the President to
bring into effect an agreement between the United States
and the United Nations for the purpose of establishing the
permanent headquarters of the United Nations in the
United States and authorizing the taking of measures
necessary to facilitate compliance with the provisions of
such agreement, and for other purposes", which was ap-
proved by the President of the United States of America
on August 4, 1947.
Pursuant to instructions from my Government, I have
the honor to inform you that the Government of the United
States of America is prepared to apply the above-men-
tioned Headquarters Agreement subject to the provisions
of Public Law 357.
I have been instructed by my Government to propose
that the present note and your note of this date be con-
sidered as bringing the Headquarters Agreement into
effect on tlie date hereof.
Accept [etc.] Waeben R. Austin
His Excellency Tryqve Lie,
Secretary-Oeneral
of the United Nations,
Lake Siiccess, New York.
21 November 1947
Sib, I have the honour to refer to the Resolution adopted
by the General Assembly on 31 October 1947, at its one
hundred and first meeting, relative to the Agreement be-
tween the United States of America and the United Na-
tions regarding the Headquarters of the United Nations,
signed at Lake Success on 26 June 1947.
By this Resolution the General Assembly, after having
studied the report of its Sixth Committee and endorsed
the opinions expressed therein, has approved the above-
mentioned Agreement, which states and defines the mutual
obligations of the United Nations and the United States
in connection with the establishment of the permanent
Headquarters of the United Nations in the United States.
The Resolution, consequently, has authorized me to bring
that Agreement into force In the manner provided in
Section 28 of the Agreement.
Pursuant to the Resolution and in conformity with
Section 28 of the Agreement, I have the honour to propose
361
that the present note and your note of this day be con-
sidered as bringing the Headquarters Agreement into effect
under date hereof.
I have [etc.]
Teygve Lie
Secretary-Oeneral
The Honorable Wakben R. Austin,
Permanent Representative of the
United States of America at the
Seat of the United Nations,
New York.
Public Law 903, 80th Congress, 2d Session
Joint Resolution To authorize the President, following appropria-
tion of the necessary funds by the Congress, to bring into
effect on the part of the United States the loan agreement
of tlie United States of America and the United Nations
signed at Lake Success, New York, March 23, 1948.
Whereas the Congress of the United States, In H. Con.
Ees. 75, passed unanimously by the House of Represen-
tatives December 10, 1945, and agreed to unanimously
by the Senate December 11, 1945, invited the United
Nations "to locate the seat of the United Nations Organi-
zations within the United States" ; and
Whereas the General Assembly on December 14, 1946, re-
solved "that the permanent headquarters of the United
Nations shall be established in New York City in the
area bounded by First Avenue, East Forty-eighth Street,
the East River, and East Forty-second Street" : and
Whereas, pursuant to authorization of the Congress in
Public Law 357 of the Eightieth Congress, the "Agree-
ment Between the United Nations and the United States
of America Regarding the Headquarters of the United
Nations" was brought into effect November 21, 1947,
defining the rights and obligations of the United States
and the United Nations with respect to the above-
mentioned site; and
Whereas plans have been prepared for construction on said
site of permanent headquarters of the United Nations
to cost not more than $65,000,000, and the United Na-
tions is ready to proceed with such construction as soon
as financing can be provided ; and
Whereas the present temporary headquarters of the United
Nations are inadequate for the efiicient functioning of
the Organization and retention of its headquarters in
the United States can be assured only by the erection of
adequate permanent facilities ; and
Whereas owing to the current critical dollar shortage, the
other member nations are not able to provide in cash at
present their respective shares of the cost of construct-
ing the permanent headquarters ; other methods of bor-
rowing the necessary funds have been found impractica-
ble ; and the permanent establishment of the headquar-
ters of the United Nations In this country will result
directly and indirectly in substantial economic benefits
to the United States from the exijenditures of the Or-
ganization and its member nations; and
Whereas in view of the foregoing considerations, the
United States representative at the seat of the United
Nations, in response to an Inquiry of the Secretary-
General of the United Nations regarding the possibility
362
of a United States Government loan, informed the Sec-
retary-General, with the authorization of the President,
by note dated October 29, 1947, that the President would
recommend to the Congress the authorization of a loan
from the United States to the United Nations for the
construction of the headquarters in an amount not ex-
ceeding $65,000,000 ; and
Whereas the General Assembly of the United Nations, by
resolution of November 20, 1947, authorized the Secre-
tary-General to negotiate such a loan with the appropri-
ate oflicials of the United States Government, expressly
recognizing that such loan would require the approval
of the Congress ; and
Whereas the United States Representative to the United
Nations has negotiated and signed, on behalf of the
United States an agreement with the United Nations in
the form set forth below, providing for an interest-free
loan of not more than $65,000,000 from the United States
to the United Nations to be repaid in annual install-
ments, and said agreement is, by its terms, to become
effective on notification to the United Nations that the
Congress, with the approval of the President, has made
available the funds necessary to be advanced in accord-
ance with the provisions of the agreement: Therefore
belt
Resolved hy the Senate and House of Representatives of
the United States of America in Congress assenibled, That
the President is hereby authorized, following appropria-
tion of the necessary funds by the Congress, or the making
available of funds as provided in section 4 (b) hereof to
bring into effect on the part of the United States the loan
agreement, set forth below, between the United States of
America and the United Nations, signed at Lake Success,
New York, on March 23, 1948, with such changes therein
not contrary to the general tenor thereof and not imposing
any additional obligations on the United States or reliev-
ing the United Nations of any obligations, as the President
may deem necessary and appropriate :
LOAN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES
OF AMERICA AND THE UNITED NATIONS
It is hereby agreed by the Government of the United
States of America and the United Nations as follows:
(1) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agree-
ment, the Government of the United States will lend to
the United Nations a sum not to exceed in the aggregate
$65,000,000. Such sum shall be exi)ended only as author-
ized by the United Nations for the construction and fur-
nishing of the permanent headquarters of the United
Nations in its headquarters district in The City of New
York, as defined in the Agreement Between the United
States of America and the United Nations Regarding the
Headquarters of the United Nations, signed at Lake Suc-
cess, New York, on June 26, 1947, including the necessary
architectural and engineering work, landscaping, under-
ground consti-uction and other appropriate improvements
to the land and approaches, and for other related purposes
and expenses incident thereto.
(2) Such sum, or parts thereof, will be advanced by
the United States through the Secretary of State, to the
United Nations upon request of the Secretary-General or
Department of State Bulletin
other duly authorised officer of tlie United Nations and
upon tlie cvrtiflcatlon of the architect or engineer in
charge of construction, countersigned by the Secretary-
General or other duly authorized officer, that the amount
requested is required to cover payments for tlie purposes
set forth in paragraph (1) above which either (a) have
been at any time made by the United Nations, or (b) are
due and payable, or (c) it is estimated will become due and
payable within sixty days from the date of such request.
All sums not used by tlie United Nations for the purposes
set forth in paragraph (1) will be returned to the United
States through the Secretary of State when no longer
required for said purposes. No amounts will be advanced
hereunder after July 1, 1951, or such later date, not after
July 1, 1055, as may be agreed to by the Secretary of State.
(3) All sums advanced hereunder will be receipted for
on behalf of the United Nations by the Secretary-General
or other duly authorized officer of the United Nations.
(4) The United Nations will repay, without interest,
to the United States the principal amount of all sums
advanced hereunder, in annual payments beginning on
July 1, 1951, and on the dates and in the amounts indi-
cated, until the entire amount advanced under this agree-
ment has been repaid as follows :
Date Amount
July 1, 1951 $1, 000, 000
July 1, 1952 1, 000, 000
July 1, 1953 1, 500, 000
July 1, 10.54 1, 500,000
July 1, 1955 2, 000, 000
July 1, 1956 2,000,000
July 1, 1957 2, 000, 000
July 1, 1958 2, 000, 000
July 1, 1959 2,000,000
July 1, 19G0 2, 500, 000
July 1, 1961 2, 500, 000
July 1, 1962 2, 500, 000
July 1, 1963 2, 500, 000
July 1, 1964 2, 500, 000
July 1, 1965 2, 500,000
July 1, 1966 2, 500, 000
July 1, 1967 2,500,000
July 1, 1968 2, 500, 000
July 1, 1969 2, 500, 000
July 1, 1070 2, 500, 000
July 1, 1971 2, 500, 000
July 1, 1972 2, 500, 000
July 1, 1973 2, 500, 000
July 1, 1974 2, 500, 000
July 1, 1975 2, 500, 000
July 1, 1976 1, 500, 000
July 1, 1977 1, 500, 000
July 1, 1978 1, .500, COO
July 1, 1979 1, 500, 000
Jvily 1, 1980 1, 500, 000
July 1, 1981 1, 500, 000
July 1, 1982 1, 000, 000
However, in the event the United Nations does not request
the entire sum of $65,000,000 available to it under this
September 19, 1948
Agreement, the amount to be repaid under this paragraph
will not exceed the aggregate amount advanced by the
United States. All amounts payable to the United States
under this paragraph will be paid, out of the ordinary
budget of the United Nations, to the Secretary of State
of the United States in currency of the United States
which is legal tender for public debts on the date such
payements are made. All sums repaid to the United
States will be receipted for on behalf of the United States
by the Secretary of State.
(5) The United Nations may at any time make repay-
ments to the United States of funds advanced hereunder
in excess of the annual installments as provided in para-
graph (4) hereof.
(6) The United Nations agrees that, In order to give full
effect to Section 22 (a) of the Agreement regarding the
Headquarters of the United Nations referred to In para-
graph (1) above (under which the United Nations shall
not di.spose of all or any part of the land owned by it in
the headquarters district without the consent of the United
States), it will not, without the consent of the United
States, while any of the indebtedness incurred hereunder
is out.standing and unpaid, create any mortgage lien or
other encumbrance on or against any of its real property in
the headquarters district as defined in said Agreement.
The United Nations also agrees that the United States, as
a condition to giving its consent to any such disposition or
enciimbrance, may require the simultaneous repayment of
the balance of all installments remaining unpaid here-
under.
(7) The effective date of this Agreement shall be the
date on which the Government of the United States
notifies the United Nations that the Congress of the United
States, with the approval of the President, has made
available the funds necessary to be advanced in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement.
In witness whebeop, the Government of the United
States of America, acting by and through the United States
Representative to the United Nations, and the United
Nations, acting by and through the Secretary-General,
have respectively caused this Agreement to be duly signed
in duplicate at Lake Success, New York, on this 23rd day
of March, 1948.
For the Government of the United States of America :
Warren R. Austin,
United States Representative to the United Nations
For the United Nations :
Tbygve Lie,
Secretary-Ocneral
Sec. 2. Sums advanced to the United Nations in accord-
ance with the provisions of paragraph (2) of the aforesaid
loan agreement shall be disbursed by the United Nations
for the purposes for which such sums were advanced
within ninety days after their receipt from the United
States. Any funds not so disbursed within that period
shall be returned to the United States through the Sec-
retary of State within thirty days thereafter.
Sec. 3. So long as the headquarters district is used as
the seat of the United Nations, nothing in this resolution
363
shall be deemed to limit the control and authority of the
United Nations over such district as exercised pursuant
to Public Law 357, Eightieth Congress: Provided, how-
ever. That in the event such district is, for whatever
reason, no longer used as the seat of the United Nations,
the United States shall, in addition to any rights it en-
joys under paragraph (6) of the aforesaid loan agreement
and section 22 of the Headquarters Agreement (Public
Law 357, Eightieth Congress), be entitled to recover from
the land and buildings in the headquarters district, in
advance of all other creditors of the United Nations, any
indebtedness incurred under the loan agreement which
is then outstanding and unpaid.
Sec. 4. (a) There is hereby authorized to be appro-
priated to the Department of State, out of any money in
the Treasury not otlierwi.se appropriated, the sum of
$65,000,000 to accomplish the purposes of this joint reso-
lution. Amounts received in repayment of such loan shall
be deposited and covered into the Treasury of the United
States as miscellaneous receipts.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law,
the Reconstruction Finance Corporation is authorized and
directed until such time as an appropriation shall be made
pursuant to subsection (a) of this section to make ad-
vances not to exceed in the aggregate $25,000,000 to carry
out the provisions of this joint resolution and of the loan
agreement referred to in section 1 in such manner, and
in such amounts, as the President shall determine, and
no interest shall be charged on advances made by the
Treasury to the Reconstruction Finance Corporation for
this purpose. The Reconstruction Finance Corporation
shall be repaid without interest, for advances made by it
hereunder from funds made available for the purposes
of this joint resolution and of the loan agreement set forth
in section 1.
Approved August 11, 1948.
II. Strengthening the Role of the United States in International Organization
Public Law 264, 79th Congress, 1st Session
An Act To provide for the appointment of representatives of the
Dnlted States in the organs and agencies of the United
Nations, and to make other provision with respect to the
participation of the United States in such organization.
Be it enacted ly the Senate and House of Representa-
tives of the United States of America in Congress as-
sembled, That this Act may be cited as the "United Nations
Participation Act of 1945".
Sec. 2. (a) The President, by and with the advice and
consent of the Senate, shall appoint a representative of
the United States at the seat of the United Nations who
shall have the rank and status of envoy extraordinary and
ambassador plenipotentiary, shall receive annual compen-
sation of $20,000, and shall hold otflce at the pleasure of
the President. Such representative shall represent the
United States in the Security Council of the United
Nations and shall perform such other functions in con-
nection with the participation of the United States in the
United Nations as the President may from time to time
direct.
(b) The President, by and with the advice and consent
of the Senate, shall appoint a deputy representative of
the United States to the Security Council who shall have
the rank and status of envoy extraordinary and minister
plenipotentiary, shall receive annual compensation of $12,-
000, and shall hold office at the pleasure of the President.
Such deputy representative shall represent the United
States in the Security Council of the United Nations in
the event of the absence or disability of the representative.
(c) The President, by and with the advice and consent
of the Senate, shall designate from time to time to attend
a specified session or specified sessions of the General
Assembly of the United Nations not to exceed five repre-
sentatives of the United States and such number of alter-
nates as he may determine consistent with the rules of
procedure of the General Assembly. One of the representa-
tives shall be designated as the senior representative.
Such representatives and alternates shall each be entitled
to receive compensation at the rate of $12,000 per annum
for such period as the President may specify, except that
no member of the Senate or House of Representatives or
officer of the United States who is designated under this
subsection as a representative of the United States or
as an alternate to attend any specified session or specified
sessions of the General Assembly shall be entitled to
receive such compensation.
(d) The President may also appoint from time to time
such other persons as he may deem necessary to represent
the United States in the organs and agencies of the United
Nations at such salaries, not to exceed $12,000 each per
annum, as he shall determine, but the representative of
the United States in the Economic and Social Council and
in the Trusteeship Council of the United Nations shall be
appointed only by and with the advice and consent of the
Senate, except that the President may, without the advice
and consent of the Senate, designate any officer of the
United States to act, without additional compensation, as
the representative of the United States in either such
Council (A) at any specified meeting thereof in the ab-
sence or disability of the regular representative, or (B)
in connection with a specified subject matter at any speci-
fied meeting of either such Council in lieu of the regular
representative. The advice and consent of the Senate
shall also be required for the appointment by the President
of the representative of the United States in any commis-
sion that may be formed l3y the United Nations with re-
spect to atomic energy or in any other commission of the
United Nations to which the United States is entitled to
appoint a representative.
(e) Nothing contained in this section shall preclude the
President or the Secretary of State, at the direction of the
President, from representing the United States at any
meeting or session of any organ or agency of the United
Nations.
Sec. 3. The representatives provided for In section 2
hereof, when representing the United States in the respec-
tive organs and agencies of the United Nations, shall, at all
times, act in accordance with the instructions of the Presi-
dent transmitted by the Secretary of State unless other
364
Department of State Bulletin
means of transmission is directed by the President, and
such representatives shall, in accordance with such in-
structions, cast any and all votes under the Charter of the
United Nations.
Sec. 4. The President shall, from time to time as occa-
sion may require, but not less than once each year, make
reports to the Congress of the activities of the United Na-
tions and of the participation of the United States therein.
He shall make special current reports on decisions of the
Security Council to take enforcement measures under the
provisions of the Charter of the United Nations, and on
the participation therein under his instructions, of the
representative of the United States.
Sec. 5. (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of any other
law, whenever the United States is called upon by the
Security Council to apply measures which said Council
has decided, pursuant to article 41 of said Charter, are to
be employed to give effect to its decisions under said Char-
ter, the President may, to the extent necessary to apply
such measures, through any agency which he may desig-
nate, and under such orders, rules, and regulations as may
be prescribed by him, investigate, regulate, or prohibit, in
whole or in part, economic relations or rail, sea, air, postal,
telegraphic, radio, and other means of communication be-
tween any foreign country or any national thereof or any
person tlierein and the United States or any person subject
to the jurisdiction thereof, or involving any property sub-
ject to the jurisdiction of the United States.
(b) Any person who willfully violates or evades or at-
tempts to violate or evade any order, rule, or regulation
issued by the President pursuant to paragraph (a) of this
section shall, upon conviction, be fined not more than
$10,000 or, if a natural person, be imprisoned for not more
than ten years, or both ; and the ofiicer, director, or agent
of any corporation who knowingly participates in such
violation or evasion shall be punished by a like fine, im-
prisonment, or both, and any property, funds, securities,
papers, or other articles or documents, or any vessel, to-
gether with her tackle, apparel, furniture, and equipment,
or vehicle, concerned In such violation shall be forfeited
to the United States.
Sec. 6. The President Is authorized to negotiate a spe-
cial agreement or agreements with the Security Council
which shall be subject to the approval of the Congress by
appropriate Act or joint resolution, providing for the
numbers and types of armed forces, their degree of readi-
ness and general location, and the nature of facilities and
assistance, including rights of passage, to be made avail-
able to the Security Council on its call for the purpose of
maintaining international peace and security in accord-
ance with article 43 of said Charter. The President shall
not be deemed to require the authorization of the Con-
gress to make available to the Security Council on its call
in order to take action under article 42 of said Charter
and pursuant to such special agreement or agreements
the armed forces, facilities, or assistance provided for
therein : Provided, That nothing herein contained shall be
construed as an authorization to the President by the
Congress to make available to the Security Council for
such purpose armed forces, facilities, or assistance in
addition to the forces, facilities, and assistance provided
for in such special agreement or agreements.
Sec. 7. There is hereby authorized to be appropriated
annually to the Department of State, out of any money in
the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as
may be necessary for the payment by the United States of
its share of the expenses of the United Nations as appor-
tioned by the General Assembly in accordance with article
17 of the Charter, and for all necessary salaries and ex-
penses of the representatives provided for in section 2
hereof, and of their appropriate staffs, including personal
services in the District of Columbia and elsewhere, without
regard to the civil-service and classification laws ; travel
expenses without regard to the Standardized Government
Travel Regulations, as amended, the Subsistence Expense
Act of 1926, as amended, and section 10 of the Act o£
March 3, 1933, and, under such rules and regulations as the
Secretary of State may prescribe, travel expenses of fam-
ilies and transportation of effects of United States repre-
sentatives and other personnel in going to and returning
from their post of duty ; allowances for living quarters,
including heat, fuel, and light, as authorized by the Act
approved June 26, 1930 (5 U.S.C. 118a) ; cost of living
allowance under such rules and regulations as the Secre-
tary of State may prescribe ; communication services ;
stenographic reporting, translating, and other services, by
contract, if deemed necessary, without regard to section
3709 of the Revised Statutes (41 U.S.C. 5) ; local transpor-
tation ; equipment ; transportation of things ; rent of
oflBces ; printing and binding ; oflBcial entertainment ;
stationery ; purchase of newspapers, periodicals, books, and
documents ; and such other expenses as may be authorized
by the Secretary of State.
Approved December 20, 1945.
Executive Order 984-4 ^
Designating the United States Mission to the UNrna)
Nations and Pbovidino fob Its Direction and Ad-
ministkation
By virtue of and pursuant to the authority vested in
me by the United Nations Participation Act of 1945
(59 Stat. 619) and as President of the United States, and
for the purpose of defining further the functions of the
Representative of the United States at the seat of the
United Nations in connection with the participation of
tlie United States in the United Nations, it is hereby
ordered as follows:
1. The Representative at the seat of the United Nations,
the Deputy Representative to the Security Council, Rep-
resentatives in the Economic and Social Council and its
Commissions, the Trusteeship Council, the Atomic Energy
Commission, the Commission for Conventional Armaments
and the Military Staff Committee, and representatives
to organs and agencies of the United Nations hereafter
appointed or designated and included within the United
States Mission to the United Nations herein provided for,
together with their deputies, staffs and offices, shall be
known as the United States Mission to the United Nations.
' 12 Fed. Reg. 2765.
September 19, 1948
365
2. The Representative of the United States at the seat
of the United Nations shall be the Chief of Mission in
charge of the United States Mission to the United Nations.
The Chief of Mission shall coordinate at the seat of the
United Nations the activities of the Mission in carrying
out the instructions of the President transmitted either
by the Secretary of State or by other means of trans-
mission as directed by the President. Instructions to
the Representatives of the Joint Chiefs of Staff in the
Military Staff Committee of the United Nations shall be
transmitted by the Joint Chiefs of Staff. On request of
tlie Chief of Mission, such Representatives shall, in addi-
tion to their responsibilities under the Charter of the
United Nations, serve as advisers in the United States
Mission to the United Nations.
3. The Chief of Mission shall also be responsible for
the administration of the Mission, including personnel,
budget, obligation and expenditure of funds, and the cen-
tral administrative services ; provided that he shall not
be responsilile for the internal administration of the
personnel, budget, and obligation and expenditure of funds
of tlie United States Representatives in the Military Staff
Committee. The Chief of Mission shall discharge his
responsibilities under this paragraph In accordance with
such rules and regulations as the Secretary of State may
from time to time prescribe.
4. This order shall be published in the Federal Register.
Harey S. Truman
The White House,
April 28, 1947.
Senate Resolution 239, 80th Congress, 2d Session
Whereas peace with Justice and the defense of human
rights and fundamental freedoms require international
cooperation through more effective use of the United
Nations : Therefore be it
Resolved, That the Senate reaffirm the policy of the
United States to achieve international peace and security
through the United Nations so that armed force shall not
be used except in the common interest, and that the Presi-
dent be advised of the sense of the Senate that this Govern-
ment, by constitutional process, should particularly pursue
the following objectives within the United Nations
Charter :
(1) Voluntary agreement to remove the veto from all
questions involving pacific settlements of international
disputes and situations, and from the admission of new
members.
(2) Progressive development of regional and other col-
lective arrangements for individual and collective self-
defense in accordance with the purposes, principles, and
provisions of the Charter.
(3) Association of the United States, by constitutional
process, with such regional and other collective arrange-
ments as are based on continuous and effective self-help
and mutual aid, and as affect its national security.
(4) Contributing to the maintenance of peace by making
' 11 Fed. Reg. 5209.
366
clear its determination to exercise the right of individual
or collective self-defense under article 51 should any armed
attack occur al'fecting its national security.
(5) Maximum efforts to obtain agreements to provide
the United Nations with armed forces as provided by the
Charter, and to obtain agreement among member nations
upon universal regulation and reduction of armaments
under adequate and dependable guaranty against violation.
(6) If necessary, after adequate effort toward strength-
ening the United Nations, review of the Charter at an
appropriate time by a General Conference called under
article 109 or by the General Assembly.
—June 11, 1948
Executive Order 9721 1°
Providing foe the Teansfee of Peesonnel to Public In-
TEENATIONAL ObQANIZATIONS IN WHICH THE UNITED
States Government Participates
By virtue of the authority vested in me by the Civil
Service Act (22 Stat. 403) and section 1753 of the Revised
Statutes, and as President of the United States, it Is
hereby ordered as follows :
1. Upon the request of any public international organi-
zation which is designated pursuant to the act of Decem-
ber 29, 1945 ( Public Law 291, 79th Congress ) , and in which
the United States Government participates, and with the
consent of the head of the department or agency con-
cerned, any civilian employee of a department or agency
in the Executive branch of the Federal Government who is
serving under an appointment not limited to one year or
less may be transferred to such public international
organization.
2. Any employee serving under a war-service indefinite
appointment who is transferred pursuant to this order
and, while serving in such public international organiza-
tion, is either reached in regular order for probational
appointment from a civil-service register appropriate for
filling the position in which he was serving or could, with
the approval of the head of such agency, have been given
a classified civil-service status under section 6 of Executive
Order No. 9691 of February 4, 1946, if he had remained
in the position in which he last served in a Federal
agency, shall be considered as having acquired a classified
civil-service status as of the date he is reached for proba-
tional appointment or classification : Provided, That this
section shall become inoperative three years from the date
of this order.
3. (a) An employee (1) who is transferred to a public
international organization under this order, (2) who has
a classified civil-service status at the time of transfer or
acquires such status under section 2 of this order, and (3)
whose service in such public international organization is
subsequently terminated without prejudice within three
years from the date of such transfer shall be reemployed
within thirty days of his application for reemployment, in
his former position or a position of like seniority, status,
and pay in the department or agency from which he was
transferred : Provided, That he is still qualified to per-
form the duties of such position and makes application for
Department of State Bulletin
reemployment within ninety days after termination of liis
service with the international organization.
(b) Whenever the agency from which the employee is
transferred under this order decides to fill the vacancy
during his absence, the appointment shall be made on a
temporary basis pending the return of the employee.
4. With the consent of the Federal agency in which he
was formerly employed, the provisions of this Executive
order ma.v be made applicable to any person now serving
with a public international organization which is desig-
nated pursuant to the said act of December 29, 1945, and
in which the United States Government participates.
5. The Civil Service Commission is authorized to pre-
scribe such rules and regulations as may be necessary to
carry out the provisions of this order.
Habry S. Truman
The White House,
May 10, 1946.
Public Law 171, 79th Congress, 1st Session
An Act To provide for the participation of the United States
in the International Monetary Fund and the International
Bank for Reconstruction and Development.
Be it enacted by the Senate and Rouse of Representa-
tives of the United States of America in Congress as-
sembled,
Short Title
Section 1. This Act may be cited as the "Bretton Woods
Agreements Act".
Acceptance of Membership
Sec. 2. The President is hereby authorized to accept
membership for the United States in the International
Monetary Fund (hereinafter referred to as the "Fund"),
and in the International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development (hereinafter referred to as the '"Bank"),
provided for by the Articles of Agreement of the Fund
and the Articles of Agreement of the Bank as set forth
in the Final Act of the United Nations Monetary and
Financial Conference dated July 22, 1944, and deposited
in the archives of the Department of State.
Appointment of Oovemors, Executive Directors, and
Alternates
Sec. 3. (a) The President, by and with the advice and
consent of the Senate, shall appoint a governor of the
Fund who shall also serve as a governor of the Bank,
and an executive director of the Fund and an executive
director of the Bank. The executive directors so ap-
pointed shall also serve as provisional executive direc-
tors of the Fund and the Bank for the purposes of the
respective Articles of Agreement. The term of oflSce for
the governor of the Fund and of the Bank shall be five
years. The term of ofliice for the executive directors shall
be two years, but the executive directors shall remain
in office until their successors have been appointed.
(b) The President, by and with the advice and consent
of the Senate, shall appoint an alternate for the gover-
nor of the Fund who shall also serve as alternate for the
September 79, 1948
governor of the Bank. The President, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint an alter-
nate for each of the executive directors. The alternate
for each executive director shall be appointed from among
individuals recommended to the President by the execu-
tive director. The terms of office for alternates for the
governor and the executive directors shall be the same
as the terms specified in subsection (a) for the governor
and executive directors.
(c) No person shall be entitled to receive any salary
or other compensation from the United States for serv-
ices as a governor, executive director, or alternate.
National Advisory Council on International Monetary anS
Financial Problems
Sec. 4. (a) In order to coordinate the policies and
operations of the representatives of the United States on
the Fund and the Bank and of all agencies of the Govern-
ment which make or participate in making foreign loans
or which engage in foreign financial, exchange or mone-
tary transactions, there is hereby established the Na-
tional Advisory Council on International Monetary and
Financial Problems (hereinafter referred to as the "Coun-
cil"), consisting of the Secretary of the Treasury, as
Chairman, the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Com-
merce, the Chairman of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System, and the Chairman of the Board
of Trustees of the Export-Import Bank of Washington.
(b) (1) The Council, after consultation with the rep-
resentatives of the United States on the Fund and the
Bank, shall recommend to the President general policy
directives for the guidance of the representatives of the
United States on the Fund and the Bank.
(2) The Council .shall advise and consult with the
President and the representatives of the United States
on the Fund and the Bank on major problems arising in
the administration of the Fund and the Bank.
(3) The Council shall coordinate, by consultation or
otherwise, so far as is practicable, the policies and opera-
tions of the representatives of the "United States on the
Fund and the Bank, the Export-Import Bank of Wash-
ington and all other agencies of the Government to the
extent that they make or participate in the making of
foreign loans or engage in foreign financial, exchange or
monetary transactions.
(4) Wlienever, under the Articles of Agreement of the
Fund or the Articles of Agreement of the Bank, the ap-
proval, consent or agreement of the United States is re-
quired before an act may be done by the respective In-
stitutions, the decision as to whether such approval, con-
sent, or agreement, shall be given or refused shall (to
the extent such decision is not prohibited by section 5
of this Act) be made by the Council, under the general
direction of the President. No governor, executive direc-
tor, or alternate representing the United States shall vote
in favor of any waiver of condition under article V, sec-
tion 4, or in favor of any declaration of the United States
dollar as a scarce currency under article VII, section 3,
of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund, without prior
approval of the Council.
(5) The Council from time to time, but not less fre-
367
quently than every sis months, shall transmit to the Pres-
ident and to the Congress a report with respect to the
participation of the United States in the Fund and the
Bank.
(6) The Council shall also transmit to the President
and to the Congress special reports on the operations and
policies of the Fund and the Bank, as provided in this
paragraph. The first report shall be made not later than
two years after the establishment of the Fund and the
Bank, and a report shall be made every two years after
the making of the first report. Each such report shall
cover and include: The extent to which the Fund and
the Bank have achieved the purposes for which they were
established ; the extent to which the operations and poli-
cies of the Fund and the Bank have adliered to, or de-
parted from, the general policy directives formulated by
the Council, and the Council's recommendations in con-
nection therewith ; the extent to which the operations
and policies of the Fund and the Bank have been coordi-
nated, and the Council's recommendations in connection
therewith ; recommendations on whether the resources of
the Fund and the Bank should be increased or decreased;
recommendations as to how the Fund and the Bank may be
made more effective ; recommendations on any other neces-
sary or desirable changes in the Articles of Agreement of
the Fund and of the Bank or in this Act ; and an over-all
appraisal of the extent to which the operations and poli-
cies of the Fund and the Bank have served, and in the
future may be expected to serve, the interests of the
United States and the world in promoting sound interna-
tional economic cooperation and furthering world security.
(7) The Council shall make such reports and recom-
mendations to the President as he may from time to time
request, or as the Council may consider necessary to more
effectively or eflBciently accomplish the purposes of this
Act or the purposes for which the Council is created.
(c) The representatives of the United States on the
Fund and the Bank, and the Export-Import Bank of
Washington (and all other agencies of the Government
to the extent that they make or participate in the mak-
ing of foreign loans or engage in foreign financial, ex-
change or monetary transactions) shall keep the Coun-
cil fully informe<l of their activities and shall provide the
Council with such further information or data in their
possession as the Council may deem necessary to the
approiiriate discharge of Its responsibilities under this
Act.
Certain Acts Not To Be Taken Without Authorization
Sec. 5. Unless Congress by law authorizes such action,
neither the President nor any person or agency shall on
behalf of the United States (a) request or consent to any
change in the quota of the United States under article
III, section 2, of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund;
(b) propose or agree to any change in the par value of
the United States dollar under article IV, section 5, or
article XX, section 4, of the Articles of Agreement of
the Fund, or approve any general change in par values
under article IV, section 7; (c) subscribe to additional
shares of stock under article II, section 3, of the Articles
of Agreement of the Bank; (d) accept any amendment
under article XVII of the Articles of Agreement of the
Fund or article VIII of the Articles of Agreement of the
Bank; (e) make any loan to the Fund or the Bank.
Unless Congress by law authorizes such action, no gover- ]
nor or alternate appointed to represent the United States !
shall vote for an increase of capital stock of the Bank
under article II, section 2, of the Articles of Agreement
of the Bank.
Depositories I
Sec. 6. Any Federal Reserve bank which is requested
to do so by the Fund or the Bank shall act as its de- |
pository or as its fiscal agent, and the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System shall supervise and direct
the carrying out of these functions by the Federal Reserve
banks.
Payment of Subscriptions \
Sec. 7. (a) Subsection (c) of section 10 of the Gold
Resei-ve Act of 1934, as amended (U. S. C, title 31, sec. i
822a), is amended to read as follows :
"(c) The Secretary of the Treasury is directed to use
$1,800,000,000 of the fund established in this section to
pay part of the subscription of the United States to the
International Monetary Fund ; and any repayment thereof
shall be covered into the Treasury as a miscellaneous
receipt."
(b) The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to pay
the balance of .$950,000,000 of tlie subscription of the
United States to tlie Fund not provided for in subsection
(a) and to pay the subscription of the United States to
the Bank from time to time when payments are required
to be made to the Bank. For the purpose of making these
payments, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized
to use as a public-debt transaction not to exceed $4,125,-
000,000 of the proceeds of any securities hereafter issued
under the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended, and
the purposes for which securities may be issued under
that Act are extended to include such purpose. Payment
under this subsection of the subscription of the United
States to the Fund or the Bank and repayments thereof
shall be treated as a public-debt transaction of the United
States.
(c) For the purpose of keeping to a minimum the cost
to the United States of participation in the Fund and
the Bank, the Secretary of the Treasury, after paying
the subscription of the United States to the Fund, and
any part of the subscription of the United States to the
Bank required to be made under article II, section 7 (i),
of the Articles of Agreement of the Bank, is authorized
and directed to issue special notes of the United States
from time to time at par and to deliver such notes to the
Fund and the Bank in exchange for dollars to the extent
permitted by the respective Articles of Agreement. The
special notes provided for in this subsection shall be
issued under the authority and subject to the provisions
of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended, and the
purposes for wliich securities may be issued under that
Act are extended to include the purposes for which special
notes are authorized and directed to be issued under this
subsection, but such notes shall bear no interest, shall be
368
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
nonnegotlable, and shall be payable on demand of the
Fund or the Bank, as the case may be. The face amount
of special notes issued to the Fund under the authority
of this subsection and outstanding at any one time shall
not exceed in the aggregate the amount of the subscrip-
tion of the United States actually paid to the Fund, and
the face amount of such notes issued to the Bank and
outstanding at any one time shall not exceed in the
aggregate the amount of the subscription of the United
States actually paid to the Bank under article II, section
7 (i), of the Articles of Agreement of the Bank.
(d) Any payment made to the United States by the
Fund or the Bank as a distribution of net income shall
be covered into the Treasury as a miscellaneous receipt.
Obtaining and Furnishing Information
Sec. 8. (a) Whenever a request is made by the Fund
to the United States as a member to furni.sh data under
article VIII, section 5, of the Articles of Agreement of
the Fund, the President may, through any agency he may
designate, require any person to furnish such informa-
tion as the President may determine to be essential to
comply with such request. In making such determina-
tion the President shall seek to collect the information only
in such detail as is necessary to comply with the request
of the Fund. No information so acquired shall be fur-
nished to the Fund in such detail that the affairs of any
person are disclosed.
(b) In the event any person refuses to furnish such in-
formation when requested to do so, the President, through
any designated governmental agency, may by subpoena
require such person to appear and testify or to appear and
produce records and other documents, or both. In case
of contumacy by, or refusal to obey a subpoena served
upon any such person, the district court for any district
in which such person is found or resides or transacts busi-
ness, upon application by the President or any govern-
mental agency designated by him, shall have jurisdiction
to issue an order requiring such person to appear and give
testimony or appear and produce records and documents,
or both ; and any failure to obey such order of the court
may be punished by such court as a contempt thereof.
(c) It shall be unlawful for any officer or employee
of the Government, or for any advisor or consultant to
the Government, to disclose, otherwise than in the course
of official duty, any Information obtained under this sec-
tion, or to use any such information for his personal
benefit. Whoever violates any of the provisions of this
subsection shall, upon conviction, be fined not more than
$5,000, or imprisoned for not more than five years, or
both.
(d) The term "person" as used in this section means
an individual, partnership, corporation or association.
Financial Transactions With Foreign Oovernments in
Default
Sec. 9. The Act entitled "An Act to prohibit financial
transactions with any foreign government in default on
Its obligations to the United States", approved April 13,
1934 (U. S. C, tiUe 31, sec. 804a), is amended by adding
at the end thereof a new section to read as follows :
September 79, 1948
"Sec. 3. While any foreign government is a member
both of the International Monetary Fund and of the In-
ternational Bank for Reconstruction and Development,
this Act shall not apply to the sale or purchase of bonds,
securities, or other obligations of such government or any
political subdivision thereof or of any organization or asso-
ciation acting for or on behalf of such government or
political subdivision, or to the making of any loan to
such government, political subdivision, organization, or
association."
Jurisdiction and Venue of Actions
Sec. 10. For the purpose of any action which may be
brought within the United States or its Territories or
posisessions by or against the Fund or the Bank in ac-
cordance with the Articles of Agreement of the Fund or
the Articles of Agreement of the Bank, the Fund or the
Bank, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be an in-
habitant of the Federal judicial district in which its prin-
cipal office in the United States is located, and any such
action at law or in equity to which either the Fund or
the Bank shall be a party shall be deemed to arise under
the laws of the United States, and the district courts of
the United States shall have original jurisdiction of any
such action. When either the Fund or the Bank is a de-
fendant in any such action, it may, at any time before the
trial thereof, remove such action from a State court into
the district court of the United States for the proper dis-
trict by following the procedure for removal of causes
otherwise provided by law.
Status, Immunities and Privileges
Sec. 11. The provisions of article IX, sections 2 to 9,
both inclusive, and the first sentence of article VIII, sec-
tion 2 (b), of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund, and
the provisions of article VI, section 5 (i), and article VII,
sections 2 to 9, both inclusive, of the Articles of Agree-
ment of the Bank, shall have full force and effect in the
United States and its Territories and possessions upon
acceptance of membership by the United States in, and
the establishment of, the Fund and the Bank,
respectively.
Stabilization Loans hy the Bank
Sec. 12. The governor and executive director of the
Bank appointed by the United States are hereby directed
to obtain promptly an official interpretation by the Bank
as to its authority to make or guarantee loans for pro-
grams of economic reconstruction and the reconstruction
of monetary systems, including long-term stabilization
loans. If the Bank does not interpret its powers to in-
clude the making or guaranteeing of .such loans, the gov-
ernor of the Bank representing the United States is hereby
directed to propose promptly and support an amendment
to the Articles of Agreement for the purpo.se of explicitly
authorizing the Bank, after consultation with the Fund,
to make or guarantee such loans. The President is hereby
authorized and directed to accept an amendment to that
effect on behalf of the United States.
Stabilization Operations by the Fund
Sec. 13. (a) The governor and executive director of the
Fund appointed by the United States are hereby directed
369
to obtain promptly an official interpretation by the Fund
as to wliether its autliority to use its resources extends be-
yond current monetary stabilization operations to afford
temporary assistance to members in connection with sea-
sonal, cyclical, and emergency fluctuations in the balance
of payments of any member for current transactions, and
■whether it has authority to use its resources to provide
facilities for relief, reconstruction, or armaments, or to
meet a large or sustained outflow of capital on the part of
any member.
(b) If the interpretation by the Fund answers in the
affirmative any of the questions stated in subsection (a),
the governor of the Fund representing the United States
is hereby directed to propose promptly and support an
amendment to the Articles of Agreement for the purpose of
expressly negativing such interpretation. The President
is hereby authorized and directed to accept an amend-
ment to that effect on behalf of the United States.
Further Promotion of International Economic Relations
Seo. 14. In the realization that additional measures of
international economic cooperation are necessary to facili-
tate the exp.Tnsion and balanced growth of international
trade and render most effective the operations of the
Fund and the Bank, it is hereby declared to be the policy
of the United States to seek to bring about further agree-
ment and cooperation among nations and international
bodies, as soon as possible, on ways and means which will
best reduce obstacles to and restrictions upon interna-
tional trade, eliminate unfair trade practices, promote
mutually advantageous commercial relations, and other-
wise facilitate the expansion and balanced growth of inter-
national trade and promote the stability of international
economic relations. In considering the policies of the
United States in foreign lending and the policies of the
Fund and the Bank, particularly in conducting exchange
transactions, the Council and the United States representa-
tives on the Fund and the Bank shall give careful con-
sideration to the progress which has been made in achiev-
ing such agreement and cooperation.
Approved July 31, 1945.
Public Law 174, 79th Congress, 1st Session
Joint Resolution Providing for membership of the United States
in the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations.
Resolved by the Senate and House of Rcpresetitatives
of the United States of America in Congress assembled.
That the President is hereby authorized to accept mem-
bership for the United States in the Food and Agricul-
ture Organization of the United Nations (hereinafter re-
ferred to as the "Organization") the Constitution of
which is set forth in appendix I of the First Report to
the Governments of the United Nations by the Interim
Commission on Food and Agriculture, dated August 1,
1944.
Sec. 2. There is hereby authorized to be appropriated,
out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appro-
priated, a sum not exceeding $625,000 during the first
fiscal year of the Organization and sums not exceeding
$1,250,000 annually thereafter as may be required for
expenditure under the direction of the Secretary of State,
370
for the payment by the United States of its proportionate
share in the expenses of the Organization.
Sec. 3. In adopting this joint resolution, it is the sense
of the Congress that the Government of the United States
should use its best efforts to bring about, as soon as
practicable, the integration of the functions and the re-
sources of the International Institute of Agriculture with
those of the Organization, in a legal and orderly manner,
to effect one united institution in such form as to provide
an adequate research, informational, and statistical serv-
ice for the industry of agriculture.
Sec. 4. Unless Congress by law authorizes such action,
neither the President nor any person or agency shall on
behalf of the United States accept any amendment under
paragraph 1 of article XX of the Constitution of the Or-
ganization involving any new obligation for the United
States.
Sec. 5. In adopting this joint resolution the Congress
does so with the understanding that paragraph 2 of arti-
cle XIII does not authorize the Conference of the Or-
ganization to so modify the provisions of its Constitution
as to involve any new obligation for the United States.
Approved July 31, 1945.
Public Law 565, 7Sth Congress, 2d Session
Joint Resolution Providing for membership and participation by
the United States In the United Nations Educational,
Scientific, and Cultural Organization, and authorizing an
appropriation therefor.
Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives
of the United States of Amei'ica in Congress assembled,
That the President is hereby authorized to accept mem-
bership for the United States in the United Nations
Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (herein-
after referred to as the "Organization"), the constitu-
tion of which was approved in London on November 16,
1945, by the United Nations Conference for the estab-
lishment of an Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Or-
ganization, and deposited in the Archives of the Govern-
ment of the United Kingdom.
Sec. 2. The President by and with the consent of the
Senate shall designate from time to time to attend a
specified session or specified sessions of the General Con-
ference of the Organization not to exceed five representa-
tives of the United States and such number of alternates
not to exceed five as he may determine consistent with
the rules of procedure of the General Conference : Pro-
vided, however, That each such representative and each
such alternate must be an American citizen. One of the
representatives shall be designated as the senior rep-
resentative. Such representatives and alternates shall
each be entitled to receive compensation at such rates,
not to exceed §12,000 per annum, as the President may
determine, for such periods as the President may specify,
except that no Member of the Senate or House of Rep-
resentatives or officer of the United States who is des-
ignated under this section as a representative of the
United States or as an alternate to attend any specified
session or specified sessions of the General Conference
shall be entitled to receive such comi)ensation. When-
ever a representative of the United States is elected by
the General Conference to serve on the Executive Board,
Department of State Bulletin
or is elected President of the General Conference and thus
becomes an ex officio adviser to the BJiecutive Board,
under provision of article V of the constitution of the
Organization, the President may extend the above pro-
visions for compensation to such representative during
periods of service in connection with the Executive Board.
Sec. 3. In fulflllment of article VII of tlie constitution
of the Organization, the Secretary of State shall cause to
be organized a National Commission on Educational, Sd-
entitic, and Cultural Cooperation of not to exceed one
hundred members. Such Commission shall be appointed
by the Secretary of State and shall consist of (a) not
more than sixty representatives of principal national,
voluntary organizations interested in educational, sci-
entific, and cultural matters; and (b) not more than
forty outstanding persons selected by the Secretary of
State, including not more than ten persons holding office
under or employed by the Government of the United
States, not more than tifteen representatives of the edu-
cational, scientific, and cultural interests of State and
local governments, and not more than fifteen persons
chosen at large. The Secretary of State is authorized to
name in the first instance fifty of the principal national
voluntary organizations, each of which shall be invited to
designate one representative for appointment to the Na-
tional Commission. Thereafter, the National Commis-
sion shall periodically review and, if deemed advisable,
revise the list of such organizations designating repre-
sentatives in order to achieve a desirable rotation among
organizations represented. To constitute the initial Com-
mission, one-third of the members shall be appointed to
serve for a term of one year, one-third for a term of
two years, and one-third or the remainder thereof for a
term of three years ; from thence on following, all mem-
bers shall be appointed for a term of three years each,
but no member shall serve more than two consecutive
terms. The National Commission shall meet at least once
annually. The National Commission shall designate from
among its members an executive committee, and may des-
ignate .such other committees as may prove necessary, to
consult with the Department of State and to perform such
other functions as the National Commi.ssion shall dele-
gate to them. No member of the National Commission
shall be allowed any salary or other compensation for
services : Provided, however. That he may be paid his
actual transportation expenses, and not to exceed $10
per diem in lieu of subsistence and other expenses, while
away from his home in attendance upon authorized meet-
ings or in consultation on request with the DejMrtment
of State. The Department of State is authorized to pro-
vide the necessary secretariat for the Commission.
Sec. 4. That each such member of the National Com-
mission must be an American citizen.
Sec. 5. The National Commission shall call general
conferences for the discussion of matters relating to the
activities of the Organization, to which conferences or-
ganized bodies actively interested in such matters shall be
Invited to send representatives: Provided, hotcever. That
the travel and maintenance of such representation shall
be without expense to the Government. Such general con-
ferences shall be held annually or biennially, as the Na-
tional Commission may determine, and in such places as
it may designata They shall be attended so far as pos-
sible by the members of the National Commission and by
the delegates of the United States to the General Con-
ference of the Organization. The National Commission
is further authorized to call special conferences of ex-
perts for the consideration of specific matters relating
to the Organization by persons of specialized compe-
tences. Under such regulations as the Secretary of State
may prescribe, the actual transportation expenses of ex-
perts attending such conferences shall be borne by the
Department of State, and they shall be allowed a per
diem of $10 in lieu of subsistence and other expenses,
for the period of actual attendance and of necessary
travel.
Sec. 6. There is hereby authorized to be appropriated
annually to the Department of State, out of any money in
the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as
may be necessary for the pajTnent by the United States of
its share of the expenses of the Organization as appor-
tioned by the General Conference of the Organization in
accordance with article IX of the constitution of the
Organization, and such additional sums as may be neces-
sary to pay the expenses of participation by the United
States in the activities of the Organization, including :
(a) salaries of the representatives provided for in section
2 hereof, of tlieir appropriate staffs, and of members of
the secretariat of the National Commission provided for in
section 3 hereof, including personal services in the District
of Columbia and elsewhere, without regard to the civil-
service laws and the Classification Act of 1923, as amended ;
(b) travel expenses without regard to the Standardized
Government Travel Regulations, as amended, the Sub-
sistence Expense Act of 1926, as amended, and section 10
of the Act of March 3, 1933 (U.S.C, title 5, sec. 73b), and,
under such rules and regulations as the Secretary of State
may prescribe, travel expenses of families and transporta-
tion of effects of United States representatives and other
personnel in going to and returning from their post of
duty; (c) allowances for living quarters, including heat,
fuel, and light, as authorized by the Act approved June 26,
1930 (U.S.C, title 5, see. 118a) ; (d) cost of living allow-
ances under such rules and regulations as the Secretary
of State may prescribe, including allowances to persons
temporarily stationed abroad; fe) communication serv-
ices; (f) stenographic reporting, translating, and other
services, by contract, if deemed necessary, without regard
to section 3709 of the Revised Statutes (U.S.C, title 41,
see. 5); (g) local transportation; (h) equipment; (i)
transportation of things; (]) rent of offices; (k) printing
and binding without regard to section 11 of the Act of
March 1, 1919 (U.S.C, title 44, sec. Ill), and section 3709
of the Revised Statutes (U.S.C, title 41, sec. 5) ; (1) official
entertainment; (m) stationery; (n) purchase of news-
papers, periodicals, books, and documents; and (o) such
other expenses as may be authorized by the Secretary of
State.
Sec. 7. Unless Congress by law authorizes such action,
neitlier the President nor any person or agency shall on
behalf of the United States approve any amendment under
September 19, 1948
371
article XIII of the constitution of the Organization in-
volving any new obligation for the United States.
Sec. 8. In adopting this joint resolution, it is the under-
standing of the Congress that the constitution of the Or-
ganization does not require, nor does this resolution au-
thorize, the disclosure of any information or knowledge
in any case in which such disclosure Is prohibited by any
law of the United States.
Approved July 30, 1946.
Public Law 146, 80th Congress, 1st Session
Joint Resohition Providing for membership and participation by
the United States in the International Refugee Organization
and authorizing an appropriation therefor.
Resolved hy the Senate and Bouse of Representatives
of the United States of America iti Congress assembled.
That the President is hereby authorized to accept mem-
bership for the United States in the International Refugee
Organization (hereinafter referred to as the "Organiza-
tion"), the constitution of which was approved in New
York on December 15, 1946, by the General Assembly
of the United Nations, and deposited in the archives of
the United Nations : Provided, however. That this author-
ity is granted and the approval of the Congress of the
acceptance of membership of the United States in the
International Refugee Organization is given upon condi-
tion and with the reservation that no agreement shall be
concluded on behalf of the United States and no action
shall be taken by any officer, agency, or any other person
and acceptance of the constitution of the Organization
by or on behalf of the Government of the United States
shall not constitute or authorize action (1) whereby any
person shall be admitted to or settled or resettled in the
United States or any of its Territories or possessions
without prior approval thereof by the Congress, and this
joint resolution shall not be construed as such prior
approval, or (2) which will have the effect of abrogating,
suspending, modifying, adding to, or superseding any of
the immigration laws or any other laws of the United
States.
Sec. 2. The President shall designate from time to time
a representative of the United States and not to exceed
two alternates to attend a specified session or specified
sessions of the general council of the Organization. When-
ever the United States is elected to membership on the
executive committee, the President shall designate from
time to time, either from among the aforesaid representa-
tive and alternates or otherwise, a representative of the
United States and not to exceed one alternate to attend
sessions of the executive committee. Such representative
or representatives shall each be entitled to receive com-
pensation at a rate not to exceed $12,000 per annum, and
any such alternate shall be entitled to receive compensa-
tion at a rate not to exceed $10,000 per annum, for such
period or periods as the President may specify, except
that no Memlier of the Senate or House of Representatives
or officer of the United States who is designated as such
a representative .shall be entitled to receive such com-
pensation.
Sec. 3. There is hereby authorized to be appropriated
annually to the Department of State—
(a) such sums, not to exceed $73,325,000 for the fiscal
year beginning July 1, 1947, as may be necessary for the
payment of United States contributions to the Organiza-
tion (consisting of supplies, services, or funds and all
necessary expenses related thereto) as determined in ac-
cordance with article 10 of tlie constitution of the Organi-
zation ; and
(b) such sums, not to exceed $175,000 for the fiscal year
beginning July 1, 1947, as may be necessary for the pay-
ment of—
(1) salaries of the representative or representatives
and alternates provided for in section 2 hereof, and ap-
propriate staff, including personal services in the District
of Columbia and elsewhere, without regard to the civil-
service laws and the Classification Act of 1923, as
amended ; and
(2) such other expenses as the Secretary of State deems
necessary to participation by the United States in the
activities of the Organization : Provided, That the pro-
visions of section 7 of the United Nations Participation
Act of 1945, and regulations thereunder, applicable to
expenses incurred pursuant to that Act shall be applicable
to any expenses incurred pursuant to this paragraph
(b) (2).
Sec. 4. (a) Sums from the appropriations made pur-
suant to paragraph (a) of section 3 may be transferred
to any department, agency, or independent establishment
of the Government to carry out the purposes of such
paragraph, and such sums shall be available for obliga-
tion and expenditure in accordance with the laws govern-
ing obligations and expenditures of the department,
agency, independent establishment, or organizational unit
thereof concerned, and without regard to sections 3709
and 3648 of the Revised Statutes, as amended (U.S.C.,
1940 edition, title 41, sec. 5, and title 31, sec. 529).
(b) Upon request of the Organization, any department,
agency, or independent establishment of the Government
( upon receipt of advancements or reimbursements for the
cost and necessary expenses) may furnish supplies, or if
advancements are made may procure and furnish sup-
plies, and may furnish or procure and furnish services,
to the Organization : Provided, That such additional civil-
ian employees in the United States as may be required by
any such department, agency, or independent establish-
ment for the procurement or furnishing of supplies or
services under this subsection, and for the services of
whom such department, agency, or independent establish-
ment is compensated by advancements or reimbursements
made by the Organization, shall not be counted as civilian
employees within the meaning of section 607 of the Fed-
eral Eniployees Pay Act of 1945, as amended by section
14 of the Federal Employees Pay Act of 1946. When re-
imbursement is made it shall be credited, at the option
of the department, agency, or independent establishment
concerned, either to the appropriation, fund, or account
utilized in incurring the obligation, or to an appropriate
appropriation fund, or account which is current at the
time of such reimbursement.
Sec. 5. During the interim period, if any, between July
1, 1947, and the coming into force of the constitution of
372
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
the Organization, the Secretary of State is authorized
from appropriations made pursuant to paragraph (a) of
section 3, to malie advance contrilnitions to the Prepara-
tory Commission for tlie International Refugee Organiza-
tion, established pursuant to an agreement dated Decem-
ber 15, 1940, between the governments signatory to the
constitution of the Organization, at a rate of not to ex-
ceed one-twelfth per month of the United States contri-
bution to tile Organiziition contemplated by paragrapli
(a) of section 3 hereof. Such advance contributions to
the said Preparatory Commission shall be deducted from
the said contribution to the Organization for the first fiscal
year as provided in paragraph 6 of the said agreement.
The provisions of ijaragraphs (a) and (b) of section 4
of this joint resolution shall be applicable, respectively,
to such advance contributions and to the procurement and
furnisliing of supplies and services to the said Preparatory
Commission.
Approved July 1, 1947.
Public Law 643, 80th Congress, 2d Session
Joint Resolution Providing for membership and participation
by the United States in the World Health Organization and
authorizing an appropriation therefor.
Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives
of the United States of America in Cmigress assemhled,
That the President is hereby authorized to accept mem-
bership for the United States in the World Health Or-
ganization (hereinafter referred to as the Organization),
the constitution of which was adopted in New York on
July 22, 1046, by the International Health Conference for
the establishment of an International Health Organiza-
tion, and deposited in the archives of the United Nations.
Sec. 2. The President shaU designate from time to time
to attend a specified session or specified sessions of the
World Health Assembly of the Organization not to ex-
ceed three delegates of the United States and such num-
ber of alternates as he may determine consistent with the
rules of procedure of the World Health Assembly. One
of the delegates shall be designated as the chief delegate.
Whenever the United States becomes entitled to desig-
nate a person to serve on the Executive Board of the
Organization, under article 24 of the constitution of the
Organization, the President shall designate a representa-
tive of the United States, by and with the advice and con-
sent of the Senate, and may designate not to exceed one
alternate to attend sessions of the Executive Board.
Such representative must be a graduate of a recognized
medical school and have spent not less than three years
in active practice as a physician or surgeon. Such repre-
sentative shall be entitled to receive compensation at a
rate not to exceed .$12,000 per annum and any such alter-
nate shall be entitled to receive compensation at a rate
not to exceed $10,000 per annum for such period or
periods as the President may specify, except that no
Member of the Senate or House of Representatives or
officer of the United States who is thus designated shall
be entitled to receive such compensation : Provided, That
no person shall serve as such representative, delef,'ate, or
alternate until such person has been investigated as to
loyalty and security by the Federal Bureau of Investi-
gation.
Sec. 3. There is hereby authorized to be appropriated
annually to the Department of State —
(a) such sums, not to exceed $1,920,000 per annum, as
may be necessary for the payment by the United Spates
of its share of the expenses of the Organization, including
those incurred by the Interim Commission, as appor-
tioned by the Health Assembly in accordance with Article
50 of the Constitution of the Organization; and
(b) such additional sums, not to exceed $83,000 for
the fi.scal year beginning July 1, 1&47, as may be necessary
to pay the expenses incident to participation by the United
States in the activities of the Organization, including —
(1) salaries of the representative and alternate pro-
vided for in section 2 hereof, and appropriate staff, in-
cluding personal services in the District of Columbia and
elsewhere, without regard to the civil-service laws and
the Classification Act of 1923, as amended ; services as
authorized by section 15 of Public Law 000, Seventy-ninth
Congress ; under such rules and regulations as the Secre-
tary of State may prescribe, allowances for living quar-
ters, including heat, fuel, and light and cost of living
allowances to persons temporaiily stationed abroad ;
printing and binding without regard to section 11 of the
Act of March 1, 1919 (44 U.S.C. Ill), and section 3709
of the Revised Statutes, as amended ; and
(2) such other expenses as the Secretary of State
deems necessary to participation by the United States in
the activities of the Organization: Provided, That the
provisions of section 6 of the Act of July 30, 1940, Public
Law 5(55, Seventy-ninth Congress, and regulations there-
under, applicable to expenses incurred pursuant to that
Act shall be applicable to any expenses incurred pursuant
to this paragraph (b) (2).
Sec. 4. In adopting this joint resolution the Congress
does so with the understanding that, in the absence of any
provision in the World Health Organization Constitution
for withdrawal from the Organization, the United States
reserves its right to withdraw from the Organization on a
one-year notice : Provided, however. That the financial
obligations of the United States to the Organization shall
be met in full for the Organization's current fiscal year.
Sec. 5. In adopting this joint resolution, the Congress
does so with the understanding that nothing in the Con-
stitution of the World Health Organization in any man-
ner commits the United States to enact any specific
legislative program regarding any matters referred to in
said Constitution.
Approved June 14, 1948.
Public Law 843, 80th Congress, 2cl Session
Joint Resolution Providing for acceptance by the United States
of America of the Constitution of the International Labor
Organization Instrument of Amendment, and further author-
izing an appropriation for payment of the United States share
of the e.'spenses of membership and for expenses of participa-
tion by the United States.
Whereas the Senate and House of Representatives by
Public Resolution Numbered 43 of the Seventy-third
September 19, 1948
373
Congress authorized the President to accept member-
ship for the Government of tlie United States of America
In the International Labor Organization and the Presi-
dent, pursuant tliereto, accepted such membership on
August 20, 1934; and
Whereas such membership in the International Labor
Organization has proved of benefit to the people of the
United States; and
Whereas tlie International Labor Organization provides
a unique international forum in which representatives
of employers and workers join together with those of
governments in formulating conventions and recom-
mendations which serve as international minimum
standards for labor and social legislation and admin-
istration within member countries; and
Whereas extensive revision of the constitution has been
undertaken to enable the Organization to meet changed
conditions, to strengthen the application of conventions
and recommendations, with careful provision to meet
the constitutional rules and practices of Federal States,
and to operate as a specialized agency In relationship
with the United Nations; and
Whereas the Constitution of the International Labor Or-
ganization Instrument of Amendment of 1946 was
adopted unanimously on October 9, 1946, with the entire
delegation of the United States to the Twenty-ninth
Session of the International Labor Conference sup-
porting this Instrument of Amendment : Therefore be it
Resolved by the Senate and Home of Representatives
of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the President is hereby authorized to accept for the
Government of the United States of America the Con-
stitution of the International Labor Organization Instru-
ment of Amendment adopted by the Twenty-ninth Session
of the International Labor Conference on October 9, 1946.
Sec. 2. There is hereby authorized to be appropriated
annually to the Department of State —
(a) such sums, not to exceed $1,091,739 per annum, as
may be necessary for the payment by the United States
of its share of the expenses of the Organization, as ap-
portioned by the International Labour Conference in
accordance with article 13 (c) of the constitution of the
Organization ; and
(b) such additional sums, not to exceed $9.5,000 per
annum, as may be necessary to pay the expenses incident
to participation by the United States in the activities of
the Organization, including —
(1) salaries of the representative or representatives
and alternates and appropriate staff, including personal
services in the District of Columbia and elsewhere, with-
out regard to the civil-service laws and the Classification
Act of 1923, as amended ; services as authorized by sec-
tion 15 of Public Law 600, Seventy-ninth Congress; under
such rules and regulations as the Secretary of State may
prescribe, allowances for living quarters, including heat,
fuel, and light and cost-of-living allowances to persons
temporarily stationed abroad ; printing and binding with-
out regard to section 11 of the Act of March 1, 1919 (44
U.S.C. Ill), and section 3709 of the Revised Statutes, as
amended ; and
374
(2) such other expenses as the Secretary of State
deems necessary to participation by the United States
in the activities of the Organization: Provided, That the
provisions of section 6 of the Act of July 30, 1946, Public
Law 565, Seventy-ninth Congress, and regulations there-
under, applicable to expenses incurred pursuant to that
Act shall be applicable to any expenses incurred pur-
suant to this paragraph (b) (2).
Sec. 3. No person shall serve as representative, dele-
gate, or alternate from the United States until such per-
son has been investigated as to loyalty and security by
the Federal Bureau of Investigation.
Approved June 30, 194S.
Public Law 472, 80th Congress, 2d Session
TITLE II
S"ec. 201. This title may be cited as the "International
Children's Emergency Fund Assistance Act of 1948".
Skc. 202. It is the purpose of this title to provide for
the special care and feeding of children by authorizing
additional moneys for the International Children's Emer-
gency Fund of the United Nations.
Skc. 203. The President is hereby authorized and di-
rected any time after the date of the enactment of this
Act and before July 1, 1919, to make contributions (a)
from sums appropriated to carry out the purposes of this
title and (b) from sums appropriated to carry out the
general purposes of the proviso in the first paragraph of
the first section of the joint resolution of May 31, 1947
(I'ublic Law 84, Eightieth Congress), as amended, to the
International Children's Emergency Fund of the United
Nations for the special care and feeding of children.
Sec. 204. No contribution shall be made pursuant to
this title or such joint resolution of May 31, 1947, which
would cause the sum of (a) the aggregate amount con-
tributed pursuant to this title and (b) the aggregate
amount contributed by the United States pursuant to such
joint resolution of May 31, 1947, to exceed whichever of
the following sums is the lesser :
(1) 72 per centum of the total resources contributed
after May 31, 1947, by all governments, including the
United States, for programs carried out under the super-
vision of such Fund : Provided, That in computing the
amount of resources contributed tliere shall not be in-
cluded contributions by any government for the benefit of
persons located within the territory of such contributing
government ; or
(2) $100,000,000.
Sec. 205. Funds appropriated for the purposes of such
joint resolution of May 31, 1947, shall remain available
through June 30, 1949.
Sec. 206. There is hereby authorized to be appropriatetl
to carry out the purposes of this title for the fiscal year
ending June 30, 1949, the sum of $60,000,000.
Department of State Bulletin
III. Responsibilities Over Non-Self-Governing and Trust Territories
Public Law 403, 80th Congress, 2d Session
Joint Ilesolution rrovidiu,:^ for niemborsiiip and participation
by tile United States in the Soutli Pacific Commission and
authorizing an appropriation therefor.
Whereas delegates representing the Governments of Aus-
traliii, thp FiH'nch Republic, the Kingdom of the Nether-
lands, Xew Zealand, the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Northern Ireland, and the United States of
America attended the South Seas Conference held at
Canberra, Australia, and signed an "Agreement Estab-
lishing the South Pacific Commission" on February 6,
1947 ; and
Whereas the purpose of the South Pacific Commission is to
encourage and strengthen international cooperation iii
promoting the economic and social welfare and advance-
ment of the non-self-governing territories in the South
I^aciflc in accordance with the principles set forth in
chapter XI of the Charter of the United Nations, thereby
contributing to the maintenance of international peace
and security : Therefore be it
Resolved hij the Senate and House of Representatives of
the United States of America in Congress assembled. That
the President is hereby authorized to accept membership
for tlie United States in the South Pacific Commission,
created by the Agreement Establishing the South Pacific
Commission, signed on February 6, 11)47, at Canberra, Aus-
tralia, by delegates representing the Governments of
Australia, the French Republic, the Kingdom of the
Netherlands, New Zealand, the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Northern Ireland, and the United States of
America, and to appoint the United States Commissioners,
and their alternates, thereto.
Sex3. 2. When used in this joint resolution —
(1) the term "Secretary" means the Secretary of State ;
(2) the term "Government agency" means any depart-
ment, independent establishment, or other agency of the
Government of the United States, or any corporation
wholly owned by the Government of the United States ; and
(3) the term "Commission" means the South Pacific
Commission.
Sec. 3. There is hereby authorized to be appropriated
to the Department of State, out of any money in the
Treasury not otherwise appropriated —
(a) Not more than $20,000 annually for the payment
by the United States of its proportionate share of the
expenses of the Commission and its auxiliary and sub-
sidiary bodies, as set forth in article XIV of the Agree-
ment Establishing the South Pacific Commission ;
(b) Such additional sums as may be needed for the
payment of all necessary expenses incident to participa-
tion by the United States in the activities of the Com-
mission, including salaries of the United States Commis-
sioners, their alternates, and appropriate staff, without
regard to the civil-service laws and the Classification Act
of 1923, as amended; personal services in the District of
Columbia; services as authorized by section 15 of Public
Law COO, Seventy-ninth Congress ; under such rules and
regulations as tlie Secretary of State may prescribe, al-
lowances for living quarters, including heat, fuel, and
light and cost-of-living allowances to persons temporarily
stationed abroad ; hire of passenger motor vehicles and
other local transportation; printing and binding without
regard to section 11 of the Act of March 1, 1919 (44 U.S.C.
Ill), and section 3709 of the Revised Statutes, as
amended ; and such other exptnises as tlie Secretary of
State finds necessary to participation by the United States
in the activities of the Commission: Provided, That the
provisions of section 6 of the Act of July 30, 194G (Public
l^aw 565. Seventy-ninth Congress), and regulations there-
under, applicable to expenses incurred pursuant to that
Act shall be applicable to any expenses incurred pursuant
to this paragraph (b).
Sec. 4. The Secretary is authorized, when the Commis-
sion is desirous of obtaining the services of a person
having special scientific or other technical or professional
qualifications, from time to time to detail, or authorize
the detail of, for temporary service to or in cooperation
with the Commission, any person in the employ or service
of the Government of the United States who has such
qualifications, with the approval of the Government
agency in which such person is employed or serving,
under the same conditions as those governing the detail
of officers and employees of the United States Govern-
ment to the government of another country in accordance
with the provisions of the Act of May 25, 1938 (52 Stat.
442), as amended, except that the authority vested in
the President under that Act shall be vested in the
Secretary for the purpose of carrying out this section.
Approved January 28, 1948.
Public Law 431, 80th Congress, 2d Session
Joint Itesolution l^roviding for memtiership and participation
by the United States in the Caribbean Commission and
authorizing an appropriation therefor.
Whereas representatives of the Governments of the
French Republic, the Kingdom of the Netherlands, the
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ire-
land, and the United States of America signed "An
agreement for the establishment of the Caribbean Com-
mission" in Washington on October 30, 1946, which
agreement continued and extended the international
cooperative arrangements initiated in 1942 between the
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ire-
land, and the United States; and
Whereas the purpose of the Caribbean Commission is to
encourage and strengthen international cooperation in
promoting the economic and social welfare and ad-
vancement of the non-.self-governing territories in the
Caribbetin area, whose economic and social development
is of vital interest to the security of the United States,
in accordance with the principles .set forth in chapter
XI of the Charter of the United Nations: Therefore
be it
Sepfember 79, 1948
375
Resolved ty the Senate and House of Representatives of
the United States of America in Congress assembled, That
the President is hereby authorized to accept membership
for the United States in the Caribbean Commission,
created by "An agreement for the establishment of the
Caribbean Commission," signed in Washington on Oc-
tober 30, 1946, by representatives of the Governments of
the Prencli Republic, the Kingdom of the Netherlands,
the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ire-
land, and the United States of America, and to appoint
the United States Commissioners, and their alternates,
thereto.
Sec. 2. There is hereby authorized to be appropriated
to the Department of State, out of any money in the
Treasury not othervcise appropriated —
(a) Not more than $142,000 annually for the payment
by the United States of its proportionate share of the
expenses of the Commission and its auxiliary and sub-
sidiary bodies, pursuant to article XV of the "agreement
for the Establishment of the Caribbean Commission" ;
and
(b) Such additional sums as may be needed for the pay-
ment of all necessary expenses incident to participation
by the United States in the activities of the Commis-
sion, including salaries of the United States Commis-
sioners, their alternates, appropriate staff, without re-
gard to the civil-service lavps and the Classification Act
of 1923, as amended ; personal services in the District of
Columbia ; services as authorized by section 15 of Public
Law 600, Seventy-ninth Congress ; hire of passenger motor
vehicles and other local transportation ; printing and
binding without regard to section 11 of the Act of March
1, 1919 (44 U. S. C. Ill), and section 3709 of the Re-
vised Statutes, as amended ; and such other expenses as
the Secretary of State finds necessary to participation
by the United States in the activities of the Commission:
Provided, That the provisions of section 6 of the Act of
July 30, 1946 (Public Law 565, Seventy-ninth Congress),
and regulations thereunder, applicable to expenses in-
curred pursuant to that Act shall be applicable to any
expenses incurred pursuant to this paragraph (b).
Approved March 4, 1948.
Public Law 204, 80th Congress, 1st Session
Joint Resolution Authorizing the President to approve the
trusteeship agreement for the Territory of the Pacific
Islands.
Whereas the United States submitted to the Security
Council of the United Nations for its approval in ac-
cordance with article 83 of the Charter of the United
Nations a proposed trusteeship agreement for the Pa-
cific islands formerly mandated to Japan under which
the United States would be prepared to administer those
islands under trusteeship in accordance with the Char-
ter of the United Nations ; and
Whereas the Security Council on April 2, 1947, approved
unanimously the trusteeship agreement with amend-
ments acceptable to the United States ; and
Whereas the said agreement, having been approved by the
Security Council, will come into force upon approval by
376
the Government of the United States after due consti-
tutional process : Therefore be it
Resolved hy the Senate and House of Representatives j
of the United States of America in Cont/ress assembled,
That the President is hereby authorized to approve, on
behalf of the United States, the trusteeship agreement
between the United States of America and the Security
Council of the United Nations for the former Japanese
mandated islands (to be known as the Territory of the
Pacific Islands) which was approved by the Security Coun-
cil at the seat of the United Nations, Lake Success, Nas-
sau County, New York, on April 2, 1947.
Approved July IS, 1947.
House Concurrent Resolution 129, 80th Congress,
2d Session
Whereas the President, on belialf of the United States,
pursuant to authority contained in Public Law 204 of
the first session of the Eightieth Congress, has approved
an agreement between the Security Council of the
United Nations and the United States of America pur-
suant to which the United States has become the
administering authority for the trust territory of the
Pacific islands, heretofore known as the Japanese Man-
dated Islands of the Pacific ; and
Whereas it is the responsibility of the Congress of the
United States to provide a permanent government for
the trust territory of the Pacific islands ; and
Whereas the problem of administration of the trust terri-
tory of the Pacific islands is interrelated to the admin-
istration of Guam, American Samoa, Wake Island, and
other United States island possessions in the Pacific
Ocean : Therefore be it
Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate
eoncurring), That there is hereby established a joint con-
gressional committee to be composed of three members
who are members of the Committee on Interior and Insu-
lar Afl:airs of the Senate, three members who are members
of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate, to
be appointed by the President pro tempore of the Senate,
and three members who are members of the Committee on
Public Lands of the House of Representatives, three mem-
bers who are members of the Committee on Foreign Affairs
of the House of Representatives, to be appointed by the
Speaker of the House of Representatives. The committee
shall select a chairman and a vice chairman from among
its members.
Sec. 2. The committee shall make a thorough study and
Investigation of the islands, group of islands, and other
areas included within the trust territory of the Pacific and
all other islands, groups of islands, and other areas in the
Pacific which are possessions of, or subject to the author-
ity of, the United States, including study and investigation
of—
(a) the peoples, customs, laws, economies, resources,
and governments of such areas ;
(b) the interrelation, and the natural or appropriate
integration, of such areas ;
Department of State Bulletin
(c) the interrelation of tlie security of sucli areas and
the security of the United States ;
(d) measures designed to advance tlie security and
well-being of the peoples and economies of such areas;
and
(e) such other matters relating to such areas as tlie
committee may deem appropriate.
Sec. 3. The committee shall complete its study and in-
vestigation as expeditiously as possilile, and shall forth-
with tliereafter report to the Committee on Interior and
Insular Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on For-
eign Relations of the Senate and the Committee on Public
Lands of the House of Kepresentatives and tJie Committee
on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives the
results thereof, recommending such organic and other
legislation as may be necessary to provide for the civil
government of such areas, and to assure to the peoples of
such areas justice, peace, and tranquillity, a voice in their
civic affairs and government, the development of their
economies and the protection of their civil rights, all with
due regard to the established customs of such peoples.
Sec. 4. For the purposes of this concurrent resolution,
the committee, or any duly authorized subcommittee
thereof, is authorized to hold such hearings, to sit and
act at such times and places during tlie sessions, recesses,
and adjourned periods of the Eightieth Congress, to em-
ploy such consultants, specialists, clerks, and other
assistants, to travel, and authorize its assistants to travel,
freely through such areas and such other places, to
utilize such transportation, housing, and other facilities
as the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Coast Guard, and Air
Force may make available, to require by subpena or other-
wise the attendance of such witnesses and the production
of such correspondence, books, papers, and documents, to
administer such oaths, to take such testimony, and to
make such expenditures, as it deems advisable. The
cost of stenographic services to report such hearings shall
not be in excess of 2.5 cents per hundred words. The ex-
penses of the committee, which shall not exceed $50,000,
shall be paid one-half from the contingent fund of the
Senate and one-half from the contingent fund of the House
of Representatives, upon vouchers approved by the chair-
man or vice chairman. Disbursements to pay such ex-
penses shall be made by the Secretary of the Senate out
of tlie contingent fund of the Senate, such contingent fund
of the House of Representatives in the amount of one-half
of disbursements so made.
Passed June 18, 1948.
Proclamation 2751
IV. Presidential Proclamations Reconvening 80th Congress
Proclamation 2796 "
Convening the Congress
BT THE PRESIDENT OF TirE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
Convening the Congress
BY THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
A PROCLAMATION
Whebb:as the public Interast requires that the Congress
(if the United States should be convened at twelve o'clock,
noon, on Monday, tlie Seventeenth day of November, 1947,
to receive such communication as may be made by the
Executive ;
Now, Thebefoee, I, Harry S. Truman, President of the
United States of America, do hereby proclaim and declare
that an extraordinary occasion requires the Congress of
the United States to convene at the Capitol in the City
of Washington on Monday, the Seventeenth day of Novem-
ber, 1947, at twelve o'clock, noon, of which all persons who
shall at that time be entitled to act as members thereof
are hereby required to take notice.
In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and
caused to be affixed the great seal of the United States.
Done at the City of Washington this twenty-third day
of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hun-
[8s:al] dred and forty-seven, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the one hundred
and seventy-second.
Haret S. Tbuman
By the President:
Robert A. Ix)^'ETT,
Acting Secretary of State.
" 12 Fed. Reg. 6941.
" 13 Fed. Reg. 4057.
September 19, 1948
A PROCLAMATION
Whereas the public interest requires that the Con-
gress of the United States should be convened at twelve
o'clock, noon, on Monday, the twenty-sixth day of July,
1948, to receive such communication as may be made by
the Executive ;
Now, therefore, I, Harry S. Truman, President of
the United States of America, do liereby proclaim and
declare that an extraordinary occasion requires the Con-
gress of the United States to convene at the Capitol in
tlie City of Washington on Monday, the twent.v-slxth day
of July, 1948, at twelve o'clock, noon, of which all persons
who shall at that time be entitled to act as members
thereof are hereby required to take notice.
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and
caused to lie affixed the great seal of the United States.
Done at the city of Washington this fifteenth day of
July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred
[SE.VL] and forty-eight, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the one hundred and
seventy-third.
Habrt S. Tbuman
By the President :
G. C. Marshall,
Secretary of State.
377
Seventh Session of ECOSOC: Freedom of Information
STATEMENT BY WILLARD L. THORP i
U. S. Representative
Mr. President and Members of the Economic
AND Social Council: During these closing days
of the Seventh Session of this Council, there is
no time left for empty amenities. Therefore, I
am going to speak frankly and even bluntly on the
subject of freedom of information because we con-
sider this to be a subject of fundamental impor-
tance to the cause of peace and international
understanding.
Once before in an earlier session of this Council,
I made a short speech on this subject, and was
then told that we could not be deeply interested
because I had not spoken at greater length. I
deny the principle that length of speeches is pro-
portional to intensity of interest. This notion has
never governed American performance. In this
instance, if I reflected in my presentation the in-
terest of the American people, it would extend
our session far into the future.
The record of the Council in the course of this
Session with respect to this vital subject has been
thoroughly disappointing to my Delegation. We
came here prepared to contribute constructively,
and with malice toward none, to a discussion of
the Final Act of the Conference on Freedom of
Information. Already, 54 nations had met in a
formal conference under United Nations auspices,
and after full discussion had adopted three con-
ventions and various resolutions on this subject.
We had hoped that the Council might be able
to consider this subject carefully and judicially,
make appropriate improvements in the conven-
tions and resolutions transmitted to us by the Con-
ference, and pass the product of our work along
proudly to the General Assembly. In anticipa-
tion, we spent days in consultation with our col-
leagues in the French and United Kingdom Dele-
gations with a view to harmonizing the thi-ee
conventions which had emerged from the Confer-
ence on Freedom of Information and the Press,
and which had been sponsored by the United
Kingdom, France, and the United States, respec-
tively. We thus hoped to make the work of the
Council easier, to facilitate speedy action.
And what did we find? We were confronted
for weeks with ill-founded and vicious attacks on
the part of certain delegations which accused my
Delegation, my Government, individual Ameri-
cans, and the newspapers and radio of my country
' Made before a Plenary Session In Geneva on Aug. 27,
1948. Mr. Thorp is Assistant Secretary of State for
economic affairs.
378
of irresponsible and malicious actions designed to
provoke another war. We were met with time-
consuming and obstructionist tactics apparently
designed to make it impossible for this Council,
within the possible limits of time available to it,
to reach any useful conclusions regarding the
Final Act of the Confei'ence on Freedom of In-
formation. When the attempt failed to relegate
the consideration of the Final Act to the closing
hours of the Council, we had to listen for endless,
weary hours to procedural arguments which had
little or no bearing on the subject at hand.
Amendments introduced at one point in the docu-
ments and decisively defeated were re-introduced
time and time again at subsequent points.
The Delegations of France and the United King-
dom, together with my own Delegation, were ac-
cused of trying to substitute a new convention for
the convention on the gathering and international
transmission of news, even though anyone who
studied the joint Anglo-French-American amend-
ments carefully could see that they were designed
to clarify and not to change the substance of the
matter, as I shall illustrate later in my remarks.
In this connection, it is important to note that this
opposition was the opposition of three govern-
ments which had pursued similar tactics at the
Conference on Freedom of Information itself, and
which at that Conference had voted against every
one of the conventions. Consequently, their pro-
fessions of support for and concern about these
original drafts can only be characterized as
fagades designed to conceal their real position.
They themselves proposed numerous amendments
which certainly were directed at the substance of
the conventions.
These opposing countries not only have given no
signs that there is any possibility that these con-
ventions ever may come into force in their own
countries, but they appear to be directing their ef-
forts to preventing their being carefully consid-
ered by other countries which do have a real in-
terest. In fact, the goal seems to be to make cer-
tain that these conventions should never become a
part of international law. What we have wit-
nessed here during recent weeks was an extraor-
dinary illustration of an attempt at sabotage
which, alas, proved at least partially successful in
preventing the Council from exercising and ex-
pressing its considered judgment on these sub-
jects. We in the Council have been the victims of
our rules of procedure and the limitations of our
Department of State Bulletin
time schedule. Eiiles desijrned to protect the free-
dom of speech of any minority liave been used to
prevent action by tlic majority. But these tactics
cannot in the long run be effective. The desire of
the great majority of nations here represented is
clear, and my Government is confident that the will
of the majority will be effectively and clearly ex-
pressed at the General Assembly.
Tlie United States Delegation has stated on sev-
eral occasions in the Committee on Human Rights
that it would hope for nothing better than to see all
countries in the world adopt the conventions which
emerged from the Conference on Freedom of In-
formation. If we had had any optimistic illusions
on tliis subject, they are now gone. It is quite evi-
dent to us that certain countries do not want any
part of these conventions. It has become evident,
even to the casual observer, that when it comes to
the issue of freedom of information, we are sepa-
rated by fundamental differences in our political
pliilosophy, our governmental practice, and our
confidence in the intelligence and judgment of
human beings.
My country, and I know this is shared by the
large majority of countries throughout the world,
believes in freedom of information. We are con-
vinced that without access to unfettered news, the
people in any country camiot carry out their demo-
cratic functions as an informed body of citizens.
We are convinced that without a free flow of in-
formation between countries, the development of
stable international understanding is impossible.
We are not afraid of so-called false and slanderous
information which may at times find its way into
the columns of a free press. We are not afriiid of
it because we believe in the dignity, capacity, and
worth of man. We believe in his judgment and
innate intelligence, and we are certain that we can
trust in his judgment based upon information and
opinion of all kinds freely presented and freely
received. This is the fundamental protection of
the true democracy, where every effort is made to
reduce the power" of a few, either in private or
public life, and to rely to the fullest degree possible
upon the broad judgment and participation by all
the people.
By contrast, in nations where information is
state-controlled and censorshi]) rules, a few gov-
ernment officials have the power to lead their peo-
ple down the road to misunderstanding and even
war. between twin walls of contrived ignorance
and distorted propaganda. The power of the state
is such that there is no protection. Only the opin-
ion of the few and facts selected by the few are
presented to the people. The essence of the cen-
tralized approacli to information is not freedom,
but control. The few who control from their polit-
ical seats are inevitably afraid of letting their
people know what other people think about their
governments; afraid to let them form an unbiased
judgment about other nations and their institu-
Sep/emfaer 19, J 948
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
tions ; afraid of the fresh breeze of free argument
and criticism. Here the power of the few is com-
i:ilete. Censorship and control are in their hands.
In such circumstances, there is no possible pro-
tection of the many against the few. That is why
freedom of information is so basic to the whole
notion of human rights and of responsible citizen-
ship, national and international.
Tlie fundamental issue is a clear one. How
can truth best reach the peojjle of the world? On
the one hand, is a centralized system where state
control and censorship rule. All media of infor-
mation are subject to the complete dictation of a
few political officials whose purpose in being is
not necessarily the promotion and dissemination
of truth. The probability is clearly otherwise.
On the other hand, is a decentralized and com-
petitive system, where truth may find its way
through many channels and many outlets. Let
me describe briefly the processes for the flow of
information in the United States today. In the
United States, there are more than 1,700 daily
newspapers. Of these, about 83 percent are lo-
cally owned and only about 13 percent absentee
owned. In other words, approximately four out
of every five dailies are individual, independent
units. Only slightly more than one out of five
is linked with a chain, and the largest chain in
the United States consists of less than 20 dailies.
There are, in addition, almost 10,000 weekly news-
papers. The overwhelming majority of these are
individual units, locally owned. Each of these
papers — both weeklies and dailies — has its own
editors, free to report world news and to com-
ment on it as they like.
Scores of magazines and periodicals are pub-
lished by many unrelated owners in the United
States, many of which contain news and informa-
tion concerning international affairs.
In the field of radio there are almost 1,700 AM
stations broadcasting at the present time, together
with more than 500 FM stations, and some 27 tele-
vision stations. Almost without exception, con-
siderable attention is given by all of these to the
dissemination of news and information concern-
ing public affairs. And commentators suggest to
the public various interpretations of the news.
These news media — newspapers, periodicals,
and broadcasting stations — are served by three
national wire services with world-wide coverage,
which provide their services to media of all shades
of opinion from right to left. In addition, many
newspapers, periodicals, and radio networks main-
tain extensive, supplementary foreign coverage
through correspondents of their own.
Tlirough this extensive network for the collec-
tion and dissemination of news and information,
the multiplicity of sources of news and informa-
tion available to the people of the United States
is unsurpassed in any other country of the world.
I am not pretending to claim that our American
379
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
institutions are perfect or that only truth flows
through our news channels. But I do submit tliat
true information has its best chance of expression
when the channels are multiple and uncontrolled,
rather than when it must all pass through a sin-
gle point, and a government censor sits at that
point, adding to that which he permits to pass a
tremendous flow of opinion and propaganda orig-
inating from government sources. Which is the
monopoly — the ownership and perhaps the con-
trol of a handful of newspapers in the United
States, or the ruthless all-embracing control by the
State of every written and spoken word? No
monopoly can possibly be more complete than a
state monopoly. And no state monopoly can be
more dangerous to the peace of the world than
one completely controlling the flow of informa-
tion.
It is with regret that I must leave the basic issue
to turn to certain specific aspects of the proposed
conventions. At some points, the result of the
prolonged debates has been to confuse the issue;
at others, to weaken the conventions somewhat.
First, I shall refer to the convention on the gath-
ering and international transmission of news —
the only convention which was reviewed by the
Committee on Human Rights.
The tripartite amendment submitted by France,
the United Kingdom, and the United States intro-
duced the phrase "of other contracting states" into
various substantive articles of the convention, in
order to make it absolutely clear to everyone that
the rights and privileges of the convention would
apply only to correspondents and information
agencies of contracting states. In connection with
this clarification, the term "correspondents of
other contracting states" was substituted for the
term "foreign correspondent". The Soviet and
Polish Delegates charged time after time that
these phrases introduced a new element into the
text which made for discrimination between the
correspondents and information agencies of con-
tracting states, on the one hand, and of jion-
contracting states, on the other. Furthermore
they made the point with wearying repetition that
this change for the first time brought within the
terms of the convention nationals of a given coun-
try who might work for foreign information
agencies.
In the first place, it is evident that limiting the
convention to contracting states is nothing less
than the principle of reciprocity which is the basis
of all treaties. This is certainly unobjectionable
procedure. But beyond this, let us look at the
facts. Let us see wliether, as charged, the tri-
partite amendment introduced a new principle into
the text originally adopted by the Conference.
I shall quote the pertinent parts of the original
definitions of "information agency" and "foreign
correspondent" as adopted by the Conference on
Freedom of Information :
380
For the purpose of the present Convention, the follow-
ing expressions are to be understood in the sense herein-
after defined.
A. Information Agency
A press, radio or film organization, whether public or
private, created or organized under the applicable
laics and regulations within the territories of a
Contracting State. . . .
B. Foreign Correspondent
An Individual employed by an information agency —
that is to say, an information agency of a Contract-
ing State in accordance with the definition I have just
read — or a national of a Contracting State. . . .
It is perfectly clear that by definition the orig-
inal draft adopted by the Conference extended
the rights and privileges of the convention to in-
formation agencies and correspondents only of
contracting states. It is also perfectly clear that
nationals working for foreign information
agencies of contracting states were always in-
cluded within the scope of the convention. The
tripartite amendment changed nothing in these
two respects. Yet time after time ill-founded
charges were made that it did, and hours and hours
of precious time were devoted to debating the se-
mantics of the original draft and the revision.
As I have explained, this tripartite amendment
did not change the substance of the draft adopted
by the Conference. However, some modifications
were approved by the Human Rights Committee,
which are matters of regret to my Delegation, and
I feel absolutely certain that my Government will
urge the General Assembly to return to the prin-
ciples approved by the Conference.
In the first place, the Conference originally
adopted the principle that news material leaving
a country in i:)eacetime might be censored only on
the ground of national military security. Even
this foothold for the censors my Government
viewed as, at best, a necessary evil. The Human
Rights Committee, however, has so amended
articles 4 and 10, the latter of which has become
article 9 in the Report of the Committer, that the
boundaries of peacetime censorship are ambigu-
ous. At the least, censorship would be permitted
on the sweeping ground of national security — a
term which can be stretched to cover a multitude
of sins in the way of governmental suppression
of legitimate news. My Government feels
strongly that censorship of outgoing news should
be permitted in peacetime only at most on the
grounds of national rniJifary security — and then
only in full conformity with the procedures listed
in article 4, every step of which is designed for
the protection of correspondents and information
agencies.
In the second place, my Delegation regrets the
insertion by the Committee of the third paragraph
of what used to be article 10, and is now article
9, which provides that nothing in the convention
shall limit the discretion of any contracting state
Department of State Bulletin
to refuse entry to any particular person — that is, to
any particular correspondent. The original
draft of the convention as adopted by the Con-
ference permitted states to refuse entry to cor-
respondents, but only in accordance with public
laws and regulations — cither immigration laws or
laws for the protection of national security. Thus
the actions of states would have to be in accordance
with a rule of law — a rule of law which they might
themselves establish, but nevertheless a rule of law
publicly adopted and known to all. The pi"ovi-
sion adopted by the Human Rights Committee,
on the other hand, opens the door to arbitrary ad-
ministrative action by governmental personnel.
It would permit the exclusion of any particular
correspondent for any reason whatsoever, most
likely because it was feared that once admitted
the correspondent might transmit abroad facts
distasteful to the government concerned.
I must also comment on article 14 of the draft
convention on the gathering and international
transmission of news — the so-called "colonial
clause" which has become article 15 in the docu-
ment now before you. The United States Govern-
ment wants the most liberal provision possible in
this connection. We ourselves will automatically
apply the freedom-of-information conventions
which we ratify to all the territories for the con-
duct of whose international relations the United
States is responsible. At the same time we recog-
nize the constitutional and procedural difhculties
facing certain metropolitan powers in this regard.
We do not want to make it impossible for them to
ratify these conventions. Therefore we supported
the article adopted by the Human Rights Commit-
tee— an article which, frankly, falls short of our
aspirations. I must state, however, that my Gov-
ernment does not consider this present provision
as establishing a precedent for other conventions
relating to other matters.
With respect to the draft convention concerning
the institution of an international right of correc-
tion which was originally sponsored by the French
Government, my Government wholeheartedly ac-
cepts the principle of an international right of
correction. Aly Government looks upon the pro-
posed convention on this subject as a legitimate
and potentially useful remedy for false or dis-
torted reports likely to injure friendly relations
between States — a remedy thoroughly consistent
with the principles of freedom of information,
and with the responsibility of the United Nations
for promoting international understanding. AVe
have agreed with the French and United Kingdom
Delegations on certain clarifying amendments to
this convention which will in no way change its
essence. Since there is no time to discuss these
amendments here, we shall submit them to the
General Assembly.
The third convention — the diaft convention on
freedom of information — seeks agreement among
September 19, 1948
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIAUZBD AGENCIES
democratic states on broad principles of freedom
of infornuition, and the extension of these princi-
ples to regions where they are not now fully rec-
ognized in practice. The United States warmly
supports the general objectives of this convention.
At the same time we believe it can and should be
improved in the General Assembly.
The chief outstanding problem in our view
arises in connection with article 2. In its present
form article 2 attempts to list specifically the re-
strictions which governments may legitimately im-
pose upon the broad rights to freedom of in-
formation granted by article 1. In the view of my
(Tovernment, in lieu of the specific limitations
clause, there should be substituted a general, over-
all limitations clause laying down the boundaries
of governmental power.
There are two reasons for this proposed change.
In the first place, it is clear that the list of specific
restrictions now contained in article 2 is incom-
plete. A more thorough examination of this sub-
ject has indicated that a score of specific restric-
tions would have to be listed if one wished to pro-
tect adequately the various existing, legitimate
laws now in force in various countries for the
protection of the public. To make such a detailed
listing would give the appearance of the tail of
limitation wagging the dog of freedom.
In the second place, the problem of the exact
boundary between freedom and protection is
perennial. No rigid adjustment on an interna-
tional basis will ever be completely satisfactory
or permanent. In the opinion of my Government,
this problem can best be dealt with in an inter-
national convention by provisions drafted along
the lines of articles in a constitution, not specifi-
cations in a city ordinance. Only thus can the
legitimate rights of the people be protected on a
continuing basis.
In conclusion, may I state that my Government
will urge the General Assembly in its next ses-
sion to give adequate consideration to all three
freedom-of-information conventions. We will
come to the Assembly in the same spirit as we
came to the Council, prepared to contribute con-
structively to drafting the best conventions which
the composite intelligence of those present can
create. It is our hope that, with whatever modi-
fications are considered appropriate by the As-
sembly, these conventions will be adopted and
opened for signature at the next session of the
Assembly in accordance with the time-table rec-
ommended by the Conference on Freedom of In-
formation.
The concern of my Government in this field is
first and foremost to implement the right of all
peoples to know — to know what is going on every-
where on the globe. We hope that this right will
eventually be guaranteed on a world-wide basis —
{Continued on page 385)
381
fi
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Meeting of Council of Foreign Ministers To Discuss Italian Colonies
NOTES AND MEMORANDA EXCHANGED BETWEEN U.S. AND SOVIET GOVERNMENTS!
Soviet Note to United States
[Translation]
No. 165
The Embassy of the U.S.S.R. in the U.S.A. upon
instructions of the Soviet Government has the
honor to communicate the following.
In connection with the termination of the work
of the Deputy Ministers of Foreign Affairs of the
four powers on the question of the former Italian
colonies and in accordance with Article 23 of the
Treaty of Peace with Italy and with Annex XI to
this Treaty, the Soviet Government deems it neces-
sary, prior to the expiration of the period en-
visaged by the Treaty of Peace, that is, prior to
September 15 of this year, to examine in the
Council of Ministers of Foreign Affairs the ques-
tion of the former Italian colonies in the manner
established by the Treaty of Peace.
Embassy of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics,
Washington, September J^, 19IfS.
Secretary Marshall to Soviet Ambassador
September 8, 1948
The Secretary of State presents his compliments
to the Ambassador of the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics and has the honor to acknowledge His
Excellency's note no. 165 of September 4, 1948, re-
garding the disposition of the former Italian
colonies. It is noted that the Soviet Government
deems it necessary, now that the work of the
Deputy Foreign Ministers has been concluded, to
examine the problem in the Council of Foreign
Ministers prior to September 15 in accordance with
Article 93 of the Italian Treaty of Peace and
Annex Xt thereto.
The Government of the United States is pre-
pared, should the other member governments
agree, to participate in the proposed meeting of
the Council of Foreign Ministers through a duly
qualified representative of the Secretary of State.
In view of the wide divergence of views expressed
by the Deputy Foreign Ministers, however, this
Government is of the opinion that no useful pur-
pose could be served by this meeting unless the
Soviet Government has new proposals to make.
'Released to the press on Sept. 8, 9, and 11, 1948.
382
In the absence of such new proposals, this Gov-
ernment suggests that the four governments con-
cerned should agree among themselves that, having
failed to reach agreement on the disposition of
these territories by the date stipulatecl under the
terms of the Treaty of Peace with Italy, this fact
should be notified to the Secretary General of the
United Nations either by the four powers indi-
vidually, throudi diplomatic channels, or through
the Secretary General of the Council of Foreign ^
Ministers. This Government considers that thej
procedure suggested above would meet the re-l
quirements of the provisions of the Italian TreatyJ
of Peace.
Soviet Memorandum to United States
[Translation]
No. 166
The Embassy of the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics presents its compliments to the Depart-
ment of State and has the honor to transmit here-l
with a copy of the note of September 8, 1948 of tliej
Embassy of the U.S.S.R. in Great Britain to the'
Foreign Office of Great Britain.
Embassy of the Union of Soviet Republics
Washington, September 8, 1948
Copy of Soviet Note to Great Britain
In connection with the note of September 7tl;
of this year from the Foreign Office of Great
Britain, in which the Government of Great'
Britain, replying to the note of September 4th
from the Soviet Government, communicates its
consent to discuss the question of Italian colonies
in the Council of Foreign Ministers of the
U.S.S.R., Great Britain, the U.S.A., and France
before September 15th, the Embassy is instructed
to communicate the following :
The Soviet Government agrees to the proposal
of the Government of Great Britain to call a
session of the Council of Foreign Ministers for
the discussion of the said question in Paris.
As regards the date of calling the Council of i|
Foreign Ministers, the Soviet Government con-
siders that such a date might be September 10th
(tenth) of this year.
A copy of this note is being forwarded simul-
taneously to the Governments of the U.S.A. and
France.
Department of State Bulletin
4
United States Memorandum Delivered on
September 9, 1948, to Soviet Embassy
In reply to the Soviet Embassy's memorandum
no. IGG of September 8, 1948, regarding the pro-
posed meeting of the Council of Foreign Ministers
to extunine the question of the former Italian col-
onies, the Department of State refers to the Secre-
tary's note of the same date to the Soviet Am-
bassador on this subject.
The Department of State is entirely agreeable
to the holding of the Council's meeting in Paris.
The date of September 10 proposed by the Soviet
Government would not, however, allow sufficient
time for the Department to prepare the necessary
instructions, travel orders, et cetera, for the Amer-
ican delegation. For this reason, the Department
proposes that the Council be convoked in Paris
on September 13, and trusts that this date will be
acceptable to the Soviet Ministry of Foreign
Affairs.
Department of State,
Washington^ September 9, 19^.
Soviet Note to the United States
[Translation]
Xo. 109
The Soviet Goverimient has received the De-
partment of State's notes of September 8 and
September 9 on the question of the former Italian
colonies. In this connection the Embassy of the
U.S.S.R. has been instructed to bring the follow-
ing to the attention of the Government of the
U.S.A. :
In its note of September 8 the Government of
the U.S.A. states that a conference of the Council
of Foreign Ministers would not serve any useful
purpose if the Soviet Government did not intro-
duce new proposals for consideration therein.
Such a statement, with an attempt to present to
the Soviet Government certain preliminary condi-
tions for calling the Council of Foreign Ministers,
is absolutely arbitrary and imacceptable to the
Soviet Government. In expressing its willingness
to participate in a conference of the Council of
Foreign Ministers on the question of the fate of
the former Italian colonies, the Government of the
U.S.A. states that a representative of the Secre-
tary of State will be fully empowered to partici-
pate in such a conference, which signifies the re-
fusal of the Secretary of State of the U.S.A. to
participate in the said Council of Foreign Min-
isters and makes the convocation of the Council of
Foreign Ministers to discuss the said question im-
possible. The Government of the U.S.A. thereby
violates that clause of the Treaty of Peace with
Sepf ember 79, 7948
THE RECORD OF THE WBEK
Italy which provides that the question of the fate
of tile former Italian colonies be discussed before
September 15 of this year in the Council of Foreign
Ministers.
Despite the fact that such a reply from the Gov-
ernment of the U.S.A. is not in keeping with the
provisions of the Treaty of Peace with Italy, the
Soviet Government will not object to the said con-
ference of representatives of the four Powers, in so
far as the Governments of France and Great
Britain are also in agreement.
There are no objections to the date of September
13 for such a conference in Paris.
Copies of the present note are being sent to the
Governments of Great Britain and France.
Embassy of the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics
Washington, September 10, 194S.
United States Memorandum Delivered on Septem-
ber 11, 1948, to tSie Soviet Embassy
The Department of State acknowledges the re-
ceipt of the Soviet Embassy's memorandum no.
169 of September 10 with further reference to the
proposed meeting of the Council of Foreign Min-
isters to examine the question of the former Ital-
ian colonies.
The United States Government rejects the in-
terpretation placed by the Soviet Government on
its memorandum of September 9.
The United States Government further does
not accept the contention of the Soviet Govern-
ment that the participation of a representative of
the Secretary of State in that meeting, in the
Secretary's stead, makes impossible the convoca-
tion of a Council of Foreign Ministers and the
accusation that the United States Government
thereby violated the Treaty of Peace with Italy.
The Potsdam Agreement regarding the establish-
ment of the Council of Foreign Ministers is unam-
biguous in providing, in paragraph 2, subsection
(1), for a 'iiigh-ranking deputy, duly authorized
to carry on the work of the Council in the absence
of his foreign minister". The Soviet Government
will recall that, in accordance with this provision,
this procedure has been followed in previous meet-
ings of the Council of Foreign Ministers.
Nevertheless, if the other Governments con-
cur, the United States Government is prepared to
attended the meeting in Paris on September 13,
referred to in tlie Embassy's memorandum, to
discuss the disposition of the former Italian
colonies.
Copies of this memorandum are being trans-
mitted to the British and French Governments.
Department of State,
Washington, September 11, 19J^.
383
''The Issues at Belgrade Were Clearly Drawn"
REPORT ON THE DANUBE CONFERENCE BY WALTER A. RADIUS
Director, Office of Transportation and Communications
The Danube conference recently convened in
Belgrade was called, under a declaration of the
Council of Foreign Ministers of December 1946,
to implement the clauses of the Balkan peace
ti-eaties providing for freedom of navigation on
the Danube. Ten countries participated : the four
sponsors, the United States, the United Kingdom,
France, and the Soviet Union ; and the Ukraine,
Rumania, Bulgaria, Hungary, Yugoslavia, and
Czechoslovakia. Austria was also present, but the
Soviet bloc refused to accept an American pro-
posal to grant her the right to vote.
We knew that the three western powers would
be in a minority position and could be out-voted
on any issue at any time. Nevertheless, we went
to the Conference to negotiate in good faith. This
was the first conference convened after the Smith-
Molotov exchange of notes last May. We are
proud of our record in backing up our offer to
negotiate any issue under appropriate interna-
tional auspices — no matter how difficult. At Bel-
grade we were indeed put to the severest test. The
record clearly shows who was willing to negotiate
and who was not.
The United States looked upon this Conference
as one more opportunity to try to break the dead-
lock of shipping on the Danube and to restore
free and open navigation on the river. For three
years commerce between the upper part of the
river in Germany and Austria and the lower part
under Soviet control has been at a standstill. For
three years the United States has tried to break
down the barrier blocking traffic between its zone
and the Soviet-controlled river. The problem was
tackled in the Control Council in Austria, in the
Economic and Social Council of the United Na-
tions, and by direct efforts — -all to no avail. It
is ne wonder that economic recovery in the Da-
nubian area and the development of east-west trade
have been retarded. Even within the Soviet-con-
trolled area traffic is less than the prewar level.
While we were not optimistic that the Confer-
ence would reach an acceptable solution of the
Danube problems, we went prepared to study,
discuss, and negotiate the issues involved.
The work of the Conference revolved arovmd
the drafting of a new convention to cover the
international administration of the Danube. In
this discussion, the term "convention" is used as
meaning "treaty".
The United States sought a new convention for
the Danube which would:
1. Promote river trade within the entire Danube
384
basin, and open that waterway to the vessels of
commerce of all nations on a basis of equality ;
2. Assure that the merchant ships of any flag
could use the river and port facilities without
discrimination ;
3. Set up an administration for the regulation
of navigation adapted to the special problems of
a great river system serving many states and re-
sponding to expanding requirements of modem
shipping traffic ;
4. Coordinate the administration of this great
waterway with other related international activi-
ties through appropriate association with the
United Nations; and,
5. Provide an efficient and impartial means for
conciliation of differences and for the settlement
of disputes.
These objectives were clearly set forth in a com-
plete proposed draft convention placed before the
Conference by the United States Delegation.
By way of contrast, the Soviet draft convention
placed before the Conference did none of these
things. The Soviet Delegation made no effort to
negotiate points of difference. Their attitude was
one of take it or leave it. Mr. Vyshinski, head of
the Soviet Delegation, actually stated: "I would
say in general that what is acceptable in the
United States draft can be found in the Soviet
draft and what is not in the Soviet draft cannot
be accepted. It cannot be accepted either by the
Soviet Delegation or by the six riparian states."
Not one suggestion for a change in the Soviet draft
was made by any satellite delegation. It was pre-
sented as a perfect docunient, and endoi'sed as such
by the eastern bloc. Only a few last-minute ad-
ditions of minor import were made by the Soviet
Delegation, perhaps in a vain effort to conceal the
fact that for them the role of the conference was
merely to rubber-stamp their document.
In what ways was the Soviet draft convention
unsatisfactory ? To answer this question, we must
go behind the language of the convention and
statements of delegates. We must see how Danube
shipping has been organized and controlled during
the past few years. We must learn what is meant
by the words used in agreements in light of actual
practice. Too often we have found that agree-
ment on words is meaningless where there is no
real agreement on principles. The records of the
Belgrade conference show that those important
phrases "freedom of navigation" and "nondis-
criminatory treatment" had different meanings
depending upon who used them. While giving
nominal, but limited, recognition to these basic
Department of State Bulletin
principles, the Soviet draft provided no assurances
of pprformance.
Let me give you a specific example :
According to the terms of the Soviet convention,
although freedom of navifjation is allowed on
equal terms to vessels of all countries, the use of
port facilities is subject to agreement with appro-
priate transport agencies, with no adequate safe-
guards against discrimination.
Let us now look at the Meszhart Shipping Com-
pany of Hungary which has long-term leases on
practically all the port facilities of Budapest.
This company is fifty percent owned by the Soviet
Union and its general manager is a Soviet citizen.
It has a privileged position in the Hungarian
economy. The Soviets have a similar company in
Rumania. What kind of an agreement would such
transport agencies likely make with their competi-
tors? Anyone with even a small knowledge of the
many factors involved in the shipment of goods
and use of port facilities knows that the possibili-
ties for discrimination are great even under normal
trading conditions. With these conditions subject
to agreements with Soviet-controlled monopolies,
the principle of freedom of navigation without;
explicit guaranties of nondiscriminatory treat-
ment would be meaningless.
The same type of analysis can be made of other
objectionable provisions of the Soviet convention.
It fails to recognize the interests of the rest of
Europe and the world in Danube commerce, and
even the interests of the Danube countries in trade
with other regions. It ignores any relationship
with the United Nations.
It purports to set up a new regime for the regu-
lation of navigation on the Danube, but the Com-
mission it establishes is impotent and without
authority to see that the convention is carried out.
The most important parts of the river, the Iron
Gates sector and the Delta, are removed from its
jurisdiction by setting up for those sections two
administrations independent of the Commission.
Austria is denied an opportunity of participat-
ing for the present, and the question of eventual
German participation is ignored. Within its occu-
pation zones in these countries, the United States
now has direct responsibility for Danube shipping,
but this interest is also ignored.
Existing international agreements covering the
Danube and involving the rights of other states
are arbitrarily declared null and void.
The issues at Belgiade were clearly drawn. We
realized early in the Conference that violent
debate would not change one word of tlie Soviet
convention. We, therefore, set forth our position
on each major point with reasoned arguments.
The record shows that our arguments were either
ignored or twisted — but received no serious con-
sideration. How could they, since before any
discussion began, the Soviet position had been
Sepfember 19, 1948
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
endorsed in full by six other states and our draft
proposals flatly rejected?
Nevertheless, we stayed on to the final vote,
ignoring the Soviet invitations to walk out, such
as Mr. Vyshinski's statement, "The door was open
for you to come in ; the same door is open for you
to go out, if that is what you wish." By staying
we demonstrated the futility of attempting to
negotiate with a Soviet-controlled majority.
We were also able to bring to the attention of
the delegations of the satellite countries the sound-
ness of our position and our continued interest in
their economic welfare and political independence.
The degree of their submission to Soviet economic
imperialism and political domination, in spite of
repeated professions of Soviet concern for their
"sovereignty", was brought home to them. How-
ever, the voting record was not changed, and the
signs of outward solidarity remained. But the
Eolicies and actions of the Soviet Union in the
•anube region were challenged directly in an
international meeting where, at least in the con-
ference hall, no censorship prevailed.
From our point of view, the conference achieved
no constructive tangible results. The Danube is
still divided between the United States occupa-
tion zones and the Soviet area of control. A con-
vention has been signed by the Soviet bloc which
undermines the principles of freedom of naviga-
tion embodied in the Balkan peace treaties.
Austria and the German sector of the Danube
are ignored, and the United States does not recog-
nize the application of the Soviet convention to
those sections of the river.
The Belgrade conference marks one more step
in the continuing effort to open up the Danube
and to work out our differences with the Soviet
Union. The immediate results and the conduct
of the Conference were discouraging. But lessons
were learned, a record established, and ideas put
forth that will not be forgotten. The problems of
the Danube have not been settled; it remains a
dead and divided river.
ECOSOC — Continued from page S81
not only to the American people and to the people
of great metropolitan powers, such as the United
Kingdom and France, but also to colonial and
other dependent areas and to the people now sub-
ject to blackouts by censorship and complete state
control. We want to open for all of them new
windows onto the world. For this they must be
given access to adequate information from di-
verse and unfettered sources of news and infor-
mation. It is toward this end that my Govern-
ment will continue to strive, and no obstruction,
no procedural devices, no filibusters, will deter
us from our course. The result is too important.
Knowledge and understanding must provide the
basis upon which, in the long run, the peace and
well-being of the world can be built.
385
Emigration Regulations for IVien of Military Age From
U.S. Zones of Germany and Austria
EXCHANGE OF NOTES BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND THE
PROVISIONAL GOVERNMENT OF ISRAEL
[Released to the press September 4]
Septemher 5, 19^8
Sir : I acknowledge the receipt of your note of
August 26, 1948, requesting that the United States
military authorities in the American zones of Ger-
many and Austria be instructed to remove pres-
ent restrictions concerning the inclusion of men
of military age in emigi-ation movements from
those zones to Israel.
Following the adoption by the Security Council
of the Palestine truce resolution of May 29, 1948,
the United Nations Mediator discussed the provi-
sions of the truce with representatives of the Pro-
visional Government of Israel and of the Arab
states, summarizing his views in his note of June
7th to those governments. In recognition of the
responsibility of the Mediator for the supervision
of the truce and the responsibility of this Govern-
ment to give the greatest possible assistance to the
Mediator, the Department of State subsequently
raised with him the question of the establishment
in the United States zones of Germany and Aus-
tria of appropriate procedures mutually agreeable
to the United States Government and the Mediator
which would enable the latter to exercise the immi-
gration controls envisaged in his note of Jiuie 7th
referred to above. Prior to the conclusion of the
Department's exchange of communications with
the Mediator on this subject the United States
zonal military authorities were instructed tempo-
rarily to suspend authorization for the exit of men
of military age with end visas for Israel.
As a result of the Department's communications
with the Mediator further instructions have now
been issued by the United States Government to
the zonal military authorities. The instructions
provide for the continued prohibition of the exit
of emigrants for Israel identified as fighting per-
sonnel, and authorize the departure of those men
of military age for whom accredited representa-
tives of the Provisional Government of Israel
submit to the zonal military authorities advance
clearance for emigration obtained from the Media-
tor by such representatives.
Accept [etc.]
For the Secretary of State :
Ch.\rles E. Saltzman
[Assistant Secretary for Occupied Areas]
No. 19G2
August 26, 1948
Mt dear Me. Secretary: I have the honor to
bring to your attention the following facts regard-
ing emigration to Israel of men of military age
from among the refugees and displaced persons
in the U.S. Zones of Germany and Austria and the
views of my Government on the matter.
The representative of the Provisional Govern-
ment of Israel in the United States zone in Ger-
many has been advised by a communication from
Headquarters, Munich Military Post, APO 4-7-A,
U.S. Army, that the following personnel are noti
to depart the area of U.S. military control :
"A. Fighting personnel — persons identified as
belonging to organized military units as well as all
persons bearing arms;
"B. Men of military age — men within the age
gi-oup 18-45. Until receipt of further instructions
from this Headquarters, personnel, as defined in
Paragraph 1, A and B above, are not to be included
in emigration movements to Israel from this area
of control."
Through a further communication from Brig.
Gen. Thomas L. Harold, Headquarters, European
Command, APO 403, U.S. Army, the Israeli rep-
resentatives were advised as follows :
"If this position conflicts with any understand-
ing to the contrary on terms of the prevailing
'truce', it is suggested that your government take
this matter up with the U.S. Mediator directly and
with the U.S. State Department through your rep-
resentative in the United States."
The State of Israel Mission to the United States
respectfully requests the Department of State of
the United States to instruct the appropriate
United States authorities to amend the position
above set forth by eliminating the above quoted
paragraph B since no valid grounds exist for the
position so stated under the present truce or other-
wise.
1. The Resolution adojDted by the Security Coun-
cil on May 29, 1948, provides in part that the Se-
curity Council
"Calls upon all Governments and authorities
concerned to undertake that they will not intro-
386
Department of State Bulletin
ducc finflitiiiii personnel into Palestine, Egypt,
Iraq, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, Sj'ria, Trans-Jordan
and Yemen during the cease-fire and
"Calls upon Governments and authorities con-
cerned, should men of military age be introduced
into countries or territories under their control, to
undertake not to mobilize or submit them to mili-
tary training during the cease-fire."
The provisions of the first above quoted para-
graph of the Resolution are met by paragraph A
of tlie instructions quoted above.
The Security Council Resolution of May 29,
1948, in its reference to "men of military age"
merely states that should they be introduced into
countries, including Palestine, the authorities
there "undertake not to mobilize or submit them
to military training during the cease-fire." It was
thus clearly contemplated that men of military
age could and vrould go to Palestine. This is plain
not only from the text of the Resolution but also
from the statement of the representative of France
who offered the language referred to and stated
that its purpose "is to prevent the introduction
into these various territories of fighting person-
nel, but not of men of military age. ... It
aims at preventing combatants from entering these
various territories, hut to allow men of military
age to go into these territornes, on the condition,
however, that at least during the Truce they are
not mobilized and that they do not receive any
military training." (Emphasis supplied) (S./P.
V. 310 p. 81) The French proposal, which was
accepted, contrasts sharply with the language of
the Resolution as originally introduced, which
would have precluded all men of military age
from going to Palestine. Further emphasizing
the intent of the Resolution as adopted is the state-
ment of the United States representative that the
original language, which precluded "men of mili-
tary age" from going to Palestine, must be
amended by the deletion of such provision and
the acceptance of the French wording, which was
incorporated into the final draft of the Resolu-
tion. (S./P.V. 310, p. 93-100)
The present rulings of the United States Army
authorities in Germany ai'e thus wholly inconsist-
ent with the terms of the truce which followed the
Resolut ion of May 29. This situation was changed
in no respect by the Resolution of the Security
Council of July 15, 1948, which called upon all
Governments and authorities concerned to cooper-
ate with the Mediator, "in conformity with the
Resolution adopted by the Security Council on
29 May 1948" and provides, "the truce shall re-
main in force, in accordance with the present Reso-
lution and with that of 29th May 1948 . . .".
IHE RECORD OF THE WBBK
2. The Mission of the State of Israel to the
United States has learned that American authori-
ties recently, however, referred to the Mediator
the matter of the emigration of Jewish displaced
persons of military age from the United States
Zones of Germany and Austria. According to in-
formation received, the Mediator has proposed
that lists containing names of prospective emi-
grants should be submitted to him for approval
before their departure. This proposal is an at-
tempt to introduce new limitations on Jewish im-
migration to Israel by vesting in the Mediator arbi-
trary power to cut off or restrict the number of
immigrants of military age. That power was not
granted to him by the terms of the Security Coun-
cil resolutions. The adoption of the proposed
procedure would contravene both the letter and
the spirit of the Security Council resolutions
which are the only instruments governing the
present truce. The Provisional Government of
Israel has already agreed not to mobilize or train
immigrants of military age and is fully prepared
to allow the Mediator and U.N. observers to super-
vise the execution of this undertaking. That
undertaking is reiterated here.
3. My Government is deeply concerned regard-
ing the consequences that would ensue from the
adoption by the United States military authorities
in Germany and Austria of the procedure sug-
gested by the Mediator. Its apprehensions are
based, first, on the effect which the continued ex-
clusion of men between the ages of 18 to 45 would
have on the displaced persons themselves. Men
of military age and their families now form the
bulk of the displaced persons in Germany and
Austria. The proposed policy would either once
again separate the men from their families or
more likely penalize them all by inflicting another
and indefinite period of enforced idleness and con-
finement in the camps. Second, my Government
is concerned by the effect which the Mediator's
proposal will have on the truce itself. If adopted,
it will sharply increase the resentment felt by the
people of Israel against what appears to be a con-
sistent policy of the Mediator to interpret or apply
explicit instructions and resolutions by the Secu-
rity Council in a manner considered detrimental to
Israel.
4. In the light of the above considerations, it is
requested that the present refusal by the United
States military authorities in Germany and Aus-
tria to allow men of military age to proceed to
Israel be immediately rectified.
Accept [etc.]
Sincerely yours,
E. Epstein
Special Representative
September ?9, 1948
387
I
The United Nations and
Specialized Agencies Page
Eightieth Congress, Second Session, and the United Nations :
Article by Sheldon Z. Kaplan 347
Appendix: Selected Texts 349
Seventh Session of Ecosoc: Freedom of Information. State-
ment by Willard L. Thorp 378
Treaty Information
Meeting of Council of Foreign Ministers To Discuss Italian
Colonies. Notes and Memoranda Exchanged Between
United States and Soviet Governments 382
"The Issues at Belgrade Were Clearly Drawn". Report on the
Danube Conference by Walter A. Radius 384
Occupation Matters
Emigration Regulations for Men of Military Age From U.S.
Zones of Germany and Austria. Exchange of Notes Be-
tween the United States and the Provisional Government
of Israel 386
General Policy
Meeting of Council of Foreign Ministers To Discuss Italian
Colonies. Notes and Memoranda Exchanged Between the
United States and Soviet Governments 382
The Congress
Eightieth Congress, Second Session, and the United Nations :
Article by Sheldon Z. Kaplan 347
Appendix: Selected Texts 349
Sheldon Z. Kaplan, author of the article on the 80th Con-
gress, Second Session, and the United Nations, is an Assistant
to the Legal Adviser, Department of State.
U. S. GOVCRNMCNT PRINTINQ OFFICE: 1948
tJ/i€/ ^e/ia/)ci7nen(/ a^ CHate^
.-\
-/ 0^ M'oo
fk
ASSASSINATION OF COUNT FOLKE BERNA-
DOTTE • Statement by the Secretary of State . 399
THE UNITED NATIONS CHARTER: A STAND-
ARD FOR CONDUCT AMONG NATIONS •
Address by the Secretary of State
400
CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES IN
WORLD HEALTH: THE FIRST WORLD
HEALTH ASSEMBLY . Article by H. van
Zile Hyde, M.D 3gj
Vol. XIX, No. 482
September 26, 1948
•*tbs *>*
For complete contents see back cover
OCT 11 t9W
M
le
Qje/iwyemene A)/ Sf^a^ jOUllGllIl
Vol. XIX, No. 482 • Pdbucation 3290
September 26, 19 i8
For sale by the Snperintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Pbice:
82 issues, domestic S5, foreipi $7.25
Single copy, 15 cents
Published with the approval of the
Director of the Bureau of the Budget
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Departmext
OF State BtniETK as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BVLLETIIS,
a tceekly publication compiled and
edited in the Division of Publications,
Office of Public Affairs, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government uith information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the De-
partment of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETiy includes
press releases on foreign policy issued
by the White House and the Depart-
ment, and statements and addresses
made by the President and by the
Secretary of State and other officers
of the Department, as well as special
articles on various phases of inter-
national affairs and the functions of
the Department. Information is in-
cluded concerning treaties and in-
ternational agreements to u-hich the
United States is or may become a
party and treaties of general inter-
national interest.
Publications of the Department, as
tcell as legislative material in the field
of international relations, are listed
currently.
CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES IN WORLD HEALTH
The First World Health Assembly
by H. van Zile Hyde, M. D.
U.S. Representative, Executive Board, World Health Organization
The motives underlying American participation
in international health work are both humanitar-
ian and selfish. They are designed to lift the
gi-eat and unnecessary burden of human suffering
throughout the world. They are designed also to
protect us from invasion of our shores by disease
from abroad and to lift the level of world economy
through the strengthening of world resources in
effective manpower.
The most superficial view of the conditions im-
der which the greatest part of the human race lives
in this enlightened age touches the chords of hu-
man understanding and sympathy which char-
acterize the American people. During the recent
war, millions of young and not so young Ameri-
cans had glimpses in the Pacific, in India, China,
Africa, and Europe — all over the world — of the
hard lot of their fellow men. They saw the avoid-
able misery that is the common coin of mankind.
These facts have been brought home to us by our
own sons, husbands, fathers, to whom we give a
more intimate and sympathetic hearing than to the
missionaries and world travelers who have told us
the same distant story for many years. The Amer-
ican people have felt for the first time the human
nearness of their fellow men who are suffering in
areas separated from them by great oceans. There
is then an awakening on the part of the American
people to the reality of avoidable misery on a large
scale accompanied by the natural American re-
sponse— "I must do something to help." The
American sense of responsibility for maintaining
the dignity of man as an individual has been chal-
lenged as never before. We, as individual Amer-
icans, blessed by hard-won freedom, wish to free
men from the shackles of avoidable disease and
misery as well as from the shackles of political
oppression, both of which sin against the decency
and integrity of man. This objective would seem
to be the great force underlying our desire to pitch
into international health work with vigor and
force, driven by the American conscience and
sense of responsibility.
There are, however, other motives. The greatest
of these is our longing for peace. We have seen
in the Western World that man will not forever
suffer oppression. Today the existence of malaria
in any community is a form of oppression. The
300,000,000 people who suffer from the disease an-
nually are awakening to that fact. The same is
true today of cholera and plague, diseases that are
killing in Asia and threatening millions of our
fellow men. No government could stand today in
the United States that allowed cholera or plague
to sweep uncontrolled over this country as it did
only 100 years ago. No government could stand
here that let malaria hold sway as it did even 20
years ago. Through international action by
UxKRA and the World Health Organization, the
people of Greece have learned that malaria is un-
necessary. The one to three million cases occur-
ring annually in the Greek population of seven and
a half millions have been reduced by an estimated
90 percent. Concurrently, flies and other annoy-
>ep/ember 26, 1948
391
ing and dangerous insects have ceased to distress
and destroy the people. No government that de-
nied DDT to the people of Greece could long sur-
vive. There is, indeed, an avpakening throughout
the world, on the part of the people, to the fact
that much of their misery is avoidable. This is
a force of revolutionary intensity that can be de-
structive of much that is good in our modern world.
On the positive side, it is a force that can be chan-
neled in such a way as to improve the economy and
stability of the world.
By helping established governments to free
their people of the oppressive chains of disease, we
can place those governments on a firmer founda-
tion. It is up to us, the country with the greatest
technical know-how, to supply the knowledge
needed by democratic governments everywhere to
give their people the freedom from preventable
disease which is of equal importance to the four
freedoms so well known to us. Democracy of its
very nature must give the people those things the
people most earnestly desire. It must, therefore,
today give them the opportunity for health and
freedom from disease to the extent possible under
present technical knowledge. America is the bul-
wark of democracy, and as the fortunate reposi-
tory of technical knowledge in the field of health
must take the lead in extending knowledge in
health. It has done this in dramatic fashion
through Latin America during the war years.
The 48 million dollars spent on health work in
Latin America during the past six years has been
one of the great contributions to the stabilization
of the Western Hemisphere during the treacher-
ous years of war and postwar distress. We must
extend helj) and knowledge throughout the world
in this field if we wish the true value of the demo-
cratic way of life to be felt by the man in the bush,
in the hovel, and in the rice paddy.
A fundamental basis of the modern hope for a
better world lies in general economic improvement,
which is essential if all men are to have the food
they need and the goods and commodities which
lift the dreariness of primitive life. The produc-
tion and active exchange of goods visualized
must be predicated on eflfective manpower. To-
day, however, the mass of manpower is not effec-
tive. Of the two billion persons alive today, at
least half — and that is a conservative estimate —
are suffering from chronic or recurrent disease,
most of it preventable — malaria, tuberculosis,
syphilis, schistosomiasis, kala azar, hookworm,
filariasis — to mention only a few of the great
scourges. Human energy, physical and intellec-
tual, is squandered, suppressed, and degraded
through preventable disease on a scale difficult to
conceive.
The First World Health Assembly was con-
vened in Geneva on June 24, 1948. This date
marked the coming of age of the World Health
Organization which is today one of the largest
specialized agencies of the United Nations with
a membership of 54 states, representing all races,
colors, and political philosophies.
The Health Assembly met in the Palais des Na-
tions in an atmosphere of international fellowship.
The delegations of the member states, the ob-
servers, from some 10 other states and from the
official international agencies, constituted an as-
semblage of the outstanding public-health experts,
official and unofficial, from all paits of the world.
The agenda of the Assembly had been
thoroughly constructed and fully documented by
the Interim Commission and served as the basis
of both technical and organizational discussions.
Dr. Andrija Stampar of Yugoslavia, who had
served for two years as chairman of the Interim
Commission, was unanimously elected president
of the Assembly. Upon the recommendation of
the Interim Commission five main committees
were established, namely : program, relations,
headquarters and regional organization, legal, and
administration and finance. All delegations were
entitled to membership on each of these main com-
mittees, in which the decisions of the Assembly
were taken subject to final action in plenary
sessions.
392
Department of State Bulletin
Program
Tlie Who program recommended by the In-
terim Committee was discussed at some length in
an earlier issue of the Bulletin.^ It provided for
the continuation of established international
health activities inherited from the International
Office of Public Health, the League of Nations
Health Organization, and Unrra. These include
the international exchange of epidemiological in-
formation, the development of international
standards for certain essential preparations used
in diagnosis and treatment of diseases, and the
publication of statistical material. Tliese are
services upon which governments have long since
become dependent for the control of disease and
which, in fact, were continued on an international
basis even during the recent war.
The Interim Commission had, in addition, rec-
ommended an aggressive program directed at the
rapid extension of technical knowledge with spe-
cial emphasis on malaria, tuberculosis, venei'eal
disease, and maternal and child health. The
Health Assembly in accepting these recommenda-
tions assigned a similar priority to environmental
sanitation and nutrition. The factors which led
the Assembly to this decision are perhaps self-
evident.
To anyone who has traveled abroad the impor-
tance of environmental sanitation is immediately
apparent, being, indeed, the basic and obvious
health need of most of the world. Here, in the
United States, the techniques and results of san-
itary control are established traditions in our com-
munity and personal lives. As ordinary citizens,
we are scarcely conscious of the safeguards to our
health such as the provisions for refuse and sewage
disposal and for pure water supply which we have
come to expect and receive as basic services pro-
vided by local governments. Yet filth, bearing
typhoid fever, dysentery, cholera, trachoma, pro-
tozool, and other infections persist even today as a
normal condition of life among vast populations.
In regard to nutrition, the world today, at a
critical point in history, is acutely aware of both
the quantitative and qualitative aspects of food.
We recognize that the existing lands and waters
of the earth must be forced to provide foods suf-
Members of World Health Organization
Western Hemisphere
Europe — Contd.
Brazil
Belgium
Canada
Bulgaria
Dominican Republic
Byelorussian Soviet
El Salvador
Socialist Republic
Haiti
Czechoslovakia
Mexico
Denmark
United States
Finland
Venezuela
France
Eastern Mediterranean
Hungary
Iceland
Egypt
-*- \_ »^ X C4i 1* 1-1
Ireland
Ethiopia
Greece
Italy
Monaco
Iran
Netherlands
Iraq
I'akistan
Norway
Poland
Saudi Arabia
Portugal
Syria
Rumania
Transjordan
Sweden
Turkey
Switzerland
Africa
Ukrainian Soviet
Liberia
Union of South Africa
Westei-n Pacific
Socialist Republic
Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics
United Kingdom
Australia
Yugoslavia
China
New Zealand
Philippine Republic
Southeast Asia
Afghanistan
Burma
Europe
Ceylon
Albania
India
Austria
Si am
ficient in quantity and quality to supply adequate
nourishment to mankind. It is a particular con-
cern of the Food and Agriculture Organization
of the United Nations (Fao) to stimulate produc-
tion and improve the distribution of food. The
Who will concern itself more particularly with
the qualitative aspects of food — the human re-
quirements for specific food factors, the basic
sources of such factors, and their means of pi-es-
' Bulletin of Apr. 4, 1948, p. 431. See also World Health
Organization — Progress and Plans, Department of State
publication ai26.
Sepfember 26, 7948
393
ervation — so that the land may be made to yield
what is most urgently needed and not be squan-
dered on crops of low nutritional value.
The program adopted by the Assembly will per-
""mit the Who to assist governments in solving their
problems in these top priority fields. Such as-
sistance will be given through the loan of ex-
perts, demonstrations of control measures by ex-
pert teams training of indigenous personnel
through fellowships, and exchange of information
through publications, conferences, and expert com-
mittees. The objective will be to extend, on a broad
plane, the technical knowledge which has accu-
mulated at many points throughout the world
but is not at present applied to the full benefit of
all men.
The Assembly tackled, successfully, the sensitive
task of assigning priority to the many other fields
of public-health concern. The priority groupings
which were adopted will doubtless give direction
to the Who program for many years to come. Of
necessity and by common consent many of the
most pressing public-health problems of our times
— cancer, heart disease, mental health, schistoso-
miasis— were omitted from the top-priority list.
The Assembly was fully aware of the importance
of these problems, but realized that the Who is
not in a position to deal with all problems at once.
The priority listing must be tested, as it was by
the Assembly, not from the standpoint of hope,
but from the standpoint of immediate opportunity
for significant accomplishment on an international
basis.
Wliile acting in the fields of higher priority the
Who will conduct studies, with the assistance of
experts, in the many other fields which challenge
it. Of particular significance to the general health
will be the attention the Who devotes to the
strengthening of national health services, and
through them local health services. Public health
is probably the most personal and intimate serv-
ice rendered by governments, affecting the well-
being of each individual. The Who can make its
weight felt only by the individual through giving
primary attention to the strengthening of na-
tional health services, which reach down through
local health services. This is and must remain
the long-range goal of the Who, with all action
in specific fields contributing to this goal. There
was every evidence that govermnents are ready
and anxious to receive technical help in the
strengthening of their national health services.
It was abundantly clear at Geneva that the de-
mand for such help from the Who will exceed its
capacity to supply, over a long period. This de-
mand grows in part from the setbacks of war, but
more fundamentally, from an awakening on the
part of peoples and of governments to the oppor-
tunities that exist in modern public health for
universal and permanent betterment.
There is a growing awareness of the fact that
disease-ridden populations are unproductive and
therefore a drain upon national economies and
upon the world economy. There are an estimated
300,000,000 annual cases of malaria and an esti-
mated 50,000,000 cases of tuberculosis, as well as
an unestimated number of cases of other preven-
table debilitating diseases, running into additional
hundreds of millions. These diseases strike in
childhood and in the productive years of life,
converting the net producers of the present and
future into net consumers. In connection with
this basic need for the strengthening of national
health services, the Assembly focused attention
upon public-health organization, professional and
public education, nursing, and sanitary engineer-
ing as fields in which the Who should assist
national development.
Intergovernmental Organizations
The Assembly took the actions necessary to
bring the Who into the family of the United
Nations as one of the specialized agencies. This
included the approval of a formal agi-eement with
the United Nations and with the Food and Agri-
culture Organization, the International Labor Or-
ganization, and the United Nations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural Organization. These
agreements follow the familiar pattern of such
agreements, expressing the intent and providing
machinery for full cooperation.
The Assembly authorized the development of
administrative machinery for cooperation with
the Economic and Social Council and its commis-
sions and subsidiary bodies, with special reference
to the Statistical, Social, Population, Economic
and Employment Commissions, and the Commis-
sion on Narcotic Drugs. It further provided for
rendering assistance to the United Nations in its
work on the prevention of crime and treatment
of offenders, migration and assistance to indigent
394
Department of State Bulletin
foreigners, standards of living, housing, and town
and country planning, child welfare, and the con-
servation and utilization of resources It in-
structed the Secretary General of the Who to
work in full cooperation with the Coordination
Committee of the Secretary-General of the United
Nations.
Special attention was given to the relationship
between the Who and the United Nations Intel-na-
tional Children's Emergency Fund (Unicef),
wliich is carrying out extensive health programs
in Europe and laying plans for health activities
in the Far East. In this regard, the Assembly
adoi^ted a resolution which included the follow-
ing:
"Recommends that, pending assumption of respon-
sibility by the Who, the health projects financed by
Unicef be established by mutual agreement between
Unicef and Who, and that the implementation of these
projects be regulated by a Committee on Health Policy
composed of representatives of the two organizations
acting with the advice of the Expert Committees of the
Who,
"Recommends that ,
"1. the Joint Committee on Health Policy be a tem-
porary body to operate only until all health activities
of Unicef shall have been taken over by the Who or are
terminated ;
"2. the same committee should regulate all health pro-
grammes and projects of Unicef already initiated or to
be initiated in the future ;
"3. in order that there shall not be undue limitation
on prompt action under these programmes, the committee
should delegate to the Directors-General, in case of emer-
gency, the responsibility for the functions described."
The Executive Board of Unicef, which was in
session in Gerfeva at the time, accepted the As-
sembly's recommendation, whereupon the Execu-
tive Boards of both organizations appointed four
members each to form the Joint Committee on
Health Polic3\ The Joint Coimnittee met in
Geneva on July 23 and 24, 1948.
Nongovernmental Organizations
Machinery was established for bringing nongov-
ernmental organizations into relationship with the
Who, extending to those organizations the right to
appoint a representative to participate, under cer-
tain defined conditions, in the meetings of the As-
sembly or in those of committees and conferences
convened under its authority. Subsequently, the
Executive Board, on July 25, admitted seven in-
ternational organizations ^ into relationship with
the World Health Organization. The criteria on
which such relationship is based were as follows :
1. The organization shall be concerned with
matters falling within the competence of the World
Health Organization.
2. Tlie aims and purposes of the organization
shall be in conformity with the spirit, purposes,
and principles of the Constitution of the World
Health Organization.
3. The organization shall be of recognized stand-
ing and shall represent a substantial proportion
of the persons organized for the purpose of par-
ticipating in the particular field of interest in
which it operates. To meet this requirement, a
group of organizations may form a joint com-
mittee or other body authorized to act for the
group as a whole.
4. The organization shall have authority to
speak for its members through its authorized rep-
resentatives; evidence of this authority shall be
presented if requested.
5. The organization shall normally be interna-
tional in its structure, with members who exercise
voting rights in relation to its policies or action.
6. Save in exceptional cases, a national organi-
zation which is affiliated with an international
nongovernmental organization covering the same
subject on an international basis shall present its
views through its government or through the in-
ternational nongovernmental organization to
which it is affiliated. A national organization,
however, may be included in the list after consulta-
tion with, and with the consent of, the Member
State concerned, if the activities of the organiza-
tion are not covered by any international organi-
zation or if it offers experience upon which the
World Health Organization wishes to draw.
Organization
Two of the major actions taken by the Assembly
affecting the organizational structure of the Who
were the election of the Executive Board and the
delineation of broad geographical areas as the
'League of Red Cross Societies, Geneva; World Med-
ical Association, New York; International Union for Child
Welfare, Geneva; International Council of Nurses, Lon-
don; International Dental Federation, Brussels; World
Federation of United Nations Associations, Geneva; *
Inter-American Association of Sanitary Engineering,
Washington.
September 26, 1948
395
basis of decentralization of its work and admin-
istration.
Executive Board. The Who Constitution pro-
vides that the Assembly shall elect 18 states en-
titled to designate a person technically qualified
in the field of health to serve on the Executive
Board. Except for the first election, the term of
office is three years. At this first election, terms
of one, two, and three years (6 each) were deter-
mined by lot. The states elected and the tenns
drawn are as follows :
CouNTBT Term (tears)
Australia 1
Brazil 2
Byelorussian Soviet Socialist Republics 3
Ceylon 1
China 2
Egypt 2
France 2
India 3
Iran 1
Mexico 2
Netherlands 3
Norway 1
Poland 3
Union of South Africa 3
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics 2
United Kingdom 1
United States 1
Yugoslavia 3
The composition of the Board reflects the geo-
graphic distribution of the membership of the
Who. The fact that only eight of the 22 states of
the Western Hemisphere are members of the World
Health Organization explains the low representa-
tion of this Hemisphere on the present Executive
Board.
Regional Arrangements. Recognition of the
value of decentralization of the work and the ad-
ministration of the Who through regional organi-
zations covering wide geographic areas was one of
the most striking trends of the Assembly. There
existed in the Assembly a real fear of the develop-
ment of a large central bureaucracy far removed
from the pressing and immediate needs of the peo-
ple. The Constitution of the Who provides for
the establishment of regional organizations as part
of the structure of the Who. Such organizations
will consist of a Regional Committee, made up of
members and associate members (dependent terri-
tories) within the i-egion, and a Regional Office,
headed by a Regional Director appointed by the
396
Executive Board in agreement with the Regional
Committee. During the interim period, action in
this sphere had been limited almost exclusively to
negotiations with the Pan American Sanitary Or-
ganization with a view to its integration as the
regional organization of the Who in the Western
Hemisphere.
With extraordinary rapidity, the delegates at
the Assembly, meeting in working groups chosen
on a geographical basis, arrived at a definition of
the geographical areas that will serve as the basis
for regional organization. This problem, which
might easily have aroused political sensitivities,
was speedily solved in a voluntary and wliolly
democratic way. The areas agreed upon were :
1. Eastern Mediterranean Area, comprising the
following countries: Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Iraq,
Syria, Lebanon, Transjordan, Yemen, Iran, Tur-
key, Pakistan, Greece, Ethiopia, Eritrea, Tripoli-
tania, Dodecanese Islands, British Somaliland,
French Somaliland, Aden, Cyprus.
2. Weste7'n Pacific Area, comprising the follow-
ing countries : Australia, China, Indochina, Indo-
nesia, Japan, Korea, the Philippines, New Zealand,
and provisionally the Malay Peninsula.
3. Southeast Asia Area, comprising the follow-
ing countries : Burma, Siam, Ceylon, Afghanistan,
India; the inclusion of the Malay Peninsula to
await the definite decision of this country as to
which regional organization it desires to join.
4. European Area, comprising the whole of
Europe.
5. African Area, comprising the following coun-
tries and territories: "A primary. region is sug-
gested for all Africa south of the 20 degree N.
parallel of latitude to the western border of the
Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, to its jmiction with the
northern border of Belgian Congo, thence east-
wards along the northern borders of Belgian
Congo, thence eastwards along the northern
borders of Uganda and Kenya ; and thence south-
wards along the eastern border of Kenya to the In-
dian Ocean."
6. American Area, comprising the Western
Hemisphere.
The Executive Board was instructed to establish (
regional organizations in these areas as soon as
the consent of the majority of member states
situated in such areas has been obtained.
Department of State Bulletin
In the case of the Southeast Asia region such
consent was obtained by tlie Executive Board at
its first session, and upon the invitation of India,
it was agreed that the headquarters of this re-
gional organization would be in Mysore. It is
anticipated that rapid progi-ess will be made in
the establishment of a regional organization in
the Eastern Mediterranean Area, with headquar-
ters probably at Alexandria, which has been the
seat of international health activities in that part
of the world for many decades.
The delegations of the European states recom-
mended that no attempt be made at the present
time to establish a full regional organization in
Europe, but requested that a special temporary
achninistrative office be established somewhere in
Europe to assist war-devastated comitries in meet-
ing their urgent problems.
The Executive Board was authorized to conclude
an integi'ation agreement with the Pan American
Sanitary Organization on the basis of negotiations
carried on by the Interim Commission.
The proposed agreement, which would not in
any case come into force before at least 14 of
the present 21 membei-s of the Pan American
Sanitary Organization (Paso) become members
of the Who, includes provisions whereby the Pan
American Sanitary Conference (Pasc) would
serve as the Regional Committee of the Who and
the Pan American Sanitary Bureau (Pasb) as the
Regional Office with the jDresent Director of the
Pasb serving until the expiration of his present
term of office as Regional Director of the Who.
It further provides that the Pasc may adopt and
promote health and sanitary conventions and pro-
grams in the Western Hemisphere which are com-
patible with the policy and programs of the Who
and separately financed; and that an adequate pro-
portion of the budget of the Wiio will be allo-
cated for regional work. Consideration of this
agreement has been included in the agenda of
the Directing Council of the Paso meeting in
Mexico City. October 1-12, 1948.
International Regulations
Under the provisions of article 21 of the Con-
stitution of the Who, which enables the Health
Assembly to adopt international regulations in
certain fields, the Health Assembly adopted such
regulations governing the codification and publi-
cation of vital statistics. These regulations will
become binding on all member states which do
not, within one year, reject or make reservations
in regard to them before January 1, 1950. The
regulations are an outgrowth of several years of
study and preparation on the part of the United
States Committee on Joint Causes of Death, the
Who Interim Commission's Expert Committee on
the International List of Causes of Death and Mor-
bidity, and the International Conference for the
Sixth Decennial Revision of the International
Lists of Diseases and Causes of Death which was
held in Paris in April 1948. Prior to this action
by the Assembly the uniformity of national prac-
tices in the compilation and publication of vital
statistics had depended upon international agree-
ments reached at the Decennial Conferences on
Causes of Death which have been held in Paris
at regular intervals since 1900.
It is anticipated that adoption of these regula-
tions will increase the uniformity of statistical
procedure and therefore the usefulness of world-
wide data. It is further anticipated that this
first application of the regulatory functions of the
Who will be followed by the development and
adoption of regulations governing quarantine
practices, the preliminary work on which is far
advanced. The Who is continuing studies ini-
tiated by the Interim Commission in connection
with the replacement of existing sanitary conven-
tions by international regulations of the Who.
Budget and Finance
The Health Assembly adopted budgets covering
1948 and 1949. The 1948 budget provides for Who
activities from September 1, the date of the offi-
cial tei'mination of the Interim Commission,
through the end of the year. This budget, total-
ing $4,800,000, includes provision for repayment
to the United Nations of $2,150,000 which had
been borrowed to cover the expenses of the Interim
Commission and establishes a working-capital
fund of $1,650,000. The 1949 budget is $5,000,000
and provides for the full progi-am adopted by the
Assembly. The Director General and the Exec-
utive Board were given considerable latitude
in the development of the requisite administrative
structure. It was generally understood that the
program would be carried out through regional
organizations as rapidly as these are developed
into competent operating bcxiies.
September 26, 1948
397
The scale of contributions adopted by the As-
sembly is based on that of the United Nations,
with some variation due to membership difference.
Under this scale the United States will contribute
approximately 38 percent of the total budget. At
the request of the United States, the scale will be
reconsidered at the next Assembly in relation to
1950 financing. The United States Delegation
opposed application of the United Nations scale
and urged that the Who adopt a scale which
would require no State to contribute more than 25
percent of the budget on the grounds that no single
member should pay a disproportionate share of
the ordinary expenses of the Organization.
United States Membership
United States membership posed a difficult prob-
lem in the first days of the Assembly. Public Law
643 (80th Cong.), which provides for United
States membership in the Who, reserved the right
of the United States to withdraw from the Or-
ganization on one year's notice,. In view of the
absence of any provision for withdrawal in the
Constitution of the Who, this provision was
viewed seriously by numerous delegations. The
Secretary-General of the United Nations, before
accepting for deposit the United States instru-
ment of acceptance, indicated his desire to be
guided by the Health Assembly in the matter.
The United States Delegation was immediately
seated by the Assembly, on a provisional basis,
with full rights.^ Thereafter the pertinent docu-
ments were circulated so that the delegations
might study the problem and consult their govern-
ments. On July 2, 1948, a plenary session was held
to consider this question. Sir Wilson Jameson,
Chief Medical Officer of England, reminded the
Health Assembly of the major part played by the
United States in the development of the Who and
of the great contribution of this country to public
health. He then asked the Assembly to accept
the United States into membership in the spirit
of friendly cooperation characteristic of the Who.
' Bulletin of June 27, 1948, p. 832.
Sir Dhiren Mitra, of India, emphasized the broad
aspects of United States membership and par-
ticipation as opposed to the narrower legal prob-
lem involved, urging that the United States be ac-
cepted as a member. He proposed that in order
that the United States should not be in a more
favored position than other members, the Health
Assembly lay down a proposition of general appli-
cation that any member state may terminate its
membership on a year's notice. Dr. Thomas Par-
ran, Chairman of the United States Delegation,
assured the Assembly of the continuing interest
and support of the peoj^le and Government of the
United States. Finally, Dr. Nicolai Vinogradov,
Deputy Minister of Health of the Union of Soviet
Socialist Kepublics, while expressing regret that
the United States had made such a reservation,
urged that United States membership be recog-
nized. In the absence of objections, the President
of the Assembly announced that it was the Assem-
bly's unanimous wish that the United States be ac-
cepted as a member and stated that the Secretary-
General of the United Nations would be advised
in order that the United States Instrument of
Acceptance could be deposited. The United
States therefore became the forty-sixtli member
nation of the Who on June 21, 1948, the date of
the receipt of its Instrument of Acceptance by
the Secretary-General of the United Nations.
Conclusion
The First World Health Assembly provided
further evidence of the fact that the field of health
offers an unusual medium for effective and har-
monious international cooperation. The Health
Assembly was dominated by the same spirit of
professional fellowship which characterized the
International Health Conference in New York in
1946. In this atmosphere the Assembly took de-
cisions giving form and impetus to the World
Health Organization. The program adopted and
the organizational pattern created offer promise
of real and immediate service in advancing health
standards throughout the world.
398
Department of State Bulletin
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
Assassination of Count Foike Bernadotte, U.N. Mediator in Palestine
STATEMENT BY SECRETARY MARSHALL
[Released to the press September 17]
I am deeply shocked to learn of the assassina-
tion of Count Folke Bernadotte in Jerusalem.
His whole life has been one of assistance to
mankind. During the past four months Count
Bernadotte has been acting as the representative
of the United Nations in an endeavor to bring
lasting peace to Palestine. It is particularly
tragic that he should have been shot down at a time
when he had achieved such a great measure of
success. I am convinced the world will demand
that the work he so effectively commenced be
vigorously pursued. To Countess Bernadotte and
his children I extend my deepest sympathy. The
world will bitterly regret his loss.
Government Israel whose armed forces and repre-
sentatives control and administer the area.
This act constitutes a breach of the truce of ut-
most gravity for which Provisional Government
Israel must assume full responsibility.
In this connection I feel obliged to record view
that prejudicial and unfounded statements con-
cerning truce supervision attributed to you and
Colonel Yadin as having been made at your press
conference in Tel Aviv Thursday September six-
teen and as reported in Palestine Post September
17 are not the kind of statements which would be
calculated discourage reprehensible acts this kind.
PRELIMINARY REPORT FROM AMERICAN
CONSUL GENERAL AT JERUSALEM
MESSAGE FROM REPRESENTATIVE OF
SECRETARY-GENERAL TO ISRAELI
FOREIGN MINISTER'
Message dated September 17, 194S, Froin Ralph J.
Bunche, Personal Representative of the Secretary-
General, to Moshe Shertok, Foreign Minister of
Israel, Concerning Assassination of United Na-
tions mediator
Murder in cold blood of Count Bernadotte U
Nations mediator Palestine and of Colonel Serot
in Katamon quarter of Jerusalem today by Jewish
assailants is outrage against international com-
munity and unspeakable violation elementary
morality. This tragic act occurred when Count
Bernadotte acting under authority of United Na-
tions was on official tour of duty in Jerusalem
and in presence of liaison officer assigned to him
by the Jewish authorities his safety therefore and
that of his lieutenants under the ordinary rules
law and order was a responsibility of Provisional
' U.X. doc. S/1004, Sept. 18, 1948.
[Released to the press September 17]
The Department of State released on September
17 the following prelim,inary report from the
American Consid General at Jervsalem, John
Joseph Macdonald, concei^ning the death of Count
Folke Bernadotte, U.N. mediator
Regret report Count Bernadotte and Col. Serot,
French officer and senior U.N. observer, Jerusa-
lem, killed this afternoon about 1700 hours (local
time), presumably by Stern gang. Convoy in
which he was riding was returning from Govern-
ment House. As they passed through Katamon,
Jewish-held area, jeep suddenly appeared block-
ing route, containing four men, two of which
proceeded to Count's car.
Col. Frank Begley, U.N. Security Officer,
grappled with one and was slightly wounded in
face. Second reached to Count's car and assas-
sinated two men at point-blank range with Sten
gun. Jeep succeeded in escaping.
Above is preliminary report. Full report will
follow.
lepiember 26, 1948
399
The United Nations Charter: A Standard for Conduct Among Nations
BY SECRETARY MARSHALL i
I greatly appreciate the invitation to meet ■with
you today. By vii'tue of your positions of leader-
ship in the legal profession you have an oppor-
tunity to influence the thinking of our people to a
marked degree. I have particularly in mind the
legal complexities of some jjhases of our interna-
tional relations.
The members of your profession are ideally pre-
pared and situated, I think, to help our people to
an understanding of the character of the United
Nations — -both as to its potentialities and its lim-
itations. The organic law of the United Nations
is the Charter, just as the organic law of our coun-
try is the Constitution. I am repeatedly im-
pressed by the fact that very few people have actu-
ally read the Charter, and even the few who have
read it have really given little thought to the pro-
cedure it authorizes and the obligations it imposes
on us as a nation. Familiarity with the provisions
of the Charter is absolutely necessary to a consid-
eration of its possible amendment. We cannot
change the basic law of the United Nations or sub-
stitute other forms and procedures — no matter
how desirable we might consider such changes —
without the agreement of a two-thirds majoi'ity
of the Member countries, including the unanimous
vote of the five major powers. Some 57 countries
are involved with us in solving this problem.
This is the kind of elemental information that
our people need to understand. The failui'e to
grasp these fundamental facts accounts largely, I
think, for the impatience many j^eople feel at what
they consider the shortcomings of the United Na-
tions. Tlie American likes to get things done in
a hurry and overlooks the fact that others do not
move at the same pace. In contrast, the legal pro-
fession is by nature and training analytical and
deliberate — sometimes it seems to laymen exasjier-
atingly so. For this reason, the members of your
profession are admirably fitted to temper the wind
of public criticism arising from misunderstanding
and impatience and to guide the people in an ap-
preciation of the real nature of the problem. It
is all to the good, by the way, that the criticism of
the Charter in this country comes from those who
wish to strengthen, and not weaken, the United
Nations,
Our own Constitution was fashioned to serve
the needs of a homogeneous people speaking the
same language. Yet we had an early period of
' An address made before the Federal Bar Association
in Washington on Sept. 15, 1948, and released to the press
on the same date.
400
struggle over the interpretations of the provisions
of that instrument and the modifications required.
We had provisions, for example, that in effect
permitted any one state to block amendments. The
slavery problem was largely responsible for this
proviso.
Amendment of a constitution, in this case a char-
ter, is an involved process that requires both de-
liberation and long sustained effort. It is inevi-
table that the United Nations Charter must
undergo a comparable process of interpretation
and refinement. It is illogical, but understandable,
to complain because in the case of the United Na-
tions this process has not gone further in the three
short and highly turbulent years of its existence.
John Marshall, after having served as Chief Jus-
tice for 30 years, wrote to Joseph Story :
"I yield slowly and reluctantly to the convic-
tion that our Constitution cannot last."
We need to exercise even more patience and tol-
erance with respect to the United Nations, when
we consider that it is an organization of 58 coun-
tries speaking different languages and made up of
people with widely varying religions, laws, cus-
toms, and habits of life. The fact that we have
been able to create a going concern of such a
multitude of diverse elements is little short of the
miraculous. To disrupt it would be a tragic error.
These are some of the factors that need to be
impressed on our people.
It seems to me also that many miss the cardinal
fact that the United Nations was created to main-
tain the peace, not to make it. You are all aware
that we have not had a real state of peace since
the end of hostilities and that the task imposed on
the United Nations has been far more than it was
designed to handle, certainly at this early stage of
its development. In spite of this, I believe im-
portant progress has been made.
You lawyers must help us to remind our people
that the United Nations is a place for negotiation
among governments and that such negotiations
require patience and long debate. In an inflamed
political situation, a quick decision upon the merits
might call for immediate enforcement, perhaps
war. Protracted negotiations may be desirable as
a poultice to draw some of the fever out of the
problem in order to permit recovery through peace-
ful methods of settlement. Military force is a
dangerous substitute.
The most urgent requirement of our age is the
establishment of a world order securely based on
Department of State Bulletin
the rule of law. The <iroa( difficulty is tliat, just
as (he efficacy of law within nations depends on
the acceptance and support of law by the mass of
citizens built up over a long period of time, inter-
national law depends on the acceptance and sup-
f)ort by sovereign nations, and these nations have
ong been accustomed to being a law unto them-
selves. This is the central pi'oblem with which
the peoples of the United Nations must cope.
Adherence to the I'ules of conduct laid down in
the Charter is a slow development. But if you
should follow United Nations debates for a while,
you would be impressed by the fact that the Char-
ter is acknowledged as the over-riding standard of
conduct among nations. No government debates
its case in the United Nations on the basis of a
cynical disregard for the Charter, nor does any
government like to admit or have it said that it is
acting in violation of the Charter. This is an im-
portant element in the development of world law.
The fact is that the Member nations of the United
Nations are constantly making international law
by the familiar process of reaching decisions on
practical matters as they arise.
I regard these problems from the standpoint
of one having daily to deal with critical situations
requiring prompt decisions. The pace is such that
we nnist act before there has been time for public
debate and the formation of a clear public opinion
on the subject in this country. The mass of our
problems illustrates this situation. In interna-
tional meetings alone there are over 6,000 daily
sessions a year. That means that every few min-
utes of every working day an American represent-
THE UNITED NATIONS AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
ative must be prepared to state our views some-
where in some meeting on a matter of policy. This
imposes upon us a discipline to which we have not
been accustomed in our history. It presents both
a very heavy responsibility and a great oppor-
tunity.
Underlying the great mass of actions we must
take, I realize the necessity for a philosophical
approach, for the formulation of theory and broad
piolicy to give meaning and direction to our prac-
tice. Continuous ancl vigorous public debate, in
which you yourselves might take a leading part,
is essential if our policy and our practice are to
continue to reflect the broad objectives of the de-
mocracy.
Finally, we are naturally inclined to view the
future international order as merely a projection
of the one we have evolved in this country. Our
institutions do contain a core of fundamental prin-
ciples which we should never compromise. Yet,
to establish a workable system of international
law, we must not confine our thinking to a mere
extension of Anglo-Saxon law. If it is to be inter-
national law with the support by all peoples, it
must necessarily be a blend of many concepts and
systems. A genuine sjiirit of tolerance and under-
standing is the first ingredient in making the kind
of world we want. That spirit, combined with
patience, determination, and hard work and ap-
plied through the United Nations, can advance us
toward the goal of a peaceful community of na-
tions governed by a system of law respected by all.
Here at home the passions of the moment must not
be permitted to dim the great fundamentals of our
system.
Current United Nations Documents: A Selected Bibliography
Security Council
Official Records, Third Year
326th Meeting. 23 .lune 194S. No. SO. 36 pp. printed
400.
329th Meeting. 6 July 1948. No. 92. 30 pp. printed
300.
330th and 331.st Meetings. 7 July 1948. No. 93. 41 pp
printed. 40^.
3.32nd Meeting. 8 July 1948. No. 94. 23 pp. printed
2.")<'.
SSrith and 336th Meetings. 14 July 1948. No. 90. 35 pp.
printed. 35^.
351st Meeting. 18 August 1948. No. 105. 23 pp,
printed. 25^.
Economic and Social Council
Official Rfi'ords, Third Tear
Seventh Session. Supplement No. 2. Report of the
third session of the Commission on Human Rights.
E/800, 28 June 1948. 35 pp. printed. 40^.
September 26, 7948
Trusteeship Council
Official Records, Second Session, Third Part
From tlie Thirty-sixth Meeting (21 April 1948) to the
Forty-sixth Meeting (4 May 1948). vii, 133 pp.
printed. $1.50.
Annex. 24 pp. printed. 25^.
Resolutions Adopted by the Trusteeship Council During
Its Second Session from 20 November 1047 to 4 May
1948. T/179. 24 pp. printed. 25?'.
' Printed materials may be secured in the United States
from the International Documents Service, Columbia Uni-
versity Press, 2960 Broadway, New York City. Other
materials (mimeogr.aphed or processed documents) may
be consulted at certain designated libraries in the United
States.
401
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Disposition of the Former Italian Colonies
U.S. POSITION IN THE COUNCIL OF FOREIGN MINISTERS
[Released to the press September 14]
Under article 23 of the treaty of peace, Italy
renounced all right and title to the Italian terri-
torial possessions in Africa, i.e. Libya, Eritrea,
and Italian Somaliland. This article also pro-
vided that these possessions, pending their final
disposal, should continue under their present ad-
ministration (British in all of the territories ex-
cept the Fezzan area of Libya administered by the
French ) .
In accordance with annex XI of the treaty, the
Deputies of the Foreign Ministers of the Four
Powers (U.S., U.K., U.S.S.R., and France) dur-
ing the past year have considered the question of
the disposition of the former Italian colonies.
The Deputies sent a Commission of Investigation
to the territories in order to collect necessary data
and to ascertain the views of the local population.
After studying the three reports of the Commis-
sion and the views of the other interested govern-
ments as well as those of the Governments of
Egypt and Italy, the Deputies completed their
recommendations, which were not unanimous, to
the Council of Foreign Ministers on August 31,
1948.
The position taken by the United States in the
Deputies' meetings and now being taken in tlie
Council of Foreign Ministers is briefly summa-
rized as follows :
A. Italian Somaliland. This former Italian col-
ony should be placed under the trusteeship system
of the United Nations with Italy as the administer-
ing authority. The duration of this trusteeship
should be undefined. The American Deputy also
agreed to proposals for determining the boundary
between Ethiopia and Italian Somaliland and "a
small rectification of the boundary between Italian
Somaliland and British Somaliland. The pro-
posals provided further for the method of transfer
from British to Italian administration under
which Italy would undertake to abide by the terms
of the agreement which would establish, in accord-
ance with the Charter of the United Nations, the
term.s of trusteeship applicable to Italian Soma-
liland, and provided that Italy would accept the
frontier arrangements specified. Italy would also
undertake to negotiate with the United Kingdom
the settlement of outstanding economic and finan-
cial matters affecting the territory.
B. Eritrea. The United States recommended
the cession to Ethiopia of the southern section of
Eritrea including the Danikil Coast and the dis-
tricts of Akkele Guzai and Serae (the new frontier
would start at the Gulf of Zula, following the
402
northern border of Akkele Guzai and Serae dis-
tricts to the Ethiopian frontier). This would not
only provide Ethiopia with an outlet to tlie sea
through Assab but would include in Ethiopia a
large section of the Coptic Christian population
of the highlands of Eritrea. The United States
further proposed that the Foreign Ministers rec-
ommend to the General Assembly of the United
Nations that the question of the disposition of the
rest of Eritrea be postponed for one year in order
that it might be given further stuuy before at-
tempting to come to a definitive solution. This
Government felt this course necessary because of
the difficult problems involved, part of the area
being predominantly Moslem and much of the rest
mixed Moslem-Christian. Moreover, there was a
considerable divergence of views among countries
participating in the Commission of Investigation
and diverging opinions on the part of other inter-
ested governments presenting views to the Depu-
ties.
The United States strongly advocated that dur-
ing the period of postponement Italians formerly
resident in this area should be allowed to return
to their homes, since it is recognized that postpone-
ment would work further hardship on these people,
who have been unable to make plans for their
future. The United States Government considers
that it would be equitable and just to allow them
to return, whatever the final disposition of the
territory may be.
C. Lihya. The United States recommended tliat
Cyrenaica be placed under the trusteeship system
of the United Nations with the United Kingdom
as administering authority. This Government
recognized that tlie British, in view of their pledge
to the Senusi of Cyrenaica, could not agree to this
area's reverting to Italian administration. At the
same time this Government felt that under British
trusteeship the people of Cyrenaica could eventu-
ally realize their ambition for independence. The
United States further proposed that the Foreign
Ministers recommend to the General Assembly of
the United Nations that the question of the dis-
posal of the remainder of Libya be postponed and
studied for one year because of divergences of
opinion in the Commission of Investigation and
among the other interested governments. In rec-
ommending that the disposition of Tripolitania be
postponed, the United States strongly advocated
that, as in the case of northern Eritrea, Italians
formerly resident in Tripolitania should be al-
lowed to return to their homes during the period
of postponement.
Deporfmen/ of Sfafe Bo//efi'n
American Diplomatic Personnel Detained in Rumania
U.S. Note to Rumania^
The joUoxiy'ing note was deihered on September
15, 1948, hy the American Minister to Rtmiania,
Rudolf E. SchocnfeJd, to the Chief of Protocol of
the Kumanian Ministry of Foreign Affairs
The Legation of the United States of America
presents its compliments and has the honor to
acknowledge the receipt of tlie Ministry's note No.
100.541 of September 9 requesting the recall of
Messrs. Green and Fisher and Misses Garr and
Maggard, members of the Legation staff, and al-
leging in justification of the Ministry's request
that two of the persons in question had been "sur-
prised in the act of taking photographs in forbid-
den zone"' which was further defined as having
been "divers points in city and port of Giurgiu".
The United States Government has complied
with the desire of the Rumanian Government that
these persons be withdrawn from Rumania. In so
doing, however, the United States Government in-
forms the Rumanian Government that the latter's
representations with regard to the actions of the
members of the American Legation staff do not
conform to the facts.
No member of the group took any photographs
whatever in the city or port of Giurgiu, or indeed
in any locality in the vicinity of Giurgiu.
The facts regarding the detention of the mem-
bers of the American Legation by the Rumanian
authorities were as follows :
The Legation members in question proceeded on
September 6 in a properly documented Legation
automobile from Bucharest to Giurgiu. They
were stopped by the police in Giurgiu and were
detained incommunicado for some 17 hours. Dur-
ing that time they were repeatedly refused permis-
sion to telephone the American Legation in Bu-
charest. For 16 hours no member of the group was
allowed food or water. They were subjected to
other considerable discomforts, to intermittent in-
terrogation and to deceptive artifices apparently
designed to extract supposedly incriminating
"evidence". They were not released until shortly
before noon on the following day. Meanwhile,
the Ministry for Foreign Affairs, which had been
notified in the early evening of September 6 by
the Giurgiu authorities of the detention of the
American Legation personnel and which, as a re-
sult of the customary notification, could not but
have been fully aware of their status, did not order
their immediate release but wrote a note to the
September 26, 7948
Legation which was not delivered until the morn-
ing of September 7, reporting the detention and
asking for "details" regarding the persons con-
cerned.
In the circumstances, the United States Govern-
ment categorically rejects as contrary to fact the
representations of the Rumanian Government
against the personnel of the American Legation
and reiterates the energetic protest made orally
by the American Minister and affirmed in the Lega-
tion's note No. 361 of September 8 against the in-
excusable action of the Rumanian authorities in
detaining members of the American Legation in
denial of the diplomatic courtesy such officials
are customarily entitled to expect.
Summary of American Minister's Visit to
Rumanian Foreign Office
On the morning of September 7, 1948, the Amer-
ican Legation at Bucharest, Rumania, received
from the Rumanian Ministry of Foreign Affairs a
note dated Sei^tember 6,' advising the Legation
that four persons, Miss Peggy Maggard, Mr. Paul
Green, Miss Ruth Virginia Garr, and Mr. Wayne
Fisher had been detained at Giurgiu for taking
pictures in the city and port there ; that the former
had their passports; that the two latter had no
identification. The Foreign Ministry's note, stat-
ing that these persons had said that they were
employees of the American Legation, requested
confirmation and details regarding them.
Upon receipt of this note the American Minister
to Rumania, Rudolf E. Schoenfeld, called upon
the Chief of Protocol of the Rumanian Foreign
Office, Constantin Zaharia, and told him that these
persons were members of the Legation ; that, from
its own records, the Foreign Office was in position
to establish their identity ; that they should be re-
leased instantly ; that, without a moment's delay,
he should arrange this with the authorities at
Giurgiu ; that it was inadmissible that they should
detain any diplomatic personnel; that if the au-
thorities at Giurgiu did not understand the grav-
ity of holding members of the American Legation,
the Foreign Office should have understood it and
arranged for their release without having to in-
quire of the Legation ; that if there had been any
impropriety on their part, the persons in question
should be released first and the matter would be
^ Released to the [>ress on Sept. 16, 1948.
' Printed from telegraphic text.
° Not printed.
403
THE RECORD OF THE WCBK
discussed afterward; and that, meanwhile, the
American Minister woidd answer for them.
The Minister added that he would wait in the
office of the Chief of Protocol until the latter had
made such arrangements. Mr. Zaharia said that
he could not phone ; that he did not have sufficient
personal authority; that the matter required the
attention of the Acting Minister for Foreign Af-
fairs, Eduard Mezincescu. The American Minis-
ter replied that if Mr. Zaharia did not have the
authority, he would see Mr. Mezincescu immedi-
ately. Mr. Zaharia said that the latter would not
be in for a half hour. Mr. Schoenfeld said he
would wait. Mr. Zaharia remarked that he did
not wish to bother the American Minister. Mr.
Schoenfeld assured him that he was already both-
ered. Mr. Zaharia then promised a reply within
the next half hour.
The American Minister told Mr. Zaharia that
the United States Government would regard the
detention of any United States diplomatic officer
as a grave matter. He pointed out how seriously
the Rumanian Government would undoubtedly re-
gard the detention of one of its diplomatic officers
in the United States by local police. Reiterating
that he expected immediate action in effecting the
release of these members of his staff, the Minister
asked to be informed when they had been released
and when they were leaving Giurgiu and requested
details of the entire situation.
The officials who had been detained by the Giur-
giu police authorities were permitted to inform
the Legation by telephone at 11 : 15 that morning
and released at 11 : 30 A.M.
U. S. Note to Rumania *
In response to the Rumanian Foreign Office note
described above the American Legation sent a note
of September 8, 1948, the text of which was as
follows
Tlie American Minister presents his compli-
ments to Her Excellency the Rumanian Minister
for Foreign Affairs and, referring to the Minis-
try's note No. CB 1000.417 of September 6, 1948
advising of the detention of four members of the
Legation staff by the police authorities at Giurgiu
on that date and to the representations made to
the Chief of Protocol regarding their release, has
the honor to record an energetic protest against
the action of the local authorities at Giurgiu in
detaining members of the American Legation after
they had established their identity.
Mr. Schoenfeld desires to re<}uest, for transmis-
sion to his government, a full report of the cir-
cumstances surrounding tlie action of the authori-
ties in question and an indication as to any meas-
ures taken with respect to the authorities respon-
sible for that action.
* Printed from telegraphic text.
404
Rumanian Note to U. S. *
On September 10, the American Minister called
upon the Acting Rumanian Minister of Foreign
Affairs, at the latter'' s request, and was told that the
Rumanian Government took a serious view of the
actions of the Legation 'members in, as he alleged,
taking photographs of restricted areas in Giurgiu.
This, Ae said, was in violation of Rumanian law
and an abuse of diplomatic privileges. Accord-
ingly, Mr. Mezincescu handed the American Min-
ister a note to this effect dated September 9, 19Jf8,
which read as follows
With reference to note No. 361 of September 8,
1948 of the Legation of the U. S. A. in Bucharest,
the Rumanian Ministry of Foreign Affairs has
the honor to acquaint the American Legation with
the following:
On September 6, 1948, authorities of the city of
Giurgiu apprehended passenger automobile No.
439/1948 in which were four people — two women
and two men driving around at reduced speed in
the outskirts of the city and port. According to
depositions of numerous witnesses and direct re-
ports of the police agencies, the two women who
were in the car had photographed divers points
of the city and port despite the fact that there
were large signs in these areas plainly marked
"photographing prohibited''.
The car was halted by police authorities who
proceeded to identify the occupants. The latter
stated they were employees of the United States
Legation, Bucharest, i.e., Peggy Maggard, clerk,
holder of U. S. passport No. 2913 ; Paul Green,
Attache, holder of U. S. passport No. 606; Ruth
Virginia Garr, clerk, and Wayne W. Fisher, Third
Secretary of Legation-Vice Consul.
The two latter presented no identification what-
ever. Since the above-named persons were sur-
prised in the act of taking pliotographs in a for-
bidden zone — an act punishable by Articles 190
and 194 of the Rumanian Penal Code, as well as
Law 128 of March 4, 1946, they were detained for
the purpose of checking their identity. Confir-
mation as to the status and function of the persons
named above was reqiiested of the American Lega-
tion the evening of September 6, 1948 by note M.
AMCW E. CB No. 100.417 addressed to the Le-
gation.
Mr. Schoenfeld, American Minister at Bucha-
rest, confirmed the status of the persons guilty of
the above-mentioned offenses as members of the
Legation in the course of an appointment granted
him by the Chief of Protocol of the Rumanian
Ministry for Foreign Affairs. Subsequent to this
confirmation, the persons were released.
In view of the above, the Rumanian Ministry
for Foreign Affairs rejects as lacking any basis
Department of State Bulletin
whatever tlie protest made by the Legation in
note 361 of September 8, 1948.
In bringing the above to the attention of the
American Legation, the Rumanian Ministry for
Foreign Ati'airs desires at the same time to point
out tiiat tliis is not the first time employees of
the United States Government, having an official
mission and enjoj'ing diplomatic protection ac-
corded by tlie Eumanian Government in accord-
ance with international usage, have undertaken
actions or committed deeds which affect the se-
curity of the Rumanian state.
Considering the fact that these employees of
the American Legation in Bucharest over-stepped
the limits of their mission in a manner constitut-
ing abuse and used the status of diplomatic im-
munity which they enjoy to carry out an act of
espionage by obtaining photographic documents
affecting the national territorial defense of the
Rumanian Popular Republic, the Rumanian Gov-
ernment energetically protests against these abuses
by certain members of the American Legation
and states it no longer desires the presence in the
country of the persons named below: Peggy Mag-
gard, Paul Green, Ruth Virginia Garr, Wayne
W. Fisher.
The Rumanian Ministry of Foreign Affairs
therefore requests the Legation to inform the
Department of State that tlie Rumanian Govern-
ment desires their recall be effected in the shortest
possible time.
The Rumanian Ministry for Foreign Af-
fairs assures the American Legation of its high
consideration.
Further Request of American Minister to
Acting Rumanian Foreign Minister
The Acting Rumanian Minister of Foreign Af-
fairs stated to the American Minister tliat he had
received a report from the Giurgiu authorities,
supported by eye-witness testimony, that the group
had been seen taking photographs in an area
clearly marked "no photographing."
The American Minister told Mr. Mezincescu
that the four members of the Legation had given
the Legation a detailed report (see below) in
which they stated positively that they had taken
no pictures whatsoever in the town or port of
Giurgiu. The American Minister asked why, if
they had actually been seen taking photos in a
restricted area, they had not been stopped by the
authorities and asked for their films. Mr. Mez-
incescu said that the Rumanian authorities em-
ployed civilians to keep watcli and that these
civilians had definitely observed the Legation
members taking pictures. The ^Vmerican Min-
ister pointed out that there were thus two versions
of the facts but that the employees in question
had never misinformed him. The Acting Foreign
Minister suggested that if the United States
September 26, J 948
806359 — 48 3
THE RECORD OF THB WESK
wished to submit these persons to the jurisdiction
of the Rumanian courts, the questions of fact could
be determined by the appropriate authorities in
accordance with Rumanian laws.
The American Minister called attention (1) to
the lengthy detention of the Legation members
by the local authorities after they had established
their identity and (2) to their report that they
had not been permitted to communicate with the
Legation. The group said that from about 7 : 30
in the evening of September 6 tliey had repeatedly
sought permission to telephone the Legation but
had not been allowed to do so until late the follow-
ing morning.
The Acting Rumanian Foreign Minister said
that Mr. Zaharia, the Chief of Protocol, had made
a nnmber of unsuccessful attempts on the evening
of September G to reach members of the American
Legation by phone, including the Minister and
the Counselor, Henry P. Leverich, to confirm the
identity of the persons detained. The American
Minister pointed out that it appeared very strange
that Mr. Zaharia had not been able to reach any
one connected with the Legation since there was
an officer on duty there throughout the night and
that the Minister liad been either at his office or
at his residence all that evening.
As for the question of identification, the Amer-
ican Minister told the Acting Foreign Minister,
as he had told the Chief of Protocol, that the
group had identified itself. It was further re-
marked that the Foreign Office note of September
6 indicated that the authorities had mistaken the
name of Miss Maggard although she had presented
her passport. Mi-. Zaharia had likewise given
the excuse that the Foreign Office did not know
Mr. Fisher since he was not on the diplomatic
list of June 17. The American Minister pointed
out that Fisher having arrived only recently his
name, of course, would not appear on tlie June
17 list, but that the Foreign Office had been noti-
fied of his arrival and had also been given details
regarding him in a Legation note of August 2.
Consequently, the American Minister emphasized
that the group was not responsible for any mis-
understanding in this regard.
The American Minister told the Acting Ru-
manian Foreign Minister that he would transmit
the Foreign Office note of September 9 to his
Government and revert to tlie matter again upon
receipt of its views.
On September 15, 1948, upon instructions from
the Department, the American Minister delivered
to the Chief of Protocol of the Rumanian Foreign
Office the note contained herein.
Altliough three of the Legation members who
were detained by the police at Giurgiu had in their
possession cameras and in the countryside en route
had taken a total of seven pictures consisting only
of photos of an ox-cart and peasant, a herd of
water buffalo, and a native well, these photographs
405
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
were taken more than 30 miles from Giurgiu. The
cameras had then been placed in the group's bag-
gage and were not removed again during the rest
of the trip. Development of the exposed film has
shown no pictures taken at or near Giurgiu.
Account of Detention of American Diplomatic
Personnel by Rumanian Security Police
There follows an account of the detention hy the
Security Police at Giurgiu, Rumania, on Seftem-
lier 6-7, 19IiS, of two officers and two clerks of the
American Legation at Bucharest, along the lines
of a statement signed hy them
A group composed of Wayne W. Fisher, Third
Secretary and Vice-Consul; Paul H. Green, At-
tache; Miss Ruth V. Garr, Clerk, and Miss Peggy
M. Maggard, Glerk — all official American mem-
bers of the Legation staff — left Bucharest at 3
p.m. September 6, 1948, in an automobile bearing
diplomatic tags, to visit Alexandria, the Danube
port of Giurgiu, arriving at the latter place at 6
p.m. After stopping in the port area for about
five minutes, they drove to the city square which
is on a direct route back to Bucharest.
Although the port area was guarded they en-
countered no difficulty in entering or leaving it.
However, as they entered the city square, their
car was hailed by a policeman ostensibly for pur-
poses of traffic control.. Mr. Green, who was driv-
ing, inquired as to which street led f I'om the square
to the main Giurgiu-Bucharest highway. There-
upon, a man in civilian clothes who was standing
near the policeman jumped upon the running
board alongside Mr. Green, indicating that the
road to Bucharest branched off from the street by
which the car had entered the square and that he
would assist in directing them to that point.
After they had driven around the square, the
group became suspicious and questioned the man's
knowledge of the route; but he insisted that the
car should turn back into the street leading to-
ward the port area. When Mr. Green motioned
to the man to get off the running board, the latter
seized the car's steering wheel and pulled the ma-
chine to a stop.
Concluding by now that the man must be a
police agent, Mr. Green showed his diplomatic
passpoi-t and demanded that they be permitted to
proceed without further hindrance. Thereupon,
the man produced credentials which identified him
as an agent of the Siguranta (Security Police)
and insisted that tiie car, with all of its occupants,
accompany him to the Security Police headquar-
ters. The agent informed Mr. Green that he had
orders to stop the car and made it clear that he
was determined to do so regardless of the car's
diplomatic identification. He insisted that the
vehicle be driven to the Security Police headquar-
ters which was on a narrow dark side street about
100 yards off of the main thoroughfare.
406
Mr. Green drove to a junction of these two
streets where he parked the car near the curb under
a street light, refusing to enter the side street. The
agent renewed his demand that the automobile be
taken to the headquarters, stating that it was neces-
sary to search it. Mr. Green again refused, point-
ing out the diplomatic immunity to which the car
was entitled.
Meanwhile, five other agents had appeared and
stationed themselves on both sides of the automo-
bile. Thinking that the agents might be unaware
of the provisions of diplomatic immunity, Green
accomiDanied one of the agents to the Security
Police headquarters.
When he had left, the other agents began to
claim that the Americans had been seen photo-
graphing the port area and demanded that a cam-
era be surrendered to them.
All five agents were speaking simultaneously.
As their demands became more insistent, the agent
who had originally stopped the car made two ef-
forts to open its front door in an apparent attempt
to enter the vehicle. Twice the door was pulled
shut by the occupants with a warning to the agent
concerning the diplomatic character of the car.
Wlien after 45 minutes Mr. Green did not re-
turn. Miss Maggard, who had her official passport
with her, went to the police headquarters, in the
company of one of the remaining agents, to make
inquiries.
In the meantime, INIr. Green had been taken
to the office of the Chief of the Siguranta. This
Security Police Chief, a certain Nedelcu (Valescu)
apjDcared after 20 minutes and, upon reading re-
ports submitted to him by several agents, requested
Mr. Green's passport and information regarding
the other three passengers of the car.
Having called the attention of the Security
Police Chief to his diplomatic status and the irreg-
ularity of such proceedings, Mr. Green supplied
the names of the other three Americans together
with their positions at the Legation. Mr. Green
asked the reason for the detention of the group
and was informed that charges had been made that
they were photographing in the port area. The
Security Police Chief demanded that a camera
be surrendered. Specific accusations of taking
photographs were made against Miss Maggard
(who had by this time been brought into the
Chief's office) although she had no camera. Mr.
Green informed Nedelcu that no member of the
group had taken any photographs either in the
city or port area of Giurgiu.
Once more, Mr. Green called Nedelcu's attention
to his status as a diiDlomatic officer and that, in the
circumstances, his detention was highly improper.
He demanded that, if the group were not under
arrest, it be released immediately. The Security
Police Chief informed Mr. Green that the group
was not under arrest and would be detained only
so long as it would take to confirm by telephone,
Department of State Bulletin
through the Rumanian Foreign Office, the indi-
vidual status of the persons in the group — a matter
of "five or ten minutes".
At 7 :45 i).m., when it became evident that the
group's release was not imminent, Mr. Green
sought permission of the Security Police Chief
to telephone the American Legation. This was
denied. At 8 :30 p.m. Mr. Green again requested
either the release of the group or the right to tele-
phone the American Minister. Nedelcu again re-
fused but stated that the group would be released
inunediately if the camera which had allegedly
been used in photographing the port area were
surrendered. Once more, Mr Green refuted the
charge that any member of the group had taken
pictures in that area, at which the Security Police
Chief became indignant and asserted that none
of the group would be released until a camera
was surrendered.
At 9 p.m. Miss Maggard asked for some food but
was informed by Nedelcu that he himself had not
eaten since lunch and that he thought she could
wait until her release before eating. No member
of the group was allowed anything to eat or drink
for 16 hours. Not until 10 :30 the following morn-
ing did they receive some bread and fruit pur-
chased by an agent at the insistence of the Ameri-
cans with money which they supplied.
From 9 p.m. until 2 a.m. the Chief of the Se-
curity Police intermittently interrogated Miss
Maggard and Mr. Green, continuing to insist that
a camera be handed over. Eepeatedly, Mr. Green
requested either their release or permission to tele-
phone the American Legation.
Shortly after midnight, for a period of 20 min-
utes, Mr. Green was allowed to leave the Security
Police headquarters, in the company of an agent,
to visit the car. He discussed the developments
with Mr, Fisher who agreed to remain in the car
with Miss Garr until the entire group was released
and not to take any action by way of moving or
leaving it except after personal communication
with Mr. Green.
The Chief of the Security Police quit his office
at aliout 2 : 30 a.m., leaving Miss Maggard there
to sleep on a bench. Mr. Green was compelled
to sleep on the floor in another room. A request
by them for blankets was met with the response
that the office possessed none.
Mr. Fisher and Miss Garr remained in the car
throughout the night, surrounded continuously
by from two to seven agents. Four times during
the night unsuccessful attempts were made to in-
duce the occupants to leave the car or move it to
the Security Police headquarters. Early in the
evening a false message purportedly from Mr.
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Green had been transmitted by three agents in-
cluding the Security Police Chief, Nedelcu, to the
effect that a camera was to be given to agents.
Somewhat later, four more agents appeared and
stated that orders had been issued to have the car
moved to the Siguranta headquarters, claiming
falsely that Mr. Green had agreed to this. When
Mr. Fisher refused to comply, the agents left.
At 1:00 a.m., September 7, two agents came
again to the car and falsely stated that tlie Ameri-
can Minister had asked to talk to Mr. Fisher and
Miss Garr on the telephone and that the car would
remain under guard in their absence. Mr. Fisher
declined to leave the car and reminded the agents
again of the diplomatic immunity of the car and
members of the group. At 2 a.m. the Security
Police Chief, accompanied by three other agents,
came to the car and vehemently demanded, on
order of the Minister of the Interior, that Mr.
Fisher move it to their headquarters.
On September 7 at 7 a.m. the questioning of all
four Americans was resumed along the same lines
as previously. Mr. Green immediately renewed
his demand that they be released and his request
for permission to telephone the American Min-
ister. The Chief of the Security Police replied
that orders had been given from ''higher up" that
no telephone contact with the American Legation
was to be allowed.
Mr. Green was asked by the Security Police
Chief to arrange for moving the car to the police
headquarters, which Mr. Green refused to do. At
9 a.m. another attempt was made to accomplish
this on the pretext that the car was obstructing
traffic, but Mr. Fisher refused to comply.
At 11 a.m., September 7, Mr. Green was told
that, since his passport was in order, he would be
permitted to proceed to Bucharest by train, the
other three members of the Legation staff were
to be detained. Mr. Fisher was informed that the
Foreign Office had telephoned the American Lega-
tion which said it had no record of him. Mr.
Green stated that he would remain with the others.
Finally, at 11 : 15 a.m., Mr. Green was given
permission to telephone the American Legation
where he was informed by the Legation's admin-
istrative officer, Denzil L. Page, that the American
Minister was already informed of the incident and
had taken steps to have the group released im-
mediately. This was the first break in the group's
state of being held incommunicado since it had
been apprehended 17 hours previously.
At 11 : 30 a.m. the Chief of the Security Police
informed the group that it was free to proceed to
Bucharest, which it did, arriving there at 1 : 30 p.m.
September 26, 1948
407
Rumanian Nationalization Legislation Considered Violation of Peace Treaty
U.S. NOTE TO RUMANIA DELIVERED ON SEPTEMBER 7
[Released to the press September 14]
I have the honor to state that I have been in-
structed by my Government to convey to the
Kumanian Government the following comments
upon the recent Rumanian Legislation for the na-
tionalization of industrial, banking, insurance,
mining, transportation and other enterprises :
The United States Government considers the
provision in Article 1 of the above-mentioned law
exempting enterprises formed on the basis of a
special convention between the Rumanian Govern-
ment and a foreign Government and the provisions
of Chapter I, Article V to be a serious discrimina-
tion against the rights of United States nationals
in Rumania, which is expressly prohibited by
Article 31 (c) of the Treaty of Peace between the
Allied and Associated Powers and Rumania,
signed at Paris on February 10, 1947. By the
application of the terms of the Rumanian law to
various enterprises owned by United States na-
tionals and by the exemption of Soviet-owned
enterprises and Soviet interests in certain other
enterprises the Rumanian Government has clearly
violated its obligations to aflFord most favored
nation treatment in all matters pertaining to com-
merce, industry and other forms of business ac-
tivity under Article 31 (c) of the Treaty of Peace.
The United States Government considers that the
rights of its nationals with respect to properties
reacquired in accordance with the terms of the
Treaty are equal to and must be accorded the same
recognition as the rights of any United Nation
with respect to the ownership of property in
Rumania.
The United States Government has noted that
Chapter 4 of the Rumanian law with respect to
the procedure for the determination of the com-
pensation to owners of affected enterprises
contains no provisions for hearing or appeal.
With further reference to Chapter 4, the United
States Government feels that compensation in the
form of bonds of the fund of nationalized indus-
try, redeemable, apparently, from the prospective
l^rofits of the individual nationalized enterprises
can not be considered to provide prompt, adequate
and effective compensation.
While the United States Government has con-
sistently recognized the right of a sovereign power
to expropriate property subject to its jurisdiction
and belonging to American nationals, the United
States has likewise refused to recognize the valid-
ity of such expropriations in cases where they
are discriminatory by nature and effect and where
provisions for equitable valuation and prompt,
adequate and effective compensation are not pro-
vided by the expropriating Government.
In view of the nature of the Rumanian legisla-
tion and its application to American properties
the United States Government must therefore re-
serve all rights on behalf of its nationals with
respect to the seizures of their properties by the
Rumanian Government and intends to hold the
Rumanian Government responsible for the return
of the properties or prompt payment of adequate
and effective compensation therefor.
Freedom of Movement Allowed fVlrs. Kasenkina and iVlr. Samarin
U.S. NOTE TO THE SOVIET EMBASSY DELIVERED ON SEPTEMBER 9>
[Released to the press September 13]
The Secretary of State presents his compli-
ments to His Excellency the Ambassador of the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and has the
honor to refer to his note no. 1.56 of August 24,
1948 ^ regarding the case of Mrs. Kasenkina and
Mr. Samarin and to acknowledge the receipt of
photostatic copies of the two letters^ by Mrs.
Kasenkina which were requested in the Depart-
ment's note dated August 19, 1948.-
' Not printed.
' Bui-LETIN Of Aug. 29, 1948, p. 251.
408
The Department of State notes that the Soviet
Government reaiRrms the position taken in its
earlier communications on this subject and rejects
the position of the Department of State with re-
spect to the abuse of his prerogatives by the Consul
General of the USSR in New York. The Depart-
ment of State has nothing to add to its note on this
subject dated August 19, and must categorically
reject as without any basis in fact tlie wholly un-
substantiated accusations made against the Fed-
eral Bureau of Investigation and the welfare
organization known as the Tolstoy Foundation.
Deparfmenf of Sfofe Bulletin
The Department of State also notes that the
Soviet Government ngum ''insists tliat opportun-
ity for free and unobstructed access to Kasenkina
and Saniarin be granted to the representatives of
the Soviet Union in the U.S.A." The Department
in its note of August 19, 1948 stated that they were
comjjleteiy free to see any Soviet official if they de-
sired, but that this Government could not compel
either of them to do so. The Soviet Government
must therefore have realized that compliance with
this request would be incompatible with the prin-
ciples of law on which the United States Govern-
ment was founded and to which it adheres. The
persons of individuals in the United States are not
liable to restraint or compulsion except in accord-
ance with duly enacted statutes and subject to con-
stitutional safeguards. It is a matter exclusively
for the determination of Mrs. Kasenkina and Mr.
Samarin whether they will see the representatives
of the Soviet Government.
Mrs. Kasenkina has stated to Soviet Vice Consul
Chepurnyk in the presence of witnesses that she
does not wish to see him or any other Soviet repre-
sentative. Mrs. Kasenkina has been under no re-
strictions of any kind other than those normally
required by medical practice for patients suffering
from injuries such as she sustained. It is under-
stood that she is rapidly regaining her health.
Upon her recovery and departure from the hos-
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
pital, Mrs. Kasenkina will continue to be free to
see whomsoever she wishes, and of course she will
enjoy complete freedom of movement. Mr. Sama-
rin has stated under oath to a subcommittee of the
Congress, before which he appeared at his own re-
quest, that he determined voluntarily and on his
own initiative to renounce his Soviet citizenship
and to remain in the United States. He of course
enjoys complete freedom of movement and can
see whomsoever he wishes. In these circumstances,
the United States Government nmst consider the
matter closed.
The Department of State has taken note of the
intention of the Soviet Government to close its
Consulates General at New York and San Fran-
cisco, and its decision, in conformity with the prin-
ciple of reciprocity, to consider the United States
Consulate General at Vladivostok subject to imme-
diate closing, and to withdraw the permission for
the opening of a United States Consulate General
at Leningi-ad. Accordingly, on August 27 the
Department of State closed the United States Con-
sulate General in Vladivostok and is completing
the necessary arrangements for vacating the prem-
ises as promptly as possible. The Department will
appreciate being advised of the official dates of the
final closing of the Soviet Consulates General in
the United States.
Department or State
Washhigton, /September 9, J94S
Science Falls Victim to Communism's Strait Jacket
BY GEORGE V. ALLEN >
Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs
Memjjeks of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science: The so-called "cold
war" between the democratic and antidemocratic
forces of the world is assuming increasingly alarm-
ing proportions as we assemble for our discussion
tonight. Every right-minded citizen of the globe
is distressed at this unhappy state of affairs, but
I know of no group which is so genuinely and
deeply moved by it as the men of science.
On Monday night. Dr. Harlow Shapley implied
that some portion of the blame for the parlous
state of world affairs might be due to the bungling
of politicians and diplomats. He has only to say
the word "diplomat", with a slight curl of his
lip, to obtain a prompt and sympathetic reaction
from his audience.
For better or woi-se, I am a member of that
excoriated tribe. I do not pretend that our tribe
has done very well at its job. The state of the
world today is sufficiently bad to rob any diplomat
of a claim to even mediocre success.
Nor do I resent Dr. Shapley's implications.
His plain speaking, however, has inspired me to
direct a few thoughts to scientists in return.
I glory in the fact that scientists recognize
Sepfember 26, 1948
neither national nor racial boundaries in their field
of activity. Throughout the globe they have co-
operated in pushing back the barriers to knowl-
edge and have built on each other's discoveries.
The training and instinct of the scientist is to
disregard the political views of his colleague
abroad and to concern himself only with his fel-
low's achievements and knowledge.
One principle which science has established
through generations of experimentation and dis-
covery is that confirmed revelations of the test
tube, the microscope, or the prism must be accepted
as true, regardless of tlieir impact on the accepted
beliefs of politics, religion, or folklore. The
Images of history are full of the martyrs of science
who have suffered persecution because of their
steadfast adherence to evidence as revealed
through their experiments. Those who would
deny the freedom of science to follow where evi-
dence leads are the mortal enemies of your
profession.
" Address made before the American Association for the
Advancement of Science in Washington on Sept. 15, 1948,
and released to the press on the same date.
409
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
You who are the scientists of today are the heirs
of that respect for scientific truth which your pred-
ecessors established through suffering and often
through torture. It is incumbent upon you, as
a group, to defend that heritage and to combat
with your united condemnation any limitation
on that freedom whenever and wherever it occurs.
When an effort was made a quarter century ago
to prevent students in the hills of Tennessee from
learning about evolution, you rose as one voice
to condemn this limitation. Today the long-
suffering scientists of Moscow are forbidden to
reach their own conclusions on the teachings of
Mendel or Lamarck. It would seem to me that all
scientists should come to their aid with a rousing
condemnation of those authorities in the Kremlin
who have placed your Russian colleagues in a
strait jacket.
Another principle which you and your prede-
cessors have established, and which is a companion
to the first, is that scientific knowledge, once dis-
covered, should be disseminated as widely and
freely as possible throughout the world.
As a layman, I can appreciate your anguish
that scientists of the United States are at the
present moment the holders of some of the most
important, yet the most securely guarded, secrets
in the annals of scientific history — secrets relating
to atomic energy. I know how deeply it disturbs
many of you that so little progress has been
achieved toward making these secrets available as
the common knowledge of mankind.
I shall not quibble on this point. In my field
of operations in the Department of State, dealing
with questions of educational exchange with
foreign countries and with Unesco, I come fre-
quently in contact with this disturbed state of
mind among many of our scientists, and I am all
too aware of the propaganda capital which is made
against the United States Government, not only
abroad but also in the United States itself, because
of the American monopoly of the atomic-energy
process.
I must say with equal clearness, however, that
I do not believe the United States has cause for
either apology or shame with regard to its policy
concerning the atomic discoveries. Far from it.
The American Government holds in its grasp the
most important advantage which any people in
history has ever held, an advantage which could
make us the military master of the world if we
chose to use it for that purpose. We have freely
offered to give up this advantage, to throw open
our laboratories and installations to the most
minute inspection of everyone, and to devote all
our tremendous equipment and facilities to the
benefit of mankind. The offer has been criticized
in our own countrj' as much too generous, and
some are relieved that it was not accepted.
It is true that attached to our offer was a string —
or perhaps thread would be the better term. We
410
asked for reciprocity of inspection. In this work-
aday world we inhabit, which is not altogether
the pure world of science, we wanted some assur-
ance that our homes and our families would not
be blasted off the earth by any unfriendly regime
which might take a notion to do so. I am by no
means certain that any nation on earth would have
made as generous an offer on the atomic bomb as
we did. I believe that one of the reasons we went
as far as we did is our attacliment to that very
principle of scientific freedom to which you all
adhere so firmly.
I glory in your criticism of any violation of -
academic freedom which occurs in the United I
States. I merely ask that you condemn with equal
boldness its violation or refusal of acceptance any-
where. Some of your number are inclined to re-
verse the Scripture and to see a mote in your own
eye while overlooking the beam in the eye of the
other fellow.
So I return to Dr. Shapley the challenge. Let
scientists and diplomats compete to build a better
world. But better still, let us combine our re-
sources to bring about the true and lasting brother-
hood of mankind.
Communist Strategy in Southeast Asia
[Released to the press September 16]
In response to questions on Septemier 16 a Depart-
ment of State spokesman said
The Department has watched closely the rapid
increase of Communist activity which has taken
place in southeast Asia since early this year and
has naturally taken this development into consid-
eration in determining its course of action. The
results of these activities in Burma, Malaya, Indo-
china, and Indonesia have been reported by the
press as they occurred from time to time and need
not be reviewed. However, little attention has
been directed toward one major strategem em-
ployed by the Communists in dependent areas of
southeast Asia. To win support and allies in their
drive for power. Communist leaders have consist-
ently pretended to champion the cause of local
nationalists and have attempted to identify Com-
munism with nationalism in the minds of the peo-
ple of the area. This scheme worked well, at least
until the Cominform's denunciation of the Yugo-
slav Communist leaders as being, among other
things, guilty of nationalism. There is some evi-
dence that sincere nationalist leaders in southeast
Asia, originally deceived by this device, have now
awakened to the fact that, in Communist-con-
trolled states outside the Soviet Union, the na-
tionalism to which they aspire is regarded as a
high crime and grounds for ruthless interference
in the internal affairs of such states by interna-
tional Communist organizations.
Department of State Bulletin
Displaced-Persons Resettlement Program
STEPS FOR ADMISSION OF ALIENS INTO U.S.
[Released to the press August 31]
The article in the New York Times of August
30, 1948, by Michael L. Hoffman contained state-
ments which obviously are based upon misappre-
hensions of law and of fact. Criticism leveled at
American consular officers for the delay in begin-
ning the displaced-persons program is entirely
mi warranted and unjust. In fact, the Executive
branch of the Government is doing everything that
can be done to get the program going as soon as
possible. The following steps must be taken, how-
ever, before aliens may come into the United States
under the Displaced Pei'sons Act.
1. Appointment of a Displaced Persons Com-
m,ission. The President sent the nominations of
the persons to be appointed members of the Com-
mission to the last session of Congress but the
Senate did not act on the nominations. The per-
sons nominated have now been given recess
appointments.
2. Organization of the Commission. The or-
ganization of the Commission has been delayed be-
cause one of the members was in Eurojie when
he was appointed and has only recently arrived in
the United States.
3. Issuance of Regulations. The act provides in
part : 'Tt shall be the duty of the Commission to
formulate and issue regulations, necessary under
the provisions of this Act, and in compliance there-
with, for the admission into the United States of
eligible displaced orphans and eligible displaced
persons". These regulations have not been issued
as the Commission has just been oi-ganized and is
beginning to function.
4. Selection of Screening Ageiicy. The Presi-
dent is required by the act to designate an agency
of the Government which will be responsible for
screening displaced persons from the security point
of view. He has not done this because the Com-
mission has just been organized and is formulating
a recommendation.
5. Selection and Distnbution. The Displaced
Persons Commission must select those aliens who
qualify for displaced-person status under the act
and who can be settled in the United States in
accordance with the requirements of tlie act. The
Commission obviously may not do this until after
its regulations have been issued.
6. Issuance of Visas. The issuance of visas can
%spiemhet 26, 1948
not take place until the displaced persons have
been cleared through the procedure of the Dpc.
Following the arrangements by the Dpc for settle-
ment in the United States, the selection and the
screening of a displaced person, the applicant is
required by law to execute a formal visa applica-
tion before, and be examined by, an American
consular officer who, under section 2 (f) of the
Immigration Act of 1924, must withhold the issu-
ance of a visa if he knows or has any reason to
believe that the applicant is inadmissible under
any excluding provision of the immigration laws.
A displaced person is not exempted from the bur-
den of establishing to the satisfaction of the con-
sular officer that he is not inadmissible under the
law. Although a security clearance by the C. I. C.
[Counter Intelligence Corps] is given considerable
weight, it does not relieve the responsibility of the
consular officer who may feel it necessary to inves-
tigate further certain aspects of a given case. This
is exceptional and does not, normally, duplicate
the same investigation.
7. Reason for Terminating President's DP Pro-
gram. Mr. Hoffman states, in his article, that "Op-
eration of the Truman directive was suspended
when the new law came into force, and the United
States consulates are interpreting the law strictly".
The act itself directed that the processing of dis-
placed persons, under the President's directive of
December 22, 1945, be discontinued after June 30,
1948, and provided for a severe penalty in the
event of any violation thereof.
8. Issuance of Visas in Camps. The question
of having consular officers travel from camp to
camp and issue visas on an itinerant basis, rather
than at regional consular offices, presents certain
legal and administrative difficulties which are be-
ing given careful consideration.
9. Resumption of Normal Visa Services in Ger-
many and Austria. Since the suspension of the
issuance of visas to displaced persons June 30,
1948, pending the implementation of the Displaced
Persons Act of 1948, no immigration visa has been
issued to any nonpriority, nonpreference applicant
in Germany or Austria. Meanwhile, American
consular officers in Germany and Austria are pre-
paring to resume within the next few weeks the
normal prewar visa services in Germany and Aus-
tria as required by the Displaced Persons Act in-
dependently of the displaced-persons program.
41T
DP COMMISSION STAFF DEPARTS FOR GERMANY
[Released to the press August 31]
Tlie Department of State announced on August
31 that Ugo Carusi, chairman of the Displaced
Persons Commission, would leave for Germany by
air on September 6. His plans are to meet im-
mediately with the military and consular officials
and representatives of Iro and voluntary agencies
who will participate in the disi^laced-persons re-
settlement program contemplated by the Dis-
placed Persons Act of 1948.
Procedures will be established to effect thorough,
speedy, and efficient administration of tlie act in
those areas to which it applies (western zones and
sectors of Germany and Austria and in Italy).
Processing officers will be distributed throughout
the area in such numbers and at such places as will
best produce this result.
Present plans of the Commission call for the
first movement of eligible displaced persons dur-
ing the first week of October with regularly in-
creasing shipments to follow during that and
succeeding months. Shipping arrangements to
accord with this plan have already been made by
tlie Iro.
The Commission confidently anticipates the full
cooperation of all agencies, governmental and
private, to the end that the intent of Congress as
expressed in the Displaced Persons Act will be
carried out.
Mr. Carusi will be accompanied by Commission
staff members and representatives of the Army,
Immigration and Naturalization Service, and
State Department, who will assist in developing
the program.
REGISTRATION OF IMMIGRANTS TO THE U. S. FROM GERMAN AND AUSTRIAN ZONES
[Released to the press September 17]
Pursuant to section 12 of the Displaced Persons
Act of 1948, all American consular offices in Ger-
many and Austria will accept, effective September
17, 1918, applications for registration as intending
immigrants to the United States from persons
residing in the American, British, and French
zones of Germany and Austria and in the Ameri-
can, British, and French sectors of Berlin and
Vienna as provided in Title 22, Code of Federal
Remdafions, 1946 Supplement, 61.302.^
The purpose of such registration is to establish
priority of consideration of individual cases with-
in the quotas established pursuant to the Immi-
gration Act of 1924. This has no relation to the
displaced-persons program, although persons in
Germany and Austria, intending to apply for visas
as displaced persons within the classification pro-
vided in the Displaced Persons Act of 1948 are ad-
vised to register now as intending iimiiigrants in
^Registration of Quota Visa Applicants (22 CFR, 1946
Supp. 61.302) :
(ft) Oversubscrihed quotas. The registration of an in-
tending immigrant cliargeable to an oversubscribed quota
sliould be made only upon the basis of a registration form
submitted by mail to the consular office. Such registra-
tion forms may be filed at an office which has been author-
ized to accept applications for immigration visas of aliens
regardless of whether quota numbers are liliely to be
available for use in issuing visas to them.
(g) Registration form to be endorsed imth date of
receipt. The registration form received at the consular
office should be dated by rubber stamp with the date of
receipt, which will become the registration date.
412
order that they may have the benefit of the priority
established thereby in the event they should fail
to meet all of the qualifications requisite as a dis-
placed person Under the law.
Cases of persons registered will be processed, in
the order in which their registration occurred, as
soon as practicable. It is expected, however, that
the processing of cases of displaced persons will
commence earlier than those in nonpreference,
iionpriority categories. Both programs will be
administered independently.
Persons in the United States, who are interested
in sponsoring an eligible displaced person should
communicate with the Displaced Persons Com-
mission, Fourth Floor, Premier Building, 718
Eighteenth Street, NW., Washington 25, D.C.
All other visa cases of persons in Germany and
Austria will be handled by the American consular
office nearest the applicant's residence. These
offices are located in the following cities:
Berlin
Bremen
Franlcfort
Salzburg, Austria
Hamburg
Munich
Stuttgart
Vienna, Austria
Persons registered on the quota waiting lists as
intending immigrants to the United States will be
informed, individually, by the American Consul
when it becomes possible to process their cases.
Since the cases will be considered strictly in the
order of registration, correspondence with the
Consul, other than in connection with the registra-
tion itself, should be avoided for the present. It
should be appreciated that an avalanche of cor-
respondence would only add confusion to and re-
tard the normal resumption of visa work in
Germany and Austria.
Department of State Bulletin
Czechoslovakia Settles Lend-Lease Account
[Ucloasod to tlie press Soptoniber ](i]
Tlie United States Embassy at Praha informed
the DepaitnuMit of State on September 16 that it
has sii^ned an agreement with the Government of
Czechoslovaivia settling all lend-lease obligations
of the Czechoslovak Government under the Czech-
oslovak-iXjiierican lend-lease agreement of July
11, 1942.
Under the terms of the settlement, signed in
Praha today, the Czechoslovak Government agrees
to pay to the United States within 10 days the
equivalent of $172,061.00 in crowns (8,648,072
crowns) . The Czechoslovak Government received
an estimated $2,760,000.00 in lend-lease aid either
directly from the United States or by re-transfer
from the United Kingdom. This figure is based
on the procurement cost of the items.
THE RECORD OF THE WEBK
The text of the agreement has not yet been re-
ceived fi'om the Embassy.
Yugoslavia Pays for Nationalized
American Property
[Released to the press September 13]
The Department of State announced on Sep-
tember 13 that it has deposited with the United
States Treasury a check for $17,000,000 received
from the Government of Yugoslavia in accordance
with the agreement of July 19, 1048, between the
Governments of the United States and Yugoslavia
providing for settlement of American property
nationalized in Yugoslavia and other outstanding
pecuniary claims between the two Governments.'
The $17,000,000 will be held pending action by
the Congress or such agency as it may designate to
distribute the money to eligible claimants.
Incident Involving Seating of Ethiopian IVIinister at EVEeeting of Scientists
EXCHANGE OF CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN THE ETHIOPIAN LEGATION AND
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
[Released to the press September 17]
September 15, lOIfS
The Imperial Ethiopian Legation present their
compliments to the Department of State and have
the honour to protest in the strongest manner
against the affront and indignity caused to the
person of His Excellency Kas Imru, the Minister
of Ethiopia to the United States, on the evening
of thirteenth September, 1948, at Constitution
Hall.
The incident occurred when His Excellency, in-
vited by the "American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science" to attend the ceremony of
the opening session of its meeting, took his seat in
the box, assigned to him along with the other di-
plomatic Corps, and where an individual, un-
known to the Minister approached and told His
Excellency to leave his seat and find another place
somewhere in the hall, and the Minister left the
hall altogether, in protest against such an insult.
The Ethiopian Government considers the of-
fence to its accredited representative, as grave and
prone to create serious implications, specially so
because the offence occurred in a public place and
in the presence of the President of the United
States.
The Imperial Ethiopian Legation therefore, de-
mands that the United States Government will
take appropriate measures to repair the damage
and to punish the offender in the manner that the
dignity and inviolability of an Envoy represent-
ing a sovereign Government requires.
The Imperial Ethiopian Legation avail them-
Sepfember 26, J948
selves of this opportunity to renew to the Depart-
ment of State the assurance of their highest con-
sideration.
Ras H. S. Imrtt
Minister
The Department of State acknowledges the re-
ceipt of the note from the Imperial Ethiopian Le-
gation, dated September 15, 1948, protesting the
unfortunate incident involving the Honorable Ras
Imru, Minister of Ethiopia, on September 13, 1948,
It is a matter of the greatest regret to the Gov-
ernment of the United States that the Minister
of Ethiopia was subjected to the embarrassment
indicated in the Legation's note under reference.
The Department of State has viewed the matter
with sei'ious concern, and has therefore investi-
gated the circumstances regarding the case with a
view toward taking any action which might ap-
pear appropriate.
The Department has noted that the meeting in
which the incident occurred was held in a private
auditorium and under the auspices of a private
organization which has already tendered its full
apologies to the Minister.
The organizations and individuals concerned
have informed the Department that the incident
resulted from the fact that there were insufficient
boxes for all chiefs of mission, and the American
' Bulletin of Aug. 1, 1948, p. 137.
413
THE RECORD OF THE WEEK
Association for the Advancement of Science, which
was in cliarge of the event, was forced to assign
orchestra seats to some of the cliiefs of mission.
Through some mistake the Minister was seated in
a box, altliough he held a ticket for a seat on the
floor of the house. Later, anticipating tlie arrival
of the person to whom this box had been assigned,
an uslier requested the Minister to take the seat
assigned to him in the orchestra. The Minister,
apparently not aware that other members of the
diplomatic corps were seated in the orchestra, de-
clined to do so and left the hall on the grounds
that he should have been assigned to a box seat.
The Department fully shares the Minister's point
of view in this regard, and if it had been consulted
in the matter in advance, it would most certainly
have recommended, in accordance with its estab-
lished practice, that the Minister and all other
chiefs of mission be assigned to boxes.
As stated above the Department regrets the em-
barrassment caused the Minister.
September 16, 1948
Evacuation of U.S. Nationals From Hyderabad
[Released to the press September 9]
Text of a coramunique issued to American jour-
nalist 011 Septemher 9 iy the American Einbassy
at New Delhi, India
In view of the latest developments re Hydera-
bad, the U.K. High Commissioner in India acting
for this purpose, also in agreement with and on
behalf of the United States Charge d'Aifaires,
the Canadian High Commissioner and the Aus-
tralian High Commissioner, proposes to put in
train fortliwith arrangements which have been
agreed upon for the concentration, in an evacua-
tion from Hyderabad to Madras, of the nationals
of the countries concerned.
Mr. Fry, a member of the U.K. High Commis-
sion in India, has been in Hyderabad for some
weeks for the sole and express purpose of looking
after the welfare and protection of aforesaid na-
tionals and coordinating arrangements for their
concentration and evacuation in event of the need
arising.
Mr. Fry has now received instructions to ar-
range for the concentration of these nationals at
a prearranged rendezvous near Hyderabad City
and evacuation by air will be carried out by com-
mercial York Aircraft of BOAC from Hyderabad
to Madras.
Arrangements have been made in Madras for
reception of these nationals.
The Governments of India and Hyderabad
have been informed of these decisions and of the
detailed arrangements involved, and their help
' 13 Fed. Reg. 5249.
has been sought in connection with carrying out
the evacuation plan.
There are certain of these nationals living on
the borders of the state who may not be able to
reach the prearranged rendezvous. They have
therefore been advised and are being advised to
make their own way overland to adjoining areas
of Indian Union territory.
Nationals living in places too far distant or
inaccessible from Hyderabad City and the borders
of the state, either to join the air evacuation or try
to make their own way into adjoining provinces
of India, will in all probability decide to remain
where they are.
[Released to the press September 13]
According to a report received on September 12
from the American Embassy at New Delhi, evacua-
tion operations for removal of American citizens
from Hyderabad have been completed. American
citizens residing in Hyderabad were advised sev-
eral days ago by the American Einbassy to leave
in view of possible disturbances within the area
which might endanger lives and property. Facili-
ties for their transportation, including air and
rail, were arranged with the cooperation of the
Government of India, the office of the British High
Commissioner in New Delhi, and the Hyderabad
authorities. All Americans who chose to avail
themselves of the facilities provided have been
evacuated.
Approximately 40 Americans, principally en-
gaged in missionary activities, resided in Hyde-
rabad prior to evacuation. Information regarding
the number of American evacuees is incomplete;
however, the following citizens have arrived in
Madras from Hj^derabad, according to reports
from the American Consulate General at Madras :
India tnission at Bhongir
Mr. B. K. Tarter, Amarillo, Tex.
Mrs. Wanda Tarter, Amarillo, Tex.
Mr. and Mrs. George Steenstra, Cleveland, Oliio
Mrs. Sarah Anderson, Yakima, Wash.
i
American Mennonite Brethren mission at Shamshal>ai
J. N. C. Hiebert, Mouutain Lake, Minn.
Mr. and Mrs. Charles Clement Ray, McKeesport, Pa.
(businessman)
Correction in Protocol of Schedule XX of
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
The President on September 7 issued Proclama-
tion 2809 supplementing Proclamation 2790 of
June 11, 1948.^ This Proclamation has the effect
of correcting a typogi'aphical error appearing in
the Protocol of Rectifications signed in Habana on
the 24th of March relating to tariff item no. 1110 of
the schedule of tariff concessions (schedule XX)
granted by the United States.
414
Departmenf of State Bulletin
THE CONGRESS
A Review of the Work of the Eightieth Congress
The Bulletin is listing below major legislative
actions touching upon the foreign relations of the
United States during the Eightieth Congress.
This list supplements the one printed in the
BxJLLETix of September 28, 1947, page 651. Pub-
lic Laws 389, 393, and 395 were passed during the
First Session, the rest of the legislation in the list,
during the Second Session.
Law TiOe
3S9 An Act To promote world peace and tlie general
welfare, national interest, and foreign policy
of the United States by providing aid to certain
foreign countries.
393 An Act Making supplemental appropriations for
the fiscal year ending June 30, 1948, and for
other purposes.
395 Joint Resolution To aid in the stabilization of
commodity prices, to aid in further stabilizing
the economy of the United States, and for other
purposes.
399 An Act To amend the Philippine Rehabilitation
Act of 1946, as amended.
402 An Act To promote the better understanding of
the United States among the peoples of the
world and to strengthen cooperative interna-
tional relations.
403 Joint Resolution Providing for membership and
participation by the United States in the South
Pacific Commission and authorizing an appro-
priation therefor.
409 An Act To amend the Act of June 28, 1935, en-
titled "An Act to authorize participation by the
United States in the Interparliamentary Union''.
415 An Act To provide for the free importation of
synthetic-rubber scrap.
423 Joint Resolution To continue until March 1, 1949,
the authority of the Maritime Commission to
sell, charter, and operate vessels, and for other
purposes.
427 An Act To continue for a temporary period certain
powers, authority, and discretion conferred on
the President by the Second Decontrol Act of
1947.
431 Joint Resolution Providing for membership and
participation by the United States in the Carib-
bean Commission and authorizing an appropria-
tion therefor.
450 An Act To extend the period of validity of the
Act to facilitate the admission into the United
States of the alien fiancees or fiances of mem-
bers of the armed forces of the United States.
Law Title
453 Joint Resolution To authorize vessels of Canadian
registry to transport iron ore between United
States ports on the Great Lakes during 1948.
469 An Act To strengthen national security and the
common defense by providing for the main-
tenance of an adequate domestic rubber-produc-
ing industry, and for other purposes.
470 Joint Resolution Making appropriations for for-
eign aid [Austria, France, and Italy], welfare
of Indians, and refunding internal-revenue
collections.
472 An Act To promote world peace and the general
welfare, national interest, and foreign policy
of the United States through economic, financial,
and other measures necessary to the mainte-
nance of conditions abroad in which free insti-
tutions may survive and consistent with the
maintenance of the strength and stability of the
United States.
474 An Act To extend the authority of the Adminis-
trator of Veterans' Affairs to establish and con-
tinue ofiices in the territory of the Republic of
the Philippines.
475 An Act To amend the Tariff Act of 1930 with
reference to platinum foxes, and platinum fox
furs, and for other purposes.
490 An Act To amend paragraph 1629 of the Tariff
Act of 1930 so as to provide for the free impor-
tation of exposed X-ray film.
496 An Act To enable the Secretary of Agriculture to
conduct research on foot-and-mouth disease and
other diseases of animals and to amend the
Act of May 29, 18S4 (23 Stat. 31), as amended,
by adding another section.
501 An Act To amend title 17 of the United States
Code entitled "Copyrights".
519 An Act Making appropriations to supply deficien-
cies in certain appropriations for the fi.scal year
ending June 30, 1948, and for other purposes.
538 An Act To amend the Immigration Act of 1024, as
amended.
552 An Act To amend the immigration laws to deny
admission to the United States of aliens who
may be coming here for the purpo.se of engaging
in activities which will endanger the public
safety of the United States.
564 An Act To amend the Acts authorizing the
courses of instruction at the United States Naval
Academy and the United States Military Acad-
emy to be given to a limited number of persons
from the American Republics so as to permit such
courses of instruction to be given to Canadians.
5G7 An Act To amend the Nationality Act of 1940.
September 26, 1948
415
THE CONGRESS
Law Title
597 An Act Making appropriations for the Depart-
ments of State, Justice, Commerce, and the
Judiciary, for the fiscal year ending June 30,
1949, and for other purposes.
600 An Act Relating to the issuance of reentry permits
to certain aliens.
606 An Act To continue for a temporary period certain
powers, authority, and discretion conferred on
the President by the Second Decontrol Act of
1947, and for other purposes.
612 An Act To amend paragraph 813 of the Tariff Act
of 1930.
613 An Act To continue until the close of June 30, 1949,
the present suspension of import duties on scrap
iron, scrap steel, and nonferrous metal scrap.
614 Joint Resolution To permit articles Imported from
foreign countries for the purpose of exhibition
at the International Industrial Exposition, In-
corporated, Atlantic City, New Jersey, to be ad-
mitted without payment of tariff, and for other
purposes.
626 An Act To authorize the Secretary of the Army and
the Secretary of the Air Force to proceed with
construction at military installations, and for
other purposes.
630 An Act To amend paragraph 1772 of the Tariff Act
of 1930, as amended.
643 Joint Resolution Providing for membership and
participation by the United States in the World
Health Organization and authorizing an appro-
priation therefor.
647 An Act To encourage the development of an inter-
national air-transportation system adapted to
the needs of the foreign commerce of the United
States, of the postal service, and of the national
defense, and for other purposes.
653 An Act To authorize the Secretary of the Navy
to proceed with the construction of certain pub-
lic works, and for other purposes.
718 An Act To permit the landing of halibut by Cana-
dian fishing vessels to Alaskan ports, and for
other purposes.
725 An Act To provide for the temporary free im-
portation of lead.
750 An Act To amend the Tariff Act of 1930 to provide
for the free importation of limestone to be used
in the manufacture of fertilizer.
752 An Act To authorize the course of instruction at
the United States Naval Academy to be given
to not exceeding four persons at a time from
the Republic of the Philippines.
767 An Act To continue the authorization for the
appointment of two additional Assistant Secre-
taries of State.
769 Joint Resolution Permitting the free entry of cer-
tain articles imported to promote international
good will, and for other purposes.
771 An Act To codify and enact into law Title 3 of
the United States Code, entitled "The Presi-
dent".
Law Title
774 An Act To authorize for a limited period of time
the admission into the United States of certain
European displaced persons for permanent resi-
dence, and for other purposes.
778 Joint Resolution To increase the sum authorized
to be appropriated for the presentation to Eire
of a statue of Commodore John Barry.
783 An Act To amend section 332 (a) of the Na-
tionality Act of 1940.
785 An Act Making appropriations to supply deficien-
cies in certain appropriations for the fiscal year
ending June 30, 1948, and for other purposes.
786 An Act To authorize the Coast Guard to estab-
lish, maintain, and operate aids to navigation.
787 An Act To amend section 5 of the Act entitled
"An Act To amend the laws relating to navi-
gation, and for other purposes."
788 An Act To provide for the acceptance on behalf
of the United States of a statue of General
Jose Gervasio Artigas, and for other purposes.
792 An Act To extend the authority of the President
under section 350 of the Tariff Act of 1930,
as amended, and for other purposes.
793 An Act Making appropriations for foreign aid,
and for other purposes.
794 Joint Resolution Providing for participation by
the Government of the United States in the
Pan American Railway Congress, and author-
izing an appropriation therefor.
798 An Act To authorize the Secretary of State to
perform certain consular-type functions within
the United States and its Territories and pos-
sessions.
801 An Act to amend the Act of July 30, 1947, per-
mitting vessels of Canadian registry to transport
certain merchandise between Hyder, Alaska,
and points in the continental United States.
817 An Act Relating to the arming of American ve.s-
sels.
843 Joint Resolution Providing for acceptance by the
United States of America of the Constitution
of the International Labor Organization Instru-
ment of Amendment, and further authorizing
an appropriation for payment of the United
States share of the expenses of membership
and for expenses of participation by the United
States.
860 An Act Making appropriations for Government
corporations and independent executive agencies
for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1949, and
for other purposes.
863 An Act To amend subsection (c) of section 19
of the Immigration Act of 1917, as amended,
and for other purposes.
865 An Act To assist by grants-in-aid the Republic of
the Philippines in providing medical care and
treatment for certain veterans.
874 An Act To amend the Trading With the Enemy
Act.
416
Department of State Bulletin
THE CONGRESS
Law Title
875 An Act To extend the time for conmiencing the
construction of a toll bridge across the Rio
Giando at or near Rio Grande City, Texas.
882 An Alt To amend the Philippine Rehabilitation
Act of lfM6 in connection with the training
of Filipinos as provided for in title III.
880 An Act To authorize the Attorney General to ad-
judicate certain claims resulting from evacua-
tion of certain persons of Japanese ancestry un-
der military orders.
893 An Act To provide assistance in the recruitment
and distribution of farm labor for the increased
production, harvesting, and preparation for mar-
ket of agricultural commodities to meet domes-
tic needs and foreign commitment.
896 An Act To amend the Trading with the Enemy
Act, as amended ; to create a commission to
malce an inquiry and report with respect to
war claims ; and to provide for relief for in-
ternees in certain cases.
898 An Act To provide for extension of the terms
of office of the present members on the Atomic
Energy Commission.
903 Joint Resolution To authorize the President, fol-
lowing appropriation of the necessary funds
by the Congress, to bring into effect on the part
of the United States the loan agreement of the
United States of America and the United Na-
tions signed at Lake Success, New York. March
23, 1948.
Tlie following list is of legislation pending at
the close of the Second Session is that which has
been sponsored by the Department of State or
in which the Department has a special interest :
Law Title
1. Inter-American Military Cooperation Bill
2. Munitions Control Bill
3. United Nations Omnibus Act
4. Detail of Naval and Military Missions to Foreign
Governments
5. Authorization for the Admission of Aliens to U. S.
Military Schools
6. Protection of the National Security
7. Assistance to Destitute Ajnericans Abroad
8. Compensation for War Damage Done to Property in
Neutral Countries
9. Use of Official United Nations Seal, Emblem and
Name
10. Refund of Taxes Deducted from Wages of Mexican
Railway Workers Employed in the United States
11. Transfer of Portion of Fort Brown, Brownsville,
Texas to U.S. Section, International Boundary and
Water Commission, by the War Assets Administra-
tion
12. Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway and Power Project
13. Organic L<>gislation for Territory of the Pacific
Islands
Law Title
14. Settlement of Conflicting Claims to German Assets
15. U.S. Participation in Inter-American Commission of
Women
16. Inter-American Institute for the Protection of Child-
hood
17. Foreign Service Relief Bill
The following treaties were approved by the
Senate during the Eightieth Congress, Second
Session :
Senate Exec. Print
SOth Cong., 2d sess.
A
Title
Protocol extending the interameri-
can coffee agreement, signed at
Washington Sept. 11-Nov. 1, 1947.
B International telecommunication
convention with accompanying in-
struments, signed at Atlantic City
Oct. 2, 1947.
C Protocol prolonging the internation-
al agreement regarding the regu-
lation of production and market-
ing of sugar, dated at London
Aug. 29, 1947.
E Treaty of friendship, commerce, and
navigation with the Italian Re-
public signed at Rome Feb. 2,
1948.
G Supplementary protocol with France
relating to taxes on estates and
inheritances, signed at Washing-
ton May 17, 1948.
H (Reservation) Convention with Denmark relating
to double taxation, signed at
Washington May 6, 1948.
I (Reservation) Convention with the Kingdom of the
Netherlands relating to avoidance
of double taxation, signed at
Washington Apr. 29, 1948.
80th Cong., 1st sess.
A
EE
II
Convention for the avoidance of
double taxation with France,
signed at Paris Oct. 18, 1946.
Treaty of friendship, commerce, and
navigation with the Republic of
China, signed at Nanking Nov. 4,
1946.
Consular convention with the Re-
public of the Philippines, signed
at Manila Mar. 14, 1947.
International Labor Organization
final articles revision convention,
1946 (no. 80), adopted at Mon-
treal, Oct. 9, 1946.
Inter-American treaty of reciprocal
assistance, signed at Rio de
Janeiro Sept. 2, 1947.
September 26, 7948
417
THE CONGRESS
■79th Cong., 1st seas.
G Claims convention with Norway (on
behalf of Christoffer Hannevig),
signed at Washington Mar. 28,
1940.
The following treaties are still under considera-
tion by the Senate :
1. Canada — Great Lakes Fisheries Convention, signed at
Washington Apr. 29, 1942 (Executive C, 79th Cong.,
2d sess.).
2. Canada— Exchange of Notes at Washington May 3,
1944, Providing for an Additional Diversion of the
Water of the Niagara River Above the Falls (Exec-
utive E, 78th Cong., 2d sess.).
3. Canada— Protocol, signed at Ottawa Oct. 3, 1945, To Be
Annexed to, and To Form a Part of, the Extradi-
tion Treaty of Apr. 29, 1942 (Executive I, 79th Cong.,
1st sess. ) .
4. Costa Rica — Consular Convention, signed at San Jos6
Jan. 12, 1948 (Executive D, 80th Cong., 2d sess.).
5. New Zealand — Convention Relating to Avoidance of
Double Taxation, signed at Washington Mar. 16, 1948
(Executive J, 80th Cong., 2d sess.).
6. Philippines — Treaty of Conciliation, signed at Manila
Nov. 16, 1946 (Executive C, 80th Cong., 1st sess.).
7. United Kingdom — Agreement on Petroleum, signed at
London Sept. 24, 1045 (Executive H, 79th Cong., 1st
sess. ) .
8. Union of South Africa — Convention for the Avoidance
of Double Taxation (Estates), signed at Capetown
Apr. 10, 1947 (Executive FF, 80th Cong., 1st sess.).
9. Union of South Africa — Convention for the Avoidance
of Double Taxation (Income), signed at Pretoria Dee.
13, 1946 (Executive O, 80th Cong., 1st sess.).
10. Union of South Africa — Extradition Treaty, signed at
Washington Dec. 18, 1947 (Executive K, 80th Cong.,
2d sess.).
11. Inter-American Convention on Rights of the Author
in Literary, Scientific and Artistic Works, signed at
Washington June 22, 1948 (Executive HH, 80th Cong.,
1st sess.).
12. Convention on the Intergovernmental Maritime Con-
sultative Organization, signed at Geneva Mar. 6, 1948
(Executive L, 80th Cong., 2d sess.).
13. Protocol Relating to an Amendment to the Conven-
tion on International Civil Aviation, dated at Mon-
treal May 27, 1947 (Executive GG, 80th Cong., 1st
sess.).
14. Nine Conventions Formulated at the Twenty-eighth
(Maritime) Session of the International Labor Con-
ference at Seattle, Wash., June 6-29, 1946 (Executive
R to Z, inclusive, 80th Cong., 1st sess.).
15. The International Wheat Agreement, signed at Wash-
ington Mar. 6-Apr. 1, 1948 (Executive F, 80th Cong.,
2d sess.).
Readers who are interested in obtaining an analysis of
all legislation, passed and pending, may secure the Con-
fjressional Record for July 20, 1948, and August 17, 1948,
from the Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25,
D.C., for 15 cents a copy.
Foreign Relations of tiie United States, 1932,
Volumes ill and IV
[Released to the press September 7]
The Department of State released September 7
Foreign Relations of the United States, 1932,
Volumes III and IV. Both of these volumes are
given entirely to documentation on international
affairs in the Far East. Volume III gives the
diplomatic record of the Far Eastern crisis from
January 1 to May 5, 1932. Volume IV continues
the story from May 6 to December 31, 1932, and
also contains separate sections on China and
Japan. The earlier phases of the Far Eastern
crisis which began with the Japanese attack in
Manchuria September 18, 1931, are recorded in
Foreign Relations, 1931, Volume III, previously
published. Additional documentation for 1932 on
the Far East is contained in Foreign Relations,
Japan, 1931-1941, Volume I.
The volumes now released will contribute to an
understanding of the origins of World War II,
for here are recorded efforts to check Japanese
aggression in its early stages. The aggressive
designs of Japan became more obvious in 1932
with the extension of military activity in Man-
churia and the attack on Shanghai. Behind-the-
scenes discussions show efforts by the then Secre-
tary of State, Henry L. Stimson, to secure inter-
national backing for the principles set forth in
his notes of January 7, 1932, setting forth the
American nonrecognition policy and in his letter
of February 23, 1932, to Senator William E. Borah
upholding the continued validity of the treaties
supporting the territorial and administrative in-
tegrity of China. Of special interest are the
memoranda of trans- Atlantic telephone conversa-
tions which Secretary Stimson held with the
British Prime Minister, Ramsay MacDonald, and
the British Foreign Secretary, Sir John Simon.
It will be noted that while a strong united diplo-
matic front was urged, the record shows no pro-
posal in 1932 for the invocation of economic or
military sanctions against Japan. Later in the
year when the Lytton Report was before the
League of Nations, Secretary Stimson again in-
sisted on the importance of a firm stand on behalf
of principle.
Aside from documents on the conflict in China,
perhaps the most interesting papers in Volume IV
are the reports from the Embassy in Tokyo on the
collapse of parliamentary party govermnent in
Japan and the use of anti-American propaganda
to promote a war psychology in that country.
Volume II of the Foreign Relations series for
1932 dealing with Europe, the Near East, and
Africa, was released March 22, 1948. Volume I,
418
Department of State Bulletin
containing subjects of a general multilateral na-
ture, and Volume V, the American Kepublics, are
in press and will be readj' for release within a
few weeks.
Farelgn Relations, 1932, Volumes III and IV,
were compiled by John Gilbert Reid of the Divi-
sion of Historical Policy Research, under the
direction of E. R. Perkins, Editor of Foreign
Relations.
Copies of these volumes may be purchased from
the Superintendent of Documents, Government
Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C, for $2.75
each.
PUBLICATIONS
Department of State
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Oovern-
ment Printing Office. Washington 25, D.C. Address re-
quests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, except
in the case of free publicatio?is, which may 6e obtained
from the Department of State.
International Institute of Agriculture; Transfer of Func-
tions and Assets to the Food and Agriculture Organ-
ization of the United Nations. Treaties and Other
Internatioual Acts Series 1719. Pub. 310G. 14 pp. 54.
Protocol Between the United States and Other Gov-
ernments— Dated at Rome Mar. 30, 1946 ; ratification
advised by the Senate of the United States Aug. 2,
1946; ratified by the President of the United States
Aug. 28, 1946; "ratification of the United States de-
posited with the Food and Agriculture Organization
of the United Nations Feb. 10, 1947 ; proclaimed by
the President of the United States Feb. 24, 1948; en-
tered into force Jan. 28, 1948.
Radio Broadcasting; Allocation of FM Channels. Trea-
ties and Other International Acts Series 1726. Pub. 3122.
27 pp. 100.
Agreement Between the United States and Canada —
Effective by exchange of notes signed at Washington
Jan. 8 and Oct. 15, 1947 ; entered into force Oct. 15,
1947.
Shipping; Principles Having Reference to Continuance of
Co-ordinated Control. Treaties and Other International
Acts Series 1722. Pub. 3123. 7 pp. 50.
Agreement Between the United States and Other Gov-
ernments— Signed at London Aug. 5, 1944 ; entered
into force May 24, 1945.
Foreign Consular OflSces in the United States, April 1,
1948. Pub. 3127. 51 pp. 200.
Annual list of foreign consular offices and repre-
sentatives in the United States, its territories and
insular possessions, and the Canal Zone.
PUBLICATIONS
Air Transport Services. Treaties and Other International
Acts Series 1727. Pub. 3134. 10 pp. 50.
Agreement Between the United States and Egypt —
Signed at Cairo June 15, 1&46; operative from June
15, 1946; entered into force definitively Aug. 8, 1947.
Passport Visa Fees. Treaties and Other International
Acts Series 1728. Pub. 3135. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement Between the United States and the Neth-
erlands— Effected by exchange of notes dated at the
Hague Jan. 21, Feb. 11, and Mar. 5 and 13, 1946 ; en-
tered into force Mar. 13, 1946, effective Apr. 15, 1946.
Civil Aviation Mission to Colombia. Treaties and Other
International Series 1738. Pub. 3164. 5 pp. 50.
Agreement Between the United States and Colombia —
Effected by exchange of notes signed at Bogota Oct.
23, Dec. 3 and 22, 1947; entered into force Dec. 22,
1947.
Havana Charter for an International Trade Organization.
March 24, 194S. Commercial Policy Series 114. Pub.
3206. ill, 155 pp. 350.
A guide to tlie study of the Ito Charter including in-
troduction, outline, and summary of Charter provi-
sions ; final act of the United Nations Conference on
Trade and Employment ; Havana Charter for an In-
ternational Trade Organization, including annexes ;
and resolutions adopted by the Conference.
The Department of State. Department and Foreign Serv-
ice Series 3. Pub. 3223. 8 pp. Free.
Pamphlet giving a brief history, the present functions,
and principal officers of the Department of State.
Exchange of Official Publications. Treaties and Other
International Series 1758. Pub. 3226. 3 pp. 50.
Agreement Between the United States and Norway —
Effected by exchange of notes signed at Oslo June 20,
1947, and Mar. 15, 1948; entered into force Mar. 15,
194S.
Military Aviation Mission to Chile. Treaties and Other
International Acts Series 1760. Pub. 3228. 3 pp. 50.
Agreement Between the United States and Chile Re-
newing and Modifying Agreement of April 23, 1940,
as renewed and modified — Effected by exchange of
notes signed at Washington Apr. 26 and May 15, 1946 ;
entered into force May 15, 1946, effective Apr. 23,
1946.
Significance of the Institute of Inter-American Affairs in
the Conduct of U. S. Foreign Policy. Inter-American
Series 36. Pub. 3239. 19 pp. 15^.
Description of programs in cooperative agriculture,
health and sanitation, and education.
National Commission News, September 1948. Pub. 3271.
10 pp. 10(J a copy ; $1 a year domestic, $1.35 a year
foreign.
Prepared monthly for the United Nations Educa-
tional, Scientific and Cultural Organization.
Atomic Impasse, 1948.
Conference Series III,
International Organization and
14. Pub. 3272. 48 pp. 150.
A collection of unofficial speeches by Frederick Os-
horn. Deputy U.S. Representative to the U.N. Atomic
Energy Commission.
September 26, J948
419
,S°^I°N PUBLIC LIBRARY
3 9999 06352 743 4